THE

TRANSACTIONS

OF

THE LINNEAN SOCIETY

OF

LONDON.

SECOND es ae .
b~
VOLUME ES
PART THE SIXTH.

MISSOURI
BOTANICAL
GARDEN.

LONDON:

PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET:

SOLD AT THE SOCIETY'S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON-HOUSE ;

AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN, READER, AND DYER, PATERNOSTER- ROW.

Mboóo.uxxix.

CONTENTS.

PART VI.—January 1879.

XX. On Mycoidea parasitica, a new Genus of Parasitic Alge, and the Part which
it plays in the Formation of certain Lichens. By Davip DOUGLAS CUNNINGHAM,
MS F.LS., Surgeon HA Indian Army . . . . . . +... page 301

XXI. On the Self-fertilization of Plants. By the Rev. GEoRcE HENsLOw, M.A.,
PLS IUE 1 uon WU Dcus hs EO Vou d

XXII. List of Fungi from Brisbane, Queensland ; with Descriptions of New Species.
By the Rev. M. J. BERKELEY, M.A., F.L.S., and C. E. BROOME, PELO FRR

XXIII. On the Occurrence of Conidial Fructification in the Mucorini, illustrated by
Choanephora. By D. D. Cunninenam, M.B., F.L.S., Surgeon H.M.’s Indian
AME | 1 ig dou son oro A e os e AE

Qe 7, ab, (8 8o i iud Sas

Gur Bet bt r E
ug, Omg. (vo. b. Ab

[ 301 ]

XX. On Mycoidea parasitica, a new Genus of Parasitic Alge, and the Part vu:
plays in the Formation of certain Lichens. By Davip Dorota CUNNINGHAM
M.B., FILS, Surgeon H.M. Indian Army.

(Plates XLII. & XLIII.)

Read June 21st, 1877.

I. Introductory ; Descriptive Characters ; and .Life- History of Mycoidea.

NOW that the recent researches of Cohn and others have directed attention to the
. occurrence of Algal parasites, it may be of interest to record the occurrence in
India of a form which not only appears to be the highest yet observed to play a truly
parasitic part, but which possesses even greater points of interest in the nature of its
characters as compared with Dia of its nearest allies, and in its relation to epiphyllous
Lichens.

At intervals during the past eight years I have met with specimens of the plant in
various stages of development; but it was only during the course of the last six months
that I have been enabled to work out the subject so as to obtain materials for a con-
sistent narrative of its life-history. The first specimens were obtained on the leaves of
a mango-tree in 1869. On these leaves an eruption of bright orange patches or
pustules was observed. "These patches were at first sight regarded as of a fungal nature,
but on close examination presented peculiarities of structure preventing them from
being referred to any determined genus of Fungi. Subsequently other specimens were
obtained on Rhododendron-leaves in the Nilgiris, on the leaves of species of ferns,
Crotons, and various other plants in Caleutta, and on Tea-leaves in the Rumaun hills.
'The discovery of their presence on the latter host plant attracted renewed attention to
their nature; and when they were again encountered in abundance in Calcutta as a
destructive blight on plants of Camellia japonica, an opportunity was afforded of care-
fully studying their real nature and modes of development. As to the specific identity
of the Algæ occurring on all these various hosts, I am as yet not in a position to form a
definite opinion, as, unfortunately, beyond drawings of one form of fructification, I have
not preserved the materials necessary for comparison in many instances. With regard
to the specific identity of the plant, in many cases there can be no doubt; and I am
strongly inclined to believe that this holds good for all specimens yet obtained, however
various the nature of the host. If this really prove to be the case, it is, no doubt,
remarkable, and in a sense lowers the parasitism of the Alga. One important feature
common to most, if not to all, of the leaves affected was the existence of a firm coriaceous
texture and a thickened epidermal covering.

Leaving the discussion of any further general questions until a detailed description of
the species observed on the Camellia has been given, I shall now proceed to describe the
structure and life-history of the parasite, and the nature of the lesions which it produces in
. SECOND SERIES.—BOTANY, VOL. I. ; 2U

S

302 DR. D. D. CUNNINGHAM ON MYCOIDEA PARASITICA,

its host. On examining one of the affected plants, the injuries due to the presence of the
parasite are visible at once (Pl. XLII. fig. 1). The leaves in varying number, according
to the length of time which the plant has suffered, and dependent on the time of year and
the nature of the weather, are seen to be irregularly eaten away at the margins, penetrated
by circular patches of decay or of absolute loss of substance throughout their surfaces,
or spotted with circular pustules of various sizes and various shades of colour, ranging
from pale green to bright orange. On examining the pustules more closely, they are
found to be slightly elevated, and of a more or less distinctly marked radiating structure ;
and on looking at the margins of the holes and other deficiencies in the laminz of the
leaves, they are generally found to be bounded by a distinct rim of like colour and
strueture. Af certain seasons of the year numerous very minute, elevated, green spots
and an abundanee of barely perceptible orange specks will also be encountered scattered
over the surface of the leaves. The pustules and spots are almost invariably confined
to the upper surfaces of the leaves; but in some rare instances they may be found on
the inferior surfaces also. The latter phenomenon, however, is generally due to the
extension of a pustule spreading round the margin from above. The size of the patches
naturally varies greatly with the age of the plant causing them. On an average, patches
which have not yet begun to die off in the centre do not exceed 5:0 to 6:25 millims. in
diameter. The extent to which the leaves are affected varies greatly, but in advanced
cases is sufficient very seriously to disfigure the plant. The very young leaves are seldom
affected, owing, no doubt, in great part to the slow growth of the parasite. This is a
matter of considerable economic importance in connexion with any form of parasitic
growth affecting the Tea-plant. .

On removing one of the pustules (which is easily done by the aid of a sharp knife), a
brown discoloured patch of leaf-tissue is exposed, corresponding closely with the site of
the pustule, and of various degrees of depth of colouring from a reddish brown to
blackish. These discoloured patches in many cases penetrate the entire thickness of the
leaf, and render the distribution of the Alga recognizable on the lower surface. In some
instances the pustules are uniform in colour throughout, and end in a smoothly rounded
margin; butin others the centre of the patch is pale, surrounded by a ring of deeper
colour, or the margins, in place of being even, are more or less distinctly divided into a
series of irregular radiating lobes. Even to the naked eye the appearance of the
pustules varies much in different instances—in some being smooth and comparatively
uniform, in others. covered with a crop of erect orange-coloured filaments, or variegated
with minute orange points and specks. The structure of the patches always points to a
peripheral growth from a central point; but their appearance varies greatly with the `
season of the year and the nature of the weather. |

Commencing with the rains (the season when the vegetative growth of the plant is at
a maximum), we find the following to be the anatomical features presented by fully
developed specimens. They are then covered with a dense crop of erect filaments of
various tints of orange and green. These filaments on close examination may be seen
to proceed from beneath the epidermis of the host plant, and to arise from a flattened
cushion of mediating filaments situated there, pp are net ane divided into a

A NEW GENUS OF PARASITIC ALGA. 803

series of cells by transverse septa, and terminate superiorly either in blunt points or in
more or less developed spherical capitella bearing a few large spore-like cells on short
curved processes (Pl. XLII. fig. 2). The appearance of a mass of such filaments, with
their transparent glassy walls and brilliantly coloured contents, is strikingly beautiful.
Besides such filaments, numerous older ones are seen—some prostrate and colourless,
others still erect and with coloured contents remaining in their cells and capitella, but
with only empty spore-cases adherent to the latter. Some with more or less developed
heads are also encountered, which are distinguished by the presence of greenish rounded
masses adhering to them laterally, whilst in many the cell-contents, in place of being of
an orange colour, are vividly green.

On detaching such a pustule from the leaf, and examining it under higher powers, it
is found to consist of a flattened subepidermal disk of radiating filaments, from which
numerous ascending twigs arise, which, breaking through the epidermis, are developed
into the fructifying filaments just described. Careful vertical sections of the leaves, such
as may be obtained by means of paraffin as an embedding medium, show very clearly
the arrangement of the various portions of the pustule and its relations to its host
(Pl. XLII. fig. 8).

Before proceeding further, however, it may be well briefly to describe the structure of
the mature Camellia-leaf. On examining a good vertical section we find the entire thick-
ness of the leaf to measure on an average about 0°3125 millim. Proceeding from above
downwards, there is first a very dense layer of epidermal cells. These are colourless,
flattened, and on treatment with iodine frequently show a very distinctly stratified
structure in their walls. They have sinuous margins laterally and beneath, by means
of which they dovetail into one another and into the irregularities of the subjacent
stratum. This layer measures about 0:0100 millim. in its thicker and 0:0075 millim. in
its thinner portions. The cells of the next stratum are also very thick-walled, and appear
. on section as a series of cubes. They form a continuous stratum, about 0:02 millim. in

thickness, and are distinguished by the small amount of their contents, and by hardly
ever showing the presence of any chlorophyll. As a rule, in fact, they appear almost
empty, containing only a peripheral layer of protoplasm, or in rare instances a small oil-
globule. Beneath this comes a stratum composed of from one to three rows of prismatic
elongated cells, measuring about 0°050 millim. in long diameter, and full of chlorophyll
granules. The continuity of this stratum is interrupted by the intercalation of a series
of very remarkable cells at uncertain intervals. These are the remains of a system of
‘cells which at one stage in the development of the leaf form the greater part of its
substance, and are gradually thrust aside and separated by the development of the

common cells of the leaf-tissue. They are of great size, in some cases attaining a length `
of 0°25 millim., and a diameter of 0:035 millim. at their wider basal extremity. They are
rendered very conspicuous by the great thickness of their walls, as well as by their
colourless finely granular contents. They are usually only found proceeding from the
upper towards the lower surface of the leaf, being inserted immediately beneath the
subepidermal layer; but occasionally they occupy a reverse position, and are then -

inserted on the inferior subepidermal layer. They are broad at the extremity of
2v2

304 DR. D. D. CUNNINGHAM ON MYCOIDEA PARASITICA, -

insertion, and frequently expand there into one or two blunt diverging processes, giving
them a somewhat funnel-shaped aspect on section. They taper off from the base, and
sometimes divide into two or three diverging branches, ending freely among the loose
tissue of the interior of the leaf in blunted tips. Their thick walls appear to be
channelled by a number of minute canals, leading from the cavity of the cell to its
exterior surface ; and the cell-contents consist of a colourless fluid full of minute granules.
Beneath the stratum of prismatic cells is the loose tissue of the centre of the leaf, con-
taining air-spaces and an abundance of large spheraphides of oxalate of lime; and this
is succeeded by one or two layers of tabular or cubical cells, and finally by a thin layer
of flattened epidermal cells. There are no stomata on the upper surface of the leaf; but
they occur abundantly below, ranging from 1000 to 1600 per square inch.

On examining a vertical section of a leaf, including young pustules of the parasite,
appearances similar to those shown in the drawing are observed (Pl. XLII. fig. 8). The
filaments of the disk are seen to lie between the epidermis and the subepidermal layer
of cells. According to the degree of development of the patch, the epidermis over it is
more or less elevated and separated from the tissue below. In a very young patch, such
as that to the left hand of the figure, the displacement is comparatively slight; but
where an abundant growth of ascending filaments has taken origin from the disk, it
becomes very considerable, and may amount to as much as 0:125 millim. or even more.
Simultaneous with and proportionate to the displacement of the epidermis, changes
begin to occur in the subjacent cells of the leaf. A certain amount of sclerosis of their
walls appears to take place ; but the most conspicuous and considerable alteration occurs
in the nature of their contents, which become gradually thickened and discoloured,
passing through various shades of yellow and brown, and ultimately assuming a dry
granular consistence and bright burnt-sienna colour. These changes at first only affect
the layer of cells immediately beneath the Alga; but as time goes on they gradually
advance deeper and deeper into the substance of the leaf, until they extend throughout
its entire thickness, the affected area corresponding closely with the algal disk. As the
disease advances the filaments in the centre of the disk become emptied of their contents
and die; they then dry up, together with the portion of leaf-substance beneath them ;
and the dry and withered slough, readily breaking off, leaves a hiatus in the leaf, which,
according to its situation, appears either in the form of a hole punched through the
surface, or as an irregular space eaten out of the margin. Whilst this destruction of the
centre of the patch is taking place, the parasite continues to extend peripherally ; so that
in many instances a great portion of the leaf is ultimately destroyed. The filaments of
the algal disk appear, as a rule, to be confined between the epidermis and the sub-
epidermal layer; occasionally, however, branches are given off which force their way
downwards between the cells of the latter and reach the prismatic layer beneath (Pl. XLII.
fig. 8).

The disk is originally composed of a single layer of dichotomous filaments, which
force their way outwards, between the epidermis and the subepidermal cells. They
are thick-walled, and at this time (so long, at all events, as they are in active growth) are
filled with a bright green protoplasm. Whilst the disk continues: to increase at the

A NEW GENUS OF PARASITIC ALGA. 305

margins by means of the dichotomous growth of the filaments, ascending branches are
given off by many of the cells of the older central portion; and these, forcing their way
upwards, tend still further to elevate the epidermis. From the dense resistant nature
of the latter they are generally more or less bent laterally, and in certain instances may
even come to follow a course almost parallel to that of those of the disk from which they
arise. As they ascend towards the epidermis their contents, in place of retaining their
bright-green colour, become first yellowish and then rich golden orange. Some of them
become enlarged above, and, again ascending, finally penetrate the epidermis and appear
on the surface of the leaf. On examining a patch at this stage it is found to be sprinkled
over with erect blunt-pointed filaments, which generally project in small groups
through openings in the epidermis (Pl. XLII. fig. 3). This grouping of the aerial fila-
ments is in many cases due to several of them arising at the termination of one of the
subepidermal ones, but sometimes appears to be owing to filaments from several different
origins making their exit through a common rupture in the epidermis. ‘They continue
to increase by apical growth and the gradual separation of cells by transverse partition,
and ultimately attain a height of LO millim., with a breadth varying from 0:05 millim.
at the base to 0:025 millim. towards the apex. The terminal cell now, in place of re-
maining pointed, begins to swell out, and to assume a clavate, and ultimately a more or
less spherical figure, forming a rounded capitellum about 0*1 millim. in diameter. A great
accumulation of orange protoplasm now occurs within it; and a number of smaller
clavate processes arise from it, into which much of the contents passes. These processes
in course of time become developed into oval spore-like bodies, supported on narrow
curved stems; and the process is completed by the accumulation of the greater part of
the protoplasm in the former and the formation of septa between them and the partially
emptied stems, which remain adherent to the capitellum (Plate XLII. fig. 4).

The growth of a filament may cease permanently here; but in many cases, after the
formation of the capitellum, the cell immediately beneath it begins anew to grow, shoot-
ing upwards at one side of the capitellum and forcing it aside. In the course of deve-
lopment this displacement advances so far that the new portion of the filament comes to
lie more or less in the axis of the older one, and appears as a direct continuation of it ;
whilst the old capitellum, bearing the remains of the spore-cases, and containing more or
less orange or green protoplasm, appears as a lateral swelling, attached to the filament
in its course (Pl. XLII. fig. 2). This further development, however, is by no means uni-
versal; and in no instance has it been seen to proceed beyond the formation of a second
head. It occurs most frequently during the height of the rains, when the leaves are

‘almost constantly wet and all the vegetative processes of the parasite at a maximum.

Although the growth of the filaments appears to be apical only, there are in many
instances evidences of what may perhaps be a tendency to intercalary growth; for, on
examining the cells under high powers, processes may frequently be seen projecting from
the walls into the cell-cavity, and in some cases proceeding so far as to give rise to
marked constriction of the protoplasmic contents (Pl. XLII. fig. 7). When under what
may be regarded as normal conditions, the contents of the filaments and spores are of a
brilliant orange colour and granular consistence, and at once strike a deep blue or black

306 DR. D. D. CUNNINGHAM ON MYCOIDEA PARASITICA,

with solutions of iodine. When, however, the specimens are submerged, or when,
during a continuance of wet weather, they are constantly saturated with moisture, the
orange-colour is gradually replaced by a bright green, and the contents eventually come
to resemble exactly those of the subepidermal disk-cells.

The mature spores, if they may be so termed, vary somewhat in size; one of medium
size, which was measured, was 0°0379 x 0°027 millim. Their contents appear at first as a
uniform granular mass; but as time goes on a process of segmentation occurs in this,
ultimately dividing it into from twelve to twenty-four, or even more, oval bodies; and
whilst this process is being completed a rounded orifice forms in the thick wall of the
spore (Pl. XLII. figs. 4, 5). This orifice is generally situated laterally, but occasionally
occurs towards one or the other end of the spore. "When such ripe spores are wetted by
the addition of water, by dew, or by rain, active swarming rapidly commences among the
included oval bodies ; and after this motion has continued for a short time, they separate
from one another, and emerge in rapid succession through the orifice in their mother
cell as active zoospores. These are at first pear-shaped, measuring about 0:00825 x 0:0052
millim., and are provided with a couple of long slender flagella, arising from the ante-
rior pointed extremity (Pl. XLII. fig. 6). This extremity is almost colourless; but the
rest of the body is of a reddish-orange colour by transmitted, and greenish by reflected
light. They swim about actively for a short time, and then gradually become spherical
and cease to move. The minute anatomy and subsequent history of these zoogonidia is
identical with that of those developed in the sexual fructification, and will be further
referred to in describing them. In some cases all the zoospores do not escape, one or
two remaining behind in the mother cell and there undergoing various changes (Pl.
XLII. fig. 5). Among the commonest of these is one in the course of which they gradually
become circular green cells. The process of the formation of zoospores is at any time
liable to be arrested by the addition of excessive moisture, which, as in the case of the
filaments, causes the contents of the mother cells to become green, even after the process
of division has advanced so far as to have caused the formation of distinct masses. Such
green cellules do not usually appear to be capable of movement, but become gradually
invested by distinct cell-walls, and remain within their mother cell until freed by acci-
dental violence or by a process of gradual decay. "They are met with in great abundance
during the height of the rains; but the age events i in their history have not been
observed.

After the escape of the zoospores from their mother ecliar $ the latter remain as sidity
colourless appendages adherent to the capitellum. The filament, if it does not undergo
further development, remains for some time erect, and then, falling over, lies prostrate
on the surface of the pustule. The number of zoospores produced in this way is very -
great during the continuance of moist weather, and amply suffices for the propagation
of the parasite at such times. Towards the close of the rainy season, however, the
formation of filaments gradually diminishes, and, as the cold and dry season advances,
ultimately ceases altogether. The patches of the parasite are now entirely subepidermal,

and hardly extend at all peripherally. They are of a bright orange colour; and many of ` 3

them dry up entirely and die off. Were there no special Mm c securing the pre- E

A NEW GENUS OF PARASITIC ALGA. | 307

servation of the parasite under these circumstances, the amount of it surviving from one
season to another would be comparatively small.

. Such an arrangement is, however, provided in the sexual fructification. During the
height of the rains, and whilst vegetative growth is actively progressing, only the asexual
fructification is produced; but subsequently the sexual form begins to appear, and,
gradually increasing in abundance, eventually more or less completely replaces it. The
sexual organs, in place of taking origin from the aerial filaments, are developed on
those of the subepidermal disk. These filaments, in place of containing an abundance
of brilliant green protoplasm, as at first, begin to assume a yellowish tint, and ultimately
come to contain only masses of globules and granules of as vivid an orange colour as that of
the contents of the aerial branches (Plate XLII. figs. 9, 10). Whilst this change of colour
is taking place, the contents also become greatly condensed and contracted, so as in
many cases to be reduced to one or two isolated masses, or to a mere band along the
centre of the cell. Their coarsely granular consistence also disappears; and a number of
separate globules of large size and oily aspect are ultimately formed.

Whilst these changes are advancing, the organs destined for sexual fructification
begin to appear. Certain of the filaments, in place of, as before, continuing to grow by
a process of dichotomous division, resulting in the formation of two nearly similar
branches, give origin to only one filament at the site of division, whilst the other member
of the dichotomy, in place of elongating, swells up into an obovate dilatation (Pl. XLII.
fig. 11). This is sometimes sessile, but is generally situated on a short process of the
mother cell. A septum now forms at the base of. the dilatation ; and the latter rapidly
increases in size, and becomes filled with a great accumulation of orange protoplasm.
The new cell now appears as a large thick-walled sac inserted between the neighbouring
filaments of the disk, which are displaced laterally by its growth, and, curving along its
margins, come again into contact at its distal extremity. The thickness of the cell-wall is
very considerable, amounting in many cases to as much as 0:004 millim., and frequently
shows distinct evidences of stratification. "The cells, when mature, vary considerably in
size ; but average specimens may measure about 0-0625 x 0:0415 millim. Due to the dense
nature of the disk, to its subepidermal site, and to the fact that, when detached from the
leaf, only retrograde changes, tending to a recurrence to pure vegetative growth, occur
in the developing fructification, I have been unable continuously to follow out the
further steps in the development of these cells, or oogonia as they now are. In so far,
however, as very numerous examinations of separate specimens are capable of throwing
light on the matter, the following appears to be the order of events. The contents ot
the oogonia, which were at first in close relation to the walls of the cell, become gradu-
ally removed from them as the cell enlarges, and form an oospheric mass, separated from
its case by a distinct interval, save towards the basal extremity, immediately over the
septum dividing the oogonium from its mother cell. Whilst these changes have been
occurring in the oogonia, numerous slender-branched filaments have arisen from the
neighbouring cells of the disk. Some of these become dilated at the extremity ; and the
large terminal cell becomes applied and closely adherent to an oogonium (Pl. XLII.
fig. 12). These filaments appear, as a rule, to arise from the under surface of the disk ;

308 DR. D. D. CUNNINGHAM ON MYCOIDEA PARASITICA,

and those which are developed into pollinodia are usually attached to the oogonia towards
their bases. The contents of the terminal adherent cell appear next to be emptied into
the oogonium, and to blend with the oosphere. Owing to the reasons previously men-
tioned, this process has never been actually observed to occur; but the contents of the `
pollinodial cells in many eases almost entirely disappear, and many examples of oogonia
have been met with containing a mass of protoplasm independent of, or only partially
blended with, the oosphere.

The oosphere now begins to show a distinct cell-wall, and is soon converted into a
large spherical or oval oospore, which lies free in the cavity of the oogonium (Pl. XLIII.
fig. 2). The cell-wall is at first thick and soft, but gradually becomes very thin and
delicate. Another series of changes has been occurring in the oogonium itself. Its
position, which, like that of the filaments of the disk, was originally horizontal, has been
gradually exchanged, in the process of growth, for a more or less vertical one, the base
of the organ being depressed beneath the plane of the disk, whilst its apex ascends and
approaches the epidermis of the leaf. Its shape also exhibits alterations, frequently
becoming more or less acuminate at the apex, and losing its original smooth obovate
outline. Changes also begin to oceur in the walls. At one point or other towards the
apex a thinning of the wall begins to occur ; and this process, confined to a limited area,
gradually advances until the entire thickness is perforated, and a circular opening of
considerable size and sharply-defined outline (by means of which the interior of the
oogonium communicates freely with the subepidermal space) is formed (Pl. XLIII.
fig. 2, & Pl. XLII. fig. 14).

With this the development of the oogonium itself ceases. In many instances they
remain in this condition; but in others the mature organs are more or less completely
invested, save around the ostiolum, by a loose coating of fine filaments, similar in ap-
pearance and origin to those bearing the pollinodial cells. In any case the original
filaments of the disk now die off, and the oogonia, with their contained oospores, are left
persistent among the dried-up débris of the disk beneath the thick epidermis of the leaf.
How long such oospores may retain their vitality in this condition has not been definitely
determined; but that they do retain it for a considerable time is certain, as they have
frequently been obtained in a lively condition from the under surface of dried-up flakes
of epidermis on the site of old patches of the parasite—where hardly any other evidences
of its previous presence persisted, and where the leaf-tissues among which they were
encountered were thoroughly dried up and destroyed (Pl. XLIII. fig. 1). i

The mature oospores are spherical, and on an average measure about 0:035 to 0-031 :
millim. in diameter. Sooner or later, when exposed to favourable circumstances, the last _
events in the course of their development occur. The dried-up epidermis eventually cracks,
and in doing so leaves channels of communication open between the external surface of
the leaf and the interior of the oogonia, as the open mouths of the latter communicate,
as before mentioned, with the subepidermal space, and in many cases, after the rupture
of the epidermis has occurred, even project free on the surface (Pl. XLII. fig. 15). On
the addition of moisture the mass of the oosporic contents now breaks upintoa multitude
of oval bodies like those developed in the aerial spores; and, the amount of fluid being —

A NEW GENUS OF PARASITIC ALG. — 309

sufficient, these soon commence to swarm actively, rupture the thin wall of the oospore,
and, escaping in succession through the ostiolum of the oogonium, swim off freely into
the subepidermal space and over the surface of the leaf. In size, colour, and general
` appearance, these zoospores are precisely similar to those developed in the asexual fruc-
tification. Like them, they are provided with two elongated flagella, one of which, so
long as the body retains its original oval form and active motion, is usually trailed behind,
whilst the other is employed in progression. Occasionally they become adherent to one
another, or to other solid bodies, by their trailing filaments. Sometimes a pair of them
may be seen to become adherent to one another by the extremities of these filaments,
and, continuing their rapid rotating movement, to twist them so tightly up as to bring
their bodies into close contact with one another. Under such circumstances, an actual
fusion or conjugation appears in some cases to occur, resulting in the formation of one
large biflagellate zoospore. Such a phenomenon, however, is very rare, and seemingly
accidental.

The zoospores, when first emitted, are of an oval or pear-shaped form, and average
about 0:00825 x 0°0052 millim. in size. As they become less active and begin to change
their form, they frequently increase in size considerably. Eventually they cease to
move and become spherical, the flagella continuing to vibrate for some time, and, after
becoming motionless, persisting for a considerable period as two delicate hair-like fila-
ments, attached to a portion of the cell, which, by its comparative freedom from colour-
ing matters, indicates the site of the original hyaline extremity. When examined under
a high power at this time, the cells sometimes appear to be invested by a delicate halo of
gelatinous matter (Pl. XLII. fig. 16, a). They are provided with a very delicate mem-
branous wall, and contain a fluid with numerous reddish granules, and a mass of green-
ish colour investing from ten to twenty, or even more, oval particles of considerable size.
When confined beneath a cover-glass, the greater number of the cells next undergo the
following changes :—A swarming movement begins among the reddish granules of the
cell-fluid ; this attains a great intensity, the cell-wall bursts, an escape of granules occurs,
and the green mass or globule is partially protruded from the cell. The body now pre-
sents an appearance similar to that shown in the figure (Pl. XLII. fig. 16, 6). After
remaining for some time in this condition, the oval particles within the green mass begin
in their turn to swarm, and, ultimately escaping from it one by one, swim off and are
dispersed in the fluid, leaving the green mass adherent to the fragments of the original
cell. At the time of exit the oval particles measure about 0:001 x 0:0005 millim.

Under normal circumstances and favourable conditions, however, many of the zoo-
spores proceed to give origin to new plants of the parasite. The various stages in deve-
lopment may be traced by means of specimens which may be obtained in abundance
from the surface of the leaves, near patches of the parasite containing mature oospores,
and which have been exposed to sufficient moisture. On examining such portions
of the leaves under a low power, or even, in some cases, with the naked eye, they may be
seen to be sprinkled with minute yellowish or orange specks. These are readily detached
from the surface, and consist of the spores and young plants derived from them. The
spores, on ceasing to move, become spherical and increase slightly in size. The. con-

SECOND SERIES.—BOTANY, VOL. I. 2x

310 DR. D. D. CUNNINGHAM ON MYCOIDEA PARASITICA,

tents melt into a homogeneous mass of an orange or sometimes of a green colour, and a
certain amount of thickening of the cell-wall occurs. The cell-wall and coloured con-
tents now become separated by a distinct interval. The coloured mass next begins to
assume a lobed or more or less distinctly cruciate outline, due to the development of
marginal projections; and these continuing to grow, and becoming divided. dichoto-
mously, a flattened disk or rosette is gradually formed (Pl. XLII. fig. 17). Whilst this
division of the coloured contents is advancing, processes are developed from the cell-
wall, which, shooting inwards, and giving off branches as the division of the contents
progresses, ultimately coalesce with one another, and divide the disk into a series of cells
arranged in a radiant fashion. The formation of new cells now continues by the repe-
tition of the process described above; and as the original cell-wall of the spore does not
rupture, for some time at all events, but appears to stretch with the development of its
_ contents, a series of coherent, flattened, cellular disks are gradually formed. Although
the septa marking out the constituent cells are at first common to their adjacent cavities,
they ultimately divide into two layers, so as to transform the originally continuous disk
first into a series of segments, and ultimately more or less completely into radiating
filaments, which, although remaining closely in contact, may be separated from one
another, and in some cases even broken up into their constituent cells. These disks
vary in size from mere points to 0-4 millim. in diameter, or even more in some cases, and
adhere closely to the surface of the leaves (Pl. XLIII. figs. 3, 6).

These disks differ from those of the mature plant both in their position, which is
superficial to, not beneath, the epidermis of the host, and in their much denser structure
(Pl. XLIII. fig. 4). In order conveniently to distinguish the two sets of disks from one
another, those formed directly from the germinating zoospores may be termed germinal
or primary disks. We have next to follow the steps by means of which the primary
disks come to be replaced by the subepidermal disks of the mature plant. Many of them
never are so replaced, but, after persisting for some time, dry up and disappear from the
surface of the leaves, or are utilized by parasitie fungal elements in a fashion which will
be subsequently described. Were it not for these limits to the spread of the disease, the
destruction of leaf-tissue would be incalculably greater than it is; for the number of
primary disks originally formed is often excessive, not unfrequently being generally dif-
fused over the entire surface of the leaf. It is a matter of some difficulty to follow the
progress of development in those specimens which pass beyond this epiphytic condition ;
but a series of horizontal and vertical sections shows the process to be of the following
nature. Some of the cells of the primary disk, in place of merely growing outwards
by the formation and separation of peripheral lobes, give origin to buds from their
under surface, which gradually penetrate the thickened epidermis, and ultimately reach
the subepidermal space, or, more correctly, the line of separation between the epidermis
and the subepidermal layer of cells (Pl. XLIII. fig. 7. Having done so, they take on
an active growth, and, forcing their way along beneath the epidermis, and dividing
dichotomously as they advance, soon form a mass of radiating filaments. Owing to
their mode of origin, these filaments never occur in such regular and coherent disks
as the primary disks; but, as they continue to spread and to become crowded upon one

A NEW GENUS OF PARASITIC ALGA. nag 311

another, they form dense masses of radiating structure; such as are found in the mature
plant. Under favourable circumstances, large numbers of such secondary disks are
formed, and appear as elevated green patches and spots on the surface of the affected
leaves. The primary disks cease to grow, and, after remaining for some time recog-
nizable as small brownish patches on the surface of the epidermis of the new plant,
gradually dry up and disappear. The relation of the primary and secondary disks to
one another, and to the epidermis of the leaf, may sometimes be very clearly determined
in transverse sections (Pl. XLIII. fig. 5). When the weather is dry the young plants,
which are originally bright green, soon assume.an orange colour; and they then remain
dormant and protected by the epidermis until favourable conditions of temperature and
moisture rouse them to go on to increased growth and the ultimate development of the
various forms of fructification. : |

The various processes described in the previous pages seem to constitute the most
important features in the life-history of this plant; and it now remains to consider some
more general questions regarding it. As to its truly parasitic nature there can be little
doubt. The situation of the mature plant, within the tissues of its host, and protected
by a thick and highly cuticularized epidermis, would, even at first sight, lead to the
conclusion that it was dependent on these tissues for its nourishment ; and this conclu-
sion is confirmed by the destructive effects which it produces. Whilst its essential
parasitism is thus rendered clear, it remains an open question, how far the Alga makes
use of the organized materials of the tissues for its nutrition, and to what extent it pro-
duces its prejudicial effects by merely appropriating inorganie elements of nutrition
normally destined for the tissues of its host. That it acts, mainly at all events, in the
latter way is rendered probable by the very various nature of the host plants on which
specimens are found to occur; and much of the destructive effect which it produces may
be ascribed to the large amount of water which it draws off whilst in active growth.

In regard to the precise nature and alliances of this Alga, there are several points
calling for consideration. So far as the vegetative growth is concerned, it agrees
very closely with the genus Coleochete, the primary disks resembling the disks of
C. scutata, whilst the secondary ones approach in characters those of some of the
more loosely branched species. There is, however, an entire absence of the bristles
characteristic of Coleochete. When we come to consider the reproductive organs, the
resemblance ceases, and very striking differences make their appearance. The asexual
zoospores, in place of being produced indifferently in any cells of the disk, are here deve-
loped only on highly specialized filaments; and the sexual fructification, in place of
being a well-developed carpospore, the result of fertilization by motile antherozoids, is
rather an oospore than a carpospore, and is the result of fertilization by means of anthe-
ridial filaments. There is never a formation of true carpospores, although in many cases
a tendency to such formation is indicated by the investment of the fertilized oogonium
by a mass of cellular filaments. So in regard to the ultimate development of the sexual
process, in place of the formation of a cellular mass, the individual cells of which give
origin to zoospores, there is here an immediate resolution of the contents of the oospore

2x 2

312 DR. D. D. CUNNINGHAM ON MYCOIDEA PARASITICA,

into zoospores, and the subsequent development of each of these into a compound
cellular body—the so-called primary disk. |

In certain respects it appears to be more closely allied to the genus Phycopeltis than
to any other. The development of the zoospore into the primary disk is of the same
nature as that by which the disks of Phycopeltis are formed ; there is the same absence
of setz, the same colouring of the cell-contents, and the habitat (on the leaves of living
plants) is similar. It is, however, distinctly marked off from that genus by the deve-
lopment of the secondary subepidermal disk, and by the peculiar arrangement of the cells
which produce the asexual fructification.

In spite of the peculiarities which it presents, the close relation of this Alga to Coleo-
chete and the allied genera is unmistakable; and all the departures from the ordinary
type which it presents are explicable as the result of modifications adapting it to its
parasitic habit and peculiar locality. The production of zoospores by the common cells
of the disk would be useless, where such zoospores would be imprisoned beneath the
epidermis of the host, and unable to find a fit site for their further development. So in
regard to the sexual fructification; a process of fertilization by motile antherozoids is
replaced by one effected by means of pollinodia, where the sexual organs, in place of lying
free in a fluid, are buried in the tissues of a host plant.

MYCOIDEA, nov. gen.

Thallus entophyticus, disciformis, e filis articulatis formatus et filis erectis, aeriis, sporiferis przeditus.
Cytioplasma aureum aut viride.

Propagatio zoogonidiis et oosporis fit.

Zoogonidia in cellulis matricalibus, que extremis filorum aeriorum superimposite sunt, formata.

MYCOIDEA PARASITICA, Cunningham.

Generis que differentia ezedem speciei.

Zoogonidiis numerosis, diametro 0°00825 x 0:0052 m. m.
Oosporis globosis.

Habitat, Indize Orientalis, in fruticum et arborum foliis.

Il. Its relations when attacked by Parasitic Lichens and Fungi.

The first part of this paper has been occupied with the description of the characters
and life-history of this Alga per se; it now remains to give some account of ‘its relations
as a gonidia-former when in its turn subjected to the attack of parasites in the guise of
fungal filaments. As far as my observations have yet gone, it may enter into the
formation of various species of lichens, according to the stage of development in which
it is attacked; but at present attention will be confined to one species, the development
of which has been comparatively fully worked out, and which occurs on the leaves of
Camellia japonica, of Nephelium, and of various other plants, all of which are — to
the attacks of the Alga.

It has been already mentioned that only a relatively small number of the primary
disks give origin to subepidermal filaments, and that many of them dry up and disappear

A NEW GENUS OF PARASITIC ALG&. 313

after having attained a more or less considerable size. A still larger number, however;

are utilized by fungal filaments, and in association with these go to the development of
patches of a heteromerous lichen. The leaves on which this occurs begin, shortly after

the onset of the dry weather of the winter months, to show conspicuous dry superficial

patches of a grey colour, and which, on close inspection, are seen to be composed of
colonies of minute whitish circular disks (Pl. XLIII. fig. 8). In some cases almost the

entire surface of the leaf is covered; but in general the groups are more or less isolated,

circular, and mingled with distinct patches of the Alga in various stages of growth. On

moistening such lichenoid patches the grey colour disappears in great part; and the

separate disks now appear as circular green spots shining through a semitransparent veil,

which invests them and unites them to one another. The patches come in course of
time to be besprinkled with minute elevated black specks, and ultimately show a greater

or less number of flattened circular apothecia, with black raised margins and brownish

contents (Pl. XLIII. fig. 9).

On removing such a patch (a process which is readily accomplished, as it adheres but
slightly to the surface of the leaf), it is found to be composed of a basis of delicate colour-
less membrane, passing continuously over the grey disks and the intervening spaces, and
in many instances readily separable from the disks save towards their centres. On
examining such a detached flake of membrane and its attached disks, the former is
found to consist of a dense web of empty interwoven hyphze, whilst the latter are readily
recognizable as primary disks of the Alga, which have undergone greater or less modi-
fications (Pl. XLIII. fig. 10). The cells of the disk are in great part empty and colourless ;
but beneath the colourless framework or skeleton is a great mass of circular cells. These
are quite distinet from one another ; and many of them become detached from their places
in the process of preparing the specimen, and may be found floating free in the sur-
rounding fluid (Pl. XLIII. fig. 18). The larger number of them, however, remain in
situ, and appear to be embedded in a granular matrix. Entangled in the flake, in some
cases, other primary disks may be encountered, which are as yet completely unaltered,
or exhibit various stages of transition to those just described. The black specks in the
patch are now resolved into spermogonia full of minute spermatia, and the apothecia
present all the characters of those of gymnocarpous lichens (Pl. XLIII. figs. 9 & 10).

The following account of the details of structure and the history of development of
these lichenous patches is founded on very numerous careful examinations of specimens
. in every stage of formation. Before any of these lichenous patches had appeared, and
whilst the study of the development of the primary disks of the Alga occupied attention,
it was frequently observed that fungal filaments had become attached to the latter
(Pl. XLIII. fig. 12). These filaments were colourless, ramified over the surface of the leaf,
and, where they came into contact with the disks, were frequently bent at right angles
to their previous course, becoming closely applied to the margins of the disks, adhering
firmly to them, and sending numerous branches over their surfaces. On following out
the subject more closely in connexion with thelichenous patches, the subsequent history
of these adherent filaments was ascertained to be as follows :—After becoming adherent
to the disks the hyphz proceed to ramify abundantly, and eventually form the densely

314 DR. D. D. CUNNINGHAM ON MYCOIDEA PARASITICA,

interwoven film of empty filaments (corresponding with the cortical layer of other
lichens) which covers the disks and the intervals between them (Pl. XLIII. fig. 19).
Whilst this film is forming, changes occur in the disk beneath. The cells multiply
greatly by the formation of tangential septa dividing the rays into rows of short spaces;
and their contents pass from orange into bright green. Each of the cells now buds out `
below, and forms a rounded prominence on the inferior surface of the disk; and these
buds, gradually absorbing all the contents of their parent cells, are ultimately detached
as independent bright green circular cells, and form accumulations beneath the now
empty framework of the disks (Pl. XLIII. fig. 16). The process begins from the centre
of the disks, and gradually extends peripherally until the disks are left as empty cellular
shields covering a mass of detached circular cells. The hyphæ of the cortical layer,
after ramifying over the upper surface of the disks, finally force their way downwards
between the constituent cells of the latter towards the central point from which the
rays diverge. At the point of entrance a dense cellular mass of fungal cells is developed,
eausing an appearance, very frequently to be observed in the disks of the mature lichen,
of a central colourless space in the groups of gonidial cells (Pl. XLIII.fig.14). Having
gained an entrance, the hyphs then ramify among the projecting buds on the under
surface of the disk, and, becoming adherent to them, retain them in position when freed `
from their parent cells. The green gonidial cells continue to multiply by the division
of their contents, and frequently form several strata, beneath which a colourless layer of
hyphee is more or less distinctly developed. Owing to the ease with which the lichenous
patches are detached from their position on the surface of the leaf, it is a matter of some
difficulty to obtain good demonstrations of their structure; but the accompanying
illustrations show the appearances present in successful vertical sections, as well as in
cases in which masses of gonidia and hyphæ have been teased out from beneath their
investing disks (Pl. XLIII. figs. 11, 17). | I

At various points of the patch the filaments, sometimes those of the film, and more
rarely those apparently of the intergonidial hyphæ, give origin to an inferior layer of
loose tissue. This rapidly multiplies and forms dense whorls of tangled filaments, from
which the spermogonia and apothecia are gradually developed; and it is only around
these structures that any loose tissue corresponding to a medullary layer can be
encountered (Pl. XLIII. fig. 20). |

The spermogonia, as previously mentioned, are developed anteriorly to the apothecia.
They ultimately appear as slightly elevated circular spots of a greenish-brown hue,
measuring 0°175 millim. in diameter, and discharge their contents on the surface of the
patch through minute rounded ostiola. The spermatia are colourless, slightly curved,
and measure 0:004 by 0:001 millim. (Pl. XLIII. fig. 13). The apothecia measure about
0-7 millim. in diameter by 0:2 millim. in height, and appear to the naked eye as
minute blackish cups on the surface of the patch. They are invested by a distinct rim,
derived from the cortical layer, and show the usual features presented by the apothecia of
gymnocarpous lichens—being anatomically separable into excipulum, subhymenial layer, -
hymenium, and nucleus, consisting of the remains of the whorls from which they are
developed (Pl. XLIII. fig. 15). The asci contain eight curved uniseptate spores, and are

A NEW GENUS OF PARASITIC ALGE. | 815

surrounded by an abundance of slender somewhat capitate paraphyses (Pl. XLIII.
fig. 21). I am uncertain whether any of the spores yet obtained were mature; but those
showing most indications of being so were colourless or very pale yellow, somewhat con-
stricted at the septum, and measuring 0:0227 x 0:0075. Numerous experiments
were made as to the reaction of the asci with solution of iodine. In no instance was
there any distinct indication of blue staining as encountered in most lichens observed.
The walls of the asci, on the contrary, appeared to be unaffected į but the presence of a
large quantity of the material styled epiplasma by De Bary was demonstrated around
the spores, which, under such circumstances, appeared as pale yellow bodies embedded
in a deep-red-brown basis. i

The history of the development of this species of epiphyllous lichen appears in itself
to afford a complete demonstration of the composite nature of such structures. There
can be no doubt here as to the source of the gonidial cell, and that that source is an Alga
capable of independent existence and of producing perfect forms of fructification. On
the other hand, it is only in association with these algal elements that the fungal fila-
ments form a tissue capable of giving origin to spermogonia and apothecia.

Various other points might be touched upon ; but in the mean time I would merely
suggest that the anomalous subepidermal site and so-called cephaluroid conditions of the
various species of Strigula are probably explicable as owing to their gonidial elements
belonging to Algæ identical with or similar to the species here described. The sub-
epidermal site is at once explicable by the supposition of the entrance of hyphæ along
with the filaments of the Alga going to the. formation of the secondary disks; whilst
the cephaluroid condition may, so far as can be judged from figures at all events, be
referred to cases in which the algal element has partially retained or regained the
ascendancy, and has given origin to a crop of the asexual fructification normally
belonging to it.

In conclusion, it may be well to call attention to the fact that the existence of
structures closely resembling the primary disks of the Alga forming the subject of the
present paper has been already indicated by various authors. The organisms described by
Mettenius as occurring on the leaves of ferns, and referred by Millardet to the genus
Phycopeltis *, may with as much propriety be ascribed to the present genus. Even
the relation of the disks to fungal elements would seem to have been noticed. For
example, the Rev. Mr. Berkeley, in a paper on “ The Thread Blight of Tea,” mentions
the occurrence on tea-leaves of ** minute shield-like bodies, consisting of cells radiating
from a central aperture containing spores," and gives a figure which might well pass
for that of one of the primary disks f. Mr. Archer also, in exhibiting some of Dr.
Bornet's preparations, commented on one showing a minute lichen with its hyphe
investing a form of Phyllactidiwm or Coleochete, and pointed out the singular habitat
of the Alga, ** on the leaves of living trees in the tropics” 1.

* o De la Germination des Zygospores dans les genres Closterium et Staurastrum et sur un genre nouveau d'algues
Chlorosporées,” par M. A. Millardet, Mémoires de la Société des Sciences Naturelles de Strasbourg, 1870.
T Quarterly Journal of Microscopical Science, 1875, p. 132. t Ibid. p. 334.

316 DR. D. D. CUNNINGHAM ON MYCOIDEA PARASITICA.

DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES.

PLATE XLII.

Fig. 1. Leaf of Camellia japonica affected by Mycoidea parasitica.

2. Aerial filaments bearing the asexual fructification : x 92.

Fig. 3. Group of young aerial filaments emerging from beneath the epidermis: x 180.
4
5

. Upper extremity of an aerial filament, with stipitate spores arising from it: x 480.
. A spore from which the zoospores have escaped, showing the rounded opening of exit and four
zoospores yet remaining in the cell-cavity : x 960.

Fig. 6. A free zoospore in its original condition : x 840.

Fig. 7. Aportionofone of theaerial filaments, showing projectionson theinner surfaceof thecell-wall: x 960.

` Fig. 8. A vertical section through a portion of a Camellia-leaf affected by two patches of Mycoidea
parasitica: x 180, 3

Fig. 9. Filaments from the subepidermal disk in their original condition: x 180.

Fig. 10. Similar filaments from a plant with sexual fructification: x 180.

Fig. 11. A young oogonium: x 180. Fig. 12. An oogonium with attached pollinodium : x 980.

Fig. 13. Mature oogonium with escaping zoospores: x 960.

Fig. 14. Portion of an oogonium showing development of ostiolum : x 980. 1

Fig. 15. Portion from the surface of a leaf, showing the ruptured epidermis and protruding ostiolum of ` —
the oogonium: x 1960. ;

Fig. 16. (a) A zoospore in the circular condition: x 1960. (b) A zoospore after rupture of the cell-wall.
(c) Oval particles contained in the interior of the zoospores.

Fig. 17. Zoospores which have become circular and are beginning to germinate: x 1960,

Pirate XLIII.

Fig. 1. Group of mature oospores with filaments ramifying around the oogonia: x 180.
Fig. 2. Mature oogonium with its ostiolum and oospore: x 960.
Fig. 3. Young primary disk, resulting from the germination of a zoospore: x 700.
Fig. 4. Vertical section showing the relation of the primary disk to the epidermis: x 180.
Fig. 5. Portionof epidermis, with aprimary disk andthemassof subepidermal filaments arisingfromit: x 180.
Fig. 6. Primary disk as seen from the surface : x 37.
Fig. 7, Vertical section, showing germinating cells of the primary disk, and penetration of the epidermis
by the buds arising from them : x 960.
Fig. 8. Lichenous patch on the surface of a Nephelium-leaf : of natural size.
Fig. 9. Portion of a patch with spermogonia and apothecia, viewed laterally : x 23.
Fig. 10. Detached portion of a patch, showing the film of E Siem? the spermogonia, apothecia,
and circular groups of gonidia: x 23. j
Fig. 11. Section through a portion of a gonidial patch, showing the filamnets of the cortical layer, the
. remains of the algal disk, the green gonidial cells, and the intergonidial hyphæ : x 960.
Fig. 12. Portion of a primary disk, seen from below, with fungal filaments attached to it: x 960.
Fig. 13. Spermatia: x 960.
Fig. 14. Portion of dense cellular tissue from the point where the fungal filaments penetrate the disk: x 960.
Fig. 15. Apothecium in vertical section: x 44.
Fig. 16. Portion of the skeleton of a primary disk detached from a group of gonidia, with one or two goni-
dial buds still connected with the cells: x 960.
Fig. 17. Detached mass of hyph: and gonidia from one of the groups: x 960.
Fig. 18. Free gonidia; two of them showing division of their contents : x 960.
Fig. 19. Hyphz of the cortical layer: x 960. 3
Fig. 20. Medullary fibres: x 960, Fig. 21. Asci and paraphyses : x 960.

* Trans. Linn.Soc Ser 2 Bor Vou ] Tas 42

| \ X 4960
| Zig. WN

N

zal f à > eee A ME.

: Í Í | " » — n. ,
= Xe 96Ccomccccao 6C]! oco e JoCoCICoC

OCG

En S ^ pius nA Ped
ees del MYCOIDEA PARASITICA. | Lud EUNT

ENEE A

. DDCunningham del ; : MYCOIDEA PARASITICA

Taans Lane Soc SER 2.Bor Vou 1 Tap 43
Fig 4 1 ! =
anana A le
WOOO ICI OC
Keleleleleleleleld

x 4/80

Fig 6.

| F3] Fig 18
em bx p

E \

/

Sch )
|

[ 37 ]

XXI. On the Self-fertiligdfion of Plants.
By the Rev. GEoRaE HeEnstow, M.A., F.L.S., POS

(Plate XLIV.)

Read November 1st, 1877.

INTRODUCTION.—No one can venture to treat of the fertilization of plants without
being deeply indebted to the laborious investigations of Mr. Darwin, and, I would add,
no one ought to do so without expressing his profound gratitude to that great author
for the aid derived from his many works. Such, at least, are my own feelings, that
while I differ in some respects from his conclusions with reference for the subject of
this paper, I cannot proceed without first acknowledging a debt of gratitude for the
vast stores of facts which are to be found in his writings. In order to establish what I
believe to be the real value and effects of self-fertilization, I shall be obliged to refer
frequently to Mr. Darwin’s latest work on the ‘Cross and Self-fertilisation of Plants,’
because he has therein several times stated his belief in what he calls ‘the evil effects
and *'injuriousness" of self-fertilization—terms which, I have reason to think, not only
fail to express accurately, but which are liable to misrepresent the real value of the pro-
cess. It is true, there may have occurred in his experiments some individual instances
of cultivated plants to which such terms might seem applicable; but it is not so much
with isolated and exceptional cases that I purpose dealing as recognizing a broad and
general principle in the vegetable kingdom, taken in its entirety—one, in fact, not
necessarily limited to the flowering plants, but applicable to ni Aap qure as well, though
I am not at present concerned with the latter*.

Before addressing myself to the subject proper, I think the reader will not consider
it out of place if I state, as briefly as possible, what are the results Mr. Darwin has
secured to science by his latest observations—as, in order to show what I conceive to be
the true value of self-fertilization, it will be necessary to point out the "n value of
other kinds of crossing, so as to make the results comparative.

There are, at least, five kinds of union, apart from hybridization proper, or the union
of distinct species or genera :—(1) self-fertilization, or the fertilization of a pistil by the
pollen from the same flower; (2) crossing different flowers on the same plant; (3) cross-
ing flowers on different plants of the same stock ; (4) crossing flowers of different plants,

* I had purposed writing this paper before I was aware that Mr. Darwin's book was coming out, and contributed
an article on self-fertilization to * Nature,’ vol. xiv. p. 543, in which number Mr. Darwin’s book was, I think, first
mentioned as being shortly about to appear. On subsequently restudying the question, with the aid of Mr. Darwin’s
work, I found it necessary to thoroughly recast my paper, as he had recorded a vast number of facts quite new to
me, and of which I have now taken advantage. I would also add that I did not study Miiller’s ‘Befruchtung der
Blumen durch Insekten’ until I had written out all my own observations, so that wherever I have quoted or alledag
to that acute observer’s writings, such sentences are later additions to this paper,

SECOND SERIES.—BOTANY, VOL. I. 9v —

318 REV. GEORGE HENSLOW ON THE

but of different stocks, all the preceding being of exactly the same form of species;
(5) crossing different varieties of the same species.

Dean Herbert, in his work on the Amaryllidee (p. 371), published in the year 1836,
makes the following remark :—

* I am inclined to think that I have derived advantage from impregnating the flowers from which I

wished. to obtain seed with pollen from another individual of the same variety, or, at least, from
another flower rather than its own, and especially from an individual grown in a different soil or

aspect.”

As far as I am aware, such a surmise has been generally accepted by horticulturists
and botanists to the present time, but more as a general assumption than as one based
on strictly scientific experiments; and it is the great merit of Mr. Darwin that, just as
he established, on scientific grounds, the value of intererossing by insect agency,
so well illustrated by Sprengel in 1790, so, in his present work, he has done the same for

Dean Herbert’s inferences. He has thus placed on a scientific basis the exact value of |

such crossings.

Of the results thus anticipated by Dean Herbert, Mr. Darwin has proved incontestably
that the greatest benefits are derived by crossing individuals which have grown in dif-
ferent localities, so as to acquire different constitutional peculiarities, though they may not
be perceptible in their external appearance, or else, if differences be visible, they consist
of some slight characters, which render one a subvariety of the other. When such plants
are crossed, the offspring raised exhibit, as a rule, greater weight, more vigour in branch-
ing, a darker foliage, more blossoms, an earlier period in flowering, &c., than those of
their parents.

Such beneficial results, however, are not absolutely invariable. Mr. Darwin LS

[
1

cases where but slight or even no benefit accrued to the plants raised from the seed 1
of the crossed plants; but that, on the other hand, the self-fertilized plant beat its -

crossed opponent in height &c., with which it was put in competition. Such, for ex-
ample, was the case with a tall, highly self-fertile individual of Ipomea purpurea, to
which Mr. Darwin gave the name of * Hero." Eschscholtzia californica, Petunia vio-
lacea, and Mimulus luteus are other instances. pe:

The next degree of advantage of crossing was with individuals of the same stock,
i.e. grown for many generations in the same soil and under similar conditions; and
which therefore were probably all descended from the same parentage. With these the
advantages of crossing were apparent at first, but after a few generations the com-

parative results between such intercrossing and self-fertilization gradually approximated —

uniformity.

The third kind of union is between flowers on the same plant. And here Mr. Darwin |

has corrected a hitherto widespread supposition, that it was beneficial for flowers to be

thus crossed. It would seem, however, that such may do little or no good at all. Un-

fortunately Mr. Darwin has not experimented to any great extent upon such a union ;
and it would be unwise to generalize from so few instances. Collecting the various

. items from his work under this head, they may be tabulated as follows, where 100 is | T

placed as the standard for height or weight of the intercrossed :—

‘SELF-FERTILIZATION OF PLANTS. 319

Intercrossed. Self-fertilized.

Ipomea purpurea—ratio of heights . . . . . 100 106
ia e So WEIS. ^ «o5. d^ bora 400 124
Mimulus luteus - ,; leighis oce ad mes bas OO 101
` SE ‘j Horoa tsoias et od: andy 100 103
Digitalis purpurea — ,, BEEN | —. . —. IU0 94.
» »* Wi og weight: 1.105.751 100 78

A slight benefit was gained by the intercrossed "m of Eschscholtzia californica,
Corydalis cava, and Oncidium (sp.). No benefit followed from intercrossing flowers on
Origanum vulgare, Pelargonium (sp.), Reseda odorata, and Abutilon Darwinit.

From these cases it appears that no benefit resulted in four cases, and with all the
rest, excepting the weight of Ipomea, the advantage is so slight as to be comparatively
insignificant; for the instances are too few,to be trustworthy for deducing broad or
general results. It is, however, worth while observing, that the flowers of these species
of Eschscholizia, Corydalis, Oncidium, and Digitalis are more or less usually self-sterile,
the first three physiologically, the last morphologically so. That individual buds on a
plant may be more or less, but probably rarely very greatly differentiated, is a fact well
admitted, and treated by Mr. Darwin elsewhere under the title of bud-variation: and
when such flowers are crossed, some benefit is likely to accrue to the resulting seeds ; for
when flowers are more or less self-sterile, it shows that their sexual organs have become
more highly differentiated than usual. Hence one would, à priori, expect that more
benefit would result from their crossing than with flowers which had been less differen-
tiated, as is doubtless the case with most flowers on one and the same plant; so that we
have a reasonable explanation from crossing different flowers on the same plant of Esch-
scholtzia californica, Corydalis cava, Oncidium (sp.) *.

The fourth kind of union is self-fertilization; and although Mr. Darwin seems on
several occasions to be strongly inclined to recognize some benefits as resulting from this
process, as in the passages to be quoted presently, yet he repeatedly insists upon, not
merely what I should prefer to call the negative results, but the “ evil effects” of self-
. fertilization. It is here, therefore, where I join issue with him ; and it will be the main
object of this paper to give positive evidence to show that there are decided advantages,
rather than disadvantages, accruing to such plants as can, or rather do, habitually fer-
tilize themselves.

* Such an explanation of the nature of self-sterile plants is given by Mr. Darwin in his work on * Animals and
Plants under Domestication,’ vol. ii. p. 140; but he appears to have now changed his views, for in ‘Cross and Self-
fertilisation of Plants’ (p. 345) he says:—** When such plants [which are capable of complete self-fertilization] are
taken to another country, and become in consequence self-sterile [as did Eschscholtzia in Brazil], their sexual
elements and organs are so acted on as to be rendered too uniform [?]for such interaction [why not become too
highly differentiated ?], like those of a self-fertilised plant long cultivated under the same conditions" [but such con-
ditions do not render self-fertilizing plants self-sterile]. ;

I cannot but think this change of view unfortunate ; for the earlier interpretation, to my mind, certainly carries
more weight with it; for had such flowers been too little differentiated, it would imply they were under a more pri-
mitive condition; and one would reasonably ie some correlative “ lowness" of structure elsewhere; but eh is

far from being the case. :
2¥2

320 REV. GEORGE HENSLOW ON THE

I shall now quote three passages from his ‘ Cross and Self-Fertilisation of Plants,’ in
which Mr. Darwin inclines to the belief that there is some good in self-fertilization :—

“ We should always keep in mind the obvious fact that the production of seed is the chief end of the |
act of fertilisation ; and that this end can be gained by hermaphrodite plants with incomparably greater

certainty by self-fertilisation, than by the union of the sexual elements belonging to two distinct
flowers or plants ” (p. 3).

In speaking of the superiority of self-fertilized seedlings of Ipomea over those raised |
from flowers fertilized br pollen taken from other flowers on the same plant, he says:—

“ This is a remarkable fact, which seems to indicate that self-fertilization is in some manner more i

advantageous than crossing, unless the cross bring with it, as is generally the case, some decided and i
preponderant advantage ” (p. 61).

Lastly, Mr. Darwin observes :— 1

“The most important conclusion at which I have arrived is that the mere act of crossing by itself 1 |
does no good. The good depends on the individuals which are crossed differing slightly in their bh
constitution ” (p. 27). H

Before proceeding with my own observations, it will be advisable to give the opinions `
of at least two eminent botanists, who regard self-fertilization as an important principle l
in nature. I allude to Dr. H. Müller and Mr. T. Meehan. 1

The former, alluding to Mr. Darwin's well-known aphorism that ‘ Nature abhors per- —
petual self-fertilization," says that it was exaggerated by his successors, as Hildebrand -
in Germany, and Delpino in Italy; while, on the other hand, he refers to Axell, who 1
propounded the doctrine that— | E

" The development of the fertilizing arrangements in phanerogams has been always in advance, and 1

still continues in advance, in one and the same direction, towards a perfection which affords more and 1
more facilities for self-fertilization.”

He then says that—

“He is convinced that neither Hermann, Darwin, nor Axell's opinion is a thoroughly adequate one, |
but that, under certain conditions, the facility for self-fertilization is most advantageous to a plant, 1
while, under other conditions, the inevitableness of cross-fertilization by the visits of insects is the more —
advantageous."

Similarly Mr. Thomas Meehan, of Germantown, Philadelphia, in a paper entitled,
“ Are Insects any material Aid to Plants in Fertilization ? " *, says that he does not regard
this supposed necessity for cross-fertilization, or this supposed injury to plants, as at all
established, nor is the injuriousness to animals from in-and-in breeding by any means
proved, but that there are abundant evidences to the contrary. He further adds his
belief that undoubted self-fertilized plants have existed as long, and are every way as
healthy, as those that cannot now fertilize themselves. His admirable paper, which was
reproduced in the ‘Gardeners’ Chronicle’ for Sept. 11, 1875, is, in fact, an “apology”
for self-fertilization.

* Proceedings of the American Association for the Advancement of Science, vol. xxiv, p. 243 (1875), Also
‘ Nature,’ Sept 25, 1873, :

SELF-FERTILIZATION OF PLANTS. 321

Lastly, Mr. Darwin’s expressions, “evil effects" and “injuriousness”’ of self-fertiliza-
tion, seem to imply something of the nature of disease; but they show no consonance
with Mr. Berkeley’s definition of disease, which is as follows :—

* Tn all cases where the necessary functions of the species are impeded, and vital action is impaired,
whether tending to actual decay or to the obstruction of the main ends of cultivation [aud I would
add that the sole recognizable end of all plant-life in a state of nature is the propagation of the
species by seed], we must assume that diseased action is going on” *.

I hope this essay will clearly show that nothing of the kind can be predicated of the
innumerable and habitually self-fertilized plants in nature.

I will now state the nature of the observations which have led me to believe particular
plants to be normally self-fertilizing (and by that I mean, though they may in some
cases be cross-fertilized by insects, especially perhaps by small moths at night, yet there
is every reason to believe such to be exceptional, and that they can and do fertilize
themselves habitually) :—

(a) Inconspicuousness of the flowers even when fully expanded.

(b) Calyx and corolla, often only partially expanded, or not at all.

(c) White or pale colour of the corolla; while specially coloured streaks, specks, or
“ guides," Ee, are more or less reduced or absent.

(d) Partial or total arrest of the corolla.

(e) Little or no honey, though the disk or glands may be present. The glands found
in allied species, however, may be suppressed in the self-fertilizing.

(f) Little or no scent.

(g) The mature stamens of the expanded flower retaining the incurved position they
had in bud. ;

(K) Stamens often reduced in number and the pollen in quantity.

(i Pollen-tubes visibly penetrating the stigma, either from grains still within the
anther-cells, or evidently derived from those of the same flower.

(j) The stigma situated appropriately for direct pollinization from the anthers of the
same flower. |

(k) The order and rates of development of the different whorls, the pistil maturing
with comparative rapidity. — |

(1 The early maturation of the stigma so as to be ready before or simultaneously
with the dehiscence of the anthers.

(m) Great (absolute) abundance of fruit or seeds, or both.

(n) Great rapidity of maturation of seed. [fertilization.

(o) Special contrivances and adaptations of the stamens and pistil to secure self-

(p) Cleistogamy. ` $

(q) Netting to exclude insects.

(r) Growing them indoors and free from insect visits t.

* « Vegetable Pathology,” Gard. Chron. (1854), p. 724.

+ Of these two experimental methods (g and r) I have little experience, and am dependent upon Mr. Darwin's
and H. Müllers observations. Having no facilities in London, I have been almost entirely compelled to forego

these important methods. Still I venture to think that the cumulative evidence gathered under the preceding heads
affords sufficient proof for conviction, which is quite equivalent to an absolute demonstration by such methods.

322 ,REV. GEORGE HENSLOW ON THE

(s) Self-fertilizing plants are very often annuals, while their allies or intercrossing
species of the same genus are perennials. In this respect Stellaria media may be compared
with S. Holostea, Geranium pusillum. Ze, with G. pratense, Polygonum aviculare with
P. Bistorta and many others. There are, of course, many exceptions, as Malva rotundi-
Jolia ; but even this species is said to become annual in New Zealand. 1

(t) ** Weeds” are probably all self-fertilizing or else anemophilous. A weed is simply . -
an unattractive plant, and possessing no feature worthy of cultivation.

The following are the chief facts which may be regarded as occurring correlatively
with self-fertilization, some being actual causes which directly or indirectly bring it
about :—

l. The majority of flowering plants can fertilize themselves.

2. Few plants are known to be physiologically self-sterile with their own pollen.

3. Many plants bear flowers which are morphologically or structurally self-sterile; the —
pollen of any such flower, however, is effectual if artificially placed on the stigma of -
the same flower.

4. Both physiologically and more or less morphologically self-sterile plants may become
highly self-fertile under certain conditions, self-fertilization being then correlated with
or even caused by one or more of the following peculiarities :—

i. The withering of the corolla after or without any expansion.

ii. The excision of the corolla with a portion of the stamens (?).

iii. The partial or even total arrest in development of the corolla, normally present.
iv. Absence of colour in the corolla.

v. The corolla closing after expansion.

vi. The flower-bud never opening.

vii. In the absence of the proper visiting insects. ` [ climate.
viii. The reduction of temperature, as in autumn, or by transportation to a cooler
ix. By grafting on a new stock.

Highly self-fertile varieties may arise under cultivation or in nature.
Inconspicuous flowers are highly self-fertile.

. Cleistogamous flowers are always self-fertilized.

. Special adaptations occur for securing self-fertilization.

. Conservation of energy is seen in the reduction of the number of stamens and the
quantity of pollen in self-fertilizing flowers.

St The relative fertility may equal or surpass that of crossed plants. d

l. The fertility does not decrease in successive generations of a plant perpetually
Been |

12. The fertility may increase in successive generations, when a more or less self-
sterile plant has acquired self-fertilizing powers.

13. Free from competition, self-fertilized plants may be equal to the intercrossed com-
pared with them either (1) as seedlings, or (2) when planted in the open ground.

14. Self-fertilized plants sometimes gain no benefit from a cross with the same or
even a different stock. |

15. Self-fertilized EN are ə perfectly rcs SG

© CO vi E or

SELF-FERTILIZATION OF PLANTS. 323

16. They may be much more productive than flowers dependent upon insects.

17. The most widely dispersed of British plants are almost, if not quite, always self-
fertilizing.

18. Naturalized abroad they often gain great vigour.

19. They are **the fittest to survive in the struggle for life."

I will now proceed to treat of each of these facts in succession.

l. The majority of flowers are self-fertile.

It is to Mr. Darwin's and H. Müller's investigations that I am partly indebted for
this fact. Until their works were published I had, perhaps in common with others, a
general belief that conspicuous flowers were much more self-sterile from dichogamy or
other cause than is really the case. The former gives two lists of forty-nine species in
each, one of self-sterile and the other of self-fertile plants; but he adds (J. c. p. 370):—

* T do not, however, believe that if all known plants were tried in the same manner, half would be
found to be sterile within the specified limits; for many flowers were selected for experiment which
presented some remarkable structure; and such flowers often require insect aid."

The limit was the production, when covered, of less than about half the number of
seeds produced by unprotected plants. So that while 49, in Mr. Darwin's experiments,
were generally highly self-fertile, the other 49 were not absolutely self-sterile when
protected. Moreover, a large number of inconspicuously flowering plants from a great
variety of Orders may be mentioned which are habitually self-fertile. Hence the above
statement may be considered as established notwithstanding Asclepiadacez and Orchid-
acee being large Orders and exceptional in requiring almost universally insect aid
for the cross-fertilization of their species.

2. Comparatively few flowers are known to be physiologically quite self-sterile.

When the pollen of a self-sterile flower is placed upon the stigma of the same flower it
is impotent. Mr. Darwin has dealt with this subject in his work on ‘ Animals and
Plants under Domestication,’ vol. ii. p. 132, seqq., to which the reader must be referred
for details. It appearsthat such plants are chiefly Orchids and of the genus Onicidium ;
‘but examples are to be met with from widely different Orders: thus Corydalis cava,
Lobelia fulgens, Verbascum nigrum, species of Passiflora, Ee, are in this condition; and
I repeat that I cannot but think Mr. Darwin’s interpretation given in the above work is
correct, and not that which he has lately advanced in his ‘ Cross and Self-fertilisation of
Plants.’ In the former work he says, ** The sexual elements of the same flowers have
become differentiated in relation to each other almost like those of two distinct species ;”
but in the latter book he says, such sterility is ** due to the sexual elements not having
been sufficiently differentiated " (p. 456). All the flowers here mentioned have their
perianths in a highly differentiated state, as witnessed by their great irregularities, and it
is at least reasonable to infer that the pollen is correlatively changed as well. This idea
is certainly corroborated by the fact that the pollen of some species of Oncidium actually

affects the stigma as a poison.
But what is particularly noticeable is that, in the first place, allied species of such

324 REV. GEORGE HENSLOW ON THE

self-sterile plants are perfectly self-fertile; thus while Verbascum nigrum is quite sterile,
V. Thapsus and V. Lychnitis are highly self-fertile. Again, though Corydalis cava and
C. solida are self-sterile, C. Halleri is only slightly self-sterile, and C. intermedia notat — -
allso. Lastly, while several species of Passiflora are self-sterile, P. gracilis, an annual, is 1
“ nearly as fertile with its own pollen as with that from a distinct plant.” Secondly, phy- :
siologically self-sterile plants may themselves become highly self-fertile under certain con- |
ditions. Thus Mr. Darwin quotes the experience of Kélreuter, who found Verbascum -
pheniceum to be sometimes self-sterile, at other times self-fertile. Some plants of —
Lobelia fulgens, according to Gärtner, are self-sterile, others not so; but none of `
Mr. Darwin's specimens were in this condition (J. c. p. 179). Eschscholtzia californica is 1
self-sterile in Brazil, but when introduced into England it became self-fertile. This species, `
however, is also much more self-sterile in Germany; and a plant of English parentage |
sent to Brazil, and exposed for two seasons to that climate, * proved quite self-sterile, '
like a Brazilian plant" (l c. p. 333). 1
These two classes of facts show that physiological self-sterility is only a conditional |
phenomenon; and probably any usually self-sterile plant will regain self-fertility if —
grown under changed circumstances, as, for example, was the case with the Brazilian |
Eschscholtzias described by Mr. Darwin, who says, * their self-fertility had evidently 1
increased greatly by being reared for two generations in England." 1
Hence as many of the so-called self-sterile plants become self-fertile in other localities, ] |
and then, as with Eschscholtzia, show very great vigour, we cannot infer that self-sterility —
injures the constitution in any way, but is, as Mr. Darwin says, an “ incident ;” for a
degrees of self-sterility and want of vigour show no necessary correlation whatever, and 1
the former involves no detriment to the plant beyond the loss of fertility. We may 1
therefore with tolerable safety, infer that those others which have not yet been shown to —
be self-fertilizing might become so under proper conditions for evincing such reversion. |

3. Many plants are morphologically self-sterile.

Besides physiologically self-sterile plants, there are many of which the pollen of any 1
flower, although it be quite effectual on the stigma of the same flower, is prevented by cer- -
tain mechanical obstructions from having access to it, Thus if species of Lupinus have their —
petals artificially moved, seed is set, but not usually otherwise. Now it appears probable |
that if such plants be habitually neglected by insects, they will either perish entirely —
or else become self-fertilizing, or else, as another but more rare alternative, become `
anemophilous, as it has probably been with Poferium and Plantago*. The above `
appears to have been the case with such conspicuous flowers as Pisum sativum and `
Lathyrus. odoratus, which are mostly perpetuated in this country by self-fertilization —
alone. Phaseolus vulgaris is also highly self-fertile; but P. multiflorus, though closely -
allied to it, is still morphologically more or less self-sterile. ` 3
Similarly, certain inconspicuous and irregular flowers, which may therefore be re- d

* Mr. W. B. Clarke informs me that he has found certain small-flowered species of Combretum to be protero- 1
gynous, like Plantago, with the style protruding through a circular orifice of the unexpanded flower before the
stamens appear. = bey i: pod inposita * :

SELF-FERTILIZATION OF PLANTS. 325

garded as certainly descended from insect-fertilized plants, have regained and retained
the power of self-fertilization. Thus while Trifolium pratense seems generally to require
the aid of humble-bees, some very small-flowered species, as 7’. minus, are self-fertile.
Again, while conspicuous species of Dicentra and Corydalis are adapted for insect
agency, Fumaria officinalis is highly self-fertile.

A Both physiologically and morphologically self-sterile plants may become highly self-
fertile under certain conditions.

I have enumerated nine proximate causes which appear to be more or less capable of
accounting for the self-fertilization of certain flowers, or they are at least phenomena cor-
related with it. Some of these require additional observations to establish them, as a
sufficient number of cases has not yet been observed; but at all events they are all based
upon direct observations of usually many more than one instance.

4. i. The first cause stated is the withering of the corolla.

Mr. Darwin says of Viola tricolor that a large covered plant set only 18 capsules,
several of which contained from only one to three seeds; but an uncovered plant set 105
. fine capsules.

" The few flowers which produce capsules when insects are excluded are perhaps fertilised by the curl-
ing inwards of the petals as they wither, for by this means pollen-grains adhering to the papille might
be inserted into the cavity of the stigma” (J. c. p. 124).

I can corroborate this fact, for I have found a flower of this plant with the calcarate
petal ‘glued’ to the stigma with plenty of pollen-grains penetrating the orifice; the
stamens were detached, and remained suspended above the ovary, just as in cleistogamous
violets (Tab. XLIV. fig. 6 d).

In September, 1876, I found a plant of Tradescantia erecta at Kew producing an
abundance of capsules, but in every instance from unopened flower-buds. The corollas
were completely shrivelled, and had never expanded, and were matted down upon the
anthers together with the long style, so that the stigma was impregnated by the pollen
beneath the withered corolla. Several of the anthers had withered immaturely. I
gathered several stalks, which, when placed in water, lived for several days, and opened
their capsules successively. The embryos were perfectly well formed (Tab. XLIV.
fig. 36). The seeds germinated in 1877, and grew into vigorous plants. Mr. Darwin
records that Zpomea purpurea is highly self-fertile, while Convolvulus arvensis can
fertilize itself. `C. sepium closes at night, but not, like C. arvensis, in wet weather. It
has no smell, and is comparatively little visited by insects. Now all these plants wither
rapidly, the corolla becoming twisted upon the essential organs; and I strongly suspect
such a process is highly favourable to the securing of self-fertilization, although the
stamens do not appear to be proterandrous. The stigmas are somewhat elevated, at
least at first, beyond the anthers.

H. Müller also alludes to Hypericum perforatum as being specially assisted in the
process of self-fertilization by the withering of the corolla. He observes that the
anthers and stigmas mature together, and that although there is no honey, yet the
conspicuousness of the flowers will attract pollen-seeking insects which might cross

SECOND SERIES.—BOTANY, VOL. I. 22

326 REV. GEORGE HENSLOW ON THE

them ; still the abundance of pollen renders the flowers very liable to be self-fertilized.
The innermost stamens develop first, while the outer ones are delayed. This is contrary
to the order in Buttercups. Perhaps it is correlated to the elongated styles, which
project outwards, and whose stigmas will thus be fertilized more probably by the last or
outermost dehiscing anthers, just as the carpels are in Buttereups, though in this latter
case by the innermost stamens. In addition, therefore, to the probability of self-
fertilization occurring in the expanded flower, the withering of the corolla which binds
stigmas and anthers together will inevitably ensure it.

Many other flowers retain their corollas or perianths for some time in a withered or
* marcescent ' condition, such as Gentianee, Campanula, Ze, and I would suggest the
probability of such being in all cases at least an aid to secure self-fertilization.

4. ii. The excision of the corolla, and stamens in part(?). It occurred to me on
observing, I may say, the almost universal tendency to reduce the size of the corolla
or to suppress it altogether when flowers are habitually or solely self-fertilized, and
that it was also the case with the female flowers of polygamous species as well as of
* gynodiecious" plants, as Mr. Darwin calls them (* Forms of Flowers,’ pp. 287-309),
that there might be some sort of compensating process between the pistil and the
corolla—that when the latter is arrested the former grows rapidly, so that if it were
early cut away a normally proterandrous flower might become homogamous ; but experi-
ments with strongly proterandrous flowers gave mostly negative results when the corolla
alone was removed from the bud. Hence I am led to regard the reduction of the corolla
as a secondary result issuing from some tendency to check the energy of the stamens,
which may convert a proterandrous flower into a self-fertilizing one, or a normally
hermaphrodite into a female. The reduced corolla, and sometimes a reduced calyx *,
must therefore be regarded as correlative results issuing from certain hidden causes
affecting the essential organs.. I have tried several experiments of removing the corolla
both with and without some or all of the stamens in Pelargonium; the style and
stigma then appeared to gain vigour, and to mature from two to five days earlier than
usual. 'lhis, however, requires corroboration.

Mr. Darwin records the fact that certain proterandrous or self-sterile flowers, which
had their corollas removed, set seed, such. as Delphinium Consolida and Viola tricolor
(* Cross and Self-fertilisation,’ p. 420, note) ; and this led me to regard ‘such cases as E
strengthening my deduction; but I am now inclined to withdraw it, and substitute the _
belief that the reduction of the corolla is an outward index, as it were, of some con- —
stitutional peculiarities which are affecting more especially the stamens. I have else- A
where observed of diplostemonous flowers that if a whorl of stamens be suppressed itis 4
usually that opposite the petals, and in the Paronychiew the corolla often goes with it,
showing some hidden bond of connexion between these two whorls. Hence I would
-agree with Mr. Darwin, who thus speaks of the smallness of the corolla of the female ;
forms of usually hermaphrodite plants :—‘ It seems therefore probable that the de. `

* Rhamnus catharticus (t Forms of Flowers,’ p. 308) and Amphicarpac monoica have cleistogamous flowers without
even “ the semblance of a e e (I. a)

SELF-FERTILIZATION OF PLANTS. 327

creased size of the female corollas in the foregoing cases is due to a tendency to abortion
spreading from the stamens to the petals ” (* Form of Flowers,’ p. 308).

On the other hand, the Corymbiferze of the Composite furnish exceptions ; for the ray-
florets are female, and have larger (ligulate) corollas than have the disk-florets ; while
Centaurea and Viburnum Opulus carry us further; for the corollas are relatively even
still larger, the pistil being arrested as well as the stamens.

4. iii. The partial or total arrest of development of the corolla. The tendency to arrest of
the corolla in many flowers, which, however, set seed very freely, has often been observed.
Thus M. Boisduval says* that ** Viola palustris is often apetalous in the mountains,
notably at Lautaret. In the environs of Paris this species has petalous flowers, which
fructify very well [probably by insect agency], but never apetalous. It is the same
with V. biflora, an essentially Alpine plant." He adds that E Zuppi a species of
Northern Italy, never bears * with us" conspicuous flowers, which does not hinder it
from fructifying. He also cites Prismatocarpus and some Campanulas, whose flowers
have no corolla, which fact does not hinder them from fructifying.

Mr. Berkeley also alludes to the want of a corolla being no hindrance to the setting

of seed (* Gard. Chron.’ 1855, p. 36).

“ Varieties occur, as, for instance, in the Sweet William, where not a trace of petal exists, and yet
every ovary is impregnated ; but the contrary condition is not infrequent. In several species of Violet
the early petaliferous flowers are often barren, while those which appear later in the season are pro-
ductive [i. e. the cleistogamous apetalous flower-buds]. In Ajuga Iva fertile flowers occur indifferently
with or without a corolla. In Ononis minutissima, in contradistinction to the Violets, the earlier flowers
are apetalous, and equally fertile with the petaliferous flowers which are produced later in the season;
and the same equal fertility belongs to both kinds of flowers in Helianthemum, in which genus, Lespedeza,
&c.they are generally simultaneous. In some of these cases the stamens seem very imperfect.... A
very limited number of pollen-grains may sometimes be found."

The general conclusion I would draw from all such cases where the corolla is more
or less reduced or entirely absent is, that the flowers are readapting themselves to self-
fertilization ; the conspicuous corolla being no longer required for insect agency, the
energy usually expended in developing it is now diverted into the pistil, while a not
unusual degeneracy or “ contabescence” of some of the stamens accompanies the
process, involving a reduction of the quantity of pollen, which I regard, not as any
sign of “ injuriousness," but as a form of less expenditure of wasted energy.

4: iv. A partial or entire loss of colour from the corolla is often correlated with self-
fertilization. Generalizing from several observations, I came to the conclusion that what-
ever cause may be at work to abstract or withhold energy from, it may be, the staminal
whorl, together with the corolla and adjacent parts, tends to promote self-fertilization ;
so that asthe absence of colour may be regarded as indicating a poverty of nutriment
in the corolla, whenever some colour is normally present in the species, and of which
white or pale-coloured forms are varieties, such would seem to be, if not a proximate
cause, at least a concomitant of self-fertility. Several instances are recorded by Mr.

| * Bull. Soc. Bot. de Fr. iii. p. 569.
i 222

7998 REV. GEORGE HENSLOW ON THE

Darwin of such a correlation. Thus pale-flowering Pelargonia, such as,“ Christine," —
according to Mr. J. Denny, are “ great seeders.” That observer remarks (as quoted by `
Mr. Darwin, l. c. p. 142, from the * Florist and Pomologist, Jan. 1872, p. 11) :—

* There are some varieties, especially those with petals of a pink colour, or which possess a weakly ]
constitution, where the pistil [stigmas] expands as soon as or even before the pollen-bag bursts, and in —
which also the pistil is frequently short, so when it expands it is smothered, as it were, by the bursting 1
anthers ; these varieties are great seeders, each pip being fertilized by its own pollen." (Tab. XLIV. fig.12.) -

That albinism is due to want of energy is corroborated by some experiments of 1
Mr. B. T. Lowne, who found that garden Balsams became white if ammonia be with- —
held from the soil, but if they were manured with it the colour returned. | 1

Another instance of a usually strongly proterandrous flower becoming self-fertile by —
losing its dichogamy is Dianthus caryophyllus. Mr. Darwin cultivated a dark crimson —
variety, which became highly self-fertile in the third generation :—‘ The proportional -
number of seeds per capsule produced by the plants of crossed origin to those produced ^
by the plants of self-fertilized origin (both lots being spontaneously self-fertilized) was as ]
100 to 125.” On p. 309 we learn that ** the self-fertilized plants of the third generation 1
all bore flowers of exactly the same pale rose-colour ;" and Mr. Darwin thinks that “it |
is not improbable that some of the parent plants which were first self-fertilised may have —
borne flowers thus coloured.” If, as is also probable, others were of the crimson kind, 3

then such must have acquired the paler tint. E
Of Antirrhinum majus, the relative self-fertility of the red and white varieties is `

as 98:20. Of Lobelia ramosa, while the coloured variety was quite sterile, Mr. Darwin 4
found the white or **snow-flake " form partly self-fertile, and produced when protected 3
about one third as many seeds as when uncovered. Mimulus luteus produced under cul- 3
tivation a highly self-fertile white or nearly white variety. Its fertility, as compared |
with that of intercrossed plants, which are yellow, was as 147: 100 (l.c. p. 348). Ker- -
bascum Lychnitis is highly self-fertile, and has a very pale-coloured corolla, as well as —
white hairs on the filaments ; but V. nigrum is bright yellow with purple filaments, and 1
is self-sterile. Lastly, the Petunia "violacea cultivated by Mr. Darwin was of a dingy |
purple, but the self-fertilized plants assumed a flesh-colour. E

While writing I have before me a blossom from a variety of the crimson Chinese Pring 1
rose. The colour is approximating a brick-red, The greenish spot at the base of each petal `
is not well defined as in the purer breeds, but extends upwards with an indented outline -
spreading over the lower third part of the petal. There is also a minute white speck at `
the base of each incision of the margin. It belongs to the short-stamened form, as they `
are situated halfway down the tube; but the pistil is entirely below them. It seeds very 1
freely. The foliage and petals are somewhat smaller than in the normal forms. P

A white variety of Polygala vulgaris. This I found to be self-fertilizing, as will be 1
described hereafter. (Tab. XLIV, figs. 7 a, b.) |

Pinguicula. The larger species, with dark purple blossoms, are adapted for inter- 1
crossing; but P. lusitanica, which is pale lilac or white, is self-fertilizing. pans XLIV
figs. 34 a, b, c.)

Lysimachia vulgaris. Dr. H. Müller Fecords the fact that, the self-fertilizing form of 1

SELF-FE RTILIZATION OF PLANTS. (829

this plant has a paler yellow colour than the intercrossing form, and, moreover, the red
tint at the base of the latter is also wanting.

Fumaria capreolata, var. pallidiflora, is, according to Müller's belief, restricted to
self*fertilization *.

A fact connected with white varieties is that they generally transmit their colour much
more truly than any other variety (Anim. and Pl. under Domest. ii. p. 20), and rarely
vary into any other colour. Mr. Darwin says he has found the white varieties of
Delphinium Consolida and of the Stock are the truest; so is the white var. of the Sweet
Pea according to Dr. Masters. Now the annual species of Delphinium are easily self-
fertilized, though by Mr. Darwin’s experiments are not quite so fertile as when crossed,
and the Sweet Pea is highly self-fertile. And when we remember that the most widely
dispersed British plants are white, and also self-fertile, we seem to arrive at the clue
to the fact stated at the beginning of this paragraph, namely, that white colour is cor-
related with a more or less facility to self-fertilize. Hence the stability of the colour;
for Mr. Darwin has shown how any strain can probably be retained by perpetual self-
fertilization, all crossing being carefully prohibited.

4. v. Self.fertilization may be secured by the flowers closing after expansion. It has
been suggested that some flowers close at such periods of the day or night when they
willnot be visited by their proper insects, so as to preserve the nectar or honey. I
would, however, suggest another and much more important object as being gained, and
that is self-fertilization. Buttercups which are self-fertile, as Ranunculus acris, which
Mr. Darwin records as producing plenty of seeds under a net, cannot fail to press the
stamens down upon the pistil as they close, and thus secure the impregnation of the
. earpels.

Many flowers, e. g. Mesembryanthema, close as soon as the direct sunlight ceases to
shine upon them, but long before insects would fail to see and visit them. Our own
Anagallis arvensis, though very conspicuous, may be also aided by the rapid closing of
the corolla; it appears, however, to be self-fertilizing irrespective of that fact. The
order of development of the whorls is calyx, stamens, pistil, corolla. The pistil overtakes
the stamens, and the stigma matures at the dehiscence of the anthers which cluster
round it, especially by the closing of the corolla. Pollen-tubes were easy of detection.
Erythrea Centaurium and Chlora perfoliata both appear to facilitate or bring about
self-fertilization by the corolla folding round the anthers and stigmas which are thus
brought into immediate contact. Other plants close in the evening. Light would seem
to be the chief cause at work; for flowers which have closed at dusk will often reopen
in artificial light, as do Crocuses. Mr. T. Meehan has arrived at exactly the same con-
clusion as myself, our observations having been quite independent. (‘The ` Sleep of
Plants’ as an Agent in Self-fertilization," Proc. of Acad. of Nat. Sc. of Philadelphia,
1876, p. 84.)

* Mr. J. Traherne Moggridge drew attention to the fact that the colour of the corolla heightened after fertiliza-
tion (* Nature, April 2, 1874). This raised a discussion as to the use of colours not being solely for insect agency.
May not the interpretation be that as the ovule develops into seed, the heightening of the corolla was an accidental
correlation with the increase of nourishment now determined to the flower?

390 REV. GEORGE HENSLOW ON THE

This condition of subsequently closing after flowering may be regarded as a particular. 1 !
instance of a more general principle, of which the next (no. 4. vi.) as well as the case no. 7 i
are special examples. |

Another remark may be, perhaps, appropriate here, namely, concerning the use of i
stamens being epipetalous or epiphyllous, as the case may be. When a corolla expands 1
under sunlight, and is thus prepared to receive the visits of insects, it necessarily will —
cause the stamens to spread away from the pistil; but on closing again, as if it had —
never expanded at all, the corolla brings the stamens forward, and the anthers now come
in contact with the stigma. `

4. vi. In some cases flower-buds never open. That flowers can and do fertilize them- —
selves by not opening at all, is a fact of frequent occurrence. It often occurs in cold —
and inclement weather, and late in the season, as autumn, and frequently in the winter —
if it be mild. I examined a large number of unopened and half-opened buds in the Kew ] :
Gardens in the autumn of 1876, such being merely the last attempts of the plants that —
bore them to blossom. The pollen was abundant, and escaping from the anther-cells, —
but not from the buds; and the pollen-tubes were in nearly all cases penetrating the —
stigmas freely. Thus of a plant of Gnothera biennis, a half-opened flower, about half an —
inch long, had its anthers clustering round the base of the stigmas, which, in a normally —
developed flower with a fully expanded corolla, are elevated considerably above them. 3 :
The anthers had dehisced without the corolla expanding. The stigmas were viscid `
throughout their whole length, and the pollen-tubes were freely penetrating.

Mr. Meehan observes (Gard. Chron. 1875, p. 327) :—

"A large number of plants have their pistils covered by their own pollen before the flowers open.
Of these species among Wistaria, Lathyrus, Colutea, Cercis, Genista, Phaseolus, Pisum, Linaria, Ballota, `
Leonurus, and some others. This is particularly the case early in the season ; later the pollen-sacs burst —
more generally about the same time with the opening of the corolla."

I have italicized one sentence, as it corroborates some of Mr. Darwin's observations on —
Papaver vagum, Reseda odorata, and also Mr. Bennett's and my own, that a colder 3
temperature appears to favour or induce self-fertilization in such plants as are more 3
inclined to be proterandrous with a relatively warmer temperature. 1

Mr. Meehan goes on to remark :— :

“ It may be objected that the covering of the stigma with pollen is not fertilisation, as it requires à 1
peculiar condition of the pistil to receive it. But pollen has a long vitality. Carriére has found its ` 4
fertilising power unimpaired after three months old on one species, and other cases have been recorded." .|

H. Müller has observed the same fact; for example, he speaks of Chelidonium majus —
as having the stamens and stigmas mature together, though it be often crossed, but that |
in wet weather self-fertilization is secured in half-opened buds.

Besides the, so to say, accidental occurrence of normally conspicuous flowers not open-
ing in autumn &c., there are many inconspicuous flowers which ripen seed all the year
round, excepting in very extreme weather and when covered with snow, and do so by
retaining their buds in an unopened condition. Mr. A. W. Bennett has recorded some
instances which he observed in the winter of 1860 (' Nature, Jan. 1860); and I can
corroborate his remarks by instancing several other cases, e. g. Stellaria media. This

A HRS ^ EC NN iz m SS Si MEET xix á
Se es a Tee CR UN MERE ee AUS a. R

SELF-FERTILIZATION OF PLANTS. 331

plant seeds abundantly as long as the weather is at all ** open." The rapidity in doing
this, as with many other self-fertilizing plants, is very astonishing. Any flower assumed
to be no. 1 will be shedding its ripe seed, while no. 3, in order of development, is a self-
fertilizing bud. Spergula arvensis also seeds freely while in bud; but as soon as a warm
sun-shining day comes in January the flowers will expand. Cerastium glomeratum,
however, I found produced nothing but closed self-fertilizing buds, even in an intensely
and exceptionally hot day in June 1876. "The plants were growing, too, in the middle
of an exposed hay-field. Polygonum Convolvulus seems never to open its flower-buds.

Hence many flowers, though opening in warm sunshine, often fail to do so, but still

set seed freely on other occasions; and in all such circumstances self-fertilization is the
object. gained.

4. vii. Flowers may become habitually self-fertilizing in the absence of insects specially
adapted for intercrossing them. Although there is reason to suspect that when an
annual or biennial, with dichogamous flowers, fails to receive the visits of insects, as
when it is transferred to another country, it will become extinct, yet there are some cases
where it appears, at least when under cultivation, that they may become independent of
the visits of insects, and so propagate themselves by self-fertilization.

The Papilionacez are specially constructed for facilitating the intercrossing of different
flowers by the agency of insects. Mr. Darwin quotes the description of Mr. Farrer
(1. c. p. 160) given in ‘ Nature,’ Oct. 10, 1872. But as all irregular flowers may be assumed
to have been developed in adaptation to insects, I take this for granted. In England
and N. Germany, however, the Garden Pea, Piswm sativum, is rarely, if ever, visited by
insects; and Mr. Darwin observes, “It does not follow that the species in its native
country would be thus circumstanced.” Lathyrus odoratus is invariably self-fertilizing
in this country; and even when visited by tiumble-bees these insects do not appear able
to depress the keel-petals sufficiently so as to expose the anthers and stigmas; but at
Florence “it is the fixed opinion of gardeners there that the varieties [of the Sweet
Pea] do intereross, and that they cannot be preserved pure unless they are sown
separately."

Phaseolus is another genus illustrating the same fact. P. multiflorus produced with
. Mr. Darwin from 4 to 4 the number of pods when covered which were formed on
uncovered plants. It is only morphologically sterile, for it can produce “remarkably
fine pods " when the flowers are simply and mechanically moved.

P. vulgaris, on the other hand, is * quite fertile " when insects are excluded.

Mr. Darwin observes that *this difference in self-fertility between P. vulgaris and
multiflorus is remarkable, as these two species are so closely related that Linnæus
thought that they formed one.”

Lastly, Lupinus luteus and L. pilosus seeded freely with Mr. Darwin when insects
were excluded ; but the flowers of some species of Lupine will not do so in New Zealand
unless artificially disturbed (see Z. c., note, p. 150).

These, and such like cases, seem to indicate that certain plants, with conspicuous
flowers, and specially adapted for intercrossing by insect agency, may, by transportation
to foreign countries, and of cooler climate, where their particular insects are absent,

332 REV. GEORGE HENSLOW ON THE

regain, or at least acquire, the power of self-fertilization. The probable immediate causes `
will be dwelt upon more fully hereafter. f

Hence we see, on the one hand, that flowers adapted for intercrossing by insects may 1
become self-fertilizing in their absence, and yet retain their conspicuousness. On the
other, as I surmise, they may in the course of many generations give rise to self-fer- |
tilizing forms (species) by the retention of an arrested corolla and other structural
alterations; as will be referred to in the case of Zpilobiwm parviflorum as compared with |
E. hirsutum, and species of Spergularia Ke, l

There would seem to be two other alternatives which may happen to such plants on the ©
failure of insects to visit and cross them: the one is to become anemophilous or wind- !
fertilizing. Such appears to be the case with Poterium, Littorella, Plantago, the Amen- f
tifere (mostly), Grasses and Sedges. The other alternative is to perish entirely. And —
this last has, I suspect, largely taken place under migration, as will be shown more fully —
hereafter: ! 1

A propos of the connexion between the conspicuousness of flowers and the presence of |
insects, Sir J. D. Hooker informs me that, speaking generally of the Arctic flora, it is
remarkable for its many conspicuous flowers when compared with the Antarctic, and
that the former is associated with insects, whereas the latter has but comparatively few. `

The Rocky Mountains would seem to illustrate an intermediate condition; for thus
speaks Mr, Meehan (‘ Gardeners’ Chronicle,’ Sept. 11, 1875, p. 327):— |

“ The flowers of the Rocky-Mountain region are beautifully coloured; but Fremont pathetically de-
scribes the solitary Bee that rested on his shoulder at the top of Pike's Peak. On my first visit the.
comparative absence of insects proved very annoying to the entomologists who accompanied me. It
was a frequent subject of conversation, whether Fremont’s Bee was not apocryphal; and though, on.
a visit some years later, some Humble-bees on Polygonum Bistorta, on Gray’s Peak, enabled me to do
justice to the veteran explorer, the incident shows how rare such insects are. Indeed, the paucity of
animal life of all kinds in the Rocky Mountains is well known; but there is no more scarcity of seed.
in the coloured flowering plants than in similar ones elsewhere."

Mr. Meehan also justly calls attention to the fact of spring flowers being abundant,
but blossoming at a time when few or no insects are about; yet they all, without any
remarkable exception, seed well.

4. vill, Plants may become self-fertilizing on the reduction of temperature. This has
already been alluded to in speaking of flower-buds not opening, and so becoming self-
fertilizing in the autumn and winter. But besides such cases of indigenous plants,
Mr. Darwin records the fact of Eschscholtzia californica being physiologically self-sterile
in Brazil, but which, when transferred to and grown from seed in England, became self-
fertile. Moreover, when transported to Germany, it again became self-sterile, as also
did English-grown plants when sent to Brazil Similarly, Abutilon Darwinii, * which
is self-sterile in its native home of Brazil, became moderately self-fertile in a single
generation in an English hot-house.". In allusion to the Poppy, Papaver, he found
some plants are self-sterile during the early part of the year, but later in the season
become self-fertile. ** P. vagum produced plenty of capsules in my garden when
insects were excluded, but only late in the season" (p.108). Mr. Meehan, as quoted

SELF-FERTILIZATION OF PLANTS. 333

above, noted a corresponding fact of plants being self-sterile in the spring or early in
the summer. Müller remarks the following curious fact about Cardamine pratensis
(* Befruchtung, Ee p. 134) :—

“In fine weather the anthers of the tallest stamens twist outwards on dehiscing, and are thus
favourably situated for the removal of the pollen by insects. In cold and rainy weather, however, one
often finds flowers in which the twist is much slighter, or does not exist at all; consequently the
pollen of the taller stamens then falls on the stigma.”

He, moreover, adds that, in most flowers, one finds both the shorter stamens below
the. stigma; but in some they are rather longer, and in others of the same height as
the stigma. In these latter flowers, therefore, even the shorter stamens secure self-
fertilization. Scrophularia nodosa, Müller observes, sets seeds abundantly in cold
weather and in the absence of wasps.

Mr. Darwin, in an article on ** The Sterility of Plants from changed Conditions of Life
and from other Causes " (Anim. and Pl. under Domest. ii. p. 163), says that ** Linnzus
long ago observed that Alpine plants, although naturally loaded with seed, produced
either few or none when cultivated in gardens." There are, however, exceptions. One
cause may be suggested besides the absence of necessary insects, namely, that the
warmer temperature of the garden may have brought about sterility, as was the ease
with Eschscholtzia.

4.ix. Grafting. This appears to be a means by which self-fertilization may be reco-
vered; for Mr. Darwin records the fact that Passiflora alata, from being naturally self-
sterile, became self-fertile when grafted upon another species (Anim. & Pl. under
Domest. ii. p. 164).

4*. On the origin of conspicuous flowers, and. the causes which induce reversion to self-
fertilization. Having enumerated the different ways by which self-fertility is regained, it
will be advisable to explain here what I believe to be the immediate causes ofits recovery.

In speaking of the “immediate cause ” of self-sterility, Mr. Darwin attributes it in
most cases to * the conditions" to which the plants have been subjected. These should,
I believe, be rather called the “ proximate causes,” the immediate being, as it seems to
me, the undue preponderating influence of the exterior whorls of the flower—that is to
say, the stamens and corolla especially, and, in addition to them, the glandular secreting
organs. These, by being greatly stimulated by the repeated visits of insects, tend to
become hypertrophied.’ Hence the corolla enlarges, becomes more brightly coloured,
the nectariferous organs increase the quantity of secretion, and the stamens develope
more pollen. Such being the case, nourishment is withheld from the pistil, which is
delayed in its development; consequently such a flower is very generally proterandrous.
. Mr. Darwin rejects the notion that Natural Selection has favoured self-sterility in
order to prevent self-fertilization, and finally comes to the conclusion that * we must
look at it as an incidental result." Now this somewhat tallies with his modified views
respecting Nature that she ** abhors perpetual self-fertilisation." He remarks (J. c. p. 8),
* If the word perpetual had been omitted, the aphorism would have been false. As it
stands, I believe that it is true, though perhaps rather too strongly expressed." Mr.
Meehan goes further, and I am prepared to go with him; for that observer remarks :—

SECOND SERIES.—BOTANY, VOL. I. SA

H

334 REV. GEORGE HENSLOW ON THE

* We thought Nature had a horror of in-and-in breeding. Our selected breeds of cattle are the
result of this sort of selection, and they have proved just as healthy and productive as the veriest scrub.
But it was thought they would at least revert to their original form when the hand of man was taken
away. Prof. Brewer, however, showed that this was also a mistake **. Quite recently Mr. George Darwin
has shown, in a remarkable paper, made up of an extensive study of old families among the English —
nobility, where marriages among relations have been a source of social necessity for ages, that the popular `
idea is erroneous. These intermarriages have resulted as productively and as healthily, mentally and —
morally, as the average marriages of the rest of the world” t.

I am not in a position to be able to refute or endorse these latter remarks, upon which |
I am not competent to form an opinion; though perhaps it is worthy of observation |
that plants and vertebrate animals are not on a parallel stage of development; for the `
highest plant, by its composite character of powers of budding, each bud being prac-

tically a new individual, would seem to be more on a level with a low invertebrate i

animal; and therefore what may be true for the highest plants may be equally true for 1
the lowest animals, though the highest of the vertebrates may be far from exhibiting `
similar or parallel phenomena with plants. :
Respecting the general prevalence of self-fertilization in the vegetable kingdom, how-
ever, I agree entirely with Mr. Meehan; and with reference to the immediate cause of `
self-fertility or sterility, I believe they are due to the existence of and want respectively |
of what I would call homogamic equilibrium between the andreecium and gynecium, |
at least as far as morphologically self-sterile plants are concerned. The peculiarities of `
pollen which is impotent upon the pistil of the same flower (that is, when the flower is -
physiologically self-sterile) are too subtle for any analysis at present known, and can only |
be described by the indefinite phrase of undue or excessive differentiation.
What led me to arrive at the above conclusion was a series of observations on the |
emergence and growth of the whorls of flowers. I found the following to be the usual 1
order of development with flowers having conspicuous corollas. First, and invariably 80,
appeared the sepals, which always grew to a size very considerably in advance of and
much larger than the remaining organs. Secondly, the stamens opposite the sepals;
and if there be two whorls, then the stamens opposite the petals. Thirdly, the pistil, and, —
last of all, the corolla. It is, however, a matter of extreme difficulty to detect the exact |
moment of the emergence or origin of the corolla; and in the majority of cases it pro- -
bably emerges immediately after the calyx; but when this is the case, it seems to be
immediately arrested, or at least the stamens grow so rapidly, the anthers enlarging, `
especially while every thing else is rudimentary, that the corolla is much delayed in com-
parison with the stamens. It is not until the latter are nearly completed, and the pistil
much advanced, that the corolla regains its power, and then rapidly enlarges. :
On the other hand, with inconspicuous flowers, such as small-flowered Crucifere, the
pistil may emerge simultaneously with or even before the stamens; and then it grows

very rapidly, and matures its stigma either just before or synchronously with the dis-
persion of the pollen.

* Prof. Wrightson, of the Roy. Agr. Coll. Cirencester, informed me that in-breeding i is constant! pesto with
short-horns, but with no deteriorating effects. d

T ‘Gardeners’ Chronicle,’ Sept. 11, 1875.

SELF-FERTILIZATION OF PLANTS. 335

These observations led me to see a special correlation between the pistil and the other
floral whorls. Hence, if a flower be proterandrous, whatever may tend to lessen the
energy of growth of these outer whorls tends at the same time to direct it into the pistil,
which now advances, and is able to develope simultaneously with the Manon; and so
self-fertilization is the result.

Now, on referring to the headings 4, i. and 4, iv., it will be seen that these two causes
of self-fertilization would seem due to the reduction or arrest of the corolla. Such, how-
ever, may not be the sole cause, but only the index of an impaired condition or, at least,
a lowering of the general vitality of the plant. Thus the withering of the corolla and
part of the andreecium of Tradescantia implied a want of energy in those parts, in
eonsequence of the lowness of the autumn temperature. Similarly, the partial arrest
or complete loss of colour in the corolla is another indieation of lessened vegetative
vigour, just as albinism in the animal kingdom indicates the same fact. There is reason
to believe such flowers are more inclined to be self-fertile than others, as they are also
more permanent. It must be remembered that while feebleness of constitution may
induce self-fertility, the converse is not true. Self-fertility does not induce feebleness.

If this be the true rationale, we see that self-fertilization and self-sterility are resolved,
so far at least, into a simple question of compensation, which, in turn, is a question of
nutrition; and it has nothing to do with any supposed injuriousness whatever. In fact
-it is an absolute loss (and therefore an “injury ") to a plant to be self-sterile, for its
facility for propagating is largely, if not entirely, checked *. This is notably the case
with the Scarlet Runner (Gard. Chr. vol. x. p. 561).

Though I agree with Mr. Darwin, “ that the inefficiency of a plant's own pollen [phy-
siologically] is in most cases an incidental result [due to differentiation], and has not been
specially acquired for the sake of preventing self-fertilization," I cannot agree with him
in drawing a different conclusion for morphologically self-sterile plants; for he adds :—

* On the other hand, there can hardly be a doubt that dichogamy ... . that the hete-
rostyled condition of certain plants, and that many mechanical structures, have all been
acquired, so as both to check self-fertilisation and to favour cross-fertilisation.” And
yet he proves that when plants lose their dichogamy they regain self-fertility, which
Mr. Darwin then recognizes as an advantage to the plant; while elsewhere he says, “ it
is difficult to avoid the suspicion that self-fertilisation is in some respects advantageous.”

My impression is that flowers were primordially hermaphrodite, inconspicuous, and self-
fertile. If I might venture further into the regions of speculation, I would suggest, as
a feasible hypothesis, that insects having been attracted to the juicy tissues of such
flowers, by perpetually withdrawing fluids have thereby kept up a flow of the secretion,
which has increased, and so developed into glandular and regularly secreting organs.
The mere puncture and lesion caused by an insect would not of itself be hereditary, just
as galls do not form spontaneously ; still even with them there may be, for all we know, a
predisposition to form them, and they may be now perhaps much larger than they were

* Since this paper was read, one by Mr. Meehan has been printed in the Journal of the Linn. Soc., in which he
shows how Wistaria, though it never sets seeds, when “trained,” yet, when grown as a “ tree," does at expend ita
energy in forming long branches, and consequently fruits abundantly.

8a 2

336 REV. GEORGE HENSLOW ON THE

when insects of any particular species first punctured oaks. It is well known that in q |
the human subject there may be a predisposition for tumourous or cancerous growths `
which is hereditary ; and there would seem to be a very close resemblance between 1 |
tumours and galls, both being hypertrophied conditions of certain normal tissues. For ~
example, Sir B. C. Brodie thus describes a fatty tumour :—“ There is no distinct boun- - |
dary to it, and you cannot say where the natural adipose structure ends and the morbid 1
growth begins." Such is very much like the growth of galls, which is due to cell-division 1 |
setting in at certain points of the epidermis and subjacent tissues. But although lesions 1 |
and mutilations will not, as a rule, prove to have any hereditary effects, yet the constant 1 |
drain upon a secreting organ may. A mutilation being once made, the place heals, and |
there is an end of all vital action; but if a constant drain be kept up upon an organ 1 |
thus irritated, and made to secrete, there will be a corresponding flow of nutriment to 1
the place, which must also affect more or less the adjacent parts. j
Mr. Darwin, in speaking of the Cow, observes :—‘‘ We may attribute the excellence 4
of our cows, and of certain goats, partly to the continued selection of the best milking 4
animals, and partly £o the inherited effects of the increased action, through man’s art, of —
the secreting glands” (Anim. & Pl. under Domest. ii. p. 300). 1
This fact, recorded in the last sentence, which I have italicized, I take as the basis of 3
my hypothesis :—That insects again and again visiting the same flowers will thus cause a 1
constantly repeated flow of nutrition, which affects (I assume) not only the glands them- 4
selves, which thus become hypertrophied, but the adjacent parts, such as the corolla and `
stamens ; and there would be an à priori probability of vegetable structures being thus `
more likely to be affected than animal, because there is no well-defined or bounded `
channel to conduct the sap solely to the one point of irritation. Such, then, I would d
advance, hypothetically, as a vera causa for the origin of all conspicuous flowers. E
Natural selection might come into play and determine the final result. E
We might, perhaps, go a step further, and speculate as to the origin of irregularity 13
in flowers, by regarding them, so to say, as having a kind of plasticity which will enable `
them to respond to repeated irritation, in some sort of way analogous to that of tendrils of `
the Virginian Creeper, which also respond to mechanical irritation, then develope secreting
organs and become hypertrophied. So that as long as insects visit a flower they are
continually keeping up a sort of irritation at that region, the whole weight of the insect
being often thrown upon the corolla. If it be terminal, the insect alights on any petal
or petals, and nothing induces the flower to become irregular* ; but if the flower be axil-
lary, it alights on the anterior side, and so (I assume theoretically until it can be demon-
strated or disproved) brings a stimulus which is responded to by the inherent forces of
the plant, and which causes the flower to become bilateral, by determining a super
abundant flow of nutriment to that part. What it is that determines the peculiarities
of structure in each flower respectively, causing irregular flowers to be so very different, `
it is quite impossible to say. This constant irritation and the continual drain iu the |
secretive organs must stimulate them to develope more and more, just as à man’s arm |

... * Of course I do not mean Ge any single flower is thus affected, but that the ros is "€ acquired after
many generations.

SELF-FERTILIZATION OF PLANTS. . 337

increases by work, or as the mamme may be made to secrete for prolonged periods ; so
that, in my view, it is not that insects have gone to the flowers, because they were first
conspicuous, but have actually themselves determined their conspicuousness. The final
result has been that nourishment has been delayed from the pistil, and the flowers have
become dichogamous and proterandrous. |

That there should be no à priori objection to the idea of an external mechanical
structure giving rise to organie changes in the tissue of a plant is obvious from such well-
known cases as tendrils and carnivorous plants, as also from Mr. H. Spencer's experi-
ments with Cacti, which showed an increase of vascular tissue when subjected to unusual
mechanical strains. Perhaps these and other * responsive" activities may hereafter
prove to be due to a widely extended principle of reflex action, to which Mr. Darwin
attributes the curvature of the tentacles of Drosera.

On the other hand, in the absence of insects, there is no such increase of energy in the
corolla, &c., and the balance is restored with the result of self-fertilization. —

A restoration to a homogamic equilibrium, then, I take to be the true explanation
of pale varieties of Pelargonium being great seeders, and of Dianthus and other dicho-
gamous flowers becoming highly self-fertile. Mr. Darwin records of Dianthus caryg-
phyllus that it became highly self-fertile in three generations, and that the value of its
fertility, and that of intercrossed plants, was as 125: 100. It was similarly with varieties
of Primula veris and P, Sinensis (to be alluded to again). And I have myself found a
wild Primrose with the style (of a “ short-styled form”) elongated so that the stigma
was surrounded by the anthers at the orifice of the tube, and which was “setting” seed
abundantly.

Ido not, therefore, see how the conclusion can be avoided that self-fertilization is
per se a decided advantage, and that intercrossing, as far as the production of seed is
only regarded, a compensatory process for the loss of self-fertility.

A similar explanation will, I think, apply to proterogynous flowers. If we regard
homogamie equilibrium as the normal condition of hermaphroditism, then the pro
terandrous state, as shown, results from the energy preponderating in the whorls
external to the pistil; but if these be more or less suppressed, as seen in what is called
contabescence of the anthers (Anim. and Pl. under Domest. ii. p. 165), which will be spoken
of again below, there is a corresponding gain to the pistil, so that it may emerge con-
jointly with the stamens, as with Nasturtium officinale, Lepidium campestre, or it may
precede them in emergence, but mature together, as in Cerastium glomeratum, Arenaria
trinervis and serpyllifolia. If, however, the pistil not only starts first in the race but
retains the lead and ultimately matures its stigma first, then proterogyny is the result.

Now as far as it has been observed as yet, proterandry is recognized as being by far
the commonest condition amongst conspicuously flowering plants; white proterogyny is
the exception with large-flowering dicotyledonous genera. Thus Helleborus viridis
is, according to Hildebrand, proterogynous,. and here the corolla is replaced by small
nectariferous tubes. Geraniwm pratense and other large-flowered species are pro-
terandrous. G. pyrenaicum matures its pistil conjointly with the inner whorl of stamens;

338 REV. GEORGE HENSLOW ON THE

but in G. molle it matures it before that whorl, and is therefore proterogynous; and 1
these stages correspond exactly with the decreasing size of the corollas. | 1
Scrophularia nodosa is proterogynous and has a very small flower when compared 1
with the conspicuous forms of Digitalis and Linaria &c., which are very strongly pro- j
terandrous. Armeria Statice and Plantago, whose corollas rapidly dry up and become `
scarious, would seem to allow of nourishment being soon directed into the pistil, which q
in these genera is decidedly proterogynous. The same remark applies to the Juncacee. 1
Asarum and Aristolochia, again, as also some plants of Corylus Avellana, are protero- d
gynous, this last clearly showing that it is not solely due to such a compensatory 4
process as I have supposed, though it may be still a question of.nutrition. Arum, Pota- q
mogeton, Triglochin, and Paris are ‘all proterogynous and inconspicuously flowering 1
plants. On the other hand, Colchicum is said to be proterogynous, though bearing a. 1
large flower, but Butomus is proterandrous. Lastly, Prunus spinosa and Padus, as well 7
as Orategus oxyacantha, are proterogynous. Perhaps the lateness of the season in which 1
Colchicum flowers, and the earliness in spring when the genus Prunus is in bloom, may |
account for the comparative delay in the stamens, thus bringing about a relatively |
earlier development of the pistil, resulting either in self-fertilization or proterogyny. 1
"Finally, I would observe that the causes which may bring about self-fertility appear `
to be very complicated, and that very likely no one cause stands alone. Therefore, while 1
I have enumerated what I could designate prowimate causes, yet they may be perhaps: 4
better regarded as correlative phenomena than as being so many distinct causes. The |
primary or fundamental cause (both of them, e. g. loss of colour and of self-fertility) -
lies apparently too deep for discovery in the constitution of the entire plant. We must,
however, be on our guard against interchanging causes and effects. It is one thing to
say that continued self-fertilization may bring on a deterioration in the constitution
(which, I think, is not proved to be the case), another thing to believe that a seemingly
less vigorous condition of vegetative growth may induce a return to self-fertility i in dicho-
gamous and other flowers, such being in some cases, I believe, the real interpretation.
The intimate relationship between vegetative and reproductive vigour is too well
known to require any elucidation; and all I would add to that compensatory process is,
that in proportion as the former is lessened so does the return to self-fertilization follow,
that being the special form of reproductive energy which, I believe, Nature vmm strives
toregain. (See also Anim. and Pl. under Domest. ii. p. 163.)

. Moreover, it must be borne in mind that great vegetative * vigour' is not NAR
a good sign of any lasting benefit to the plant, just as giants among men are often.
not so well favoured by nature as men of mean height.

This idea of the existence of a compensatory process between the outer whorls e
the pistil is further countenanced by an analogous one between the ovary and the seed.

An interesting and important paragraph by Mr. Berkeley illustrates this fact so well that
I quote it in full from the * Gard. Chron.’ (1855, p. 36) :—

PTT

* Though all the parts of a plant may be perfect, and impregnation may take place, and an embryo ! be
formed, the plant may be WE from constant abortion. This is especially the case where the — of

SELF-FERTILIZATION OF PLANTS. 339

the ovary are highly developed, insomuch that in some of the finer varieties of Pears &c. perfect seed is
of comparatively rare occurrence; while, on the contrary, in groups attacked by mildew the seeds are in
general multiplied. In such cases, as the properties which make the fruit valuable are altogether inde-
pendent of the seed, it is sufficient for the purpose of the cultivator if impregnation have taken place to
such an extent as to ensure the swelling of the sarcocarp. It is to this abortion that many cases of
sterility aredue. The process of impregnation is so far successful as to stimulate the contents of the
embryo-sac and the fleshy walls of the fruit ; but after a time the embryo ceases to grow and the sarco-
carp withers... . . The sterility is by no means due to deficient impregnation, but apparently to a
greater degree of heat than its growth requires, which stimulates other parts at the expense of the
embryo.”

Mr. Berkeley also remarks, that

* The influence of the pollen is not the only influence which will cause the succulent portion of the
organs of fructification toswell. The process of caprification * is an instance in point, as also the touching
the orifice of a fig with oil, or piercing the young walls with an oiled straw."

5. Highly self-fertile varieties may arise under cultivation.

For this important fact I am indebted to Mr. Darwin; and I propose giving under
this heading a brief summary of certain facts collected from his work on Cross and Self-
fertilisation of Plants.

Although in the majority of cases it appears undoubtedly true that the offspring of
cultivated plants erossed by pollen from a different plant of the same, and still more of a
different stock, become more fertile than such plants when self-fertilized, yet Mr. Darwin
raised during his experiment some highly self-fertile forms, which “ yielded more seed
and produced offspring growing taller than their self-fertilized parents, or than the
intererossed plants of the corresponding generation." ‘The following examples will illus-
trate this fact. 3

In cultivating Zpomea purpurea, with the purpose of contrasting the heights of the
intercrossed and self-fertilized plants, it was not until the sixth generation was raised
that a single plant of the latter beat its competitor; that is to say, about forty pairs of
such plants had been cultivated before one of the self-fertilized surpassed its rival, the
heights of these two being respectively 87 and 86:5 inches, or as 100:99:4. Mr. Darwin
was so much surprised at this case, that he saved the self-fertilized seeds of this plant,
which he called the ‘ Hero,’ and experimented on its descendants, with the following
results, summarized :—

(a) Its descendants inherited a power of growth equal to the ordinary intercrossed ; for
the first generation, i.e. the children of Hero, self-fertilized, were to the intercrossed
as 100 : 95.

(b) A cross between the grandchildren of Hero did no good.

(c) The descendants became more fertile than was usually the case; for the self-
fertilized grandchildren of Hero had a higher average of seeds per capsule than was
observed in any other case with self-fertilized plants.

(d) No benefit was derived from intercrossing with plants of the same stock.

* Gasparrini, however, denies that caprification has any effect other than impregnation (Journ. Hort. Soc. Lond.
iii. p. 185).

340 REV. GEORGE HENSLOW ON THE

(e) No benefit was derived from crossing with plants of a distinct stock. 1
Besides this Hero, which appeared in the sixth [aj rbi and which, as stated, beat 1
its opponent by about half per cent., two other “ heroes” appeared in the eighth gene- 1
ration, the ratio of whose heights to those of their competitors were as 111:3 : 100, and 3
as 140:5 : 100; but in other respects than height they do not appear to have been such
fine plants as their opponents. Their offspring were not cultivated. 4
The next remarkably self-fertile form to be noticed was a white or pale variety of.
Mimulus luteus blotched with purple. This first appeared in the third generation, and. 1
Mr. Darwin observes on it :—* From the tallness of this variety, the self-fertilised plants | 1
exceeded the crossed plants in height in all the generations from the fifth to the seventh |
inclusive." Moreover, this tall pale variety increased in the later self-fertilized gene- ` 4
rations, owing to its great self-fertility, to the complete exclusion of the original kinds. 1
The average ratio of the heights of this variety to that of the intercrossed was about.
126 :100; and the ratio of fertility in the sixth generation was as 147: 100, i. e. the ]
production of capsules; while the number of seeds of the former “ appeared decidedly -
more numerous than those from the crossed plants." As with the descendants of Hero 1
intercrossing with plants of the same stock did not benefit this variety. But when this
highly self-fertile variety was crossed by a new stock, unlike Hero, it was vastly ben
fited, as Mr. Darwin shows by the following results :—

Weight of seed produced by the same number of ** Chelsea-crossed " and intererossed |
plants, as 100 : 4. Weight of seed produced by the same number of Chelsea-erossed | 1
and self-fertilized plants, as 100: 3. Weight of seeds produced by the same number of
intercrossed and self-fertilized plants, as 100 : 73.

Nicotiana tabacum is a third example; for the flowers on the parent plants, whid
were self-fertilized by Mr. Darwin, “ yielded half again as many seeds as did those whiel
were crossed ; and the seedlings raised from these self-fertilised seeds exceeded in heigh
those raised from the crossed seeds to an extraordinary degree."

Reseda odorata and R. lutea. Some plants of these two species are incompara :
more self-fertile than other individuals.

Pisum sativum. | ** The cultivated varieties of the common Pea are highly selí-fertile
although they have been self-fertilised for many generations; and they exceeded i
height seedlings from a cross between two plants belonging to the same co in th
ratio of 115 : 100." Four pairs only, however, were compared. Let
_ Primula veris. Of this species Mr. Darwin observes, “ The self-fertility increase
dus several generations of illegitimate fertilization, which is a process closely analogou

to self-fertilization, but only as long as the plants were cultivated under the same favou
able conditions." He adds,

** I have also elsewhere * shown that with Primula veris and sinensis, equal-styled varieties E
appear which possess the sexual organs of the two forms combined in the same flower. Consequentl
they fertilise themselves in a legitimate manner and are highly self-fertile ; but the remarkable factis |

that they arerather more fertile than ordinary plants of the same species legitimately fertilised by] len.
from a distinct individual." uc

* Best d Dun. Soc., Bot. x. 1867, pp. 417-419. -

" SELF-FERTILIZATION OF PLANTS. 941

I can also personally corroborate part of the above facts, and have already described
above a form of P. Sinensis which was highly self-fertile. I have, however, never met
with an equal-styled P. veris; but I found a plant of P. vulgaris this year (1877) highly
self-fertile, and which had an elongated style, so that the stigma was surrounded by the
anthers at the orifice of the tube; that is to say, the position of the stamens indicated
that it was of the short-styled form, but had become equal-styled and homogamous.
It is, perhaps, worth adding, that just as there arise equal-styled self-fertilizing indi-
viduals of normally heteromorphie species, so in Primula we have, besides many cases
of the latter form, others normally equal-styled. Thus P. mollis is non-dimorphie and
highly self-fertile, ** nearly every flower producing a capsule filled with good seed” *.

Such being examples of the appearance of highly self-fertile varieties recorded by
Mr. Darwin, a few inferences on the same subject may be drawn from a study of the
tables given in his work.

Table A contains 99 ratios of the heights of the intercrossed plants (always represented
by 100) and those of their self-fertilized opponents. There are 54 species of 30 natural
Orders represented. Deductiiig 3 cases of equality, there are 17 in which the self-
fertilized exceeded the intercrossed, or over 17 per cent. Again, reviewing the separate
tables of each plant, there are 8 out of 57 in which some one or more of the self-
fertilized plants beat its intercrossed opponent, or nearly 65 per cent. The number of
pairs cultivated varied from two to over thirty, and it is worth while examining the
five highest numbers.

Lobelia fulgens, 2nd generation, 34 pairs of plants were grown in 9 pots. In pots
i, ii, and vi (4. c. p. 181), containing in all 12 pairs of plants, all the self-fertilized beat
the intercrossed in height in the mean ratio of 116: 100. In pots-iii, iv, vii, viii, and
ix, containing 18 pairs of plants, all the intercrossed beat the self-fertilized in the
ratio of 100: 74 (nearly). Digitalis purpurea, plants raised from a cross between
different flowers on the same plant were grown with plants raised by self-fertilization.
Of 28 pairs, 10 self-fertilized plants beat their opponents, or nearly 36 per cent. beris
umbellata, of 30 pairs, 5 self-fertilized plants beat their opponents. Reseda odorata,
seedlings from a highly self-fertile plant were grown in 5 pots. Of 19 pairs, only
2 self-fertilized plants exceeded the intercrossed; but of 8 other pairs (of the same
lot of seeds) grown in open ground, 5 self-fertilized plants beat their opponents.
R. odorata, seedlings from a semi-self-sterile plant were grown in 5 pots.. Of 20 pairs,
7 self-fertilized plants beat their opponents; in one pot all the tallest were self-fertilized
plants. Nemophila insignis, Cyclamen persicum, and „Limnanthes Douglasii, 12 pairs of
each of the first two and 16 of the third were grown, and not a single plant of the self-
fertilized beat its opponent. Of the second generation, however, of WV. insignis, out of 7
pairs, 6 self-fertilized plants were taller than their rivals.

Certain inferences appear to be deducible from these facts. Recalling to mind how of
77 pairs of plants of Ipomea purpurea, only 3 self-fertilized plants were taller than their
rivals, and that when Mr. Darwin cultivated one of these three especially (and which
beat its rival only by about 5 per eent he raised a highly self-fertile form, which proved

* This statement is on the authority of Mr. J. Scott, Journal of Linn. Soc., Bot. vol. viii. 1864, p. 119,
. SECOND SERIES.— BOTANY, VOL. I. | 9B.

342 . REV. GEORGE HENSLOW ON THE.

*
to be superior to the intererossed plants in évery way, and, moreover, was not benefited l |
by a cross with a new stock, one is led to infer that others of these numerous indi —
viduals of the self-fertilized plants which beat their rivals might, on selection and cul —
tivation, have proved equally as vigorous as “ Hero." It is not only when large 1
numbers of pairs of plants are cultivated that some one or more of the self-fertilized 1
individuals were superior to their rivals, but even when very few pairs were grown. 1
Thus, of 2 pairs of Passiflora gracilis, 1 self-fertilized plant was the taller. Of 4 pairs |
of Borago officinalis, 2 such were taller. Of 5 pairs of Nolana prostrata, 4 such were ^
taller. Of 7 pairs of Pelargonium, 8 self-fertilized were also the taller ; and many other q
cases might be mentioned.

Yet another important inference may be drawn from such a case as Lobelia felgen 1
Of this plant there were 12 pairs in 3 pots, all the self-fertilized of which were superior; —
and of 18 pairs in 5 pots, all the intercrossed were superior. Supposing Mr. Darwin had ~
only cultivated the first 3 pots, he would have inferred that intercrossing was injurious; 7
and had he cultivated only the last, he would not have known that self-fertilized plants 1 |
could ever beat their rivals. Now, of about thirty-five cases he has not cultivated more 1
than 12 pairs of plants, and in only about ¢welve cases has he cultivated more than `
12 pairs of plants according to the tables. Hence, while recognizing the value of inter- `
crossing generally in imparting height to the offspring, such a case as Lobelia fulgens 1
throws a certain amount of doubt over these thirty-five in respect to thé proportional 1
number of successful self-fertilized plants that would have arisen had "A numbers |
of pairs been grown. q
. Lastly, from the first table of Nemophila insignis, containing 12 pairs, we learn that 1
crossing does great good, as not 4 single individual of the self-fertilized beat its rival,
the ratio being as 100 : 60; but when certain of these pairs of plants were placed under
a net, and all allowed to fertilize themselves spontaneously, we find that in 6 out of
7 pairs, the self-fertilized offspring of two generations beat their crossed plants self-
fertilized on the second generation. Mr. Darwin does not think the averages deduced

from their heights trustworthy ; but as both kinds appear to have been equally cir-
cumstanced, the heights alone may probably be so.

DE Re

6. Inconspicuous flowers are almost invariably self-fertilizing, or else anemophilous.
. . In chap. x. of his work on Cross and Self-fertilisation, Mr. Darwin has written
section on inconspicuous flowers, and makes the following statement on p. 382 :—
“There can hardly be a doubt that dichogamy .... —the heterostyled condition of certain plants,
and that many mechanical structures—haye all been acquired so as both to check self-fertilisation. sitig
favour eross-fertilisation.” |
It does not seem quite clear whether Mr. Darwin would mean by “so as to” ' to

signify a purpose or a consequence. 'To my mind it would be the latter; and the fol-
lowing sentence strengthens this view :—

"It might perhaps have been expected that plants having their flowers thus peculiarly constructed
: would profit in Se ge acinis cdm
wem WI bue FUSCO UU ER em Ray OR QUIE

d
E

SELF-FERTILIZATION OF PLANTS. 343

And he compares Tropeolum minus and Salvia coccinea with Limnanthes Douglasii and
others, as examples. Such * irregularities ;" as these flowers possess I regard as simply
necessary consequences of the visits of insects which have brought them about; but the
amount of * profit" gained by intercrossing would depend upon the degree of benefit
derived from the infusion of new constitutional elements by the aid of foreign pollen.

© The larger and more conspicuous a flower, the more frequent are probably the visits
of insects, while inconspicuous flowers are rarely and, in many cases, never visited by
them. This led H. Müller to say that they must be self-fertilizing or they would

‘become extinct; and Mr. Darwin supports his conclusion that small and inconspicuous

flowers are completely self-fertilized. My own observations fully corroborate the state-
ment. Mr. Darwin adds, ‘The converse of the rule that plants bearing small and in-
conspicuous flowers are self-fertile, namely, that plants with large and conspicuous
flowers are self-sterile, is far from true." This is, of course, equivalent to my former
statement that very few flowers are self-sterile; and this speaks volumes in favour of the
enormous advantage, as far as propagation by seed goes, of self-fertilization ; and let us
not forget that propagation is not only, to use Mr. Darwin's expression, of “ paramount
importance," but is the sole end of plant life.

There are several reasons why inconspicuous flowers are not likely to be intercrossed
by insects. 1, their unattractiveness; 2, the absence of honey-secreting organs; 3, the
want of scent; 4, they frequently do not expand, or at most remain but half-open, espe-
cially in cold or inclement weather, while perfectly cleistogamous flowers are, of course,
never open; 5, their structure sometimes would seem absolutely to prevent the ingress
of insects (such appears to be the case with Polygonum Convolvulus and P. Hydro-
piper, the flowers of which seem to be always closed, and with many others). ~

Such being the case, whence is the origin of inconspicuous flowers? On inspecting a

— list of British plants only, it will be seen how nearly, if not absolutely, every large order

has some genera with inconspicuous species; or else there are some genera with incon-
spicuous flowers in an order otherwise characterized by conspicuous flowers. The idea that
they are further differentiated forms at once recommends itself. This is especially the case
with such plants as Fumaria, Trifolium, Salvia, and many others; for certain species are
highly self-fertile and quite inconspicuous, but yet have retained the form of the corolla
so perfectly adapted for insect-agency in their more conspicuous allies. Hence I would
venture to generalize, and say that all of our existing inconspicuous flowers are more
differentiated than the latter * and are not primitive forms. I would herein add my
belief that the Incomplete of Dicotyledons do not represent, nor are they survivals of
primitive types, but further advanced states of “degradation.” Thus of the “ Cyclo-
spermez" t, the orders usually included in the Incomplete represent very degraded forms
of Caryophyllez. In other words, I believe self-fertilization was the primitive condition,
* I will use the word “ degraded," though it be liable to misconception ; for the popular sense of the term implies

some kind of “ degeneration." I shall regard it, however, as equivalent to the expression in the text, involving,
moreover, the idea of reversion, so far as the reacquiring self-fertilization is concerned. ** Degradation” will there-

. fore solely refer to the more or less Ee condition of the Um &e., and not at all imply degeneracy or

impaired constitutional phenomena.
T* Éléments de Botanique; par P. Duchartre, 2™ éd., p. 1135. aw "o

8522

344 REV. GEORGE HENSLOW ON THE

and that the necessity for intercrossing, as far as propagation by seed is alone ĉon- i
cerned, has arisen by insect agency, and that whenever or wherever the proper insects
fail, one of the following results may happen :—(1) The plant will die out, especially if it be -
an annual. (2) If a perennial, it may propagate itself vegetatively, and so maintain its |
existence. (3) It may become readapted to other insects. (4) It may revert to self- :
fertilization, (a) with a retention of a conspicuous corolla, as Pisum sativum, or (b) with a
dwarfing of it, as in the case of Fumaria and Trifolium, or (e) lose it ge, or (a 1
become absolutely cleistogamous” —

I strongly suspect No. 1 or No. 4 (b) to be usually the case with seedlings fe: `
to distant countries, as will be more particularly adverted to hereafter. Prof. Dyer, in
his review of Mr. Darwin's work, ‘Cross and Self-fertilisation, in * Nature, thinks
that cleistogamous flowers represent the primitive condition. I take an opposite view, |
and regard them, as well as inconspicuous flowers, to be in all cases (excepting gymnda ]
sperms) degraded conditions, and for the following reasons :— 3

(a) Had such features as are borne by cleistogamous flowers been characteristic of.
primordial conditions, they would have most probably been correlated with embryonic |
or primitive states of other organs; or, at least, such plants would be of a relatively low |
grade. They are, however, found to exist in widely different orders, which are amongst
the most highly differentiated, and in no other respect showing any thing whatever of a
primitive character about them.

(b) Every degree of degradation can be found between the normal Bowtie and the
cleistogamous on the same plant. Thus in strong cultivated plants of Viola odorata,
comparatively large cleistogamous buds occur with five petals, the posterior spurred, and
the stamens with their nectariferous appendages, but completely self-fertilizing, while on
wild specimens these flowers may be entirely apetalous. (Tab. XLIV. figs. 4a, b, and
5 a, b.)

(c) Many plants have flowers in an intermediate condition, either opening when th
weather is warm and favourable, but remaining closed if it be inclement, as do many of :
the Alsinee, Illecebracee, Polygonum, Ze, P. Convolvulus and Hydropiper even appear
to be already perfectly cleistogamous, though P. aviculare still opens its minute honeyless `
blossoms. Similarly, Cerastium glomeratum sometimes never opens its buds, at other
times, and indeed scarcely ever, is more than half-open. Fumaria officinalis and. some
small-flowered clovers, which are self-fertilizing, might almost be ealled permanently
cleistogamous ; for, as in their more conspicuous allies, which are intercrossed, the sexual
organs are completely concealed, but in their case do not require insect agency. As
such flowers, though extremely inconspicuous, have yet irregular corollas, they are clearly
derived from some ancestral form, from which their conspicuous allies have also been
descended ; and it becomes therefore a moral conviction that they are ee con-
ditions from more highly conspicuous forms. 3

I do not think the Amentifere form any exception to this rule; for in many there is
a regular calyx, with the stamens opposite the sepals, which seem to indicate that they
are degraded conditions with the corolla gone. Thus, if we take Ulmus as our starting
point, we have a abr five-lobed itr and fixe: stamens suet, the s a

*

SELF-FERTILIZATION OF PLANTS. 345

Next, selecting Alnus, the sexes are divided; but of the four sepals each has a stamen
opposite to it. In Betula, the male flowers are heaped together in an irregular sort of
manner; but still a stamen is in front of each sepal. In Populus, the limb of the calyx
is now arrested, and we get a still further degradation, which culminates in Saliz*.
The Cupulifere furnish another case of degradation, but from an offshoot from the
Amentiferous genealogical tree. This group had originally advanced to a more highly
differentiated state, as is proved by the inferior ovary; but here, again, the calyx of
Quercus and Fagus, with stamens opposite to the sepals, indicates the same loss of a
corolla, .

If it be asked what is the evidence of the corolla having been totally arrested instead
of its never having been formed, on the assumption that these were primitive types
rather than degraded ones, the reply is that existing analogies seem to prove it. Thus
we see the loss of it in members of the Alsinee, such as Sagina, Spergularia, &c., being
both petalous and apetalous. In the latter condition the stamens opposite the petals
disappear as well as the petals. They are the last to develop and are the first to go.

Sueh (and many others might be quoted, where some species are apetalous, others
petalous) would seem to support the idea that both a whorl of stamens and the corolla
have been long lost in the case of the Amentiferee ; and in the Monochlamydez generally,
wherever two whorls of stamens occur, as in Daphne, it seems to indicate the loss of
the corolla only, while the different heights of the two staminal whorls in this plant
may point to an ancestral heterostyled condition which perhaps no longer exists.

I cannot therefore accept Mr. Darwin’s conclusion, that some plants “ have actually
had their flowers reduced, and purposely rendered inconspicuous;" for I take it to be
simply and purely, or at least mainly, a result consequent upon the absence of insects—
just as, conversely, the conspicuousness of corollas, the development of secretive organs,
dichogamy, and unisexuality are direct consequences of the disturbance in the floral
equilibrium brought about by the actual visits of the insects themselves +.

I think we should be very cautious not to confound means with ends. If I under-
stand Mr. Darwin aright, he seems sometimes to look at the machinery for intercrossing
as a purpose for benefiting the plant; elsewhere he shows and states clearly that inter-
erossing per se does no good unless it bring constitutional differences; so that we must
keep clear these two facts :—(1) The act of fertilization per se, as having its sole end the
propagation by seed; (2) The constitutional benefits acquired through the agency of
crossing. .

With regard to the first, self-fertilization, as Mr. Darwin acknowledges, “is incom-
parably the surest method ;” and for that purpose intercrossing is hazardous, if we do
not use the word injurious.

With regard to the second fact, it is clear that self-fertilization cannot introduce new

* Authors regard the little prominence at the base of the stamens and of the pistil in Salix either as the calyx or
‘else as the axis. It appears to me to be simply a cellular gland for secreting honey, which they do abundantly. 1
could detect no spiral vessels in them at all.

+ If we say that such structures appeared spontaneously, in anticipation, as it were, of the visits of insects, and
so determined their coming, we at once fall into the old and objectionable teleological methods of interpretation.

946 REV. GEORGE HENSLOW ON THE

constitutional elements, though, as with British weeds in New Zealand, they may acquire —
by their introduction into new climatal conditions fresh constitutional vigour, superior
to the native vegetative population; for the White Clover is actually ousting the New- `
Zealand Flax, Phormium tenax. Similarly, if the process had been reversed, analogy l
would lead us to suspect that the New-Zealand vegetation might prove to have the
mastery in competition, perhaps, with the very same genera and species now growing in `
this country. Anacharis Alsinastrum supports this idea. — — E
Plants which have acquired the property of intercrossing gain immense advantage in 1
securing the introduction of new constitutional vigour by the infusion, so to say, of fresh |
blood into their system. And this vigour may show itself in larger foliage, more |
branches, and therefore more flowers, and in more fruit and seed; but there still 1
remains a remarkable fact, which Mr. Darwin has shown, that the number of seeds per |
capsule often remains the same. In some orders and genera this, of course, must be so, |
as with the Labiate, Boraginee, and Linum ; but it was also true with many others of 3
which the seeds were nüierous. On the other hand, even with conspicuous plants, several `
in Mr. Darwin's experiments became more fertile with their own pollen, though adapted `
for intercrossing, as did Mimulus luteus, Ipomea purpurea, and Nicotiana; while Ophrys 1
apifera produces very large capsules, with an enormous améunt of seed. This last -
species is clearly a self-adapted form of what represents in other Orchids invariably inter- |
crossing peculiarities *. Lastly, all inconspicuous self-fertilizing forms, as elsewhere `
stated, are great seeders.
Mr. Darwin says (7. c. p. 386) :—
“ It seems to me highly improbable that plants bearing small and inconspicuous flowers have been or 1
should continue to be subjected to self-fertilisation for a long series of generations. I think so, not .
from the evil which manifestly follows from self-fertilisation. . . . . . . . But, if plants bearing |
small and inconspicuous flowers were not occasionally intercrossed, and did not profit by the process, -
all their flowers would probably have been rendered cleistogene, as they would thus have largely benefited —
by having to produce only a small quantity of safely-protected pollen ” [my italics]. :
But plants do not pass from one extreme to the other all at once. We do not know -
all the conditions requisite for producing completely cleistogamous flowers; but as, in `
the case of Violets and Oxalis, they are concealed under dense foliage, and with Lamium E
amplexicaule it is the early and late blossoms, it would appear to be certain external :
conditions of a lessened amount of light and heat which are requisite. Small flowering `
plants, though having flowers more or less approximating the cleistogamous state, are S
only partially so, because they are still in an intermediate condition from their habit of
growth, the conditions not being requisite to -reduce them to complete cleistogamy. `
Thus Stellaria media and Spergula arvensis wil open in sunshine, but in shade or in `
winter are often as completely cleistogamous as Ozalis, —. E
In the heading to this section I have introduced the qualification ** almost invariably ;” |

* Great stress is laid by writers on the increased fertility gained by intercrossing. But it must be borne in mind |
that this increase is relative, not absolute. It is quite reasonable to suppose that plants with conspicuous flowers, and |
demanding inscct aid, were originally far more self-fertile, and that the increase of fertility gained by intercrossing -

now only elevates it to the degree it ought to have, and probably had before insect visitation disturbed the sexual i :
equilibrium. Cn the other hand, the absolute fertility of self-fertilizing weeds is undeniably :

SELF-FERTILIZATION OF PLANTS. 347

for there are some flowers which one might, on à priori grounds, assume to be self-
fertilizing, but are, nevertheless, proterandrous ; such, for example, is Lycopus europeus,
with its stamens reduced to two. Hydrocotyle vulgaris, as far as concerned the spe-
cimens I examined, was decidedly proterandrous ; nevertheless the flowers were com-
pletely concealed beneath dense foliage of heath, grasses, &c., and not at all likely to be
seen by insects; yet every fruit was “set”’*. Again, absence of scent is not an invariable
rule ; for Salvia clandestina, though adapted for self-fertilization, is still stron gly perfumed,
These cases compel caution in anticipating results which may prove not to occur.

7. Cleistogamous flowers + are always self-fertile.

Mr. Darwin experimented upon two plants, Vandellia nummularifolia and Ononis
minutissima. The following is a brief summary of his results. With regard to the
first, the ratio of the height (100) of intercrossed conspicuous flowers and of self-fertilized
conspicuous, and of the same with intercrossed and self-fertilized cleistogamous flowers,
are as follows:—100:99 and 100: 94 respectively, a second comparison of the ratios
of the heights of the former pair being as 100:97. "These results are practically ratios
of unity. The crossed plants were, however, inferior in fertility to the self-fertilized
cleistogamous flowers. Six of the finest plants of each kind yielded respectively 598
and 752 capsules, all being from cleistogamous flowers, as the crossed plants did not
produce conspicuous flowers that year. The number of seeds per capsule was as 100 : 106.
As with Vandellia so with Ononis, the cleistogamous flowers were highly self-fertile.
The crossed and self-fertilized conspicuous flowers yielded seed in the ratio of 100 : 65 ;
but the ratio between the crossed and cleistogamous was 100: 111, and the seeds them-
selves looked finer even than those from the erossed perfect flowers.

Further details on. certain cleistogamous flowers will be found in my descriptions of
British self-fertilizing plants (postea, pp. 351, 359, 374),

8. Special adaptations Sor securing self-fertilization, mainly of British plants.

RANUNCULACER.—Ranunculus hydrocharis, Spenner. Mr. Hiern (Journ. of Bot.
vol. ix. p. 45) has made an excellent analysis of the many forms of this species of Ranun-
culus, and deduced geometrical representations of the twelve species given in Babington's
‘Manual of British Botany. But it appears to me that another desirable investigation
would be to test the raison d'étre of these different forms ; and I would suggest the fol-
lowing interpretation as being more or less probable. Mr. Hiern finds that the twelve
species can be grouped under three heads, and that if each species be placed ina given
plane with reference to two axes of coordinates, the abscissa being the same number of
units of length as the normal number of stamens, and the ordinate being the number of
veins on each petal, then the species heterophyllus, confusus, Baudotii, trichophyllus, and
Drouetii lie in a straight line whose equation is z—45--11—0; the species peltatus, flori-
* Perhaps minute flies may assist, as I observed such diligently sucking the honey from Hydrocotyle americana in
Kew Gardens. Indeed, Ido not deny that any flower, however minute, may not be visited, as Chickweed is sometimes,

by bees (Meehan); but my object is toshow that it is quite immaterial, even if such be capable of self- fertilization.

` * For lists see Darwin's * Forms of Flowers,’ p. 312, and Bot. Zeit. xxv. p. 67. See also some excellent remarks by
Prof. Oliver in the * Natural History Review,’ 1862, p. 238 seqq. ^

$48 -— | REV. GEORGE HENSLOW ON THE

bundus, and tripartitus in a line whose equation is z—4y 4-6—0 ; and, lastly, the species
puse circinatus, cenosus, and hederaceus lie in a line whose equation is y—y=4*.

- The question, however, arises, What is the significance of these facts ?

First, we may observe that the number of veins varies with the size of the petals and
the amount of yellow colour, or “ guide,” at their base, as well as with the number of
stamens ; therefore, generally with the conspicuousness of the flower. And as glands are
well developed in the petals of the larger flowers, we may safely assume that such are
adapted to attract insects, and so secure cross-fertilization. On the other hand, as the
veins of the petals, as well as their yellow bases and the number of stamens, decrease, so
the flowers become proportionately less conspicuous, and are more probably self-ferti-
lizing, as they certainly are according to my observations in R. hederaceus.

Hence I would infer that R. heterophyllus (25, 9)f, R. peltatus (30, 9), R. fluitans-
(18, 14), stand at the head of the three groups, and are cross-fertilized, all having large
flowers, On the other hand, the R. Drouetii (9, 5), R. tripartitus (6, 8), R. hederaceus —
(7, 8) stand respectively as the last of each group, and which have very small flowers and
are probably self-fertilizing. "The intermediate forms of each of these three groups will
represent gradations possibly in each individual ease, being more or less liable to be
intererossed, but yet have acquired a corresponding less or greater facility in self-
fertilization. j

Two species of this order are mentioned by Mr. Darwin as producing plenty of seed
under a net, viz. Adonis e@stivalis and Ranunculus acris. R. bulbosus, R. acris, and
R. repens, according to Müller, agree with R. flammula, which he describes in detail,
with figures (Befrucht. &c. p. 114). The facts recorded exactly correspond with my own.
observations in summer, that the anthers dehisce centripetally ; the outer stamens spread
out towards the petals, the carpels being at that time quite immature, but are fully ` |
developed before the last series of stamens have shed their pollen. B. muricatus has the :
stamens reduced to about ten, and the carpels fully matured, while the first two or three 1
anthers only were dehiscing. I found no honey in the glands of the petals. The flowers
are small and doubtless self-fertilizing. Certain differences obtain in the position of the
line of dehiscence, so that while R. bulbosus dehisces laterally, R. >». repens and R. flammula
are more inclined to be extrorse. “As a general rule, it would seem that extrorse anthers
are specially concerned in intercrossing, but may by no means prevent self-fertilization; _
for the petals receiving the pollen from such anthers close at night, and so throw it on `
to the carpels. R. sceleratus and R. hederaceus, which have a reduced number of stamens —

—a common feature in self-fertilizing { flowers—are certainly homogamous. The petals 4
are frequently, but not always, without honey; while the filaments bend down upon the ` 1
carpels, so that the anthers are close pressed upon the stigmas. This is the usual position -
of the stamens in self-fertilizing polyandrous or regular flowers f. It is particularly well —
` * R. Lobbii, a new species added by Hiern from N. America, and intermediate between these last two forms and ` `
the aquatilis group, has the same equation; for he records the number of veins to be 3, and the number of stamens
from 5-to 9. If, therefore, 7, the equation is e—y=4.

-t These numbers are that of the stamens (25), and that of the veins in the petals (9).

t I noticed in a branch of Crateegus owyacantha that every flower with incurved stamens had set its fruit, whereas

every flower with the stamens ae’ had failed to do so. This observation needs corrobora tion for any general, ` `
zation,

SELF-FERTILIZATION OF PLANTS: 849

seen in Potentilla Fragariastrum, and often in Stellaria media. After dehiscing, the
anthers spread away. The order of development of the whorls of R. sceleratus is—calyx,
pistil, stamens, or corolla. In the preceding species the majority of the stamens mature,
as stated, before the pistil. R. tuberosus, from Kerguelen’s Island, has only a few
stamens, is small-flowered, and doubtless self-fertilizing also.

. The larger-flowered Ranunculi are probably all proterandrous as far as the outer
series of stamens are concerned ; but as they mature centripetally, the inner may mature
simultaneously with the carpels, if the outer have then shed their pollen. Myosurus
minimus has also a reduced number of stamens and is self-fertilizing. Müller has
described this in detail in * Nature,’ xi. p. 129, from which the following is abridged and
here inserted, as this plant affords an illustration of an unusual method of self-
fertilization :—

Myosurus is as remarkable for the great variability in the size of its flowers, and in the number of its
parts, as for the enormous growth of the cone of carpels, which affords no other benefit to the plant
than the self-fertilization of the greater part of the numerous carpels by the small number of anthers
[about 5], in case it be not aided by insects. The scentless and very inconspicuous flowers are scantily
visited by small Diptera, not 90 p. c. of the flowers being thus favoured. "The axis of the flower, extending
gradually, during the blooming-time, into a long cone, brings a great part of the stigmas into contact
with the lateral pollen-grains of the anthers. "Those ovaries which now are in contact with the anthers
are soon afterwards elevated above them, while others, previously below the anthers, now reach them,
Thus a numerous succession of stigmas, by grazing the anthers during the growth of the long cone,
are self-fertilized with about five or more pollen-grains apiece; besides, also, the lowest stigmas of the
flowers are fertilized by many pollen-grains falling down from the anthers. Consequently only those
carpels are never fertilized which are already situated above the anthers before the opening of the flower,

Müller contrasts this growth of the gynzcium with the elevation of the stamens in
Myosotis versicolor by the gradual growth of the corolla, which will be found described
below (p. 375). |

NyurmzACEX.—Some species are quite self-sterile, but others quite self-fertile. In
Nymphea alba the innermost stamens are closely adpressed upon the stigma; but I do
not know whether this species is self-fertilizing or not. According to Delpino, it is
fertilized by bees *. ;

.. Paraveracex.—Species of Poppy, Glaucium luteum and others, are by no means self-
sterile; but Corydalis is remarkable for having some species (e. g. C. cava and C. solida)
self-sterile, others (e. g. C. intermedia) self-fertile, but evidently adapted for insect-
- fertilization by the remarkable structure of the corolla. From the latter one infers that
the small-flowering Fumitory is a degradation or reversion to self-fertilization from an
intererossing condition. The stamens and pistil of Fumaria are completely inclosed
Within the petals. 'The stigmas are two in number, ‘and project laterally like blunt
horns, and are enveloped by the three anthers of each group respectively, which thus

form, as it were, a three-sided box. The pollen-tubes may be seen entering the stigma |

in great profusion, the anthers being still in situ. (Tab. XLIV. figs. 3 a, b, c.) The

. A curious observation was made by one of my pupils, that the stamens can be made to spread out if sir be —
foiosd tap the peduncle, by Mowing at the cnt end, "on decre
_ SECOND SERIES.—BOTANY, VOL. I. : 299

850 REV. GEORGE HENSLOW ON THE

development of the whorls corresponds with this self-fertility. At first the concave’ 1
bract protects the flower-bud. The two sepals, which are a£ first.clearly anterior and q
posterior in position, cover the rest of the flower. The two concave lateral petals next.
grow, then the two smaller, anterior and posterior. Next in order comes the pistil, and:
lastly the stamens are matured. ; `

F. capreolata, var. pallidiflora. Müller believes this species to be restricted to self-
fertilize tion, and remarks :—* It has lost, probably from permanent disuse, the elasticity
of the cap formed by the inner petals, which in other Fumitories secures cross-fertiliza-
tion in case of the repeated visits of insects” (* Nature,’ xi. p. 461).

CRUCIFERÆ.—The relatively larger and more conspicuously flowering species are
obviously adapted for insect agency. The small orifices above or in front of the shorter `
stamens are correlated with the proboscis of an insect. The longer stamens, however,
have their anthers clustering round the stigma, and probably, if the flower be not
crossed, can fertilize the pistil in the majority of instances, as described by Miller in
the case of Cardamine pratensis (Befrucht. &c. p. 134). The notched stigma is adapted to `
catch the pollen from the proboscis as it glides over it. The order of development of the
whorls of larger-flowered Crucifere is—calyx, stamens, pistil, corolla. The stamens enlarge :
and mature while the pistil remains more or less rudimentary. On the other hand, with `
small-flowered and often white species, such as Capsella Bursa-Pastoris, Nasturtium offi-
cinale, Sisymbrium Alliaria, Lepidium campestre, e, the stamens and pistil appear to.
emerge and begin to develope together; but the latter soon grows more rapidly, and
ultimately matures its globular stigma contemporaneously with the anthers of the tallest ` —
stamens, and is thus self-fertilized (see Tab. XLIV. figs.1 and 2). I have found speci- ` 3
mens of Shepherd's Purse in winter with the pollen shed in half-opened buds, and many |
pollen-tubes penetrating the green stigma, while the grains were still in the anther-cells.
In Lepidiwm campestre Y have found the stigma quite glutinous in half-opened buds,
while the taller stamens were rather shorter than the stigma; they ultimately reach the
latter, pollinate it, and then the pistil rapidly elongates.

Such is generally the case with all the small-flowered self-fertilizing members of the — .
Crucifere; while the order of development is usually, as stated :—first the calyx, then ` 4
all the stamens, together with the pistil, grow simultaneously ; and, lastly, the corolla; ` 4
or else the pistil at once takes the lead before the stamens. Possibly these latter slight ` `
differences may not prove constant, but vary with accidental circumstances. The great E
difference, however, between the rapid growth of the pistil of self-fertilizing species ie
its long delay in the intercrossing forms is very apparent. |

The globular stigma appears to be correlated with, for it is at least characteristic of, —
the self-fertilized species of this Order, just as the clavate stigma of Epilobium is found id
the self-fertilizing species, but a branched stigma in those which are intercrossed, as de- ——
scribed at p. 364. That the four latter stamens are specially concerned in self-fertilization ` `
is borne out by the fact of their being reduced to two only in Senebiera didyma. In 3
this species the stigma is globular and highly self-fertilizing ; there are no glands.

Pringlea antiscorbutica of Kerguelen and Marion E is supposed by some to be -
wind-fertilized; but as the stigma is not feathery, but globular, I feel no hesitation in `

SELF-FERTILIZATION OF PLANTS. . B51

saying that it is most probably self-fertilizing.. This is quite in keeping with the
profusion of siliquas it bears. |

An exception to the above rule appears to be afforded by Cakile maritima. I found
this growing at Felixstowe, and it was certainly proterandrous; for the stigma (which,
however, is capitate) was mature, while the anthers had quite shrivelled. It matured
only about 20 p. c. of seeds. The order of development was—calyx, all the stamens
together, pistil, corolla. Hence it seemed to represent an intermediate condition.

VionACEA.— Herman Müller has well described the self-fertilizing form of Viola tri-
color; and I would regard it as an instance of a “ species" having been derived from an
intercrossing form by adaptation to self-fertilization. It may not yet differ sufficiently
from the typical form to be worthy of the title of ** species; " yet it would seem to be at
least in the first stage towards the formation of one.

Viola tricolor is constructed for fertilization by insects, and, as Müller has shown, very
self-sterile if they do not visit it. It, however, may accidentally become self-fertile by
the corolla withering, and so pressing the collected pollen-grains into the stigmatic
chamber, as represented in Tab. XLIV. fig. 6 d. I have found, moreover, specimens in
which the so-called “lip” was much elongated, and the stigmatic tissue which lines the
* throat" extending outwards to the tip, which was highly glutinous. The consequence
was that this ** tongue," as I should prefer to call it, had licked up the pollen, the tubes
from which were abundantly penetrating the throat, and the ovary much enlarged
with fertilized ovules. (Tab. XLIV. fig. 6c.) i

I have met with other small self-fertilizing individuals of Viola tricolor in which there
was a curious development of conducting or stigmatic tissue, not recorded by Müller. The
globular ** head ” of the pistil of Viola is usually quite hollow, but containing some fluid,
the pollen-grains passing into the ' head; but in the cases I am alluding to a pillar-like
structure issued from the top of the style, and, curving forwards, protruded slightly from
the orifice of the * head," and the extremity was there somewhat enlarged. This was
highly glutinous, and a large quantity of pollen-grains were adherent to it, with quite a
considerable bundle of tubes passing down the “ pillar,” they having fallen directly upon
it from the anther-cells below. (Tab. XLIV. figs. 6a and b.)

The existence of cleistogamous and highly self-fertile flowers in the genus [Viola is well
known. A brief description may be adv isable. The five sepals are normal, but very
minute. The petals are rudimentary purplish-green scales or absent. The stamens
are from 2 (V. canina)* to 5 (V. odorata) in number. The filaments are slender, but the
orange “flaps” large and rounded, while the anther-cells are small, oval at the basal
part. The anthers are all alike, with no appendages, and are closely adpressed upon the
summit of the ovary. The style is short, curved, and bears a truncated stigmatic end,
which lies concealed amongst the anther-cells. The pollen-tubes penetrate, while the
grains are still in situ, within the cells. As the ovary swells, the filaments are detached, and
the anthers, becoming raised, form a stellate mass on the summit. (See Tab. XLIV. figs.
b, c, d.) In * double” Violets I find the cleistogamous flowers become double also t.

$ Three stamens are sometimes present as petaloid staminodia.
+ This description was written some time ago; and Mr. Darwin, in his latest work, ‘ Forms of Flowers’

mm nee Lee corroborates all I have seen, but adds further details, which should be n a

352 REV. GEORGE HENSLOW ON THE

Mr. Darwin has devoted a chapter, in his ‘Forms of Flowers, to a description of these —
peculiar and cleistogamous flowers, to which the reader is referred for full details. I |
would only remark that I am fully convinced that they are, in the first place, arrested
flower-buds; but the arrest is accompanied with, on the one had, the suppression of
special structures adapted for insect agency ` and, on the other, it is supplemented by
special facilities for seeuring self-fertilization. In no case do I believe they represent
primitive forms of flowers, as Mr. Dyer suggested (‘ Nature,’ vol. xv. p. 331), who says :—

“The view by which flowers are regarded as originally hermaphrodite instead of, as Mr. Darwin sug-
gests, monccious, further supplies a very simple explanation of the otherwise almost inexplicable.nature -
of cleistogene flowers. These being inconspicuots, and self-fertilizing, are probably survivals of the `
original type." :

That flowers were originally hermaphrodite, I fully believe, but certainly not neces-
sarily cleistogamous, nor that existing cleistogamous flowers are survivals. They appear —
to me to be undoubtedly degradations, for at least two, if not more, reasons. One is the `
presence of the corolla; the other that peculiarities of structure formerly concerned with `
insect fertilization are not always completely lost, as, for example, the lip of the corolla |
in Lamium amplexicaule and its four stamens. Moreover, transitional conditions may
often be found between ordinary flowers and the cleistogamous. Thus in strongly
grown garden-plants of Viola odorata the cleistogamous buds of the summer often have —
spurs, and the stamens retain the nectariferous appendages, where they can be of no `
possible use whatever. Transitional conditions also occur with other plants that bear -

cleistogamous flowers, fully proving that they are really transformed states of the normal 3
blossoms. (See Tab. X LIV. figs. 4 a, b, c, d, and 13 a, b.) |

PoryeALEX.— The remarkable structure of Polygala is clearly correlated to i
fertilization, yet the British species appear to be adapted to self-fertilization as well.

-Hildebrand has described it in * Bot. Zeit., Sept. 6, 1867, from whose figures I have made `
the drawings in Tab. XLIV. figs. 7 d & e. Fig. e represents a case where an insect has
deposited the pollen on the anterior side of the stigma; fig. d one in which the spoon- —
shaped extremity has caught the pollen poured into it from the anthers, which have
grasped the edges of the spoon and, as it were, emptied themselves into it. The stigma
has recurved upwards, to bring the viscous surface in contact with the pollen. Ina white
variety of which I found a few specimens, the corolla was completely wrapped round the
anthers and stigma, as seen in fig. 7a; and the anthers gripped the two sides of the
pistil just on a level with the very.viscid stigma, into which many pollen-tubes were
penetrating, so that the pollen adhered to it directly, without falling into the. spoon i at
all (fig. 7). Hence, if my observations were correct (but I had too few to render them
quite satisfactory), there was a slight difference between the method of self-fertilization
in my ease to that described by Hildebrand. It may be observed here, however, that
slight variations such as this are not unique. Mr. Darwin records variations in the
Jength of the stamen in Canna (1. c. p. 230) ; and I have reasons for suspecting individual
plants of species vary the processes under different circumstances; and a contrivance
which may occur on one plant may not necessarily be found in another individual of `

SELF-FERTILIZATION OF PLANTS. : 353

the same species. Other cases seem to bear out this somewhat important fact, such as
the case of the Viola tricolor with the protruding placentiferous process described above;
as also that of the peculiar form of the same plant with the prolonged * tongue,"
enabling it to “lick” up the pollen from the spurred petal.

Again, the arching of the styles outwards, and the filaments inwards, in the self-
fertilizing condition of Alisma plantago, as also the subsequently inflexed condition of
the stamens of Agrimonia, seem to point to what may be called individual adaptabilities
for securing self-fertilization; and such structures as these may not precisely or ever
occur again, while other peculiarities may be found adopted to secure the same end. — I
would invite the attention of observers to this point, which appears important, but
requires further corroboration.

CARYOPHYLLACEJX.—The larger-flowered species of this Order are probably always pro-
terandrous, and adapted for insect-fertilization ; yet, as Mr. Darwin has shown in the
case of Dianthus Caryophyllus, which is very strongly proterandrous, there appears to be
no difficulty in their becoming self-fertilizing by losing their dichogamy and so becoming
homogamous; that is, the anthers and stigmas mature together. Mr. Darwin found, in
his first experiment with Carnations, that there was little difference in the number of
seeds produced by cross-fertilization and self-fertilization (artificially produced) in this
plant. But in the second generation the crossed was more fertile than the self-fertilized
in the ratio of 100: 65, both being grown much crowded. But when plants of the third
generation were placed under a net, and both the crossed and self-fertilized were allowed
to set seed spontaneously, the self-fertilized plants now produced more seeds than the
self-fertilized ** crossed " plants, in the ratio of 125:100; and he adds :—“ This anomalous
result is probably due to some of the self-fertilised plants having varied so as to mature
their pollen and stigmas more nearly at the same time than is proper to the species,”

. It must be borne in mind that proterandry in flowers admits of degrees; that is to
say, there is no absolute length of time between the maturation of the pollen and that
of the stigma. When the period is relatively long, as in Dianthus, some species or
varieties of Pelargonium, Geranium pratense, and Malva sylvestris, every grain of pollen
will have been shed, and sometimes the anthers fallen off as well, before the stigmas are
nearly ready. On the other hand, Stellaria Holostea and Geranium pyrenaicum develope
their two whorls of stamens in succession; and the stigmas maturing about the same
time as the second whorl, these flowers are only partly purum upon insects. This
condition of things accounts for many flowers retaining, or else regaining, their self-
fertilizing properties, though still being adapted for intercrossing.

` The point, then, I wish to bring forward as partieularly well shown by members of
this Order, is that complete self-fertility may be regained with great ease, namely, by
shortening the time between the periods of maturity of the anthers and stigmas, The
causes to bring this about are ënn various, though somewhat difficult to isolate and
specify exactly,

With Dianthus Mr. Daititin records that it was of a pale’ pink or rose-colour, which
mek indicate the approximate cause, assisted by continual and artificial homogamy ; so

~

354 REV. GEORGE HENSLOW ON THE

that a self-fertilizing form of Dianthus was artificially produced analogous to the garden
and sweet peas, which appear to have become so in this country on their own account. :
^ Several genera in this Order have both conspicuous and probably all proterandrous
flowers, as well as inconspicuous and self-fertilizing species. Thus, for example, while
the large-flowered Cerastium arvense and Stellaria Holostea are both proterandrous, the
small-flowered C. glomeratum and Stellaria media Ze, are, self-fertilizing. With regard
to C. glomeratum, it is perhaps worth mentioning that the flowers often remain very
imperfectly open ; and on one occasion, in June 1876, I found a number of plants in an
exposed meadow with all the flower-buds actually eleistogamous, although exposed to
full sunlight and an intensely high temperature. Stellari ia media and Spergula arvensis,
although they usually expand their blossoms in sunlight if it be warm, yet in January
I have found them self-fertilizing abundantly but with the buds completely closed. In
all these cases the filaments are bent down over the ovary, with their anthers in close
proximity to the stigmas. (Tab. XLIV. figs. 8 a, b, & 9.)

Stellaria media may show analogous features. Thus in a larch-wood I found
specimens permanently cleistogamous and apetalous and with three stamens only; on
the same plant were flowers with rudimentary petals and with four stamens. The petals
being the last organs to be developed are often the first to go, the order of development
being as follows :—First stage, calyx, pistil, stamens, corolla; secondly, the pistil is
equal to the stamens in height; thirdly, the corolla, which has long delayed, starts
again. The same order occurs in the self-fertilizing Sagina apetala and Polycarpon
tetraphyllum. So also in Spergularia marina (subsp. neglecta), the order of development
is—calyx, pistil, stamens opposite the sepals, stamens opposite the petals, corolla. The
ten stamens close round the pistil, and the anthers dehisce while the bud is opening. ` `

I have already remarked that the reduction of the size of the corolla, with often a loss
of colour, if not an immediate cause, is at least closely correlated with self-fertilization,
and that as some of the stamens are often entirely arrested, so too may the corolla be
arrested as well. This will account for some species of this Order becoming apetalous,
as the genus Sagina, as also Herniaria and Scleranthus of the Paronychiez. Thence
we may pass to the incomplete members of the group called Cyclospermere, and so on,
as I believe, to all other members of the Monochlamydez: and Achlamydee of Dico-
_tyledonous Angiosperms, that the arrest of the corolline whorl, indicated by the stamens
being opposite to the sepals, has issued from a correlation with self-fertilization. Further
remarks, however, will be added when I treat specially of these divisions. ;

Of the Illecebrace:e, the few that I have examined are self-fertilizing, often in unopened
buds, as. Paronychia Bonariensis, Corrigiola littoralis, Scleranthus annuus, and Herniaria |
glabra; and I would venture to express it as my opinion that this Order is "simply a
degraded form of Caryophyllaceze by becoming self-fertilizing. If I may offer as a
suggestion of the process how it came about, I should imagine that seeds of certain
. insect-visiting conspicuously flowering species became located where they were neglected
by insects; and having never entirely lost the power of self-fertilization, as is the case
with Stellaria Holostea &c., which is partially proterandous only, reacquired it, but
with the ECH reduction of the size of the corolla, its colours and also of the eee

SELF-FERTILIZATION OF PLANTS. 355

and so degraded into self-fertilizing forms which we now recognize as distinct species or
even genera. Compare, e. g., the form Spergularia marina (proper), with large corolla
and ten stamens, with the subsp. neglecta, having small petals, three or four stamens,
and which is highly self-fertile.

In support of this view, I may remark that while it often happens that the number of
stamens and the quantity of pollen is much reduced in self-fertilizing flowers, or, on the
contrary, the number of ovules may be reduced, compensated, however, by the pro-
fusion of blossoms, yet the full number of stamens and a large quantity of pollen
is not unfrequently retained, which therefore indicates the retention of a former
condition, when a larger amount of pollen was required for insect agency. "Thus there
is only one seed in Fumaria officinalis, but the quantity of pollen which becomes fixed
to both stigmas by their pollen-tubes is very great. Similarly with Chenopodium, the
five anthers are retained, but there is only one seed to each flower. Conversely, cleisto-
gamous flowers of Viola canina and buds of Stellaria media produce many seeds ; but
the anthers may be reduced to two. |

The Caryophyllacez and its allied Orders are therefore very instructive as far as fer-
tilization is concerned. Dianthus, which is very strongly proterandrous, may be placed
at one end of the scale and Sagina apetala, or some incomplete member, at the other ;
and between these extremes there are degrees of differentiation from the utter impos-
sibility of securing self-fertilization and complete self-fertility. Yet since such an
extreme form as Dianthus can become highly self-fertile in two or three generations,
as Mr. Darwin has shown, we may be assured that all others could readily become self-
fertilizing under fitting conditions.

Plants of this Order also well illustrate the extreme rapidity of maturation of seed
resulting from self-fertilization. If, for example, we call the terminal flower of a cyme
of Cerastium triviale as No. 1, then if this be shedding ripe seed, the two capsules
(No. 2) will be nearly ripe, while the four (No. 3) will be self-fertilizing buds; and lastly,
the eight buds (No. 4) will be in a very rudimentary stage, with the corolla quite unde-
veloped. The same rapidity may be noticed in the case of Poa annua, which is mostly,
I suspect, self-fertilizing, and by the extraordinary rapidity of its seeding and growing
so rapidly clothes bare places in our London parks, to the general surface of which,
indeed, it contributes in no slight degree. This extreme rapidity of seeding com-
pensates, where needed, for any comparative paucity in the number of seeds produced
in a single capsule, though, as a rule, there is not even any particular deficiency in that
respect at all.

Other ‘points of importance are well illustrated by this Order, namely, the actually
beneficial effects of size and duration of existence in these self-fertilizing plants. As
a rule, they are small and annuals. Thus while Cerastium arvense and Stellaria -
Holostea are perennial, the self-fertilizing Cerastia and Stellaria media are annuals.
Similarly in other Orders, Geranium sanguineum, pratense, &c. are large-flowering and
perennials, but the small-flowered species are annuals and more or less decidedly self-
fertilizing. It is by no means invariably the case; e. g., Malva PONAM and mec Tn

of ME are EENG and pique.

356 REV. GEORGE HENSLOW ON THE

In estimating the importance of relative size, whether of the entire plant, its: foliage,
&c., or of the flowers only, we must be mindful not to be misled by our own impressions
of what we may deem a superiority. We must start with some end in view, it is true;
and I agree with Mr. Darwin in regarding the propagation by seed as the one and
only end of plant-life that we may legitimately recognize. This is clearly the case with
an annual; its whole life is directed to this end, and as soon as the end is secured, 7. e, |
the seed matured, the plant perishes.

Now, as Mr. Darwin observes, self-fertilization secures this end with ** incomparably
greater certainty " than by any other means. Hence self-fertilization is so far a positive
* good." Now that observer has proved that much “ finer ” plants are reared from inter-
crossing; hence we may rest assured that what is artificially produced would occur also
in nature; but as a result of intercrossing, dichogamy and other sexual differentiations
have been established, and the security of setting seed is not enhanced but lessened by
such. adaptations to insect-agency. Indeed the more highly a flower becomes dif-
ferentiated the less is the chance of securing seed on the failure of certain insects to
yisit it.

We must, too, carefully remember that smallness of size is no detriment to a plant in
the struggle for life, but the reverse. This is proved not only by the immense extent of
low plant-life, such as unicellular Algee, but by the wide dispersion of ** weed-like " herbs,
as will be more fully diseussed hereafter, and by the fact that small herbs of one country
may drive out their more formidable opponents in another, as, e. g., thelittle Duteh Clover
is vigorously competing with its gigantic foe Phormium tenax in New Zealand. The
cycle of its existence is often run through in a few weeks, so that crop after crop,
descended from one and the same individual, ean be produced in a single year. Hence the
justly framed expression of ** troublesome weeds." Therefore I maintain that, for the
“ good " of the plant itself, there is no special advantage in its being a perennial, or in being
a large or, so-called, “ finer " plant, nor in having conspicuous flowers requiring insects for
their fertilization. But, on the other hand, small self-fertilizing species can establish them-
selves almost anywhere. They produce, probably, far more offspring, first, on account
of their being capable. of self-fertilization, and therefore not dependent upon insects,
secondly, by rapidly running through their life-cycle, producing crops in succession in
the same season. So that “ weeds," such as Stellaria media, prove themselves to be best
fitted to survive in the struggle for life; and any idea of “ injuriousness”’ arising from
their self-fertility is purely a subjective impression, which is not correlated with any
Mice fact. |

MaLvACEX.—Malva sylvestris, is very strongly proterandrous. Every grain of pollet:
appears to have escaped and the anther-cells more or less shrivelled before the stigmas
have protruded and are mature for xs the pollen, in this case necessarily, from
other flowers.

M. rotundifolia, which is a stich smaller plant altogether, and with pale pink incon-
spicuous flowers, is self-fertilizing, as has been described by H. Müller (Befrucht. Ze,
p.171) Other small-flowered species, as M. crispa &c., are also self-fertilizing in a
similar manner, and, cupere furnish an exception to therale first mentioned, that. self-

SELF-FERTILIZATION OF PLANTS. 357

fertilizing plants are usually small, in that this species is a tall finely foliaged plant.
The development of the flower is as follows :—The bracts of the epicalyx are at first
free and much larger than the calyx, which is densely hairy. The stamens arise as a
circular rim at first, then follows the pistil, while the corolla delays its development;
the pistil then begins to grow rapidly, while the corolla at first remains small, but sub-
sequently covers the elongated styles, which thus are compelled to grow downwards
amongst the anther-cells. The curling amongst the latter is therefore simply due to
the styles elongating under the constriction of the corolla, which keeps them down, and
they subsequently retain that position when the corolla has expanded.

This case, therefore, again illustrates the general principle, noticed under Cruciferz, that
in self-fertilizing flowers the pistil grows rapidly in the bud, whereas in conspicuous inter-
crossing flowers it is delayed, so that the flower becomes proterandrous in consequence.

Althea Armeniaca is a comparatively small-flowering species (1 inch diam.), and
furnishes an intermediate condition, in that the sti gmas begin to protrude from amongst
the anthers before they dehisce, whereas in M. sylvestris they are quite invisible. They
do not, however, curl back, and consequently are not so well adapted for self-fertilization
as in M. rotundifolia.

A genus analogous in the above features to Mallow is Anoda; for A, hastata is de-
cidedly proterandrous, the anthers dehiscing centrifugally, while the branches of the
style, terminating with globular green stigmas, are concealed within the tube. After the
anthers have all dehisced the branches become erect and the stigmas red; the flower is
pink, and 14 inch in diameter. 4. Wrightii is much smaller, salmon-coloured, and
developes its pale yellow stigmas simultaneously with the anthers, which cover them with
pollen. The branches are notrecurved, as the stigmas only rise to the level of the anthers.
. Linacem.—Like Caryophyllacez, this Order furnishes us with extreme instances.
Linum grandiflorum, as Mr. Darwin has shown, is not merely morphologically but
physiologically self-sterile (‘Forms of Flowers, p. 264)*. On the other hand, Linum
catharticum, though secreting honey, and frequently visited by insects, is capable of self-
fertilization, not only in the absence of insects, but an insect visiting the flower is
very likely to press the anthers against the stigma (Tab. XLIV. fig. 10). This plant can
also fertilize itself by the corolla closing at night; and Radiola millegrana is also, as
might be almost inferred from the profusion of its fruit, quite self-fertilizing. Moreover
the flower-buds remain nearly closed, retaining the stamens pressed down upon the
ovary. The anthers contain but a small quantity of pollen.

GERANIACEJ.—Like the preceding, this Order furnishes us with transitional species
between strong dichogamy and entire self-fertilization. Sir John Lubbock has so well
described this, and it quite confirms my own observations, that I will transcribe a short
passage from his * British Wild Flowers in Relation to Insects, pp. 42—44.

* The genus Geranium affords us an instructive example. There are a number of species, which differ
much in the size of the flowers. Thus those of G. pratense are nearly twice as large as those of

* Linum perenne is also dimorphic (* Forms of Flowers,’ p. 92), but, like Dianthus, is quite capable of acquiring
the powers of self-fertilization (Meehan). oe : | :
SECOND SERIES. -—BOTANY, Y Jh ii — pn x. 3D

358 REV. GEORGE HENSLOW ON THE

G, pyrenaicum; which, again, are much larger than those of G. malle, while those of G. pusillum are
still'smaller. These differences of size appear to be connected with other remarkable differences between
the species. In G. pratense five of the stamens raise themselves and stand upright, and surround the
still immature pistil. ` When they have shed their pollen they sink back and shrivel up, when the other
five raise themselves. At a later stage these in their turn fall back and shrivel up; but the stigma does
not become mature until all the stamens have shed their pollen. Under these circumstances G. pratense
has lost the power of self-fertilisation, and is absolutely dependent on the visits of insects. G. pyrenaicum
is also proterandrous; but while in G. pratense the pistil is not mature until the stamens have shed
all their pollen and fallen back, in G. pyrenaicum the second series of stamens are still upright when `
the stigmatic lobes unfurl; the flower is consequently less absolutely dependent on insects, and we see `
that the corolla is much smaller. In the third species, G. molle, the pistil matures before the second
series of stamens, and the corolla is still smaller; while in G. pusillum the pistil matures before any of
the stamens.” Thus, then, these four species may be arranged in atable (slightly modified) as below :—-

G. pratense. G. pyrenaicum, ; G. molle. G. pusillum.
Flower large. Flower small. ; Flower smaller. S Flower smallest,

First exclusively male, | First exclusively male, | First exclusively male, | First exclusively female,
then exclusively female. then homogamous*. then homogamous. very soon homogamous.
Incapable of self-fertiliza- | Generally fertilized by Often self-fertilized. Probably entirely self- |

tion. | inseets. fertilized.

I have quoted this passage, for it both entirely corroborates and so well expresses
what I have myself observed, both in regard to Geranium as of many other genera ; and |
it illustrates what I believe to be the origin of a large number of * species’ of plants,
namely, the change from a state requiring intercrossing to self-fertilizing conditions.
1t would be rash to assert that the above four species represent actual linear descendants,
but they doubtless typify stages of descent from forms like @. pratense to G.. pusillum.
The description of G. pusillum as being * at first exclusively female,” the reader will
see, is exactly paralleled by several cases already mentioned, as of the Cruciferze, and will
be again illustrated by following ones, and e ae P the origin of Proterogynous
flowers generally.

G. Robertianum. In this very common species I have found specimens growing in à
wood, and not likely to be visited by insects, with the pollen-grains caught by the —
stigmas in the unopened buds, and self-fertilization apparently being secured. In some
flowers the anthers of the lower stamens were spread out and the stigmas likewise; the `
latter also were curling backwards oe the anthers, : much in the same way as ‘occurs :
in small-flowered Mallows.

Erodium cicutarium. Though sometimes proterandrons, this can completely ‘fertilize |
itself. The loss of five stamens in this eed is probably correlated with this rever-
sion to complete self-fertility.

Pelargonium. Ihave given figures opa XLIV. figs. 11 a, b) to show the strongly.

ZS Sir J. Lubbock used the wad “ hermaphrodite,” for which I have substituted “ homogamons.” The former

“merely means that stamens and min are in the same flower; the latter that, in E to this, ee V
ean be dioi, | ;

SELF-FERTILIZATION OF PLANTS. 359

proterandrous condition of some species, as well as the self-fertilizing condition of many
varieties of the so-called “ Scarlet Geranium " (fig. 12). |
Oxalis Acetosella, Mr. Darwin alludes to Michalet’s description of the cleistogamous
flowers of this species (given in Bull. Soc. Bot. de Fr., tom. vii. 1860, p. 465), and adds
some observations of his own (‘ Forms of Flowers,’ p.321). He quotes an observation of
Michalet’s, that the five shorter stamens are sometimes quite aborted, a condition
I have not met with myself, but one quite in keeping with the common process of
reduction of stamens in self-fertilizing flowers. He also adds this interesting observa-
tion, * In one case the tubes, which ended in excessively fine points, were seen by me
stretching upwards from the lower anthers towards the stigmas, which they had not as
yet reached. My plants grew in pots, and long after the perfect flowers had withered
they produced not only cleistogamic but a few minute open flowers, which were
in an intermediate condition between the two kinds." This last remark is clearly in
. accordance with the true origin of these flowers, that they are in all cases degradations
from the conspicuous forms normally characteristic of the genera which produce them.
The figs. 134, b, c, d, Tab. XLIV., clearly show that in Qzalis Acetosella the cleistogamous
state is simply a normal flower-bud, which has become adapted to self-fertilization; and
the intermediate conditions alluded to by Mr. Darwin I should suspect were analogous
to the permanent forms of flowers of O. corniculata, which I at first inferred, from its
wide distribution, must be habitually self-fertilizing *, and subsequently I discovered the
pollen-tubes' penetrating the stigma of each unopened bud (fig. 14). M. E. Michalet's
description (/. c. p. 467) is much to the point, as the subjoined free translation testifies.

The cleistogamous flowers are about the size of the head of a pin, often subterranean, on short curved
peduncles, with included petals. They arise from the same points of the rhizome, but not simul- `
taneously, and continue through summer and even to autumn. The sepals are closely applied during
fertilization, and conceal hermetically the essential organs. They increase to double their size; but the
capsule soon takes on a relatively enormous size, considering the minuteness of the ovary. The petals,
5, are shorter than the sepals ; they rarely are wanting. The andrecium is composed of 10 stamens; 5
are large, inserted upon a narrow disk which surrounds the base of the ovary. The anthers of the
smaller stamens appear infertile, or even entirely abortive. The 5 fertile stamens are inclined towards
the stigmas, and are bound to them by fine threads; they certainly play some part in the fecundation ;
but the nature of their functions is obscure. [Consult Tab. XLIV. fig. 13d.] As in Violets, I have
vainly looked to find the emission of the pollen from the anthers upon the stigmas. The pollen appears
to be slightly deliquescent ; the cells which contain it have seemed to me to remain closed and intact
after fecundation has already taken place, and is manifested by the growth of the capsules. In a very
young ovary the 5 carpellary leaves are nearly free, as in Sedum ; later the carpels unite by their lateral
walls and form a 5-celled ovary. The stigmas (which in the spring flowers are on long styles) are sessile
on the ovary. The capsule is shorter and more rounded at the summit. The seeds do not appear to

* While examining O. Acetosella I found the petioles of the leaves articulated near to, but not absolutely at the
base. ‘The small thickened portion which remains has its cellular tissue highly charged with very large starch-
grains. Dr. Masters tells me that this also occurs at the bases of other deciduous leaf-stalks, apparently as nutri-
ment for the formation of the cells which give rise to the transverse division which causes the leaf to fall; but in the:
case of the Wood-Sorrel the leaf Aas fallen, so that they must be regarded as little reservoirs of nutriment for some `

*

360 |. REV. GEORGE HENSLOW ON THE

differ from those of the ordinary flowers; but as they ripen under the moss or vegetable detritus which
covers the rhizome, they cannot be projected around the mother plant, but remain in their place,

My own observations do not agree entirely with the last sentence; for I have often
found the fruit-capsules elevated and the seeds with quite as elastic a coat as those
derived from the fully developed flowers.

Impatiens fulva and I. Noli-me-tangere have also eleistogamous flowers. For full de-
seriptions the reader is referred to Mr. Darwin's work, ‘Forms of Flowers,’ p. 327, where `
reference to other describers is given. —Zmpatiens parviflora is undoubtedly self-fertilizing.
The stigma lies amongst the anthers, which burst even before the flower is opened, and
I have detected pollen-tubes penetrating in that condition. 3

Lreuminos&.—That this order has its flowers generally adapted for insect-agency * all E
will'admit. Mr. Farrer's elaborate description of Pisum, quoted by Mr. Darwin, ‘Cross —
and Self-fertilisation, p. 160, will furnish the reader with details. Nevertheless there —
are a great many very inconspicuously flowering species, as well as at least twelve "E a
cleistogamous forms (‘ Forms of Flowers,’ p. 313). | 4

Of the different species of Trifolium, Mr. Darwin thus writes :— 7. incarnatum. “The a |
flowers whieh were visited by bees produced between five and six times as many seeds E
as those whieh were protected." E

T. pratense. ‘ One hundred flower-heads on plants protected by a net did not produce
a single seed, whilst one hundred heads on plants growing outside, which were visited by
bees, yielded 68 grains weight of seeds; and as 80 seeds weighed 2 grains, the 100 heads
must have yielded 2720 seeds.” (Cross and Self-Fert. p. 361.)

. T. repens. The crossed and self-fertilized plants of Mr. Darwin yielded seeds in one ©
year in the ratio of 10:1, and in the second year twenty heads, unprotected, yielded 2290 —
seeds, while twenty protected beads had “ only a single aborted seed.” |

With regard to Clover Mr. Meehan observes (Gard. Chron. Sept. 11, 1875) :—* I am
satisfied that in all eases I examined flowers just before expanding, and before any insect
had interfered with them, the pistil had received its own pollen .... I covered a patch `
of clover with a sieve, having $ inch meshes. No Bees could get to gem: I think I may —
say every flower perfected seed. Unfortunately, I found on one examination a small |
Sand-wasp had ventured through, and was collecting pollen from a flower, Ido not —
think any but this one entered; still it diminished seriously the value of the ex- —
periment.” Mr. Meehan gives some further statements upon the Red and White Clovers
which, if trustworthy, are opposed to Mr. Darwin; for while the latter found, on protected -
Trifolium pratense, no seed was set, the former observed that Humble-bees, which alone `

apparently fertilize the red clover, would not visit a field when the white clover, 7. re-
pens, was in blossom; and yet the red clover-fields “bore seed as fully as most insect-
frequented fields would do." Assuming both of these accurate observers to be correct,
the inference is unavoidable that the red clover, although highly differentiated, 80 as to. 3

_* I have described the peeuliar construction of Medicago sativa (Journ. Linn. Soc., Bot. ix. pp. 327 & 355) onl of 2
Genista tinctoria (Journ. Linn. Soc., Bot. x. p. 468) ; reproduced by Müller in his * Befrucht. Ze? pp. 225 and 235.

The methods of fertilization have been grouped by H. Müller into four series, fee. Lubbock's. ‘British wild :
Flowers in Relation to — p 90. . ; vitet

SELF-FERTILIZATION OF PLANTS. 361

become morphologically self-sterile here, had, where Mr. Meehan observed it, slightly
changed, and so recovered its self-fertilizing powers, as was the case with -Eschscholízia.
T. arvense and T. procumbens, and, I would add, 7. minus, appear to be highly self-fertile,
according to Mr. Darwin, though he suspeets the latter may be visited by small nocturnal
moths. With regard to 7. minus, the order of development, viz., calyx, pistil, stamens,
corolla, agrees with self-fertilizing plants,

Medicago sativa. This plant, when protected, yielded seeds, as compared with unpro-
tected, in the ratio of 101:.77. Hence it is highly self-fertile, though specially modified,
in having * irritable" stamens, for cross-fertilization (note, p. 360).

M. denticulata. This species appears to be quite self-fertile. The position of the
anthers clustering round the stigma is seen in Tab. XLIV. fig. 15.

Phaseolus vulgaris. While this species is quite self-fertile, P. multiflorus, when ** pro-
tected from insects, produced on two occasions about one third and one eighth of the
full number of seeds... .. The flowers are not visited by insects in Nicaragua; and,
according to Mr. Belt, the species is there quite sterile." Cross and Self-Fert. p. 200 (Zhe
Naturalist in Nicaragua, p. 10. See also a paper by myself in Gard. Chron. Nov. 3, 1878.)

Lathyrus grandiflorus is in'this country more or less sterile. It never sets pods
unless the flowers are visited by humble-bees, or artificially fertilized. L. odoratus and
LL, Nissolia are fully self-fertile.
^ Pisum sativum is also fully self-fertile.

Vicia faba. Unprotected plants were between three and four times more fertile than
the protected plant. Vicia sativa and V. hirsuta are both perfectly self-fertile.

The above cases, mainly taken from Mr. Darwin’s lists of sterile and self-fertile plants,
seem to bring out the following facts :—(1) Conspicuous papilionaceous flowers may be
absolutely self-sterile, or only partially so, or not at all Whether any species are
physiologically self-sterile I am not sure; but many are certainly more or less morpho-
logically, as Lupinus, sp., Phaseolus multiflorus, &c. (see * Cross and Self-fertilisation,'
pp. 150, note, and 152). (2) One species of a genus may be highly self-fertile, while
another species may be barren (Phaseolus and Trifolium). Even with regard to the self-
sterile P. multiflorus, Mr. Darwin found that “the advantage gained by a cross is very
small" or, practically, none, as the heights were as 100 : 96, and there was little or no
difference in their fertility.

The Sweet Pea, though crossed in the south of Europe, is entirely self-fertile in this
country, though L, grandiflorus is self-sterile ; on the contrary, L. odoratus and, we may
add, P. sativum, appear rather to agree with Phaseolus vulgaris in being plants which have
become] highly self-fertile by being transformed from warmer climates to this country.
If so, they exactly parallel the case of Eschscholtzia, which was actually proved to be so.
From these intermediate stages we pass to species which are as fertile when unvisited as
when fertilized by bees and other insects. Lastly, there are extremely small-flowered
species, but with perfect blossoms, which are probably never visited, as Vicia hirsuta ; and
also several with cleistogamous flowers, which are, as is always the case, highly self-fertile.

- Mr. Darwin’s descriptions of several cleistogamous flowers (‘Forms of Flowers,’
P. 310 seqq.) are particularly interesting, as they so manifestly prove these closed

362 REV. GEORGE HENSLOW ON THE

blossoms to be degraded, but differentiated, forms of conspicuous allied ones. Thus
of Lathyrus Nissolia (p. 826) he remarks that this species “apparently offers a case
of the first stage in the production of cleistogamous flowers, for on plants growing in a
state of nature, many of the flowers never expand, and yet produce fine pods. Some of
the buds are so large that they seem on the point of expansion ; Gen are much smaller,
but none so small as the true cleistogamic flowers of other species.’

Rosace&.—‘“ Our three species of Prunus,” writes Sir John Lubbock (7. c. p. 90), «differ
somewhat in the relations of the anthers to the stigma. In P. Cerasus (the Cherry) both:
mature at the same time, while in P. spinosa (the Black Thorn) and P. Padus (the Bird
Cherry) the stigma reaches maturity before the anthers; though, as it retains the capa-
bility of fertilisation after the anthers have opened, the flowers are doubtless often self- `
fertilised, which, from the position of the anthers, probably happens more frequently 1 Im `
the Bird Cherry than in the Black Thorn.”

This case of Prunus is an interesting one, for it is opposed to.the rule that protero- `
gynous flowers are inconspicuous and usually unattractive to insects. The cause of the `
species of this genus maturing the pistil early is probably in consequence of their flower- .
ing early in spring; the temperature not being high, there is no special tendency to
stimulate the staminal and coronal whorls, or possibly the glands. It has been elsewhere
shown that flowers, usually perhaps intercrossed, will. become self-fertilizing in cold
weather; so that what takes place abnormally with proterandrous flowers becomes
normal in the case of Prunus. The same remarks apply to the Apple and Hawthorn,
which are proterogynous. !

Spireas, if not visited by Bees for pollen —dis they contain no honey—are, without |
little doubt, self-fertilizing.

Geum. Though both British species are mellifluous, yet the smaller, G. urbanum, a
probably mostly self-fertile; for the position of the stamens, arching over the carpels `
and dehiscing upon them, is quite in keeping with the small-flowered Ranuneuli, as also `
with Potentilla Fragariastrum. As with the Ranunculi, the stamens mature centri- `
petally, thus affording a considerable time to elapse, during which the carpels may suc
cessively mature their stigmas; so that while in the more conspicuously flowering `
species, as Geum rivale aud the Blackberry, intercrossing is chiefly effected, it does not
preclude the possibility of self-fertilization, which probably snpittodpa it Kess im
the small-flowering more or less inconspicuous flowers. T

Agrimonia Eupatoria.. In this flower the stamens are spreading on first expansion,
but it is probably self-fertilizing afterwards, as the anthers become strongly recurved over `
the pistil. (See Tab. XLIV. figs. 16 a; 5.) : :
. Potentilla reptans. This will, I think, illustrate the "deii dn above. The
corolla is usually from three quarters to one inch in diameter, consequently it is very
conspicuous and probably usually intercrossed. I found, however, specimens in flower _
on the 29th Sept. 1876, with the blossoms not half an inch in diameter; while in some ` `
buds unexpanded the pistil was covered with a dense mass of pollen, of which the tubes . 4
were to be detected penetrating the stigmas. If, then, my interpretation be correct, the ` `
inference I would draw is, sad Shin, was a process of EE induced SH the

SELF-FERTILIZATION OF PLANTS. 363

lateness of the season, just as the Sloe is similarly, but normally, self-fertilizing because
it blossoms so early in the summer; conversely, that conspicuously flowered plants
with much honey are correlated with a high temperature and brilliant sunlight.

It may not, perhaps, be too wide a generalization to conclude that all flowers with
very numerous stamens, as in Ranunculacee, Rosaceæ, Myrtaceae, &c., are thus adapted
for both intercrossing and self-fertilization, the former process being effected by the
outer and first dehiscing anthers, and before the stigma is mature, the latter by the
inner and later ones, which dehisce at the same time that the stigma is ready to receive
their pollen.

Lyraraceæ.—The genus Lythrum gives us another instance of a transition from a
high state of differentiation in its adaptation to insect-fertilization in its trimorphic
species to the degraded state seen in L. hyssopifolia, which is undoubtedly self-fertilizing.
The intermediate condition is seen in L. thymifolia, which is only dimorphic. The
stamens are reduced to six, which are homologous with the longest stamens, namely,
those opposite the sepals. As observed in the Caryophyllacee, it is the rule that the
whorl of stamens opposite the petals should disappear first. With L. hyssopifolia a still
further point is reached. It is no longer heterostyled. As in the preceding, the six
shorter stamens are often suppressed. Mr. Darwin says (‘ Forms of Flowers,’ p. 166) :—
* The stigma is included within the calyx, and stands in the midst of the anthers, and
would generally be fertilised by them ; but as the stigma and anthers are upturned,
and as, according to Vaucher, there is a passage left in the upper side of the flower to the
nectary, there can hardly be a doubt that the flowers are visited by insects." Whether
this be the case or no, it seems to prove that this form is a degraded one, which has
retained the relative positions of the stigmas and anthers necessary in L. Salicaria, but
has acquired self-fertilizing powers as well. Its habit, too, agrees with homogamy, in
being an annual and solitary and not like the other mentioned species, which are social.
5 Nesea verticillata. This, Mr. Darwin states, is trimorphic, while, according to Fritz
Müller, a species of this genus in St: Catharina, in Southern Brazil, is homostyled.

Cuphea purpurea “ was highly fertile with its own pollen when artificially aided, but
sterile when insects were excluded” (* Forms of Flowers, p.168). It is therefore a case
of morphological, and not physiological, sterility.

Peplis Portula. I have not the slightest doubt but that this plant i is invariably self-
fertilizing ; for all the features one is familiar with in Lythrum are entirely gone. The
petals are reduced to a minute size, or else are wanting. The six stamens opposite the
sepals are alone present. They incurve over the pistil, as is so thoroughly characteristic
of self-fertilizing plants, and the capsule sets an abundance of seed, as is usually the case
with such. Lastly, it is a small inconspicuous weed-like annual.

ONAGRACE &. —JAEpilobium is an instructive genus from the point of view under con-
sideration. E. angustifolium was first observed by Sprengel in 17 90* to be proteran-

* This is quoted: on the authority of Sir John Lubbock (7. c. p. 27), and is certainly the case. Hence Mr. M. C.
Cooke’s description in his ‘Manual of Structural Botany,’ as quoted by Prof. Dyer in ‘Journal of Botany,’ vol. ix.
p. 22, must be wrong ; for it is described as being specially adapted to self-fertilization, !

*.

364 REV. GEORGE HENSLOW ON THE

drous. Æ. hirsutum is, I think, so also; at all events the order of developmentis —calyx,
stamens opposite the petals, pistil, corolla, which is the usual one for intercrossing *.

In Æ. hirsutum the whole inner surface of the lobes are stigmatiferous or papillose
and recurved ; but in Æ. parviflorum the lobes remain erect, and are papillose only at the
edges. Moreover, they are not elevated above the anthers, and thus this species is self:
fertilizing. In fact I feel disposed to regard it as a degraded form of E hirsutum,
having adapted itself to homogamy. The club-shaped stigma, characteristic of other small-
flowered species, as E roseum and E. tetragonum, is a yet further advanced stage, in
which the lobes are completely welded together; they are, I need hardly say, self-
fertilizing, especially, it would seem, by the longer stamens. The order of development
is—calyx, pistil, st. opp. sep., st. opp. pet., petals. 4

Circea lutetiana. This species is both intercrossed as well as self-fertilizing. There — |
is an annular disk surrounding the base of the style; but in no instance did I find any
fluid within it in a number of plants growing, partly concealed, in a shrubbery. The
filaments have a bend about halfway up, and the anthers. at first approximate the |
stigma; they shed their pollen just as the corolla commences to expand. Pollinization |
then takes place. Subsequently the filaments diverge, and not unfrequently the style
is carried to one side by cohesion of the pollen-grains to the stigma (a fact, I see, Müller
has also observed), into which I have seen the tubes penetrating while the grains were
still lodged in the anther-cells (see Tab. XLIV. figs. 17 a, b).

Gaura parviflora is even further degraded than the 2-merous Circea; for it has no
corolla, and is cleistogamous, in that it is self-fertilizing in bud, as I found in See 4
growing at Kew. The order of development is—calyx, pistil, stamens. |

GInothera biennis. In this species the style rapidly outgrows the stamens in Lett
and is adapted for intercrossing. Late in September 1876, I found flowers not half an
inch long with the anthers all clustered round the basal parts of the stigmas. "They
dehisced before the corolla expanded. The stigmas were quite viscid throughout their
whole length, and pollen-tubes were freely penetrating. In normal flowers the stigmas
are elevated one fourth to one half inch above the anthers. Now this accidental
condition, attributable, I presume, to the lateness of the season, was, however, exactly
like the normal condition of another American species, (E. parviflora, in which the
petals are not half an inch in length, the stamens are erect, and it appears to be self-
fertilizing. May not this case, again, throw light upon the origin of some species, viz.,
that by adapting themselves to colder climates, the corolla becomes dwarfed, and
the sexual organs mature more nearly together, and so a self-fertilizing form or =e
is produced a

Œ. bistorta. Tn this species the stigma is globular, the pistil does not Em? the
stamens, but both mature together, and the plant is self-fertilizing. The globular stigma
is here analogous to the club-shaped stigmas of Epilobium and the globular ones of homo-
gamous Cruciferze.

Ludwigia palustris, with the habit of Pelpis, i is, without doubt, also self-fertilizing.

* I find Miiller has observed 26 species of insects visiting E hirsutum, and believes: self-fertilization to be ës
sible; but he notices how E. = fertilizes itself (* Nature,’ vol. ix. ia E =

EE EE EE
EE e SEET ica
stich abe EE p USUS ER

SELF-FERTILIZATION OF PLANTS, e 365

Like that plant, the corolla of four minute petals is sometimes wanting. The stamens
are reduced to four (opposite the sepals). The stigma is capitate, and it seeds very freely.

So many genera have some one or more species with conspicuous flowers, and one or
more other species which have them inconspicuous and self-fertilizing, that it is, I
think, at least suggestive of the possibility of the latter having differentiated from the
former by becoming self-fertilizing. A few out of many that might be mentioned will
remind the reader of this fact. Cardamine hirsuta is small-flowered and highly self-
fertile; but C. pratensis is larger-flowered, brightly coloured, and often barren. Stellaria
Holostea is very conspicuous and proterandrous, but Stellaria media is profusely self-
fertile. Malva sylvestris is highly conspicuous and proterandrous; but M. rotundifolia
is inconspicuous and self-fertile. Lastly, large-flowered Geraniums are proterandrous,
but smaller-flowered species are mostly or entirely self-fertile.

Such cases might be multiplied almost indefinitely ; and I shall have occasion to allude
to them again hereafter. The general conclusion I would draw is that the self-fertilizing
species are derived from certain intercrossing forms (many of which may be now alto-
gether extinct) by adaptation to self-fertilization, the probable cause of this being the
neglect of insects to visit them.

SAXIFRAGACEJE.— The species of Saxifraga are mostly more or less conspicuous, honey-
bearing, and proterandrous; but Chrysosplenium has insignificant flowers, and the
anthers and stigma mature together. Müller observes of C. alternifolium that, although
itis thus adapted for self-fertilization, yet the general golden aspect of the clusters of
flowers and leaves render it more or less attractive to insects.

Drosera rotundifolia has cleistogamous flowers, while with D. anglica * the still folded
petals on some plants in my greenhouse opened just sufficiently to leave a minute
aperture; the anthers dehisced properly, but the pollen-grains adhered in a mass to
them, and thence emitted their tubes, which penetrated the stigmas. These flowers,
therefore, were in an intermediate condition, and could not be called either perfect or
cleistogamie " (* Forms of Flowers,’ p. 329).

UMBELLIFERÆ.—Of this extensive Order, the majority, with conspicuous umbels of
flowers, are much visited by insects, are highly mellifluous, and for the most part pro-
terandrous, "There are, however, some very insignificant forms, which one may suspect
would prove self-fertilizing, but I have not had an opportunity of examining them, such
as Bupleurum &c.; but Scandix Pecten-Veneris, with its minute flowers and very small
umbels, is certainly self-fertilizing. The umbel consists of about five or six flowers only.
The stamens remain incurved when dehiscing. There are two or three male flowers in
the centre, the anthers of which burst later, so that it would appear that if the herma-
phrodite flowers do not fertilize themselves, they can be pollinated by the subsequent
male flowers. The retention of the incurved position of the stamens shows clearly that
this method of self-fertilization, and which is particularly common, as in Potentilla
Fragariastrum, is usually nothing more than the position of the stamens when in the
bud retained after the corolla has expanded, though in Agrimonia and Alisma im
are subsequently incurved.

. SECOND SERIES.— BOTANY, TOL. I. 3E

366 REV. GEORGE HENSLOW ON THE

Apium petroselinum. This is also self-fertilizing; for Mr. Darwin records that |
covered plants apparently were as productive as uncovered.

PASSIFLORACEH.—Passiflora gracilis. This species, unlike other Passion-flowers,
is an annual, a feature characteristic of self-fertilizers, and * produces spontaneously
numerous fruits when insects are excluded, and behaves in this respect very differently
from most of the other species in the genus, which are extremely sterile unless fertilised
with pollen from a distinct plant” (‘Cross and Self-Fertilization, p. 171), or even
species. It is worth noting that this species differs from other members in the young
internodes having the power of revolving. “It exceeds all the other climbing plants |
which I have examined in the rapidity of its movements, and all tendril-bearers in
the sensitiveness of the tendrils ” (* Climbing Plants, p.153). Such would seem hardly
compatible with Mr. Darwin's idea of self-fertilization being injurious. Mr. Darwin
also records the fact that “flowers on a completely self-impotent plant of Passiflora
alata fertilised with pollen from its own self-impotent seedlings were quite fertile”
(* Cross and Self-Fertilisation,’ p. 330). !

CAPRIFOLIACEX.—A. curious difference obtains between Sambucus nigra and S. Ebulus.
In both the anthers are extrorse, while in the latter species the filaments are extraordi-
narily thick and corrugated (Tab. XLIV. figs. 18 a, b). They stand erect in the middle of -
the flower, and completely conceal the stigma and obstruct all entrance of the pollen.
In order to be fertilized the corolla and stamens fall off, leaving the now viscid stigma
exposed. As the flowers are in a dense corymb, they must get dusted by wind, or else
later corollas fall upon them. With S. nigra the stamens spread away from the centre,
the filaments are slender, and the stigma is fully exposed. They are sweet-scented,
hence the blossoms “ are visited by several insects, but often fertilize themselves, as the
stamens and pistil ripen simultaneously ” (* Wild Flowers in Relation to Insects,’ p. 109)
but since the stamens are extrorse there is a greater probability of the pollen being
transferred from one flower to another. :

Symphoricarpus, or Snowberry. This is much visited by wasps and bees when the
shrub is in an exposed situation, but it seems well adapted for self-fertilization. The
pistil is mature just before the expansion of the corolla; the papillae are long and
glutinous. The anthers are large, and arch over the stigma. I could detect no honey
in the flowers, though there is a sort of inverted cone-like disk at the base of the style.
Pollen-tubes were abundant in the stigma; but whether the grains had been brought by —
bees or had fallen from the anthers, which shed their pollen as soon as the flower opens,
I cannot speak positively. When the flowers happen to be ern there would ve
less likelihood of self-fertilization taking place. 1

RunrACEX.—Some species of Galium, e. g. G. verum and o Mollugo, are proteran-
drous, but G. Aparine and, I have no doubt, G. tricorne also are self-fertilizing. Mr.
Darwin observed that the former species when protected Fraise quite as many seeds.
as when unprotected. |

Asperula Cynanchica. This flower has the stamens situated at a higher level iban
ihe stigma ; puel it would seem to fulfil the oi once bcn to be ee

SELF-FERTILIZATION OF PLANTS. 367

rule, but now found to have many exceptions, in that the pollen can fall from the
anthers upon the stigma and so secure self-fertilization.

© VALERIANACES.—Of this Order Valerianella supplies us with minute flowering species,
of which V. dentata only have I had an opportunity of examining. In this species
the anthers are incurved and dehisce very early, just before expansion of the corolla ;
the stigma enlarges and curls backwards. I detected the pollen-tubes. The order of
development is—corolla, stamens, pistil. The corolla is early developed, because it acts
as a protecting organ, the calyx being almost obsolete.

Composir£.—The great majority of this Order are undoubtedly favourable for
cross-fertilization by insects, at least as far as the “ heads" are concerned. The con-
trivance by which the pollen is swept out of the anther-tube by the growing style is also
well known. There appear, however, to be many species with inconspicuous flowers, as
well as, especially perhaps, of the conspicuously flowering Cichoracee, which are highly
self-fertile. Though the structure is mainly the same as in the florets of the heads
which are crossed, the stigmatic branches curl back to a much greater extent, re-
sembling miniature rams' horns, and so insert their extremities amongst the pollen-
grains of even their own florets as well as those of their neighbours. Such appears to
be the ease with the Dandelion, Chicory, Hieracia, Ae Mr. Meehan notices that
although the stigmatic branches of the Dandelion are closely adpressed at first, yet as
they expand the pollen-grains which are attached “ to the line of the cleft” fall in
between the branches, and thus secure self-fertilization. This, therefore, is an addi-
tional security for being self-fertilized. Mr. Meehan also observes how the Chicory has
all its florets fertilized before 8 o'clock, and by 9 A.M. have faded away [Tragopogon
porrifolium does much the same]; but after the elevation of the pistil “there is not a
cloven pistil that has not some pollen on the interior stigmatic surfaces.” He further
adds, * I have observed the same in Dandelion and the Ox-eyed Daisy (Chrysanthemum
Leucanthemum), as well as, I am sure, thousands that flower and perfect seed which
no insect visits." I find my observations on the curling-back of the branches of the
Style are corroborated by H. Müller, who alludes to more than one case and figures
Hieracium umbellatum (* Befruchtung’ Ze p. 406). (Tab. XLIV. figs. 19 a, b.)

Another and additional method obtains in Senecio vulgaris; for sometimes the stig-
matic branches, though slightly separated, do ‘not protrude beyond the anther-tube or
the corolla at all; the anthers, too, are often very slightly coherent, the ‘use’ of their
being syngenesious is apparently no longer wanted, and so the original freedom is
retained. Lastly, both conditions may exist in the same head, some florets having the
styles protruding and recurved, others are not visible at all. (Tab. XLIV. fig. 20.) -

Erigeron canadense. In this species, which has established itself about Kew, the
inconspicuous outer florets have elongated styles and long branching stigmas, which all
curl over the disk-florets and almost entirely conceal them. The stigmas of the latter
do not spread out, but remain loosely in contact; these having thrust out the pollen,
some of which adheres to the stigmas themselves, the ray (female) flowers get fertilized.
Now although the ray-florets are fertilized by the disk, and the disk-florets are self-

EE, m there ean; I rs be no doubt that the effect is the same in both = !
| co 3 E2 ES a:

368 REV. GEORGE HENSLOW ON THE

the offspring of either impregnation being identical. Hence it would seem justifiable
to consider all the florets of such members of the Compositz as do not receive the visits
of insects as equivalent to being self-fertilized. This is quite in keeping with Mr.
Darwin’s observations on the fertilization of flowers by pollen taken from another flower,
but on the same plant, in that, in the majority of instances, such impregnation does
no good. Erigeron canadense also illustrates the wide dispersion of self-fertilizing plants
described below ; for although its native country is North America, yet it is “ now estab-
lished in the greatest abundance as a roadside weed in almost all temperate and hot
countries" (Bentham). A point perhaps of some significance with reference to the style
of the Cichoracee is, that it is not only “ uniform in the tribe, but is also precisely be
one most general in the female florets of the Order ” (Bentham).

Lastly, the suggestion may be made that one reason why the Composite is such a
predominant order resides in the fact of their being capable of both intercrossing and
self-fertilization. : |

CAMPANULACEJE.—The genus Campanula, with the remarkable collecting-hairs on the
style, is highly differentiated for intercrossing ; but Specularia speculum produced
almost as many capsules when covered as uncovered (Darwin) The stigmas of this
genus are recurved, excessively like those of the Dandelion; and as the anthers reach
to a great height, indeed almost to the summit of the pistil, the stigmas are evidently
easily able to secure the pollen from them. M. Brongniart says that some species of
Prismatocarpus (included under Specularia by Benth. and Hook.), as well as some Cam-
panule, have no corollas, which “ does not hinder them from fructifying" (quoted by
Michalet à propos of cleistogamous flowers, in Bull. Soc. Fr. vii. 467). I need hardly say
that the absence of petals, on the contrary, is a sure indication of their being probably
self-fertile.

Bpecularia perfoliata has cleistogamous flowers; for a description of them I must refer
the reader to Mr. Darwin’s ‘Forms of Flowers,’ p. 330. Prof. Oliver says that he has
seen flowers on Campanula colorata in an intermediate condition between cleistogamous
and perfect, witnessing thereby to the belief that the former are degraded states of the
latter, but yet with special adaptations to self-fertilization.

GENTIANACEJE.— Müller has made an elaborate study of the many Alpine species of
Gentiana, and finds that while the majority are intercrossed, yet a few are adapted for
self-fertilization. Thus he remarks of G. nivalis :— j

“ The flowers are much smaller than in G. verna &c. and more distant one from another. One or
some of the anthers commonly come into contact with the margin of the stigma and effect self-fertiliza-
tion, in case cross-fertilization by insects is wanting " (‘ Nature,’ March 29, 1877).

G. Andrewsi, according to Mr. Meehan, “ never opens at all” in America.

Erythrea is one of the many plants whose corollas rapidly close, and by so doing wrap
up the stamens and pistil, thus forcing the anthers into contact with the stigma, most
probably therefore effecting self-fertilization (Tab. XLIV. figs. 21 a, b, c). -

CoNYOLYULACEE.— Ipomea purpurea, or Convolvulus major. This proved to be highly
self-fertile with Mr. Darwin. The self-fertility of this, as of other plants of this Order,
is machi facilitated z the -er withering of the S Zeen BE the ant ers

‘SELF-FERTILIZATION OF PLANTS. 369

and stigmas together. Of Mr. Darwin’s experiments, Ipomæa was cultivated for the
longest period, or ten years, This plant ought therefore to give the best results for
showing the advantages of crossing. Omitting the tenth *, it is found that the ratio of
the heights of the intercrossed to the self-fertilized does not steadily increase in suc-
cessive generations, as one would à priori suppose it “ ought,” from the continued infu-
sion of new vigour by a fresh cross every year; but it fluctuates, so that when repre-
sented geometrically we do not obtain a regularly ascending curve but a series of
* maxima." Hence, to ascertain the true result, it is advisable to take the mean of two
or three years’ growth together. Dividing, therefore, the nine years into groups of three
each, the mean ratios thus obtained of the heights of the intercrossed (given as 100) to
those of the self-fertilized are as follows : —For 1st three generations, as 100 : 74:3; for the
2nd three, as 100: 77:6; and for the last three, as 100 : 81:6. That is, the ratio was
approximating unity or equality. Again, of the years in which Mr. Darwin has recorded
the ratio of fertility, ascertained from the number of seeds per capsule; they are as
follows :—1st year, 100 :93 ; 3rd and 4th years, 100 : 94; 5th, 100 : 106:9, and the 8th
year as 100: 1147, which shows a steady increase in favour of self-fertilization.
Hence, whether we look to “heights” or “fertility” as standards, there does not
appear to be any evidence of intercrossing giving a yearly increasing, much less a
permanent advantage. Moreover, as with Mimulus so with Ipomea, a strongly self-
fertilizing variety sprang up, which, like Piswm and Canna, proved very impatient of
cross-impregnation. (See remarks on Ophrys apifera, p. 978.) Mimulus luteus,
which is self-fertilizing, gives somewhat analogous results; for, taking the ratios of |
heights as before, the mean for the first two years is as 100 : 63:5, of the third generation
(the mean of all the heights given, p. 66) 100 : 76, and of the fourth and fifth as 100 : 103;
after which the “ white variety," which was so highly self-fertile, became so abundant as
to render further experiments unnecessary, and perhaps impossible. In almost all the
other experiments the number of generations are too few to be analyzed in this way;
but, as a rule, they all prove that a first cross imparts some sort of stimulus ; but there is
nothing to show that the effects would be permanent. Moreover, in all cases, some plant
or plants of the self-fertilized beat its opponent.

Henee I do not see how we can avoid the conclusion that the stimulus to growth
afforded by crossing is not at all lasting, but gradually disappears, till the self-fertilized
prove to be either equal or superior to them in the long run; so that I am led to accept
Mr. Meehan's interpretation as follows :—

“ Mr. Darwin’s artificial experiments seem to show, not that self-fertilization produces any injury to
the race, but that cross-fertilization brings about a more excitable condition of growth and reproduction” f.

The effect may be, perhaps, compared to a tonic or many other drugs, which, however

* I omit the tenth, as the difference between the heights of the intercrossed and self-fertilized plants was so
great as to be probably “ accidental,” so that Mr. Darwin thinks it does not give the true ratio.

+ This is deduced from a statement on p. 39, that a self-fertilized plant produced “ the large average number of
5:1 seeds per capsule." But as Mr. Darwin does not give that of the intercrossed, I have taken the number 4:46
from a previous year (p. 36), which gives the ratio 100 : 114.

t From the Pennsylvania Monthly, Philadelphia, June 1877,

370 REV. GEORGE HENSLOW ON THE

potent at first, if continued for a long while completely lose their effect by the system
becoming attuned to them.

Sotanacea.—Solanum dulcamara is said to be not much visited by insects, yet it
sets its berries very freely and is more or less proterandrous. S._nigrwm, however,
is decidedly self-fertilizing. The flowers are tolerably inconspicuous and pendulous; the
anthers are close round the style, but are not * sub-syngenesious," as in S. dulcamara.
They dehisce by slits all the way down, and so shower their pollen over the stigma,
which sets its berries in great profusion. (Tab. XLIV. fig. 22.) The anthers do not |
appear to have the spirals in the cells of the walls, which indieates, therefore, that this
method of dehiscence is a subsequent acquirement from the condition obtaining in
S. dulcamara, the anthers of which dehisce by pores. A. nigrum, therefore, affords
another proof that existing self-fertilizing plants are all de&radations from more con-
spicuously flowering ancestors. S. nigrum is also white, the commonest colour of self-
fertilizing plants. >

Nicotiana tabacum proved to be fully self-fertile with Mr. Darwin. A plant growing |
in Kew Gardens was clearly proterandrous; but W. rusticum, which has smaller dingy
green flowers, was as obviously self-fertilizing. The pollen-tubes were abundant.

SCROPHULARIACEX.— The many genera with conspicuous flowers, and all being more `
or less irregular, are obviously adapted for insect-fertilization ; but there are several
inconspieuous ones which are habitually seif-fertilizing. "Thus of the genus Veronica,
V. spicata, blue garden-variety, is proterandrous, and so much so, that in some instances
it is not until the corolla and stamens have actually fallen off that the style elongates *
(Tab. XLIV. figs. 26 a, b, c). "This and V. Chamedrys, with its brilliant blue corolla, are
intercrossed. The order of development of This species is—calyx, stamens, pistil, corolla ;
and though the anthers and stigmas mature apparently quite or nearly simultaneously,
yet the stamens spread away, while the style projects forwards and is not, therefore,
specially adapted for self-fertilization. On the other hand, V. hederifolia, V. serpylli-
folia, and V. agrestis, which is, perhaps, the self-fertilizing form of V. Buxbaumii,
as well as V. Anagallis, are self-fertilizing (Tab. X LIV. fig. 27). In these the order of
development is the same, viz. calyx, stamens, pistil, corolla. In V. serpyllifolia the `
pistil rapidly elongates, even beyond the stamens, just before expansion; the stamens -

* Such, at least, applied to some specimens I found growing in a much-shaded garden, and have recorded in my
notes that the corolla had the tube densely clothed with upturned hairs. The style, only just or not at all protruded»
is green and the stigma immature, while the anthers, on elongated filaments, are turned vertically downwards. As
soon as they have shed their pollen the corolla is ejected. The style then elongates and curves slightly downwards,
becomes bright blue, and the stigma enlarges. The relative length of the style is now the same as that of the
stamens, or one fourth of an inch. The development of the stigma subsequent to the ejection finds its parallel in
Sambucus Ebulus, antea, p. 366. Much the same occurred in a white variety, only the style was of the same length `
as the stamens when the anthers dehisced, but the stigma still immature after the ejection of the corolla; the style a
elongated to about half of its former length, then shrivelled. No seeds were detected in any capsules. The `
order of development is—calyx, stamens, corolla, pistil. Since this note was penned, I find that Müller has also dis- -
covered this plant to be very peculiar; for he has met with plants which present exactly the reverse conditions, in `
that they are are while = like those seen by me, were Leg Zeie ad) He Bat both. kinds i c.

p. 287).. ae

SELF-FERTILIZATION OF PLANTS. 371

then in their turn elongate, and so both stamens and pistil are of the same height and
mature together. Moreover, instead of spreading out, the filaments are erect and parallel
with the style, so that the anthers and stigmas are in contact. The corollas of the self-
fertilizing species have all a tendency to remain only partially expanded; and as the
anthers burst when in this condition, self-fertilization is secured. The extraordinary
difference between the rapid development of the style in these species and its retardation
in V. spicata, more especially the blue variety, is very curious. The fertilization is
secured by bees and large Diptera visiting the flowers which have got their corollas; but
in so doing they sweep their bodies over the long styles m project from the lower
“ corollaless" flowers. !

Serophularia nodosa, with its small flowers, is proterogynous, and is “much frequented
and fertilised by wasps” (Sir J. Lubbock, 7. c. p. 137). This fact is quite in keeping
with the dwarfed size of the corolla, and moreover harmonizes with S. canina, dried
specimens of which from Castleton, America, bore very small blossoms, of which the
long style was much recurved, and had the stigma lying between the anthers. It
had therefore all the appearance of being self-fertilized. The preceding was written
before I found that Mr. T. Meehan had described it; for he thus speaks :—

“ The pistil protruded while the anthers were’ still rolled back in the throat of the corolla. One by
one the stamens were straightened out, the anther coming into close proximity with the stigma, when it
burst, and by the contraction of the sacs the pollen was ejected, falling on to the stigma” (Proc. of Acad.

of Nat. Sc. of Philadelphia, p. 13, 1876).

The early growth of the pistil here mentioned quite corresponds with my general
observations of self-fertilizing plants, and which have been several times alluded to.

Linaria vulgaris. Mr. Darwin found this plant to be extremely sterile when covered
up. I found some plants, in September 1876, with small spurred as well as spurless
corollas. The pollen-tubes were penetrating the stigma from both the anthers above it
as well as from below (Tab. XLIV. fig. 28); and Mr. C. B. Clarke informs me he has
found similar aborted corollas, but of self-fertilizing flowers like the above, early in the
season. Müller appears to infer that self-fertilization may take place at any time, from
the relative positions of the essential organs, though Darwin's experiments do not, as
stated, corroborate this. It may be, therefore, only in checked buds where self-fertiliza-
tion occurs; for Müller alludes to this being the case with Scrophularia nodosa, which
in warmer weather is fertilized by wasps; and he remarks that the capsules are just
as replete with seeds from self-fertilization in cold and wet weather as by the aid of wasps
when it is fine. The inference to be drawn is that self-fertilization was being attempted
in correlation with the dwarfing and more or less arrested condition of the corolla, the
two phenomena being so generally associated in plants which are habitually homo-

gamous,
L. minor. In this species the position of the stigma is also just between the anthers,

and is. s abundantly self-fertilizing.
Antirrhinum majus. Mr. Darwin records the fact that uncovered plants of the red

e Kee of ES Sege bore more than twice the weight of seed as compared, with covered: |

372 REV. GEORGE HENSLOW ON THE

plants; but of the white variety with a pink mouth, “ fifty pods, of which only a very —
few were empty, in a covered-up plant contained twenty grains weight of seed; so that `
this variety seems to be much more self-fertile than the previous one." "This case is |
already shown in harmony with the fact that loss of colour seems to be often correlated —
with self-fertilization. Again, as will be noticed further on, the majority of the British |
species of plants, which are generally diffused over the world, and are for the most part `
self-fertilizing, are also white. Mr. Darwin observes that the “ peloric variety” of -
this plant is morphologically, but not physiologically, self-sterile, * as humble-bees `
cannot crawl into the narrow tubular flowers.” Ido not know whether peloric varieties :
of other genera, as Linaria and Calceolaria, are thus self-sterile ; if so, it would seem to 4
be a case where plants varied so as to bring about an injurious result; for in Antirrhinum —
it appears to have excluded bees, and at the same time has not become self-fertilizing.
Verbascum is another very interesting genus. V. pheniceum and V. nigrum Mr,
Darwin regards as ‘‘ quite sterile," that is, without insect aid; on the other hand, |
y. Thapsus is “ perfectly self-fertile” if insects are excluded. V. Lychnitis is rather `
e self-fertile * than the preceding " (p. 89), though Mr. Darwin elsewhere describes it `
* quite" and “ highly self-fertile" (p. 369). ** Kolreuter” (as quoted by Darwin,
: itia &e.' p. 830), “long ago described plants of V. pheniceum which during two years
were sterile with their own pollen, but were easily fertilised by that of four other species;
these plants, however, afterwards became more or less self-fertile in a strangely fluc- —
tuating manner." This case, then, elearly corroborates the general inference that, just as 3
the different species of a genus may vary from complete sterility to complete self-fertility —
in their normalstates, so individual species can do the same under temporary changed |
environments. This genus, therefore, resembles Corydalis in the former peculiarity, and
Eschscholtzia californica and Papaver vagum in the latter.
Calceolaria (greenhouse variety) is, according to Mr. Darwin, highly self-fertile. The
position of the stigma on the erect style, which stands exactly between the two or three — `
anthers, or a little below them, on their erect filaments, is obviously favourable to self- `
fertilization, though the flowers are much crossed by insects, and it is therefore difficult ` —
to keep varieties true (Tab. XLIV. fig. 20d). Some species, as C, eAelidonoides, O. pin- —
nata, and C. glutinosa (Tab. XLIV. figs. 29 a, b, ei, with viscid foliage, have a remarkable —
modification in the structure of their stamens. They are, in faet, similar to those of ——
. Salvia, in the Labiatze ; so that these species are probably not readily self-fertilized. They `
constitute the section Aposecos (Gen. Pl. p. 930). The fertile anther-cells are concealed
beneath the hood on the posterior side, the connectives, which are elongated, and with,
in some cases, barren anther-cells, project outwards. The filaments are, as in Salvia, very
short. On depressing the exposed anther-cells, the fertile ones swing round p as in
that genus.
~- Mimulus luteus. Mr. Darwin has down that this species is | highly self-fertile when
insects are excluded, though the bright yellow corolla, didynamous stamens, and irritable ` `
flap-like stigmas are evidently adaptations for intercrossing. This species is also notice- - :
able for the tall white-flowered variety raised by Mr. Darwin, which proved so vigorous |
and self-fertile. * Inthe fifth me the crossed pes were in sisi e to fui

SELF-FERTILIZATION OF PLANTS. 373

fertilised as 100 to 126; in the sixth [in number of capsules]* as 100 to 147 ; and in the
seventh [in height] as 100 to 137. This excess of height may be attributed not only to
this variety naturally growing taller than the other plants, but to its possessing a peculiar

constitution, so that it did not suffer from continued self-fertilisation " (p. 80). Con-

~

Geen it appeared to thrive by it, and unmistakably shows that there is no “ injurious-
ness" per se in self-fertilization at all.

Euphrasia officinalis, Dr. Miller thus describes the small self-fertilizing form of this
species :—‘‘ Whilst in the flowers of the larger form the anthers remain soldered
together, and do not scatter their pollen unless the hairs are shaken, in the flowers of the
smaller form the anthers separate from each other, and scatter nearly all their pollen
long before the corolla has fully opened.” Moreover, in this form, the deflexed hairs on
the anthers are mostly wanting. Mr. Darwin’s experiment appears to have been with
the intererossing form, as he alludes to the “ bristles which project from the anthers; "
yet, when covered up, this plant “ produced plenty of seed." If this be a correct surmise,
doth forms are highly self-fertile. Ascherson regards them as varieties.

Rhinanthus Crista-Galli has also two forms, « and p, L., Rh. major and Rh. minor,
Ehrh. i á

Melampyrum: M. americanum is thus described by Mr. Meehan :—* The curved apex
of the pistil is clasped by the stamens, and held in contact with the pollen just as in a
cleistogamous violet," and is, he assumes, self-fertilizing. In these and other allied forms
the self-fertilization is generally secured by the style curving down over the front of the
stamens, and so reaching the anthers (Tab. XLIV. fig. 30 b); or else, as in Prunella,
being too short to arch over them, stands below, and so allows the pollen to fall down
upon them (Tab. XLIV. figs. 24 a, b, c, illustrate this).

Vandellia nummularifolia has cleistogamous flowers, and proved more fertile when
self-fertilized than when erossed by Mr. Darwin in the ratio of 752:598 or 100 : 79:5.

Limosella aquatica. "The minute blossoms, globose stigma between the anthers, and

the ‘abundance of seeds all point to the conviction that it is self-fertilizing ; but I have
had no opportunity of examining it in the living state.
.. OnosANCHACEJE.— Some plants of Orobanche Hedere I found growing on the St. Vin-
eent’s Rocks at Clifton, having in the early stage of the flower a well-developed ond
glutinous stigma projecting forwards before the anthers dehisced, as shown in Tab. XLIV.
fig. 31a. A later stage is seen in fig. 31 b, in which the anthers were recurved about the
stigma, and self-fertilization apparently secured. (This requires corroboration.)

Epiphegus virginiana. This is described in the * Genera Plantarum ' as having the supe-
rior flowers hermaphrodite, very often, but not always, sterile; the inferior cleistanthic
female, fertile, with abortive stamens, but the ovary perfect. "This, if correct, would seem
to record a case of parthenogenesis ; but in a specimen sent me by Mr. Meehan, with the
lowermost cleistogamous buds subterranean, I found that each had two stamens, the
anthers of which adhered to the stigma and were carried up by the enlarging eni (as

* The ratio 100: 147 does not refer to heights, as Mr. Darwin has inadvertently included it in the text, but to

capsules. For further inferences from this plant see above, p. 369 (l. c. p. 69).

SECOND ——— NR) SEE Ae ee

974 REV. GEORGE HENSLOW ON THE

in Violets), and lay concealed under the little knob at the top of the calyptriform corolla
(Tab. XLIV. fig. 32a). The seeds in each capsule were innumerable.

Lasiata.—Like the Scrophulariacee, the plants of this Order are mainly constructed
for intercrossing, yet some small-flowered species are undoubtedly self-fertilizing, while
a few are cleistogamous.

Prunella vulgaris, according to Axell (quoted by Miiller), is self-fertile in the absence
of insects. I had suspected this to be the case before I was aware of Axell's opinion,
because of its very wide dispersion (see below, § 17, p.393). I have since repeatedly ex-
amined it, and quite concur with the view, though Müller himself does not appear to have
observed it. He gives a figure (Befrucht. Ze p. 318), in which the stigma is represented
as having its lower branch between the anther-cells. I found a considerable amount of
variation * in this respect; for while many flowers were as he has figured it, several had
the stigmas considerably below them, and often with the posterior lobe curled upwards
between the anther-cells, and becoming thus pollinated, as in Tab. XLIV. figs. 240, c.

Perhaps the most interesting genus is Salvia. The stamens, as have been described
by different observers, are levers of the “ first kind," oscillating in a vertical plane, exactly
like Calceolaria glutinosa and other species of the section Aposecos. The details of size
. &e. vary in different species; but the action is much the sanie in most of them f. In the
following self-fertilizing species, however, the adaptations are completely changed.

S. clandestina. In this species the two anther-cells, instead of having their lines of
dehiscence looking downwards over the lip, face each other, so that the broad surfaces
are in a vertical plane. The stigmas are greatly elongated, and curl backwards between
the anther-cells, and thus get pollinated. Both anthers and stigmas are almost, if not
quite, concealed within the hood. The flowers are altogether very inconspicuous as
compared with other species (Tab. XLIV. figs. 23 a, b, c). Lastly, Sir J. D. Hooker
informs me it is a particularly common species on the continent, which is quite in
keeping with its being self-fertilizing. .

Müller refers to three others species, A. Grahami, S. lanceolata, and S. hirsuta, as
described by Hildebrand, as being also homogamous and self-fertilizing ; and the
description given above seems much the same as for these latter. One species, S.
cleistogama, has cleistogamous flowers, which is therefore a more advanced stage in
degradation. ;

Lamium. Though this genus has highly differentiated flowers adapted for insect nines
yet "A amplexicaule has cleistogamous blossoms which appear in the early spring and
again in autumn, in addition to the normal flowers. Here, I think, we have evidence of-
the influence of temperature which, when reduced, strongly affects the development and
expansion of corollas, but without influencing the sexual organs, except as m" to

» estate? in length of filaments and styles is of common occurrence in plants, and bring about different
methods of fertilization accordingly, some involving the necessity of intercrossing, others sélf-fertilization. _

t For a full description of Salvia see a paper by Dr. Ogle in the * Popular Science Review,’ July 1869. Many
years ago I “discovered” this remarkable adaptation; and in the vain imagination that it was “ new,” called Mr.
Darwin's attention to it. He kindly referred me to the description and figure by Sprengel, published i in 1790, of a
Humble-bee oe inte a es flower im Salvia aad being smitten on the !

. SELF-FERTILIZATION OF PLANTS. 375

render them homogamous. That the cleistogamous blossoms of this species are degraded
forms of the normal kind is obvious from the presence of the **lip," as well as by there
being four and didynamous stamens. The style elongates very much, and, under the
pressure of the closed summit, becomes bent, so that the stigma lies between the anther-
cells, which thus pollinate it (Tab. XLIV. figs. 25a, b, c).

BonAGINEJE.—Sir J. Lubbock (7. c. p. 131) observes of this Order:—** As Müller has
well pointed out, there are the widest differences in the conditions of fertilisation. Pul-
monaria officinalis is dimorphous and sterile, not only with its own pollen, but even in
some cases with that of a different flower, unless it belong to the different form. Echium
vulgare has lost the power of self-fertilisation, but, so far at least as we know, is fertile
with the pollen of any other flower belonging to the species. Other species are generally
fertilised by insects, but in their absence perform this office for themselves ; while, lastly,
some species, such as Lithospermum arvense and Myosotis intermedia, habitually fertilise
themselves." di

With regard to the order of development of the floral whorls of some of the Boraginex,
I find the pistil lags behind the others in a remarkable manner, but subsequently grows
rapidly. This at least is the case with Borago officinalis *, the order of which is, at first,
calyx, stamens, corolla, pistil. The corolla, however, soon overtakes the stamens, while
the pistil remains rudimentary for a long while. It is the same with Anchusa officinalis .
and Myosotis arvensis. With Myosotis versicolor I find there may be recognized three
stages. In the first the pistil remains for a time very rudimentary, then it rapidly
grows and overtops the stamens; but, thirdly, the corolla, by enlarging, lifts the anthers,
so that the stigma now lies on a level with the middle of the anthers. Müller thus
describes this flower (* Nature,’ x. p. 130) :—

* The corolla, when opening, is not only still of a pale yellowish colour, like the buds of other species
of Myosotis, but even when not yet fully developed ; the anthers and pistil are mature at the same time,
and the stigma slightly overtops the corolla. Hence, when insects visit the flowers in this state, their
probosces always touch the stigma sooner than the anthers, and consequently, when flying to another
flower, always cross-fertilize it. But, by the gradual lengthening of the corolla-tube, the anthers affixed
to its inner side are raised till they surround and fertilize the stigma, now enclosed in the corolla."

I have drawn three stages of growth, which illustrate the relative heights of the
stamens and pistils at successive periods (see Tab. XLIV. figs. 33 a, b, c). It is probable
that several small-flowered gamopetalous species are self-fertilized during the fall of the
corolla, as by that process the anthers are dragged over the stigma. Such, for et än

probably occurs with Myosotis sp., Anchusa, &c.
| Amsinkia angustifolia. A very small yellow-flowered plant from Kew. The order of

x The ejection of the ‘tit of Borage is rather peculiar. As soon as the anthers have shed their pollen, the
calyx-lobes contract, and the petal-lobes, from having been somewhat reflexed, become concave. These two actions
combined throw off the corolla. The appendages to the stamens are outgrowths by “ enation," and are not developed
till late. I am doubtful as to their purpose. They seem to press upon the anthers, and so form a hollow cone, with
a circular hole at their apex. Bees stand at right angles upon the stamens when sucking the honey from the
. Rectariferous appendages on the corolla; the pollen thus falls on one 2m on their abdomens; and as the stigma i is

(meli over this ume spot, intererossing is effected:

376 REV. GEORGE HENSLOW ON THE

development is exactly the same as in Geer versicolor, ait appears, like it, to be
self-fertilizing.

PRIMULACEH.—This order is most conspieuous for its heterostylism. Primula. Though
probably the majority of species of this genus are dimorphic, there are some which are
normally non-dimorphie *. Others, again, have been observed to fluctuate; thus Mr.
Scott mentions P. pusilla and P. floribunda, both of which are, as far as his observatibli
went, solely short-styled forms, yet he found an individual of each with stamens and
pistil of the same length. With regard to the position of the anthers of non-dimorphie
forms, they may be in either position.—P. scotica. Mr. Scott noticed that in native
specimens of this species the anthers usually surround the mouth of the corolla-tube,
while in cultivated specimens they are generally attached about one third of the length |
of the tube below the orifice; the length of style varies accordingly.—P. sibirica. The
native variety of this, with oblong entire leaves, was always dimorphic ; but the culti-
vated specimens of the variety, with ovate crenate leaves, was always non-dimorphic,
—P. verticillata. In both wild and cultivated specimens the structure is the same, viz. |
the stamens are attached to the upper third of the tube. The length of the style is sub-
ject to slight variations. With regard to the fertility of these plants, Mr. Scott found
that when P. scotica was protected, it produced seeds per capsule in the ratio of 1:2: 24.
, às compared with the seeds of artificially fertilized flowers. P. mollis greatly exceeded
all other species which Mr. Scott examined in its * regular self-fertility," inasmuch as
* nearly every flower produced a capsule filled with good seed." Other non-dimorphie
species produce “ very generally a high percentage of abortive capsules, together with a-
great variability in the number of seeds contained in those that do set seed." P. verti-
cillata, contrary to the preceding, presents an imperfect functional dimorphism in con-
junction with a non-dimorphie structure. In 1862 this plant proved to be self-sterile;
but in 1863 “certain of the flowers, fertilized by their own pollen, yielded a considerable
amount of seed ; " but the relative value of crossing, as compared with self-fertilization,
appears in the ratio of 4:1. Primula veris is sometimes non-dimorphie, and, according
to Mr. Scott, is then more fertile than by legitimate unions, thus :—Red cowslip, non-
dimorphic form, yielded average number of seeds per capsule 34. Do., long-styled des
do. 28. Do., short-styled form, do. 20 (7. c. p. 106). |

Primula Sinensis. Mr. Darwin has given details respecting this slant (* Cross and
Self-fértilization, p. 225), and records that although legitimate unions were more fertile
than illegitimate, v * there was n difference in growth between the offspring fro
legitimate and illegitimate union." Mr. Darwin accounts for this by the fact t
| English plants are commonly raised from self-fertilized seeds; so that, as with
common Pea, which is habitually self-fertilized, crossing does little good. “ Moreo
many of the plants are now varying and changing their character, so as to become
greater or less degree equal-styled, and in eonsequence highly self-fertile " (2. e. p. 225
‘Such conditions, then, I ev to be reversions to an ancestral equal-styled state ; and

— * Mr.J. Scott, in a paper on “The Functions and Structure of the Reproductive Organs in the io Donen?
(Journ. Linn. Soc., Bot. viii. p. 7 8) gives. 36 Tas which are ger 7 msdn d
ee oue pone

SELF-FERTILIZATION OF PLANTS. 377

although the plant may perhaps lose its beauty (from our point of view), as the one I have
described above, yet that is of no consequence to the plant—its end being not size or
colour, but easily acquired, rapid, and abundant propagation ; and this it does acquire by
becoming non-dimorphic.

Primula vulgaris. I found in spring 1877 a plant of the Common Primrose which
bore non-dimorphic flowers, the first, I believe, known in this species, It was the
* short-styled " form, judging by the exserted position of the stamens; but the style was
long, so that the stigma was situated in the middle of the stamen, and self-fertilization
was taking place,

Lysimachia. Miller has observed that L. vulgaris has extreme forms, on the one
hand requiring insects, and on the other habitually self-fertile and inhabiting shady
places, and that these forms are connected by intermediate links (J. Lubbock, 7. c.
p. 126).

Anagallis cerulea is smaller-flowered than A. arvensis and is homogamous. The `
flowers are probably seldom visited by insects, and it would appear that they generally
fertilize themselves. Müller describes the structure of this flower, and adds much the
same remarks as I have elsewhere made—that, as the corolla closes at 3 o'clock, the petals
bring the stamens into contact with the pistil, so that self-fertilization is secured (l. c.
p. 349).

Glaux maritima. In this the style is much longer than the stamens, but curves back
so as to bring the stigma into the midst of the anthers, and is consequently self-fertile
and seeds profusely (Tab. XLIV. fig. 35). |

Centunculus minimus and Samolus Valerandi are both regularly self-fertilized.

PrneuicuLacr£.—tThe larger-flowered species of Pinguicula are doubtless adapted to
intercrossing ; but P. lusitanica is self-fertilized by the stigma being recurved into the
anther-cells (Tab. XLIV. figs. 34a, b, c).

IxcouPLETA.— The prevailing absence of all bright colours in this division of Dicotyle-
donous Angiosperms is clearly correlated with the absence of the visits of insects. Ex-
ceptions of course occur, as with the Buckwheat. If we leave out of consideration the
many diclinous forms which are wind-fertilized, we have a residuum which, there is but

little doubt, are self-fertilized.
CnENoPoDIACEX.— Beta maritima. Mr. Darwin says that the Beetroot is fully self-

fertilized when netted. ~

Salicornia herbacea. The stamens protrude their anthers first from the nearly closed
orifice of the perianth, and only one at a time; then the stigmas rise two or three to
each pistil. As there are three flowers close together in each “article,” it is very
difficult to detect whether the individual flowers are self-fertilized, or whether the three
flowers do not fertilize one another. ‘The branched stigmas have the ‘‘anemophilous”’
character.

Salsola Kali, as examined by me, was sometimes proterogynous, the stigma being then
quite withered before the anthers dehisce. In other cases the style at first extends
beyond the anthers; afterwards the latter overlap the stigma and cover it with pollen, -

so that it is probably self-fertilizing. Hence this plant seems to be sometimes protero- * -

378 REV. GEORGE HENSLOW ON THE

gynous and wind-fertilized, but at others self-fertilizing by the pistil being slightly
delayed in its development.

Sueda maritima. The order of development of this plant is—calyx, pistil, stamens;

but the stamens outgrow the pistil, curve over it, and dehisce while the lobes of the
calyx remain more or less unexpanded. It is thus self-fertilizing.

PoLYGONACE®.— Polygonum is a genus affording considerable differences in the
sexuality of the species. P. Fagopyrum Müller has shown to be dimorphic, and P. Bis-
torta proterandrous; but I find P. Persicaria, P. aviculare, and P. Convolvulus and
P. Hydropiper are all self-fertilizing. P. Persicaria secretes a little honey,but insect-visits
are probably very rare; so that it may represent an intermediate condition between
intercrossing and purely self-fertilizing forms. P. Convolvulus and P. Hydropiper appear
to be always cleistogamous, at least I have never seen the perianth expanded. The
stamens all arch over the pistil, and the anthers cover the stigmas with pollen.

EvPHORBIACE.—Mr. Bennett found that Euphorbia Helioscopia and E. i. Peplus were
self-fertilizing, i. e. if we may use the expression for the moncecious inflorescences of these
plants. Other species, such as E. amygdaloides and some tropical forms, with brilliantly
coloured bracts or glands, are strongly proterogynous. |

MOoNOCOTYLEDONS.—l have not made many observations on plants of this class; but
ihe same principles appear to hold good, namely, that conspicuous flowers are adapted
for intererossing by insects, but inconspicuous ones are either self-fertilizing or anemo- -
philous. :

OncurpACE E.—Mr. Darwin has recorded that Ophrys apifera is highly self-fertile, and -
is therefore an exception to the rule, of a conspicuous flower being not crossed by insects.
Cephalanthera grandiflora is also described by that author as a case of “ perpetual self-
fertilisation, but in an extremely imperfect degree" (Fert. of Orchids, p. 111). ps

If we ask why the Bee Ophrys is so prolific, is one of the most abundant and vigorous :

of Orchids, and is yet perpetually self-fertilized, I presume the answer would be that it
is descended from an intererossing form which was crossed, and that the benefits of the `
cross have been inherited and become permanent, so that it no longer requires any more -
extraneous aid. This, at least, is Mr. Darwin's argument to account for Andrew Knight's |
varieties of Peas lasting for 60 years, though regularly self-fertilized (Cross &c. p. 305).
My reply is that the entire argument is an à priori inference, based upon the. supposed
necessity of crossing. It is an argument which, from the nature of the case, cannot be
proved. On the other hand, none of Mr. Darwin’s experiments countenance the idea
that the effects of crossing are permanent; whilst in many cases plants which either are `
habitually self-fertilized, or have acquired self-fertilization, showed great indifference to
being erossed, and were, in fact, vastly superior to their intercrossed competitors. More
over, plants like Polygonum Convolvulus, P. Hydropiper, and Hordeum murinum are, as |
far as I have observed them, habitually cleistogamous, the flowers never expanding, and en `
cannot be crossed. Hence my argument that crossing is superfluous for all such plants `
is equally, if not more, pertinent. (See remarks under Ipomea and Mimulus, p. sag |
AXISMACEA.—4lisma Plantago. This plant appears to me to resemble Agrimo
in daos at first Late for eres ne the anthers spr A

SELF-FERTILIZATION OF PLANTS. 879

stigmas, but afterwards, by becoming reflexed, as well as by the styles now spreading, to
be self-fertile. The stamens and carpels mature well before the buds expand. The anthers
are extrorse, but the filaments become strongly curved backwards, so that the anthers
hang more or less over the stigmas, though dehiscing upwards. The styles are long, and
bend backwards and outwards over the ovaries. The anthers burst just as the perianth
expands, or even a little before, and the stigmas are mature to receive it. The flowers
are not very conspicuous, and every carpel is “set” (Tab. XLIV. fig. 37). If it be self-
fertilizing, then we may, I think, safely believe the other species of Alisma to be so as
well; and I would include Scheuchzeria and Triglochin also, as being most probably
golf fartiliziny’s but I have had no opportunity of examining them.

I now find Dr. Müller has seen certain Diptera to be attracted by the small honey-
glands between the stamens of Alisma Plantago; yet he adds, this species is very pro-
bably self-fertilized as well. In his figures he draws the styles erect, though still
possessing a bend near the base; while the anthers are drawn spreading far away from
the carpels. In this condition shy are evidently specially adapted for intercrossing ;
whereas in the later stage they appear to offer better facilities for self-fertilization. Under
this interpretation we see the use of the * bend " in the style in the latter cases, but its

“uselessness ” in the flowers figured by Müller.

JUNCACEJE.—Members of this family are strongly proterogynous; but Juncus bufo-
nius is remarkable by bearing in parts of Russia only cleistogamic flowers, which
contain three, instead of six anthers found in the perfect flowers” (Darwin). It is the
most widely dispersed species (see p. 393).

GRAMINE®.—Grasses are mostly anemophilous ; but some are self-fertilizing, and others
even cleistogamous*. Thus, *In the genus Hordeum it has been shown by Delpino
that the majority of the flowers are ee some of the others expanding and
apparently allowing of cross-fertilization.” (Tab. XLIV. fig. 38. See description, p. 398.)

Leersia oryzoides. ‘The cleistogamic flowers are very small, and usually mature
their seeds within the sheaths of the leaves” CG Forms of Flowers,’ p. 333). This appears
to be the only species of this genus which bears cleistogamic flowers; and what is
particularly interesting to me is that it ranges from Persia to North America; so “there
can therefore be little doubt that this plant generally propagates itself throughout an
immense area by cleistogamic seeds, and that it can hardly ever [never ?] be invigorated
by eross-fertilisation ” (J. c. p. 335).

Poa annua. This has already been alluded to as a good instance of a self-fertilizing
plant ripening its seeds with astonishing rapidity. Our London parks are much in-
debted to this little plant and its extraordinary powers of propagation.

Hordeum murinum. The central floret of the spikelets appears always cleistogamous
(Tab. XLIV. fig. 38).

* Mr. A. S, Wilson, in a paper on the * Fertilization of Cereals,’ contributed to the Transactions of the Botanical
Society of Edinburgh, thinks that the European cereals are self-fertilized, and that the act of fertilization in those
eases in which the flower opens is probably performed in the opening, and is necessarily confined to the twenty or
thirty minutes’ duration in which the flower remains open. Mr. Bennett, in his notice of this paper, controverts, en -
= a ihn, mins xoa : A.

380 REV. GEORGE HENSLOW ON THE

Summary of the chief adaptations of the various parts of plants
to secure self-fertilization. |

Bracts.—These may assist in those genera of the Compositze which close their heads —
in the evening, as do Taraxicum &c.

Calyx.—The same remark applies to the calyx; for the sepals afford no special aid, -
but only indirectly by pressing on the corolla in bud, and so keeping the essential organs `
in contact with one another.

Corolla.—This effects fertilization in some cases by withering, and so matting together
the anthers and stigmas, either habitually, as in Hypericum, Convolvulus, &c., or perhaps -
only occasionally, as in the Pansy, and accidentally, as in the Tradescantia mentioned |
above; in others by closing at evening or in diffused sunlight, as is the case with Butter
cups and Anagallis, Mesembryanthema, Erythrea, Ke,

Stamens. —(a) By the clustering of their anthers around the stigmas, both, of course, `
maturing together. This is by far the commonest method, as, e. g., in Buttercups and
with the long stamens of the Crucifere, Stellaria media, Spergula, cleistogamous Oxalis `
Acetosella, small-flowered Leguminose, Epilobium parviflorum and E. tetragonum, Ze
(b) By their arching over the pistil. This is conspicuously the case in Potentilla Fra-
gariastrum, as also in Galium Aparine, Alisma Plantago, as described above, in whic
the anthers are even extrorse. (c) By having the anthers specially situated, wit

reference to the stigma, as in Fumaria, cleistogamous Violets, Polygala vulgaris, Oro
banche Hedere, Salvia clandestina, and garden species of Calceolaria, &c. 5

Pistil.—(a) By « curvature of style, so as to bring the stigma into contact with the
anther-eells. This is effected by its growth under confinement in the unopened bud, e. g.
cleistogamous Violets, Lamium amplezicaule, Rhinanthus and Euphrasia, Glaus mari-
tima, and abnormally i in Tradescantia erecta. (b) By arrest of growth of the style, as in
pale-flowering Pelargonium, non-dimorphie Primule with depressed stamens, Prunella
vulgaris. (c) By elongating the style, as in non-dimorphie Primule with elevated sta
mens. (d) By stigmas recurving: Malva rotundifolia and other small-flowering species
Viola tricolor, var. arvensis, Taraxicum Dens- Leonis, Salvia clandestina, Pinigai
lusitanica. (e) By the development of abnormal stigmatiferous tissue, as in the small
flowering variety of Viola tricolor, var. arvensis. (f) By the flower being pendulous.
Mr, Meehan alludes to this in Ranunculus abortivus, and Solanum nigrum may be added*

9. Conservation of energy is seen in the reduction of the number of Mni
and of the quantity of pollen.

decore ml "ree are generally subject to this phenomenon. The following speci !

e tis perhaps worth while observing that the old teleological idea of pendulous and erect flowers always having
the anthers situated at a higher level than the stigmas, and thereby being specially designed for self-fertilization, i
not only far from being the case, but when they are so, it may with tolerable certainty be suspected of being not
adapted for self- but for cross-fertilization ; for had Nature intended the pollen to reach the stigma, the anthers
would be placed in contact with it, and not at some distance above it, a position which involves the possibility of a loss

of pollen by the wind without its "pr the stigma at all, Such Sowas as posso! A are owes, moreover _
icc cote :

SELF-FERTILIZATION OF PLANTS. 881

will illustrate the former of the above degradations. Small-flowered Ranunculi have
often less than twelve stamens; Myosurus has five; Senebiera didyma has only two;
cleistogamous flowers of Viola canina two or three ; Stellaria media often three only, &c.
This is in accordance with the fact that only a relatively small amount of pollen is really
requisite for fertilization. An interesting experiment of Mr. Darwin's proves this.
He placed a very small mass of pollen-grains on one side of the large stigma of Ipomea
purpurea, and a great mass of pollen over the whole surface of the stigma of other
flowers, and the result was that the flowers fertilized with little pollen yielded rather
more capsules and seeds than did those fertilized with an excess (‘ Cross and Self-
fertilisation,’ p. 25). That normally intercrossing flowers produce a great superfluity of
pollen is well known. Thus Kólreuter found that sixty grains were necessary to fertilize
all the ovules of a flower of Hibiscus, while he calculated that 4863 grains were pro-
duced by a single flower, or eighty-one times too many (Darwin, l. e. p. 877). The
latter says :—

** In order to compensate the loss of pollen in so many ways, the anthers produce a far larger amount
than is necessary for the fertilisation of the same flower. ...... and it is still more plainly shown
by the astonishingly small quantity produced by cleistogene flowers, which lose none of their pollen,
in comparison with that produced by the open flowers borne by the same plants; and yet this small
quantity suffices for the fertilisation of all their numerous seeds ” (/, c. p. 376).

Mr. Darwin observed that when flowers were artificially self-fertilized for several
successive generations, a degeneracy sometimes took place in the anthers and pollen;
and he seems to attribute this to the “evil effects” of self-fertilization ; but from the
above facts I am inclined to regard it as an illustration of a universal principle in Nature,
namely, the preservation of energy wherever possible, and that such cases as appeared
under his experiments were adaptations to this principle, as the flowers became habi-
tuated to self-fertilization.

It is perhaps worthy of note that while both the number of stamens and the quantity
of pollen are thus often much reduced in some flowers the capsules of which produce
many seeds, yet in others which set but one, as Fumaria, or at least but few seeds, the
number of stamens may remain unreduced. Such seems to me to be an additional proof
that such flowers are degradations from forms originally adapted to intercrossing when
much more pollen was requisite. Hence the present forms are retentions of former
ancestral conditions. The following cases will illustrate this :—

Daphne Laureola has 8 stamens and 1 seed.

Chenopodium has . . . . . 5 » l
Medicago, Sis has ficia yx.» 10 D lc
Vicia tetrasperma has . . .10 » 4 seeds.
Scleranthus perennis has . . 10 i 1 seed.

The phenomenon called contabescence by Gartner (Anim. and Pl. under Domest. ii.
P. 165) would seem to have its rationale in this ze cup to self-fertilization. Mr.

Darwin observes :—

“ The anthers are affected at a very early period in the flower-bud, and remain in the same state (with `
one recorded exception) during the life of the plant. The affection cannot be cured by any See = n

Temm and is propagated by layers, cuttings, Se, ren — In MG NE SS d
a | SECOND SERIES — areir ae pd AMET ptt, :

382 REV. GEORGE HENSLOW ON THE

the female organs are seldom affected, or merely become precocious in their development. The cause S
of this affection is doubtful, and is different in different cases. ...... The contabescent plants of |
Dianthus and Verbascum found wild by Wiegmann grew on a dry and sterile bank."

Though there may be more than one cause, I should feel strongly inclined to think
that in the majority of instances it is correlated with a lessened degree of dichogamy, ~
if not always with self-fertilization, which Mr. Darwin himself gives as an “ additional |
cause." The last sentence above points, however, to the chief probable cause being -
nutrition.

10. The relative fertility may equal or surpass that of crossed plants.

The fertility of self-fertilized plants, observes Mr. Darwin (7. c. p. 326), * ranges from `
zero to a fertility equalling [or exceeding] that of the crossed flowers ; and of this fact
no explanation can be offered." As examples of plants of which crossed and self-fertilized —
flowers produced a nearly equal number of seeds are Ipomea purpurea, Gesnera pen- `
dulina, Salvia coccinea, Limnanthes Douglasii, Lobelia fulgens, and Nolana prostrata; —
yet “ thé plants raised from the crossed seeds exceeded considerably in height those |
raised from the self-fertilized seeds." He rightly considers that ** the average number of |
seeds per capsule is a more valuable criterion of fertility than the number of capsules |
produced.” By selecting all cases from his Table D, of ** Relative Fertility of Plants of
Crossed and Self-fertilised Parentage,” which give the ratio of the number of seeds per `
capsule, I find it to be about 100 : 92 for the crossed to the self-fertilized, a result not far |
from equality. The two examples where the self-fertilized surpassed the intercrossed `
were the cleistogamous flowers of Vandellia munmularifolia (100 : 106) and the third | ;
generation of Dianthus Caryophyllus (100 : 125). It has already been shown how the `
ratio of the fertility of the self-fertilized plants of Ipomea purpurea and Mimulus luteus `
gradually equalled and then surpassed that of the intercrossed plants. |

ll. The fertility or the health of either cultivated and artificially or wild and naturally
self-fertilized plants does not necessarily decrease in successive generations.

Mr. Darwin says, * There is no evidence at present that the fertility of plants goes —
on diminishing in successive self-fertilised generations." He is here alluding to the `
results of his cultivated plants; but it is evidently equally true of all common self- - |
fertilizing weeds. Chickweed, Groundsel, Shepherd's-purse, and Poa annua have probably —
flourished for centuries just as they do now, and are as vigorous at the present day and :
doubtless as fertile as ever they were. A rapid succession of ripening capsules may `
compensate for any want (if any) of a copious supply of seeds in individual capsules.
Again, besides having the power to propagate adequately, the self-fertilized may be as
healthy as the intercrossed after any number of generations. In support of this latter
statement is the fact that the intererossed plants did not exceed the self-fertilized in —
height in greater and greater degrees in successive generations; but the reverse was
the case; for the mean ratio of the first three generations of the intercrossed to the |
self-fertilized plants of Zpomea was 100:74°3; that of the second three as 3 100: IT 6
| that of the third three as 100 : 81-6. The ratios thus gradi ally a ate 5
80 that instead of the xatio noone a smaller fraction, etm u

SELF-FERTILIZATION OF PLANTS. 383

plants deteriorated, it shows that ‘the difference between self-fertilization and inter-
crossing was gradually diminishing. Such an effect is due, according to Mr. Darwin,
to the fact that the intercrossed plants became by close in-breeding more and more
‘intimately related ; but we must not forget that self-fertilization is a still closer method
of in-breeding. Therefore if that be a cause of deterioration to the intercrossed, it
. should, à fortiori, be so to the self-fertilized. But it cannot be; for if it were, the ratio
should either remain constant, or else vary progressively in favour of the intercrossed, as
the self-fertilized should deteriorate faster than the intercrossed. On the other hand,
if it do not so vary, and the intercrossed be really deteriorated, there is but one inter-
pretation, viz. that the self-fertilized have not deteriorated in the same ratio as the
former.

Such want of any correspondence between ratios of heights and successive generations
occurred also with others of Mr. Darwin’s experiments; for thus was it with Petunia
violacea and Nicotiana tabacum. The difference between the heights of the intercrossed
and of the self-fertilized plants of the first named, arranged in a decreasing order, would
be as follows :—4th, 5th, 2nd, 4th, 1st, 3rd years. In the last case, the ratio for the
intercrossed to the self-fertilized was 100 : 131, where the difference has again increased,
but is now in favour of the self-fertilized.

12. The fertility of cultivated self-fertilized plants may increase in successive generations.

Mr. Darwin gives some interesting illustrations of this fact (l: c. p. 112). Thus
Eschscholtzia californica was self-sterile in Brazil, but in the first year's cultivation
in England the ratio of the yield of seeds between the intercrossed and self-fertilized
plants was 100: 15. Eight flowers on these self-fertilized plants (7. e. grandchildren of
the plants which grew in Brazil) were again fertilized with pollen from the same
plant, and produced five capsules with an average of 27:4 seeds; but in the previous
year the average was only 12 seeds per capsule; hence the fertility of the self-fer-
tilized plants was thus increased to more than double that of the first year.

Dianthus Caryophyllus is naturally so strongly proterandrous, that Mr. Darwin was
obliged often to use pollen from a different flower on the same plant for artificially self-
fertilizing it. This species appeared to adapt itself to self-fertilization with great
readiness by becoming homogamous. The proportion of seeds of parent plants inter-
crossed and of self-fertilized plants was in the ratio of 100 : 92; and when the self-
fertilized offspring was crossed by a new stock, the proportion of the latter to the again
self-fertilized was in the ratio of 100 : 123. Similarly the third generation of the inter-
crossed subsequently self-fertilized was in proportion to the fourth self-fertilized gene-
ration as 100 : 125.

The above results, taken from Mr. Darwin’s work, clearly show a steady increase of
self-fertilizing power, which was acquired by the loss of dichogamy, the stamens and
pistil maturing together.

Looe Free from EV the self-fertilized planis may equal the intercrossed (1) as
| seedlings, (2) when adult and planted in open ground.

Bur. hist apps iom Ms Darwin's observations. E.
= 210 Tuto m s

384 REV. GEORGE HENSLOW ON THE

the general rule appears to be that as long as the pairs of seedlings planted in the same
pot in his experiments were free from competition there was not much difference in their
growth. As soon, however, as they began to compete, the crossed plants showed their
superior vigour, and so checked the growth of their self-fertilized competitors. They
would inevitably continue to do so by abstracting the nourishment which the others
would otherwise have secured, and so would ultimately, as was so generally the case, beat
the self-fertilized plants (7. c.[p. 285). Secondly, in some of Mr. Darwin’s experiments he
grew the plants much more crowded in some pots than in others. In these latter the
ratio of the heights of the intercrossed to the self-fertilized were almost invariably
nearer unity than that deduced from the crowded plants. Lastly, when the plants

were grown in open ground, and entirely free from competition, there was often, as
Mr. Darwin states, but little difference in their growth *.

Mr. Darwin planted pairs in the same pot in order to imitate nature ; but the struggling
between individuals of the same species is not generally quite so common as that between.
different genera; and though his experiments bring out well enough the superiority of
the crossed to the self-fertilized under competition, they fail to show what would be
their relative values when competing with other genera of other orders. It is a well-
known fact that plants of different orders, and presumably of different constitutions, not
requiring identically the same food, can live and flourish together or in succession when
plants of the same species would fail to do so. This is seen in the flora of oceanic
islands, in which the number of orders is large in comparison with the number of genera,
and the latter large as compared with the number of species. It is also the basis of the
principle. upon which the rotation of crops is founded; but for Mr. Darwin’s object
perhaps the method adopted was the best.

The question, however, arises, Why is it, if the intercrossed are so superior in vigour
to the self-fertilized, that such a difference is noć so great when they are free from com-
petition? If there were any evil or injurious effects, as Mr. Darwin supposes, to follow
from self-fertilization, it is difficult to understand why the ratio does not keep constant
under all circumstances; for an ample space and a good soil being common to both,
one would, à priori, infer that the intercrossed would be benefited thereby just as much
as, if not even in a higher degree than, the self-fertilized. This, however, does not
appear to be the case. A few examples from Mr. Darwin’s experiments will illus-
trate this. T
. In several of his tables he has written ** plants crowded” to certain pots; and I find
by calculating the ratios of these, as well as the ratios of all the rest not so crowded,
that they are, with a solitary exception, nearer unity in the less crowded. Thus, omittin| j
decimals :— ey

Ipomea purpurea, Table-X., not crowded. sT sar sor «..s + 4.100: 90.

b h crowded < recta i fap oc cx MN A EM

2 purpurea crossed on same plant, Table XII., not crowded. 100 : 111
» e e crowded. . 100: 97

Ditto crossed NEC Colchester enge? Table XIL, not crowded . 100: 83

5. ean. » . erowd
s d ; “+ Animals and Plants undor Domest p. 128

SELF-FERTILIZATION OF PLANTS. | 385

Mimulus luteus, Table XIX., not crowded, . . . . . . . . 100: 109
ap e ctowded i ahaha of wooed HEUO £4148
Digitalie purpurea, Table XXIV., not crowded . . . . . . . 100: 94
» » crowded, nis os dioi asw i 1008: DO

So also when pairs of plants grown in pots are contrasted with similar pairs. in open
ground very similar results occur :—

Reseda lutea in open ground `, . . . . . . . .. 100 e Së
M e EE EE EE Obi Ss
KR. odorata in open;ground.. bis | uiuos awe: och ENEE
0 s» mM SOBEL uo POGUE ROE qnt DOqu100vv ag
Dianthus Caryophyllus in open g den: oles (RT ep (rr 260454 2120902 0:808
o mpow ““pawli vd. EE . 100: 58*

Lastly, a like difference resulted in the ae of plants of Petunia violacea when
crossed with a new stock; for the ratio of the weights of what Mr. Darwin called the
** Westerham-cerossed " to that of the self-fertilized was in pots as 100 : 22, but in open
ground as 100 : 53, and to that of the normally intercrossed in pots as 100 : 101, while in
open ground it was as 100 : 146 (Z. c. pp. 200, 201).

Nicotiana tabacum illustrates the converse. This is a highly self-fertile plant. The

ratio of the weight of seeds of the intercrossed to the self-fertilized was as 100 : 150, and
that of their heights when young as 100: 189, but when adult as 100: 178. When,
however, they were greatly crowded the ratio became one of equality, or 100 : 100.
. Hence, whatever be the standard of measurement, the results appear to furnish the
decided rule that self-fertilized plants regain their equivalency with or even an ascend-
ancy over the intercrossed as soon as they are freed from competition ; consequently
I do not see why Mr. Darwin should speak thus of Nicotiana :—“ It is a strange fact
that the self-fertilised plants, which were subjected to very severe competition with the
crossed, had on two occasions no advantage over them." I take the explanation to be
this :—Tobacco is evidently a vigorous self-fertilizer, nevertheless crossing did some good ;
but that good was not apparent, except under certain conditions, i. e. severe com-
petition, when the introduction of some new constitutional elements had the opportunity
of evincing their power, whereas the innate vigour of the self-fertilized Nicotiana com-
pletely eclipsed it when free from competition.

Finally, there are apparently but two alternatives to appeal to, in order to account for
the fact that intercrossed plants are not so greatly superior to the self-fertilized when
planted in open ground as when in competition in pots, viz. either the intercrossed plants
become deteriorated on being planted in open ground, which would seem to be absurd,
or else the self-fertilized must regain or acquire vigour in a relatively greater degree
than do the intererossed, and thus would seem to evince what might be called a greater
* elasticity " of growth than their intercrossed competitors.

| 14. Some self-fertilized plants derived no benefit from a cross with another plant of the
same stock, nor even from a cross with a plant of a distinct stock.
. With regard to the first statement, it applies to plants long cultivated e coe eae |
Dm o M DOM Darwin, see ‘ Cross and Self-fertilisation, p. 288.- eed

386 REV. GEORGE HENSLOW ON THE

tion, and the two cases which are recorded by Mr. Darwin are Pisum sativum and Canna
Warscewiczi. With regard to the Garden Pea, the papilionaceous corolla is obviously
an adaptation to insect agency by which intercrossing is secured; but the Pea in this
country is rarely, if ever, crossed, so that cultivated varieties keep true even when grown
together. Some of Mr. Knight’s varieties kept true for more than sixty years ; but “ their
glory is now departed,” says Mr. Darwin*. As to the effects of intercrossing, the latter
remarks :—

* Owing to the varieties having been self-fertilised for many generations, and to their having been
subjected in each generation to nearly the same conditions, I did not expect that a cross between two
such plants would benefit the offspring ; and so it proved on trial” (l. c. p. 162).

The ratio of the heights were as 100 : 115, * so that the crossed plants, far from beating
the self-fertilised, were completely beaten by them." :

Canna Warscewiczi is also highly self-fertile, the pollen being shed before the flowers
expand. Intercrossed plants showed no advantage over the self-fertilized ; the ratio of
the heights of the intercrossed to self-fertilized for three generations taken together was
as 100: 101, and Mr. Darwin observes (/. c. p. 233) :—

* We may therefore conclude that the two lots possessed equal powers of growth; aii this I believe

to be the result of long-continued self-fertilisation, together with exposure to similar conditions in each
generation, so that all the individuals had acquired a closely similar constitution ? +.

In speaking of Pisum (l. c. p. 264) he says, “as the plants have been long cultivatell |
under nearly similar conditions, we can understand why a cross between two individuals
of the same variety does not do the least good to the offspring either in height or fer-
tility; and he compares Pisum with his own cultivated examples of Mimulus and
* Hero.” But the words I have italicized are an assumption which will not hold good;
for he does not show that the soil &c. was any degree more nearly exactly the same for
Pisum than for any other plants of which the intercrossed beat the self-fertilized.

But the matter or question cannot rest there. One still asks why it is so. A priori
one would be led to suppose that a plant habitually self-fertilized would, on the contrary,
immediately be benefited by even the slightest infusion of new blood by a cross of the
same stock, and much more by a cross from a distinct stock or different varieties. In
the last case it is true; for by crossing varieties of Peas the ratios became at once `
100 : 60-70. But it is not clear why two individuals of the same variety do not benefit `
by a cross when they have been habitually self-fertilized. To say it is because they have `

* Why it is gone he does not explain ; and one would like to know whether it was from any gradually deteriorating -
effect of self-fertilization, as he seems to imply (though the sixty years certainly afford strong presumption mE
such being the case), or whether it was not that other marketable varieties had superseded them. 4

t Mr. Darwin says that the opinion of some persons that this flower is invariably self-fertilized is “ am extra- -
ordinary conclusion, for it implies that a great amount of pollen is produced for no purpose." May not the real `
explanation be, that while the flower was formerly adapted for insect-fertilization, as indicated by its bright `
perianth, abundance of pollen, &c., in the absence of the proper (native) insects it has become self-fertilizing in `
this country, but has retained its customary habit of developing more pollen than is actually required for self-
fertilization? Fumaria officinalis sets but one seed, yet the amount of pollen is relatively very great. Similarly `

Chenopodium has retained its five fertile anthers but yields only a single seed. Many other cases might be adduced,

in addition to those given above, to show an apparently great tit NIA: Sion Mu dert
the ono hand, and the mambas E atida ai we es =

SELF-FERTILIZATION OF PLANTS. 387

been grown under “ nearly similar conditions" does not explain it; for Ipomea had been
so grown; and in making his experiments, Mr. Darwin was most careful to make the
soil, moisture, light, &c. as absolutely identical as possible for his pairs of plants, so
that the benefit of crossing should be solely confined to the effect of the sexual process.
On the other hand, Canna has been always grown in pots; and when no object has been
in view beyond mere cultivation, it is a small chance that the soil should have been so
identically the same in every case. The cause cannot then be looked for solely, if at all,
in environment; it must be in the fact of habitual self-fertilization. It is perhaps worth
observing that, if a single instance may be trusted, the mean ratio of all the intercrossed
to the self-fertilized of Mr. Darwin's experiments is exactly the same ratio of the self-
fertilized to the intercrossed of Pisum sativum, or 100 : 87.

I do not see, therefore, how we can avoid the conclusion that, if a plant is habitually
self-fertilizing, it can amply retain its numbers by propagation, and in no way deterio-
rates in consequence of the process, though, on the other hand, it may derive immediate
and great benefit from a cross with a new variety or stock.

However, that a plant may derive no benefit from such an intercross was proved by
Mr. Darwin in the case of ** Hero," the remarkable self-fertilizing individual of Ipomea,
of which Mr. Darwin says (l. c. p. 51):—

* No advantage, as far as we can judge, was derived from intercrossing two of the grandchildren of
Hero, any more than when two of the children were crossed. It appears, therefore, that Hero and
its descendants have varied from the common type, not only in acquiring great power of growth
and increased fertility when subjected to self-fertilisation, but in not profiting from a cross with a
distinct stock ; and this latter fact, if trustworthy, is a unique case, as far as I have observed in all my
experiments."

Mr. Darwin calls this a “ unique ease; " but in Table C, which treats of ratios derived
from fresh stocks, offspring of Eschscholizia californica, being from Brazil, crossed by an
English stock, the self-fertilized plant beat the crossed in height and weight, but only fell
short of it in fertility. But as this plant was self-sterile in Brazil, yet acquired a power
of self-fertility in England in the ratio of 100:15 in the first year, which was raised to
100:40 in the second generation (Table C), this seems to show that even in fertility the
self-fertilized plants were rapidly gaining upon those crossed with a new stock, and
would equal them, at the same rate of increase, in very few generations.

Such exceptional cases as the above clearly prove that it can by no means be regarded
as an absolute fact that intercrossing plants of the same stock, or crossing plants of
different stocks, does necessarily benefit them. The process of crossing is, as Mr. Darwin
clearly proves, solely a means to an end, that end being the introduction of new consti-
tutional elements; and if a cross cannot do this, then the plant, so far from being bene-
fited, is as much “ deteriorated " as a plant which is habitually intercrossed is “ impaired ”
by self-fertilization. ** Deterioration” or “injuriousness” are only relative terms; for
if a plant like Pisum sativum habitually fertilizes itself, and its average height be
represented by 100, and if, by intercrossing different plants, that standard instantly
becomes lowered to 87, we are as much justified in saying that the plant was “ deterio-

“rated” by the cross as, on the other hand, that Zpomea is “ benefited " to the same
v extent z2 aa ob Ces is true for the 4 one : must be logically true for the other.

388 REV. GEORGE HENSLOW ON THE

So, conversely, if self-fertilization is “injurious " for Ipomea, intercrossing is " injurious”
for Pisum.

We may, moreover, go further, and observe that a cross may actually infect a plant
and bring about deleterious results; for Berkeley, while observing that “the main object
to which the whole system of the organs in any individual plant tends is the reproduction
of the species by means of seed," adds :—** The embryo partakes, not only of the nature
of the plant which bears the seed, but, if the impregnation have taken place from the
pollen of some neighbouring plant of the same species, of that of the male parent also.
The seed, therefore, even of a healthy, much less of an unhealthy, plant will not neces-
sarily produce a healthy offspring " *.

Whichever way, however, we use the term *'injuriousness," it seems to be mis-
leading, for it implies some positive evil instead of a mere relative degree of vigour; so
I would prefer to suggest the term “ negative ” for both cases where no increased powers
are acquired by the plant.

The facts recorded by Mr. Darwin, and quoted in this section, appear to me to have great
significance, and might be expressed by such an aphorism as permanently self-fertilized
plants refuse to be intercrossed. Mr. Darwin, as we have seen, attributed this to the fact of
their having been so long cultivated by self-fertilization under nearly the same conditions;
but this would not seem to be any real explanation; and I find that Mr. Meehan has
arrived at the same conclusion; for he says in a letter to me :— f

33

“ There is another matter which has occurred to me, but which I have not yet had time to work out
to a positive conclusion ; those species which seed the most readily are self-fertilizers ; and they seem to
abominate crossing. Disemma aurantiaca, an Australian species of Passifloracee, seeds with extreme
freedom. I took care, as I thought, to keep all pollen from it but that of P, cerulea: I felt sure of a
hybrid; but the result was only Disemma. At that time I thought I must have made a mistake, but I
have since had the same experience with Primula japonica and P. involucrata; and my friend Parkman
with Lilium auratum . . . . Why should “these cases only occur in instances where the plant seeds
abundantly by its own pollen ? If cross-fertilization is a benefit, we should suppose that those which
seeded the most freely would be in the most need of it, and show a greater See to receive outside
aid when they could get it.” i

Such is my view also, as ST above.

15. Self-fertilized plants are perfectly healthy.

Self-fertilized plants are, when in natural conditions, as healthy as intercrossed plan
though exceptional cases may occur under cultivation. With regard to the first class,
have but to remind the reader of the names of a few of the commonest and most troub je
some “ weeds,” and he will doubtless have experienced their vigour and healthiness, suc
as Groundsel, Sowthistle, Chickweed, Shepherd’s-purse, Knotweed, Buttereups, Solanum
nigrum, species of Cerastium, Poa annua, Ee, Ee, all of which are highly and habitually
self-fertile, and of which many propagate themselves with extraordinary rapidity, and
are certainly far from warranting any belief in the injuriousness of self-fertilization.

If we turn to Mr. Darwin’s pa several cases occurred where the self fertilized

i * Yop: Ib? axir, $ 100 and aa $ 128, in‘ Gan. Cima? 1854 pp gon 3

SELF-FERTILIZATION OF PLANTS. 889

plants exhibited astonishing vigour. Thus he speaks of the white or pale-coloured
variety of Mimulus luteus (l.c. p. 80) :—

“ From the tallness of this variety, the self-fertilised plants exceeded the crossed plants in height in all
the generations from the fifth to the seventh inclusive; and no doubt would have done so in the later
generations, had they been grown in competition with one another.’ [My italics.]

Again, of Hero, the sixth self-fertilized generation of Ipomea, he says :—

“If the seeds produced by Hero had been as greatly in excess of those produced by the other plants
as was the case with Mimulus, and if all the seeds had been mingled together, the offspring of Hero would
have increased to the entire exclusion of the ordinary plants in the later self-fertilised generations, and
from naturally growing taller would have exceeded the crossed plants in height in each succeeding
generation."

I quote these passages, for they show that, according to Mr. Darwin's estimation,
these self-fertilized varieties would have been superior to others under competition, a fact
which, as a rule, is opposed to the results of his experiments, as he, indeed, observes :—
“ Thus we have a complete reversal of what occurred in the previous generation." The
interpretation appears to be that they found certain ingredients in the soil which suited
and strengthened their constitutions, and so they gained independently what was usually
only to be acquired by means of a cross with a distinct stock; which seems to prove that
if a self-fertilizing plant can secure new constitutional elements from a fresh soil, it then
may show as much vigour as, or more than, one which may be intererossed with another
plant growing under the same conditions.

On the other hand, Mr. Darwin mentions some instances where the self-fertilized
appeared to him to have actually suffered from self-fertilization. This, he thinks, was
shown indirectly by the intercrossed plants withstanding certain adverse conditions,
while the self-fertilized failed to do so; thus he says (l. c. p. 289), ** The crossed plants
always withstood the injurious effects of being suddenly removed into the open air after
having been kept in the greenhouse better than did the self-fertilised. On several occa-
sions they also resisted much better cold and intemperate weather . . . . The offspring
of plants of the eighth self-fertilised generation of Mimulus, crossed by a fresh stock,
survived a frost which killed every single self-fertilised and intercrossed plant of the
same old stock. Nearly the same result followed with some crossed and self-fertilised
plants of Viola tricolor .. ... I have met with only one exception to the rule of crossed
plants being hardier than the self-fertilised [that of EscAscholtzia]. . ... Independently
of any external cause which could be detected, the self-fertilised plants were more liable
to premature death than were the crossed.” A few further remarks will be found in
l. c. pp. 290-1*. But allowing for these facts, which occurred under cultivation, self-fertili-
zation, as carried on by Nature, does not support them. This, for example, is shown by
such of our wild flowers as blossom in mild winters being (after eliminating any anemo- -
philous cases) probably, without exception, self-fertilized. They can and do ripen their
seeds in profusion in January as well as in July, and in that respect show a vast superiority
over those plants which have to depend upon the visits of insects to set seeds at all. They

iy EE ET slag
Fertilization of Plants," in the ‘Gardeners’ Chronicle,’ —5 RA

uno ee T SE i os

390 REV. GEORGE HENSLOW ON THE

are for the most part humble and insignificant weeds, it is true, and are probably de-
graded forms of conspicuous and formerly intererossed plants; but, as they exist now,
there are no perceptibly evil effects or injuriousness (using these words in their ordinary
sense) at all attributable to self-fertilization. On the contrary, if we regard, with Mr,
Darwin, propagation as the one end and aim of plant life, then self-fertilization can
only be regarded as an inestimable boon to the plant.

That self-fertilization is in some way injurious appears to be the view of Sir J. D.
Hooker; for he says, in alluding to different methods of fertilization :—

** Tn all these instances the double object of Nature may be traced; for self-impregnation (or * breed-
ing in’), while securing identity of form in the offspring, and hence hereditary permanence, at the same — —
time tends to weakness of constitution, and hence to degeneracy and extinction” *,

He does not state on what grounds this opinion is based.

16. Self-fertilized plants may be absolutely much more productive than flowers
dependent upon insects.

The latter may fail in particular seasons, and may be entirely wanting if a plant
migrate beyond the range of its habitual visitor. Under either of these alternatives the
self-fertilizing plants would prove to be the best off. It is well known, for example, `
how clover-seed is dependent upon the visits of Humble-bees, and how a field may `
largely fail in inclement weather if these insects do not visit it. Moreover, humble-bees `
often do more harm than good, by perforating the tubes of flowers instead of entering `
the corolla.

Plants habitually crossed in Hil native country may quite fail to secure any insects i a
to accomplish the process elsewhere, as the Scarlet Runner in Nicaragua; yet if they K
acquire self-fertilizing powers they will at once become independent of them. Such a
appears to have been the case in this country under cultivation with Pisum sativum, `
Phaseolus multiflorus, and Canna Warscewiczi. If they do not do so, and no insects ` a
visit them in their new abode, they must inevitably die out. On the other hand, there `
are many conspicuous and (but probably more) inconspicuous flowers which, being both
independent of insects and highly self-fertile, are quite able to maintain their existence — `
and propagate freely wherever they may happen to be located. Now the above appears —
to be actually the case, as far as negative evidence on the one hand, i. e. the absence of
our intercrossing plants, and positive evidence on the other, i. e. the presence of our self-
fertilizing plants in foreign countries, tends to prove it.

A large number of European plants are very widely dispersed, not only ione am
the northern hemisphere, but in the southern as well. And if we, for convenience, limit ` `
our observations to the distribution of British plants, what we find is, that they are `
certainly mostly, and probably all, self-fertilizing or wind-fertilizing plants. At all events, `
with rare exceptions, they are all inconspicuous plants; and experience leads me to con- :
clude, I think justly, that all such are habitually self-fertilized or anemophilous. It is a _
remarkable fact that wherever there are two or more species to a genus, one or more of :
which are conspicuous, and the other or others inconspicuous, it is a rule that the latter
only have succeeded in establishing themselyes in foreign countries. | SCH

Ce EE any otis Tie zd x. | cp Kan Ge

SELF-FERTILIZATION OF PLANTS. 391

It is immaterial to consider how they got into far distant countries; for it is not the
method of transportation, but the reason for their establishment that I am considering.
Many weeds invariably accompany Europeans on migration; but many others are found
located in places which do not warrant the idea that man has either intentionally or
unintentionally imported them; and they must now be regarded as natives. Several
are water-plants, which may be regarded as perhaps the easiest to transport, as aquatic
birds will readily disperse them; but the question at issue is, although they may be
transported with ease, why do they maintain their ground when in competition with the
native indigenous plants? The question is equally pertinent for aquatic as well as
terrestrial plants, as competition occurs in both cases. The reply I would give is, that
it is the self- or wind-fertilizing plants which alone can maintain their ground, because
they are independent of insects, and that having been once introduced into new climatic
conditions they acquire new and often great constitutional vigour, and so beat their
native rivals, who, having long since arrived at a standard of equilibrium, cannot acquire
any new vigour at all proportionate to that infused into the new comers, which thus

overcome them in every way.

17. The world-wide distribution of self-fertilizing British plants.

In the following enumeration I will limit myself, for brevity sake, to such species only
as are recorded as growing in at least four distinct localities, i. e. as far as my researches
into “ floras” have enabled me to discover. Many other species are in one, two, or even
three countries; but the point I particularly wish to bring out is, that whenever British
plants are found very widely dispersed they are probably almost always self-fertilizing
or else anemophilous plants. How they have become located where they now are is a
question with which I am not now concerned; but I only wish to show that such plants,
having somehow reached far distant localities, have succeeded in establishing themselves ;
and the method of doing so is, I believe, mainly because they were self-fertilizing and
consequently independent of insects *. |

RANUNCULACEX. Ranunculus hydrocharis: forms of this species are recorded from
S. Austr., Tas., S. Af., S. Am., N.E. Af, N.E. Asia, Cal. R. sceleratus T, Trop. As.,
S. Af., Hong., Jap., N.E. Asia.

Crucirerm. Brassica oleracea, Jap., Mad., N.Z.; B. rapa, Trop. As., Jap., N. Z.,
And. |

Cardamine hirsuta, Chili, S. Austr., A. & C., N. Z., F. & F., Tas, 8. Af, Trop.
Asia, N.E. Af., Hong., Mad., N.E. Asia, Kam. [For the sake of comparison, I will add
C. pratensis (doubtfully according to Hooker), Tas.; C. impatiens, Temp. Asia and Jap.)

* In the list which follows I have used the following abbreviations:—S, Austr. (South Australia); Tas. (Tasmania);
S. Af. (South Africa); S. Am. (South America); N.E. Af. (i. e. North-east Africa); Trop. As. (Tropical Asia, south
of Himalayas); A. & C. (Auckland and Campbell's Islands) ; N. Z. (New Zealand); F. & F. (Falkland and Fuegia);
Hong. (Hongkong); Mad. (Madeira); And. (Andaman Isles); Jap. (Japan); Kerg. (Kerguelen Isle); Soe. I. (So-
ciety Isles); Norf. I. (Norfolk Isle); Cal. (California); Kam. (Kamtschatka).

_ t Many of the forms of our British species found in foreign countries are not identically the same as ours, but
varieties of them. This is no more than might be expected (antea, p. 389); still it does not affect the question of p
COO NE ja o

392 REV. GEORGE HENSLOW ON THE

Nasturtium officinale, N. Z., N.E. Af., Jap., Mad., Jam., S. Am. ; N. palustre, S. Austr.
- S; Am., N.E. Af., Jap., N. Z., N.E. Asia.

Capsella Bursa-Pastoris, Chili, N. Z., Trop. Asia, N.E. Af., S. Austr., Hong., Jap.
Kam.

Sisymbrium officinale, Chili, S. Austr., N. Z., Mad.

Lepidium ruderale, S. Austr., Tas., N. Z., Trop. Asia, S. Af.

CARYOPHYLLACER. Cerastium vulgatum or viscosum, F. & F., N. Z., S. Af., S. Austr.
Trop. Asia, Mad., Jap., N.E. Af., Marion I., Tristan d'Acunha.

Stellaria media, A. & C., Kerg., N. Z., Trop. Asia, Mad., S. Af., S. Am., S. Austr
Hong. Jap. S. uliginosa, Hong., Jap., Mad: Morocco. TA. Holostea, only W. Asia.]

Arenaria serpyllifolia, Trop. Asia, N.E. Af., Jap., N. Z.

Spergularia rubra, Chili, S. Austr., Tas., N. Z., N.E. Af.

PortuLacace®. Montia fontana, A. & C., F. & F., Tas, N. Z., Kerg., S. Am,
Marion I., Jap., N.E. Asia, N. Am., Andes.

MarvacEms. Malva rotundifolia, N. Z., N.E. AT, Soc. I., Sand. I., Jap., Cal.

GrnANIACEX. Of the small-flowered annual species several are found in the southern `
hemisphere ; but the larger-flowered proterandrous perennials are mostly W. and N. Asia. -

Erodium cicutarium, Chili, S. Austr., N. Z., Cal., N.E. Af.

Oxalis corniculata, S. Austr., N.E. Af., Soc. I., And. I., Hong., N. Z., Cal.

LEGUMINOSA. Medicago lupulina, N. Z., N.E. Af., Hong., Jap.

Medicago denticulata, Chili, N.E. Af., Jap., N. Z., Cal.

Lotus corniculatus, S. Austr., Tasm., N.E. Af., N. Z.

Vicia sativa, N.E. Af., Jap., Mad., N. Z.

ROosACEJE. Potentilla anserina, F. & F., Tas., N.Z., S. Am., Jap., N.E. Asia, Kam,
Cal.

Geum urbanum, Tasm., 8. Am., N. Z., N.E. Asia, Fuegia.

LyruRACEX. Lythrum Salicaria, S. Austr., Tasm., S. Af., S. Am., Jap., N.E. Asia,
Central Asia, N. Am. (L. hyssopifolia, S. Aust., Tasm., N.Z] `

ONAGRACEÆ. Epilobium tetragonum, S. Aust., P. & F., Tasm., N. Z., S. Am., Jap.
N.E. Asia, Cal.

HaroRAGrACEX. Callitriche verna, S. Austr., A. & C., F. & E., Tasm., N. Z., S. Ama
N.E. Af., Marion I.

UMBELLIFERE. <Apium graveolens, F. & F., N.E. Af., Jap., N. Z., Cal.

RUBIACES. . Galium Aparine, Chili, S. Austr., F. & F., N. Z., N.E. Af. , Jap., Mad., Mex.
IG. verum, G. Mollugo, &c., which are proterandrous, are much limited.] |

Composrra. Gnaphalium TSG S. Austr., F. & F., Tas., N. Z., NR Af, Set $
- Mad., Cal, Auck.
Sonchus oleraceus, Chili, F. & F., Tas., N. Z., Trop. As., N.E. Af., Hong., Cal.
Taraxicum Dens-Leonis, F. & F., S. Am., N. Z., Hong., Arctic Asia, Kam.
CONVOLVULACE. Convolvulus Soldanella, Tasm., N. Z., Norf. I., Jap., Cal.
C. sepium, F. & F., Tasm., N. Z., Austr. Cal, N. Asia, N: Amer. ` .
SOLANACEJUE. Solanum pn S, Austr., Tasm., N. ies N B: dene! Soa ly And. I.
m PEETER ae | | t

SELF-FERTILIZATION OF PLANTS. 393

SCROPHULARIACEX. Limosella aquatica, S. Austr, F. & F., Kerg., S. Af., S. Am.,
N.E. Af., N. Z., N.E. Asia, &c.

Veronica serpyllifolia, F. & F., N. Z., S. Am., Cal., N.E. Asia.

LABIATA. Prunella vulgaris, S. Austr., Tas., N. Z., Trop. Asia, S. Am., Jap., Mad.,
N.E. Asia, N. Am.

VERBENACEÆ. Verbena officinalis, S. Austr., N. Z., Hong., Jap.

PRIMULACE®. Anagallis arvensis, S. Austr., N. Z., N.E. Af., Jap.

Samolus Valerandi, N.E. Af., N. Asia, temp. and trop. N. and S. Am., F. & F.

CHENOPODIACE®. Chenopodium album, S. Am., Hong., Jap., N. Z., N.E. Asia.

POLYGONACEA. Rumex crispus, S. Austr., F. & F., Hong., N. Z., Mexico. e

Polygonum aviculare, S. Austr., N. Z., 8. Af., 8. Am., N.E. Af., N.E. Asia, Jap.

So also P. Persicaria, Trop. Asia, S. Af., S. Am., Fiji, N.E. Asia, N. China, Cal., Soc. I.
[but P. Bistorta only N. and W. Asia, N. Am.].

EvPHoRBIACEAX. Euphorbia Helioscopia, N.Z., Fiji, Hong.

CERATOPHYLLE®. Ceratophyllum demersum, S. Austr., Trop. Asia, S. Af., S. Am.,
N.E. Af. j

ALISMACEX. Alisma Plantago, Austr., N.E. Af., N.E. Asia, N.W. India, Am.

NAIADACEA. Potamogeton natans, Tas., S. AT S. Am, N. Z., N.B. Asia.

Juncacex. Juncus bufonius, Tas., N.Z., Trop. Asia, S. Af., S. Am., N.E. Af., China,
India. `

CYPERACEÆ. These being frequently proterogynous and wind-fertilized are widely
dispersed ; thus Luzula campestris is found in S. Aust., Tas., N. Z., S. Af., S. Am. Simi-
larly Plantago, sp., are found in the southern hemisphere, P. major being in N. Z., Fiji,
Hong., And. I.

GRAMINACES. Grasses being mostly wind-fertilized have many species widely diffused ;
and though some British species, as Keleria cristata, are found in five districts, Poa
annua, which is self-fertilizing, is found in six, viz., Chili, A. & C., Kerg., N. Z., N.E.
Af., Jap. Poa pratensis also occurs in F. & F., Kerg., N. Z., Jap.

The above list, I think, successfully establishes the principle I wish to advance, that,
without denying the possibility of plants, usually requiring insect-agency to fertilize
their flowers, becoming occasionally established in distant countries (for we have seen
how they may become self-fertilizing or else may be visited by native insects), yet the
proportion of localities where such plants are found is very far less than those of the
undoubtedly self-fertilizing plants. Hence the inference would seem to be unavoidable,
that for securing the “end” of plant life (that; seed for propagation) self-fertilizing
plants are much better favoured than those which are habitually intercrossed.

For comparison with the preceding I adjoin a list of plants which have conspicuous
flowers, and are certainly dichogamous (mostly being proterandrous) or heterostyled,
and which therefore presumably require insect-agency to perpetuate them. It will be
observed that they are almost all confined to the northern hemisphere.

.. Delphinium consolida, Mad. Cerastium arvense, Jap., N. Af., W. Asia, N. Am., F.
Chili. Linum perenne, W. Asia to India. Malva sylvestris, N. Af., Siberia, W. Asia.

|. Cytisus scoparius, N. Asia, Canaries, and Azores. Anthyllis vulneraria, N. Af., W. Asia.

p? thes Padus mme ocn N. AL, Sib., W. Asia. meng Salicaria : this ëng = | E

394 REV. GEORGE HENSLOW ON THE

though * trimorphic,” is widely dispersed, and thus affords an exception to the general
rule. Epilobium angustifolium, N. and W. Asia. E. hirsutum, N.E. Af. Menyanthes
trifoliata (dimorphic ?), Jap. Thymus serpyllum, Sib., W. Asia, Greenland, Jap., N.E. Af. :
Nepeta Glechoma, Jap., Hong. Stachys Betonica, Mad., N. Af., W. Sib. Echium plan-
tagineum, Mad.

This list is not complete, but it comprises the chief of those which I have ascertained
from the same floras which have furnished the much more numerous list of widely dis-
persed self-fertilizing British plants. I need hardly add that the majority of our conspicu-
ously flowering plants are not extra-European at all, or are, at the furthest, in W. Asia.

Sir J. D. Hooker observes, in his essay ‘On the Flora of Australia,’ p. 13 :—

* Those Classes and Orders which are the least complex in organization are the most widely distributed,
that is to say, they contain a larger proportion of widely diffused species. Thus the species of Aco-
tyledons are more widely dispersed than those of Monocotyledons, and these again more so than those of
Dicotyledons." |

To this I think may now be added that self-fertilizing and anemophilous flowering
plants are more widely dispersed than those requiring insect-agency. |
Mr. T. Comber, in his interesting papers * on the dispersion of British plants, remarks.
on those having inconspicuous flowers :—

_ * They [whether assumed to be early progenitors or degradations] will have attained a greater age as -
species, and having had a longer time for their migration, we may expect to find that they have also a
high degree of dispersion, which will be most conspicuous in Orders that are entirely composed of such
plants. This is found to be true, and that plants with white flowers are more widely dispersed than those
with coloured. Further analysis shows that plants with flowers sometimes white and sometimes coloured, `
as wood-anemones, many violets, thistles, and campanulas, are intermediate in this respect, having a -
more limited range than those whose flowers are always white, and, on the other hand, a more extended :
range than those with flowers always coloured."

He here attributes the dispersion of white-flowering plants to the fact of their greater
antiquity. No doubt this may be justly regarded as a factor in the phenomenon; but
the one I lay most stress upon is the fact that they are self-fertilizing. The other
peculiarities of such plants, viz. of having white or pale-coloured flowers, and in being
usually annuals or biennials, are secondary conditions correlated with self-fertilization.
It has been observed that white varieties are hardier than coloured ones, and this may be
correlated with wide dispersion; and there is the fact that self-fertilizing (wild) plants
are best capable of withstanding extreme climates, as noticed above by Berkeley. A.
writer (anonymous) in the * Gardeners' Chronicle, for Sept. 22, 1877, found the white |
variety of Solanum Dulcamara, but no other form, growing from 200-300 feet above the
sea in Scotland, and attributes this to its greater hardiness. Again, Mr. Comber reminds |
us that DeCandolle shows that monocarpie (annual and biennial) plants are more widely
dispersed than perennial, while annuals have a more widely extended range than biennials. |
Now this is completely correlated with self-fertilization, or else with anemophilous
states. :

=% Journal of Botany, N. S., iii, p. 284 (1874). —

SELF-FERTILIZATION OF PLANTS. 995

18. Naturalized abroad, self-fertilising plants may acquire great vigour and even
replace the native vegetation.

This has been the case in New Zealand. Mr. W. T. Locke Travers, writing to
Sir J. D. Hooker, from Canterbury, in 1864, thus speaks of some of our British weeds :—

* You would be surprised at the rapid spread of European and other foreign plants in this country.
All along the sides of the main lines of road through the plains Polygonum aviculare grows most luxu-
riantly, the roots sometimes two feet in depth, and the plants spreading over an area from four to
five feet in diameter. The dock (Rumez obtusifolius or R. crispus) is to be found in every river-bed,
extending into the valleys of the mountain-rivers until these become mere torrents. The sowthistle
is spread all over the country, growing luxuriantly nearly up to 6000 feet. The watercress increases in
our still rivers to such an extent as to threaten to choke them altogether; in fact, in the Avon, a still
deep stream running through Christchurch, the annual cost of keeping the river free for boat navi-
gation and for purposes of drainage exceeds £300. I have measured stems twelve feet long and three
quarters of an inch in diameter. In some of the mountain districts, where the soil is loose, the white
clover is completely displacing the native grasses, forming a close sward " *,

Mr. Warens, writing again in the same year, adds further details, and mentions that
the white clover is spreading over the tracts of peaty soil which, until invaded by other
plants, supported a dense and luxuriant growth of Phormium tenas (N. Z. flax). One of
the greatest pests, he says, is Rumex Acetosella; but this, again, like other weeds, is
expelled by white clover. This latter, however, “ notwithstanding its extraordinary
vigour, is itself unable to hold its way against Hypochwris radicata (?), which has been
introduced with grass-seeds from England. In Nelson I have seen excellent pastures
wholly destroyed in less than three years by this weed, which absolutely replaced every
other plant on the ground. The radical leaves form an imbricated mass, so closely
appressed to the soil as to prevent evaporation and ensure the decay of every thing below
them." Lastly, he notes “the dock, the sowthistle, and other European composites, a
turnip [Raphanus Raphanistrum?, J. D. H.], the red sorrel, and a variety of other
introduced plants are to be met with all over the country " f.

A writer in the * Gardeners’ Chronicle’ for August 2, 1856, inquires for a suggestion as
to the cause of the unusual quantity of white clover which appeared ** in all the pasture-
fields, and on roadsides and places where it could not have been sown.” Mr. Rogers,
replying on August 16, observed :—

* During a residence of many years in America, I always observed that wherever a clearance was
effected in the forest, no matter how distant from a settlement, in the course of two years, although no

seeds of any kind had been sown, and the surface of the ground burnt nearly all over the previous crop,
a good crop of white clover was sure to appear, considered there the best sheep pasture in America.

These facts show an extraordinary amount of vigour in Trifolium repens and other
plants. Mr. Darwin, experimenting on the white clover, found that protected plants
produced only 10 per cent. of the quantity of seeds produced by unprotected plants
which were visited by bees, while on another occasion twenty protected plants yielded no
good seed at all, while twenty unprotected yielded 2290. Hence this plant is sometimes

* Quoted by Hooker in Nat. Hist. Review, 1864, p. 124, and in Pop. Sc. Rev. vol. vi. p. 137.

` t Hooker adds in a note :—* Sonchus arvensis is wild in Now Zealand, anà was eaten by tho aborigines but the js
HK M dn ire Mp get ©; SC

396 REV. GEORGE HENSLOW ON THE

extremely self-sterile. Whether it has acquired self-fertility in America and New
Zealand I know not; but it affords a good instance, assuming it to acquire insect aid,
of an “exception which proves the rule;" for its rivals, Polygonum aviculare and
Nasturtium officinale, and probably its own exterminator, Hypocheris radicata, or some
other composite resembling it, as Mr. Travers placed a ? after it, are, as has been shown
with Dandelion &c., self-fertilizing. On the other hand, the Scarlet Runner failed to set
seed in Nicaragua, though it “ grew well and flowered abundantly, but never produced à
single pod ” (Belt's * Naturalist in Nicaragua, p.70). So also did Erythrina and Lupine
in New Zealand. These are only morphologically self-sterile, and are quite fertile when
the petals are artificially moved. |

It is therefore in consequence of their not being visited by the native insects that
they are thus at an immense disadvantage as compared with introduced self-fertilizers. `

19. CowcLusioN. Self-fertilized plants are the fittest to survive in the struggle
Sor life.

Iam not single in this belief; for, as has been seen, Mr. T. Meehan has arrived at
the same conclusion, and I trust, after perusing the successive articles of this paper
the reader will draw a like inference.

To sum up the main facts. It has been found that not only are the majority of plants
self-fertilizing, but that those which are exclusively so propagate abundantly and with
extraordinary rapidity, flourishing in the most neglected ground and in vigorous com-
petition, while a number of them have acquired the unenviable reputation of being most
troublesome weeds, and which become perfectly rampant the moment the hand of man
is relaxed from keeping them in check.

Again, they not only propagate with great ease here, but are best able to establish
themselves in foreign countries, as being quite independent of insects, they run no risk
of extermination on that score; and lastly, being of a peculiarly elastic disposition,
capable not only of enduring but flourishing in the most extreme temperatures, fruiti
freely in the Arctic and Antarctic regions and on lofty mountains in the Tropics. Lastly,
if the hypothesis which I have advanced be true, that they are all degraded forms, then :
their ancestral life-history is a longer one than that of their more Seet and |
intercrossing relations. :

Hence so far from there being any necessarily injurious or evil effects resulting from
the self-fertilization of plants in a state of nature, they have proved themselves to be in
every way the best fitted to survive in the great struggle for life*.

* Since the above was in type a paper by Kirk is appeared in the tenth volume of * The Transactions of the N.
‘Institute’ (1878), in which it seems that the danger of native plants being extirpated by introduced species is less
than was anticipated; that during the last fourteen years they have somewhat lost the extraordinary vigour at first
exhibited. Nevertheless some have become “troublesome weeds.” These facts quite agree with the conelusi
expressed in this paper with reference to intercrossing—that as the “stimulus” imparted to [pomea pu
appeared gradually, but steadily, to decline, so similarly do these foreign weeds in New Zealand, having at first
received some great stimülus, eem lose it. Nevertheless they have seemingly noi intention of
"insignificant — jm

=
ky
vo

Fig. 9.
Fig. 10.
Fig. 11.

Fig. 12.

Fig. 13.

Fig. 14.

Pe 15.
Fig. 16.

_ SECOND SERIES,—BOTANY, VOL. I.

SELF-FERTILIZATION OF PLANTS. 397

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XLIV.

All the figures are more or less enlarged.

. Globular papillose stigma of Capsella Bursa-Pastoris. This form is characteristic of self-fer-

tilizing cruciferous plants.

. Lobed stigma characteristic of conspicuous-flowered Cruciferz.
. Sexual organs of Fumaria officinalis: a, stigmas, one covered with pollen as removed from the

* anther-chamber ;” b, pollen-grain ; c, the three-sided chamber formed by the three anthers,
the central one only being two-celled.

. Cleistogamous bud from a strongly growing garden plant of Viola odorata: a, “ spur” from

another bud ; 4, stamen from the same, with nectariferous appendage; c, pistil from same;
d, mature capsule from same (nat. size).

. Parts of a cleistogamous bud of Viola canina: a, rudimentary petals; b, stamen (N. B. no

stamens have nectariferous appendages); c, ripening ovary, which has detached and elevated
the stamens, the anthers of which are adherent above; d, pistil with curved style.

. Viola tricolor, style and stigma of a small-flowered variety, var. arvensis: a, viewed from the

front, the globular placentiferous process seen projecting from the orifice of the “head ;”
6, section through the globular * head," showing the placentiferous process passing down the
style, pollen-tubes are penetrating the centralline in abundance; c, pistil of another form of
Viola tricolor with enlarged tongue-like process, which was covered with pollen-grains; d, a
flower of V. tricolor, with the spurred petal withered but adherent to the stigma; the anthers
are elevated as in 5 c.

. White variety of Polygala vulgaris: a, flower with the calyx removed, the corolla completely

wraps up the essential organs ; 4, anthersin the position of * clasping the sides of the pistil ;
c, style and stigma with the “ spoon ”-shaped superior process; d (after Hildebrandt), the
anthers have discharged the pollen info the “spoon,” and the stigma is recurved upon the
pollen ; e, stigma, which has received pollen by insect agency.

. Spergula arvensis: a, self-fertilizing unexpanded bud in January ; 4, stamens and pistil of same.

Half-opened bud of Stellaria media.

Stamens and pistil of Linum catharticum.

Strongly proterandrous flower of the lemon-scented or “ oak-leafed”” Pelargonium : a, Ist stage,
anthers mature, style aud stigmas lying beneath them, but rudimentary ; 5, 2nd stage, anthers
fallen off, filaments deflexed, the stigmas now mature,

Self-fertilizing pistil with stamens of pale-flowered “Scarlet Geranium,” Pelargonium zonale.
This species is normally more or less strongly proterandrous. It becomes self-fertilizing by the
style remaining short and the stigmatic branches curling backwards amongst the anthers,
maturing simultaneously with them.

Cleistogamous flower-bud of Ozalis Acetosella: a, bud with corolla just visible; K corolla
removed ; c, pistil and stamens E situ, some anthers aborted; d, anthers removed together,
united i filamentous processes (probably not pollen-tubes).

Pollen-grain inserting a tube between two papilla of Oxalis eorniculata ; the papille are multi-
cellular. xd |
Stamens and pistil of Medicago denticulata.

Agrimonia Eupatoria: a, flower with petals removed; 4, stamen, C" its puer

incurved position.
ER

398 ON THE SELF-FERTILIZATION OF PLANTS.

Fig. 17. Stamens and style of Circea lutetiana : a, first condition; b, with stigma drawn to one side by
adhesion to the anther through self-pollinization.
Fig. 18. Stamen of Sambucus Ebulus: a, side view; b, back view.
Fig. 19. Floret of Dandelion, showing heliciform stigma; 6, same, still more inrolled.
Fig. 20. Stigma of Groundsel. In some flowers they remain erect and included within the anther-tube,
The two kinds may occur in the same head. Se
Fig. 21. Erythrea Centaurium: a, flower with corolla-lobes closed after expansion; 4, stamen after —
dehiscence of anther ; c, pistil.
Fig. 22. Stamen of Solanum nigrum; anther has dehisced the whole way down.
Fig. 23. Salvia clandestina : a, corolla, with scarcely visible stigma ; b, anther-cells facing and dehiscing
towards one another; c, style and stigmas curled naturally and also artificially unrolled. d
Fig. 24. Stigma and anthers of Prunella vulgaris: a, example (after Müller) of the stigma equalling A
... the anthers in height ; 4, lower than the anthers ; c, the posterior branch has become pollinated. `
Fig. 25. a, cleistogamous flower-bud of Lamium amplexicaule; 6, pistil, showing the distorted style, `
through growth under confinement; e, section through the flower to show the position of E
anthers and stigma. a
Fig. 26.. Veronica spicata: a, flower with dehiscing anthers; b and c, comparative lengths of stele during ` `
the dehiscence of the anthers and afterwards. E
Fig. 27. Stamens and pistil of Veronica Anagallis; one lobe of the corolla reflexed. The anthers and
stigma brought together by being wrapped up in the petal-lobe.
Fig. 28. Pistil being pollinated by the anthers of the same flower of a dwarfed specimen of Linaria P
; vulgaris. ;
Fig. 29. Corolla of Calceolaria glutinosa : a, side view ; 5, front view of basal part, showing the protruding |
anther-cells ; c, corolla partly removed to show the lever-like structure of a stamen with dis-
jointed anther-cells, as in Salvia; d, stamens and pistil of ordinary form of garden Calceolaria. —
Fig. 30. Stamens (two only drawn) and pistil of Euphrasia officinalis: a, of intercrossing form; 6, of `
self-fertilizing form, to show the positions of the stigmas.
Fig. 31. Stamens and pistil of Orobanche Hedere: a, first stage (two only drawn); b, second stage; `
anthers recurved upon the stigma, (This position requires corroboration.)
Fig. 32. Cleistogamous bud of Epiphegus virginiana: a, calyx removed, corolla dehiscing, the upper part `
forming a ealyptra; A. upper part of pistil with one of the two stamens adherent to stigma,
having been carried up by it on growth.
Fig. 33. The three stages of Myosotis versicolor.
Fig. 34. -Pinguicula lusitanica: a, pistil, front view; 5, side view ; c, stigma, reflexed and passing into
the anther-cells of the two stamens.
Fig. 35. Flower of Glaux maritima, showing the style recuryed so as to bring the stigma into contact -
with the anthers.
Fig. 36. Flower-bud of Tradescantia erecta : calyx removed, excepting one sepal reflexed, withered corolla `
partially removed, two aborted anthers, and one perfect, pollinating the stigma; the style had -
: grown, under confinement, and remained pressed downwards, as shown.
Fig. 37. One carpel and a stamen of Alisma Plantago, to show their subsequent positions adapted
for self-fertilization.
Fig. 38. Stamens and pistil of Hordeum murinum., The filaments remain curved, with the anthers S
contact with the stigmas, all being completely concealed within the glumes.

LJ

G.Henslow del ad nat. | : TRANS. LINN. Soc. SER. 2 Bor VoL 1 Tan XLIV

SELF-FERTILIZING FLOWERS, ke

[ 899 ]

XXII. List of Fungi from Brisbanef Queensland ; with Descriptions of New Species.
By the Rev. M. J. BERKELEY, M.A., F.L.S., and C. E. Broome, SIS `

(Plates XLV., XLVI.)
Read March 21st, 1878.

A FEW Australian fungi, about 120 species, have been put into our hands for deter-
mination by Mr. Lewis A. Bernays and Mr. F. M. Bailey, who are connected with the
. Botanical Garden at Brisbane. Several among them appear to be undescribed; and as
that district can have been but imperfectly investigated, it may be of interest to
present a list of them, with descriptions of new species, to the Linnean Society.

Agaries appear to be scarce, or the difficulty of preparing them for the herbarium and
preserving them from insects may be considerable, for there are very few of that or the
more nearly related genera among the species sent: this is of the less consequence as the
specimens are unaccompanied by notes or sketches of any kind; and without such aids
Agarics are generally incapable of determination. The same remark applies, with almost
equal force, to the Clavariei and other fleshy fungi. About thirty forms of Polyporei
have been sent, amongst which the more interesting forms will be found. leodictyon
gracile is the only representative of the Phalloidei which has reached us; nor has any
species of hypogzeous fungus hitherto occurred. This is the more to be regretted as in
those tribes a rich harvest might have been expected from so new a field as North Aus-
tralia. Two species only of Myxogastres occur among the plants received, and the dark
and hyaline moulds seem to have been but little worked. Leaf-parasites also are but
poorly represented. Three species of Helvellacei appear new, and amongst Spheriacei
we have two or three things of interest. Hypoxylon cetrarioides, Currey, containing
perfect fruit, completes the author's history of that plant; and another fine Hypoxylon,
apparently new, is among the number. Several species are identical with those of
Ceylon and South America, and several with those of Europe. We look forward in
hopes of many additions to our present scanty list from Mr. Bailey, who has only recently

entered on the study of fungi.
AGARICINI.

1. Agaricus ĠARDNERI, B., in Ln. J. of Bot. 1840, p. 427. Brisbane (L. A. Bernays,
No. 26).

2. HyGRoPHORUS MINIATUS, Fr. Brisbane (F. M. Bailey, No. 40). It appears to be this
species, so far as can be told from dried specimens.

3. LENTINUS FASCIATUS, B., Ln. J. of Bot. 1840, p. 146. Brisbane (L. A. Bernays, No. 4).

4. LENTINUS CYATHUS, B. & Br., n. sp. Brisbane (F. M. Bailey, No. 31). Lentinus pileo
infundibuliformi, lento, tenui, ochraceo, lineis velutinis, brunneis, e centro radian-
tibus, marginem versus rarioribus ornato ; lamellis brunneo-ochraceis, tenuibus, con-
fertis, simplicibus, subdecurrentibus, (siccis) undulatis ; stipite solido, sequali, gum

tomentoso; inter folia mycelio albo copioso radicante. b
| 912

400 MESSRS. BERKELEY AND BROOME’S LIST

In general habit Z. cyathus comes near to L. descendens, Fr., differing in its un- ;
branched gills, which are repeatedly dichotomous and very crowded in that species. In
the figure of Afzelius, quoted by Fries, the gills are delineated as distant; but in the —
description they are said to be incorrectly drawn. In the single specimen sent from -
Brisbane the pileus is more than 4 inches across, the gills narrow and unbranched; the —
whole plant, including the rooting base, is about 6 inches high; the stem nearly equal, :
and about 7 lines in thickness, pallid, and tomentose, with a few downy patches ofa :
darker tint near the base. The pileus is dark ochraceous, but clothed, especially towards —
the centre, with close, dark, velvety, slender lines, extending nearly to the margin. -
The margin thin, undulate when dry, and slightly recurved in places. There is a copious :
white mycelium extending from the base of the stem to some distance, among dead leaves |
&c. It grew in dense scrubs near Brisbane, but was rare.

5. Lentinus LrcowTET Fr. Brisbane (L. A. Bernays, No. 27).

6. LENTINUS SUBDULOIS, B., Ln. J. of Bot. 1851, p. 46. Brisbane (F. M. Bailey, No. 114). —

The specimens are in bad condition; there is a lateral stem, tomentose at the base —
and hirsute above where it joins the pileus; this may, however, be accidental, as the —
specimen appears to be injured. E

7. LENTINUS EXILIS, Kl. in Fr. Syn. Lent. 10. Brisbane (F. M. Bailey, No. 103).

8. LENTINvs DUNALII, Fr. Brisbane (F. M. Bailey, No. 120).

9. ScHIZOPHYLLUM COMMUNE, Fr. Brisbane (L. A. Bernays, No. 15).

10. LENZziTES BETULINA, Fr. Brisbane (F. M. Bailey, No. 65). "

11. LENZITES DEPLANATA, Fr. Brisbane (F. M. Bailey, No. 11). This fine species seems —
identical with one from Cuba and Ceylon. It comes near to D. glaberrima, B. & C. ; di
but the pores are longer and wider and more irregular. E

POLYPOREI.

12. Porvronvs (MrzsoPUS) xaAwTHOPUS, Fr. Brisbane (F. M. Bailey, Nos. 33 & 105). :
13. PonvroRnus (MESOPUS) nuTEO-NrTIDUS, B. (Pl. XLVI. figs. 7 & 8), Ln. J. of Bot. .
1856, p.175. Brisbane (F. M. Bailey, No. 107). ?

14. PoLtyporus (MrsoPvs) BRUMALIS, Fr. Brisbane (L. A. Bernays, No. 18). :
The specimens are in bad condition and are said to grow on the ground. P. brumalis —
occurs on sticks; but the Brisbane plant does not appear to differ. 1

15. Dorops (Mrsorvs) quaprans, B. & Br. P. pileo rigido, glabro, scutato, tenui, -
zonato, margine brunneo; stipite brevi, excentrico, pileo concolori; poris minutis,
rotundis, pallidioribus.

The single specimen sent is about seven twelfths of an inch across, shortly and excen- E
trically stipitate, concave below, smooth, of a dark ochraceous colour, with a brownish `
margin; pores very minute, nearly round, of the same colour but paler than the pileus. i
It comes near Polyporus xanthopus, but seems to be quite distinct. Brisbane (F. M.
Bailey, No. 128. The name is taken from its resemblance to a small piece of money.

OF FUNGI FROM BRISBANE. : 401
16. Potyrorus (PLEUROPUS) PrcrPEs, Fr. Brisbane (F. M. Bailey, No. 61).
17. PonyPoRvus (PLEUROPUS) LUCIDUS, Fr. Brisbane (F. M. Bailey, No. 13).

18. PonvroRus (PLEUROPUS) sANGUINEUS, Fr. Brisbane (L. A. Bernays, No. 5).

19. POLYPORUS (PLEUROPUS) FLABELLIFORMIS, Kl. Brisbane (F. M. Bailey, No. 3).
20. PornyPonus (PLEUROPUS) AFFINIS, Fr. Brisbane (F. M. Bailey, Nos. 96 & 98).

21. PoLyPORUS (PLEUROPUS) FUSCOLINEATUS, B. & Br., n. sp. (Pl. XLV. fig. 1). Bris-
bane (F. M. Bailey, No. 80). P. pileo tenui, lento, flabelliformi, ochraceo, lineis
strigosis brunneis radiantibus notato; margine sinuato, (sicco) incurvo; poris
mediis, irregularibus, fusco-brunneis; stipite depresso, ochraceo, sursum latiore,
reticulato, deorsum tomentoso.

The pileus is thin, depressed above, marked with broad shallow zones, together with
the pores, 2 to 3 lines thick, tough, rigid when dry, of a pale ochraceous colour, marked
by very slender lines radiating from the centre to the edge; at the centre they are
elothed with brown appressed hairs, which form small tufts at intervals, giving a rough
appearance to the pileus; the pores are angular, flexuous, and irregular, from } to 1
line long by about half that in width; they cease abruptly at the top ofthe stem,
which is depressed or flattened above, convex beneath, and finely reticulated where the
pores cease; the reticulations become gradually larger and shallower downwards; at
about halfway down they cease, and the stem below is nearly tomentose. This species
is allied to Polyporus grammocephalus, B.

22. POLYPORUS (PLEUROPUS) RHIPIDIUM, B. (Pl. XLVI. figs. 4, 5, & 6), In. J. of Bot.
1847, p.319. Brisbane (F. M. Bailey, No. 78).

23. PonyPoRus (PLEvROPUS) PLATOTIS, B. & Br., n. sp. (Pl. XLV. fig. 7). Brisbane (F. M.
Bailey, No. 32). P. pileo e clavato plano-infundibuliformi, glabro, ochraceo, fragili,
spongioso, lineis tenuibus radiantibus notato; stipite elongato, sursum crassiore,
pileo et poris mediis angulatis ad basin descendentibus concolori.

Allied to P. grammocephalus, B. The pileus is about 2 inches across, and, with the stem,
3inches high, depressed, glabrous, marked with slender, tomentose, radiating lines of a
dull ochraceous colour; the margin is thick and deeply sinuate; pores rather small,
‘005 to -011 inch across, very irregular and angular, of a darker although similar
eolour to the pileus; they descend quite to the base of the stem. The whole substance
of the plant is fragile and spongy. On wood.

24. PoLvPORUS (PLACODERMET) SENEX, B. Brisbane (F. M. Bailey, No. 123).

25. PonyPoRUs (ANODERMEI) IGNIARIUS, Fr. Brisbane (L. A. Bernays, No.17); Nees
& M. Mont. Cuba, p. 402.

26. Potyporus (ANODERMEI) FRUTICUM, B. & C. (Pl. XLVI. figs. 9 & 10). On a tree,
Trinity Bay, Brisbane (F. M. Bailey, No. 84).

402 MESSRS. BERKELEY AND BROOME'S LIST

These specimens were sent a second time under the same number (No. 84), perhaps in `
a younger state; the pores are much lighter in colour, but the plants have the same
spongy texture.

27. PoLyPORUS (ANODERMEI) RUBIDUS, B., Ln. J. of Bot. 1847, p. 500. Brisbane (F. M.
Bailey, Nos. 95, 116).

28. POLYPORUS (ANODERMEI) FUNALIS, Fr. Brisbane (F. M. Bailey, No. 124).

29. POLYPORUS (PLACODERMEI) CINEREO-FUSCUS, Currey, Linn. Trans. ser. 2, vol i.
124, cum icone. Brisbane (F. M. Bailey, No. 121).

30. POLYPORUS (INODERMEI) LUTEO-OLIVACEUS, D. & Br., n. sp. (Pl. XLV. fig. 8). Brisbane
(F. M. Bailey, No. 58). P. pileo lignoso-rigido, sessili, tenui, oculo armato et tactu
pubescente, cum hymenio profunde et concentrice zonato, verrucis subrotundis exas-
perato; poris minutis, rotundis, z:equalibus, ochraceo-brunneis.

The pileus is about 5 inches wide by 3 long, and deeply and concentrically zoned, thin,
so that the zones on the upper surface cause corresponding depressions beneath; rough
on the upper surface, with irregular roundish warts, and of an ochraceous-brown colour;
pubescent under a lens, and soft to the touch. The pores are of a pale olivaceous —
about *008 inch diameter.

91. POLYPORUS (INODERMEI) HIRSUTUS, Fr. Brisbane (F. M. Bailey, No. 62).

32 Potyporus (INODERMEI) cIcHORACEUS, B. (Pl. XLVI. figs. 27-87), Ln. J. of Bot.
1842, p.149, sub nomine P. mtybacei. Brisbane (L. A. Bernays, Nos. 7, 94). This
species has also been received from Ceylon (No. 472).

33. PoLyporus (RxEsupinatus) Broomet, Rabenh. (Pl. XLV. fig. 16), Fun. Europ.
exsicc. No. 2004. Brisbane (F. M. Bailey, No. 2).

This species is related to P. rufus, Fr. ; it also resembles in habit P. sinuosus, Fr.; but
the pores are much longer in the last-named plant. The Brisbane plant is paler in
colour than in Rabenhorst's specimens, resembling them in other respects.

34. Potyporvs (RESUPINATUS) CALCEUS, B. & Br., in Linn. J. Bot. vol. xiv. p. 55;
Ceylon Fungi, No. 506. Brisbane (F. M. Bailey, No. 119).

95. TRAMETES PERENNIS, Fr. Brisbane (F. M. Bailey, Nos. 44 & 106).

36. TRAMETES DEVEXA, B. (Pl. XLV. fig. 10), Journ. Lin. Soc. — p. 165. Brisbane E:
(L. A. Bernays, Nos. 20 & 24).

37. TRAMETES RIGIDA, B. & Mont. (Pl. XLV. figs. 14 & 15), Ann. Scien. Naturelles, 1849,
xi. p.240. Brisbane (F. M. Bailey, No. 102).

38. DÆDALEA SPRUCEI, D. (Pl. XLVI. figs. 19 & 20), Ln. Journ. of Bot. 1856, p. 290.
Brisbane (L. A. icc No. 14).

39.
40.

41.

42.
43.

45.

50.

51.

52.

53.

OF FUNGI] FROM BRISBANE. 403

DJEDALEA UNICOLOR, Fr. Brisbane (F. M. Bailey, No. 101).

HEXAGONIA POLYGRAMMA, Mont., ,in Ramon de la Sagra, Cuba, t. xiv. f.9. Brisbane
(F. M. Bailey, No. 97).

LascurA Tuwatrestt, B. & Br., Ln. J. of Bot. vol. xiv. p. 58; Ceylon Fungi, No. 535.
Brisbane (F. M. Bailey, No. 115).

HYDNEI.
InPEX FLAVUS, Fr. Brisbane (F. M. Bailey, No. 122).

InPzx zonatvs, B., Ln. J. of Bot. 1854, p. 168. Brisbane (L. A. Bernays, No. 67).
Irpex mollis and I. sinuosus come very near.

AURICULARINI.

. THELEPHORA PEDICELLATA, Schwein., Car. t. 2. fig. 8. Brisbane (F. M. Bailey,

No. 79).

HywzNocuzTE Cacao, B. (Pl. XLVI. figs. 1, 2, & 3), Ln. J. of Bot. 1854, p. 169.
Brisbane (L. A. Bernays, No. 8). No. 46 comes very near.

HYMNOCHATE TENUISSIMA, B. (Pl. XLVI. figs. 21 to 26), Ln. J. of Bot. 1847, p. 510,
under Sterewm. Brisbane (L. A. Bernays, No. 46). This species comes very near
to Hymenochete Cacao, B.

. STEREUM LOBATUM, Fr. Brisbane (L. A. Bernays, Nos. 21 & 68).
. CORTICIUM Lave, Fr. Brisbane CR. M. Bailey, No. 82).
- GUEPINIA SPATHULARIA, Fr. Brisbane (F. M. Bailey, Nos. 35, 57, 100).

CLAVARIEI.

CLAVARIA STRICTA, P. Brisbane (F. M. Bailey, No. 38). There is some uncertainty
about this species, as the colour of the spores cannot be seen.

CLAVARIA RUGOSA, Bull. Brisbane Ko M. Bailey, No. 47). The same remarks
apply here as in No. 50.

CLAVARIA ARGILLACEA, Fr., var. Brisbane (F. M. Batley, No. 41). The colour of
this plant is said by Mr. Bailey to be a light orange, which scarcely agrees with the
normal colour of C. argillacea; in other respects it resembles that species.

LACHNOOLADIUM FURCELLATUM, Lev. Brisbane (F. M. Bailey, No. 104). A very
variable species; the specimen from Brisbane agrees well with a small form
from Ceylon.

404, MESSRS. BERKELEY AND BROOMES LIST

TREMELLINI.
54. HIRNEOLA POLYTRICHA, Mont. Brisbane (F. M. Bailey, Nos. 109 & 110).

55. HIRNEOLA AURIOULA-JUDJE, B. Brisbane (L. A. Bernays, No. 28).

HELVELLACEI.

56. PEZIZA (GEOPYXIS) CINEREO-NIGRA, B. & Br., n. sp. (Pl. XLVI. figs. 16, 17, & 18).
Brisbane (F. M. Bailey, No. 70). Cupula infundibuliformis, (sicca) cinereo-nigra,
extus levis, profunde et irregulariter rugosa, margine incurva; stipes levis, con-
color, sursum dilatatus; asci lineares, 8 sporidia curvata continentes; paraphyses
lineares, apice furcati.

A fine species, allied to P. corium, from which it differs in its more tender substance,
and consequently deeply wrinkled cups and curved, somewhat sausage-shaped, sporidia,
which measure 0°001 inch in length by about half that in width. It grows on wood,
while P. corium occurs on the ground ; but its affinities are with the section Geopyzis.
The cups are about 1 inch 2 lines across, and with the stem are about 14 inch high. `

57. PEZIZA (CUPULARIS) VINOSO-BRUNNEA, D. & Br. (Pl. XLV. figs. 11, 12 & 13). Brisbane | :
(F. M. Bailey, No. 19). P. sessilis, hemisphserica, flexuosa, dein explanata, vinoso-
brunnea, pilis raris, obtusis, brevibus strigosa.

Growing on burnt ground in a crowded manner; cup when young nearly hemi- -
spherical, then expanded and flexuous, of a clear vinous brown, sparsely clothed with —
short, blunt, septate hairs; from 3 to 6 lines across. Asci equal throughout, containing
8 oval sporidia, which are at first invested in a gelatinous coat 0:001 inch long ; paraphyses
slightly clavate at the tips.

This species comes very near to P. sepiatra, Cooke, differing, as Mr. Phillips Ee ;
in its more crowded growth, paler disk, and lighter and rougher exterior, and in its rather ` `
larger sporidia.

58. PEZIZA (LACHNEA) SCUTELLATA, L. Brisbane (F. M. Bailey, No. 60). `

99. CENANGIUM LICHENOIDEUM, B. & Br., n. sp. (Pl. XLV. fig. 9). Brisbane (F. M. Bailey,
No. 112) C. cespitosum, cinereum, cupulis turbinatis, stipitatis, verrucis cinereis
irregularibus vestitis, perfectis margine crasso, ineurvo, cinereo, striato, junioribus `
absque ordine squamosis; hymenio levi, rufo-brunneo, e paraphysibus clavatis —
apice coloratis constituto ; asci breves, 8-spori, paraphysibus immersi. E

It forms dense masses of ashy-grey cups, which are stipitate, 3 to 1 line in width, and a
very lichenoid in appearance. The young cups are densely clothed with rough scales —
and tubercles, so that the colour of the inferior substance is not visible. In mature cups | :
the hymenium is smooth and of a light chestnut-colour, owing to the coloured tips of

the paraphyses, which are blended together and form a waxy disk. The asci are quite —

immersed, and contain 8 elliptic hyaline sporidia, from 00013 to 0:0015 inch long, and :
E ce constituted of 2 or 3 distinct coats. d :

OF FUNGI FROM BRISBANE. 405

SPH ARIACEI.
60. XYLARIA POLYMORPHA, Fr. Brisbane (F. M. Bailey, Nos. 6, 36).

61. XYLARIA RHYTIDOPHLEA, Mont., Ann. Sci. Naturelles, 1855, iii. 101. Brisbane
(L. A. Bernays, Nos. 22 & 25).
The sporidia are slightly larger than in Montagne’s species, 0-0005 to 0:0007 inch
long in our plant, and about 0:0004 in Montagne's, otherwise there is little difference.

62. vni PILEIFORMIS, B., Ln. J. of Bot. 1842, pl. vii. fig. 6. Brisbane (F. M. Bailey,
o. 71). Unfortunately the plant is immature, but there can be no doubt about
op species.

63. HYPOXYLON CONCENTRICUM, Grev. Brisbane (F. M. Bailey, No. 59).

64. HYPOXYLON ANGOLENSE, Welwitsch & Currey, Linn. Trans. xxvi. p. 282. Brisbane
(F. M. Bailey, No. 117).
65: HYPOXYLON cETRARIOIDES, Welwitsch and Currey, Linn. Trans. xxvi. p. 282. Bris-
bane (F. M. Bailey, No. 118). (Pl. XLV. fig. 6.)
Specimens occurred with mature fruit, which thus complete the account of the species
given in the Linn. Trans.

66. HYPOXYLON CRETACEUM, D. & Br.,n. sp. (Pl. XLV. figs. 2,3, 4, & 5.) Brisbane (F. M.
Bailey, No. 111). H. subglobosum, stipitatum, e candido albidum, subrugosum, lineis
tenuibus fuscis retieulatum, ostiolis nigris minute punctatum, intus stratis ligneis,
fragilibus, e stipite radiantibus formatum ; perithecia oblonga, nigra, ostiolis vix
prominentibus munita; sporidia oblonga, brunnea, continua, finibus acutis. |

Stromata globose or subglobose, stipitate, from 1 inch to 1} inch in height, the stem
compressed, from 2 to 5 lines in length; the external colour changes from white toa .
dull chalky fuscous in drying, the surface is then reticulated by little dark anastomosing
lines, and minutely punctate with the black ostiola. The interior substance is com-
posed of broad, flaky, woody but fragile strata, radiating from the stem.to the outer
surface, of a pale cork-colour. The perithecia are rather large, more than j line high,
black and oblong. There are but few asci left, and a few sporidia remain in the peri-

thecium; they are dark brown, continuous, and opaque, with acute ends, about *0015

to ‘002 in. long, by 0:0005 to 0-0008 in. wide.

PHALLOIDEI.
67. ILEODICTYON GRACILE, B., Ln. J. of Bot. 1845, t. 2. fig. 8. Brisbane (F. M. Bailey,
No. 52). |
NIDULARIACEI.
68. CxATHUS CAMPANULATUS, Corda. Brisbane (F. M. Bailey, No. 37).
69. Cyarnus rrwETARIUS, DC. (Pl XLVI. figs. 11 to 15). On horse-dung. Brisbane
— (F.M. Bailey, No. 66). Spores poeta 0:0012 to 0:0014 inch long.

| SECOND SERIES. — BOTANY, VOL. I. 3 K

406 | MESSRS. BERKELEY AND BROOME'S LIST

TRICHOGASTRES.

70. GEASTER SACCATUS, Fr. Brisbane (F. M. Bailey, No. 55). The plant appears to —

belong to this species on account of its determinate disk.
\

71. GEAsTER striatus, DC., var. MINOR. Brisbane (F. M. Bailey, No. 54).

72. Bovista LILACINA, Mont. & B., Ln. J. of Bot. 1845, p. 64. Brisbane (F. M. Bailey,
No. 85).

73. LYCOPERDON PUSILLUM, Fr. Brisbane (F. M. Bailey, No. 108).

74. MYCENASTRUM corium, B., Ln. J. of Bot. 1845, p. 518. Brisbane (F. M. Bailey,
No. 53).

75. Ponysaccum OLIVACEUM, Fr. Ironbark Forest. Brisbane (L. A. Bernays, No. 30).
The plant agrees well with Sowerby, t. 425, a, b; spores yellow.

76. PoLysaccuM PISOCARPIUM, Fr. This plant came in the same packet with Polysaccum :
olivaceum, Fr. (No. 30).

It agrees with Albertini and Schweintz’s figure, t. i. fig. 3; the spores are brown- `
ferruginous. Brisbane (L. A. Bernays).

77. SCLERODERMA Bovista, Fr. Brisbane (F. M. Bailey, No. 48).

MYXOGASTRES.
78. DIDYMIUM FARINACEUM, Fr. Brisbane (F. M. Bailey, No. 92).

79. SrEMONITIS FUSCA, Roth. Brisbane (L. A. Bernays, No. 29).

STILBACEI.

80. STILBUM CINNABARINUM, Mont. Brisbane (F. M. Bailey, No. 93 bis). The Brisbane 2
plant has slightly smaller spores than Montagne's, being about 0:0003 inch long;
in other respects it aecords with specimens of his species.

l TORULACEI.
81. BAcTRIDIUM FLAVUM, Kze. Brisbane (F. M. Bailey, No. 64).

MUCEDIN ES.
82. ASPERGILLUS GLAUCUS, Lk. Brisbane, on decaying Boleti (F. M. Bailey, No. ei,

83. CIRCINELLA UMBELLATA, Van Tieghem and Le Monnier, A. S. N. sér. 5, vol. x1
|». p.300, var. Morelia, B. & Br. Brisbane (F. M. Bailey, No. 93), on dung of a
carpet-snake kept in a bag. Although our plant differs in some respects from the
above, the spores being in Van Tieghem's plant 0:0002 to 0:0003 inch diameter,
whilst in ours they are 00005 to 0:0007 inch diameter, yet the general resemblance
between them and the similarity of their habitat leaves the identity tolerably
certain. Van Tieghem and Le Monnier describe Circinella umbellata as having
steel-blue —_ in ours ET are peni pde or yen. fein brown. `

OF FUNGI FROM BRISBANE. 407

DEMATIEI.

84. CLADOSPORIUM HERBARUM, Lk. Brisbane (F. M. Bailey, Nos. 125, 126). Probably
forms of the above species ; spores of various sizes, from 0:0003 to 0:0007 inch long,
simple, uniseptate, &c., are seated at the tips of clear brown threads, which arise

from a branched septate mycelium on Andropogon muticum.

85. HELMINTHOSPORIUM RAVENELII, Curtis. On Sporobolus diandrus. Brisbane (F. M.
Bailey, Nos. 73-75). These seem to belong to one species. The spores are alike
in all. They resemble in structure the sporidia of Massaria faduns, Fr. In the
above they measure 0:003 inch in length.

(ECIDIACEI.

86. ŒCIDIUM APOCYNATUM, Schwein. On Tabernemontana orientalis. Brisbane (F. M.
Bailey, No. 39). Spores 0:001 inch long.

CHOMACEI.

87. THECAPHORA GLOBULIGERA, B. & Br., n. sp. On Leersia hezandra. Brisbane (F. M.
Bailey, No. 86). Cystidia subglobosa vel oblonga, in paleis Leersie hezandre nidu-
lantia, sporis numerosis, brunneis, echinulatis conferta. Spores echinulate, pale
brown, subglobose, 0:00035 to 0:0005 in. diameter, contained in irregular dark
brown cysts, 0003 to 0-008 inch long; cysts forming crowded masses adhering to
the interior of the pale.

There is another plant which occupies the interior of some of the paleæ ; it consists of
numerous dark threads, like those of Helminthosporium, and subglobose, reticulate,
brown spores, about 0:001 inch long. The spores are free, but, no doubt, grow on the
tips of the brown septate threads.

88. TRICHOBASIS RUBIGO-vERA, Lév. On stems and leaves of Hemarthria compressa.
Brisbane (F. M. Bailey, No. 89).

89. UsrrLAGO CARBO, Tul. On Aristida calycina. Brisbane (F. M. Bailey, No. 76).
Spores subglobose, 0-0004 inch diameter.

90. UsrrLAGO AXICOLA, B., in Ann. of Nat. Hist. March 1852. Brisbane (F. M. Bailey,
No. 72). On Fimbristylis. Spores spherical, 00006 inch diameter.

MYCELIA.
91. RHIZORMORPHA HARRIMANNI, Sow. Brisbane (F. M. Bailey, No. 63).

408 MESSRS. BERKELEY AND BROOME ON FUNGI FROM BRISBANE.

DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES.

PLATE XLV.

Fig. 1. Polyporus (Pleuropus) fuscolineatus, B. & Br., n. sp., under surface, nat. size.

Figs. 2, 3, & 4. Hypoxylon cretaceum, B. & Br., n. sp., nat. size, and fig. 5 magnified spores of same.

Fig. 6. Hypoxylon cetrarioides : spores, highly magnified.

Fig. 7. Polyporus (Pleuropus) platotis, B. & Br., n. sp., nat. size.

Fig. 8. Polyporus (Inodermėi) luteo-olivaceus, Berk., n. sp. : plant, nat. size.

Fig. 9. Cenangium lichenoideum, B. & Br., n.sp.: upper surface, nat. size.

Fig. 10. Trametes devexa, B: a section of plant, nat. size.

Figs. 11, 12, & 13. Peziza (Cupularis) vinoso-brunnea, B. & Br.; fig. 11, plant, nat. size; fig. 12, asci and
paraphyses highly magnified ; fig. 13, spores, also highly magnified.

Figs. 14 & 15. Trametes rigida, B. & Mont.: plant, nat. size; fig. 14, upper, and fig. 15, under surface,

Fig. 16. Polyporus (Resupinatus) Broomei, Rabenh, exterior surface, nat. size.

Puare XLVI.

Figs. 1, 2, & 3. Hymenochete Cacao, B. Fig. 1, under surface; fig. 2, upper surface of another speci-
men; fig. 3, partially side view of still another example: all nat. size. :

Figs. 4, 5, & 6. Polyporus (Pleuropus) rhipidium, B. Fig. 4, portion of a specimen, upper surface ; fig. LR
another piece, showing its upper surface; fig. 6, a small plant: all nat. size. E
Figs. 7 & 8. Polyporus (Mesopus) luteo-nitidus ` plants, nat. size. Ge
Figs.9 & 10. Polyporus (Anodermei) fruticum, B. & C. Fig. 9, exterior surface of plant; fig. 10, a section
of part of the same: both nat. size. a
Figs. 11, 12, 13, 14, & 15. Cyathus fimetarius, DC. Fig. 11, upper surface; fig. 12, partially side view of Er
same ; fig. 13, a single specimen; fig. 14, 7 es portion of plant: all nat. size. Fig. 15,

spores of C. fimetarius, highly magnified. :
Figs. 16, 17, & 18. Peziza (Geopyzis) cinereo-nigra, B. & Br. Fig. 16, a side view of plant, nat. uc
: fig. 17, ascus and paraphysis; fig. 18, spores, also highly magnified. l
Figs. 19 & 20. Dedalea Sprucei, B. Fig. 19, half of the under surface of a plant, and fig. 20, a sectional
view of ‘the same: both nat. size. er
Figs. 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, & 26. Hymenochete (Stereum) tenuissima, B. A series of examples of the plant —
in different views: all nat. size. _ ee
Figs. 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, & 37. Polyporus (Inodermei) cichoraceus, B. Series of spe- `
cimens in different aspects : all nat. size. a

t

Trans. Liny. Soc. Sen. 2.Bor VoL Tas.45.

ru

—
A

doped "T.

P
ON de E
Y AE

JNFitch ad nat. ith.

FUNGI FROM BRISBANE, QUEENSLAND.

Fitch imp

Trans. Linn.Soc.Ser.Z Bot Ven, Tas 46.

ah
ty

^
TES ze

FUNGI FROM BRISBANE, QUEENSLAND. Fitch imp.

JNFitch ad nat. Eth.

[ Am |

XXIII. On the Occurrence of Conidial Fructification in the Mucorini, illustrated by
Choanephora. By D. D. Cunnincuam, M.B., F.L.S., Surgeon H.M.’s Indian Army.

(Plate XLVII.)

Read May 2nd, 1878.

IN the year 1872, Mr. Currey described what he was then justified, by my drawings
and descriptions, in regarding as a new genus of Mucedinous Fungi *. The object of the
present paper is to show that this fungus, in place of being a member of the Mucedines,
belongs to the Mucorini, and that M. de Bary's suggested analogy between the Mucorini
and Ascomycetes, in respect of their fructification, is well founded, although the ob-
servations which originally suggested it have since been shown to be fallacious.

Ever since first encountering the plant in 1871 I have frequently observed it, especially
during the rainy season, on the flowers of Hibiscus, and once or twice on those of other
plants, such as Zinnia, Ee It was, however, only during the present season that I
undertook its systematic study and cultivation, in order to determine more accurately its
nature and relations.

As encountered under its natural conditions of growth, the plant covers the flowers
which it affects with a dense crop of erect fructifying filaments, without any trace of
aerial mycelium. It occurs most abundantly and in most luxuriant development at
times when there is much moisture in the air, especially when, as is normally the case
during the rains, there is an alternation of heavy showers with warm rainless intervals.
Failing such conditions, clear weather, with cloudless nights and drenching dews, fur-
nishes the circumstances under which it most commonly occurs. Constant heavy rain
or absence of dew are apparently equally repressive to its development. It attacks the
flowers immediately after they have matured, and may be found in great perfection
covering them whilst still adherent to the flower-stalk and only exhibiting incipient
symptoms of decay. Its presence certainly accelerates decay greatly, but it is a cause,
not a consequence of advanced putrefaction, as it is not found to occur on flowers in
which decomposition has advanced far previous to the access of the conidia. :

The affected flowers are readily detected in the early morning by being more or less
covered by a white bloom, due to the crowd of immature fructifying heads; but in the
course of a few hours they become much less conspicuous, as the conidia, in ripening,
pass from white to madder-brown, and finally to a deep purplish black. The entire field
is found, on microscopic examination, to be occupied by a series of mulberry-like heads
(fig. 1), each composed of numerous dense masses of conidia, varying in colour from
snowy white to dark purple or black, and supported on a forest of shining colourless
filaments. In addition to such mature forms, other specimens occur bearing a series of `

* Journ. Linn. Soc., Bot. (June 20th, 1872) vol. xiii. p. 333, pl. vii.

410 DR. D. D. CUNNINGHAM ON THE CONIDIAL

colourless, hyaline, funnel-shaped processes, replacing the conidial masses (fig. 2), and `
with only a few conidia or membranous fragments adherent to them. Various immature |
forms are also represented by filaments, each terminated by a spherical dilatation, which
gives origin either to a set of stalked heads covered with sterigmata and young conidia,
or to a number of secondary dilatations producing such structures. The stems can be
traced downwards to the epidermis of the corolla, from which they emerge without any .-
trace of mycelial filaments appearing on the surface.

On detaching specimens of such fructifying filaments from the basis, and subjecting
them to more minute examination, the following points may readily be determined
regarding them. The filaments take origin from a more or less defined dilatation, which
in its turn is connected with a slender mycelial twig penetrating the tissues of the |
corolla. The dilatation is generally situated immediately beneath the epidermis ; some-
times, however, it appears on the surface. It is occasionally sharply defined from the |
parent mycelial twig by a septum, and in such circumstances comes to present a con- —
siderable resemblance to the basal dilatations in Pilobolus. In other cases, however, |
the transition is very gradual, and the wide base of the fructifying filament passes by `:
insensible degrees into the mycelial twig. The dilatations in many instances, in addition ——
to giving origin to the fertile filaments, produce one or two short blunt tubes {apparently _
abortive filaments), and in rare cases two perfect filaments may be present.

The stems vary considerably in length, but many measure as much as 8°25 millims. ——
They are generally continuous tubes, but occasionally one or two septa may be present in
their course. The superior extremity terminates in a more or less spherical dilatation. _
This either gives origin to a set of stalked secondary heads, which may be conveniently `
termed capitella, or, where the plant is luxuriantly developed, to a number of thick pro- — s
cesses, each surmounted by a dilatation producing capitella. The capitella, when mature,
measure about 0:325 millim. in transverse diameter; they are rounded above, and
below pass insensibly into their supporting pedicels. Over the upper half of each à ` S
number of projecting spicules is developed. These gradually enlarge above, and the —
process terminates in the formation of sets of conidia attached to the capitellum by short A
stalks (fig. 3). As the conidia increase in size they gradually conceal the capitella, and —
form lobules of the mature mulberry-like fructification. From the comparatively large _
size of the plant, every step in the development can,be readily and accurately followed; —
and there can be no doubt of the essentially conidial nature of the fructification. When
the conidia are mature a septum forms a little beneath the upper extremity of each `
sterigma, so that the conidia, when detached, carry small portions of the latter with S

them.

The lower portion of the capitellum produces no sterigmata ; but wh the formation :
of conidia is occurring over the upper portion, its walls gradually thicken, and ultimately `
the line of demarcation between the two portions comes to be sharply defined by the

. projecting margin of the thickened membrane of the lower one. The fertile portion now ` `
comes to appear as though it were fitted into the other, as an acorn is into its cup. As E
the conidia are developed, the protoplasmic contents of the filaments pass successively F
upwards into the — ade into the — and MA into um coni

FRUCTIFICATION OF CHOANEPHORA. 411

leaving the former structures full of watery fluid. When the ripe conidia become
detached, the thin membrane of the upper portion of the capitellum usually breaks up,
leaving only delicate threads attached to the rim of the lower portion, or collapses and
disappears entirely. Occasionally, however, it persists in the form of a filmy sac pro-
jecting from the cup of the lower portion (fig. 4). The persistent portions of the capitella
now come to appear as a series of pedicillate funnels; and as conidia not unfrequently
fall into them, or are carried down attached to the collapsing upper portion, it might
readily be supposed that they had been developed within the funnels. Taking the deve-
lopment and structure of this form of fructification alone there would seem to be very
conclusive grounds for regarding the plant as of a mucedinous nature; but the facts in
regard to its anatomy and life-history, still to be described, show what false conclusions
may be arrived at where one form alone of asexual fructification is employed as a basis
for the classification of fungal organisms.

On proceeding to examine those portions of the plant which remain concealed within
the tissues of its host, the following results are arrived at. The mycelial system is com-
posed of a series of main tubes, which are branched, devoid of septa, and full of a granular
yellowish protoplasm, in which a continuous streaming motion may be detected, and of
a set of branched radicles or haustoria, taking origin from the branches of the main
tubes. These radicles are at first full of contents similar to those of the main tubes; but
they soon become emptied of these, and are, when mature, full of watery fluid and pro-
vided with a basal septum (fig. 20). The mycelium is therefore in every respect charac-
teristic, not of the Mucedines, but of the Mucorini. The cells of the corollar tissue of
the host do not appear to be penetrated either by the main tubes or by the radicles; but
the latter are closely applied to them, and in some cases appear to adhere to them by
special dilatations.

At certain points, where they approach the surface, the mycelial filaments give origin
to slender twigs, which generally follow a course more or less parallel to the parent
tubes. Such twigs are destined to produce the aerial conidiiferous filaments. After
growing for some distance, they either terminate in a distinct dilatation or, more rarely,
pass on directly into the acrial filaments. Sometimes the tips of the twigs force their
way to the surface previous to forming their terminal dilatations; but the latter are
generally produced immediately beneath the epidermis. In such cases the resistance
which they encounter causes the filaments in many instances to follow a more or less
contorted course. The dilatations are frequently directly continuous with their parent
tubes; sometimes, however, they are eventually separated from them by transverse
Sepia.

Such are the features commonly presented by the plant; but in certain cases the
. Mycelium is capable of producing the apparatus of sexual production. This happens
comparatively rarely, and I have as yet been unable to determine what the precise con-
ditions are under which it occurs. In these cases the mycelial tubes, after having given
origin to the common conidial fructification, produce a number of short branches, which,
in place of growing in length, swell out into thick club-shaped processes (fig. 11). In
most cases these arise directly from the mycelial tubes, and remain continuous with: — S

412 DR. D. D. CUNNINGHAM ON THE CONIDIAL

them; but in some instances they are borne on short stalks, and are separated from the
parent tube by a septum. Sometimes the clubs are isolated, but in general several, and
frequently a considerable number are produced, in close proximity to one another. When
several are present, only one or two of them undergo further development, and the rest
soon lose their contents and remain as a series of empty saccular protrusions around
those which continue to grow (fig. 12). The latter enlarge considerably, and a great
accumulation of granular protoplasm takes place within them. As this accumulation
increases, the clubs gradually assume an arcuate outline, one side projecting outwards,
whilst the other becomes deeply concave (fig. 14). The contents now accumulate towards
the apex, and a septum forms beneath them, separating the process into two unequal
portions. The upper portion is filled by a dense mass of granular protoplasm ; the lower
is hyaline, and distended with a clear watery fluid. Where two of the arcuate bodies
are situated sufficiently close, their superior extremities approach one another like the.
blades of a curved pair of forceps, and the apices of the terminal cells are thus brought |
into close contact (fig. 13). In all cases in which I have been able to determine the
point accurately, the opposed organs have been derived from two distinct mycelial fila-
ments. In many cases, however, the relations of the processes and filaments are very
much obscured by the presence of the abortive dilatations previously alluded to; and in
some the appearances seemed to indicate that contact occasionally occurred between
processes arising from the same filament. After the terminal cells have come into con-
tact, the mutual pressure which they exert causes their opposed surfaces to become flat-
tened out, so as eventually to appear as a transverse partition separating the two masses.
of protoplasmic contents. This partition is next absorbed, and the two masses becom
fused together. The result is the formation of an oblong body, which at first presents
more or less distinct lobes, corresponding to its separate parent cells, but which soo
becomes smoothly convex. The entire sexual apparatus at this stage has the form of
two curved empty cells or suspensors, connected above by a convex keystone-like cell
full of granular contents (fig. 15,4). A great increase in size ensues in this latter cell,
but the growth does not take place uniformly through its entire mass. On the contrary,
it is confined to the convex surface, which, in consequence, comes to project more an
more prominently beyond the suspensors (fig. 15, 0). The terminal surfaces of the latter,
which were originally directed obliquely towards one another, alter their relative direc-
tions as the growth progresses. Their upper edges are more and more widely separa
by the unequal increase in the intervening mass; and the surfaces eventually come to
lie almost in the same plane, in place of diverging, as at first (fig. 15,0). The young
zygospore now appears as an almost hemispherical body, bounded on one side by a flat
face, corresponding with the terminal surfaces of the suspensors. This appearance is,
however, transitory ; for, as its growth continues, the zygospore gradually assumes à
rounded outline, and eventually appears as a sphere supported on one side by two dilated
suspensors (fig. 15, d). ‘This sphere is filled with coarsely granular yellowish conten
These next become separated from the cell-wall and are invested by a distinct membrane
(the future exospore) which rapidly increases in thickness and Me a deep-bi i
colour, and. a second. delicate membrane foams within it. Whilst these p

FRUCTIFICATION OF CHOANEPHORA. - 413

growth and development have been taking place in the membranes, another series of
changes has been advancing in the contents. The contents are at first evenly granular,
but, as maturation proceeds, a separation of oily globules takes place. These globules
increase in number and size, and, gradually running together, are represented in the
ripe zygospore by a single large drop of oil. The mature zygospores measure from 0:07
to 0:05 millim. in diameter. They are covered externally by a thin membrane belong-
ing to the parent conjugating cells (fig. 16). Their intrinsic membranes consist of a
thick dark-brown exospore and a delicate colourless endospore (fig. 16). None of those
tubercles or irregular thickenings of the spore-membranes are present which are so
conspicuous in the zygospores of other Mucorini; and the ripe structures resemble those
of some of the Peronosporev rather than those of the nearest allies of the plant.

According to these observations, the process by which the zygospore of Choanephora
is formed is intermediate in characters between those occurring in Phycomyces and
Piptocephalis. The process in common with those of both these genera is carried out by
the conjugation of two curved cells. It differs from that in Piptocephalis and agrees
with that in Phycomyces in the simple nature of the union of the conjugating cells.
On the other hand, it differs from that in Phycomyces and agrees with that in Piptoce-
phalis in the nature of the phenomena occurring after conjugation, in the unequal
growth of the combined mass, and the consequent development of a zygospore, which is
not situated between two lateral suspensors, as in Phycomyces, but is attached by its
basal aspect to the summit of these structures.

I have hitherto failed in successfully cultivating the zygospores. The difficulties in
preserving such bodies in a tropical climate in conditions favourable to germination and,
at the same time, secure from the attacks of fungi and of animal enemies of various
kinds, are very great, and frequently almost insuperable.

The results of the study of the plant under its normal conditions are, then, to show
that it possesses a mycelium and sexual reproductive apparatus of the recognized Muco-
rine type, but that the asexual fructification, in place of being sporangial, is of a truly
conidial nature. |

After having studied the features presented by the plant in its natural condition, I
proceeded to undertake a prolonged series of artificial eultivations, with a view of, as far
as possible, obtaining a complete knowledge of its life-history. Some of these cultiva-
tions were conducted on a large scale; but the results of these were corrected and
checked by those of a much more extended series, in which the spores were isolated in
such small numbers as to allow of ready individual identifications. Some of the latter
eultivations were conducted on the cellular system, as recommended by MM. Van Tieg-
hem and Le Monnier *; but the greater number were carried out on the plan originally
introduced by M. de Bary, and so successfully practised by Brefeld f. There can be
no question of the theoretical superiority of the cellular cultivations; and the procedure

* “Recherches sur les Mucorinées.” Par MM. Ph. Van Tieghem et G. Le Monnier. Ann. des Sc. Nat. 5°
Série, t. xvii. p. 261. |
f Botanische Untersuchungen über Schimmelpilze von Dr. Oscar Brefeld.

_ SECOND SERIES.—BOTANY, VOL. I. - 3L

414 DR. D. D. CUNNINGHAM ON THE CONIDIAL

is, judging from MM. Van Tieghem and Le Monnier's experience, capable of giving
excellent practical results. Working here, however, I have found that with many fungi
it is impossible to provide suffieient nourishment in this way or, at all events, to furnish
all the conditions necessary for complete development. A luxuriant mycelium is often
produced, but fructification is seldom freely developed unless extra nutritive material be
added; and the process of introducing this into the cell practically reduces the cultiva-
lion very much to one carried out on M. de Bary's method, where the spores are kept
under continuous observation in a moist chamber containing both the microscope and
cultivation. The cellular method, where successful, may allow of conclusions being more
rapidly arrived at; but the other, when carried out with sufficient care, and repeated
often enough, gives results which are very nearly, if not quite, as good. ic

The medium employed in the cultivations in the present case consisted of fresh decoc-
tions of the corolle of Hibiscus, and, in one or two instances, of boiled water alone.

The ripe conidia are obovate in form, and, as previously mentioned, generally have a
small projeetion at the narrower extremity, formed by the tip of the parent sterigma
(fig. 6). They vary considerably in size, but average specimens measure about 0'02 `
millim. by 0:011 millim. They consist of a purplish-brown exospore, containing a mass of 4
granular protoplasm invested by a delicate endosporic layer. They present no distinct
indications of a nucleus, either when first detached from the sterigmata or during the
course of germination; but a clear space or vacuole may be present in the protoplasmie
contents. When sown in water no change takes place in them, and germination does —
not occur. On their introduction into Hibiscus-decoction, the first phenomenon observed `
is the commencement of movement among the granules of the protoplasm. This begins
almost immediately, and very soon attains considerable activity; the streaming of the
protoplasm is in fact established so far as the limited area of the interior of the conidium `
will allow of such a phenomenon. A certain amount of enlargement of the cell now `
occurs; but this is slight as compared with that taking place in many Mucorini. In
two cases in which the increase was measured the conidia, when first sown, were 0-018. *
by 0:012, and 0:02 by 0:012 millim.; and on germination were 0:02 by 0:02, and 0:02. :
by 0015 millim. As a rule there is little or no increase in the length of the cell, but `
the transverse diameter increases until it nearly or quite equals the longitudinal one `
and the entire body assumes a spherical form. `

The germinal tubes next make their exit. This process takes place very soon; in one
case, where special observations were taken in regard to this point, some of the tubes had Er
already attained a length of 0:025 millim. half an hour after the conidia were sown.
The precise time of emission, however, varies, being considerably delayed in the case of
conidia which have been kept for any length of time previous to being sowed; but
germination usually occurs, at latest, within five hours, and, as a rule, takes place much :
sooner. The majority of conidia give origin to one or two tubes only; but in rare `
instances three are produced. The phenomena attending germination vary somewhat `
with the ripeness of the conidia. In immature specimens the exospore shows no distinct "s

evidenees of rupture, but appears rather to be pushed in front of the protruding tube
and to blend Acc with it. „Where, Aron the o conidia a are v iespughir ripa

FRUCTIFICATION OF CHOANEPHORA. 415

tinct rupture of the exospore occurs, the line of fracture being distinctly evident against
the budding-tube (figs. 7,8). As the latter increases in age, and as its walls become
distinctly differentiated from its contents in the form of a definite membrane, this line of
demarcation is gradually obscured, and finally disappears, the two membranes apparently
being fused together. |

The germinal tubes generally arise from the sides of the conidia, so that the axis of
growth of the new plant is at right angles to that of the parent; occasionally, however,
the tubes are emitted from one or other extremity (fig. 7). They are thick, and are
usually undivided for some distance; but in some cases, as they escape from the conidia,
they form a more or less marked dilatation, from which two filaments of equal size arise.
The streaming of the protoplasm is very active in the young filaments, and, as the latter `
grow, more and more of the contents of the conidia pass into them. As the process
continues, the conidia are gradually emptied, for some time, however, retaining a narrow
peripheral layer of protoplasm, and ultimately being left as brown sacs full of watery
fluid (fig. 8). The filaments continue to grow and ramify rapidly; and from the main
system of tubes thus produced short lateral filaments are developed. These give off
several branches, and, soon becoming emptied of their protoplasmic contents, are shut off
at their origins by transverse septa. The main tubes are at first entirely devoid of
septa; but, as they increase in length, the protoplasm advances within them, so as to
leave large tracts occupied by watery fluid only; and in such tracts septa are occa-
sionally formed. |

After the mycelium has continued to grow for some time, fructification, in the form of
aerial conidiiferous filaments, begins to be produced. The filaments, in the artificial
cultivations, may be traced directly to the parent tubes, no intermediate dilatations, such
as occur in the natural plant, being formed. Where the conditions of nutrition are very
highly provided, the formation of reproductive bodies is delayed, and the mycelium con-
tinues to grow luxuriantly for a considerable time. Under fair nutritive conditions— -
where the decoction is a strong one—a crop of fructification is usually produced within
twenty-four hours from the commencement of the cultivation ; but this is more or less
determined by the time of day at which the sowing of the conidia is effected, as it is only
during the hours of darkness that the aerial filaments are produced. Supposing the
sowing to have taken place at 10 a.m., the germinal tubes will generally have been
emitted within an hour; and by sunset an abundant mycelium will have been developed.
On the following morning at dawn (say at 5 a.m.) a crop of young conidial heads will be
present; and this will mature during the course of the next few hours. The rapidity
with which the conidia are formed and matured is very remarkable, and is rendered very
manifest by the great change in colour which the heads undergo during ripening.

The conidial heads, when the plant is well nourished, are precisely similar to those of
the uncultivated specimens; but the capitella are generally fewer in number, and the
conidia of comparatively smaller size than in the latter. Every step in the development
of the heads can here be accurately followed, and the nature of the process is seen to
be as follows :—The aerial filaments swell out at the apex, and the protoplasm, which is `

.— niin ually streaming into them, accumulates in the dilated extremities. A series of

416 DR. D. D. CUNNINGHAM ON THE CONIDIAL

prominences now appears on the dilatations, and each of its members, after growing `
outwards for a short distance, in its turn becomes dilated apically, accumulates proto- |
plasm, and is ultimately converted into one of the capitella previously described. Over |
the upper hemisphere of each capitellum sterigmata are now developed, and the forma- _
tion of conidia follows in due course (fig. 3). The only feature distinguishing the
capitella of cultivated from those of natural specimens of the plant lies in the fact that
the lower barren hemispheres of the former do not become so thickened as to form the `
distinct funnel-shaped structures so characteristic of the natural specimens subsequent
to the fall of the conidia. |

Such are the characters of the conidial fructification developed on a mycelium derived ` —
.from the conidia of the natural plant cultivated in a medium affording abundant —
nutritive material. Where, however, a weak medium is employed, or where too many E
conidia are sown in a strong medium, or where the mycelium continues to produce
fructification after the nutritive properties of the medium have been exhausted during |
the course of the cultivation, various abortive forms are developed deviating con- a
siderably from the normal type. In the natural plant the heads, as previously men
tioned, frequently produce thirty or even more sterigmatous capitella, and those arising `
from a well-nourished mycelium in artificial cultivations may produce as many as |
fifteen or twenty. In those cases, however, in which nutrition is imperfect, only a small
number of capitella are produced, and filaments are encountered with numbers dimi
nishing through various degrees until we find specimens with only two capitella. The
process of abortion does not, however, reach its climax here; for a further stage occurs in
which no capitella are produced, and in which the dilated extremity of the filament gives.
direct origin to the sterigmata (fig. 5).

Numerous cultivations of conidia obtained in primary auem always gave a like
result, however strong a nutritive medium was employed. Abundant fructification was | E
frequently produced; but the heads were invariably of a poor type and the conidia of —
small size. Only a few capitella were produced in any case, and the proportion of heads `
failing to produce capitella at all was very large. Tertiary cultivations of conidia
obtained from the previous series usually failed entirely to produce fructification. The E
conidia in many cases germinated, but the mycelium was, as a rule, very feeble and
soon ceased to grow. Cultivated under the artificial conditions which were employed, -
the plant appears to undergo a progressive loss of vigour with each generation, leading `
to the dying out of the members of the third generation without any provision for

reproduction. í

The conidial form of fructifieation was, however, not the only one developed i in these
cultivations. On the contrary, two other forms, one sporangial the other chlamydo:
sporous, were obtained.

The former of these occurs very frequently, and, in fact, under conditions to be pre-
sently described, it appears almost invariably. That this fructification really belongs to
the same plant as the zygosporic and conidial forms previously described, there can,
I believe, be no doubt. The grounds for this belief are as follow :—1. Numerous careful —
cultivations of limited numbers of conidia have given a mycelium producing such

FRUCTIFICATION OF CHOANEPHORA. 417

sporangia. 2. The cultivation of spores from a sporangium has resulted in the develop-
ment of a mycelium bearing the conidial form of fructification. 3. Sporangial filaments
have been traced to the same mycelial tubes as conidiiferous ones. 4. The conditions
securing the development of sporangial filaments on a mycelium produced from conidia
have been in a great degree determined. 5. Specimens of Zibiscus-decoction when
exposed to the air, although they become the site of the development of various moulds,
do not show any forms producing such sporangia save when the conidia of Choanephora
have been introduced into them.

The first thing to be noted in reference to the sporangial fructification is, that it does
not appear to occur on the plant in its natural state. The conditions under which it
occurs are those in which the poorer types of conidial fructification are produced. It
occurs along with these:—1. On mycelia growing on an exhausted medium; 2. On
mycelia developed from the conidia produced in artificial cultivations. The sporangial
fructification has never been obtained apart from the conidial form ; but the proportions
of the two forms on the same mycelium varies greatly in different instances. As a rule,
however, the conidial heads on any mycelium considerably exceed the sporangial ones in
number. Any cultivation in which conidial heads with very few or no capitella abound
may be expected to produce sporangia. The two forms of fructification occur simul-
taneously ; but in those cases where sporangia are produced on a mycelium derived from
the natural plant, cultivated in a medium which was originally rich enough to secure
the formation of well-developed conidial heads, the sporangia do not occur simultaneously
with such heads, but along with the poorer types so frequently produced by those
portions of mycelium which continue to grow and produce fructification on the partially
exhausted medium.

The sporangial filaments do not, asa rule, attain a length equalling that of the conidial
ones with which they are associated, and are frequently somewhat curved at the apex.
The superior extremity of each filament dilates into a small rounded sporangium, which,
from the presence of numerous calcareous particles, is conspicuously tuberculated
(figs. 9 & 10). The sporangia are separated from the filaments by a transverse par-
tition, which is sometimes flat, at others arched upwards into a small prominent colu-
mella (fig. 10). They vary somewhat in size, but, on an average, measure about 0:027
millim. in diameter. When first formed they are pale yellow, but as the spores mature
they assume a fine deep Vandyke-brown colour. This colour is, in any case, due to that
of the contained protoplasm or spores; for on the evacuation of these the sporangial
membrane is seen to be colourless. The sporangia at first present an even rounded
outline; but as the spores enlarge and approach maturity, they come to fill the cavity
completely, and pressing upon the walls of the sporangium stretch them tightly, and
cause them to assume a nodulated contour, corresponding with that of the contained
mass of spores (fig. 9). When mature the sporangia rupture irregularly, the line of
fracture being in general more or less vertical; and subsequently they disintegrate and
disappear, leaving the spores free. The number of spores produced within any spo-
rangium is very limited, seven or eight being a common number, akhough in rare
instances there may be various numbers up to seventeen or eighteen. The spores vary

418 DR. D. D. CUNNINGHAM ON THE CONIDIAL

greatly in size, even within the same sporangium, ranging from 0:02 x 0:013 millim,
to 0:013 x 0:009 millim.. When mature they generally present a more or less marked
ovate form, one extremity being narrow and pointed, or slightly truncate, the other evenly
rounded (fig, 10). They are of a rich brown colour, which is mainly due to the exospore,
but which is intensified by the yellowish colour of the protoplasm. It is worthy of
notice that the protoplasm is sometimes evenly diffused, while at others it is more or less
aggregated into two distinct masses, one towards either extremity of the cell.

When sown in decoction of Hibiscus, the first change observed in the spores is à
general diffusion of the protoplasm where this has been aggregated and a commence-
ment of protoplasmic streaming; at the same time the cell increases somewhat in size,
swelling out so as to assume a more or less rounded outline, and, finally, one or two
germinal tubes are emitted, which soon begin to ramify in the fluid. "This is all that
I have been able to observe regarding their development save in one instance ; in all the
others the growth of the mycelium was rapidly arrested. As in the case of that de-
veloped from the poorer types of the conidial fructification, the mycelial filaments soon `
ceased to grow, and rapidly passed on to decomposition. In the exceptional case where |
this did not occur, the decoction in which the spores were sown was a very strong one,
The spores germinated freely, producing a vigorous mycelium, which at the close of
twenty-four hours was covered with a crop of well-developed polycapitellar conidial `
heads. :

The fourth form of reproductive bodies belonging to Choanephora consists of true `
chlamydospores. These appear to occur much less frequently than any of the other
forms of fructification. The only occasion on which they were observed was in a ek
tivation of the conidia of the naturally developed plant. In this case the decoction
employed wasa very weak one. The mycelium was very rapidly arrested in its growth p
in fact in some cases no mycelium was formed, the germinal tube immediately on its.
exit from the conidium proceeding to form a chlamydospore. Whether formed in the `
course of mycelial filaments, or arising directly from conidia, the chlamydospores had `
the same characters. They were broadly fusiform in outline, and varied considerably
in size (fig. 18). On an average they measured about 0:03 x 0:016 millim. They con- `
sisted of a mass of highly refractive finely molecular or clouded protoplasm, and stood
out very conspicuously among the empty and collapsed filaments within which they were
contained (figs. 17, 18). "Their further development was not observed.
_ According to the observations detailed above, Choanephora is a genus of Mucorin 2

fungi capable of producing four distinct forms of fructifieation. Of these, one is the |
result of an undoubted sexual process, while the remaining three are produced by the
differentiation of portions of the general protoplasmie constituents filling the filame
of the plant. The following is a tabular statement of the forms of reproductive bodies :— -

L SOWN eebe -> >- T. s sri Di serie
Bang feuctiligation eet «samen EE
Chlamydospores.

| The Speer. and d clam dospori FER bodies See t to, be more nal

FRUCTIFICATION OF CHOANEPHORA. 419

allied to one another than to the conidia. They are new and independent cells formed
within the tubular system of the parent plant; but the conidia are merely isolated
portions of that system, being, in fact, merely the tips of the terminal filaments of the
aerial portion of the plant. The distinction, moreover, is not merely an anatomical one;
the difference in the nature of the conditions favouring the development of the various
forms of fructification indicates a physiological distinction also, The conidial fructifica-
tion is the form characteristic of active nutrition and vegetative growth. Given a very
rich nutritive medium and fully developed normal conidia, a luxuriant development

of mycelium occurs, followed, sooner or later, by an abundance of conidial fructification.

With diminishing nutrition there is progressively poorer mycelial development and less-
developed conidial fructification. When this degeneration has reached its utmost limit,

when the conidial fructification is reduced to its poorest and simplest type, the sporangia

begin to make their appearance; and when conditions of nutrition are too greatly

lowered even to allow of this, we find the chlamydosporic fructification providing for the

preservation and diffusion of the plant.

The fact that the occurrence of various forms of fructification may be determined by
conditions of nutrition should be constantly borne in mind in the study of organisms
with polymorphic reproductive apparatus. The observation of the fact isnot a new one;
but the present instance appears to be one of the clearest demonstrations of it which has
yet been afforded. It is not, however, merely in respect of this, although no doubt
closely associated with it, that the phenomena exhibited by Choanephora deserve atten-
tion. They appear, in addition, to be capable of affording a possible explanation of
certain conflicting conclusions which have been arrived at as the result of recent
observations on the Mucorini conducted by highly competent authorities. I allude
especially to those of MM. Brefeld, Van Tieghem, and Le Monnier. The former author
has been led by the result of his observations to divide the Mucorini, or Zygomycetes
as he prefers to style them, into two subfamilies, one of which he distinguishes as
characterized by sporangial, the other by conidial asexual fructification. MM. Van
Tieghem and Le Monnier, on the other hand, deny that true conidial fructification
ever occurs in the Mucorini, and affirm that in those cases where it has been stated to
occur, the supposed conidia were either monosporous sporangia or aerial chlamydospores.

The phenomena presented by Choanephora show both these conclusions to be incor-
rect; for, on the one hand, they demonstrate that true conidia really do occur in the
Mucorini, and, on the other, that true conidia may occur in the same species with
sporangia. Whilst thus proving the incorrectness of the conclusions of the distinguished
observers just named, the present observations afford a means of reconciling the appa-
, rently conflicting results upon which these conclusions, are founded. They do so by
showing that although the observations of MM. Brefeld, Van Tieghem, and Le Monnier
may have been correct, their conclusions are not so, merely because of the assumption
that all the phenomena presented by the species under observation had presented them-
Selves to each observer. M. Brefeld, because he never encountered any but a conidial
form of asexual fructification in Chetocladium and Piptocephalis, assumes that sporangia *
"never are produced in these genera ; whilst MM. Van Tieghem and Le Monnier, believing `

420 DR. D. D. CUNNINGHAM ON THE CONIDIAL

that the forms of asexual fructification observed by them were either sporangial or
chlamydosporic, at once conclude that conidial forms never can occur.

In reference to Brefeld’s observations, it is of importance to note that he knew

Chetocladium and Piptocephalis, his conidial genera, only as parasitic organisms, that —
is, only under conditions in which their nutrition was at its highest,—conditions which `
the phenomena of Choanephora justify us in regarding as those securing the production `
of a luxuriant mycelium, occasionally of the sexual fructification, and constantly of the
conidial form of asexual fructification.

MM. Van Tieghem and Le Monnier, however, studied one of these genera, Cheto- —
cladium, under different circumstances. They observed it not only as a parasite on
other Mucorini, but as growing independently and deriving its nourishment directly —
from the surrounding media. In reference to the conclusions of these observers
regarding the nature of the fructification in this genus and in Piptocephalis, three possi- —
bilities suggest themselves in endeavouring to reconcile their statements with those of —
Brefeld. It may be (1) that in both genera they only met with true sporangial fructi-
fication; or that (2) they encountered both sporangial and conidial forms; or possibly
even (3) that in certain cases they met with conidial forms alone. It may appear to be
presumptuous to suggest the latter two possibilities; but when carefully studied in
connexion with the present series of observations, their interpretations of many of the
phenomena actually observed appear to have been in some degree influenced by a fore-
gone conclusion of the impossibility of the occurrence of conidia. In reference to the
possibility of the form of fructification observed by MM. Van Tieghem and Le Monnier |
having been of a different nature from that obtained by Brefeld in his cultivations, it
may be noted that the former authors give an account of the phenomena attending
germination in Chetocladium differing materially from that furnished by Brefeld.
They affirm that germination occurs with hardly any antecedent enlargement of the
spores ; Brefeld describes the conidia as enlarging considerably prior to germinating.

The grounds on which there is reason to suspect that the interpretation of phenomena
given by MM. Van Tieghem and Le Monnier has occasionally been somewhat influ-
enced by a foregone conclusion, and by a desire to avoid the complication incident on the
recognition of two subfamilies of Mucorini, as proposed by Brefeld, must be considered
somewhat in detail in order to be appreciated.

In reference to Chetocladium, these writers allow that the bodies which they regard
as sporangia invariably contain only a single spore. Here the question at once arises,
How are monosporous sporangia to be distinguished from conidia? MM. Van Tieghem
and Le Monnier apparently distinguish them by the fact that in germinating, or when
exposed to pressure, the contents of the cell, if of a sporangic nature, escape, partially or
completely, as a homogeneous spore-like body. But such a phenomenon may surely
occur in conidia‘ or spores in which there has been a distinct formation of a firm exospore
including an endosporic sac. If one look for examples of such an occurrence among
kibori; although cases of complete escape of the endospore are perhaps unknown,
there is no great difficulty in obtaining examples of partial escape. Tuniak to MM. Yon
Tieghem and vs Monnier’ s own account of the germination of the spora | es of

FRUCTIFICATION OF CHOANEPHORA. 421

Phycomyces, we find it stated :—** Si la spore jeune n'avait pas acquis de double contour,
il ny a pas d'exospore percée par le tube, et le contour externe de la spore est seule-
ment plus noir que celui du filament qui en procède ; mais si la membrane s'était déjà
séparée du protoplasme par un contour interne, la spore, en se dilatant, brise un exospore,
qui se décolle souvent sur tout le pourtour et continue à l'envelopper en partie." If we
compare this description and the illustration accompanying it with those referring to the
phenomena occurring in the case of the so-called sporangia of Chetocladium, it is evident
that the difference in the two cases is one of degree and not of kind.

In regard to the phenomena presented by Piptocephalis, it is evident that further
observation is yet wanting. To those not already convinced of the necessary absence of
eonidia, neither the descriptions nor illustrations furnished by M.M. Van Tieghem and
Le Monnier afford satisfactory evidence of the sporangial nature of the fructification.
That the sporoid cells are not formed successively by continuous budding, like the conidia
of Penicillium and Aspergillus, but by the segmentation of previously continuous rod-like
bodies, all observers are agreed; but that this affords definite proof of the sporangial
nature of the fructification is certainly not a fair conclusion. A very similar process
occurs in the filaments of Oidium lactis and in the ascal spores of certain Spheria,
where the filaments or cells breaking up into a series of conidia or secondary spores, as
the case may be, can in no sense be regarded as sporangia. There is another difficulty,
moreover, in the way of accepting the interpretation proposed by MM. Van Tieghem and
Le Monnier. This lies in the fact that they affirm that the spores are held together by
a substance similar to that occupying the interspaces between the spores in the spo-
rangia of other Mucorini. It is somewhat difficult to realize in what the similarity
lies, seeing that in other Mucorini the special function of the material appears to be
to ensure the separation and diffusion of the spores due to its property of swelling up in
contact with water, whereas here it is supposed to hold them together although immersed
in a globule of water.

The same tendency to insist on the impossibility of the occurrence of conidial fructi-
fication appears more or less in the account given by the same authors of the phenomena
observed by them in JMortierella and Syncephalis. The difficulties in the way of
accepting their conclusions regarding the nature of the fructification in the latter genus
are precisely those alluded to in connexion with Piptocephalis. With regard to both
genera it may, moreover, be remarked, that even if the observers be correct in denying
the conidial nature of the fructification, it is not clear on what grounds they distinguish
it as sporangial rather than chlamydosporous. As to Mortierella, the doubtful inter-
pretation does not refer to sporangia, but to certain bodies which they regard as aerial
chlamydospores. No doubt their observations regarding the occasional formation of
such bodies beneath the termination of the parent filament would, if confirmed, be
practically conclusive. Confirmation is, however, certainly required, as the whole
character and history of the development is otherwise strongly suggestive of the conidial
nature of the bodies in question. It is in this respect very significant that the aerial
. . ehlamydospores are described as occurring under conditions of high nutrition, not on the `

|. same mycelium with the other recognized form of chlamydospores, and even, to a certain. —

. SECOND SERIES.— BOTANY, VOL. I. 3M

422 CONIDIAL FRUCTIFICATION OF CHOANEPHORA.

extent, in an inverse relation to the sporangia. The description, too, of the different degrees `
of development of the filaments and dilatations bearing the aerial chlamydospores recalls
very forcibly the phenomena occurring in the case of the unequivocally conidial frueti- `
fication of Choanephora. ;
The above observations have not been made with any desire to detract from the value ` —
of the brilliant series of observations recorded by MM. Van Tieghem and Le Monnier,
but simply with a view to pointing out that the subject cannot yet be regarded as satis-
factorily decided. It is not, of course, to be assumed that because one genus of Mucorini
has been shown to possess both sporangial and conidial forms of fructification, all other
genera must necessarily do so also. Still as one has been shown to do so, and as the
production of the various forms of fructification has been shown to be closely connected
with variations in the conditions of the nutrition of the plant, there are some grounds ` `
for suspecting that the phenomenon may not be an exceptional one, and there is cer-
tainly reason for renewed investigation in order to determine the point.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XLVII.

Fig. 1. Mature conidial head of Choanephora. x 76.

Fig. 2. Head after the fall of the conidia. x 180.

Fig. 3. Immature capitellum with young conidia. x 800.

Fig. 4. Capitellum after fall of conidia. x 800.

Fig. 5. Diagram of the various types of conidial heads.

Fig. 6. Mature conidium. x 960.

Fig. 7. Conidium and young germinal tube. x 960.

Fig. 8. Conidium and portion of young mycelium. x 960.
9

. Sporangial fructification. x 180.

. Ruptured sporangium and mature spores. x 840.

. Commencement of sexual process ; formation of club-shaped dilatations on

the mycelium. x 360.

Fig. 12. Conjugation of sexual cells; isolated sexual cell and empty dilatations.
x 420.

Fig. 13. Sexual cells in contact. x 840.

Fig. 14. Mature sexual cell, showing arcuate form. x 480.

Fig. 15. a, Conjugated cells ; 6, commencing growth of the zygospore; c, continued
development of the zygospore; d, mature zygospore. x 180.

Fig. 16. Ruptured zygospore, with escape of oil and granular protoplasm. x 180.

Fig. 17. Chlamydospore. x 960.

Fig. 18. Chlamydospores and mycelial filaments. x 180.

Fig. 19. Origin of conidiiferous filaments. x 180.

Fig. 20. Mycelial filaments. x 180. J

ru
&&i
kel Lm
TO

Fig.15.x190, -

D

IFICATION OF CHOANEPHORA.

eg?

oh?

XXIV. On a new Species of Helvella. By Wu PuiruiPs, P.L.S.

(Plate XLVIII.)
Read June 5th, 1879.

IN a collection of Fungi gathered in 1876 on the Sierra Nevada mountains, in
California, and sent for determination by Dr. Harkness of San Francisco, was a species
of Helvella presenting characters essentially different from those of any species hitherto
described. The specimens have evidently been dried with great care, and arrived here
in a most satisfactory condition, which is not always the case with large and fleshy
species. It is to be hoped that Dr. Harkness will continue to prosecute his researches
in that highly interesting country, as there can be little doubt that it possesses many

treasures to reward the labour of diligent investigation.

HELVELLA CALIFORNICA, Phillips, n. sp. (Pl. XLVIII. figs. 1-6.)

Pileus campanulate or saddle-shaped, deflexed, sublobate, free, veined beneath,
purplish brown ; stipes longitudinally costato-lacunose, rosy pink; asci cylindrical, nar-
rowed towards the base; sporidia 8, elliptic, binucleate ("017 x 009 millim.); paraphyses

linear, clavate, and brown at the apices. |
On the earth in dense forest, near rocks, Sierra Nevada mountains, California

(Dr. Harkness, no. 1005).
The pileus is from two to six inches in diameter, the stem from two to six inches
high and about three quarters of an inch to one and a half inch in diameter. Its nearest

ally is Helvella crispa, Fr., from which it differs in the colour of the hymenium and the

stem, and in being a larger species.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XLVIII.

Figs. Lë 2. Helvella californica. Two medium-sized specimens, of natural size.

Fig. 3. A median perpendicular section of a smaller-sized specimen.
Fig. 4. A transverse section of the stem, viewed partly sideways, and of natural size.

Fig. 5. The asci and paraphyses, magnified about 400 times.
Fig. 6. The sporidia, magnified to the same extent as the asci.

SECOND SERIES.—BOTANY, VOL. I. 3N

X

TRAxs.Limm.Soc.Srn.2.Bor Vor 1 Pr 48.

WPhillips del.

H C A

PLEA IP n

Titch imp

Freq. g.
HELVELLA CALIFORNICA, ZAzZzps. wap.

me

This page number was omitted in
the original pagination.

No page or information was
missed during scanning.

L

[ 425 ]

XXV. A Review of the Ferns of Northern India. By CHARLES BARON CLARKE,
M.A., F.L.S.

(Plates XLIX.-LXXXIV.)

Read June 19th, 1879.

INDIA proper (that is, exclusive of the Malayan or Trans-Gangetic Peninsula) was
divided by Kurz into three main regions, viz. :—(1) the Himalaya, extending from Kashmir
to Bhotan and Chittagong ; (2) the Peninsula with Ceylon, extending as far north as the
tableland extends; and (3) the great plain between, the home of the Hindoos, Hin-
doosthan.

The area included in the present paper comprises the first and third of these divisions,
i. e. all India proper except the Peninsula. Several considerations have induced me to
confine myself to this area. First, I have collected Ferns myself from Kashmir to Bho-
tan, Khasia, and Chittagong, for upwards of eleven years; I have only visited South
India for a few weeks. Secondly, Col. Beddome has spent his Indian career in Southern
India; and his aecount of the Ferns of Southern India is, in the judgment of Major
Henderson, nearly unassailable; but Col. Beddome has, T believe, hardly collected at all
himself in Northern India, and his invaluable plates of the Ferns of British India are, in
the case of many species, founded on very scanty material As my own Herbarium
contains more forms from Northern India than the whole Kew accumulations, I hope
therefore to have been able to add somewhat to the previous A MAI of the North-
Indian Ferns.

I have drawn up the present paper at Kew, seated within a few yards of Mr. Baker
and I believe I have taken advantage of his extreme courtesy to the extent of asking
his opinion on every point as it turned up. While, therefore, he is not responsible for the
view I may have adopted in each case, I may claim that I have had the full benefit of
his experience. After the different tribes have been written out, Major Henderson has
gone over the whole material at Kew with me; he has corrected several slips that I had
made; and in the body of the paper I have in all cases mentioned particularly any point
wherein he differs from what I have written. The present paper is therefore virtually
a paper by Major Henderson and myself; but, as I have done all the writing, he declined
to have it so entitled.

The paper is in the form of a copious appendix to Hooker and Baker's ‘ Synopsis
Filicum ;’ i. e. I have often given no diagnosis of a species; and the remarks on every
Species are additions or corrections to the account in the ‘Synopsis Filicum. No
person is likely to undertake the study of Indian Ferns without this book at his elbow ;
and Ihave not wished to print more repetition than the large quantity always absolutely

necessary in work of this kind. The first 48 pages of the ‘ Synopsis Filicum `" were done
3N 2

426 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.

by Sir W. J. Hooker, the remainder by Mr. Baker; but for shortness I have quoted it
as though a joint work.

Botanists are pretty well agreed in England to give each Phænogam the specific name
given it by him who first referred it to the right genus; but Pteridologists follow the `
contrary rule, giving each Fern the specific name given it by him who first referred it to
the wrong genus or to any genus. Mr. Bentham, in the ‘Ferns of the Australian
Flora,’ has submitted to this distinction; it seems to me untenable. It is argued,
indeed, that the species of Ferns have been arranged in genera in so many ways that :
less confusion on the whole arises by taking the oldest specific name; I think this isa
very dangerous line of argument for any one to advance who follows the contrary rule `
with regard to Pheenogams. I doubt whether the genera of Indian Ferns have been `
more changed than those of the Indian Rubiaces. However, as the present paper is
founded on Hk. & Baker's Syn. Fil., I have, to avoid confusion, followed the rule adopted ` `
in that work, and have only changed Hk. & Baker's names where I have supposed —
myself compelled to do so in order to be consistent. I have quoted a large numberof |
synonyms, which I believe a matter of great importance for the firm establishment of —
species; I have quoted none that I have not looked up and satisfied myself to mean the —
plant referred to: the only exceptions to this statement are references to Milde's d
Equisetum, Luerssen's Ophioglossum, and a few others of the same kind, in which : T
cases botanists will at once understand that it would take weeks to master such elaborate
monographs, and that I have not done so. a

I have endeavoured to fix more accurately the habitat of the North-Indian Ferns. To —
read Hk. & Baker’s Syn. Fil., or even Beddome’s ‘Supplement to the Ferns of India, t
it would appear that the vast moist tropical plain of Bengal was nearly destitute of `
ferns. This, I need hardly say, is not so— several ferns attributed by authors to the
* Himalaya" being abundant in Bengal, and several of them indeed, so far as my
knowledge extends, being quite unknown in the Himalaya. |

The Plates appended to the paper are entirely supplementary to those of Col. Beddome,
and are not intended to be complete in themselves. Col. Beddome has so nearly
exhausted the Ferns of India, that the Plates are merely designed to bring out minor
differences to assist in specific determination: e.g. when a Plate is given of a fern
scarcely specifically different from the universal Pteris quadriaurita, I have not given
an analysis of the fruit to show that the genus is Pteris. So of the critical Athyriums, |
the Plates are designed merely to give an idea of the cutting, so difficult to define. ge
words. |

In the *Supplement to the Ferns of India,' Col. Beddome allows (species and vin
with separate numbers) l

Ap SOO. E ar eo O
In Southern India . . . sous MEM £A
In the Trans-Gangetic Peninsula sor te DEUS 1n
In Northern DUE. senes usc ` LA

The nu paper admits 363 species in Northern India, exelusive of 12 ric n

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. 427

4 Equisetums, which I have added to make the paper include all the Acrogens having
spores of one kind only. By far the largest genera in North India are Polypodium
(67 species), Asplenium (56 species), Nephrodium (54 species).

The new species described are 16, viz. :—

Hymenophyllum Levingii. Nephrodium ingens, W. S. Atkinson (compound Lastrea).
Cheilanthes albomarginata. Nephrodium Wightii, - iis

Pteris subindivisa. Nephrodium de P stt

Asplenium bellum, Allantodioid. Polypodium subtripinnatum (Phegopteris) .

Asplenium torrentium, Polypodium chattagramicum (Dictyopteris) .

Asplenium sikkimense, reng Polypodium subameenum (Goniophlebium).

Asplenium succulentum, : Polypodium jaintense (Niphobolus).

Nephrodium rhodolepis (compound Lastrea). Polypodium clathratum (Pleopeltis).

A considerable number of species (especially of Wallich’s) that have been sunk or
misunderstood are rehabilitated. More interesting than these or the new species are
several cases where, by aid of the more abundant material at my command, I have
altered the genus (or subgenus) to which the plant is referred: such are :—

Hemitelia Brunoniana, formerly Alsophila Brunoniana, Wall.
Diacalpe feniculacea, Si Aspidium feniculaceum, Hook.
Davallia dareeformis, m Polypodium dareæforme, Hook.
Lindsaya repens, St Davallia repens, Baker.

A. (Euasplenium) longifolium, y A. (Diplasium) longifolium, Baker.

A. (Pseudallantodia) procerum, ` ,, A. (Athyrium) umbrosum, var., Baker.

N. (Lastrea) sikkimense, » Aspidium sikkimense, Baker.

P. (Pleopeltis) erythrocarpum, ` P. (Goniophlebium) erythrocarpum, Baker.

Several of these species, placed in wrong genera or subgenera, have been hitherto
insoluble mysteries to many Indian botanists who had collected the plants, but looked for `
them in the book under other genera or subgenera.

I have appended to the paper a complete reduction of the North-Indian Ferns in
Wallich’s Herbarium. This will be of some value to this Society in showing the state
of that Herbarium, and may also assist botanists to form a correct estimate of the
weight to be attached to the quotations of the Wallichian numbers. In very many
cases a mixture of ferns is pasted down under one number; and in numerous cases the
same fern appears under different numbers. The rule as to quoting Wallich’s names is
that the name applies to the plant on the large paper type-sheet (letter A). But this
rule cannot be implicitly followed: the Wallichian no. 361 contained a large number of
duplicate sheets; all these were one fern, Aspidiwm fuscipes, to which the specific name
_ fuscipes has been applied; but I find that the type-sheet no. 361 is Nephrodiwm sage-
nioides, Baker, belonging to a different subgenus. About 3 per cent. of the Wallichian
Ferns are blank sheets, on which are pasted the Wallichian lithographed ticket. I learn
from Mr. West that these Ferns arrived loose, and that when they came to be pasted
down it was in many cases found impossible to discover the plant belonging to the
ticket ; this seems to have been specially the case with the rarer and more critical species,
of which probably only a small quantity was collected. The result of all these compli-
cations is that I begin to doubt whether the great pains taken in quoting Wallich’s
numbers are well bestowed ; for I find, in very many instances, that such quotations have

merely puzzled or misled. Mr. Moore has already pointed out that the Aspleniùm Fin-

428 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA,

laysonianum, Wall., of Hooker & Baker, is not Asplenium Finlaysonianum, Wall., nor
even of the same subgenus, the fact being that the Wallichian duplicate sheets of Asple-
nium Finlaysonianum, Wall, at Kew, are not the same as the Wallichian type-sheet;
and if errors from this cause are not rare at Kew, botanists at a greater distance from
head quarters cannot be expected to avoid them.

Of the 379 species of North-Indian Ferns, 88 (so far as yet known) are confined to it.
In the Himalaya westward from Nepaul 149 species occur, while in the Himalaya east
of Nepaul 269 species occur; the Eastern region of Khasia and Chittagong has afforded
258, while 52 species occur in the plains. Out of 75 genera (as understood by Hooker
and Baker) 50 are represented in North India.

1. GLEICHENTA, Smith.

1. G. evauca, Hook. Sp. Fil. i. 4, t. 3 B, not of Swartz; Mett. in Ann. Mus. Lugd. Bat.
1.48. G. longissima, Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 250; Hook. Sp. Fil. i. 4; Mett. Lei
Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil 12; Luerssen, Fil. Graeff. 248. G. gigantea, Wall. Cat.
157, as to the type-sheet ; Hk. & Bauer, Gen. Fil. t. 39; Hook. Sp. Fil. i. 5, t. 84 ;
Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 30. G. Bancroftit and excelsa, Hook. Sp. Fil. i. 5, t. 4
A, B. G. arachnoides, Mett. l. c. 47. OG japonica, Spreng. Syst. iv. 25. Poly-
podium glaucum, Thunb. Fl. Jap. 338. Mertensia glauca, Swartz, Syn. Fil. 164,
390. M. glabra, Brack. U.S. Explor. Ferns, 1854.

Sikkim and Bhotan; alt. 4500-7590 feet, in the dripping forest region, common.
Khasia; alt. 8500-5000, common. Nepaul, Wallich.—Distrib. Extends eastwards through
China, Japan, and Malaya, to Tropical Australia, Polynesia, and America. Not in the —
Deccan. nor in Ceylon. EC

Seandent over other jungle, sometimes covering a spur for several hundred feet.
Fronds in pairs at the dichotomous branching of the main rhachis, often 6 feet long,

pendent, curved. Texture of the pinnules hard, stout, margin recurved; veinlets ` `

2-branched from near their base. Frond (sometimes on both surfaces) with the capsules
often glistening, puberulous, from scattered minute subglobose glands. Rhachis and
pinnules beneath glaucous or densely ferrugino-tomentose (in the Indian examples).

2. G. LINEARIS, C. B. Clarke. G. Hermanni, R. Br. Prodr. 161, and in Wall. Cat. 155;
Blume, Enum. Pl. Jay. Fil. 248, not of Hk. & Grev. G. ferruginea, Blume, Enum. ` `
Fil. Jav. 249; Hook. Sp. Fil. i. 10. G. lanigera, Don, Prodr. Fl. Nepal. 17. Gd `
chotoma, Hook. Sp. Fil. i. 12; Bedd. Ferns South Ind. t. 74; Mett. in Ann. Mus. d
Lugd. Bat. i. 50, t. 3; Carr. in Fl. Viti. 332; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 15 ; Benth. —
Fl Austral. vii. 698; Luerssen, Fl. Graeff. 249. G. Klotzschii, Hk. Sp. Fil.i.19, `
t. 5, B. G. pteridifolia and crassifolia, Presl, Epimel. 23, t. 13, 14. Polypodium `
lineare, Burm. F1. Ind. 235, t. 67. fig. 2. D dichotomum, Thunb. Fl. Jap. 338, t. 37;
Roxb. in Cale. Journ. Nat. Hist. iv. 493. Mertensia emarginata, Brack. U.S. Ex- `
plor. Ferns, 297, t. 42: M. dichotoma, Langsd. & Fisch. Voy. Russ. t. 29. MS

Sikkim, Bhotan, and Khasia, alt. 0-5000 feet, common; extending Gene Nepal 3

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. 429

to Kumaon, Strachey & Winterbotiom.—Distrib. Mts. of Malabaria and Ceylon, China,
Japan, Malaya, to Tropical Australia, Polynesia, and America.

Scandent over other jungle, sometimes for several hundred feet, often rooting. Fronds
in divaricate pairs. Texture of the pinnules hard, stout, margin recurved; veinlets
3- (or more) branched from near the base. Pinnules beneath usually glaucous, with
some ferruginous hair near the base of the pinna; sometimes this hair extends to the

rhachis of the pinnules beneath.

2. CxATHEA, Smith.

Involucre globose, uniform in texture, scarcely thinner at the apex, dehiscing by irre-
gular lines when the capsules are ripe. At no stage of ripening, therefore, are the
involucres to be found as hemispheres in which complete globes of unripe capsules are
seated. (This definition is merely designed to separate the single North-Indian species
from the closely allied Hemitelias.)

l. C. serNULOSA, Wall. Cat. 178. Rhachis of pinnules beneath sparingly bullate-scaly,
not pubescent; veinlets (in the segments of a pinnule from the middle of a barren
pinna) 2-branched and frequently 3-branched; sori very large, the two rows occu-
pying very nearly the whole breadth of the segment; involucre white, stout.—Hk.
Sp. Fil. i. t. 12c. (Pl. XLIX: fig. 1.)

Nepaul, Wallich; Jaintea Hills, alt. 4800-4500 feet, C. B. Clarke.

Attains 30 feet. Prickly, to the rhachis of the pinnules. Pinnules rusty, hirsute-
pubescent on the midrib above, otherwise nearly glabrous. Fertile and barren fronds
somewhat dimorphous ; fertile segments much narrowed, especially in their fruit-bearing
portion; the veinlets rarely 3-branched. The venation must be observed in the segments
of the pinnules taken from the middle of a well-developed pinna from a barren frond.
In many species of tree ferns with uniformly 2-branched veinlets, if an imperfectly-deve-
loped pinnule be taken from a pinna near the top of the frond, the veinlets may be
found 3-branched or subpinnate. Sir W. J. Hooker took his figures from Wall. Cat.
178, which are very faithful; but fig. 4 (taken probably from a segment with very unripe
fruit) shows the sori too small, and, indeed, does not agree with fig. 3 (same place), which
shows the sori nearly as broad as the segment. The accompanying description (Sp. Fil.
i. 25) is unfortunately drawn up partly from Wight's no. 149, which is Alsophila late-
brosa; and the diagnosis in Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 23, is similarly compounded of two
plants. Oyathea spinulosa, Bedd. Ferns South Ind. t. 57, represents a pinna of Hemi-
telia Beddomei, C. B. Clarke, with analyses of segments copied from Hook. Sp. Fil. i.
t. 12 c, which do not represent the Deccan species at all. Hemitelia Beddomei has the
segments (of a pinnule from the middle of a well-developed pinna) elongate crenulate,
veinlets frequently 3-branched, sori very small, involucre at first completely enclosing
the sorus, but very thin and soon reduced to a hemispheric cup, and is not conspecific
either with any Himalayan fern or any other than I can find in the Kew Herbarium.

430 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.

9. HEMITELIA, R. Br.

Involucre at first globose, thin at the vertex, usually disappearing from the vertex
before the capsules are ripe; the capsules then appear as a globose mass, half-exsert
from a hemispheric cup having a slightly toothed margin. As the capsules ripen the cup
withers or becomes less than a hemisphere, but is usually to be found as a patelliform
scale (not as a mere lateral bullate scale) completely surrounding the base of the sporo-
phore after the capsules have fallen.

1. H. pEcretens, J. Scott, in Trans. Linn. Soc. xxx. 33, t. 14. Rhachis of pinnules
beneath bullate-scaly, not pubescent; veinlets (in the segments of a pinnule from
the middle of a barren pinna) 2-branched and occasionally 3-branched ; sori in two
rows, rarely occupying the whole breadth of the segment ; involucre membranous, at
first globose, but reduced before the capsules are ripe to a hemispheric cup with an
obscurely toothed margin.—Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 455. Alsophila decipiens, Bedd.
Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 311, not good. Cyathea spinulosa, J. Scott, l.c. 32, t. 13 A;
Kurz, For. Fl. Brit. Burma, ii. 572, not of Wall. Amphicosmia decipiens, Bedd.
Ferns Brit. Ind. Suppl. 1.

Sikkim; alt.1000—4000 feet, frequent. Bhotan; Kalimpoong, alt. 4000 feet, C..B. Clarke.

Khasia; below Nungklow, Griffith, Hk. f- $ Thoms., and at the Bor Panee, Hk. Ji
& Thoms.

Attains 30-40 feet. Prickly, to the rhachis of the pinnules; pinnules glabrous or very
nearly so; fertile segments narrowed in the fruit-bearing portion, or sometimes (in

pinne from the same frond) not at all narrowed. This is specifically separated from ` T

Cyathea spinulosa by the much rarer 3-branched veinlets and the young fruit, excellently
figured by J. Scott, Z. c. t. 14. figs. 10, 11.

I have no hesitation, with J. Scott's descriptions, figures, and type specimens before
me, in uniting Cyathea spinulosa, J. Scott, to Hemitelia decipiens; the two are, so far as
I can see, absolutely identical. Whether Cyathea spinulosa, Wall., really differs speci-
fically may be questioned : it seems to have been collected only thrice; and it would be `
hazardous to conclude that the white globes of fruit, uniformly tough throughout their `

whole extent, are more than a casual variety of the fruit of the much commoner ` `
Hemitelia decipiens.

2. H. Brunontana, C. B. Clarke. Rhachis of pinnules beneath more or less crisped- —
pubescent; veinlets (in the segments of a pinnule from the middle of a barren
pinna) 2-branched, none 3-branched ; involucre membranous, at first (at least some-
times) globose, reduced before the capsules are ripe to a hemispherie cup or sub-
patelliform scale. —Alsophila Brunoniana, Wall. ; Hook. Sp. Fil. i. 52. A. latebrose, `
var. hemitelioides, J. Scott, in Trans. Linn. Soc. xxx. 34.

Sikkim and Bhotan ; alt. 4000—7500 feet, very common. East Nepaul, Sir J. D. Hooker.
Khasia ; alt. 3000-5000 feet, very common.— Distrib. Deccan.
Usually 10-15 feet, attains 30-40 feet sometimes. POS eis muricated rhachis

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. 431

of pinnze often free from prickles; 3-branched veinlets very rare. In the common Khasi
plant the involucre appears as a half-cup with lacerate margin while the spores are
dispersing; in the Sikkim form the involucre, though a complete thin globe in the
earliest stage, is reduced ultimately to a patelliform scale, sometimes hidden by the ripe
sorus, but seen as a disk surrounding the carpophore when the spores have been dis-
persed. The whole of the Kew Cyathea spinulosa (except Wallich’s type specimen) is
this plant; it is very easily distinguished therefrom by the 2-branched veinlets and
the pubescent rhachis of the pinnules. There is no original specimen of Wall. Cat. 7073—
the examples under that number in the Wallichian Herbarium having been “ taken
from the specimen on the staircase," which it was supposed might have been 4. Bru-
noniana, Wall.: these are Alsophila glauca, J. Smith. The trunk referred to by
Sir W. J. Hooker remains in the Kew Museum; but the fronds on it described by him
are gone; this trunk, however, is certainly not that of Alsophila glauca, as supposed in
Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 42. Griffith says (Private Journals, p. 170), “the Alsophila
Brunoniana is apparently confined to the limestone hill at Cherra, while the tree fern
Polypodium is found on sandstone." The limestone hill at Cherra, alt. 4200 feet, still
supplies plentifully Hemitelia Brunoniana. By the tree fern Polypodium, Griffith
doubtless meant the exinvolucrate Alsophila glauca, which extends from the Cherra
Khud to Sylhet Station. Griffith also says (Private Journals, p. 7) that Wallich and
himself found 4. Brunoniana during a trip from Cherra to Mamloo. The only tree ferns
near this path are the Hemitelia Brunoniana across the brook on the limestone hill.

Var.? Scottii. Segments of the fertile pinnules unusually large, deeply crenated, with
many 3-branched veinlets.

Sikkim.—A single fertile pinna, collected by J. Scott, and marked by him Alsophila
latebrosa, var. B, of which it has exactly the fruit. The 3-branched veins are a con-
comitant of the deeply crenate segments, which thus show an approach to a pinnatifid
state. This is probably (as Scott evidently considered it) an unusually developed con-
dition of the Sikkim form of Hemitelia Brunoniana; but I should not be surprised

if it should prove a new species.

4. ALSOPHILA, R. Br.

Involucre, if any, disappearing before the capsules are mature. In several species
there are ovate or ovate-lanceolate bullate scales along the rhachis of the pinnules and
segments. When the sorus is near the midrib of the segment, the bullate scale may be
attached by its broad base almost under the sorus, but only laterally to the sorus on the
inner side, and not continuous with the carpophore; so that when the capsules have
dispersed it does not appear as a patelliform seale surrounding the base of the carpophore.
The bullate scale is of lax areolar tissue, entirely different from the thin scale en} is
the remnant of the involucre in Hemitelia, as J. Scott has remarked. ^

l. A. LATEBROSA, Hook. Sp. Fil. i. 37. Rhachis of pinnules beneath glabrous; veinlets

(in the segments of a pinnule from the middle of a barren pinna) 2-branched; sori

: . not nearly occupying the whole breadth of the me & Baker, Syn. Fil 45) —
in (SECOND D SERTES.—BOTANY, Y VOL. LO -|

439 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.

partly; Kurz, For. Fl. Brit. Burma, ii. 573. Polypodium latebrosum, Wall. Cat.
318, partly. Hemitelia latebrosa, Mett. in Ann. Mus. Lugd. Bat. i. 54?

Malabaria; Pinang; throughout Malaya common. No example from Northern India.

Var. ? Schmidiana, Kunze, in Linnea, xxiv. 294. Rhachis of pinnules beneath crispedly
pubescent.—A. latebrosa, Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 58; J. Scott, in Trans. Linn.
Soc. xxx. 34, t. 18 B. A. khasiana, Moore; Kuhn, in Linnea, xxxvi. 154.

Sikkim; alt. 3500-5000 feet, J. Scott. Assam, Mrs. Mack.—These are the only examples
in the Kew Herbarium. I have several times collected the plant both in Sikkim, Bhotan,
and Khasia; but it is far less common than Hemitelia Brunoniana. This species is a fine
green, drying a rich brown, in texture so unlike the black-drying shining Malay A. late-
brosa, that I strongly suspect it to be a different species.

2. A. GLAUCA, J. Smith, in Hook. Journ. Bot. iii. 419. Frond glaucous beneath;
veinlets (in the segments of a pinnule from the middle of a barren pinna) 2-branched,
often 3-branched; base of the carpophore, after the capsules have fallen, naked or
surrounded by lax hairs.—M.ett. in Ann. Mus. Lugd. Bat. i. 54, with all syn.
A. contaminans, Hook. Sp. Fil. i. 52, t. 18 B; Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 85; J. Scott,
in Trans. Linn. Soc. xxx. 35, t. 15; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 41; Kurz, For. FL —
Brit. Burma, ii. 573. A. glaucescens, Wall. Cat. 7074. 4A. Wallichiana, Presl;
Hook. Sp. Fil. i. 55. .4. Brunoniana, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 66, but not of Wall. d
A. Sollyana, Griff. Notul. i. ii. 624, Ic. Pl. As. Rar. 180, fig. 3. Chnoophora glauca, `
Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 443. Polypodium contaminans, Wall. Cat. 320.

Sikkim, Bhotan, Assam, Khasia, Cachar, Sylhet, Chittagong ; alt. 0—4000 feet, frequent.
—Distrib. Burma, Malay Peninsula and Islands. |

Attains 50 feet (J. Scott). More or less prickly; fruiting segments more or less -
elongate; on the whole very uniform, and easily distinguishable from all other North- — S
Indian Ferns. Neither of Beddome’s pictures is good; he shows an apparently well ` `
developed barren pinna without any 3-branched veinlets in the ultimate segments. - =
J. Scott’s picture is excellent.

3. A. ORNATA, J. Scott, in Trans. Linn. Soc. xxx. 36, t. 16 A. Pinnules glabrous be- `
neath, or the rhachis slightly flocculose villous; fruit-segments linear-oblong; ——
crenulate-serrate ; veinlets (in the segments of a pinnule from the middle of a
barren pinna) 2-branched, a few 3-branched; base of the carpophore, after the |
“ie have fallen, naked.—Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 342; Hk. & Baker, EL] D

Sikkim ; alt. 2500 feet, Government Cinchona-plantation, J. Scott.

Collected by J. Scott twice apparently. Two fertile pinnæ at Kew, communicated by
J. Scott. Otherwise unknown tome. Attains 20—40feet, with a somewhat slender trunk.
Seems to me more nearly allied to A. latebrosa than to A. Oldhami, but well distinct ; `
the veinlets are much wider apart, sometimes 3-branched. Here, as in other species,
there are no pinnate veinlets (as might be inferred from J. Scott’s words) ; at the tips of
the frond Wie videtur being imperfectly developed, become confluent ; BI the m

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. 433

of the imperfect segment be taken for a veinlet, and its veinlets for branches, then a
. pinnate veinlet may be made out.

4. A. ANDERSONI, J. Scott, in Trans. Linn. Soc. xxx. 38, t. 17. Surface of the frond
beneath with needle-like hairs; veinlets (in the segments of a pinnule from the
middle of a barren pinna) 2-branched, none 3-branched ; carpophore hairy, without
any involucre at its base after the capsules have fallen.—Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind.
t. 310; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 459.

Sikkim; alt. 1000-2500 feet, J. Scott &c. Khasia, Dr. Jerdon.
Attains 20-30 feet (J. Scott). Segments serrate ; sori small, the two rows wider apart
at the base of the segment than at the apex.

5. A. OLDHAMI, Bedd. Ferns Brit. India, t. 343. Pinnules glabrous beneath, often with
ovate adpressed scales on the rhachis; veinlets not branched, or a few 2-branched ;
sori in two parallel rows, exinvolucrate.—A. Scottiana, Baker, in Gard. Chron. 1872, -
699, with fig.; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fl. 460. Æ. comosa, J. Scott, in Trans. Linn.
Soc. xxx. 36, t. 16 B, not of Wall.

Sikkim ; alt. 5000-6000 feet above the Cinchona-plantation, and above Khursiong.
Khasia, Dr. Oldham, Sir J. D. Hooker; alt. 4000 feet, C. B. Clarke.—Distrib.
Moulmein.

Grows in groves. Unarmed, trunks 6-10 feet. Ultimate segments oblong or narrow-
oblong, strongly crenulate-serrate nearly to their base.

6. A. GLABRA, Hook. Sp. Fil. i. 51. Pinnules glabrous beneath, often with lanceolate or
linear lax scales on the rhachis; veinlets not branched, or a few 2-branched; sori
exinvolucrate, in two rows approximating towards the apex of the segment.—Bedd.
Ferns South. Ind. t. 60; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 43; Mett. in Ann. Mus. Lugd.
Bat. i. 52; J. Scott, in Trans. Linn. Soc. xxx. 38, t. 18; Kurz, For. Fl. Brit. Burma,
ii. 573. A. gigantea, Hook. Sp. Fil i. 53. A. Helferiana, Presl, Gefüssb. 33.
A. Metteniana, Hance, in Seem. Journ. Bot. 1868, 175. Cyathea venulosa, Wall.
Cat. 180. Gymnosphera glabra, Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 242. Polypodium
giganteum, Wall. Cat. 321. P.? wmbrosum, Wall. Cat. 336. P. altissimum,

Wall. MS.

From Nepaul to Assam and Chittagong; alt. 0-1000 feet, abundant, ascending to 4000
feet alt.—Distrib. Mts. of Malabaria and Ceylon, Burma, the Malay Peninsula and
Islands, South China. o i:

Usually 10-20 feet, attaining 50 feet. The rhachis of the pinnule is usually glabrous
beneath, sometimes with scattered very narrow scales or flocculose hairs of lax tissue,
never (in the North-Indian examples) with needle-like hairs as shown in the enlarged
fragment of a pinnule in Beddome’s picture. The Assam example at Kew with needle-
like hairs I take to be Polypodium auriculatum, Wall. Receptacle, after the capsules have
fallen, glabrous, or more often minutely pubescent; not unfrequently with many lax

~ hairs (paraphyses) in North-Indian exampl 2d 303.

434 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.

5. DIACALPE, Blume.

1. D. AsPrDIOIDES, Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 241. Ultimate segments oblong, cuneate,
nearly glabrous beneath, reddish or brown when dry.— Hk. & Bauer, Gen. Fil. t. 99;
Hook. Sp. Fil.i 59; Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 257; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 45.
D. Hookeriana, Moore, in Gard. Chron. 1854, 135. Spheropteris Hookeriana, Wall.
Cat. 775. Peranema aspidioides, Mett.; Kuhn, in Ann. Mus. Lugd. Bat. iv. 285.
Aspidiwm foliolosum, Wall. Cat. 359, partly by admixture.

Nepaul to Bhotan; alt. 6000-9000 feet, abundant. Khasia; alt. 4000—6000 feet,
common.—Distrib. Ceylon, Moulmein, Tavoy, Malay Archipelago.

Very large and compound at its upper limit (9000 feet). Rhachis of pinna with
blackish or chestnut linear scales or lax hairs. Involucre often splitting regularly by a
clean dehiscence into two lips, in which state it cannot be separated from Dicksonia.
This species so exactly resembles Davallia nodosa, Hook., that it has been repeatedly
mixed with it by very competent botanists, from Wallich downwards. The pinne are
often subopposite, with large ovate thin scales at their base; the venation is similar; and
if the inchoate sorus (as Mettenius maintains) is not exactly similarly placed on the
vein, it is very nearly so. Davallia nodosa may generally be distinguished (apart from
the involucral character) by the much greater glabrousness of the rhachis of the
pinna.

2. D. FENICULACEA, C. B. Clarke. Ultimate segments linear-acute, with few scattered
long lax hairs beneath, glossy green when dry.—Aspidium feniculaceum, Hook. Sp.
Fil. iv. 36, t. 237; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 256. Lastrea faniculacea, Bedd. Ferns
Brit. Ind. t. 36.

Sikkim; alt. 7000—10,000 feet, east, west, and north, scattered, not common; but `
abundant at Buckeem, Upper Ratong, alt. 8000—9000 feet.
Stipes tufted. Closely allied to D. aspidioides. The involucre is leathery, dark purple,

spherical, attached by the one point under its centre, not stalked, splits irregularly
from above into 2-5 triangular segments.

6. Oxocrza, Linn. di

1. O. omrzwTALIS, Hook. Sp. Fil. iv. 161; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 46. Séru£hiopteriS `
orientalis, Hook. 2nd Cent. Ferns, t. 4; Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 171. x 2
Sikkim; Lachen, alt. 12,000 feet, Sir J. D. Hooker; alt. 9000 feet, H. J. Elwes. `
Khasia (probably near Shillong), Dr. Jerdon. Assam (probably near Shillong or pe D
sibly the Gowhatty Teelas), Simons.—Distrib. Western China, Japan.

7. Woonsta, R. Br.
1. W. HYPERBOREA, R. Br. in Trans. Linn. Soc. xi. 173, t. 11; Hk. & Bauer, Gen. Fil. Xs
t. 119; Hook. Sp. Fil. i. 64; Hook. Brit. Ferns, t. 7; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil 46.
W. hyperborea, R. Br. A. form 8. subcordata, Mili Fil. we: 163. siden:
Airimem M ue t. 2023. : ilr: ;

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. 435

Kashmir; Sind valley, alt. 8000 feet, H. C. Levinge, once collected.—Distrib. Alpine

: and Arctic Europe and North Asia.
Fronds 5 by i-$ in.; lowest pinn 4 in. distant. Pinns ovate and cordate-ovate,

crenate with rounded lobes; needle-like hairs plentiful near the sori, few on other por-
tions of the lower surface of the pinna. H. C. Levinge's example is W. hyperborea
type, in nowise verging towards Woodsia lanosa.

2. W. nANOSA, Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 47; Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 341. JV. mollissima,
Hook. MS.

Kumaon; Pindari alt. 12,000 feet, above Namik alt. 11,600 feet, Strachey § Winter-

bottom. Sikkim; Lachen, alt. 14,000-16,000 feet ; Mt. Donkia, alt. 18,000 feet, Sir J. D.

Hooker. |
Like W. hyperborea, but the frond densely ferruginous, lanate beneath. The stipe is

also villous or lanate in all the examples, though Beddome figures it glabrous; but the
wool is deciduous, and seems likely to disappear altogether in age.

d W. EzLoNGATA, Hook. Sp. Fil. i. 62, t. 21 c; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 47; Bedd. Ferns
Brit. Ind. t. 14.
Himalaya; from Dhurmsala to Sikkim, alt. 8000—12,000 feet, frequent.
Frond 9 by 1-14 in., narrowly oblong; sori globose, much elevated; involucre thin
but persistent, globose (though torn) in the over-ripe fronds.

8. PERANEMA, Don. -

1. P. cxarHEorpEs, Don, Prodr. Fl. Nep. 12; Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 73. Sphero-
pteris barbata, Wall. Cat. 183, Pl. As. Rar. t. 48; Hk. & Bauer, Gen. Fil. t. 22;
Hook. Sp. Fil i. 58; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 49. Cyathea barbata, Wall. MS.
Aspidium spectabile, Wall. Cat. 372, partly by admixture.

Nepaul and Bhotan; alt. 6000-10,000 feet, plentiful. Khasia; alt. 4500-6000 feet,

plentiful.—Distrib. Western Ghats, fide Bedd. l. c. 25.

Main rhachis clothed with lanceolate-acuminate scales, and also laxly pubescent.

Aspidium spectabile, Wall. Cat. 372, is Lastrea pulvinulifera, Bedd., mainly ; but some

Peranema has got mixed. The two (when without fruit) are difficult to separate; but

Aspidium spectabile has the rhachis (exclusive of the scales) nearly glabrous.

9. Drcksox1A, L'Hérit.

1. D. Baromerz, Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 49. D. Baranetz, Link, Fil. Sp. 166. D. as-
samica, Griff. Notul. i. ii. 607. D. Griffithiona, Griff. Ic. Pl. As. 186, fig. 2. Cibo-
tium Barometz, J. Smith, in Hook. Lond. Journ. Bot. i 497. C. glaucescens,
Kunze, Hook. Sp. Fil. i. 82. C. assamicum, Hook. Sp. Fil. i. 83, t. 295. C. glau-
cum, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 83, not of Hook. & Arn. Polypodium Barometz,

Linn. Sp. Pl. (ed. princeps) 1092.

436 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.

Mishmee, Griffith. Assam, Griffith, Mrs. Mack, Jenkins.—Distrib. Tavoy, Malay
Archipelago, South China.

Involucres large, persistent, almost or quite touching each other. The rhachises of
the pinnnles are arachnoid or paleaceous in the Assam examples, but not hirsute as
Griffith has depicted. |

2. D. scABRA, Wall. Cat. 2173; Hook. Sp. Fil. i. 80, t. 27 5; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 54.
D. deltoidea, Hook. Sp. Fil. i. 80, t. 27 ^. .Dennstedtia deltoidea, Bedd. Ferns
South. Ind. t. 258. |

Himalaya; from Kumaon to Bhotan, alt. 4000-8000 feet, common. Khasia; alt. 4000-

6000 feet, common.—Distrib. Ceylon, Malay Peninsula.

Rhizome creeping, villous. Main rhachis scabrous, often wavy. Frond ovate or del-
toid; pinnz often distant; surface beneath with scattered glistening hairs. Very

variable in size, and not, by that character, to be distinguished from D. appendiculata— — |

As to the synonym Sitolobiwm strigosum, J. Smith (adduced here in Hk. & Baker, Syn.
Fil. 54), J. Smith says (Genera of Ferns, 102) that he meant thereby Davallia strigosa,
Swartz; and in Historia Fil. 261, he refers the same species to Microlepia: many
examples of Dicksonia scabra have been marked Microlepia strigosa in the Herbarium ;
but it does not appear clear that they were so marked by the hand of J. Smith.

3. D. ELWESII, Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 54. Patania Elwesii, Bedd. Ferns, Suppl.
t. 347.

Sikkim; Lachen, alt. 8500 feet, H. J. Elwes; Choongtam, alt. 9000 feet, Sir J. D.
-Hooker. =

Glabrous, or the rhachis fibrillose. Frond large, lanceolate, elegantly cut. Ultimate
segments oblong, entire, often somewhat clavate at the summit, which is entirely occupied
by the sorus. Lower segments of the pinnule often divided; when barren, acute.

4. D. APPENDICULATA, Wall. Cat. 65; Hook. Sp. Fil. i. 79, t. 27 0; Bedd. Ferns Brit.
Ind. t.82; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 54. |

North-west Himalaya; Kumaon, Gori valley, alt. 5500 feet, Strachey & Winterbottom ;
banks of Vishnugunga above Panchkisar, alt. 8000-9000 feet, Edgeworth. Nepaul,
Wallich. Sikkim; Lachen valley, Blanford & Elwes; Sinchul, alt. 8500 feet, N. Gamble. `

Rhachis of frond hairy. Frond oblong; pinne close together, their rhachises parallel. ` `
Surface of frond beneath with scattered hairs. !

10. HYMENOPHYLLUM, Linn.
* Margin of frond entire, neither serrulate nor ciliate. ` B.
1. H. resp, Wall. Cat. 170, as to the type sheet. Rhachis beneath with scattered `
lax rufous hairs.—Hook. Sp. Fil. 109, t. 384 ; Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t.9; Hk. & `
Baker, Syn. Fil. 58. HM. macroglossum, v. d. Bosch, Hymen. "E: ar H. densum, oS
Wall. Cat. E eet he Lee DEE

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. | 437

. Himalaya; from Kumaon to Bhotan, alt. 4000-9000 feet, very common. Khasia;
alt. 2000-5500 feet, common.—Distrib. Tenasserim, Mts. of South India and Ceylon.

Frond lanceolate, oblong, ovate, or short-triangular.— H. ciliatum, Swartz, differs by
the margin of the frond being ciliate. Wallich’s H. exsertum has some H. polyanthos
mixed with it.

2. H. potyantuos, Swartz, Syn. Fil. 149. Glabrous or very nearly so, frond not crisped,
stipe without a wing, or with an exceedingly narrow wing.—Hk. & Grey. Ic. Fil.
t. 128; Hook. Sp. Fil. i. 106; Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 280, not t. 267; Hk. &
Baker, Syn. Fil. 60. H. polyanthos B. minor (= H. microsorum, v. d. Bosch ex Bedd.
SuppL), Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 306. H. abietinum, Hk. & Grev. Ic. Fil. t. 127.
H. Blumeanum, Spreng.; Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 220; v. d. Bosch, Hymen.
Jav. 46, t.36; Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 266. H. badiwm, Wall. Cat. 172, not of
Hk. & Grev. H. microsorwm, v. d. Bosch, Hymen. Suppl. 71; Hk. & Baker, Syn.
Fil. 59. H. protrusum, Hook. Sp. Fil. 104, t. 37 B. H. pycnocarpum, v. d. Bosch,
Hymen. Jav. 48, t.37. H. integrum, v. d. Bosch, Hymen. Jav. 49, t. 38. H. sphe-
rocarpum, himalaianum, osmundioides, v. d. Bosch, Hymen. Suppl. 83, 72, 80.

Himalaya; from Kumaon to Bhotan, alt. 1000—12,000 feet, abundant. Khasia; alt.
2000-6000 feet, very common.—Distrib. Mts. of Malabaria and Ceylon, Burma. In
nearly the whole world in tropical and subtropical moist regions.

Frond (in the Himalayan examples) varies from triangular to linear; involucres
variable in size, often smaller than in v. d. Bosch's typical H. microsorum.—Only the
species which v. d. Bosch has founded on North-Indian specimens are included in the
above quotation of synonyms. None of these can be ranked even as à variety according
to the scale adopted in the present paper. Not only may they all be collected in a short
walk from Darjeeling, but a large number (I might say an indefinite number) of addi-
tional species (such as they are) will be collected during the same walk.

3. H. JAvANICUM, Spreng. Syst. iv. 132. Glabrous or very nearly so; frond more e less
crisped, especially the wing of the main rhachis, which is carried down the stipe.—
Blume, Enum. P]. Jav. Fil. 222; Hook. Sp. Fil. i. 106; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 60;
v. d. Bosch, Hymen. Jay. 50, t. 40; Benth. Fl. Austral. vii. 705. H. serpens, Wall.
at.173. H. fimbriatum, J. Smith ; Hook. Sp. Fil. 102. t. 360; v. d. Bosch, Hy-
men. Jav. 55, t. 44. H. flexuosum, A. Cunningham ; Hook. Sp. Fil. i. 105; Hook.
Ic. Pl. t. 962. H crispatum, Wall. Cat. 169; Hk. & Grev. Ic. Fil. t. 77 ; Hook.
Sp. Fil. i. 105; Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 207. H. micranthum, v. d. Bosch, Hy-
men. Jav. 52, t. 41. H. erosum, Blume, Enum. PI. Jav. Fil. 221; Hook. Sp. Fil. i.
108; v. d. Bosch, Hymen. Jav. 54, t. 43. H. dedaleum, Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil.
222; Hook. Sp. Fil. i. 108. H Reinwardtii, v. d. Bosch, Hymen. Jav. 52, t. 42.

Himalaya ; from Nepaul to Bhotan, alt. 5000-8000 feet, common. Khasia ; alt. 3500-
. 5500 feet, common. Distrib. Mts. of Malabaria and Ceylon; Burma, Malay Peninsula,
. Australia, New Zealand, Mauritius, and Bourbon. E

438 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.
Var. badium, (sp.) Hk. & Grev. Ic. Fil. t. 76. Frond hardly crisped.—Hook. Sp. Fil. i.
105; Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 282; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. i. 60, not of Wall.

The figure of Hk. & Grev. is taken from an example with large ultimate segments,
and the stipe winged to the base, not the same as Wall. Cat. 172.

** Margin of frond serrulate.

4. H. Srmonstanum, Hook. 2nd Cent. Ferns t. 13. Stipe with few ferruginous hairs,
frond pinnatifid to the winged rhachis; the primary segments 1—4-lobate; ultimate
segments broadly oblong, serrulate, often 2 millims. broad.—Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil.
68; Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 281.

Khasia, Dr. Simons. Sikkim; alt. 4000-10,000 feet, common; extending from the
plains to Kinchinjunga, and from East Nepaul to West Bhotan (and doubtless much
more widely). ?

Stipe winged at the top or not. Frond 6 in. linear oblong, or round-ovate, 1l in. in —
diam., and then full of fruit. Surface of the frond beneath usually glabrous; but ferru- — -
ginous long hairs occur sometimes. Involucre subquadrate, often 2 millims. long. This
fine species is at once recognized in Sikkim by its large size, broad segments, and large
involucres.

5. H. DENTICULATUM, Swartz, Syn. Fil. 148 & 375. Frond slightly crisped, pinnatifid to
the winged rhachis; primary segments pinnatifid ; secondary segments oblong, some- `
times again divided, serrulate on the margin, the serrulation often continued to the ` e
wing of the main rhachis; involucre ovate, with serrulate valves.—H ook. Sp. Fili
101; Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 278; v. d. Bosch, Hymen. Jav. 39, t. 29; Hk. & `
Baker, Syn. Fil. 71. Trichomanes denticulatum, Blume, Enum. DL Jay. Fil. 226. .

Khasia ; alt. 4000-5000 feet, frequent ; plentiful in and round Cherra Station. Bhotan, —
among the Duphlas, Col. Hutchinson.—Distrib. Burma, Malay Peninsula and Islands. `

Stipe usually with some fine scattered ferruginous hairs (even in the Malacca ex- — —
amples), rarely naked. Wing of the main rhachis usually produced to the base of the — —
frond, and more or less upon the stipe. Frond varying from ovate to narrowly oblong, |
sometimes glabrous, sometimes with scattered hairs, especially on the main rhachis. _
Margin of the ultimate segments more or less acutely serrulate, generally through their ` `
whole outline. Involucres usually (in the Khasia examples) glabrous on their backs, — -
sometimes scabrous, rarely with one or two hairs; the margin of the valves strongly ser-
rulate, or often pectinate.

Var. bride: sp., Y. d. Bosch ; Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 276. Main rhachis often with `
much ferruginous hair beneath; frond flaccid, hardly at all crisped; ultimate seg- `
ments slightly serrulate in their upper portion only, the main rhachis quite entire; `
valves of the involucre slightly serrulate at the summit. H. khasianum, Hk. »
Baker, Syn. Fil. 464. (Pl. KLIX. fig. 2.) |

Khasia ; Cherra Station, growing with the type. -

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. 439

This var. may be related to H. denticulatum as H. badium is to H. javanicum, repre-
senting the fully developed uncrisped form of the plant. Every variation in denticula-
tion and hairiness, and in serrulation of the involucre-valves, from H. flaccidum up to
H. denticulatum may be seen in my copious examples. The fronds vary in shape from
ovate to linear-oblong.—H. Smithii, Hook. Sp. Fil. i. 97, t. 35 B, slightly differs from
H. denticulatum, var. flaccidum, by the ultimate segments being more narrowly oblong,
the involucre-valves more elongate, less serrate, the carpophore frequently long exsert.
It is a fern of the Malay Peninsula and Islands; and the Khasia example referred to it
is typical H. denticulatum, var. flaccidum.—H. ciliatum, Swartz, is stated (Hk. & Baker,
Syn. Fil. 63) to have been found in the Hast Himalaya, and by Beddome (Ferns Brit.
Ind. t. 305) to come from Sikkim. There is no example of it at Kew from Northern
India; nor have I ever seen an Indian specimen. Col. Beddome obtained his North-
Indian Ferns second-hand ; and many of the collectors mixed in their private collections
ferns from all parts of the world. I am not sure that Col. Beddome’s picture represents
the true plant, which exhibits needle-like, stellate, sessile and stalked hairs, not there

indicated (see Hk. & Grev. Ic. Fil. t. 35).

6. H. Levinen, C. B. Clarke. Frond small, narrowly oblong, not crisped, pinnatifid
to the winged rhachis; primary segments 1l-4-lobate; ultimate segments oblong,
remotely serrate, their midrib with many hairs and lanceolar scales of the same
texture as the frond. (Pl. XLIX. fig. 3.)

Sikkim; Yoksun and Neebay, alt. 7000 feet, C. B. Clarke.
Very delicate in texture. Stipe lin. with moniliform hairs. Frond 1-2 in. long,

more or less covered with moniliform hairs. The lanceolar scales on the midrib beneath
are attached by their whole base; they are sometimes rare, sometimes very numerous,
so as to form a thick coat beneath the frond. Involucres usually 1-2 at the end of the
segment, small, glabrous, subquadrate, valves separating nearly to the base, entire or
slightly toothed at the apex; capsules of Hymenophyllum 2-4 to each involucre, carpo-

phore included.—This is not much like any other species of the genus.

11. TRICHOMANES, Smith.

1. T. wuscorpzs, Swartz, Syn. Fil. 141. Frond undivided, with a submarginal nerve.—
Hk. & Grey. Ic. Fil. t. 179; Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 304.
In the tropics of nearly the whole world and in Ceylon; not yet known from Northern
India.
Var. sublimbatum, sp. C. Muell. in Bot. Zeit. 1854, 737. No trace of a submarginal
nerve.—Microgoniwm sublimbatum, v. d. Bosch, Hymen. Jav. 6, t. 2.
Khasia, alt. 5000 feet; sandy rocks near Surureem, Griffith; once collected, Nov. 2,
1835, which day Wallich and Griffith halted in the Surureem (i.e. Sohra Reen) Bun-

galow and devoted to collecting. ; SS,
Griffith’s examples are very perfect; they agree altogether with the Java 7. sublim-
. SECOND SERIES.—BOTANY, VOL. x. ? ? id

440 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.

batum and not with the Ceylon plant (Microgonium bimarginatum, v. d. Bosch), which
is a point in geographic distribution whether 7. sublimbatum be estimated a species, or a
var. as in Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 75. Col. Beddome's figure, though given to illustrate
the North-Indian plant, was not, it is presumed, drawn from a North-Indian example;
it represents the Ceylon plant.

2. T. Kunzir, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 286. Frond under 1 in. long, deeply pinnatifid ;
primary segments 1-3-lobate, ultimate segments linear.— 7' nanum, Hk. & Baker,
Syn. Fil. 77. Crepidomanes nanum, v. d. Bosch, Hymen. Suppl. 122.

Assam, Griffith.—Distrib. Andamans.

A note in the Kew Herbarium on this species runs :—** Very near T. gracile, v. d.
Bosch, Hymen. Suppl. 23." There is no authentic example of T. gracile for comparison ;
but from the description it appears very near.

[Trichomanes parvulum, Poir. (Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 75; Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind.
t. 179), is stated by Beddome, in Ferns Suppl. 3, to be a native of North India. There `
is no example at Kew thence. ]

[Trichomanes digitatum, Swartz (Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 76; T. corticola, Bedd. Ferns
South. Ind. t. 264), is also stated by Beddome, in Ferns Suppl. 3, to be a native of North
India. The scraps of Griffith were collected, in all probability, in the Malay Penisula;
and it is not known on what authority Col. Beddome locates the species in North India.]

3. T. BIPUNCTATUM, Poir. in Encyc. Méth. Bot. viii. 69. Frond tripinnatifid; lips of the
involucre wider than the tube, ovate-acute or subacute.—Luerssen, Fil. Graeff. 241.
T. Filicula, Bory, in Duperrey, Voy. Bot. i. 283; Hook. Sp. Fil. i. 124; Carr. in Fl.
Viti. 344; Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 283; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. S1. T. insigne,
Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 284. 7T. plicatum, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 285. Hymeno-
phyllum Filicula, Willd. Sp. Pl. v. 528. H. densum, Wall. Cat. 171, as to the top
specimen on the type-sheet. H. alatum, Schkuhr, Fil. t. 135 5. Didymoglossum Fili-
cula, v. d. Bosch, Hymen. Jav. 35, t. 26. D. racemulosum, late-alatum, plicatum,
euphlebium, v. d. Bosch, Hymen. Suppl. 58, 54, 55, 58.

Himalaya; from Kumaon to Bhotan, alt. 1000-6000 feet, common. Khasia ; alt. 2000- —
5000 feet, common.—Distrib. Malay Peninsula, and the tropics of the whole world.—The _

Malabar examples from Bombay to Ceylon are somewhat intermediate between the

. Himalayan T. bipunctatum and the Chittagong T. pyzidiferum, having the lips of the `

involucre as broad or broader than long, and rounded. The Himalayan type has the — —

lips of the involucre ovate subacute, more so even than as shown in Beddome's plate. T
There is no good line between T. bipunctatum and T. pyzidiferum.

A T. PYXIDIFERUM, Linn. Sp. Pl. 1561. Frond tripinnatifid ; lips of the involucre wider

than the tube, obtuse, broader than long, or sometimes almost truncate.—Hk. &
Grey. Ic. Fil. t. 206; Hook. Sp. Fil. i. 124; Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 7; Hk. & `
Baker, Syn. Fil. 81; Benth. Fl Austral vii. 703. P. Schmidianum, Zenk.; Taschner, —

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. 441

Trichom. 34, t. 1. fig. 1. T. proliferum, Thwaites, Enum. 397. no. 3329, not of
Blume : see G. W. Cat. Ferns Ceylon, 1.
East Bengal; from Cachar to Chittagong, alt. 0—1500 feet, common.—Distrib. Deccan
and Malay Peninsulas, and tropical and warm temperate regions throughout the world.
There is no Himalayan example of this at Kew, except a scrap communicated by
Levinge, named 7. pyxidiferum (by Beddome, correctly), and said to be from Darjeeling ;
but this has travelled through many hands, and the original collector does not appear.

Var. limbatum, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 348. Fronds up to 6-8 in. long; pinnæ
larger and less eut than in the type.
Khasia; alt. 6000 feet, Hk. f. & Th.—Beddome says (doubtless correctly) that this is
T. limbatum, Wall.; but there is no example of Wallich's so named at Kew.

5. T. RADICANS, Swartz, Fl. Ind. Or. 1736. Frond.3-4-pinnatifid ; main rhachis
naked, or winged sometimes to the base of the stipe; ultimate segments oblong,
l-nerved ; lips of the involucre scarcely wider than the tube, often altogether trun-
cate.—Hook. Sp. Fil. i. 125, with syn. ; Hook. Brit. Ferns, t. 42; Bedd. Ferns Brit.
Ind. t. 181; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 81, not Hk. & Grev. Ic. Fil. t. 218. 7. um-
brosum, Wall. Cat. 165. T. Kunzeanum, Hook. Sp. Fil. i. 127, t. 39 D.

Himalaya; from Nepaul to Bhotan, alt. 2000-7000 feet, common. Khasia; alt. 2000-
5500 feet.—Distrib. Mergui (not from the Deccan), and scattered throughout warm and
warm-temperate regions of both hemispheres.

Often climbing trees to the height of 10 feet ; 1-2-pinnate, with finely divided fronds,
and then very distinct from all other Indian ferns, but varies so as to be with difficulty
separated from 7T. pyaidiferum on the one hand, T auriculatum on the other.

Var. anceps, sp., Wall. Cat. 166. Frond smaller; stipe often winged to the base;
primary segments pinnatifid, or somewhat 2-pinnatifid ; lips of the involucre slightly
broader than the tube.

Sikkim and Khasia, frequent.—This is separated from 7. pyxidiferum, var. limbatum,
by the lips of the involucre being much shorter, and the stipe often winged to the base.
Maximowiez has sent exactly the same plant from Japan marked T. radicans, Sw.?
Capt. Henderson is inclined to admit it to specific rank.

6. T. AURICULATUM, Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 225. Frond 1-2-pinnatifid, scarcely
3-pinnatifid; main rhachis more or less winged; ultimate segments ovate entire,
with flabellate nerves, or narrowly oblong, 1-nerved ; lips of the involucre scarcely
wider than the tube, often altogether truncate.—Hook. Sp. Fil. i.183; Hk. & Baker,
Syn. Fil.82. 7. Belangeri, Bory, in Bélanger, Voy. Bot. t. 8. fig. 1. T. dissectum,
J. Smith; Hook. Sp. Fil. i. 140; Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 182. Cephalomanes
auriculatum, v. d. Bosch, Hymen. Jav. 34, t. 25.

Sikkim and Bhotan; alt. 2000-7000 feet, frequent. Khasia ; alt. 3000-5500 feet,

. Common. Cachar, Æ. Z. Keemam—Distrib Malaya to Japan, Guiana, `

442 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.

Often scandent on trees or under damp rocks. In the Khasi common form the pinnse
are often undivided with the margin nearly entire. This state is represented by
Bélanger’s plate; but the fern varies, becoming more dissected till it approaches
T. radicans. None of the Indian examples are however so much cut as the Javan; and
the North-Indian material may be satisfactorily sorted out as between T. radicans and
T. auriculatum. There is no real difference in the venation between the two; in the
divided pinna of T. auriculatum the alternate segments are oblong 1-nerved.

7. T. JAvANICUM, Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 224. Frond simply pinnate; pinne oblong
serrate or linear fimbriate.— Hk. & Grev. Ic. Fil. t. 240; Hook. Sp. Fil i 130;
Hook. Garden Ferns, t. 37; Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 180; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil.
83; Luerssen, Fil Graeff. 242; Benth. Fl. Austral. vii. 702. T. rigidum, Wall.
Cat. 161, not Swartz. T. setigerum, Wall. Cat. 158. Cephalomanes javanicum,
Zollingeri, rhomboideum, v. d. Bosch, Hymen. Jav. tt. 22, 23, 24.

Cachar, R. L. Keenan. Chittagong; alt. 0-1000 feet, plentiful.— Distrib. Malay
Peninsula and Islands to Australia and Polynesia, Madagascar.

12. DAVALLIA, Smith.

Sect. I. Humata. Rhizome long-creeping ; stipes solitary, distant, articulated upon the F
rhizome; involucre thick, coriaceous, semicircular, attached by the base only. :

1. D. PEDATA, Smith, Tentam. Gen. Fil. 15; Blume, Enum. Pl. Jay. Fil. 280; Wall. Cat.
250; Hook. Sp. Fil. i. 154, t. 45 a; Hook. Garden Ferns, t. 7; Hk. & Baker, Syn.
Fil. 89; Benth, Fl. Austral. vii. 716. D. subimbricata, Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil.
231. Adiantum repens, Linn. f. Suppl. 446. Humata pedata, J. Smith; Bedd.
Ferns South. Ind. t. 12.

Sikkim, Dr. Jerdon.. Bhotan, Griffith. Khasia and Jaintea; alt. 4000 feet, generally
scattered, not common.—Distrib. Malayan Peninsula and Islands, Ceylon, extending to
North Australia, South China, and Japan, and to the Mascarene Islands.

Easily separable from all other North-Indian Ferns, but closely allied to several `
Malayan. Not distinct from D. alpina, Blume, in the judgment of Col. Beddome.

Sect. II. Leucostegia. Rhizome long-creeping ; stipes solitary, distant, articulated upon ` `
the rhizome (except in D. nodosa); involucre thin, membranous, semicircular OP ` `
ovate, attached by the base only. | 2

2. D. MEMBRANULOSA, Wall. Cat. 255. Scales of the rhizome subulate from a narro w : x
. lanceolate base; main rhachis beneath laxly hairy.—Hook. Sp. Fil. i. 159, t. 5834; ——

Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 91. Leucostegia membranulosa, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind.
t. 98. d
SE Wallich. Kumaon; Moharguri Pass, alt. 6500 feet, Strachey §& Winterbottom. `

_ There are only TON three pieces of this fern in the Kew Herbarium. It is very near 5

D. excu but differs in kthe points stated. The whole frond i is more or lese, d ry

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. 443

beneath. Wallich’s example is glabrous above, even on the main rhachis. Sori and
involucres small, and as in D. multidentata.

9. D. MULTIDENTATA, Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 91. Scales of the rhizome ovate acute ;
main rhachis beneath glabrous or glandular subflocculose. Acrophorus Thomsoni,
Moore, Ind. Fil. ii. 4. Microlepia pteropus, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 313. Aspi-
dium multidentatum, Wall. Cat. 346.

Himalaya; from Nepaul to Bhotan, alt. 5000-8000 feet, frequent. Khasia; alt. 4000—
5000 feet, frequent.

Rhizome usually stouter and frond larger than in D. membranulosa. Ovate scales
often scattered about the rhachis, especially about the base of the pinnae, as in
D. nodosa and some other species. Rhachis of frond above pubescent. Frond often
glandulose beneath, sometimes even to the involucres.

4. D. assamica, Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 467. Scales of the rhizome ovate acute or
acuminate; frond glabrous, glistening, subcoriaceous. D. micans, Mett. in Griff.
no. 2790. Acrophorus assamicus, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 94.
Bhotan; Mishmee, and by the Dihong, Griffith. :
There are four sheets of this, all from Griffith’s collections, in the Kew Herbarium.
In one example the scales of the rhizome are narrower, lanceolate acuminate. Involucre
rather large, broader than long, much resembling that of D. immersa.

5. D. rwwERsA, Wall. Cat. 256. Frond glabrous; sori large, impressed, clearly visible
from the upperside of the frond; involucres large, broader than long.—Hook. Sp.
Fil. i. 156; Hook. Fil. Exot. t. 79; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 91. Leucostegia immersa,
Hk. & Bauer, Gen. Fil. t. 52 a. .Aerophorus immersus, Bedd.Ferns South Ind. t. 11.

Himalaya; from Mussoorie to Bhotan, alt. 3000-6000 feet; plentiful in Sikkim.

Khasia ; alt. 4000-5000 feet, common. Behar; Parasnath summit, alt. 4200 feet, Sir J.

D. Hooker.—Distrib. Mts. of Malabaria (rare). Malay Peninsula and Java (seems not

common). |

Rhizome much underground, and there without scales; the tips above ground with

chestnut lanceolate-acute scales.

6. D. DAREÆFORMIS, Levinge, MS. Scales near the ends of the rhizome spreading
acuminate caudate from an ovate or lanceolate base; frond finely eut; ultimate
segments narrow, not very acute; involucre fugacious; sorus finally large, often
broader than its segment.—D. Clarkii, Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 91. derophorus
Hookeri, Moore, Ind. Fil. ii. 2; Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 95. Polypodium daree-
forme, Hook. Sp. Fil. iv. 256 ; Hook. 2nd Cent. Ferns, t. 24; Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind.
t. 174; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 339. ` Gymnogrammitis, Griff. Ic. Pl. As. t. 129.

ip l. !
Himalaya ; from Nepaul to Bhotan, alt. 5000-11,500 feet, frequent. Khasia; alt. 4000F-

. 5500 feet, frequent.—Distrib. Moulmein.

444 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.

This belongs to the section Pseudocystopteris. The involucres are sometimes across a
vein, very often at the bifurcation of a vein, very rarely subterminal on a vein.

7. D. PULCHRA, Don, Prodr. Fl. Nep. 11. Scales of the rhizome adpressed, obtuse, often
peltately attached ; ultimate segments of the leaves small, lanceolate, not distant,
often not very acute; involucre prominent; sorus usually about as broad as its
Segment D. cherophylia, Wall. Cat. 259; Hook. Sp. Fil. i. 157, t. 514; Hk. &
Baker, Syn. Fil. 92. Cystopteris squamata, Dene. in Jaequem. Voy. Bot. 178.
Acrophorus pulcher, Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 10.

Himalaya ; from Nepaul to Bhotan, alt. 2000-9000 feet, abundant. Khasia; alt. 3000-
6000 feet, common.—Distrib. Moulmein ; Mts. of Malabaria and Ceylon.

Belongs to sect. Pseudocystopteris, the involucre being often at the bifurcation of a
vein. . The venation, however, only very slightly tends to that of Cystopteris. The sori
may be considered terminal on the veinlet, as they are slightly above the bifurcation. In
the typical form the scales of the rhizome are closely sessile, attached by their middle,
their whitened edges being imbricate when fresh, slightly recurved when dry.

Var. pseudo-cystopteris, sp. Kunze, in Bot. Zeit. 1850, 68. Scales of the rhizome more

spreading; ultimate segments often very acute.—Acrophorus pseudo-cystopteris, SE

Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 92. Cystopteris dimidiata, Dene. in Jacquem. Voy. Bot. — —
t. 178. (Pl. XLIX. fig. 4.) go

Himalaya; from Dalhousie to Nepaul, alt. 4000-8000 feet.—This seems only a north-
west var. of D. pulchra. Some of the examples of D. pulchra collected by Sir J. D.
Hooker in North Sikkim at 11,000 feet alt. seem to run into the var. D. pseudo-
eystopteris.

(Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 92, give East Himalaya as a habitat for D. affinis, Hook. ; but
I have never seen that species from North India. The Himalayan examples so named

in the Kew Herbarium are D. pulchra, Don, type. Mr. Baker further adds that — i

D. affinis is probably a var. of D. pulchra ; but Beddome (in Ferns South. Ind. t. 252)
rightly remarks that the rhizomeis very different. The two species appear to me clearly.
distinct; but they will not be so if Himalayan examples are called D. affinis.] :

8. D. noposa, Hook. Sp. Fil. i. 157. Frond large, broad, compound, usually 4-pinnatifid ;

lower pinnæ often opposite or subopposite; ovate scales scattered on the rhachis, —
especially at the base of the pinnsz and pinnules; ultimate segments oblong or —

obovate-oblong, not acute.—Hook. Journ. Bot. 1857, t. 10; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. i: E ;

92. D. stipellata, Wall. Cat. 260.. D. ligulata, Wall. Cat. 254. Aspidiwm nodosum, a T
Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 171. A. foliolosum, Wall. Cat. 359. Acrophorus

nodosus, Presl, Tent. Pterid. t. 3. fig. 2; Bedd: Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 93. bag E
nodosa, Mett. in Ann. Mus. Lugd. Bat. i. 24]. E.
Himalaya ; from Nepaul to Bhotan, alt. 3000—7000 feet; abundant in Sikkim. Ehasia 3 de
alt. 3000-6000 feet, common.—Distrib. Malacca, Java.
Rhizome underground, — creeping, the summit with lax ovate not acute scales

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. 445

stipes clustered, not articulate. This fern does not resemble Alsophila except in the
size of the fronds, which are not rarely 6 feet in diam. It so closely resembles Diacalpe
aspidioides that, as to some fragments in over-ripe fruit, I am not sure whether they are
Diacalpe or Davallia nodosa. An example with rather larger segments and sori than
usual has been separated by Mr. Baker, and marked D. spheropteroides provisionally,
but is perhaps only meant to be a variety. Mettenius places this fern in Cystopteris,
alleging that the sori in their evolution are not truly terminal on the vein. But if on
that ground this fern is to be placed in Cystopteris, it will be better to unite Cystopteris
and Davallia. The present fern is unlike all other Leucostegias, and by habit, as well as
by the character of the rhizome, belongs rather to sect. Microlepia.

Sect. III. Hudavallia. Rhizome long-creeping; stipes solitary, distant, articulated
upon the rhizome; involucre subcoriaceous, cylindric, attached by the sides as

well as by the base.

9. D. DivaricaTa, Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 237. Scales of the rhizome long-lan-
ceolate, caudate, chestnut-coloured ; involucres as long as broad.—Hook. Sp. Fil.
i. 167; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 96, not of Schldl. D. polyantha, Hook. Sp. Fil.
i. 168, t. 59 a; Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 107.

Sikkim, WV. S. Atkinson. Mishmee and Khasia, Griffith. Seems very rare in North
India.—Distrib. Malaya, South China.

10. D. GRIFFITHIANA, Hook. Sp. Fil. i. 168, t. 49 B. Scales of the rhizome long-lan-
. ceolate, caudate, white or yellowish; involucres broader than long.—Bedd. Ferns
Brit. Ind. t. 106; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 96.
Bhotan and Mishmee, Griffith. Khasia and Jaintea; alt. 3000-5000 feet, Griffith,
Hk. f. & T., C. B. Clarke.—Distrib. South China. (Baker adds Malay Peninsula; but

I do not find any examples thence at Kew.)
The involucres in this species are very shortly attached on the sides, and the species

. might be placed in the section Leucostegia (as in a field-note of Sir J. D. Hooker).

11. D. suLLATA, Wall. Cat. 258. Scales of the rhizome hair-pointed, from a lanceolate
base, chestnut-coloured; involucres longer than broad.— Hook. Sp. Fil. i. 169, t. 50
B; Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 17; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 97. D. dimidiata, Dene.

in Jacquem. Voy. Bot. t. 178.
Himalaya ; from Nepaul to Bhotan, alt. 2000-6000 feet, common. Khasia; alt. 2000-
5000 feet, common.—Distrib. Bombay Ghats, Wynaad, Ceylon, Malay Peninsula and

Islands, South China, Japan. 2
In all these Davallias the scales of the rhizome must be taken for examination from

near the growing or stipe-bearing extremities. In D. bullata the scales on the older
. portions of the rhizome are sometimes ovate-obtuse, exceedingly like those of D. pul-
` chro, Don. ` ` : : K ZE

44.6 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.

Sect. IV. Microlepia. Rhizome very shortly creeping; stipes tufted, not articulated
from the rhizome; involucre triangular or subsemicircular, not quite marginal.

. 12. D. HookERIANA, Wall. Cat. 2684. Pinne narrowly oblong, acuminate, entire or
crenate-serrate, not pinnatifid; ultimate veinlets parallel.—Hook. Sp. Fil. i. 172,
t. 47 B; Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 101; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 97.

Sylhet, Wallich. Upper Assam, Griffith. Khasia, F. Henderson. Mikir Hills,
Simons.—Distrib. South China. "m
Frond thinly hispid on both surfaces; pinnze often auriculate at base on the upper ` —
margin, the rhachis beneath laxly villous, not closely strigose, subhirsute. Baker and
Beddome give Kumaon as a locality for this species. There is no example thence (there
are only four Indian examples altogether at Kew); it seems not probable that it was
ever collected there. Wallich is not safe in the matter of localities, as he in several
cases mixed Kumaon and Tenasserim collections together, sorted them by hand and eye,
and distributed sheets compounded of Kumaon and Tenasserim species.

13. D. PLATYPHYLLA, Don, Prodr. Fl. Nep. 10. Large, glabrous, bipinnate, tripinnatifid ;
secondary pinnæ coriaceous, shining on both surfaces, lanceolate-linear, often cau-
date.—Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 99.. D. lonchitidea, Wall. Cat. 240; Hook. Sp. Fil. i. .
173, t. 46 B; Hook. Fil Exot. t. 19. JMicrolepia platyphylla, J. Smith; Bedd. ` `
Ferns South. Ind. t. 13. |

Himalaya; from Nepaul to Bhotan, alt. 83000-5500 feet, plentiful in Sikkim. Khai
alt. 3000-4000 feet.—Distrib. Mts. of Malabaria and Ceylon.

Rhizome horizontal; the stipes approximate near its apex. Young frond with lax E
long hairs scattered often on both surfaces; "roug frond and fully developed barren ` —
frond altogether glabrous. e

There is a very fine new species, D. Kurzii, C. B. Clarke, obtained by Kurz in Burma, ` —
uniformly pubescent beneath, the ultimate segments triangular, subobtuse, with bluntish —
sera tures, otherwise like D. platyphylla.

14. D. vnoPHYLLA, Hook. Fil. Exot. t. 19, note. Large, bipinnate, tripinnatifid, secon- — `
dary pinnze coriaceous, shining above and beneath, but pubescent on the rhachises `
beneath, lanceolate-linear, very finely cordate.—Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 99, not of —
Wall. Cat. 2683. Microlepia caudigera, Moore in Herb. Not Mi crolepia pe p
phylla, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 103. |

Bhotan, Griffith, nos. 1449, 2795; 4 sheets in the Kew Herbarium. (PLL)
Closely allied to D. platyphylla. Ultimate segments lanceolate, secund, quite glabrous S
beneath.

15. D. MARGINALIS, Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 98. Pinne narrowly oblong-linear, sub-
entire, crenulate or pinnatifid halfway to the midrib, but not more deeply; rha-
chises beneath strigose, subhirsute; veinlets and involucres more or less villous.—
D. scabra, Don, Prodr. Fl. Nep. 9. D. villosa, Wall. Cat. 244; Hook. Sp. Fil. i.

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. AAT

172, t. 484. Microlepia scabra, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 102. M: urophylla,
Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 103, not of Wall. Polypodium marginale, Thunb. Fl.
Jap. 337. HO

Nepaul and Kumaon, Wallich. Khasia, Griffith. Mikir Hills, Simons. In the Kew
Herbarium only 8 sheets from India.—Distrib. Formosa, Japan.

Pinne above shining, somewhat coriaceous; the midrib pubescent or hirsute; beneath
the veinlets (in the dried example) are much raised, as in D. polypodioides, Don.—In
the form of this species which has the pinne subentire the sori are wide apart and
at some distance from the edge, the involucres hirsute; so that it is easily separated
from D. Hookeriana, where the sori are in a quasi-continuous row very near the
margin, the involucres glabrous. The present species is only separated here from
D. polypodioides, Don, in that its pinné are pinnatifid not more than halfway down,
while in the least-divided forms of D. polypodioides, Don, the pinne are divided very
nearly, if not quite, to the midrib; i. e. the frond is called bipinnate.

Var. calvescens, (sp.) Hook. Sp. Fil. i. 172, t. 485. .Pinnz glabrous beneath, except the
strigose hirsutulous midrib.— Davallia urophylla, Wall. Cat. 2683, not of Hook.

Kumaon, JZallich.—Wall. Cat. 2983, cited by Hook. l: c, is not a fern. It is
perhaps through some mixture of the numbers here that D. urophylla has been supposed
to grow in Kumaon.

16. D. POLYPODIOIDES, Don, Prodr. Fl. Nep. 10. Frond bipinnate, sometimes tripinnate ;
rhachis of the pinnz beneath strigose hirsutulous; veinlets of the ultimate seg-
ments raised beneath (in the dried examples).—Hook. Sp. Fil. i. 181, var. y and
-part 3. D. Khasiyana, Hook. Sp. Fil. i. 178, tt. 47 A, 574. D. hirta, Kaulf. ; Hook.
Sp. Fil. i. 181; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 100. D. strigosa, Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil.
80. D. Roxburghii, Wall. Cat. 2218. D. rhomboidea, Wall. Cat. 257. D. pilosula,
Wall. Cat. 263. D. prorima, Blume, Enum. Pl: Jav. Fil. 238. Dicksonia polypo-
divides, Swartz, Syn. Fil 356. Trichomanes strigosum, Thunb. Fl. Jap. 339.
Microlepia strigosa, Moore; Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 255. M. hirta, Bedd. Ferns

Brit. Ind. t. 256. ! H^

Himalaya, from Kumaon eastwards ; Khasia, Chittagong, abundant; most common at

3000-5000 feet alt.—Distrib. Malabaria and Ceylon, Malay Peninsula and Islands, China,
Japan, Polynesia, and Tropical America. j:

No Indian fern, in the opinion of W. 8. Atkinson and Major F. Henderson, is more
difficult to limit or to subdivide than this. There are no good breaks in the series from
D. scabra, Don, to D. flaccida, R. Br. I here follow exactly Mr. Baker, but unite his
D. strigosa and hirta into one species. They differ solely in the degree to which they
are divided. This will depend largely (as W. S. Atkinson has shown) on tlie age of the
rhizome; the same rhizome which in its early years produces 2-pinnate fronds will in
full strength produce 3-pinnate. I have D. flaccida, R. Br. type once-pinnate scarcely
twice-pinnate, the fronds being in scanty fruit as usual with such from weak rhizomes. -
| I separate D. polypodioides, Don, from D. flaccida, R. Br., by a combination of two
J SECOND SERIES.—BOTANY, VOL. I. | 3Q

448 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.

characters. D. polypodioides, Don, besides the raised veinlets giving the segments a
stout plicate appearance, always has the rhachis of the pinne beneath strigose hirsu-
tulous; i. e. the hairs are close together, straight, somewhat stiff, slanting forwards.
Beddome’s figures, above quoted, do not show these; but I presume he has got the true
plant, and that the lax sparse villousness of the rhachis in his figures is the work of his
native artist. As to the varieties, which graduate completely into each other, and which
are exceedingly alike in texture, venation, and the nature of the indumentum, the fol-
lowing have been noted :—

Var. 1. strigosa. Frond 2-pinnate, the secondary pinne not pinnatifid.— 2. strigosa,
var. a, Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 93.

Var. 2. rhomboidea. Frond 3-pinnate; ultimate segments in their outline subentire,
lightly crenate. D. rhomboidea, Wall. Cat. 257.

Var. 3. pilosula. Frond 3-pinnate; ultimate segments deeply notched, often more hirsute
and some thin, straight, patent hairs added. D. pilosula, Wall. Cat. 263.

Var. 4. hirta. More hairy than var. 3.—Hook. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 100.

Besides the foregoing are the numerous forms of fronds from young rhizomes.— Benth.
Fl. Austral. vii. 717, judging from his diagnosis, from his synonymy, and from the Aus-
tralian material at Kew, has included under Davallia spelunce the whole of the present
D. polypodioides, Don, as well as D. flaccida, R. Br.; and I suspect that is the course
which ultimately pteridologists will take.

17. D. FLACCIDA, R. Br. Prodr. 157. Frond usually 3-pinnate; rhachis of the pinne
beneath with flaccid hairs, or sometimes very villose, but not strigose; ultimate
segments thin, flat; the veinlets not raised beneath.—Don, Prodr. Fl. Nep. 10;
Blume, Enum. Pl, Jav. Fil. 237, exl. syn. D. pilosa, Roxb. in Cale. Journ. Nat. Hist.
iv. 515, t.32. D. puberula, Wall. Cat. 262. D. pyramidata, Wall. Cat. 261. D. spe-
lunce, Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 100; Luerssen, Fl. Graeff. 218; Benth. Fl. Austral.
vii. 717. D. jamaicensis and trichosticha, Hook. Sp. Fil. i. 188. Aspidiwm pilosulum,
Wall. Cat. 337, partly. .4. puberwm, Wall. Cat. 338. — Microlepia spelunce, Moore;
Carr. in Fl. Viti. 340; Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 353. Polypodium speluncæ, Linn.
Sp. Pl. 1555?

From Kumaon to Upper Assam and Chittagong, alt. 0-4000 feet, common. —Distrib.
Deccan Peninsula and Ceylon; Malay Peninsula and Islands; and in the Tropics nearly
throughout the world.

Cyathevid, Griff. Ic. Pl. As. 131, i. fig. 1’, 2, 3’, 4’, Notul. i. ii. 625, perhaps belongs
here. As to 131, i. fig.1, it appears from the Notul. Z. c. not to be the same; it may
be Hypolepis, and, if so, not North-Indian,

There are two Deccan and one Ceylon specimen of this at Kew; and Wall says it is
common in Ceylon, though Beddome doubts whether it is a South-Indian fern. It must
be very doubtful therefore whether it is the fern Linnseus described from Ceylon as —
Polypodium spelunce. Fronds flaccid, usually large, sometimes 10 feet long. This fern `

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. 449

grows at low elevations, and is one of the few ferns that spread out a hundred miles from

the hills over the plains of East Bengal, as mentioned by Roxburgh. It is thin in

texture, with weak glandular pubescence, and often more or less villous also. Several

varieties of this were distinguished by Wallich; but they run completely into one

another.

Var. 1. pubera. Rhachis of the pinne slightly glandular-pubescent beneath, or nearly
glabrous.—Aspidiwm puberum, Wall. Cat. 338.—The least-common variety.

Var. 2. pilosula. Rhachis of the pinne beneath with lax scattered hairs not straight.
—Aspidium pilosulum, Wall. Cat. 337.

Var. 3. pyramidata. Rhachis of the pinne densely villous beneath.— Wall. Cat. 261.
Alsophila Grevilleana, Wall. Cat. 7075.—This is the critical form; the ultimate
segments are often very villous beneath; and this state is, I find, usually ticketed
D. hirta; but the texture is thin, the veinlets not raised beneath, and the pu-
bescence is not strigose. |

-I would not pretend to lay down the law concerning these difficult forms, con-
cerning which Col. Beddome does not agree with Mr. Baker; but having collected
this fern in numerous forms on many occasions, and having a large series, I am clear
that D. pyramidata, Wall., runs into D. flaccida, R. Br., rather than into any form of
D. strigosa or hirta, Baker. I communicated a very flaccid example of D. flaccida from
young rhizomes sparsely in fruit to Col. Beddome, which he returned, saying he had
no name for it. Another still weaker example (less divided) of mine I found in the
D. strigosa Kew bundle. Both these were from young rhizomes among a bed of D. flac-
cida typica.

Sect. V. Stenoloma. Rhizome creeping ; stipes tufted, not articulated upon the rhizome ;
involucres terminal on the segments, often uniting.

18. D. cuivensts, Swartz, Syn. Fil. 183; Roxb. in Cale. Journ. Nat. Hist. iv. 517;
Langsd. & Fisch. Voy. Russ. t. 27; Hook. Sp. Fil. i. 187; Carr. in Fil. Viti. 338.
D. tenuifolia, Swartz; Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 239; Wall. Cat. 245; Presl,
Tentam: Pterid. t. 4. fig. 27; Hook. Sp. Fil. i. 186; Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 16;
Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 102. Trichomanes chinensis, Linn. d: P1. 1562. Lindsaya
chinensis, Mett.; Luerssen, Fil. Graeff. 224.

Himalaya; from Kumaon to Bhotan; alt. 1000-4000 feet, plentiful. Khasia; alt.

1000-3000 feet, common.—Distrib. South India and Ceylon, Malaya, China, Japan,

Polynesia, East-African Islands.

There is no good line here between Davallia and Lindsaya. Mett, Fil. Hort. Lips.
108 says that in Davallia the veinlets are carried free to the edge, while in Lindsaya
they form a lodged marginal vein near the edge. In D. tenuifolia it is common to find
confluentsori. Mettenius (7. c.) left the present species in Microlepia ; but it exists in the
Kew Herbarium marked “ em tenuifolia, Mett. 1; and I do not — why it is

not a Lindsaya. SCH
Q

450 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.

18. CYSTOPTERIS, Bernh.

1. C. sETosA, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 312. Lasírea setosa, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind,
t. 262. Davallia setosa, Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 468.

Sikkim ; alt. 5000-8000 feet, very common.—Distrib. Moulmein.

Tufted, the stipes rising from nearly one point. Frond 1-3 feet; both surfaces more
or less scattered with white lax hairs, whieh consist of a single row of cells varying in
size. Veinlets carried straight (often undivided) beneath the sorus to the margin of the
leaf. The genus must be Cystopteris if that genus is retained. Mr. Baker has probably.
placed C. setosa in Davallia because of its large size. If the two genera are united, the
place of C. setosa will not be in Leucostegia (where Mr. Baker has put it), but in Micro-
lepia near D. spelunce. The involucre in C. setosa is small, subquadrate, white, of lax
tissue, attached by the base, and at a very early stage scarcely attached elsewhere—is in
all respects that of Cystopteris. The involucre is usually directly across an undivided
vein, not as in D. pulchra, var. pseudo-cystopteris.

2. C. FRAGILIS, Bernh. in Schrader, Neu. Journ. ii. 27, t. 2. fig. 9; Hk. E Bauer, Gen.
Fil t. 525; Hook. Sp. Fil. i. 197; Hook. Brit. Ferns, t. 23; Bedd. Ferns Brit.
Ind.t. 91; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 103; Benth. Fl. Austral. vii. 752. C. fragilis,
A form 12 Huteri, Milde, Fil. Europ. 149. C. retusa, Dene. in Jacquem. Voy. Bot.
t. 177.

North-west Himalaya ; from Kashmir and Baltistan to Kumaon, alt. 10,000—15,000 feet,
not rare. Sikkim, 7. Thomson.—Distrib. Central Asia, and in almost the whole globe
in cold regions.

Fronds 4-6 in., sometimes a foot, always weak, glabrous. Requires to be separated
with care from the small high-level Athyriwms; examples in over-ripe fruit can harig
be safely distinguished.

14. LINDSAYA, Dryand.

E? CULTRATA, Swartz, Syn. Fil. 119. Frond simply pinnate ; ; scales of the rhizome
linear; pinne unequal-sided, lower edge nearly straight near the main nerve;
veins free, or uniting only at the base of the sori.—Hk. & Grev. Ic. Fil. t. 144;
Hook. Sp. Fil. i. 203; Blume, Enum. Pl. Jay. Fil. 216; Hook. Fil. Exot. t. 67;

Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 23; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 105; Benth. Fl. Austral.
vii. 719. LZ. lucida, Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. 216 ; Hook. Sp. Fil. i. 206 ; Wall. Cat.
145. L. gracilis, Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 216; Hook. Sp. Fil. i. 207. L. odorata,
Roxb. in Calc. Journ. Nat. Hist. iv. 511. L. Lobbiana, Hook. Sp. Fil. i. 205, t. 620; .
Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 28. ZL. attenuata, Wall. Cat. 151. ZL. pallens, Wall. `

Cat. 148. :

From Nepaul to Mishmee and Chittagong, alt. 0-4000 feet, very common.—Distrib.
Mts. of the South Deccan and Ceylon, Malay Peninsula and Islands, North Australia,
Formosa, Japan, East-African Islands. y

. Rhizome wiry, tangled, subterranean; stipes approximate. Taking the two extreme `

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. 451

forms, var. 1 may be 2-4 in. high, growing in river-sand, the pinne small, very
coriaceous and hard, all slanting towards the vertex of the frond; var. 2 in rich soil
may be 18 in. high, with large herbaceous pinnz spreading horizontally. All inter-
mediate forms may be found.—Lindsaya attenuata, Wall Cat. 2192, is quite remote
from L. attenuata, Wall. Cat. 151, and comes from Herb. Finlayson, probably collected
in Siam or Cochin-China.

2. L. REPENS, Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. tt. 209, 214. Frond simply pinnate; scales of the
rhizome lanceolate ` pinnee unequal-sided, lower edge nearly straight near the main
nerve; veins free, or uniting only at the base of the sori—JZ. pectinata, Blume,
Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 217; Hook. Sp. Fil i. 207; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 106.
L. oblongifolia, Hook. Sp. Fil. i. 206, t. 61. Lindsaya, sp., Griff. Ic. Pl. As. 115 v,
Notul.i.ii. 614. Davallia Boryana, Presl; Hook. Sp. Fil.i.175; Hk. & Grev. Ic.
Fil. t. 143. D. hemiptera, Hook. Sp. Fil. i. 176. ZL. repens, Desy.; Hk. & Baker,
Syn. Fil i. 93. Dicksonia repens, Swartz, Syn. Fil. 188. Odontoloma repens,
J. Smith; Hk. & Bauer, Gen. Fil. t. 1145. O. Boryanum, Fée, Gen. Fil. t. 26 a.
fig. 2.

Mishmee and Khasia, Griffith. Sikkim Terai; Dulkajhar, alt. 1000 feet, N: Gamble.—
Distrib. Ceylon, Malay Peninsula and Islands, Polynesia, Mauritius.

Rhizome stout, usually climbing. Fronds 12-18 in., very much like the large form
of Z. cultrata, but the rhizome and scales differing —This is a very rare fern in North
India, having apparently been collected but on three occasions. The locality, Nilgherries,
given for it by Mr. Baker, is objected to by Col. Beddome; and I can find no Nilgherry
example at Kew. Lindsaya pectinata and Davallia repens of Hk.& Baker, Syn. Fil., are
so identical that I imagine the two are only retained in the text because stereotyped.
Both species are attributed to North India on the faith of Griffith’s three sheets, two of
which (collected from the same plant?) are arranged one in the Davallia repens bundle,
the other in the Lindsaya pectinata bundle. Baker doubts whether L. scandens, Hk.,
is distinct ; but Mr. Baker has marked one sheet L. pectinata, which I consider typical
L. scandens, and this, of course, spoils all. There remains the question whether the
species should be called Lindsaya or Davallia. I should resolve this by transferring the

whole section Odontoloma to Lindsaya. e

3. L. FLABELLULATA, Dryand. in Trans. Linn. Soc. iii. 41, t. 8. Frond bipinnate or simply
pinnate; veins free; pinnæ without a distinct midrib, flabellulate-veined, curved or

. excised on the lower margin.—Hk. & Grev. Ic. Fil. t. 75; Hook. Sp. Fil. i. 211;
Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 216; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 107; Benth. Fl. Austral.

vii. 720. . L. tenera, Dryand. in Trans. Linn. Soc. iii. 42, t. 10; Wall. Cat. 146;
Hook. Sp. Fil. i. 211; Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 24. L. striata, Blume, Enum.

Pl Jav. Fil. 220. D. polymorpha, Wall. Cat. 147; Hk. & Grev. Ic. Fil. t. 75.

L. interrupta, Wall. Cat. 2195. Vittaria interrupta, Roxb. in Cale. Journ. Nat.
Hist. iv. 511. Davallia trichomanoides, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 178, not of Blume.

D. schizophylla, Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 468..

4.52 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.

Khasia and Assam, Griffith. Jaintea; Jarain, alt. 4000 feet, C. B. Clarke.—Distrib.
Mts. of South India and Ceylon, Malay Peninsula and Islands, South China, "—
Australia. d

Stipes tufted, sometimes strongly dimorphic; the barren fronds 2-3 in., simply piiniat;
on stipes 1 in. ; the fertile fronds 6-8 in., more or less compound, on stipes 4-6 in. The
simply pinnate form may be passed in the field for L. cultrata, and is perhaps not rare in
North India; but it appears to have been collected there on three occasions only.

4. L. ENsIFOLIA, Swartz, Syn. Fil. 118. Frond usually pinnate, with entire narrow
lanceolate pinna; veinlets reticulating —Hk. & Grev. Ie. Fil. t. 111; Hook. Sp.
Fil. i.. 220; Hook. Garden Ferns, t. 62 ; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 112; Luerssen, Fil.
Graeff. 226; Benth. Fl. Austral. vii. 721. Z. lanceolata, Labill. Pl. Nov. Holl. ii. 98,
t. 248. LZ. Griffithiana, Hook. Sp. Fil. i. 219, t. 68 B. LZ. pentaphylla, Hook. Sp.
Fil. i. 219, t. 67. . L. pteroides, Wall. Cat. 2198. L. longipinna, Wall. Cat. 2194.
Schizoloma ensifolium, Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 25. S. Griffithianum, Bedd. Ferns
Brit. Ind. t. 20. Pteris angustata, Wall. Cat. 93.

From Sikkim to Muneypoor and Chittagong, alt. 500-4000 feet, frequent.— Distrib.
South Deccan and Ceylon, Malay Peninsula and Islands to Polynesia and North Australia.
Tropical and Southern Africa with its eastern islands.

Rhizome creeping somewhat widely. Pinnz often few, sometimes one only, rarely
with long lobes. There is very little of this at Kew from North India; but it is by no
means rare. Collectors have perhaps often passed it supposing it to be the common
Pteris cretica.—As to the name, Mettenius keeps up Labillardiere's L. lanceolata, which
was published in the same year as Swartz's. I cannot discover which has the right of
priority, and therefore follow Mr. Baker. |

[Lindsaya Finlaysoniana, Wall. (i. e. L. heterophylla, Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 112,
partly), is stated by Beddome (Ferns Brit. Ind. Suppl. p. 6) to grow in North India; buf

there is no example further north than the Nilgherries in the Kew Herbarium, and
I suspect some error. |

15. ADIANTUM, Linn.
~ * Simply pinnate.

1. A. LUNULATUM, Burm. Fl. Ind. 235. Pinnæ glabrous, their petioles usually 4-} in-
or more.—Hk. & Grev. Ic. Fil. t. 104; Wall. Cat. 77; Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil.
215; Hook. Fil. Sp. ii. 11; Carr. in Fl. Viti. 346; Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 15
Milde, Fil. Europ. 28; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 114; Benth. Fl. Austral. vii. 723.
A. dolabriforme, Hook. Ie. Pl.t. 191. A. filiforme, Hook. Ic. PL t. 503. Pteris
lunulata, Retz. Obs. ii. t. 4; Roxb. in Cale. Journ. Nat. Hist. iv. 506.

Throughout North India, in moist places, alt. 0-4500 feet; very common.—Distrib.
South India and Ceylon, Malay Peninsula, the tropics of nearly the whole world.

One of the most generally diffused of Indian Ferns, plentiful in ditches in Calcutta. In
the hills it has sometimes large pinne 1 in., sometimes small } in. which are occa-

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. 458

sionally nearly orbicular.—A. soboliferum, Wall. Cat. 74 (from Ava), referred here by
Baker /. e does not belong; it is nearer 4. caudatum.

2. A. CAUDATUM, Linn. Mant. 308. Pinne hairy, their petiole rarely exceeding 4 in.—
Roxb. in Calc. Journ. Nat. Hist. iv. 512; Hook. Exot. Flora, t. 104; Hook. Sp. Fil.
ii. 18; Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 2; Milde, Fil. Europ. 29; Hk. & Baker, Sp. Fil.
115. A. vestitum, Wall. Cat. 75. A. flagelliferum, Wall. Cat. 76. A. proliferum,
Roxb. in Calc. Journ. Nat. Hist. iv. 512. A. hirsutum, Wall. Cat. 2176. A. cili-
atum, Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 215.
Throughout North India, alt. 0-3000 feet, very common.—Distrib. South India and
Ceylon, Malay Peninsula and Islands to South China, Tropical Africa to the Verdes.

Var. rhizophorum, Wall. Cat. 82. Pinnæ and stipe glabrous, or nearly so.— Hook. Sp.
Fil. ii. 12, t. 80 A. 4. Edgworthii, Hook. Sp. Fil. ii. 14, t. 81 B; Bedd. Ferns Brit.
Ind. t. 17.

Gurwhal, Edgeworth, A. Hume, Hope. Nepaul, Wallich. Mooltan, Edgeworth.

** Frond usually 2- (or 8—4-) pinnate.

9. A. CAPILLUS-VENERIS, Linn. Sp. Pl. 1558. Frond usually 2-pinnate; segments very

thin.—Engl. Bot. t. 1564; Wall. Cat. 73; Hk. & Bauer, Gen. Fil. t. 66 5; Hook. Sp.

Fil ii. 36, t. 74 5; Hook. Brit. Ferns, t. 41; Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 4; Milde,

Fil. Europ. 30; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 123; Benth. Fl. Austral. vii. 728. A. ca-

pillus, Wall. Cat. 73. A. tenerum, Roxb. in Cale. Journ. Nat. Hist. iv. 513, not of
Swartz.

Chittagong; Barobkoondo and Seetakoondo, J. Scott, C. B. Clarke. Khasia, Assam,

Sikkim, rare. From Nepaul to Kafaristan, plentiful.— Distrib. Malabaria, from Bombay

to Ceylon (rare) ; from Cabul to England and Morocco; in tropical and temperate Africa

and America; Queensland.

4. A. vENUsTUM, Don, Prodr. Fl Nep. 17. Frond 3-4-pinnate; segments somewhat
rigid.—Wall Cat. 81; Hook. Sp. Fil. ii. 40, t. 768; Bedd, Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 20;

Hk. & Baker, Sp. Fil. 125. A. microphyllum, Roxb. in Cale. Journ. Nat. Hist.
iv. 513. : .
Nepaul, Wallich, Gurwhal to Kashmir, alt. 3000-10,000 feet, abundant.—Distrib.

Cabul.
One of the commonest ferns of the North-east Himalaya. Sir W. J. Hooker gives also

Khasia as a locality; but I find no example thence, and Mr. Baker confines the species
(I believe correctly) to the Himalaya.

*** Fronds dichotomous,
5. A. PEDATUM, Linn. Sp. Pl. 1557. Rhachis glabrous, once-forked, the pinns placed

scorpioid-like on each fork.—Schkuhr, Crypt. t. 115; Hook. Sp. Fil. ii. 28; Bedd.
Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 167; Milde, Fil, Europ. 31; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 126.

^

454 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.

North-west Himalaya, alt. 6000-9000 feet, scattered, not plentiful; from Gurwhal
(Strachey & Winterbottom) to Sikkim (Sir J. D. Hooker).—Distrib. Japan, North America
(nearly the whole).

6. A. FLABELLULATUM, Linn. Sp. Pl. 1557. Scales on the rhizome long, linear, lax,
chestnut-coloured ; rhachis hairy, repeatedly dichotomous; segments glabrous; sori
often 45; in. broad.— Hook. Sp. Fil. ii. 30; Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 218 ; Hk. & Baker,
Syn. Fil. 126, not of Wall. 4. amenum, Wall. Cat..78; Hk. & Grev. Ic. Fil. t. 103.

Nepaul, Wallich. Assam, Simons. Khasia, Hk. f. & T., T. Lobb. Sylhet, Hk. f & T.
—Distrib. Ceylon, Malay Peninsula and Islands, South China, and Japan.
In A. hispidulum, Swartz (A. flabellulatum, Wall. Cat. 2177, not of Linn.), the scales

on the rhizome are lanceolate, shining black, rigid, adpressed; the sori scarcely Ze in.
broad.

16. CHEILANTHES.
* Fronds not powdered beneath ; stipe and main rhachis scaly and hairy.

1. CH. FRAGRANS, Swartz, Syn. Fil. 127, 325, 326, t. iii. fig. 6. Frond bipinnate, tripin-
natifid, or tripinnate; ultimate segments: $ in. in diam., ovate or round, without hairs
beneath.— Webb & Berth. Phyt. Canar. iii. 452; Mett. Ferngatt. Cheil. 38; Hook.
Sp. Fil.ii. 81; Milde, Fil. Europ. 34; Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 338; Hk. & Baker,
Syn. Fil. 134. Ch. odora, Swartz, Syn. Fil. 127, 327 ; Schkuhr, Crypt. t. 123. Ch. sua-

veolens, Swartz, Syn. Fil. 127; Sibth. Fl. Greec. t. 966. Polypodium fragrans; Linn.
Mant. 307, not Sp. Pl. 1550.

Mts. S. of Kashmir; Murree, alt. 4000-5000 feet, H. QC. Levinge. Kishtwar,
alt. 3500-5000 feet, C. B. Clarke.—Distrib. Cabul, all round the Mediterranean, Ma-
caronesia. 3

The partial rhachises are often scaly and hairy with chestnut submoniliform hairs;
but the surface of the frond beneath is entirely devoid of the plentiful white curled
woolly hairs so abundant in the next species.—Mr. Baker carefully follows Sir W. J. `
Hooker in stating that the present species is not Swartz's Cheilanthes fragrans, while
they both say it is Polypodium fragrans of Linnzeus's * Mantissa., Swartz (Syn. Fil. 326)
states not only that his Ch. fragrans is Linnsus's Polypodium fragrans, but that to
prevent confusion he obtained, through Sir J. E. Smith, from Linneus’s Herbarium the

ipsissimum exemplum collected by Koenig on which Linnzus founded the species. 1 E.

suspect that the whole blunder arose because Webb and Berth. supposed Kcenig’s ex-
ample to have come from India, and that therefore their own Macaronesian fern would —
be something different. Sir W. J. Hooker (Sp. Fil. ii. 94) says that Swartz’s Ch. fra- =
grans was of Indian origin, gathered by Koenig probably in the Madras Peninsula; ` `
but on turning to Linn. Mant. 307 it will be seen that Kcenig’s specimen was oci |
not in India, but on the walls of Funchal, m it grows now. Ty ue

2. Cn. SzovrrZu, Fisch. & Meyer, in Bull. Soc. Mose. 1838, 241. Frond bipinnate, tri-
pinnatifid or — ultimate segments } in. in diam., round, with miang crisped À

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. 455

white hairs beneath.—Hook. Sp. Fil. ii. 98, t. O4 B ; Mett. Farngatt. Cheil. 37;
Milde, Fil. Europ. 33; Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 145; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 139.
Ch. fimbriata, Vis. Fl. Dalm. t. 1. fig. 1. Notholena persica, Bory in Bélang.
Voy. 23.

Kashmir and Baltistan; alt. 5000-7500 feet, frequent. Kulu, ZEdgeworth.—Distrib.
Cabul, West Asia, South Europe.

Exceedingly like Ch. fragrans, and only to be distinguished by the indusial hairs.
The hairs are really confined to the sori, which occupy a large portion of the very
small segments, so that the lower surface of the frond appears densely matted. Ch.
Szovitzii is the oldest name. Notholena persica is 4 years later than the full description
of Oh. Szovitzii by Fisch. & Meyer.

** Fronds not powdered beneath ; stipe not hairy, sometimes slightly scaly.

9. CH. VARIANS, Hook. Sp. Fil. ii. 89, t. 103 a. Glabrous; frond long-lanceolate, pin-
nate; pinnz subentire, pinnatifid or with a few secondary pinnæ ; involucres attain-
ing §-+ in.—Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 189; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 127. Pteris

varians, Wall. Cat. 86. - Pt. cespitosa, Wall. Cat. 90.

- East Bengal Plain from Assam to Chittagong, general on red Terai soil: ascending
the Khasi range to 2000 feet alt.—Distrib. Moulmein, Ava, South China, Luzon. Ana-
mallays (Beddome).

This is a fern of the plains; common at Dacca. Mr. Baker says its locality is the
Himalaya ; but I never saw it there, nor is there any example thence at Kew. Mr. Baker
also does not admit Col. Beddome's locality in Malabaria; but Col. Beddome's figure
above quoted is so exactly the plant, that I suppose Mr. Baker suspected that Col. Bed-
dome did not prepare it from his Anamallay plant.

4. CH. TENUIFOLIA, Swartz, Syn. Fil. 129, 332. Glabrous; frond triangular-lanceolate,
2-3-pinnate, secondary pinnz numerous; involucres rarely exceeding 3 in. (though
often confluent in age).—Schkuhr, Crypt. t. 125; Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 137;
Hook. Sp. Fil. ii. 82, t. 87 c; Carr. in Fl. Viti. 347; Mett. Farngatt. Cheil. 27;
Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 188; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 138; Benth. Fl. Austral.
vii. 726. Ch. micrantha, Wall. Cat. 68, as to type sheet. Ch. rupestris, Wall. Cat.
07. Ch. Sieberi, Kunze; Hook. Sp. Fil. ii. 83, t. 97. Pellea nudiuscula, Hook.
Sp. Fil. ii. 151. Pteris gracilis, Roxb. in Cale. Journ. Nat. Hist. iv. 508. Tricho-
manes tenuifolia, Burm. Fl. Ind. 237. :

Bengal Plain; alt. 0-2000 feet, common on red soil, as iñ Assam, Chittagong, Dacca,
and throughout Chota Nagpore: ascends the Khasi range to 3500 feet alt. Sikkim,
alt. 1000 feet.—Distrib. Deccan and Ceylon, Malay Peninsula and Islands, extending to
China, Australia, New Zealand, Polynesia, Uruguay.

This fern is also said by Mr. Baker to be confined in North India to the dire,
there is no example from the Himalaya in the Kew Herbarium, but I have collected it
in Sikkim. ‘Wall. Cat. 68 has Pellea nitidula, Baker, mixed with it. There isa marked

SECOND SERIES.—BOTANY, VOL. I. 3n

456 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.

difference in cutting between the Decean and East Bengal examples; the figure of Sir
W. J. Hooker represents the East Bengal type; the figure of Col. Beddome represents
the Chota Nagpore type. Chota Nagpore is, phytographically as well as geographically
and geologically, the north-east extremity of the Deccan Plateau. SE.

*** Fronds with some powder or hair beneath (but Ch. farinosa, var. Dalhousie, often
denudate when old). |

5. CH. SUBVILLOSA, Hook. Sp. Fil. ii. 87, t. 98B. Frond elongate-lanceolate; the lowest
pair of pinnz distant, narrower than the pair above; stipe shorter than the frond,
glabrous, with a few broad-lanceolate uniform-coloured scales near the base ; rhachis
of primary pinne with crisped woolly salmon-coloured hairs beneath, but no scales;
involucre continuous, slightly crenulate, not fimbriate on the margin.—Mett. Farn-
gatt. Cheil. 48; Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 142; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 137.

North-west Himalaya; Pabur Valley and Kotghur, near Simla, Zdgeworth.

Scales of the rhachis light-chestnut-coloured or scarious. Main rhachis glabrous
beneath, the partial rhachises woolly. Pinne often 8-10 pairs, separate, the lower 2 in.
apart. Involucre as in Pellea, to which this species might be referred. In this and the
neighbouring species of Cheilanthes the margin of the frond is at first reflexed, con-
tinuous, becoming in the age of the fruit beaded or broken up; in Pellæa the margin is
continuous in age; the distinction is very small.—Col. Beddome expresses an opinion
that this species is only a form of Ch. farinosa; but he has perhaps never seen it, his
figure being taken from Sir W. J. Hooker’s. There is no powder on the examples, of
which, however, there are but 2 sheets at Kew.

6. CH. ALBO-MARGINATA, C. B. Clarke. Frond lanceolate; the lowest pair of pinn®
usually more developed than any superior pair; stipe shorter than the frond,
glabrous, with many lanceolate white-margined scales; pinnz, when young, densely
scaly beneath, often with yellow powder also, but not hairy, when old usually scaly

beneath on the rhachises; involucres peltate, usually lacerate on their margins.
(Pl. LII.)

North-west Himalaya, Falconer. Kashmir; Basaoli, alt. 5000 feet, C. B. Clarke.
Dalhousie, alt. 6000 feet, C. B. Clarke. Simla, alt. 7000 feet, T. Thomson. Gurwhal,
alt. 2000-9000 feet, H. C. Levinge.—Distrib. Nilgherries, fide Mojor F. Henderson.

Scales on the lower part of the stipe numerous, lanceolate-linear, secund, ascending,
somewhat rigid, dark chestnut, nearly black in the centre, their margins glistening
white; tufts of hair-pointed scales on the rhizome. Young fronds usually entirely
thickly covered beneath with lanceolate chestnut coloured scales, and generally with `
yellow powder, in which state it has been confused with Ch. rufa; but it has none of —
the woolly hairs in which Ch. rufa always abounds. This is probably what Col. Beddome
means when when he says (Ferns, Suppl. p. 7) that “ he has lately obtained De

traces of it are sometimes permanent —1 haye collected large quantities of this Ka as P
has H. C. Levinge. Bee

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. 457

7. Cu. RUFA, Don, Prodr. Fl. Nep. 16. Frond lanceolate; lowest pair of pinne usually
smaller than the next superior pair; stipe and whole frond beneath woolly with
crisped hairs; margin of involucre much fimbriate.—Hook. Sp. Fil. ii. 79, t. 994;
Mett. Farngatt. Cheil. 47; Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 144; Hk. & as Syn. Fil.
141. Ch. tomentosa, Herb. Wall.

` Khasia; alt. 4000 feet, plentiful wherever there is limestone. Sikkim; alt. 5000 feet,
rare (as is limestone). Gurwhal, alt. 2000 feet, H. C. Levinge.—Distrib. Mergui.

I have collected much of this fern, but only on limestone ; it is generally closely pro-
cumbent, curling up on the rock, and easily recognized by its woolly hairiness. Scales
often none, or undistinguishable from the hairs; scales, when present on the stipe mixed
with the hairs, are narrow-linear uniform-coloured. Fronds above laxly flocculose or
woolly, or almost tomentose.—Col. Beddome remarks (Ferns, Suppl. p. 7) that Wallich
was right in calling this plant Ch. farinosa, var. vestita; but Wallich calls it Ch. tomen-
tosa in his Herb., and some other hand (apparently) has directed it to be put * with 71,"
i.e. Ch. farinosa..

8. Cu. FARINOSA, Kaulf, Enum. Fil 212. Frond triangular-lanceolate or long-lanceo-
late; lowest pair of pinnæ often distant, as much developed as any of the superior
pinne ; stipe shorter than the frond, glabrous, with some lanceolate-linear uniform-
coloured scales near the base; pinnse without hairs beneath, rarely with a few
scales, always more or less powdered ; involucre usually toothed, sometimes lacerate.
—Hk. & Grev. Ic. Fil. t. 134; Hook. Sp. Fil. ii. 77; Bot. Mag. t. 4765; Mett.
Farngatt. Cheil. 46; Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 191; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 142.
Ch. dealbata, Don, Prodr. Fl. Nep. 16; Wall. Cat. 71, as to type sheet. Ch. rigi-
dula, Wall, Cat. 2175. Ch. bullosa, Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 199. Pteris farinosa,
Forskh. Fl. ZEgypt. Arab. 187. Pt. bicolor, Roxb. in. Calc. Journ. Nat. Hist. iv. 507.

Throughout Northern India, in the hills, alt. 0—5000 feet from Kashmir to Assam gnd
Chittagong; also in Chota Nagpore.—Distrib. Whole Deccan and Ceylon; Eastern
Africa with its islands and Arabia; Java and the Philippines; Tropical America.

This species is easily separable from Ch. rufa and Ch. albomarginata above. I cannot
separate it satisfactorily from Ch. argentea, var. chrysophylla. All the India examples
are white- or pale-yellow-powdered below, except a very large dark-green form sent by
Mr. Batcock from Ootacamund, marked var. concolor. |
Var. Dalhousie (sp.), Hook. Sp. Fil. ii. 10. Pinnæ (even when young) without hairs,

scales, or powder beneath; involucres deeply crenulate, toothed or lacerate on the
margin.—Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 137. (Pl. LI)

Western Himalaya, from Kashmir to Kumaon, alt. 6000-9000 feet, frequent. Sikkim;
Lachen, alt. 10,000 feet, Sir J.. D. Hooker.—Hook. Sp. Fil. ii. t. 78 B, is named Ch. de-
albata, but quoted at page 80 for Ch. Dalhousie; but Mr. Baker has withdrawn it, as
it is taken from a sheet of examples containing a mixture of forms.—Bedd. Ferns South.
Ind. t. 193, does not show the rhizome and lower scales; nor is the cutting that of

Ch. Dathousia ; all Col. Beddome’s examples of Ch. Dathousie EE from the
3R

458 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.

Deccan exhibit more or less powder, and I should call them Ch. farinosa type. Sorting
the specimens my own way, I fancy that I can keep Ch. Dalhousie distinct; but I bow
to the opinion of Baker and F. Henderson, and rank it as a variety.

Var. chrysophylla, Hook. Fil. Exot. t. 95. fig. 1. Frond triangular-lanceolate, with
sometimes 6-8 pairs of free pinnze; powder beneath golden, never white, sometimes
scanty.— Ch. chrysophylla (sp.), Hook. Sp. Fil. ii. 113; Hook. Ic. Pl. t. 901; Mett.
Farngatt. Cheil. 47.

Khasia; alt. 5500 feet, not rare. Sikkim, W. S. Atkinson.— This is a most doubtful
plant, that has been confused with Ch. argentea, var. sulphurea, to which it bears
little resemblance except in having yellow powder beneath. Both W. 8. Atkinson and
Major F. Henderson think it should be appended to Ch. farinosa rather than to Ch,
argentea.

9. CH. ARGENTEA, Kunze in Linnea, 1850, 242. Frond triangular; lowest pair of pinne
most developed, approximate; remainder of the frond pinnatifid or with one other
free pair of pinne; stipe glabrous, often longer than the frond, with sublinear
scales near the base; pinne glabrous beneath, but with white powder; involucre
crenate, rarely much toothed.—Hook. Sp. Fil. ii. 76; Mett. Farngatt. Cheil. 45;
Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 143; Milde, Fil. Europ. 37; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 142.
Pieris argentea, Gmel.; Langsd. & Fisch. Pl. Voy. Russes, t. 22.

Khasia; alt. 3000-5500 feet, frequent.—Distrib. Mergui, Northern Asia to Siberia,
Japan, and Kamtschatka. :

In my typical example the stipe is 84 in., the frond 31; free pinne one pair only,
very white beneath.
Var. sulphurea, Hook. Fil. Exot. t. 95. fig. 3. Exactly as in the type, but the powder

often yellow or golden.

Khasia and Mergui; growing sometimes on the same rhizome with white-powdered

fronds.
17. Onycuium, Kaulf.

1. O. AvRATUM, Kaulf. Enum. Fil. 144. Coriaceous, shining on both surfaces; barren `
frond sub-4-pinnate, fertile frond 3-pinnate; some of the involucres often exceeding ` `
i in.; ripe capsules golden.—Hook. Sp. Fil. ii. 121; Fée, Gen. Fil. 131, t. 7. fig. C;
Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 30; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 143. Lomaria aurea, Wall. —
Cat. 38. ZL. caruifolia, Wall. Cat. 39. L. decomposita, Don, Prodr. Fl. Nepal. 14.
Pteris chrysocarpa, Hk. & Grev. Ic. Fil. t. 107.

From Nepaul to Assam and Chittagong, alt. 0-4000 feet, common: sometimes found `
far from the hills in East Bengal.—Distrib. Malay Peninsula and Islands, New Guinea. `

In large tufts. Scales numerous at the base of the stipe, linear, chestnut-coloured. `
Involucres on the terminal segments much longer than the others.—The form L. carui-
Jolia, with shorter sori, less golden capsules (from Amherst) is marked by Kurz as 9. `
var. of O. japonicum, to which view Capt. F. Henderson inclines. Mr. Baker agrees with —
me that it is better placed with O. auratum. t aa

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. 459

2. O. JAPONICUM, Kunze, in Schkuhr, Fil. Suppl. 11. Coriaceous, shining on both surfaces,
especially the upper; fertile frond often 4-pinnate, as much divided as the barren ;
no involucre attaining 4 in. ; ripe capsules deep brown, numerous, broader than the
segment, and forcing the involucre completely open.—Hook. Sp. Fil. ii: 122; Hk. &
Baker, Syn. Fil. 143. O. lucidum, Spreng.; Hk. & Bauer, Gen. Fil t. 11; Hook.
Sp. Fil. ii. 121. O. capense, Kaulf. Enum. Fil. 145, t. 1. fig. 8. Cheilanthes lucida,
Wall. Cat. 69. Trichomanes japonicum, Thunb. Fl. Jap. 340.

From Gurwhal to Mishmee and Khasia, alt. 3000—6000 feet; common from Nepaul
eastward.—Distrib. Ava, China, Japan.

Tufted. Scales at the base of the stipe numerous, linear, pale brown.

Var. multisecta, (sp.) F. Henderson, MS. Fertile frond very finely cut, often 5-pinnate `
ripe capsules straw-coloured, not numerous; involucre remaining closed over the
ripe capsules. Cheilanthes contigua, Wall. Cat. 72. Leptostegia lucida, Don, Prodr.
Fl. Nepal. 14.

From Kumaon to Kashmir, alt. 6000-8000 feet, frequent.— Frond herbaceous, hardly
shining, not coriaceous.—This is more easily separated from O.japonicum type than is
O. auratum, and has been estimated a species both by Wallich and F. Henderson, to
which opinion the area lends support. But if it is estimated a species, I do not know to
which the next variety should be attached.

Var. intermedia. Frond lax, more coarsely cut ; involucres often 1 in.— O. lucidum, Bedd.
Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 21.

Kumaon ; alt. 7500 feet. Sikkim; Lachen, alt. 9000—1000 feet, Sir J. D. Hooker.—
This form, exactly figured by Col. Beddome, seems halfway between O. japonicum,
Kunze, and O. multisectum, F. Henderson. [After going through the Kew material
with me, F. Henderson would still prefer to make O. multisectum a species.]

18. CnyPTOGRAMME, R. Br.

1. C. crispa, R. Br. in Richardson's Append. to Franklin's First Journal, 54.—Hk. &
Bauer, Gen. Fil. t. 115 5 ; Hook. Sp. Fil. ii. 128-130; Hook. Brit. Ferns, t. 39; Hk. &
Baker, Syn. Fil. 144.. C. Brunoniana, Wall. Cat. 396; Hk. & Grev. Ic. Fil t.158 ;
Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 164. C. acrostichoides, Hk. & Grev. Ic. Fil.t.29. Allosorus
crispus, Bernh. in Schrad. neu. Journ. Bot. ii. 36; Milde, Fil. Europ. 28. Phoro-
lobus crispus, Desy.; Fée, Gen. Fil. 130, t. TD. Pteris crispa, Linn. MS.; Engl.
Bot. t. 1160. Osmunda crispa, Linn. Sp. Pl. 1522. :

From Kumaon to Kashmir and Baltistan ; alt. 10,000—15,000 feet, plentiful. Sikkim ;
alt. 10,000-14,000 feet (head of Lachen valley), Sir J. D. Hooker.—Distrib. Arctic and

Alpine Europe, Asia and North America.

Glabrous, tufted ; scales at the base of the stipe lanceolate acute, pale brown ; often

a few ovate-lanceolate acute similar scales scattered on the lower part of the stipe.

Fertile frond wholly fertile, i. e. not with the lowest pinnæ barren.—1 can see no

difference between the Himalayan and European plants, nor can I distinguish any

Himalayan variety. Milde says the Himalayan form has the barren fronds with the

460 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN. INDIA.

ultimate segments more acutely serrate; but I suspect Milde's stock of Himalayan
material on which he ventured this distinction was small. I have collected the plant
more than twenty times between Dhurmsala and the Karakorum. None resemble the
American var. acrostichoides—The name of this fern is a queest. vex. Most writers
prefer Allosorus crispus, Bernh., who first separated the species from Pteris; but
Allosorus has been so variously understood that the genus has been altogether dropped
by Sir W. J. Hooker.

19. PELLÆA, Link.

1. P. eracus, Hook. Sp. Fil ii. 138, t. 133 B. Glabrous; rhizome wiry, creeping;

. stipes not tufted; fronds 1-2-pinnate, often with the lowest pinne barren, the

upper fertile ; young sori subterminal on the veins, clustered, not forming a marginal

line till old—Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 145. <Allosorus Stelleri, Ruprecht, in Ledeb.

Fl. Ross. iv. 526; Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 73. A. gracilis, Asa Gray, Man. Bot.

(ed. v.) 659, t. 15. Pteris gracilis, Michx. Fl. Bor.-Amer. ii. 262. Pt. Stelleri,
Gmel. fide Ruprecht, 7. c.

Balti; alt. 9000 feet, T. Thomson. Kumaon; Champua, alt. 10,000 feet, Strachey &
Winterbottom. Kashmir; Pir Punjul, alt. 11,000 feet, C. B. Clarke. Karakorum ;
alt. 11,500-18,000 feet, C. B. Clarke.—Distrib. Lake Baikal region, Canada and
Northern United States, e SCH |

Scales about the base of the stipe linear, pale brown, a few scattered on the lower part
of the stipe.—In the absence of young fruit and of the rhizome, Indian examples of this
are easily distinguished from all forms of Cryptogramme crispa, in that they have fre-
quently the fronds barren below, fertile above, as mentioned by Ruprecht for the Baikal
fern. The North-American form has the barren and fertile fronds distinct, as figured
by Hooker and copied by Beddome. g

2. P. Tampurt, Hook. Sp. Fil. ii. 134, t. 199 a. Fronds 5-3- pedatifid, the segment
: 1-2-pinnatifid, whitened beneath.—Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 146.

East Nepaul; Tambur River, Sir J. D. Hooker.

Once collected—viz. five fronds in fruit with the upper portions of their v ey but no
rhizome. Evidently a splendid and be UU so dero

3. P. NITIDULA, Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 149. Tufted; stipe and main rhachis minutely ` `
scabrid-pubescent ; frond 1-2-pinnate.— Cheilanthes nitidula, Hook. Sp. Fil. ii. 112 pur
Hook. Ic. Pl. t. 912; Mett. Farngatt. Cheil: 50; Bedd. Ferns Brit. — t. ge ` ;
Pteris nitidula, Wall. Cat. 89. Dor

Kashmir; alt. 3000-6000 feet; frequent and plentiful to Chumba; scarce eastward to 2 :
the Alps of Kumaon, where Wallich originally got it. : i
. Besides the pubescence, there are linear scales on the stipe, which are very permanent. d

—In the absence of the rhizome and the young fruit, this is easily distinguishable from E

| Oryptogramme crispa and Pellea gracilis by the pubescent stipe and rhachis; bati it has

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA, - 461

been much confounded with both those species.—In some of my examples the involucres
are peltate, not continuous even in age, and the margin of the fertile frond appears from
above crenulated : such examples are exactly Cheilanthes.. In other of my examples the
sori are so continuous in a line that the genus appears Pteris. Mr. Baker is in medio
tutissimus in Pellea.—The texture of the frond is coriaceous, shining beneath, whence
Wallieh's name. Sir W. J. Hooker was misled (in Sp. Fil. ii, 113) by possessing only
poorly preserved specimens. |

4. P. CALOMELANOS, Link, Fil. Hort. Berol. 61. Glabrous; frond 1-2-pinnate; ultimate
segments stalked, cordate- or hastate-ovate, or rhomboidal obtuse, entire or undu-
lately 3-lobed.—Hook. Sp. Fil. ii. 140; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 152. Allosorus calo-
melanos, Presl; Bot. Mag. t. 4769. Pteris calomelanos, Swartz, Syn. Fil. 106; Kunze,
in Linnæa, x. 525 ; Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 22. P. hastata, Thunb. Fl. Cap. 733,
not of Swartz.

North-west Himalaya, Royle; below Almora, alt. 4000 feet, Strachey & Winterbottom ;
Tikri in Sirmoor, alt. 5000-6000 feet, Edgeworth.—Distrib. Abyssinia to Cape of
Good Hope.

Only 2 sheets of this from India at Kew. Sir W. J. Hooker expresses great surprise.
that Kunze supposed this species a Péeris rather than a Pellea; but I can no better

than Col. Beddome see why it is not a Pteris.

20. PTERIS, Linn.

Sect. I. Hupteris. Veins all free. Stipes tufted. Involuere single.
* Frond 1-pinnate ; pinne simple, none of the lower divided or pinnatifid.

1. P. LONGIFOLIA, Linn. Sp. Pl. 1531; Wall. Cat. 111; Don, Prodr. Fl. Nepal. 15 ; Hook.
Sp. Fil. ii. 157; Carr. in Fl. Viti. 348; Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 33; Milde, Fil.
Europ. 18; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 153; Benth. Fl. Austral. vii. 730. P. vittata,
Linn.; Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 207. P. diversifolia, Swartz, Syn. Fil. 96, 288.
P. costata, Bory ; Blume, Enum. Pl. Jay. Fil. 208; Hk. & Arn. Bot. Beechey's Voy.
t. 51. P. acuminatissima, Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 208. P. amplectens, Wall.
Cat. 112. P. amplexicaulis, Roxb. in Cale. Journ. Nat. Hist. iv. 505,

From the Punjab to Assam and Chittagong, alt. 0-5000 feet ; general and abundant.—
Distrib. Throughout India and Malaya, and the tropical and warm temperate regions of
the whole world. i

Perhaps the commonest fern of North India, extending over the plains to every village.
There is no example in the Herbarium west of Chumba, but I believe it extends west.
— The scales on the stipe are light-chestnut-coloured, lanceolate and linear, passing into
linear hispid hairs, often permanent, and sometimes extending throughout the main and
partial rhachises.—W hat Roxburgh's P. vittata (in Calc. Journ. Nat. Hist. iv. 504) can
be, unless it is a bad description of P. longifolia (as Griffith there maintains), I cannot
guess, Roxburgh’s figure (among the Kew drawings) shows a stout extensively creeping

462 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.

rhizome throwing up solitary fronds, the rhizome and the stipe without scales, the frond
with simple linear pinnz, the lowest pinnz not shortened, the veins all undivided, the
involueres as in P. longifolia.. It appears from Wallich's Herbarium, that even in his
day Hamilton could not make out what P. vittata, Roxb., was, unless = P. longifolia,
Linn.

** Frond 1-pinnate or subdigitate ; some of the lower pinne often 2-3-fid, scarcely
2-3-partite. |

2. P. cRETICA, Linn. Mant. 130. Lowest pair of pinnz (and often 1-4 other pairs
2-3-fid; margin of the frond (where barren) closely or remotely spinulose-serrate;
. lower barren pinnz usually acute ; veins forked and simple, diverging nearly at right
angles from the midrib, often very close together.—Don, Prodr. Fl. Nepal. 15;
Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 209; Hook. Sp. Fil. ii. 160 ;; Carr. in Fl. Viti. 348;
Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 39; Milde, Fil. Europ. 41; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 154.

P. leta, Wall. Cat. 95.

From Kashmir to Assam and Chittagong, alt. 0-6000 feet, commion; extending far
into the plains as at Dacca, and obtained at 8000-9000 feet alt. in Sikkim by Sir J. D.
Hooker.—Distrib. Deccan and Ceylon; Malay Peninsula; and in all the quarters of we
globe in tropical and warm temperate climes.

The above diagnosis is intended to separate the species from P. pellucida and
P. crenata, The species is very variable, and does not always satisfy the diagnosis of
Mr. Baker. The barren segments are not always much broader than the fertile; the
veins are often wide apart in the narrow-segmented forms, very close together in the
broad-segmented forms. The fertile segments are sometimes 7 by A in., sometimes 4 by
iin. The stipe is often densely clothed at the base with lanceolate persistent scales.
The serrations of the barren margin are sometimes jy in. deep, close together, with
white rigid points; at other times the teeth are distant, only a few to be found. ‘The
fronds are usually more dimorphic than those or E crenata.

3, P. PELLUCIDA, Presl, Rel. Hænk. 55. Pinnæ acute, sometimes numerous, sometimes
7, 5, 3, or 1, all simple, or the lowest pair 2-fid; margin of the frond (where
barren) entire, undulate, crisped, or crenulate; veins forked and simple, diverging

nearly at right angles from the midrib, always close together.—Hook. Sp. Fil. ii. 161, —

t. 1295; Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 38; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 154. P. venulosd,
Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 209; Hook. Sp. Fil. ii. 162. P. nervosa, Wall. Oat ^
as to the type sheet.

From Sikkim and Bhotan to Chiittagionjs alt. 0-3000 feet; extending far into Bengal S
Plain, as at Dacca.—Distrib. Deccan Mts.; Malay Peninsula and Islands; Guinea coast: ` `
Pinne usually larger and broader than those of P. cretica. The forms with 5 pinnæ.
are always (from the area given) distinctly pinnate, never digitate. ‘The forms with 3. —
pinnæ from Chittagong and the Philippines are identical, and have the fertile pinmte ` `
Z in. broad, the barren pinnz 1-12 in. broad. Major F. Henderson has collected a form

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. 463

in the Nilgherries the pinnz whereof attain 18 in., which he thinks as well separated
from P. pellucida as is. P. pellucida from P. cretica. |

Var. stenophylla, (sp.) Hk. & Grey. Ic. Fil. t. 130. Pinns 3-4, sometimes 2-1, sub-
digitate; fertile pinnz very long and narrow.— P. digitata, Wall. Cat. 91.

Gurwhal to Nepaul, alt. 3000-4000 feet.—The localities Khasia and Philippines
added by Sir W. J. Hooker are errors; the Khasia specimens are P. dactylina; the
Philippine are P. pellucida, with 3 pinnz. In P. pellucida, when with few pinne, the
barren pinns are much broader than the fertile; in var. stenophylla the pinnæ, both
barren and fertile, are, when 8-9 inches long, hardly 3 in. broad. In fairly developed
var. stenophylla the stipe is often scabrid, the veins are not less marked than in the
type. The stipe is usually pale straw-coloured, sometimes yellow, sometimes nearly
black.—P. scabripes, Wall. Cat. 94, has dimorphic fronds, the stipe very scabrous, but
will probably be brought as a var. under P. pellucida, Presl.

4. P. nAcTYLINA, Hook. Sp. Fil. ii. 160, t. 130 a. Pinne 7-1 (usually 5), digitate, linear ;
margin (where barren) crenate-serrate, scarcely spinulose, veins wide apart.—Bedd.
Ferns, Brit. Ind. t. 28; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 155.

Khasia, Griffith ; alt. 4200 feet, C. B. Clarke. Sikkim and East Nepaul, Sir J. D.
Hooker.

Fertile pinne in Griffith’s example 9 by yy in, and the barren pinne 9 by j in.
Neither Hooker’s nor Beddome’s figure shows the extreme form of the species. Sir J.
D. Hooker’s specimens have been so thoroughly mixed with P. cretica in the mounting
that I do not feel sure of the locality East Nepaul; nor do I feel sure that the figures
were prepared without an eye to the examples of P. cretica mixed. The coriaceous
texture and thick veins of P. dactylina are not much like P. pellucida, var. stenophylla;
and it has been confounded with P. cretica, never with P. pellucida.

5. P. enstFormis, Burm. Fl. Ind. 230; Thes. Zeyl. t. 87. Lowest pair of pinnæ 2-3-fid ;

. margin of the frond (where barren) regularly crenate-serrate ; lower barren pinnæ

usually obtuse; veins forked and simple, diverging at about $ of a right angle from

the midrib, very close together.—Ham. in Wall. Cat. 7085; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil.

155; Benth. Fl. Austral. vii. 730. P. crenata, Swartz ; Blume, Enum. PI. Jav. Fil.

209; Hook. Sp. Fil. iii. 163, t. 127 4 ; Carr. in Fl. Viti. 349; Bedd. Ferns South.
Ind. t. 35. P. multidentata, Wall. Cat. 2681.

From Bhotan to Chittagong, alt. 1000 feet, throughout the plain of East Bengal;
common.— Distrib. South Deccan and Ceylon, Malay Peninsula, China, Tropical Aus-
tralia, Polynesia. ,

Not easily separated from P. cretica. I have found the angle of the veins the best
character. P. ensiformis has the lowest pinnæ often 3-fid (whereas in P. cretica they
are commonly 2-fid), and the lowest pinnæ of the fertile pinne have often shortened
rounded barren segments; also the lowest pinnz are not rarely completely pinnate.
Pt. ensiformis, Ham. in Wall. Cat. 2181, was probably Burmann’s species; but that
SECOND SERIES.—BOTANY, VOL. I. | | ! 3s

464. MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.

number in Wallich's Herbarium is a blank sheet of paper. Mr. Baker's area, ‘ from the
Himalaya to Ceylon," is too sweeping ; it is found at the base of the Eastern Himalaya,
also in Ceylon.

Var. Grevilleana, Mett. MS., not Agardh.. Margin of the frond (wow barren) with
some spinulose teeth ; lowest pinne in the barren frond often pinnate, the segments
or pinnules acute. :

Sylhet, Wallich. Mishmee, Griffith. Khasia, Hk. f. $ T. Chittagong Hills, C..B. Clarke.
—This very critical form was attached to P. cretica in the Kew Herbarium; the yena-
tion, as well as the much divided lower pinne, tend more to P. ensiformis. The spinulose
teeth puzzled Mettenius; but some undoubted examples of P. ensiformis have the teeth
as spinulose, though not so much hooked. The fern appears to form a transition from
P. ensiformis type to P. heterodactyla, Reinw., in which the pinnze are much more coms
pound, but which is reckoned a variety of P. ensiformis at Kew. Mettenius sent the
present plant named P. Grevilleana, Agardh.

*** Frond 1-pinnate, the pinne pinnatifid at least half down to the rhachis, or
2-3-pimnate.

6. P. Grirriram, Hook. Sp. Fil. ii. 170, t. 1234. Frond demens pinne pinnatifid
nearly to the rhachis, or bipinnate; ultimate segments $ by 4—7% in., distant, linear-
oblong, obtuse, entire or very slightly erenate.—Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 24; Hk. &
Baker, Syn. Fil. 156.

Mishmee, Griffith.

A well-marked species; and, as Sir W. J. Hooker remarks, the examples are very
uniform ; but there are only two sheets of specimens, which look uncommonly as though
Griffith cut them all from one rhizome. Botany is easy, and species very distinct, when
founded on such material. :

7. P. sEMr-PINNATA, Linn, Sp. Pl.1534, Frond pinnate; pinne with their upper margin
subentire, their lower deeply pinnatifid; ultimate segments 1} by } in., narrowly
lanceolate, margin (where barren) regularly serrate.—Hook. Sp. Fil. ii, 169; Hook.
Garden Ferns, t. 59; Wall. Cat. 97; Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 34; Hk. & Baker,
Syn. Fil. 157, P. E Schkuhr, Fil. t. 93. P. dimidiata, Blume, Enum. Pl. —
Jay. Fil. 210; Roxb. in Cale. Journ. Nat. Hist. iv. 507.

East Bengal from Assam to Chittagong, alt. 0-1000 feet, common; ascending the Khasi

Hills to 4000 feet alt., fide Hk. f. & 7—Distrib. Travancore, Malay Peninsula and
Islands, China, Japan.
This fern is always easily recognized in Northern India by being nain or

rather semi-bipinnatifid. But in China and Japan the pinne are pinnatifid more or less ` :
on the upper margin until forms are arrived at so completely bipinnatifid that it is-

difficult to say what should be done with them. The fern is a plains fern, abundant at —
Sylhet station. I never could find it at 4000 feet alt. in the Khasi Hills. Base of the 2

stipe hispid, with linear permanent scales.

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. 465

| (P. Dalhousie, Hook., is placed in North India (as well as Penang) by Col. Beddome
in Ferns Brit. Ind. Suppl. p. 8; but there are no examples thence at Kew, nor have I
ever heard of its being found in North India. | |

8. P. QUADRIAURITA, Retz. Obs. vi. 38. Stipe naked upwards, or minutely scabrid
pubescent ; frond lanceolate or ovate-laceolate, with 3-8 subopposite pairs of pinne ;
pinne narrowly oblong, acuminate or cordate, cut down nearly to the rhachis into
numerous narrowly oblong approximate segments 3 by $ in. ; rhachis above glabrous
or setigerous ; lowest pair of pinnæ (and sometimes several superior pairs) bipartite,
rarely simple, sometimes with 2—4 secondary pinn descending from their lower side.
—Roxh. in Cale. Journ. Nat. Hist. iv. 507; Hook. Sp. Fil. ii. 179, tt. 135 a, 1843;
Carr. in Fl. Viti. 349; Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 31, Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 202;
Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil 158; Benth. Fl. Austral vii. 731. P. nemoralis, Hk. &
Bauer, Gen. Fil. t. 644; Wall. Cat. 106, partly perhaps of Willd. P. aspericaulis,
Wall. Cat. 107; Agardh, Recens. Gen. Pter. 22. P. pectinata, Don, Prodr. Fl.
Nepal. 15. P. pyrophylla, Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 212; Agardh, Recens.
Gen. Pter. 30. P. spinescens, Presl; Agardh, Recens. Gen. Dier, 30. P. sub-
quinata, Wall. Cat. 104; Agardh, Recens. Gen. Pter. 21.

From the Punjab to Assam and Chittagong; alt. 0-7000 feet, very common, but not
found far from the hills.—Distrib. Deccan, Ceylon, Malay Peninsula, and the tropical
and subtropical regions of the world.

The above diagnosis is expanded to include what are here considered trifling varieties
of this abundant fern. The number of pinnz is variable. P. subquinata, Wall., with
7-5 pinne, is not worthy a separate name. Several varieties, as well as the type and
other allied species, have bristles sometimes on the upper surface of the rhachis; and
consequently different forms have been figured by different authors as the species or
variety setigera. ` The pinne in the type species have sometimes entire tails 2-3 in.;
and various less markedly caudate forms have been elevated into species. The texture
eminently varies; P. aspericaulis, Wall., is a rigid species, coriaceous, shining, crisped
when dry, often high red in the rhachis and nerves; other forms are thin membranous,
others greenly herbaceous. The pinne are always deeply cut; when very deeply the
. lowest veins reach the margin above the sinus; when less deeply, at the sinus. Agardh
treated this as an absolute distinction in founding species ; but it cannot be worked with
large material except as an auxiliary character. The ultimate segments are usually at
the vertex obtuse subentire; sometimes, however, they are acute, sometimes spinulose-
mucronate, very rarely serrate (as in P. longipes, Don, pieces of which are sometimes taken
for P. quadriaurita): the segments in the type form are exactly narrow-oblong, slightly
faleate; sometimes they are narrowed upwards; they are rarely (perhaps never) broader
upwards or acuminate. The sori are very variable in their extent: Mr. Baker says they
are usually continuous along the whole margin of the segment; but (as to the North
Indian plants) I should say the sori are generally partial, and but rarely continued to
the apex of the segments. The blotched and 3-coloured (green, white, and rose-purple)

forms are not rare in the jungles; but the colours are generally incipient “pd not as in
: 8

466 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.

gardeners’ varieties. Proliferous forms, as noticed by Sir W. J. Hooker, are not rare;
they are not parasites.

Var. —€— Larger in all its parts; ultimate segments of the lower pinne attaining
1 by $in., very close together; sori continuous round the margin; lower pinnæ.
bipartite, or each with two descending pinnæ on the lower margin.

Sikkim to Khasia, frequent.—This appears to me to form a complete transition group
connecting P. quadriaurita with P. longipinnula. I have sorted the large forms with
the lower pinnæ undivided as P. longipinnula; but I see no difference really. In my
large examples from Parasnath the ultimate segments from the lower pinnæ attain 14
in. ; but the stipe is scabrid pubescent, the texture coriaceous reddish, the rhachis
setigerous, the lower pinnæ bipartite, the ultimate segments close together; and I
should call it P. aspericaulis, Wall., large.—Mettenius has named a Darjeeling specimen
of this P. Blumeana, Agardh ; other examples are named P. repandula, Link, as the
form extends to Malaya and China. The true P. Blumeana is widely different.

Var. khasiana. Completely bipinnate; lowest pinna with 5 pinnæ on. each side the
rhachis, those on the upper margin 5-6 in., little smaller than those on the lower.
(Ph LEL)

Khasia ; alt. 3000 feet, Da Silva, in Wall. Cat. 106 partly, C. B. Clarke—A striking
variety when seen alone, but graduates into the type.

Var.. Blumeana, (ep) Agardh, Recens. Gen. Pter. 22. Large; lowest pinnæ usually
bipartite, lateral pinnæ sometimes with 50-60 segments ; segments 1 by $ in., equally
wide throughout or broader at the apex, not falcate, obtuse, rounded, entire or
crenulate at the barren apex. (Pl. LV.)

Chittagong, Hk. f. & T.; C. B. Clarke.—Distrib. Tenasserim, Singapore, Java.— —
This is a well-marked form, and well circumscribed in area, and is, I think, better
entitled to specific rank than P. longipinnula and several others. The ultimate seg- `
ments are narrow, not approximate, spreading at right angles from the midrib, hardly `
falcate at the summit. The stipe is sometimes glabrous, sometimes scabrous pubescent ;
the rhachis is glabrous or setigerous above. The pinnæ are cut nearly to the rhachis, |
so that the lowest veins reach the margin above the sinus.—Both P. longipinnula
and P. quadriaurita, var. major, have been distributed from Java wrongly marked
P. Blumeana. The only specimens I can find of P. quadriaurita that show a tendency
to approach P. Blumeana are some collected in the Concan by Mr. Law. |

9. P. GREVILLEANA, Wall. Cat. 2680. Dimorphic; barren stipe shorter, winged towards
its apex; barren frond pedately 5-fid, scarcely pinnate, margin spinulose-serrate ;
fertile frond with 5 pinn:e, the lower pair bipartite; veins exceedingly obscure. Së
Agardh, Recens. Gen. Pter. 23. (Pl. LIV.)

` Sylhet, Wallich. Cachar ; Shapoor, R. L. Keenan.
Mr. Keenan’s excellent example has two barren and two fertile pinnæ attached to the

rhizome. The ultimate segments in the barren fronds are SÉ DEER E

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. 467

overlapping, but in the fertile somewhat distant. Fertile ultimate segments of the
lower pinnules 3 by 3 in., linear-oblong, falcate, often broader upwards, obtuse, serrated
at the barren apex. So far from sinking this species in P. quadriaurita, I doubt
whether it is not more allied to P. crenata, with which Mettenius has indeed con-
founded it.

10. P. suBINDIVIsA, C. B. Clarke. Small, with 3 pinnz; terminal pinne 6 in., with
numerous segments ; lateral pinnze hardly longer than the segments of the terminal
pinne or subobsolete.— P. quadriaurita, Hook. Sp. Fil. ii. 179, partly. (Pl. LVI.
fig. 1.)

Bhotan, Griffith. Sikkim, alt. 1000 feet, C. B. Clarke.

This is the fern referred to by Sir W. J. Hooker, Sp. Fil. ii. 181, ll. 18, 14. Tt is not,
however, allied to P. Grevilleana, or indeed to P. subquinata, as Sir W. J. H. supposed,
but to P. aspericaulis, Wall., of which it may be an extreme form. The fern grows plenti-
fully on wet rocks by the pony-path near the rivers Rungait and Teesta. The texture,
shape of segments, sori, venation as in P. quadriaurita, Retz., form aspericaulis, Wall.

11. P. LONGIPINNULA, Wall. Cat. 108. Pinnæ 5 pairs, large, subremote, the lowest
undivided, deeply pinnatifid, segments attaining 12 by 1 in., faleate, not distant,
their apex usually barren, not acuminate, slightly crenate or subentire ; sori con-
tinued nearly to the apex of the segments ; ultimate veins parallel, 1 millim. apart.—
Hook. Sp. Fil. ii. 179, t. 134 4; Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 43; Hk. & Baker, Syn.
Fil. 158.

Sikkim, Khasia, Cachar, Sylhet, alt. 0-3000 feet.—Distrib. Travancore, Malay Penin-
sula and Islands. '

The area of this fern is as doubtful as its delimitation from P. quadriaurita, yar.
major. The above description is from Wallich’s original example, which recedes less
from P. quadriaurita than do some others. A specimen from Cachar, by R. L. Keenan,
has the ultimate segments (of the lateral pinns) 21 by 3 in. with very parallel close
veins.—The Sikkim examples referred here (collected by Sir J. D. Hooker and W. S. At-
kinson) have the segments somewhat distant, the lowest pinne bipartite, and are doubly
doubtful.

12. P. EXCELSA, Gaud. in Freycinet, Voy. 388. Large; pinne several, the atio c
times bipartite, pinnatifid nearly to the rhachis ; segments 2-34 by 3-5 in., elongate,

narrowed upwards, faleate, often distant, their apex pr gs niii ; ae
t - —Hook. Sp. Fil. ii. 183, t. 136; i . Ind.
Ettel iad MO x Wall. Cat. 101; Agardh, Recens.

t. 218 ; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 159. P. terminalis,
Gen. Pter. 20. :
- Kumaon, Gurwhal, Dalhousie ; alt. 4000-8000 feet, frequent. Sikkim ; alt. 8000-9000
feet, Sir J. D. Hooker.—Distrib. Sandwich Islands.

This is separated with comparative ease by the large tapering falcate segments

468 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN. INDIA.

serrated at their barren apices. The distribution is curious: the station of the Philip.
pines, formerly attributed to this fern, is an error, that of Ava very doubtful. There
are a few looped veins in some of the Himalayan examples, but very few.

13. P. noxerPzs, Don, Prodr. Fl. Nepal. 15, fide Baker. Frond subpedately divided into
7-5-3 pinne ; gd pinnate; secondary pinnz pinnatifid nearly to the rhachis;
segments j by A in.; apex obtuse, erenate-serrate.—Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 161,
P. pellucens, rosa Recens. Gen. Dier. 48; Hook. Sp. Fil. ii. 191; Bedd. Ferns
South. Ind. t. 32. .P. Zollingeri, Mett.; Miq. in Ann. Mus. Lugd. Bat. iv. 97.
P. brevisora, Baker, in Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 162. Hypolepis pteridioides, Hook.
2nd Cent. Ferns, t. 59.

. Sikkim, Bhotan, Khasia ; alt. 1000—5000 feet, frequent.—Distrib. Nilgherries, Ceylon,
Pegu; seattered through Malaya, Guinea coast, Guatemala.

The fully-developed form of this with 5 (rarely 7) main divisions of the frond is easily
distinguished from all the other Indian Zwpteris. The lower pinne of the central pinna
are (in the larger examples) imperfectly pinnate, with descending segments on the
lower margins. Fragments of P. longipes are frequently mistaken for P. quadriaurita ;
their texture, however, is more shining, the veins much wider apart, the apex of the
segments more setrate than in P. quadriawrita. The Guatemala plant might have ` `
been gathered i in Sikkim, as might the examples of P brevisora, which Mr. Baker hos ` `
himself lately reduced in the Herbarium to P. longipes.-—As regards the name P. lon-
gipes, from Don's description and the history of his plant, I should have thought P. longipes,

Don, to have been P. Wallichiana ; but as I do not possess the authentic example of. —

Don for comparison I follow Mr. Baker. Blume (Enum. Pl. Jay. Fil. 212), has evidently : e
otherwise understood P. longipes, Don. D

Sect. II. Pesia. Veins all free. Stipes distant, from a EE rhizome.
Involucre double.

14. P. AQUILINA, Linn. Sp. Pl. 1533, including P. caudata, Linn., same place; Hook.
Sp. Fil. ii. 196 ; Hook. Brit. Ferns, t. 38; Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 42; Milde, —
Fil Europ. 45 ; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 162; Benth. Fl. Austral. vii. 731. Pit `
gera, Wall. Cat. 103. Pt. lanuginosa, Wall. Cat. 98. Pt. densa, Wall. Cat. 99. 2
Pt. firma, Wall. Cat. 100. Pt. recurvata, Wall. Cat. 118. Pt. Wightiana, Wall. Cat. —
2178. P. esculenta, lanigera, and revoluta, Blume, Enum. Pl.Jav. Fl, 214. | -

From Kashmir to Assam and Khasia; alt. 2000-8000 feet ; common.—Distrib. Deccan :
and Ceylon, Malaya. The whole world except the Arctic zones and temperate South E
America. e
` All the North-Indian examples belong to the var. lanuginosa, with ultimate segments :
approximate oblong, yellow-hairy beneath. Wallich’s P. lorigera is a trifling variety,
in which the ment segments in places are confluent. The true var. esculenta, with `
distant linear elongate segments (P. semi-hastata, Wall. Cat. _— first ute .
Moulmein, and boit common thence southwards. : :

MR. €. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA: 469

Sect. III. Campteria. Veins of the ultimate pinnæ inarching only near
the base, at least occasionally. |

15. P. BrauRITA, Linn. Sp. Pl. 1534. Frond once pinnate; pinns several, pinnatifid
nearly to the midrib, the lowest nearly always bipartite, sometimes with 2-3
descending pinnz from the lower margin.—Hk. & Grev. Ie. Fil. t.142?; Hook. Sp.
Fil. ii. 203; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 164. P. nemoralis, Willd.; Blume, Enum. Pl.
Jav. Fil. 210; Wall. Cat. 106. Campteria biaurita, Hk. & Bauer, Gen. Fil. t. 65 a;
Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 44. C. Rottleriana, Presl, Tent. Dier. 147, t 8
fig. 26.

. From Gurwhal to Bhotan and Khasia, alt. 0-6000 feet; extending over the plains
to Dacca, Pubna, &c. Parasnath, alt. 4400 feet.— Distrib. Deccan and Ceylon; Malay
Peninsula and Islands, China ; tropical Africa and America.
This fern differs from P. quadriaurita only in having some of the veins arched. Some
fronds exhibit very few arched veins; and in fronds picked from the same rhizome some
will exhibit a few arched veins, others none at all. Such plants are called P. nemoralis,
Willd. (see Agardh, Recens. Gen. Pter. 25; Hk. & Bauer, Gen. Fil. t. 64a). The
form here considered as the type is the one parallel to that taken as the type form of
P. quadriaurita above, and has the ultimate segments j-1 in. long, and is the same
figured by Beddome. It is not the commonest form in North India, where a larger
form (corresponding closely to that called var. major of P. quadriaurita above) is more
common, with ultimate segments }-1 in. From this we pass without any good
break into Pe |
Var. geminata, Wall. Cat. 2180. Ultimate segments 14 in., or even more.—Agardh, Recens.
Gen. Pter. 31. Campteria anamallayensis, Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 45.

This form is closely parallel to P. longipinnula above, and apparently equally entitled
to specific rank ; but the great mass of the North-Indian forms belong to the var. major
intermediate between P. biaurita and P. anamallayensis, and, so far as I can see, bridge
over the space between these two completely. The veins in highly developed examples
of the var. geminata anastomose more than once, tending to sect. Litobrochia.—There
remains the question whether the series of forms of P. biaurita is other than the
parallel series above named P. quadriaurita (with varieties) and P. longipinnula. The
two series extend over the same area. Against their being one, I can offer only three
weak reasons (so far as the North-Indian plants are concerned) :—~Ist. P. biaurita fre-
quently produces a large bud, distant about j the length of the frond from the top of
the main rhachis; I have never seen such a bud in P. quadriaurita: 2nd. The larger
forms of P. quadriaurita (viz. var. major and P. longipinnula) have the lowest pinnæ
very generally undivided; the large forms of P. biaurita have the lowest pinnz nearly
always bipartite, and very frequently with several descending pinnæ: 3rd. The rhizome
of P. biaurita has a tendency to creep and to form beds of the plant.

16. P. WALLICHIANA, Agardh, Recens. Gen. Pter. 69. Frond subpedately divided into
7-5-3 pinne ; pinne pinnate; secondary pinne pinnatifid nearly to the rhachis ;

470 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.

segments 3 by ¢ in., apex narrower, crenate.—Hook. Sp. Fil. ii. 206; Hk. & Baker,
Syn. Fil. 165. P. umbrosa, Wall. Cat. 109, as to type sheet, not of R. Br. Cam-
pteria Wallichiana, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. tt. 25, 217. i

Himalaya, from Chumba to Bhotan; alt. 3000-8000 feet, very plentiful. Khasia;
alt. 3000-6000 feet, common.—Distrib. Philippines, Java, Samoa.

The 5 pinnz of this large fern stand out of one plane, so that the frond is in shape
half a cup, which character is lost in drying. This fern may be a Campteroid form of
P. tripartita, as Mr. Baker suggests, but it is not a Campteroid form of P. longipes; `
the habit and texture differ; the involucres are narrower, the segments and venation
different.—A large quantity of the P. wmbrosa in Wallich's own Herbarium is P.
biaurita, Linn.

Var. quadripinnata. Main pinne tripinnate quadripinnatifid.

Darjeeling, C. B. Clarke-—My examples are in fruit.—Don (Prodr. Fl. Nepal. 15)
divides his Pteris into two sections: a. l-pinnate; b. 2-pinnate. He places P. pectinata
in the 1-pinnate section, and repeats in the description that the frond was 1-pinnate, the
pinnæ pinnatifid. Nevertheless Beddome follows Hooker in referring P. pectinata, Don,
to P. Wallichiana; but I think Agardh must have been right in referring P. pectinata,
Don, to P. aspericaulis, Wall., i. e. to P. quadriaurita, Retz., as above.—This question of
the true place of P. pectinata, Don, carries another with it. Mr. Baker having allowed
that P. Wallichiana, Agardh, is P. pectinata, Don, finds that P. longipes, Don, must -
have been P. pellucens, Agardh; but Mr. Edgeworth (in Herb.) takes P. Wallichiana, `
Agardh, to be the true P. longipes, Don, and, to me it seems, with much probability. >

Sect. IV. Doryopteris. Veins copiously anastomosing, without free included
veinlets. Fronds lobate pinnatifid, or scarcely 1-pinnate.

17. P. LUDENS, Wall. Cat. 88. Rhizome creeping, with linear adpressed scales, dark
chestnut with whitened margins; stipes solitary, distant.— Hook. Sp. Fil. ii. 210;
Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 166. P. multifida, Roxb. in Cale. Journ. Nat. Hist. iv. 567,
not of Poir. Litobrochia pedata and L. ludens, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. tt. 26, 27,
excluding synonyms.

Chittagong Hills, alt. 0—1000 feet, Roxburgh, C. B. Clarke. Orissa; Balasore Hin
Blanford.—Distrib. Malay Peninsula, Ava. P.

Stipe often with dusky subtomentose pubescence at benc and apex, sometimes with a &
few scales. Frond glabrous beneath, with shining ribs.—Col. Beddome (in Brit. Ferns, |.
Suppl. p. 8) proposes, as I understand him, to unite P. ludens and P. palmata undet `
P. pedata, Linn. ; but, as Sir W. J. Hooker pointed out (Syn. Fil. ii. 211), all the Burmese ` -
P. ludens has a long creeping rhizome, whereas (in the large Kew collection of P. pal-
mata and pedata) the stipes are in every case closely tufted. As to Col. Beddome's fig- —
of Litobrochia pedata, it does not show the rhizome, but was taken from a Moulmein. Le
specimen, where P. ludens is common, P. pedata unknown. E

Wallich’s example from Dindighul marked Pteris mysurensis, referred MH Hooker x

.MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. 411

P. pedata, by Baker to P. palmata, consists of a fertile frond without the lower part of
the stipe. It might be P. ludens; but the cutting is that of P. palmata, Hook. Garden
Ferns, t. 22, or P. pedata, Hook. Fil. Exot. t. 34. There is in Wight's Peninsula Ind.
Or. Herbarium a complete example, marked Doryopteris sagittifolia, which has the
fronds closely tufted, and resembling in form Pteris sagittifolia, Raddi, Hook. Fil. Exot.
t. 39; but the stipe is plentifully covered with long bright chestnut hairs, which extend
to the ribs of the frond, and even over its surface beneath. In this scarcity of material
from the Deccan the P. pedata of South India must remain obscure: P. ludens; of
Chittagong, Burma, and Ava is completely known.

Sect. V. Litobrochia. Veins copiously anastomosing, with some free included
veinlets. Fronds 2-pinnate or still further divided.

18. P. Gerten, Thunb. Prodr. Fl. Capens. 171; Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 212; Hook.
Sp. Fil. ii. 280; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 172; Benth. Fl. Austral. vii. 732. P. ves-
pertilionis, Labill. Nov. Holl. t. 245. P. aurita, Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 213;
Mett. Fil. Hort. Bot. Lips. t. 14; Hook. Sp. Fil. ii. 281. P. sinuata, Wall. Cat.
84; Brack. Fil of U.S. Explor. Voy. t. 14; Hook. Sp. Fil. ii. 282. — Litobrochia
aurita, Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 221.

Sikkim, Bhotan, and Khasia; alt. 3000-6500 feet, frequent.—Distrib. Ceylon, Malaya;
wide scattered in the tropics and southern subtropics of Asia, Australia, Polynesia,
America, Africa.

(P. marginata, Bory, Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 172, has attributed to it Syllet as a
locality, on the authority of Wallich, both by Hooker and Baker. There is no North-
Indian specimen ; and I believe the fern has not been collected north of Malacea and
Ceylon. Wallich mixed his collections from remote localities under the same number,
frequently before distribution; and he has in so many known instances thus mixed
different species, that I am not at all disposed to accept the locality of Sylhet on his sole
authority. He not improbably confused the species P. marginata and P. Wallichiana
altogether. Wallich’s example, supposed to be from Sylhet, is perhaps that on which
Agardh founded his P. revolvens (Recens. Gen. Pter. 74).]

21. CERATOPTERIS, Brongn.

1. C. THALICTROIDES, Brongn. ; Hk. & Bauer, Gen. Fil. t. 12; Hook. Sp. Fil. ii. 235 ; Wall.
Cat. 83; Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 240; Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 75; Hk. &
Baker, Syn. Fil. 174; Benth. Fl. Austral. vii. 695. Parkeria pteridioides, Hook.
Exot. Flora, tt. 147, 231; Hk. & Grev. Ie. Fil. t. 97; Hk. & Bauer, Gen. Fil. t. 50.
Pteris succulenta, Roxb. in Cale. Journ. Nat. Hist. iv. 508. Acrostichum thalic-
troides, Linn. Sp. Pl. 1527. .

From the Punjab to Bhotan and Chittagong; alt. 0-3000 feet, common.—Distrib.

Deccan and Ceylon; Malay Peninsula; in the tropics of the whole world.
In rice-swamps, floating ; but much more commonly erect, tufted, in ditches, or even

SECOND SERIES.—BOTANY, VOL. I. 9T

412 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.

in dry spots during the rains. The floating and the erect forms both produce their barren
and fertile fronds. In ditches the rhizome is somewhat creeping and stout.

22. Lomarta, Willd.

[Beddome (Brit. Ferns, Suppl. p. 9) states that Lomaria Patersoni, Spreng., Hk. &
Baker, Syn. Fil. 174, is generally distributed in India; but I never heard of its being
collected in North India, and in the Kew Herbarium there is no specimen north of the
Nilgherries. |

Sect. Plagiogyria. Base of stipe dilated, triquetrous. Capsules with an oblique ring.

1. L. ADNATA, Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 205. More than half the pinnze of the barren
frond sessile adnate.—Hook. Sp. Fil. iii. 19, t. 147; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 182.
L. euphlebia, Hook. 2nd Cent. Ferns, t. 89, not of Kunze. Plagiogyria adnata,
Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 51. P. scandens ?, Mett. Farn. Plagiog. 9.

Khasia ; alt. 4000-5000 feet, plentiful.—Distrib. Java, Japan.

Pinnæ of the barren frond usually approximate, often all adnate, so that the frond is `
pinnatifid, scarcely pinnate; pinne often faleate, simply serrate, or nearly entire in their
lower portion, varying from scarcely acute to caudate.—The Indian L. adnata is easily
separated from L. euphlebia, but the Japan critical examples unite the two species, 80
that I cannot name them. The typical L. adnata is sent from Japan; but Maximowicz
names the whole series Z. euphlebia, Mett.—As to the name L. adnata, Blume, the only
example from Java so named is a portion of a fertile frond quite impossible of deter-
mination. The Khasi plant may yet turn out something quite different from L. adnata.

2. L. etauca, Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil 204. Lower pinns of the barren frond
white-glaucous beneath, minutely serrate in their lower half, suddenly truncate to
a very short stalk.—Kunze, 2nd Suppl. to Schkuhr, t. 138; Hook. Sp. Fil. iii. 22;
Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 182, Plagiogyria glauca, Mett, Farn. Plagiog. 9; Bedd.
Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 90.

Khasia, alt. 4000-5000 feet; Moflong Wood, Hk. f. & T.; Vale of Rocks, Upper
Kalapani, Sohra Reen (Surareem), O.B. Clarke.—Distrib. Java.
I think only a var. of L. pycnophylla, powdered beneath. There is no difference

between the two in the degree of serration and acumination of the points of the pinnt, —

or in the frequency of the presence of a gland at their base. F. Henderson observé —
that the lower pinnæ, not the mere auricles, are distant. Some of the Java Z. glauca |
are much larger than the Khasia, s

3. L. rxcoPHYLLA, Kunze, in Bot. Zeit. 1848, 143. Lower pinns of the barren frond -
green beneath, minutely serrate in their lower half, suddenly truncate to à vey —
_ short stalk.—Hook. Sp. Fil. iii, 21, t. 148; Hk. Baker, Syn. Fil. 183. D. callosa :

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. 473

_ Fée, Gen. Fil. 70. Plagiogyria pycnophylia, Mett. Farn. Plagiog. 8; Bedd. Ferns
Brit. Ind. t. 52. <Acrostichum triquetrum, Wall. Cat. 23, partly. Stenochlena
P pycnophylla, Presl, Epimel. Bot. 165.

Nepaul to Bhotan, alt. 6000—11,000 feet; one of the commonest ferns at 7000-8000
feet. Khasia; alt. 4000-6000 feet, common.—Distrib. Malay Peninsula and Java.

I have collected a frond of this having the lower halves of the pinne barren, their
upper halves fertile. It is a high-level fern in Sikkim, covering with its strong tufts
large areas in the upper dripping forests. I have collected it at 11,000 feet near Jongri
under Kinchinjunga.

4. L. EUPHLEBIA, Kunze, in Bot. Zeit. 1848, 521. More than half the pinnee of the
barren frond stalked cuneate at base, scarcely serrulate in their lower half.— Kunze,
2nd Suppl. to Schkuhr, t. 125 ; Hook. Sp. Fil. iii. 20; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 183,
exclud. synon. ; Hook. 2nd Cent. Ferns, t. 89; Benth. Fl. Austral. vii. 738, excl. the
Chinese and Japanese var. L. articulata, F. Muell. Fragm. v. 187. Plagiogyria
triquetra, Mett.-Farn. Plagiog. 10. P. euphlebia, Mett. l. c.; Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind.
t. 165. Acrostichum triquetrum, Wall. Cat. 23, type sheet. Olfersia triquetra,
Presl, Tent. Pter. 235. Stenochlena triquetra, J. Sm. in Hook. Journ. Bot.
1842, 149.

Nepaul, Wallich. Khasia; alt. 4000-6000 feet, plentiful.—Distrib. Japan, North
Australia.

There are only 6 sheets of this in all, except from Khasia, whence there is abundance.
The numerous examples sent from Japan by Maximowicz are all L. adnata, except
two, that are L. semicordata. As stated under L. adnata above, L. euphlebia as to the
Indian species is well separated. Usually only a very few of the uppermost pinnæ
of the barren frond are adnate; the lowest pinns are distinctly stalked, often shorter
than some above, and distant.

23. BLECHNUM, Linn.

l. B. CARTILAGINEUM, Swartz, Syn. Fil. 114 & 312. Frond pinnatifid, but pinnate
towards the base, margin serrulate ; the lowest pinne linear, distant, narrower than
those above, but not reduced to mere auricles.—Mett. Fil. Hort. Lips. 63, t. 5.
figs. 1-5; Hook. Sp. Fil. iii.43; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 184; Benth. Fl. Austral.
vii. 738; Luerssen, Fil. Graeff. 132.

Mishmee, Griffith._—Distrib.. Luzon, Australia.

I remove (without any hesitation) Griffith’s solitary example from B. nitidum (where
Hk. & Baker have left it) to B. cartilagineum. Hooker’s B. nitidum is founded on and
figured. from Tweedie’s solitary Brazilian example; this is copied by Bedd. Ferns Brit.
Ind. t. 49. The species hereabouts are critieal, but Griffith's specimen agrees exactly
with the Australian plant, and not with the American ; it has the rhachis beneath pube-
rulo-subpubescent, a character often seen in the Australian examples, never in the Ame-
rican B. nitidum or B brasiliense. It is to be noted that Presl’s B. om Kade |

: T

414 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.

in Rel. Henk. i. 49) is defined to have the lowest pinne subrotund; it is therefore
B. brasiliense, Desv., as Presl stated, and not Hooker's B. nitidum (assuming these two
to differ). Further, B. nitidum, var. contractum, Hook. Sp. Fil. iii. t. 156, founded on
Cuming's Luzon No. 164 (which number Presl quotes, Epimel. Bot. 116, as his Blechnopsis
nitida), is merely B. cartilagineum, Swartz, with the lower halves of the pinnze barren,
the upper portions fertile. Compare the similar form noted above under Lomaria pyc-
nophylla. Lastly, Presl says his Blechnopsis nitida is the same as his Blechnum nitidum.
In the extreme confusion of these leading synonyms it is not worth while to speculate
what B. elongatum, Gaud., and the other doubtful synonyms may have been. What I
maintain here is that Griffith's Mishmee plant, ara Aey., is most accurately represented
by Mettenius (Fil. Hort. Lips. t. 5), and is nof represented by Hooker (Sp. Fil. t. 155).

[.B. serrulatum, Richd. (=B. striatum, R. Br.), is said by Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 186,
to have been collected by Griffith in Mishmee. The authority for this is Hooker, Sp.
Fil. iii. 55, who gives, under the localities for B. síriatum, ** Mishmee, in marshes,
Griffith (inscribed Blechnum pteridioides).” In the Herbarium I find Griffith's plant;
the ticket, in his handwriting, runs ** Blechnum pteridioides, in marshes, Ager Punnus,”
and on the sheet in Sir W. J. Hooker's writing is “ Mishmee, Griffith.” The Ager
Punnus is near Malacca; and Dr. T. Thomson has added at some time the explanation
Malacca on Griffith’s ticket. There remains, therefore, no ground for supposing B. ser-
rulatum a North-Indian Fern. It appears to be not uncommon at Malacca. |

2. B. ORIENTALE, Linn. Sp. Pl. 1535. Frond pinnate; pinne numerous, linear, margin
entire; veins close, parallel, free or nearly so.—Schkuhr, Crypt. t. 109; Blume,
Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 197 ; Hook. Fil. Exot. t. 77 ; Wall. Cat. 57 ; Hook. Sp. Fil. iii.
52; Carr. in Fl. Viti. 352; Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 29; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil.
186; Benth. Fl. Austral. vii. 739. B. pyrophyllum, Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil.
197. B. moluccanum, Roxb. in Cale. Journ. Nat. Hist. iv. 502. ` B. imbricatum,
Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 198. Blechnopsis Cumingiana, latifolia, salicifolia,
elongata, pyrophila, stenophylla, Presl, Epimel. Bot. 116, 117.

Throughout North and East Bengal near the hills, and ascending the Khasi Hills to
4000 feet alt., abundant. Nepaul, Wallich.—Distrib. Deccan and Ceylon, Malay
Peninsula and Islands, China and Polynesia, Queensland. ^
` This varies greatly in size both in the plains and in the hills at 4000 feet alt.. I have `
collected it with pinnz 4 in. long, and again with pinne 15-18 in. long. This last form
is very difficult to separate from B. Finlaysonianum, Wall.; Hk. and Grev. Ic. Fil. t.
225 (as Mr. Baker has remarked); but all the Bengal B. orientale is, I think, one
species. The sheet of B. Finlaysonianun, Wall. Cat. 2172, is blank (but ticketed) in

Wallich's own type set; while the plant B. Finlaysonianum from Penang is mixed with a .

B. orientale, and numbered 57 in that type set.

3. B. MELANOPUS, Hook. Sp. Fil. iii. 64, t. 161. Frond pinnatifid, scarcely m i ;
lanceolate, — at either end; pinne numerous, very close together, faleate, —

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. 475

margins entire, veins copiously reticulated.—Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 186. Blech-
nidium melanopus, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 50.

Khasia, Simons, Dodgson.
Dodgson’s specimens are good, but do not show the rhizome.

24. WOODWARDIA, Smith.

1. W. Rapicans, Smith; Hook. Sp. Fil. iii. 66; Wall. Cat. 58; Hk. & Bauer, Gen. Fil.
t. 17; Fée, Gen. Fil. t. 174; Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 88; Milde, Fil. Europ. 47;
Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 188. W. stans, Swartz, Syn. Fil. 117; Schkuhr, Crypt.
t. 118. JV. auriculata, Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 196.

Himalaya; from Kashmir to Bhotan, alt. 3000-8000 feet, frequent. Khasia; alt.
4000-5000 feet, not plentiful.—Distrib. Java ; South Europe and Macaronesia ; California
and Mexico.

The Indian form is erect, and not so fine as the pendent plant in Madeira and the
Canaries.

25. ASPLENIUM, Linn.

Subgenus I. Thamnopteris, Presl, = Neottopteris, J. Smith. A subgenus
containing probably but one good species.

l. A. wrpus, Linn. Sp. Pl. 1537. Fronds 13-6 feet.—Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 173;
Wall. Cat. 198; Roxb. in Cale. Journ. Nat. Hist. iv. 496; Hook. Sp. Fil. iii. 77;
Bot. Mag. t. 3101; Mett. Farngatt. Aspl. 85; Carr. in Fl. Viti. 353; Hk. & Baker,
Syn. Fil. 190; Luerssen, Fil Graeff. 146; Benth. Fl. Austral. vii. 744. A. muse-
folium, Mett. Farngatt. Aspl. 86; Hook. Sp. Fil. iii. 78. 4. phyllitidis, Don, Prodr.
Fl. Nep. 7; Mett. Farngatt. Aspl. 87; Hook. Sp. Fil. iii. 87. A. simplex, Blume,
Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil 174; Mett. Farngatt. Aspl. 86. 4. australasicum, Hook. Fil.
Exot. t. 88; Mett Farngatt. Aspl. 85; Hook. Sp. Fil. iii. 79. Thamnopteris nidus,
Presl, Epimel. 68; Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 197. T. phyllitidis, Presl, Epimel.
68; (—nidus, var.) Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 123.

From Nepaul to Assam and Chittagong, alt. 500-5000 feet; common in the hills.—
Distrib. Malabaria and Ceylon, Malay Peninsula and Islands; extending throughout
moister South-east Asia from Mauritius to Polynesia.

Frond varying (in the North-Indian examples) from # to 5 in. in width, ‘tapering to
the very base, not tapering acuminate or subobtuse at the apex. Sori extending less
than } (or nearly the whole) of the breadth of the frond, ascending or subpatent from
the midrib, never distant in the North-Indian plant. Texture thin or thick. Midrib
more or less prominent towards the base of the frond. In a word, none of the cha-
racters proposed as specific in Thamnopteris are constant, nor do any two invariably go

together.
Var. Simonsiana, (sp.) Hook. Sp. Fil. iii. 81. Frond 9-18 in.—Hook. Ic. Pl. t. 925; Mett.

476 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.

Farngatt. Aspl. 86; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 121. Thamnopteris Simonsiana, Bedd.
Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 248.

Khasia and Jaintea, alt. 0-4500 feet, common. Chittagong, C. B. Clarke.—Beddome
also finds it in Malabaria; nor do I doubt that he has got the true plant.— 4. Gre-
villei, Wall. Cat. 1036; Hk. & Grev. Ic. Fil. t. 228; Thamnopteris Grevillei, Bedd.
Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 66, a Tavoy plant, somewhat recedes from A. nidus type by its

strongly spathulate fronds; and 4. pachyphyllum, Kunze in Bot. Zeit. vi. 146, differs in
its texture and remoter sori.

Subgenus II. Huasplenium. Veins free, simple or branched. Involucre linear, dehiscing

along the outer edge, none placed back to back. “Beales from the base of the stipe
fenestrate by rich-brown transverse cells.

* Fronds undivided.

2. A. ENSTFORME, Wall. Cat. 200. Frond linear, entire, tapering very gradually down-
wards, with hardly any stipe; sori much sloping upwards, ultimately very thick.—
Hk. & Grev. Ic. Fil. t. 71; Meti. Farngatt. Aspl. 145; Hook. Sp. Fil. iii. 89; Hk.
& Baker, Syn. Fil. 191. A. stenophyllum, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 147.

Himalaya; from Gurwhal to Bhotan, alt. 4000-9000 feet; common in Sikkim.

Varies in size from 3 to 24 in. "Texture thick, margin much reflexed in drying;
stains the drying-paper a madder-rose, whence known in Herb. as A. tingens, Don, but
where Don so named it cannot be discovered.—4A. Ceylon plant (var. australis) figured in
Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 125, is usually referred as a geographical var. to A. ensiforme ;
it is more definitely narrowed into the stipe, the frond is broader and thinner, the sori
more patent, less thick when ripe. A similar plant is communicated by Mr. Parish from
Moulmein.—The American 4. coriaceum, Fée, recedes. a long way by its definite
stipe, &c.

3. A. GRIFFITHIANUM, Hook. Sp. Fl. iii. 87. Frond linear, undulate, crenate, narrowed
very gradually downwards, with hardly any stipe.—Hook. Ic. Pl. t. 928; Mett.
Farngatt. Aspl.89; Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 58; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 193.

Sikkim; below Darjeeling, scarce; at 4000 feet alt., W.S. Atkinson. Mishmee, arit

Khasia; alt. 4000-5000 feet, F. Henderson.

Length 4-12 in.—A fern collected in the South Malay Peninsula differs by having à

long stipe. It seems related to A. Griffithianwm, exactly as var. australis to its type
A. ensiforme. :

4. A. ALTERNANS, Wall. Cat. 221. Frond narrowly oblong, deeply pinnatifid. —Hook. E
Sp. Fil. iii, 92, Garden Ferns, t. 38; Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 59; Hk. & Baker, `
Syn. Fil. 194. A. Dalhousie, Hook. Ie. Pl. t. 105; Mett. Farngatt. Aspl. 147.

North-west Himalaya, alt. 3000-9000 feet, very common; extending to the west frontier -
of Kashmir, and eastwards to Sikkim, where it is rare—Distrib. Abyssinia, ———————

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. 477

** Fronds once pinnate ; pinne sometimes lobed, but not again pinnate.
t Pinne very small, obtuse.

5. A. emp, Huds. Fl. Ang. 885. Rhachis green; pinne 3-4 in., ovate or elliptic, on
very short green or white petioles.—Schk. Krypt. Gew. t. 73; Engl. Bot. t. 2257;
Hook. Brit. Ferns, t. 30; Mett. Farngatt. Aspl. 139 ; Hook. Sp. Fil. iii. 144; Bedd.
Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 64; Milde, Fil. Europ. 60; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 195.

Kashmir, alt. 12,000-13,000 feet; Gulmurg, H. C. Levinge; Tilail, C. B. Clarke.—
Distrib. Europe, Asia, and North America, in Arctic and Alpine temperate regions.

Stipe often brown or blackish.— 4. Trichomanes, in India, has been frequently mis-
taken for this plant; and I find no example of it from India in the Kew collection ; but
Col. Beddome appears to have early received it from Kumaon.

6. A. TRICHOMANES, Linn. Sp. Fil. 1540 a. Rhachis chestnut or black; pinnee 1-1 in.,
ovate or elliptie, subsessile, lower margin not excavated nor concave, upper margin
not acutely auricled near the base; sori short, mostly in two rows.—Eng. Bot.
t. 576 ; Schk. Krypt. Gew. t. 74; Wall. Cat. 193 ; Hook. Sp. Fil. iii. 136; Brit. Ferns,
t. 29; Mett. Farngatt. Aspl. 188; Milde, Fil. Europ. 63; Bedd. Ferns South. Ind.
t: 147; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 196; Benth. Fl. Austral. vii. 745. 4. anceps, So-
lander ; Hk. & Grev. Ic. t. 195. 4. minus and pusillum, Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil.
183. A. castaneum, Schlecht.; Mett. Farngatt. Aspl. 137. A. densum, Brack. U.S.
Explor. Ferns, t. 20.

From Kashmir to Kumaon, alt. 5000-10,000 feet ; plentiful from Chumba westward.—
Distrib. N igherries ; Java; Japan. In all the four quarters of the world, Australia and
Polynesia, less common in the southern hemisphere.

Usually smaller than 4. normale, but very difficult to separate therefrom. In North
India they are here separated geographieally: the large Kashmir form is exactly
A. Trichomanes, var. anceps; the small Sikkim plant I call 4. normale, var. minor. Mr.
Baker, with hesitation, agrees.

7. A. NORMALE, Don, Prodr. Fl. N ep. 7. Rhachis chestnut or brown; pinnæ $-1 in.,
elliptic or oblong, subsessile, lower margin often concave, upper acutely auricled
near the base; sori in two rows, or in one row, or one to each pinna.—Hk. &
Baker, Syn. Fil 197. .4. multijugwm, Wall. Cat. 207; Hook. Sp. Fil. iii. 139,
t. 188 ; Mett. Farngatt. Aspl. 135; Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 133. 4. multicaule,
Wall. Cat. 208. ` A. opacum, Kunze; Mett, Farngatt. Aspl. 185; Hook. Sp. Fil. iii.
t. 188. fig. B.

From Nepaul to Bhotan ; alt. 4000-8000 feet, common. Khasia; alt. feet,

Very common.—Distrib. Nilgherries, Ceylon, Canton. Ca

Tf this is difficult to separate from A. Trichomanes on the one hand, it is far more
difficult to separate from A. monanthemum, Linn., on the other. The Khasia examples

‘have frequently monosorous pinne greatly excavated on the lower margin, and — to

me more like the typical 4. monanthemum than the typical A. normale. The North-

478 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.

India forms vary from 4 to 16 in. long; the Nilgherry var. 4. opacum has still larger
pinne ; indeed the well-developed 4. normale is larger than ordinary 4. mononthemum.—
Again, A. pavoninum, Brack. U. S. Explor. Ferns, t. 20, has been reduced to A. erectum,
but perhaps is nearer 4. normale, var. opacum.—Granting that A. normale is a distinct
species from 4. monanthemum, it may be fairly argued that 4. monanthemum is a North-
Indian fern.

*** Fronds flabellately cut into 1-8 linear pinne.

8. A. SEPTENTRIONALE, Hoffm. Fl. Germ. Comp! Crypt. 12. Frond glabrous.—Schk.
Krypt. Gew. t. 65; Engl. Bot. t. 1017; Hook. Sp. Fil. iii. 174, Brit. Ferns, t. 26;
Mett. Farngatt. Aspl. 141; Fil..Hort. Lips. t. 13. fig. 21; Milde, Fil. Europ. 81;
Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 198. Acrostichum septentrionale, Linn. Sp. Pl. 1524.

Kashmir ; alt. 9000-12000 feet, frequent. Gurwhal; alt. 8000 feet, Strachey & Winter-
bottom.—Distrib. Arctic and Temperate Alpine Europe, Asia, and America.

+ Pinne numerous, usually 4 in. or more, oblong or oblong-linear.
«| Pinne not very unequal at the base on either side the midrib.

9. A. LoNGIssIMuM, Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 178. Frond 2-8 feet; rhachis with
ovate fimbriate scales, producing a bud and rooting near the apex ; pinne 2-44 in.,
glabrous.—Mett. Farngatt. Aspl. 147; Hook. Sp. Fil. iii. 149, t. 190; Bedd. Ferns
Brit. Ind. 63; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 199. 4. flagelliferum, Wall. Cat. 219.

Sylhet station, Wallich; abundant, C. B. Clarke.—Distrib. Malay Peninsula, from
Moulmein southwards, and Islands ; Mauritius.

Rhizome very shortly creeping ; stipe with narrow lanceolate subentire light brown
scales near the base. Fronds (at Sylhet) usually 6-8 feet, climbing over the swamp-
jungle, repeatedly proliferous, linear; scales of the rhachis ovate, of finely reticulated
subfenestrate tissue, with pectinate margin. Pinne oblong-linear, +4 in. broad, rhom-
boidal, not cuneate at the base, serrate, scarcely lobed or subpinnatifid; sori oblique,
linear, in two rows, usually towards the centre of the pinnz, not extending to the
margin. Distinct from all other North-Indian Aspleniums by its great size.— Wallich
wrote Sylhet as the locality where he obtained this fern ; I believe him. Over his sheets
of specimens so marked (both at Kew and Calcutta) some miscreant has written Singa- `
pore and scratched out Sylhet. The fern abounds all round Sylhet station with its
teelas now. |

10. A. LONGIFOLIUM, Don, Prodr. Fl Nep.7. Stipes crowded on a decumbent caudex;

frond 6-12 in., long-lanceolate, often almost coriaceous, in texture glabrous; pinnz

2-3 in., faleate, auricled on the upper margin at the base, sharply finely serrate,

usually subentire or slightly lobed, the lowest pinnæ (in Edgeworth's fine specimens)

deeply lobed sub-2-pinnate.—Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 234. A lobulosum, Wall. Cat. `
210; Mett. Farngatt. Aspl. 163; Hook. Sp. Fil. iii. 252. Diplazium longifolium,

Moore, Ind. Fil. ii. 141. D. lobulosum, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 247. |

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. 419

Nepaul and Kumaon, alt. 6000-8000 feet; very restricted in area and nowhere
common.

There is no instance in the Kew Herbarium where capsules are produced on both
sides of a nerve. The involucre is large, thin, early dehiscent from the outer edge, often
becomes doubled or folded, and generally becomes totally reflexed, so that the sori are
seen one side of the vein, the involucre the other. H. C. Levinge notes that A. erectum,
Bory, var. trapeziforme, Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 184, hardly differs; it is rather
less acutely serrate, and the lower margin of the pinnæ is more cut away at the base :
I see very little difference. Beddome’s figure is exceedingly good, and his magnified
view of the sori also excellent; the lowest involucre is shown across the vein (as it
usually appears); but Col. Beddome shows the capsules peeping from under the involucre
on both sides of the nerve, which I have never been able to see.—4. Wichure, Mett. in
Ann. Mus. Lugd. Bat. ii. 237, is doubtfully distinct, by the more creeping rhizome with
distant stipes. It is a Huaspleniwm, and (except as to the rhizome) identical with
A. longifolium. |

«4| Pinne unequal at base, the lower margin narrowed at the base, or more or
| less cut away.

ll. A. CRINICAULE, Hance, in Ann. Sc. Nat. sér. 5, v. 254, Frond linear, 1-3 feet ;
rhachis with lanceolate-setaceous scales; pinnæ 1-1} in., lanceolate subfalcate,
unequally cuneate at the base, serrate or pinnatifid less than halfway to the midrib ;
sori linear, oblique on either side the midrib.—Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. (ed. 2) 208.
A. Hancei, Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 208; Kuhn, in Bot. Zeit. 1869, 130; Hance, in
Journ. Linn. Soc. xiii. 139. _4. Beddomei, Mett. in Linnea, xxxvi.93. A. falcatum,
Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 141, not of Lamk. |

Sikkim, Elwes, Capt. Dodgson. Jaintea Hills, alt. 4000-5000 feet ; Jowye, Raliang,
&c., C. B. Clarke.—Distrib. Deccan Mts., China.

Tufted, usually much larger than A. planicaule. Out of the Indian material now
accumulated at Kew it is possible to match exactly Hance’s type specimen of his
A. crinicaule. Hance’s smaller specimens with very entire pinne cannot as yet be
matched from India. Some of C. B. Clarke's Jaintea specimens have the pinnz deeply
pinnatifid, and should perhaps be referred to 4. planicaule.-—The rhachis has numerous
lanceolate setaceous scales, and often also ovate fimbriate scales.

12. A. rancATUM, Lamk. Encycl. ii. 306. Rhizome tufted ; frond linear-lanceolate ;
rhachis glabrous or very sparingly scaly ; pinnze petioled, 2-4 in., lanceolate caudate
serrate ; nerves close, flabellulate ; sori linear, flabellulate nearly to the margin.—
Wall. Cat. 225; Mett. Farngatt. Aspl. 156; Brack. U.S. Explor. Ferns, t. 22. fig. 1;
Hook. Sp. Fil. iii. 160; Carr. in Fl. Viti. 354; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 208; Benth.
Fl. Austral. vii. 746; Cat. Ferns Ceylon, by G. W., 4. 4. polyodon, Forst. Fl.
Austral. Prodr. 80; Mett. Farngatt. Aspl 156. 4. urophyllum, Wall. Cat. 192.
A. Tavoyanum, Wall. Cat. 1035. A. contiguum, Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 140.—
Burm. Thes. Zeyl. t. 43. | Et

SECOND SERIES.—BOTANY, VOL. I. 3U

480 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.

Soonderbun; near Koolna in Jessore, C. B. Clarke, once collected.-—Distrib. Malay
Peninsula, from Moulmein southwards; Deccan and Ceylon ; South Africa and. Islands;
Australia and Polynesia, a common fern. |

Scales at the base of the stipe lanceolate caudate, blackish, entire or slightly ciliate.
Frond 6-24 in.; pinne often few, distant, sometimes numerous, rarely crowded; in
the type 4-4 in. wide, toothed subacutely, but varying more lobed, sometimes pin-
natifid nearly to the midrib; texture somewhat coriaceous. There should perhaps be
reduced here as varieties the two following ; but neither of these forms has been
hitherto collected in North India.

Var.? caudatum, (sp.) Forst. Fl. Austral. Prodr. 80. Sori shorter, in two very oblique
rows close to the midrib of the pinns;.—Schk. Krypt. Gew. t. 77; Blume, Enum,
Pl. Jav. Fil. 184; Hook. Sp. Fil. iii. 152; Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 143; Hk. &
Baker, Syn. Fil. 209. 4. multisectum, Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 185.

South India, Malay Peninsula and Islands, Australia (not in Hindoosthan, as stated in
Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil.).

Var. ? macrophyllum, (sp.) Swartz ; Hook. Sp. Fil. iii. 158, tt. 196, 197. Pinnæ larger,
often much broader, sometimes 1-121 in. broad.—Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 142;
Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 209. A. Finlaysonianum, Wall. Cat. 2682, not of Mett.
A. coriaceum, Roxb. in Cale. Journ. Nat. Hist. iv. 497.

South Malay Peninsulaand Islands. Notin Hindoosthan nor Ceylon, as stated in Hk.
& Baker, Syn. Fil.: see Cat. Ferns Ceylon, by G. W., p. 4.—As we proceed south down the
Malay Peninsula there seems a complete series from 4. Tavoyanum, Wall. (a small few-

pinna form of 4. falcatum type), through A. wrophyllum, Wall., to A. ie eg nies gens
Wall.

18. A. GARDNERI, Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. (2nd ed.) 485. Rhizome shortly creeping;
frond linear-lanceolate ; rhachis with lanceolate setaceous scales; pinnse 1-3 in.,
lanceolate subacute, crenate or obtusely toothed ; nerves wide apart, flabellate;
sori linear, divergent, extending nearly to the margin.—Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind.
(Suppl.) t. 355 ; Cat. Ferns Ceylon, by G. W., 4.. 4. macrophyllum, Thwaites, Enum.
384, not of Swartz.

Khasia Mts. ; Umwai, alt. 3000 feet, C. B. Clarke, several times collected.—Distrib.
Ceylon, Sumatra.

Frond 6-24 in., often rooting from a subterminal bud, both in the Khasi and in the
Cinghalese specimens. Nerves nearly twice as wide apart as in A. falcatum and its
varieties. The Khasi examples agree very closely with the Cinghalese.—4A single barren
frond has been communicated by R. L. Keenan from Cachar, which Mr. Baker will
hazard no name for: the frond is linear, 20 in., tapering at both ends, proliferous at
the summit; rhachis polished, texture nearly of 4. heterocarpum; pinns from 8
rhomboidal base, in form nearly as those of A. crinicaule, Hance. It probably indicates
a new mpning

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA, 481

14, A. UNILATERALE, Lamk. Encycl. ii. 305. Frond linear, glabrous, membranous ; pinnze
numerous, oblong, somewhat falcate, the lower margin completely cut away near the
base, toothed upwards.— A. resectum, Smith, Pl. Ic. hact. ined. t. 72; Hk. & Grey.
Ic. Fil..t. 114; Mett. Farngatt. Aspl. 132; Hook. Sp. Fil. iii. 130; Carr. in FI.

. Viti.354; Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t.132, Ferns Brit. Ind. tt. 356, 357; Hk. &

. Baker, Syn. Fil. 210. A. abscissum, porphyrocaulon, erythrocaulon, erosodentatum,
Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 182, 183. A. trapeziforme; Wall. Cat. 66; Roxb. in
Cale. Journ. Nat. Hist. iv. 497 ; Bedd.: Ferns South. Ind. t. 194. A. letum, Wall.
Cat. 209, not of Swartz. A. decurrens, Wall. Cat. 190. A. cristatum, Wall. Cat,
211. A. amenum, Presl; Mett. Farngatt. Aspl. 131. 4. serreforme, Mett. Farn-
gatt. Aspl. 119, t. 4. fig. 13. A. emarginato-dentatum, Zenker; Mett. Farngatt.
Aspl, 132. :

Himalaya, alt. 1000-9000 feet; from Chumba to Bhotan ; common from Nepaul east.
ward. Khasia, alt. 1000-5000 feet, common. Chittagong.— Distrib. Nilgherries and
Ceylon, Malay Peninsula and Islands, Polynesia, Japan ; Tropical Africa.

_ Rhizome slender, creeping. Pinnæ in the large forms (4. cristatum, Wall.) attaining
3 in., in the small forms (decurrens, Wall.) 4-Lin. Sori often commencing from near
the midrib.—YVar. udum, W. S. Atkinson, is a form pendent from dripping rocks, the
pinne very oblique, closely fimbriate-pinnatifid on the margin. This variety is ex-
ceedingly unlike 4. decurrens, Wall., which Beddome supposes it to be (see Ferns Brit.
Ind. Suppl. p.10); but it is found in Africa and Malaya as well as in the Himalaya,
and must rank as a mere variety of A. unilaterale.

15. A. ngrEROCARPUM, Wall, Cat. 218. Frond linear, glabrous, membranous; pinno
numerous, oblong, the lower margin cut away for the whole or nearly the whole
length of the pinna.—Hook. Sp. Fil. iii. 132, t. 175; Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 131;
Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil 210. A. cheilosorum, Kunze; Mett. Farngatt. Aspl. 133,
t. 5. fig. 12, 13. | |

. Himalaya, alt. 4000-8000 feet; from Nepaul to Bhotan, frequent. Khasia, alt. 3000-

5000 feet, frequent.—Distrib. Malay Peninsula, South China ; Mts. of the South Deccan

and Ceylon. | Ded !

Sori rarely commencing from near the midrib, often confined almost to the teeth of
the closely fimbriate upper margin of the pinns.— This species is very near 4. uni-
laterale, indeed so near that the Bourbon examples marked by Mr. Baker A. heterocarpum
I refer to A. unilaterale.

**** Fronds 2-pinnate or sub-2-pinnate (but varieties with subentire pinna occur).

16. A. uacttarum, Don, Prodr. Fl. Nep. 8. Stipe with lanceolate or linear scales ;
rhaehis upwards glabrous or very sparingly scaly ; frond Hnear, with numerous
oblong-linear pinne; pinnæ very unequal at the base, pinnatifid halfway to the

midrib, or nearly or quite 2-pinnate, secondary segments with irse ovs and

482 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.

sori.—Hook. Sp. Fil. iii. 164, t. 200 4; Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t.145; Hk. & Baker,
Syn. Fil. 211. A. planicaule, Wall. Cat. 189; Mett. Farngatt. Aspl. 157; Hook.
Sp. Fil. iii. 163, t. 200 B; Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 139; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil.
211. A. cespitoswm, Wall. Cat. 217. 4. depauperatum, Wall. Cat. 234.

Himalaya, alt. 3000-8000 feet ; from Gurwhal to Bhotan, common. Khasia, alt. 2000-
5000 feet; very common.—Distrib. Mts. of Malabaria from Bombay to Ceylon; Japan.

Rootstock tufted. Fronds 4-20 in. Pinnei-1i in. The type of A. laciniatum is here
supposed to be that given in Hook. Sp. Fil. iii. t. 200 a, which represents the abundant
Khasi form; the segments of the pinna are here obovate or subauricular, the margin
obtusely toothed or subcrenate.

According to Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 211, the pinnz are more deeply pinnatifid, the
sori shorter than in A. planicaule, which they, no doubt, usually are.

Var. planicaule, (sp.) Hook. Sp. Fil. iii. 163, t. 200 B. Margin of the pinnæ with close
acute, sometimes sublinear, teeth. The pinnæ are sometimes (as figured by Hooker)
less pinnatifid than in 4. laciniatum type, but not rarely sub-2-pinnate.

Var. depauperata. Fronds small; pinne pinnatifid less than halfway to the midrib,
margin obtusely toothed or subcrenate.—Principally from Kumaon.—The existence
of this variety destroys the value of the slight specific differences relied on by Hk. &
Baker for distinguishing A. planicaule from A. laciniatum.

17. A. PUMILUM, Sw. Fl. Ind. Occ. iii. 1610. Rhachis glabrous or sparingly pubescent ;
pinne not numerous, upper pinne decurrent, lowest pinne pinnatifid nearly to the
midrib.—Mett. Farngatt. Aspl. 127; Hook. Sp. Fil. iii. 174; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil.
212. A. anthriscifolium, Jacq. Coll. ii. 103, t. 2. figs. 3, 4.

Mexico, Central America, West-India Islands.
Tufted. Stipe 3-6 in. Frond 4-8 in., usually glabrous. Pinne often 2-3 in., ovate-
lanceolate, acute, venation not prominent.—Not found hitherto in the Old World.

Var. hymenophylloides, Fée, 7th Mem. 54, t. 15. fig. 1. Frond smaller, pubescent or
ciliate on both surfaces; texture exceedingly thin, with prominent venation, resem-
bling that of Hymenophyllum; pinnæ obtuse.—.4. tenerrimum, (sp.) Hochst. in
Schimp. Pl. Abyss. no. 2064.

Mt. Aboo, J. E. Stocks, Dalzell.—Distrib. Abyssinia, Zambesi-land.—The Indian
examples agree closely with the Abyssinian, and differ considerably from the New-

World typical 4. pumilum.

***** Fronds 2—-4-pinnate.
t Texture coriaceous ; ultimate segments cuneate, shining above ; venation flabellate.

18. A. RUTA-MURARIA, Linn. Sp. Pl. 1541. Frond small, glabrous, 1-3-pinnate; pinnæ
not numerous, }-} in. diam., obovate or rhomboidal, not pinnatifid; margin of the
involucre fimbriate.—Engl. Bot. t. 150; Mett. Farngatt. Aspl. 143; Hook. Sp. Fil.
iii. 176, Brit. Ferns, t. 28; Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 61; Milde, Fil. Europ. 76;
Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 213. : inue

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. 483

Kashmir and Baltistan, alt. 5000-8500 feet, T. Thomson, H. C. Levinge, C. B. Clarke.
—Distrib. North Europe, Asia, and America, extending southwards to the Mts. of Algiers

and Kashmir ; Cape Colony.
Rootstock tufted, wiry, fibrillose. Stipe 1-3 in., naked or with lanceolate-linear scales
in its lower half. Pinne very thick in texture, midrib obscure, minutely serrate; sori

often ultimately covering the whole of the lower surface.

19. A. PEKINENSE, Hance in Seem. Journ. Bot. v. 262. Frond 2-5 in., narrowly oblong,
2-pinnate sub-3-pinnate, tertiary segments linear-cuneate or oblong-cuneate, sharply
forked or toothed at their extremity, entire below.—.4. sepulchrale, Hk. & Baker,
Syn. Fil. 213; name changed to 4. pekinense, Hance in 2nd ed. (Pl. LVI. fig. 2.)

Kashmir; Jhelum Valley, alt. 2000-2500 feet, H. C. Levinge.—Distrib. China, Japan.

Tufted; stipe 1-3in.; often with lanceolate-linear scales in the lower part. Frond
glabrous, shining; in texture approaching 4. Adiantum-nigrum rather than 4. varians
(with which it has been compared), but is oblong, not ovate-lanceolate. Involucre with
entire margin. Sori ultimately confluent. Baker says one to a segment, which means
2-6 to a tertiary pinna, but not more than one to each tooth.

20. A. AprANTUM-NIGRUM, Linn. Sp. Pl. 1541. Stipe shining, chestnut-coloured, glabrous,
or with a few linear scales near the base; frond 2-pinnate, sub-3-pinnate, lanceo-
late or ovate-lanceolate ; tertiary pinnse ovate or oblong, acutely serrate, not pin-
natifid ; margin of the involucre entire.—Engl. Bot. t. 1950; Schk. Krypt. Gew.
t. 804; Mett. Farngatt. Aspl. 144; Hook. Sp. Fil. iii. 187, Brit. Ferns, t. 33; Bedd.
Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 62; Milde, Fil. Europ. 85; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 214. 4. hu-
mile, Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 185, fide Hook.

Kashmir; alt. 5000-8000 feet, frequent; extending to Dalhousie and Chumba, alt.
4000-6000 feet, C. B. Clarke.—Distrib. Java; Europe; Northern Asia and Africa; Cape
Colony ; Polynesia.

The Kashmir plant agrees with the common European type, but is usually somewhat
larger. The Indian examples are readily separable from all other Indian ferns.

21. A. NITIDUM, Swartz, Syn. Fil. 84, 280. Main rhachis glabrous or nearly so; frond
shining green, large, 2-pinnate or 3-pinnate ; ultimate pinnz 2 in. or more, elliptic
or cuneate, trapezoidal; sori long.—Schk. Krypt. Gew. t. 81; Blume, Enum. Pl.
Jav. Fil. 188; Wall. Cat. 232 ; Mett. Farngatt. Aspl. 160, t. 5. fig. 31; Hook. Sp.
Fil iii. 172; Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. tt. 148, 149; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 215.
A. insigne, Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 188. A. pulchellum, Wall. Cat. 214. .4.my-
surense, Roth, in Wall. Cat. 213. 4. splendens, Kunze in Linnea, x. 516; Mett.
Farngatt. Aspl. 158; Hook. Sp. Fil. iii. 168. j : |

Sikkim, Bhotan, Assam, Khasia, Cachar, alt. 1000-4000 feet ; frequent, not in large
quantity.—Distrib. Malay Peninsula and Islands; Ceylon; South Africa. -

484 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.

Tufted. Frond lanceolate or ovate-lanceolate ; pinnæ 2-12 in.— 4. furcatum, Thunb. ;
Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 144, differs from A. nitidum by having the main rhachis very
scaly; it is said (in Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 214) to grow in the Himalaya. There is
one example of Griffith collected in Assam named at Kew 4. furcatum; but it has the
main rhachis quite glabrous, and I should call it typical 4. nitidum.. There is also a
specimen added to Wallich’s example of 4. mysurense under which is written (not in
Wallich’s hand) ‘‘Sylhet;” but this sheet I call altogether 4. nitidum, the ultimate
pinne being much broader than in 4. furcatum.—A. laserpitiifolium, Lamk., Bedd.
Ferns South, Ind. t. 225, differs from A. nitidum by being 3-4-pinnate (rather than 2-3
pinnate), the ultimate pinne much smaller, and the sori therefore shorter. It is said to
grow in Assam in Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 214. The North-Indian specimens at Kew
are A, nitidum for me; and the Burmese examples of Griffith, Kurz, and Brandis are
also A. nitidum.—Beddome (Ferns Brit. Ind. Suppl. p. 11) says that A. furcatum is
general in India, and A. laserpitiifolium is found in North India. Whether Col. Bed-
dome has any evidence (beyond Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil.) that these are North-Indian
plants I do not know; there is no evidence at Kew: I never found either of them in
North India, nor have I ever seen them from North India.—As to the synonymy, Hooker
(in Syn. Fil. iii. 166) refers 4. mysurense, Wall., to A. furcatum ; but Wallich’s name for
A. furcatum was A. hirsutum (Wall. Cat. 212), from which his 4. mysurense differs by
having the main rhachis glabrous.— 4. cuneatum f. splendens, as it has been called at
Kew, is larger than 4. cuneatum, Lamk., type; but I can find no difference whatever
between it and 4. nitidum. To sum up, the North-Indian A. nitidum, furcatum, and
laserpitiifolium appear to me one species and one variety ; the southern 4. furcatum and
A. laserpitiifolium are separable therefrom as varieties, perhaps as species.

****** Fronds lanceolate, herbaceous or mech, COFSGCBONE ; venation pinnate.

22. A. roxrANUM, Bernh. in Schrad. Neu. Journ. i.pt.ii.26. Frond elongate-lanceolate,
narrowed at both ends, the lower pinne reduced, often somewhat remote; pinns
numerous, pinnate or pinnatifid or toothed.— Engl. Bot. t. 2024; Mett. Farngatt.
Asp]. 140; Hook. Sp. Fil. iii. 193, Brit. Ferns, t. 34; Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 146;
Milde, Fil. Europ. 70; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 916. A. Halleri, Willd. Sp. Pl. V.

274, A. exiguum, Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 146. Aspidium on en Swarta,
Schk. Krypt. Gew. t.53. ——

From Kashmir to.Gurwhal, alt. 5000-9000 feet, forent- —Distrib. Nilgherries, Cabul,
Lycia, South Europe to Britain.
. Tufted. Stipes numerous, usually green; but there are sometimes a few chestnut-
coloured stipes growing among numerous green ones. The lower pinne are not always
deflexed ; nor are the central pinnze invariably sub-2-pinnate, as in the diagnosis of HE
& Baker. Involucres usually 1 to each secondary pinna, ultimately. large, covering
nearly the whole segment.—Beddome's figure shows the lowest pinnæ only. slighty
reduced, but t Cim the cutting) is is no doubt taken from the rue A. fontanum. E

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA; 485

23. A, VARIANS, Hk. & Grev. Ic. Fil. t. 172. Frond elongate-lanceolate, the lower pinne
not much reduced; pinnz 8-12 on each side, deeply pinnatifid or 2-pinnate into
cuneate segments, acutely toothed on the outer edge.—Hook. Sp. Fil. iii. 192;
Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 129; Milde, Fil. Europ. 73; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. -
216. A. Ruta?, Wall. Cat. 233. A. parvulum, Wall. Cat. 2207. A. fimbriatum
and var. leptophyllum, Kunze in Linnea, xviii. 117, xxiv. 265; Mett. Farngatt.
Aspl. 141. | |

Himalaya, alt. 6000—10,000 feet; frequent, becoming rare eastwards. Sikkim, La-
choong, alt. 9000 feet, Sir J. D. Hooker. Bhotan, alt. 6500 feet, Griffith.—Distrib. Mts.
of South India and Ceylon, North China, Japan, South Africa.

Pinnz usually less numerous than those of A. fontanum, more irregularly cut and
more acutely toothed; but the two species are very nearly allied. None of the Hima-
layan examples are difficult to separate from A. lanceolatum; but Beddome (in Ferns
Brit. Ind. Suppl. p. 11) hints that the South-Indian examples are so difficult to separate
. from A. lanceolatum that the two species are probably one. The Kew A. lanceolatum is
much firmer in texture, and runs nearer A. Adiantum-nigrum, Linn.

24. A. BULBIFERUM, Forst. Fl. Ins. Austral. Prodr. 80. Frond 1-4 feet, oblong-
lanceolate or ovate-lanceolate, 2- or 3-pinnate; stipe scaly near the base, often more
or less hairy throughout; rhachis of the primary pinnz subalate narrowly; sori
large.—Schk. Krypt. Gew. t. 79; Hook. Ic. Pl. t. 423; Mett. Farngatt. Aspl. 106;
Hook. Sp. Fil. iii. 196; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 218; Benth. Fl. Austral. vii. 748.
A. bullatum, Wall. Cat. 215; Mett. Farngatt. Aspl. 106; Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind.
t. 65. Athyrium macrocarpum, Fée, Gen. Fil. 188, not of Hk. & Baker. Cenopteris
appendiculata, Labill. Fl. Nov. Holl. ii. 94, t. 243.

Nepaul, Sikkim, Bhotan, Khasia; alt. 2000-6000 feet; generally scattered, nowhere
abundant.— Distrib. Penang, Australia, New Zealand, Bourbon, Natal, Mexico.

All the North-Indian specimens are alike. Frond a deep green, ultimate segments
large, flaccid, the large sori often visible from the upper surface. Exactly the same
type comes from New Zealand, where the fern is common and very variable. The sori
are not marginal in the North-Indian form. If all the Kew examples from Natal,
Mexico, Australia, Ze. be called 4. bulbiferum, the writing-out of the specific descrip-
tion becomes very difficult.

25. A. TENUIFOLIUM, Don, Prodr. Fl. Nep.8. Frond 4-20 in., lanceolate, 3- or 4-pinnate ;
rhachis glabrous or nearly so; ultimate pinne } in. or less.—Mett. Farngatt. Aspl.
128 ; Hook. Sp. Fil. 193, 2nd Cent. Ferns, t. 29; Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 130;
Hk, & Baker, Syn. Fil. 220. A. concinnum, Wall. Cat. 216.

From Nepaul to Bhotan, alt. 5000-9000 feet, common. Khasia, alt. 4000-5500 feet,
frequent.—Distrib. Moulmein, Mts. of South India and Ceylon. ; ;
. Tufted. Stipe usually glabrous or with few scattered hairs. Frond green, thin. Sori
ultimately nearly covering the small segments.—This is easily known from A, bulbiferum

486 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.

by the much smaller ultimate pinnæ. The small forms are known from 4. fontanum |
and 4. varians by being more compound.

Subgenus III. Dares. Veins free, simple. Ultimate divisions of the frond linear.
Involucres linear, dehiscing along the outer edge, not curved nor placed back to
back, often extending in breadth from the vein to the very margin of the frond.

26. A. RUT#FOLIUM, Kunze, in Linnea, x. 521. Frond glabrous, narrowly oblong,
2-pinnate, or sub-2-pinnate ; pinnæ very obtuse.—Mett. Farngatt. Aspl. 110; Hook.
Sp. Fil. iii. 206; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 222. A. stans, Kunze, in Linnea, x. 521.
A. prolongatum, Hook. Sp. Fil. iii. 209, 2nd Cent. Ferns, t. 42; Bedd. Ferns South.
Ind. t. 138.

Bhotan and Mishmee, Griffith. Khasia, Simons.—Distrib. Ceylon, South Africa,
Japan, Fiji.

Frond 6-12 in., often much smaller than suits the sectional characters in Hk. & Baker;
glaucous. The North-India examples often have the rhachis prolonged, naked, and
rooting at the extremity; the ultimate pinne are } in., the sori linear; the fronds are
2-pinnate, very sparingly 3-pinnatifid or sub-3-pinnate. The examples from North India
are few, and all alike; but the South-African form a very variable series.

Subgenus IV. Athyrium. Veinsfree. Involucres linear or aip a young),
dehiscing along the outer edge, not placed back to back, becoming in age often
curved or horseshoe-shaped. Scales at the base of the stipe striated long dpi not
clearly fenestrate.

‘The involucres are often short, and sometimes so completely recurved that they soon
become nephrodioid. Thus 4. macrocarpum has been maintained by Moore and others to
bea Zastrea. To settle the genus, the fruit must be examined quite young to ascertain that
the short involucre is attached by its edge along the vein and not across it. In other
cases the involucres are very small and delicate, and the fern is supposed a Davallia.
In Davallia the sorus should be always terminal on a vein, whereas in Athyrium,
though the vein appears in some cases to terminate at the sorus, in others on the
same frond it may be seen to be carried past it. Some Athyriums which have the
involuere very thin are placed by some authors in Cystopteris; and in some cases it
is very difficult to say whether the attachment of the evanescent involucre is lateral
to the vein (Athyrium) or across it (Cystopteris). In other cases, the involucre is `
obsolete to such a degree, that Sir W. Hooker has considered Polypodium oxyphyllum,
Wall., an exinvolucrate var. of Aspidiwm eburneum, Wall.; and Col. Beddome and
Mr. Baker agree.

* Rootstock creeping ; stipes solitary, remote.

27. A. SPINULOSUM, Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 225. Frond 6-12 in., deltoid, as broad as
long, 3-pinnate; tertiary pinne 1-1 in., oblong, sessile, lobed less than halfway to
the midrib, spinulose-serrate ; involucres subquadrate, ultimately curved, sometimes `
horseshoe-shaped.— Cystopteris spinulosa, Maxim. Prim. Fl. Amur. 340. sii a
Hookerianum, Moore; Milde, Fil. Burop. e E

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. : 487

Sikkim; Yakla Pass, alt. 12,000 feet, W. S. Atkinson.—Distrib. Mandchuria.

Lowest pinnz longest, subopposite. Primary pinn: in outline lanceolate, narrower
at the base; secondary pinnæ narrow-oblong acute, not narrower at the base. Involucre
very small and thin.—Maximowicz, in his description, states that the sori are lateral
(as they distinctly are in this species); it is therefore not clear why Maximowicz called
the plant a Cystopteris. Beddome’s picture shows the tertiary pinnz confluent, so that
the frond is 2-pinnate ; in all the Kew examples the tertiary pinne stand rather wide
apart, but they are sessile, and the rhachis of the secondary pinne narrowly subulate
by their decurrence.

Var. subtriangularis, (sp.) Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 225. Tertiary pinne crenate serrate.

_ Sikkim, alt. 10,000-12,000 feet; Lachen, Samding, Yeumtong, Sir J. D. Hooker.—
I can find no difference between this and .4. spinulosum type, except that the teeth
are much less spinulose, sometimes hardly acute.

28. A. ATKINSONI, C. B. Clarke. Frond 10-12 in., deltoid, as broad as long, 3-pinnate,
4-pinnatifid; veins terminating just within the margin.—Athyrium Atkinsoni, Bedd.
Ferns Brit. Ind. Suppl. p. 11, t. 359.

Sikkim, at high levels, W. S. Atkinson. :

Stipes 6-12 in., straw-coloured, with a few long, narrow, pale scales near the base.
Pinne 7-8 on each side, texture herbaceous, lowest much the largest, 6 by 3 in.
Involucres subquadrate, i.e. hardly longer than broad.— The above is drawn entirely from
Col. Beddome's figure and description. I must have been with W. 8. Atkinson when he
collected this plant; but none of my alpine Sikkim Athyriums agrees with Col. Beddome’s
figure. I suspect that figure is from a small specimen of the following.

Var. Andersoni. Frond 9-27 in., 4-pinnate, 5-pinnatifid. (Pl. LVIL)

Sikkim, alt. 9000-12,000 feet, Tonglo and Singalelah, Dr. Jerdon, C. B. Clarke.—
Stipes solitary. Rhachis red, wavy, slightly scaly, and glandular-rugose. Texture
rigid. Lowest pinne often 14 in.; lowest secondary pinnz shorter than those above
them. No gland at the bases of the primary pinnz. Sori somewhat large ultimately,
nearly covering the quaternary pinnz, which are }-3 in., short-oblong, bluntly crenate-
pinnatifid halfway to the midrib.

** Stipes tufted or approximate. SC |
29. A. DREPANOPHYLLUM, Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. (2nd ed.) 226. Frond linear, narrowed
to both ends; pinne numerous, l-l} by 1-4 in. subentire, pinnatifid halfway

down, or at the base cut down nearly to the midrib into short-oblong subobtuse
lobes ; involucres, when young, linear or linear-oblong.— Athyrium falcatum, Bedd.
Ferns South. Ind. t. 151. : ;
Parasnath, in Chota Nagpore, alt. 4000 feet, C. B. Clarke.—Distrib. Mts. of Mala-
baria, from Mahabaleshwur and Belgaum to the Anamallays.
Stipe 1-9 in., with many linear reddish scales at the base.
Sometimes 15-20 on each side the main rhachis. Lobes entire,
. SECOND SERIES.—BOTANY, VOL. I. |

Frond 2-12 in.; pinnz
crenate, or very shallowly
3x

488 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.

toothed. Lowest secondary pinna (i.e. lobe) of the upper edge often larger than the
rest, so that the pinne are auriculate, and sometimes also falcate. Sori only appear
globose when broken down: Beddome’s left-hand figure must have been from an over-
ripe example. Sori often in two rows near the midrib of the pinna; sometimes smaller
sori are seen added in the wa in larger examples the sori are in two rows in each
secondary pinna.

30. A. THELYPTEROIDES, Michx. Fl. Bor.-Àm. ii. 265. Frond 1-5 feet, linear-lanceolate,
narrowed to both ends; pinnee numerous, deeply regularly pinnatifid; lobes broad-
oblong, subobtuse; veins simple, parallel, each lower one often bearing an involucre,
so that the sori appear in two close parallel rows in each lobe.—Schk. Krypt. Gew.
t. 76 b; Mett. Farngatt. Aspl. 184; Hook. Sp. Fil. iii. 229; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil.
226. A. acrostichoides, Swartz, Syn. Fil. 82, 275. Diplazium thelypteroides, Bedd.
Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 68. Athyrium thelypteroides, Desv.; Milde, Fil. Europ. 54.
A. allantodioides, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 221; see Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil
(2nd ed.) 489.

Himalaya, alt. 7000—12,000 feet ` from Kashmir to Bhotan, in many places abundant.
—Distrib. Amurland, North America; zo in Penang.

Stipes tufted; but the rootstock is creeping in one American example. Stipe scaly at
the base, and more or less hairy, sometimes hairy throughout the main rhachis. Frond
sometimes suddenly narrowed at the base, leaving a stipe of 2-6 in., sometimes gradually
decreasing to distant auricles, so that there is hardly any stipe. Pinne 8 in. (13-5 in.)
by i-£ in., broadest at the base, tapering very gradually. Secondary pinnse (lobes)
1-1 in., subentire, or slightly denticulate. Involucre strictly Athyrioid, i.e. it dehisces
by a very clean eut from the outer edge; involucres usually firm, white, and permanent
on the ripe fruit.—Both Col. Beddome's figures are unsatisfactory as to the involucre,
which is shown in t. 68 as diplazioid, in t. 221 as though allantodioid; but the letter-
press to t. 221 corrects that impression.— As to varieties, W. S. Atkinson obtained this
fern in quantity in East Sikkim and Bhotan, and proposed two varieties: viz. a, frond
small, suddenly narrowed at the base, rhachis very hairy throughout; f, frond large;
tapering by auricles nearly to the base of the stipe, rhachis glabrous or nearly SO.
Beddome (working over, I believe, the same material) found that these characters were
not trustworthy, and made his new species Athyrium allantodioides on the character of
the shortness of the sori. I have collected this fern in Kashmir, in Bhotan, and at `
several intermediate points; and I can make no varieties at all. The involucres are
usually very straight-edged where they are attached to the vein even in ripe fruit; but `
I have collected an example in which the upper involucres appear exactly as of
Lastrea.

31. A. wAcROCARPUM, Hook. Sp. Fil. iii. 222. Frond 6-36 in. oblong-lanceolate,
bipinnate; secondary pinnæ 1-12 in., oblong or ovate-falcate; texture herbaceous, ` `
when dry not coriaceous shining plicate-striate beneath, subentire, lobed or
ina na oig co to the rhachis, the lowest lobe on the upper side gë, bs oO , 80 PS

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. 489

that the pinna is auriculate, margin more or less toothed scarcely ever spinulose ;
sori large; involucre little lacerate on the margin, very permanent, finally curved
or often in appearance Nephrodioid.— Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 927. A. fallax, deci-
piens, and Goringianum, Mett. Farngatt. Aspl. 194, 195, 198, t. 6. figs. 7-12. Aspi-
dium macrocarpum, Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 162. 4. squarrosum, Wall. Cat. 856.
Lastrea? macrocarpa, Moore, Ind. Fil.ii.95. Athyrium macrocarpum, Bedd. Ferns
South. Ind. tt. 152, 153.

Himalaya, from Gurwhal to Bhotan, alt. 2000-9000 feet, very common. Khasia,
alt. 2000-6000 feet ; very common.—Distrib. Deccan and Ceylon, Malay Peninsula and
Islands, China, Japan.

One of the most abundant and variable of Indian ferns. The above diagnosis applies to
the whole Kew bundle, which is very uniform in character, as Mr. Baker has sorted the
doubtful forms between A. Filia-feemina, oxyphyllum, and fimbriatum. The fern is
usually 2-pinnate : Beddome (Ferns South. Ind. t. 152) shows a form that is 1-pinnate,
scarcely 2-pinnate ; Wallich’s 4. squarrosum is 2-pinnate, very nearly 3-pinnate, and there
is, I fear, no line to be drawn between this and fimbriatum below. The frond is usually
oblong-lanceolate; but I have collected it triangular, little longer than the breadth of
the lowest pair of pinnæ. The involucre, as it becomes ripe, is so Nephrodioid that it is
impossible to distinguish some examples in late fruit from Nephrodium sparsum. Beddome
(Ferns Brit. Ind. Suppl. p. 11) refers here Nephrodiwm sparsum, var. membranaceum,
Arn.; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. (2nd ed.) 498 ; and the only example at Kew so named is
Asplenium macrocarpum, as has been noted on the sheet by Beddome. The Himalayan
high-level small examples, with numerous red scales at the base of the stipe, very shining
fronds much striate beneath when dry, and fugacious involucres, are here referred to
A. oryphyllum. There remain in the Kew bundles now only two forms aberrant from
the minute diagnosis above given, Viz.:—

Var, l-pinnata. Frond linear, pinnæ numerous, subentire, slightly crenate serrate on
the upper margin. |

Khasia, alt. 3000—4000 feet, frequent.—This has been much confounded with Polysti-
chum auriculatum, Swartz; but I have connecting forms among stipes on the same
rhizome, and the young fruit is clearly Asplenium. . |
Var. Athinsoni, Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. (ed. 2nd) 489. Frond linear; pinne il in,

bluntly lobed about halfway to the midrib; involucres large, fimbriate on the
margin, very little curved.

Sikkim, alt. 7000-8000 feet.—Intermediate forms connecting this with the type are
desired still; the var. 1-pinnata is not intermediate. Col. Beddome remarks that this
is not a “ distinct variety.” I originally marked it a variety only, because I thought it
indistinct. 3
32. A. CLARKEI, W. S. Atkinson, MS. Fronds 1-3 feet, linear-lanceolate, 2-pinnate,

.. bending over and rooting from a bud on the upper part of the um ; ——

490 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.

pinne oblong, lobed hardly halfway to the midrib; sori linear-oblong, hardly more
curved when ripe, rarely diplazioid.— 4. tenuifrons, Wall. Cat. 206 (part only of
type sheet). Athyrium Clarkei, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. Suppl. ii. t. 360. Allan-
todia denticulata, Wall. sub Wall. Cat. 206.

Nepaul, Wallich. Sikkim, T. Thomson; Kulhait Valley, alt. 6000—7000 feet, in the
sandy swamp at the foot of the steep ascent to Singalelah, in quantity, JP. S. Atkinson
and C. B. Clarke.

Rhizome stout, tufted, standing 2 in. out of the wet sand, with a cluster of stipes at
the top, radiating round and rooting in a circle, at à radius of about 2 feet from the.
central rhizome: the subterminal rooting-bud seems always present in well-developed
fronds ; rarely there are two rooting-buds. Frond tapering at both ends, but not decur-
rent at the base nor with auricles. Pinne 1-3 in., green, glabrous, or the rhachis
beneath densely pubescent, subvillous; the rhachis above often setulose; a solitary
pinna in texture, cutting, and sori would be supposed to belong to A. nigripes, of which
this may be a local accidental form. The fern is often setulose on the upper surface, as
is typical A. nigripes. The Kumaon plants referred to 4. tenuifrons, Wall., are setulose
on the upper surface, and are A. sírigillosum, Moore in Lowe's Ferns, v. 36; but they are
broadly lanceolate, without any terminal bud, and therefore 4. nigripes for me; but I
fear the two species coalesce at this point.

33. A. NIGRIPES, Mett. Farngatt. Aspl. 195. Stipe firm, round, glabrous; frond 8-30
in., oblong-lanceolate, not tapering at the base, 2-pinnate, herbaceous or coria-
ceous, but not plicate-striate beneath; secondary pinnules oblong or elliptic, more
or less lobed or pinnatifid, serrate not spinulose; sori linear-oblong, slightly curved,
in two oblique rows towards the midrib of the pinna; involucres persistent.—Hook.
Sp. Fil. iii. 222; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 227. 4. costale, Blume,Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil.
170, not of Swartz. ` AJ. spectabile, Wall. Cat. 237. A. gymnogrammoides, Klotzsch ;
Mett. Farngatt. Aspl. 193, t. 6. figs. 19, 14; Hook. Sp. Fil iii. 227. Athyrium
nigripes, Bedd. Ferns South. Ind.t. 157. .4. gymnogrammoides, Bedd. Ferns South.
Ind. t. 156. Allantodia incisa, Wall. sub Wall. Cat. 231.

ch NDA alt. 3000—11,000 feet; from Kashmir to Bhotan, very common. Khasia,
alt. 2000-6000, very common.—Distrib. Mts. of South India and Ceylon, Malay Penin-
sula and Islands, China.

. Stipes tufted; the caudex often stout, 2-6 in. high out of the ground. The Himalayan
series thus named is very uniform in character, and is represented well by Bedd. Ferns
South. Ind. t. 157. This differs from A. macrocarpum by the nearly straight involucres,
from A. oxyphyllum by the permanent involucres. A. gymnogrammoides, Klotzsch, is a
var. with large secondary pinne 14 in. long; .4. gymnogrammoides, Bedd. Ferns
South. Ind. t. 156, is 3-pinnate ; but these are doubtless all one species. Some of the high
alpine forms are very small, the whole frond but 3-8 in. high, delicate in texture, the
secondary pinnæ narrow, linear-oblong. Other forms are triangular, the lowest E of
: Lies being the broadest. More marked varieties are

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. 491

Var. 1. selenopteris, (sp.) Kunze; Mett. Farngatt. Aspl. 196. Frond 3-pinnate, 4-pinna-
tifid, ultimate lobes incise-serrate.

_ Khasia, Griffith—This form seems common in the Malay Peninsula and Islands,

but was originally described from the Nilgherries. |

Var. 2. dissecta, Moore? Frond 2-pinnate; secondary pinnæ incise-serrate, almost
spinulose; sori short, subquadrate.— 4/lantodia tenella, Wall. sub Wall. Cat. 206.

Himalaya, alt. 10,000—13,000 feet, common.—This is perhaps not the original dissectum
of Moore; but it is usually so marked in the Herbarium, and T cannot distinguish the
Himalayan from the Japan plant; nor can I draw any line between it and some of the
forms placed under 4. Filiz-femina.

[Athyrium gymnogrammoides, var. erythrorachis, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. Suppl. p. 12,
of which there are many examples from Ceylon at Kew, has very straight large sori,
and seems quite distinct from Asplenium nigripes.]

94. A. FILIX-FŒMINA, Bernh. in Schrad. Neu. Journ. i. pt. ii. 26, t. 2. fig. 7 (forma
Europea). Frond 1-4 feet, lanceolate, narrowed at both ends, membranous, green,
2-pinnate ; rhachis soft, appearing triangular or furrowed when dry ; primary pinnze
narrow linear-oblong, hardly narrowed at the base; secondary pinnz 7-1 in., ob-
long, patent at right angles to the rhachis of the primary pinne, sessile or decurrent,
serrate or pinnatifid, margin bluntly or acutely toothed ; involucres in two rows on
the secondary pinnæ, short-oblong, subpersistent.—Mett. Fil. Hort. Lips. 79, t. 13.
figs. 15, 16; Hook. Sp. Fil. iii. 217 (excl. syn. tenuifrons, Wall, and strigillosum,
Moore), Brit. Ferns, t. 35; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 227 (excl. syn.). Aspidium
Filiz-formina, Swartz; Schk. Krypt. Gew. tt. 58, 09; Engl. Bot. t. 1459. Aspidinm
Athyrium, Spreng. ; Schk. Krypt. Gew. t. 78. A. Filix-femina, Roth; Milde, Fil.
Europ. 49.

Arctic and Temperate Asia, Europe, North America. The typical form has not
exactly been obtained in the Himalaya; but the var. 1, dentigera, is very near IL Ia
the arrangement of the Indian material I have carried all the plants with shining texture,
appearing striated when dry, to 4. oxyphyllum, and all the plants completely pinnated
more than twice ( except A. pectinatum) to A. fimbriatum. There are two main types of
Himalayan 4. Filix-fæmina, viz. :—a, with a succulent rhachis appearing triangular or
Srooved when dry, green, involucre subpersistent; and 5, with a firm rhachis appearing
round in the dried specimens, often red, involucre less persistent, often (— The
set b grow at a higher elevation than «; but from the detailed descriptions it will be
seen that I have not been able to establish them as a species.

Var. 1. dentigera. Cutting nearly as in the European type, green, rhachis succulent,
appearing grooved when dry; involucre subquadrate or horseshoe-shaped, smaller
and less persistent than in the European type.—Polypodium dentigerum, Wall. Cat.

_ Himalaya, alt. 6000-11,000 feet, from Kashmir to Bhotan; common from Nepaul

westwards.—The large forms have the upper primary pinnz ascending very oblique;

492 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.

the smaller forms have all the primary pinnz patent. In the typical dentigera, Wall.,
the secondary pinnze are distant; but I cannot separate a form marked 4. foliolosum,
Wall., in the Herbarium, which has the pinnz approximate. I give no picture of this
var.; for Hook. Brit. Ferns, t. 35, represents it perfectly except as to the involueres.

Var. 2. pectinata, (sp.) Wall. Cat. 231, as to type sheet only, and not of Bedd. Ferns

. South. Ind. t. 155. Tripinnate, 4-pinnatifid, finely cut, bright green; rhachis

Slender, but scarcely succulent or grooved when dry; involucres subquadrate or
short-oblong, little horseshoe-shaped, subpersistent. (Pl. LVIII.)

Himalaya, from Sikkim to Gurwhal, alt. 2000-5000 feet; in Sikkim always on dry
burning slopes to the south, where it is frequent. Parasnath, in Chota Nagpore, alt.
4000-4500 feet, T. Thomson, C. B. Clarke—where it is not completely 3-pinnate, the
secondary rhachises being very narrowly winged. Mr. Baker considers this the best
marked among all the varieties of 4. Filiv.fcemina.——The var. tenella, figured by Bedd.
Ferns South. Ind. t. 154, has been received at Kew from Mahabaleshwur and from
Scinde, but not from South India; it has been placed as a subvariety of A. pectinatum ;
but I think it surely does not belong here. It is more difficult to say where it should be
placed ; perhaps near var. retusa.

Var. 3. attenuata. 1-pinnate; base of stipe densely clothed with broad-lanceolate scales ;
rhachis succulent, when dry grooved or triangular; frond small, very narrow, much
tapering at both ends; pinnz patent, very close together, deeply regularly pin-
natifid into oblong serrated segments, scarcely 1 in. long; involucre small, sub-
quadrate, hardly ever horseshoe-shaped, not very fugacious. (Pl. LIX. fig. 1.)

Kashmir, alt. 10,000—12,000 feet, north of the main valley, C. B. Clarke.—This may
be allowed specific rank possibly; but it comes near some small forms of var. 1,
dentigera.

Var. 4. retusa. 1-2-pinnate; rhachis firm, appearing round when dry; frond red, never
very large; involucre small, fugacious; sori scattered, round.— Cystopteris retusa,
Decne. in Jacquem. Voy. Bot. 176, t. 177.

Himalaya, alt. 10,000—15,000 feet, from Kashmir to Bhotan, abundant; in the Western
Himalaya descending as low as 10,000 feet.—This is really a well-marked series, dif-
fering considerably in size, the upper level specimens being often small ; and being largely
collected in autumn, when the involucre has vanished, it is common in Herbaria, marked
Lastrea, Cystopteris, Polypodium, Ze, Decaisne figures a high-level starved form; the
type is Athyrium rubricaule, Edgw. MS. (Pl. LIX. fig. 2). There are other varieties
which have the secondary pinne more pinnatifid ; but they are never acutely cut in this
var. (unless var. flabellulata be included). The involucre is less fugacious in the large
forms : in one Sikkim form the lowest involucre in each secondary pinna is deeply horse-
shoe-shaped, sometimes diplazioid, while all the other involucres are quite straight.
Another Sikkim form has the main and secondary rhachises pubescent. Even the large `

forms of this species are rarely truly 2-pinnate; i.e. the secondary rhachises are usually E.

: Men if but DM The Lie are e often one? narrowed ow: but in one euer ,

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.: |. 498

form the frond is very narrow, attenuated at both ends, distinctly 1-pinnate. This var.

does not, [ think, run into var. 3, attenuata. ;

Var. 5. flabellulata. 2-pinnate; rhachis firm, appearing round when dry; frond red,
1-3 feet; secondary pinne deeply pinnatifid, segments laciniate; involucre small,
fugacious ; sori scattered, round. (Pl. LX.)

Sikkim, alt. 13,000 feet; Yakla, Jongri, C. B. Clarke.—In cutting this is very like
some forms of var. 1, dentigera; but it is really, I believe, a highly developed form of
var. 4, retusa.

Var. 6. polyspora. 2-pinnate, often sub-3-pinnate; rhachis firm, appearing round when
dry; frond red, 1-3 feet; involucres large, approximate, very persistent, often
nephrodioid; sori large, often ultimately thickly covering the whole of the pinnules.
(Pl. LXI. fig. 1.)

North-west Himalaya, alt. 6000—10,000 feet, from Kumaon to Chumba.—This fern
appears very restricted in area. Iam in great doubt as to its affinity: the large sori
point to A. macrocarpum, var. squarrosum ; but the sharply serrate margin has caused
every body to refer it to 4. Filix-femina. |

| Var. 7. Parasnathensis. l-pinnate, sub-2-pinnate; rhachis appearing triangular when

dry ; frond reddish, 13 foot, narrow-oblong, scarcely attenuated at the base; primary
pinne 14 in., broadest at the base; secondary pinnæ i-j in., acutely toothed,
scarcely pinnatifid; involucres short-oblong, in two oblique rows, very persistent.
(Pl. LXI. fig. 2.) |
Parasnath, in Chota Nagpore, alt. 4000 feet, €. B. Clarke.—I can make nothing of
this, except that I do not think it is at all nearly connected with any form of Indian

A. Filix-feemina. :

30. A. oxyPHYLLUM, Hook. Sp. Fil. iii. 221, not of Wall. nor of J. Smith. Scales at the
base of the stipe many linear-lanceolate, reddish; frond 6-36 in., oblong-lanceolate,
2-pinnate, slightly narrowed never attenuate at the base, coriaceous, rigid, some-
what shining beneath, with numerous fine striations in the dried state; primary
pinnze often falcate; secondary pinne distinct, usually auriculate, sometimes sub-
entire scimitar-shaped, sometimes deeply pinnatifid; involucre small fugacious
or none; sori round, punctiform, or polypodioid.—Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 228.
A. eburneum, Mett. Farngatt. Aspl. 194. Athyrium oxyphyllum, Bedd. Ferns Brit.
Ind. t. 67. A. stramineum, J. Smith; Moore, Ind. Fil. ii. 188. Aspidium dre-
panopterum, A. Braun; Mett. Fil. Hort. Lips. 93, t. 19. figs. 1-4. A. eburneum,
Wall. Cat. 389, partly, not as to type sheet. Lastrea eburnea, J. Smith, Enum.
Ferns cult. at Kew, 1845, 28. Polypodium drepanopterum, Kunze, JD Linnea,
xxii. 318. D ozyphyllum, Wall. Cat. 324. P. Kulhaitense, W. S. Atkinson, MS.

Himalaya, alt. 4000-11,000 feet, from Gurwhal to Bhotan; very common from

Nepauleastwards. Khasia, alt. 3000-6000 feet, common.—Distrib. Confined to North
India; i. e. the Java and J apan examples placed here by Mr. Baker I remove to A. ma-

| Crocarpum and A. niponicum respectively. ` Pid ane
. This set of plants is tolerably well separated from all the other Indian Aéhyriums by

494. MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.

the shining coriaceous texture; it is also separated from A. nigripes and A. macrocarpum |
by the small Cystopteroid involucre.

The fig. of Beddome exactly represents Wallich's original P. game which was
gathered in Khasia, where Sir J. D. Hooker and myself have gathered the same form,
called Asplenium stramineum by J.Smith; but I have never in any variety of oxyphyllum
found the involucres so long and large as in Beddome’s picture. The form with scimitar-
shaped secondary pinnz is perhaps the most common, and is Polypodium drepanopterum,
Kunze, but is not the var. figured by Mett. In over-ripe fruit it is hardly possible to
separate 4. oxyphyllum from Lastrea sparsa and its neighbours: as regards the most
critical Khasia form, the Lastrea has usually a much broader frond, often subtriangular,
while the Athyrium is oblong-lanceolate. The alpine forms are small, but otherwise
agree closely with the type, which contains two forms, viz. :—

1. oxyphyllum, Hook. ` Involucre Cystopteroid, some lateral, some across the vein when
young, evanescent, but still usually to be discovered till the fruit is quite ripe;
sori small, not nearly covering the pinne when ripe.

2. Kulhaitense, W. S. Atkinson. Involucre none, the sorus first appearing as a point
over which no scale is discoverable with the microscope; sori increasing and
becoming subglobose, ultimately often covering the whole surface of the pinne, or
nearly so.—This has been kept separate, and distributed under a separate name, and
it may not be a worse species than some of the Polypodium multilineatum set; but
Col. Beddome considers it merely an exinvolucrate variety of A. oxyphyllum, which

view the exact conformity of the two species in every other particular and in habitat
confirms.

[A. aspidioides, Schlecht., is stated by Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. Suppl. p. 12, to be
* general" in India; but Mr. Baker does not admit it north of the Nilgherries, and `
I concur in his sorting.] :

36. A. BREVISORUM, Wall. Cat. 220, not of Mett. Frond large, oblong-lanceolate,
2-pinnate or 3-pinnate, the ultimate pinne in either case narrowly oblong-lanceolate,
with an entire centre, the margin coarsely serrate, hardly pinnatifid ; sori very long.—
Hook. Sp. Fil. iii. 229 ; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 228. Athyrium brevisorum, J. Smith ;
Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 241.

Mishmee, Griffith.—Distrib. Taongdong Mts. near Ava, Wallich. The Natal example
is (mihi) not the Indian species: from the Sandwich Islands I find no example:

Easily recognized by the linear sori, which are much longer than in any other Indian
Athyrium. Wallich’s example is 2-pinnate, Griffith’s 3-pinnate, one pinna of Griffith's
closely resembling the whole frond of Vieni

37. A. FIMBRIATUM, Hook. Sp. Fil iii. 234. Stipe usually with lanceolate setaceous

yellow or brown scales; frond large, oblong-lanceolate, 3-4-pinnate, not attenuated ` `
at the base ; pinn usually faleate; involucres curved or horseshoe-shaped, sub- `

. persistent.—Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 229. Athyrium fimbriatum, Bedd. ‘Ferns A x
o Ind.t. d Asin feiriciom, Wall. Cat. 339. uet.

‘CBClarke. a Trans. Linn. Soc. Ben 3 Bor. Vou: Pi 49

D

LE

VT i722.

Vë

fertile pinnale.

Soe ONG V ^
A.

Darren pinzute.
A

; LCYATHEA SPINULOSA, Wadz. 2.HYMENOPHYLLUM DENTICULATUM, Sw,
AM Cockerill delet lith. ^ 3.HLEVINGI, CA Clarke. 4.DAVALLIA PULCHRA, Don. Fitch imp

> A x &
Trans.Linn. Soc. Sxn 2. Bor. Vor. ].Pr.50.

DAVALLIA UROPHYLLA, Hook (wot Walt.) ; : Fitch imp

; Trans. Linn. Soc. SER. 2.Bor.VoL.1.PL. 51.

"SÉ dal ot keh, CHEILANTHES FARINOSA, Aaud Var DALHOUSIA, (sp. Hook) Pitch imp

Trans. Linn.S oc.SeR.2.Bor.Vou.1.Pu. 52.

CHEILANTHES ALBO-MARGINATA, C2C~arée.

= AM Cockerill del et lith.

TRANS. LINN. Soc. SER. 2.Bor.VoL.lPr.53.

Fitch imp.

PTERIS QUADRIAURITA, Zesz. Ver KHASIANA.

E SE MEC aU iln 0
p

Trans. Linn. Soc. SER.2. Bor. Von Pu.54 :

PTERIS GREVILLEANA, Wad oa

Trans. Linn. Soc. Sen? Boa Vor! Pr.55

Fitch amp

PTERIS QUADRI-AURITA, Zæz. Ver BLUMEANA, Agardh.

~

` RN

CBClarke. Trans. Linn. Soc. BER.Z.Bor.Vor I. Dr, EE

H
L
So 5
et cue D

1 PTERIS SUBINDIVISA, £ZZZaz4e.
2. ASPLENIUM PEKINENSE, zzz.

Fitch imp.

XN oi ve

TEP A n
UN ee oh
> :

Y Ñ > We
IE BS T
NAUN oa 5
LENE Vs
y
SSO We
CFT VINE Me
V NS
A LE
SOON, OY
TATE
Die vá
=

GIVI) PS
x

UNS
EEN, c n 9888
V d
: N d
antis f) andes

Trans Low Boc SEr.2.Bor. VoL 1. P1 57

Eu
SU
Q
Ser
"
xU QUSS
2 Ü
e ry
en PI
S e
cy \Y)
^ AX
be A di
Q yy Do de
7
"d OV Gre,
S
À

a

CBClarke

DC esch WO i i
FS N Vd D SËCH Lë, 5
ep NOD - a E MONA TA ES
SOUL UES Ben e EC Ae 1 E
\ EU GE
ot SN a ëch NIMM
STOUR Sé DEM, ! ec A | ANUS
inn nouo AN MW
att) | : D i}
SPO 70) 000 X eu h Y d
Nd | SC? KT
SEU, Dn, NET Y AA
GE sg OW
EEN AAS GG, n N K UN ^
d^ ; fa". v A 20 y
3 RR NS SQ

o 2 A
re matt

br.

z
e
Ke
D
ES
Q
=
a
$
N
T
3
3
SS
o
uU)
a
bd
=
<
=
E
Z
Ej
=
EN
Ge
<

—

E.
Fitch imp

ci

M

QUSS BAM 2

eto

Ne 3
Se 5.
» A

Trans.Linn.Soc.SeR2Z Bor Vor I.Pr.58.

2 U
e AN
xx. 4

Y SS qw fer
2-37] 2 Ve aE

EE ZU

STC | MeV TUE
Wis A N iu D RF nk S

ASPLENIUM FILIX-F(E MINA, ZerzZ. Var PECTINATA.

$^ AN à f
à 4 ? zs A d
| "zd SO
e BY T

EN Ge
AE TEM GE

Ai
EE, e?
BA `
NS VN 2
GE GE
U ` 4
a : d

AY A oar ki
2

Nat. size.
%
-
KE

Fitch imp.

o
t£»
3
3
LI
H N
o Ñ
pa
e :
: » less \ $
Kei i ha
| 8 d
o Div Dei | 2
K 3
S ; ES
g^ oO
d E
à M : RS z
< «D
e S 2272777 "e nm
E^ INe N 7 | Ke
s a UU E A
S = N a SE
Ü eg? ` Sc? St
Res 00, mv d L Sz as
pee” ^ D d yp’ SA) j s ei
o 7795 GET, | e
AA : H
7 T "a | S =)
E EA E
«m
des
Sas
EK
e

LASPLENIUM FILIX-F(EMINA

D
ei
e
e
m
HE

AM Cockerill Ad a kith 2.

CBClarke. Traws.Linn.Soc. Szr.2. Bor. Vor, I.Pr.60.

AMCockerill Lej ASPLENIUM FILIX-F(EMINA, Bern’. Var FLABELLULATA, CA are

Fitch imp

C.B.Clarke.

Trans. Linn. Soc. Ser.2.Bor. Vor I Pr. 8l.

ASPLENIUM FILIX-F @ MINA, Bernd. Var POLYSPORA, CBClarke
Zernh. Var PARASNATHENSIS, C2Clarke. Fitch imp.

i is

AN Cockerill del. et lith.

KN

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. 495

Himalaya, from East Kashmir to Bhotan, alt. 5000-12,000 feet, very common.
. Here are collected all the Himalayan forms that are at least 3-pinnate, except the
low-level A. Filix-feemina, var. pectinatum. The form figured by Beddome is the least
divided form, which, I fear, is only arbitrarily separated from the most divided form of
A. macrocarpum, called A. decipiens by Mett. Wallich’s typical plant is 4-pinnate sub-
5-pinnatifid, the ultimate segments narrow, sharply toothed.

Var. foliosa, Wall. Cat. 359, partly, not as to type sheet. Rhachis often very red and
waved, glandular in the axis of the pinnze; ultimate segments broader than in the
type; sori small. (Pl. LXII. fig. 2.)

Frequent at high levels in Sikkim and Nepaul.—Oblong or triangular in outline.

Var. spheropteroides. Involucre small, early disappearing ; sori both lateral and ter-
minal on the veins, becoming soon globose, often appearing elevated from the frond.
(Pl. LXII. fig. 1.)

: Throughout the Himalaya, alt. 9000—13,000 feet, very common.—I include here a
number of forms which I have distributed under the names spAeropteroides, rubricaulis,
and Andersoni. A. spheropteroides type is often 6-8 feet high, triangular in outline,
the lowest pinnz 2 feet, the quaternary pinne oblong, hardly lobed or pinnatifid.
Sir W. J. Hooker had a specimen of this in over-ripe fruit, which he marked “ Davallia
an Spheropteris sp. 2?” There are small 3-pinnate examples which, having gathered
from the same tufts, I know to be varieties of this. There are other forms with the sori
large, ultimately covering the whole lower surface of the frond; on one of these Col.
Beddome has noted “ vix 4. fimbriatum.” Ihave another very large compound plant,
finely cut, with smaller sori and more persistent involucres, which connects A. sphero-
pteroides with the type. Pl. LXII. fig. 1 is taken from a very small example of
the var. spheropteroides. isis | |

Subgenus V. Pseud-Allantodia. Veins free. Involucres oblong or subquadrate, not
curved in age, rarely placed back to back, not dehiscing from the outer edge, but
breaking up from the middle of the back irregularly. (Differs from genus Allan-
todia by the free veins.) |

38. A. PROCERUM, Wall. Cat. 2203. Rhizome very shortly creeping; stipe muricate,

eri yellowish ; frond large, 3-4-pinnate, herbaceous, green; primary pinne 1-2 feet;
ultimate pinne pinnatifid 1 or 3 to the midrib into oblong crenate, scarcely serrate
lobes; veins in the lobes often forked; sori short, oblong, mostly in two rows, near
the midrib of the ultimate pinne and parallel thereto; involucre delicate.— 4. um-
brosum, var: procerum, Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. (2nd ed.). (Pl. LXIII. fig. 1.)

Himalaya, from Kumaon to Bhotan, alt. 4000-8000 feet, very common. Assam,

Khasia, alt. 3000-6000 feet, very common.

A most abundant Sikkim and Khasia fern, remarkably constant in character. It is
ho use quoting synonyms for it, as I arrange the material in the Kew Herbarium
bundles differently from Baker. Col. Beddome has marked it “ Athyrium aspidioides ? ;

SECOND SERIES.—BOTANY, VOL. I. Lag i A 3Y ;

496 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.

but the involucre is totally different as from all forms of 4. australe, Brack. A. pro-
cerum is perhaps nearest 4. multicaudatum, in which the involucres are not allantodioid,
and which has a wide-creeping root; the sori are differently placed also. "A Madeira
form of A. umbrosum, A. Smith, has the sori allantodioid, but the cutting of tho frond is
totally unlike that of 4. procerum. `

Var. Mishmica. Ultimate segments more approximate than in the typical A. procerum ;
sori small, in two rows near the midrib of the segments.

Mishmee, Griffith. Khasia and Sikkim, alt. 1000 feet, C. B. Clarke.—Involucre
allantodioid, not rarely diplazioid; veins in the ultimate segments often forked.

39. A. BELLUM, C. B. Clarke. Stipes tufted, from a caudex sometimes standing a foot
out of the ground; stipe muricate, reddish, with long lanceolate chestnut scales at
the base; frond large, sub-3-pinnate; primary pinne 1-2 feet; tertiary pinnæ (seg-
ments) oblong crenate serrate, hardly pinnatifid; veins rarely forked; sori short,
oblong, not very close to the midrib.— Aspidium marginatum, Wall. Cat. 391, partly.
(Pl. LXIII. fig. 2.)

Sikkim and Bhotan, alt. 1000-5000 feet, frequently collected and very many times
seen, C. B. Clarke. Khasia, alt. 4000 feet, Cherra, Sir J. D. Hooker.

Sir J. D. Hooker marked his specimen Gymnosphera gigantea; it has been removed
to Asplenium by Baker without providing any name for it. The cutting and venation
greatly resemble that of Alsophila glabra, and the sori are subquadrate ; but the invo-
lucre bursting at the back the sori as they ripen appear in a Cyatheoid hyposorous
involucre, which, however, is boat-shaped instead of hemispherical. The tertiary pinnze
(though not quite free themselves) are sometimes subpinnatifid when the veins in them
are subpinnate (as in similar cases in all ferns): these examples look different from the
type, but I have cut them from the same caudex.

| Subgenus VI. Diplazium. Veins free. Involueres linear or oblong, not or very `
slightly eurved, some placed back to back, dehiseing from their outer edge.

* Fronds simple, entire or nearly so.

40. A. LANCEUM, Thunb. Fl. Japon. 333; Ic. Pl. Japon. Dec. ii. t. 8. -Rootstock wiry,
creeping, with small, linear, black scales; stipes manifest, not crowded; frond
narrow-lanceolate or linear entire.—Hook. Sp. Fil. iii. 235; Mett Farngatt. Aspl.
161; Benth. Fl. Hongk. 451; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 229. A. subsinuatum, Wall.
Cat. 199; Hk. & Grev. Ic. Fil. t. 27. Scolopendrium dubium, Don, Prodr. Fl. Nep.
9. Diplazium lanceum, Presl; Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 227, not of Boryjin
Bélanger Voy. Bot. Crypt. 37, t. iv.

. Assam and North-east Bengal, alt. 500-5000 feet, not very common ; NODE to
Chittagong, C. B. Clarke, and to East Nepanl, Wallich; —Distrib. agin (hints, For-
mosa, Japan,

Frond variable in length, but not much in breadth—from 3 by Zi in. to 12 by tis in

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. 497

** Fronds 1-pinnate, not 2-pinnate except in A. japonicum, var.

41. A. BANTAMENSE, Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 231. Rootstock creeping, as thick as a
goose-quill; stipe with lanceolate caducous scales; pinne on each side the main
rhachis 3-6, usually all free, alternate or not rarely subopposite, rhomboid rounded
or acute at base, entire or crenate-serrate towards the apex.— A. alternifolium, Mett.

. Fil. Hort. Lips. 75, t. 12. figs. 1, 2, and in Ann. Mus. Lugd. Bat. ii. 237; Hook. Fil.
Exot. t. 17, Sp. Fil. iii. 239. 4. fraxinifolium, Wall. Cat. 194; Hook. Sp. Fil. iii.
240, 2nd Cent. Ferns, t. 19; Benth. Fl. Hongk. 454, partly. A. Donianwm, Mett.
Farngatt. Aspl 177. .4. Hookerianum, Wall. Cat. 7090, not of Wall. Cat. 2682,
nor of Colenso. Diplazium alternifolium and bantamense, Blume, Enum. Pl. Jay.
Fil 190,191. D. fraxinifolium, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Indi t. 69; the syn. A. elegans

to be excluded everywhere.

Khasia; alt. 4000 feet, frequent. Cachar, alt. 500 feet, Sir J. D. dicken R. L. Keenan.
Chittagong, alt. 200 feet, C. B. Clarke.—Distrib. Tinnevelly; Malay Peninsula and
Islands ; South China.

The Aneiteum examples have the pinnæ meine and Gerten a bud on the
rhachis at the base of the penultimate pinna: this is Wallich’s 4. fraxinifolium. The
pinnz are often subopposite in Indian examples; the penultimate bud I have only
once found.—Diplazium falcatum, Don, Prodr. Fl. Nep. 13, from the description seems
the present fern, but there is no authentic example; and 4. dantamense is not otherwise
known from the Himalayas, so that it is not likely that Wallich collected it so far west
as i This is, I believe, the only authority for the locality Himalayas.

42. À. Tveim, Hook. 2nd Cent. Ferns, t. 17, Sp. Fil iii. 244. Coriaceous, upper-
most pinnz coalescing, or the terminal pinnz more or less pinnatifid ; lateral pinnze
5-12, on either side the main rhachis free, serrate or subentire.—A. pinnatifido-
pinnatum, Hook. Sp. Fil. iii. 238; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 281. Diplazium pinna-

tifido-pinnatum, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 244.

Mishmee, Griffith; four fronds apparently collected on one occasion.—~Distrib. Hong-
kong, Java.

The Java frond is 18 in., with 12 free pinne on either side the main rhachis. The
Hongkong fronds are 4-6 in., with 5-6 free pinnae on either side the main rhachis.
Griffith’s examples are halfway between the two; and the same fern beyond doubt as
mine, As to the long pinnatifid terminal pinna insisted on by Sir W. J. Hooker, two
of Griffith’s fronds do not show it.—This is very near 4. sylvaticum, which has more
numerous herbaceous pinns, crenate or very slightly pinnatifid into obtuse lobes,
rather than serrate. Bentham’s description of 4. sylvaticum, in Fl. Hongk. 452, seems
intended to cover the examples since referred to 4. Lobbianum.

43. A. SYLVATICUM, Presl, Rel. Haenk. i. 42, excl. var. B. Stipes nearly naked; frond
a eg pinnz numerous, horizontal, the upper scarcely pinnatifid, the

lowest pinnatifid } rarely 3 the distance to the midrib ; sori linear, many diplazioid.—
3Y 2

498 MR. €. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.

Mett. Farngatt. Aspl. 179, partly; Hook. Sp. Fil. iii. 248; Benth. Fl. Austral. vii.
750; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 232. A. acuminatum, Wall. Cat. 205; cf. Mett. in
Ann. Mus. Lugd. Bat. ii. 238. A. elatum, Mett, Farngatt. Aspl. 180. Diplazium
sylvaticum, Schk. Krypt. Gew. 80, t. 85 b; Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 161, Ferns
Brit. Ind. t. 243. Anisogonium sylvaticum, Hk. & Bauer, Gen. Fil. t. 56 B.

Sylhet Station, alt. 100 feet, Jaintea, Jarain, alt. 4000 feet, C. B. Clarke.—Distrib.
Nilgherries and Ceylon; Malay Peninsula and Islands and South China, Mauritius
(Central Africa, America, Polynesia ?).

My fronds are typical specimens, i. e. they resemble exactly single pinne of 4. latifo-
lium, Don; they are attached to the caudex, and are very fully fruiting. Wallich’s ex-
ample, marked by his hand Æ. soboliferum, is exactly the same thing, from Chappedong
Hill, in Birma; but the number on the ticket (viz. 1670) is wrong, and the reference of
the specimen to A. porrectum, Wall. (Hook. Sp. Fil. iii. 251), seems unusually wide of the
mark. This fern appears to me only to be fronds from the young caudex (not young
fronds) of A. latifolium; G. W. Cat. Ferns Ceylon, 5, appears to distinguish between
such 1-pinnate fronds and 4. sylvaticum; but I do not know how he does it. As to
Diplazium bulbiferum, Brack. U.S. Explor. Ferns, t. 18. fig. 1, it may he either this or
A. japonicum, if these two can be kept distinct.

44. A. TOMENTOSUM, Hook. Sp. Fil. iii. 249, not of Mett. Caudex 1-2 in., erect from
the ground, sending down very wiry black roots; main rhachis pubescent, not
tomentose ` pinnze narrow-oblong, falcate, usually auricled at base on the upper
margin, entire, or in large fronds pinnatifid halfway to the midrib; sori long, often
reaching nearly to the margin —Hk. & Baker, Sp. Fil. 234. A. soboliferum, Wall.
Cat. 201, type sheet. Diplazium tomentosum, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 195.

Khasia, Griffith (one example).—Distrib. Burma, Malay Peninsula.

This species here: stands, as Mr. Baker has left it, on its non-creeping rhizome. Bed-
dome’s figure is excellent. On the same caudex are many short-stiped fronds, with sub-
entire pinnæ, and often a few long-stiped fronds with pinne pinnatifid halfway down.
The Indian type is not exactly that of Diplazium tomentosum, Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav.
Fil. 192; the authentic specimen of which (does not show the rhizome, and may therefore
be another species, and) has the pinne pinnatifid to the rhachis nearly, and the main
rhachis very villous, subtomentose.—The fern of Griffith’s referred by Fée to his Asplenium
argutans (Gen. Fil. 194, See Mém. 53) is 4. tomentosum, Hook.; but it probably has
nothing to do with the Bourbon plant, which is Fée's type of 4. argutans.—The type
specimens of Wallich have a rooting penultimate bud.

45. A. JAPONICUM, Thunb. Fl. Jap. 334. Rhizome creeping; main rhachis glabrous or
pubescent; pinne alternate or subopposite, pinnatifid halfway or nearly the whole
way to the rhachis into obtuse lobes; veins all simple, or some forked; sori linear,
commencing near the midrib, falling short of the margin.—Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. —
294. A. Schkurii, Hook. Sp. Fil. iii. 251, not of Mett., nor of Thwaites. A.ambi- —

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. 499

guum, Schk. Krypt. Gew. t. 75, not t. 75 b. A. decussatum, Wall. Cat. 2208.
A. Thwaitesii, A. Braun; Mett. Farngatt. Aspl. 183; Hook. 2nd Cent. Ferns, t. 45,
Sp. Fil. iii. 250; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 235. .4. tomentosum, Mett. Farngatt.
Aspl. 182, not of Hook. A. lasiopteris, Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 235. Diplazium
Schkuhrii, Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 230 (not quite Asplenium Schkuhrii of Thwaites
and Baker). D. Thwaitesii, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 291. D lasiopteris, Kunze ;
Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 160. D. bulbiferum, Brack. U.S. Explor. Ferns, t. 18.
fig. 2 (but the names under the two ferns figured in this plate have perhaps been
transposed).

North-west Himalaya; Nepaul, Wallich; Nynee Tal, Edgeworth, H. C. Levinge;
Kangra, Edgeworth; Kumaon, Strachey and Winterbottom. Khasia; alt. 3000 feet,
abundant, C. B. Clarke. Chittagong; alt. 200 feet, common, C. B. Clarke.— Distrib.
South India and Ceylon, Burma, Malaya, China, Japan, Polynesia.

The distribution and varieties of this fern are puzzling. The North-west Himalayan
plant is the same as the typical South-Indian; no other North-Indian examples except
these three sheets exist at Kew; but the fern is abundant in East Bengal, whence I
have brought in large quantity two Khasi and two Chittagong forms. All these North-
Indian forms have a distinctly creeping rhizome, and are (in my judgment) trifling
varieties (except var. chattagramica). They vary much in size and hairiness: the
ordinary Khasi and Chittagong plant is very glabrous; the 2nd Khasi form has the
rhachis pubescent, and is altogether more hairy than 4. tomentosum, Hook. ; it has been
distributed by me as A. tomentosum, Hook., erroneously. Small forms of this much
resemble A. grammitoides, Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. (ed. 2), 491.

Var. chattagramica. Frond 2-pinnate; some of the secondary pinnz subpetioled ; sori
reaching to the edge, but not commencing from the midrib. (Pl. LXIV. fig. 1.)

Kasalong, Chittagong Hills, €. B. Clarke.—Mr. Baker is not willing to place this
under A. japonicum; but I feel sure, from its variation, that it belongs here. As to
the nearly allied forms I may mention, in passing :—

(Var. ?) Schkuhrii, (sp.) Thwaites; Hk. & Baker Syn. Fil. (ed. 2), 491, excl. the figure
of Bedd. quoted. Large, compound ; the secondary pinnze 3 in., deeply pinnatifid.
—D. decurrens, Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 229. :

Cachar, R. L. Keenan. | |

A. polyrrhizon, Hk. & Baker, Sp. Fil. (ed. 2), 490, only differs from A. japonicum in
having a non-creeping rhizome. Beddome (Ferns Brit. Ind. Suppl. p. 12) doubts if this
distinction can be relied on: I share his doubts. (A. polyrrhizon does not approach 4.
tomentosum, Hook.)

Diplazium malaccense, Presl; Fée, Gen. Fil. 213, t. 176. The authentic specimen of
this is the tip of a very large pinna of D. latifolium, Don.

Asplenium Schkuhrii, Mett. Farngatt. Aspl. 182. The authentic specimen marked by
Mettenius’s hand is 4. sylvaticum.
^^ Diplazium speciosum, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 290, is said by Beddome to be equal to

*

500 -MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.

Aspl. acwminatum, Wall., and the figure appears made therefrom. This Aspl. acuminatum,
Wall., I cannot separate from A. sylvaticum. But the authentic example of Diplazium
speciosum, Blume, differs considerably from 4. acuminatum, Wallich, and appears a good
species. At all events A. acuminatum, Wall., should be attached to A. sylvaticum rather
than to A. mme? |

46. A. Sronrczk m, C. B. Clarke. Caudex very stout, erect, stipes below densely clothed
with linear scales 1-1 in.; pinne 2-6 by 1-1 in., caudate, regularly pinnatifid
nearly to the rhachis; sori ohai or linika riots not produced to the margin of
the frond.— 4. marginatum, Wall. Cat. 209, type sheet partly, not of Linn. A.sorzo-
gonense, Hook. Sp. Fil. iii. 252, partly; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 236, partly, not of
Presl and Mett. . Diplazium sorzogonense, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 246. D. Sto-
licske, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. Suppl. 13, t. 361.

Himalaya, alt. 7000—10,000 feet, from Nepaul to Bhotan, in large quantity and gre-
garious around Darjeeling.

My examples show a greater Biflécéhos in width of pinna than do Beddome's figures
of A. sorzogonense and Stolicehe.—A. sorzogonense, Presl, is founded on Cuming’s No.
301 (see also Mett. Farngatt. Aspl. 185), a Luzon plant; it is exactly =A. parallelum,
Wall. Cat. 228, from Penang and Malacea. This is a thoroughly tropical fern, the pinnæ
not caudate, the segments obtuse, the sori long, reaching quite to the margin. There
is an example of the true A. sorzogonense marked * Khasia, Griffith," but without
any original ticket. -I suspect Griffith collected this at Malaeca.—The Javan A. sorzo-
gonense, referred to the Luzon plant by Mettenius, differs again somewhat, but may
belong; it certainly does not approach the Sikkim A. Stoliczhe.—A. sorzogonense
B. majus, Hook. (Sp. Fil. iii. 252), Hk. & Baker (Syn. Fil. 236), differs totally.— A.
polymorphum, Wall. Cat, 230,.is greatly mixed in the mounting; the Kew Herb. sheet
contains a frond of 4. Stoliceke, and another not A. polymorphum. T

3 Fonds RAEREIS or more compound.

47. A. TORRENTIUM, C. B. Clarke. Catdex erect; stipes nearly glabrous; frond 6-18
in., 2-pinnate very irregularly cut ; secondary pinne 1-2 in., pinnatifid 3-3 the way
to the midrib ; sori long ; involucre early disappearing. (Pl. LXIV. figs. 2, pe

Sikkim, alt. 1500-5000 feet, ©. B. Clarke. |

Collected on several oceasions, always on the margins of torrents, goe the caudex
stands, from sand between rocks, often several inches out of the ground. The most
marked feature in this fern is the very fugacious involucre; I long supposed it a
Gymnogramme. It is possible that it is a form of A. latifolium, Don, growing irregu-
larly in an abnormal situation. The secondary pinnæ vary greatly in size, and in the
degree to which they are developed. -

48. A. SIKKIMENSE, C. B. Clarke. Primary pinne 2 feet, resembling tes ing A. = :

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. 501.

polypodioides, but the ultimate segments longer; rhachis of the primary pinna
rough with small short scales; secondary pinne eut down nearly to the rhachis
into close, oblong, regular obtuse segments, their rhachises pubescent not squamose;
segments 4-2 in., crenate-serrate not pinnatifid; veins mostly forked, microscopi-
cally pilose ; involucres very short, in two oblique rows quite close to the rhachis of

the segment. (Pl. LXV. fig. 1.)

Sikkim, Sir J. D. Hooker; alt. 500 feet near the Teesta, C. B. Clarke.

This fern has been placed with <Allantodia sylvatica, Blume, has been further named
A. brevisorum, has been then, with Blume's plant, reduced to A. wmbrosum, J. Smith.
I doubt its being the same with .4. sylvaticum, Blume; I am quite sure that it is not
closely connected with the Himalayan .4. wmbrosum (A. procerum, Wall.); and I can
find no other example of 4. wmbrosum at Kew approaching it. In 4. sikkimense a few
involueres are diplazioid, all open from the outer edge, ?. e. are not allantodioid. If the
species is not good, I think it must be added as a var. to A. polypodioides.

49. A. PoLyPODIOIDES, Mett, Hort. Fil. Lips. 78. Caudex stout, erect, standing out of
the ground; fronds large, ovate, 2-pinnate; secondary pinne 2-4 in., cut down
nearly to the rhachis; segments 1-3 in., short-oblong, obtuse, patent nearly at
right angles to the rhachis, entire or crenate-serrate not pinnatifid ; veins forked or
simple; involucres in two oblique rows in the segments, linear little curved, com-
mencing near the midrib, rarely extending to the margin.—Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil.
238; Benth. Fl. Austral. vii. 751. A. polymorphum, Wall. Cat. 230, in part.
Diplazium polypodioides, Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 194; Carr. in Fl. Viti. 357;
Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 293, not Ferns South. Ind. t. 163. -

Himalaya, alt. 2000-9000 feet, from Kashmir to Bhotan, very common. Khasia, alt.
2000-6000 feet, very common.—Distrib. Mts. of South. India and Ceylon, Malay Penin-
. gula and Islands, Australia.

Caudex sometimes making a trunk 3-4 feet high.

Var. 1. typica. Stipe and main rhachis glabrous.

This is the type of Blume, also in Australia and Ceylon, common in the Himalaya.
A Himalayan example of this with linear sori is in the Herbarium marked Allantodia

sylvatica, Blume, fide Mett.
Var. 2. vestita. Stipe and main rhachis often also the partial rhachises paleaceous, as

well as villous subtomentose.
This var. seems confined to the Central Himalaya ; a large form.
Var. 3. sublatifolia. Ultimate segments larger ; sori longer, often curved.
North-western Himalaya, alt. 3000-7000 feet.—This series of plants distinctly
approaches 4. latifolium.

Var. 4. effusior. Segments of the secondary pinne larger,
them subpinnated, and the sori not in two. rows but often long.

Sikkim, Dr. Jerdon; Hast Nepaul, Sir J. D. Hooker.

pinnatifid, hence the veins in

502 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.

The South-Indian A. asperum (Diplazium of Blume and Beddome) does not occur in
North India; Mr. Baker considers it a var. of 4. polypodioides.

50. A. MULTICAUDATUM, Wall. Cat. 229. Rhizome creeping; frond 11-3 feet, ovate,
glabrous, 2-pinnate; secondary pinne pinnatifid nearly to the rhachis, their seg-
ments oblique to the rhachis, again serrate or subpinnatifid; involucres oblong or
subquadrate near the rhachis, but few diplazioid.— 4. Griffithii, Hk. & Baker, Syn.
Fil. 239. 4. spectabile, Wall. Cat. 237 4. Diplazium Griffithii and Jerdoni, Bedd.
Ferns Brit. Ind. tt. 327, 328. Athyrium multicaudatum and Griffithii, Bedd. Ferns
Brit. Ind. Suppl. p. 12. :

Himalaya, alt. 1000-5000 feet ; from Nepaul to Bhotan, common. Khasia, alt. 1000-
5000 feet, common. Chittagong; alt. 200-2000 feet, frequent, C. B. Clarke.

Well separated from the neighbouring forms by its creeping root ; the secondary pinn:e.
also are often caudate.—There are examples marked by Col. Beddome A. Jerdoni in
the Kew Herbarium which seem to me (and to Mr. Baker) identical with Wallich’s 4.
multicaudatum.—The fern is mixed in Herbaria with 4. (Pseudallantodia) bellum (no.
39, above), which it resembles somewhat in cutting; but it is really more allied (by its
non-allantoid sori) with A. australe, Brack.

Var. tristis. Fronds small, solitary, and distant; cutting lax irregular; sori scattered
irregular.
Khasia, alt. 4000 feet, Griffith, C. B. Clarke. —A frequent Khasi plant, possibly a
distinct species, but I can lay hold of no distinctive character.

51. A. suCCULENTUM, C. B. Clarke. Rhizome creeping; frond 6-10 feet, succulent ;
secondary pinnz 4—6 in., cut down to an undulate winged rhachis; segments # in.,

undulate crenate or scarcely serrate; sori much as in A. latifolium, but shorter.
and smaller. (Pl. LXIV. fig. 4.) .

Darjeeling, alt. 7000 feet, C. B. Clarke ; once collected.

Possibly a var. of A. latifolium, Don; but besides the creeping root, it has a cutting
not like that of any of the numerous forms of A. latifolium. Ihave shown my specimens
to many of the most experienced Indian pteridologists, but no one would ever hazard a
name for this. Major Henderson thinks, in R of its PE size, that its true write

is with A. japonicum. e

52. A. LATIFOLIUM, Don, Prodr. Fl. Nep. 8. Caudex large, erect; fronds Sg ovate,
2-pinnate, secondary pinne 1-6 in., oblong-lanceolate, those in the upper part of
the frond often subentire, those in the lower part pinnatifid 4-2 the way down to
the rhachis, very rarely more deeply ; sori very long, lower often curved and dipla-
zioid.—Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 239. 4. dilatatum, Hook. Sp. Fil. iii. 258 altogether.
A. diversifolium, Wall. Cat. 208. A. polymorphum, Wall. Cat. 280 A. A. maximum,
Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 239, exclud. the syn. Bedd.; Benth. Fl. Austral. vii. 751;

(not of Don ?). Diplazium dilatatum, Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 194 ; Redde. Ferns
South Ind. t. 192.

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. 503

Himalaya, alt. 2000-9000 feet ; from Kashmir to Bhotan very common. Khasia, alt.
1000-5000 feet; common. Chittagong, alt. 200 feet, C. B. Clarke.—Distrib. South
India and Ceylon, Burma, Malay Peninsula and Islands, China, Philippines, Australia.

Beddome states (Ferns Brit. Ind. Suppl. p. 13) that he found the Kew bundle of
A. maximum (a Fern that has always puzzled botanists in India) to consist of a mixture
of A. latifolium with A. decurrens: I concur. What 4. maximum, Don, Prodr. Fl. Nep.
8, may have been can only be guessed ; but from Don’s description of the sori I should
guess it to have been A. polypodioides.—Beddome's A. decurrens (Ferns South. Ind.
t. 229) is sent me by Thwaites, named 4. Schkuhrii: itis A. Schkuhrii, Thwaites, Hk.
& Baker, Syn. Fil. (2nd ed.) 491, excluding the syn. Bedd.; but it is not 4. Sehkuhrii,
Hook. Sp. Fil. iii. 251, Hk. & Baker, Sp. Fil. 235, which is Diplazium Schkuhrii, Bedd.
Ferns South. Ind. t. 230. "There are here 3 plants :—

a. japonicum, with 1-pinnate fronds.

8. decurrens, with 2-pinnate fronds, a secondary pinna of this resembling a primary
pinna of 4. japonicum.

y. dilatatum, with 2-pinnate fronds, secondary pinne very large.

How A. arborescens, Mett., and several others are distinguishable from A. latifolium
I do not see.

Var. frondosa. Involucres very early disappearing; the plant frequently supposed a
Gymnogramme ; cutting slightly but invariably unlike the typical 4. dilatatum.

North-west Himalaya to Sikkim.— This is the real 4. frondoswm, Wall. type, which he
afterwards arranged as a var. of A. polymorphum, Wall. Cat. 230. The sori are often
shorter and straight, and become very thick, almost covering the segments in full fruit.

Subgenus VII. Anisogoniwm. Veins copiously anastomosing. Involucres linear or
oblong, many placed back to back, dehiscing from their outer edge.

53. A. HETEROPHLEBIUM, Mett.; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 243. Stipes tufted, frond 1-
pinnate.—Anisogonium heterophlebium, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 329.

East Nepaul to Mishmee; alt. 4000-6000 feet; frequent in Sikkim.

54. A. ESCULENTUM, Presl Rel. Henk. i. 45. Nearly always bipinnate; sori linear,
-parallel.—Hook. Sp. Fil. iii. 268; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 245; Benth. Fl. Hongk.
452. A. bipinnatum, Roxb. in Cale. Journ. Nat. Hist. iv. 499. A. pubescens and
Moritzii, Mett. Fil. Hort. Lips. t. 11. figs. 3, 4. Diplazium malabaricum, Spreng. ;
Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 193. D. esculentum, Swartz; Carr. in Fl. Viti. 356.
Hemionitis esculenta, Retz. Obs. vi. 28. Anisogoniwm esculentum and serampurense,
Presl, Tent. Pterid. 116. Digrammaria ambigua, Hk. & Bauer, Gen. Fil. t. 56c
(Pof Presl). Callipteris esculenta, J. Smith; Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 164.

Bengal Plain, very common ; Hindoosthan, much less common. Common at the base
of the hills, but rarely ascends 1000 feet.—Distrib. South India and Ceylon, Malay

Peninsula and Islands, China.
Young plants sometimes produce 1-pinnate fronds,

SECOND SERIES.— BOTANY, VOL. I. 32

504 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.

Subgenus VIII. Hemedictywm. Veins anastomosing obliquely towards the margin of
the frond. Involucres linear or oblong, dehiscing from their outer edge, none
placed back to back.

55. A. CgTERACH, Linn. Sp. Pl. 1538. Fronds linear, pinnatifid (or scarcely pinnate) into
obtuse lobes, densely covered with brown-red scales beneath.—H ook. Sp. Fil. iii. 273,
Brit. Ferns, t. 36; Hk. & Baker, Sp. Fil. 245. Grammitis Ceterach, Swartz, Syn.
Fil. 23. Ceterach officinarum, Willd.; Hk. & Bauer, Gen. Fil. t. 1134; Milde, Fil.
Europ. 94; Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 71. Scolopendrium Ceterach, Engl. Bot.
t. 1244. Hemidictyum Ceterach, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. Suppl. p. 13, but not
admitted by Presl.

Kashmir, alt. 3000-6000 feet; not common. North-West India, Hdgeworth.—Distrib.
Afghanistan, Western Asia, North-west Africa, Europe.

The Indian plant is identical with the English form, and has no tendency towards the
Macaronesian Ceterach aureum, Link. The striations of the cell-walls of the pales is
marked in this form aureum and easily seen ; buta similar, though less complete, striation
can be made out in the pales of 4. Ceterach type with a 1-inch and oblique light.

56. A. FiNLAYSONIANUM, Hook. Sp. Fil. iii. 271 (syn. excl), not of Wall. Tufted,
pinnate rarely simple, glabrous or nearly so; pinne often irregularly sparingly
lobed, or the terminal pinna rhomboidal; texture leathery ; the veins more obscure
and wider apart than in 4. macrophyllum.—Hook. Ic. Pl. t. 937; Hk. & Baker,
Syn. Fil. 245. A. Hookerianum, Wall. Cat. 2682, not of Wall. Cat. 7090, nor of
Colenso. Hemidictyon Finlaysonianum, Moore; Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 72.

North and East Bengal, with Assam; alt. 0-3000 feet, very common, especially in the
lower Khasi valleys.—Distrib. Malay Re

Often producing rooting buds from the midribs of the pinnz near their apex. Variable
in size ; frond usually 1 foot, sometimes 3-4 feet; 8 feet noted by Sir J. D. Hooker; not
rarely Fédubed to 14-6 in., quite simple and eee whole of Wall. Cat. 191 (A.
Finlaysonianum, Wall.) in the large paper set is 4. macrophyllum, as Moore has found
out long ago; there is no admixture whatever. Wallich first named A. macrophyllum
as A. integerrimum, which is figured by Hk. & Grev. Ic. Fil. t. 136. Wallich originally
named our present Fern Aspleniwm Hookerianum, Wall. Cat. 2682; but unfortunately
he subsequently issued the very different Asplenium bantamense under the name A.
Hookerianum, Wall. Cat. 7090.—The question will arise whether we are not bound to
take up the name of 4. Hookerianum, Wall, for this plant: I trust not. As Wallich
issued two different plants under the name 4. Hookerianum, I think we may pin him
down to whichever is now most convenient, and maintain that A. Hookerianum, Wall., is

our A. bantamense and that Wallich did not mean our 4. Finlaysonianum to be named
A. Hookerianum,

26. ALLANTODIA, Wall. coe PN
Veins ge Involucre oblong, along the imc veins, breaking up regu = :

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. 505

larly on the back, not dehiscing along an edge.—This differs from Asplenium sect. Anisogo-
nium and Hemidictyum by the sori breaking up on the back, from Asplenium sect. Pseud-
allantodia by thereticulated veins. But itis difficult to see why it should be retained as à
genus while such sections are made subgenera of Asplenium. One fine specimen collected
by W. S. Atkinson in Sikkim has most of the involucres allantodioid, but a few distinctly
diplazioid, i. e. placed back to back and both opening by a clean dehiscence from the edge

remote from the vein.

1. A. JAVANICA, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. Suppl p. 13. Tufted; frond 1-4 feet; lower
pinne often opposite.—A. Brunoniana, Wall. Pl. As. Rar. i. 44, t. 52; Hk. & Bauer,
Gen. Fil. t. 1204; Hook. Sp. Fil. iii. 275; Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 159; Hk. &
Baker, Syn. Fil. 246. Asplenium javanicum, Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 175. A.
reticulatum, Wall. Cat. 188. A. Brunonianwm, Mett. Farngatt. Aspl. 170. Hemi-
dictyum ? Brunonis, Presl, Tent. Pterid. iii. t. 3. figs. 25, 26.

Nepaul to Bhotan, alt. 4000-7000 feet; frequent. Khasia; Mikir Hills, Simons.—

Distrib. Ceylon, Java, Samoa.
97. ACTINIOPTERIS, Link.

Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. Suppl. p. 13. 4. radiata, Link; Hook. Ic. Pl.
erns South. Ind. t. 124; Hk. & Baker, Syn.
orskh. Fl. Ægypt. Arab. 184. A. radiatum,
le, Linn. f. Suppl. 444; Vahl,

1. A. DICHOTOMA,
tt. 975, 976, Sp. Fil. iii. 276; Bedd. F
Fil. 246. Acrostichum dichotomum, F
Roxb. in Cale. Journ. Nat. Hist. iv. 479. A. austra
Symb. i. 84, t. 25. Asplenium australe, Swartz, Syn. Fil. t. 3. fig.1. A. radiatum, .

Swartz; Wall. Cat. 197. Pteris australis, Hk. & Grev. Ic. Fil. t. 8. Pt. radiata,

Mett. Fil. Hort. Lips. t. 15. fig. 6. Acropteris radiata and australis, Link, Hort.
Berol. ii. 56. Blechnum flabellatum and radiatum, Presl, Tent. Pterid. 103.

Base of the North-west Himalaya, alt. 0-2000 feet, in Kumaon and West Nepaul in
the crevices of hot rocks; rare in the Hindoosthan plain, as at Agra, Delhi, and Morada-
bad.—Distrib. South India and Ceylon, Ava, Cabul and Persia, Arabia, Egypt to Angola

and the Zambesi.
98. AsPIDIUM, Swartz.

_ [This is Aspidium, Swartz, only very partially. I follow Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil., here
for convenience of reference, and to avoid printing new names. Aspidiwm (as here
treated) excludes the subgenus Euaspidium itself, and includes those species which
have free or little anastomosing veins, an aspidioid not nephrodioid involucre, and (very
frequently) a coriaceous shining texture and spinulose-serrate margin. |

Subgenus I. Polystichum. Veins all free.

Swartz in Schrad. Journ. 1800, ii. 30. Frond linear, 1-pinnate,

1. A. LONCHITIS,
. tapering at the base; lower pinnee barren, often reduced to auricles; stipe and lower
S 322

506 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.

surface of the frond more or less scaly; pinnsz very close together, auriculate,
falcate, not lobed, coriaceous, shining, spinulose serrate; sori mostly in two rows;
involucre denticulate on the margin.—Schk. Krypt. Gew. t. 29; Hook. Brit. Ferns,
t. 9, Sp. Fil. iv. 8; Milde, Fil Europ. 104; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 250. .Poly-
podium Lonehitis, Linn. Sp. Pl. 1548; Engl. Bot. t. 797. Polystichum Lonchitis,
Roth; Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 128.

Kashmir, Jacquemont; Sonamurg, alt. 11,000 feet, H. C. Levinge.—Distrib. Arctic
and Alpine Europe, Asia, and North America.

The single Himalayan specimen at Kew (Jacquemont’s) has been marked 4. Lonchitis
by Moore; but others have marked it 4. auriculatum. H. C. Levinge’s example is
typical A. Lonchitis.

2. A. LACHENENSE, Hook. Sp. Fil. iv. 8, t. 212. Frond narrowly linear, 1-pinnate ;
stipe long, thick, chestnut-coloured, somewhat succulent; pinnze 3j in., ovate or
ovate-oblong, entire or pinnatifid halfway down, scarcely coriaceous, margin crenate-
serrate, scarcely spinulose; sori 6-10 to a pinna ; involucre slightly denticulate.—
Hk. & Baker, Sp. Fil. 250. Polystichum Lachenense, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 32.

Sikkim, alt. 13,000—16,000 feet; Lachen, Tungu, Samding, Sir J. D. Hooker; alt.
1000—15,000 feet, Jongri to the doas Dr. T. Anderson. E ERE alt. 13,000 feet,
Palgram, C. B. Clarke. |

Rhizome very scaly; stipes very numerous, thick, rising in a dinge: mass. Frondin
the typical specimens 5 by less than 3 in., the lower pinnz remote, but soriferous and
hardly reduced. Stipe scaly, as is the kond beneath more or less. My Kashmir
specimen agrees closely.—There are several loose fronds and scraps of fronds collected
by Jerdon placed together here; if they were cut from one rhizome, they indicate a
passage from 4. Lachenense to A. ilicifolium, Don.

9. A. ATKINSONI, C. B. Clarke. Frond small, linear, 1-pinnate, the base not attenuate ;
stipes thin; pinnæ j-1 in., ovate, entire, coriaceous, sparingly denticulate, sub-
spinulose ; sori 1-3 to each pinna; involucre slightly lobulate. Polystichum
Atkinsoni, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. Suppl. p. 14, t. 362.

. Sikkim; Yakla Pass, alt. 10,000 feet, W. S. Atkinson & C. B. Clarke; Lachen, alt.

10,000 feet, Sir J. D. Hooker. Bhotan, Griffith.

Col. Beddome's picture is rather larger than my examples, which have, some of them,
the frond in good fruit 1 in. long only. This fern has a small rhizome and slender stipes
about as long as the frond, and thus (as well as by its very coriaceous texture) differs
considerably from 4. Lachenense ; W.S. Atkinson originally called it Polystichum ilici-

folium, var. minus and minimum. The rhachis is somewhat scaly, the surface of the frond
beneath but very slightly so (in my examples).

4. A. AURICULATUM, Swartz, Syn. Fil. 44. Frond linear or linear-lanceolate, 1-pinnate,
not attenuated at the base; stipe and lower surface of the frond more or less scaly ;
dime oblong or narrowly Piante auricular, falcate, GERGEN entire or pinn: Hid,

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. 507

or lobed so that the lowest secondary pinna is decurrent but nearly free ; sori mostly
in two rows; involucres small or large, little denticulate——Hook. Sp. Fil. iv. 11;
Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 251. Polypodium auriculatum, Linn. Sp. Pl. 1548.—Burm.
Thes. Zeyl. t. 44. fig. 2. i

India, abundant.

There is no doubt that our 4. auriculatum is the original P. auriculatum, Linn.,
because that is founded on the plate of Burmann. Swartz quotes Linnzus, but also
quotes Sehkuhr; and Schkuhr's plant is made up of one East-Indian and one West-
Indian fern. There is therefore no doubt about the name auriculatum; the doubt is
merely whether Swartz should be given the credit of placing the Linnzan species in its
right genus.

Var. 1. normalis, Hook. Sp. Fil. iv. 11, t. 218; pinns long lanceolate serrate, hardly
spinulose or lobed.—Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 120.

South India and Ceylon.—Not known from Northern India; the single Khasi specimen

referred hither by Sir W. J. Hooker is the common Khasi form of var. cespitosa. :

Var. 2. marginata, Wall. Cat. 366. ^ Pinns ovate-oblong, closely spinulose, hardly
pinnatifid; texture very coriaceous, shining.—Mett. Farngatt. Pheg. & Asp. 39 (sp.) ;
Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. Suppl. t. 363. 4. auriculatum, Don, Prodr. Fl. Nep. 3.

From Kunawur to Bhotan, alt. 7000—10,000 feet, common.—This fern is often marked

A. Lonchitis in Indian collections ; it has a longer stipe, and the frond much less

attenuated at base, the involucre less denticulate. It sometimes has very large invo-

lucres, when it is often marked A. ocellatum, Wall. ; but Wallich seems to have under-
stood by that name principally the large-fruited form of var. lenta.

Var. 3. cespitosa, Wall. Cat. 307. Pinnæ ovate-oblong, margin scarcely spinulose or
serrate, sometimes entire; texture scarcely coriaceous, drying a dark dull green.—
Mett. Farngatt. Pheg. & Asp. 39 (sp.); Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 33; (sp.) Hook.
Sp. Fil. iv. 18, t. 213. 4. obliquum, Don, Prodr. Fl. Nep. 3.

Khasia, alt. 3000-4500 feet, very common. Himalaya, alt. 4000-8000 feet, from
Bhotan to Kunawur.—The Khasi plantis a well-marked type, with the pinnz hardly
serrate; but the North-west forms figured by Beddome show that this var. cannot
well be separated from the last.

Var. 4. lenta, (sp.) Don, Prodr. Fl. Nep. 4. Pinnæ pinnatifid, serrate, usually spinulose,

the lowest segment of the upper limb often nearly free, but decurrent, the remainder

of the pinna much less deeply pinnatifid.—Var. subbipinnata, Hook. Sp. Fil. iv. 11;
Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 136.

Throughout the Himalaya and Khasia, very common, especially in Sikkim, Bhotan,
Khasia; alt. 1500—8000 feet.—A very uniform series of plants, carrying many names in
herbaria: A. ocellatum, Wall. Cat. 360; Mett. Farngatt. Pheg. & Asp. 43, is a form of
this with larger sori than usual. This fern frequently produces a subterminal rooting bud
on the main rhachis ; then it is called Polystichum radicans. :

508 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.

5. A. ILICIFOLIUM, Don, Prodr. Fl. Nep. 3. Frond linear or linear-lanceolate, not
attenuated at the base, very coriaceous; both surfaces shining, naked; main rhachis
fibrillose; pinnz subsimple, triangular or lanceolate, deeply lobed; segments ovate
or trapezoidal, angles very spinulose mucronate; sori in two rows, usually large.—
Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 251. A. pungens, Wall. Cat. 368. 4. stimulans, Kunze;
Mett. Farngatt. Pheg. & Asp. 43; Hook. Sp. Fil iv. 12, t. 214. Polystichum
stimulans, Presl; Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 31.

Himalaya, alt. 7000—11,000 feet; from Chumba to Sikkim, frequent.

The most marked form of this species has the pinnse simple, triangular or subrhom-
boidal, very prickly, from being both coriaceous and spinulose; but there is a series of
forms with longer more lobed pinnæ, till we come to a var. that is subbipinnate. There
is one sheet at Kew with 12 fronds mounted on it, whereof 2 or 3 are A. aculeatum, 2 or
3 are A. ilicifolium: nobody has hitherto ventured to name the intermediates.

6. A. TuoMsoNr, Hook. Sp. Fil. iv. 7, 2nd Cent. Ferns, t. 25 partly. Frond linear,
14-7 in., subcoriaceous, not attenuated at the base, both surfaces more or less
fibrillose ; pinnæ lobed almost to the rhachis, bristle-serrate, very unequal at base,
the lower margin cut away, the upper with a divaricate enlarged lobe; sori terminal
(or nearly so) on the veins.—Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 251 partly. Polystichum
Thomsoni, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 126.

Himalaya, alt. 7000—13,000 feet; from Balti to Sikkim, frequent.

The sheet from which Sir W. J. Hooker founded his 4. Thomsoni contains specimens
collected on three different occasions: two of these are A. Prescottianum; one is A.
Thomsoni. 'The plate of Hooker cited is compounded from the whole sheet, the single
frond being 4. Prescottianum, the stipe with two fronds A. Thomsoni, as is the magnified
pinna at the base of the plate. The descriptions of Hook. and of Hk. & Baker are drawn
mainly from 4. Prescottianum. The two species are no doubt very close; but if a line
can be drawn and both species retained, it must be where Beddome has drawn it; his
figure (cited) is excellent.

+»

Var. gracilis. Frond small, margin of the frond crenate-lobate, hardly bristly or serrate.—
Lastrea gracilis, (sp.) Moore; Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 198. Nephrodium sparsum,
var. gracilis, Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. (2nd ed.) 498.

Sikkim, alt. 11,500 feet.—The type specimen is crenate ; but there are fronds on the same
rhizome that are bristle-serrate——The genus of this fern is doubtful. The sorus is ter-
minal or nearly so on the vein; the involucre is round, attached excentrically, the
hinder (shorter) portion covering the vein, and having no capsules under it. When
the involucre first separates from the frond, its summit appears excentrically concave ;
ù. e. it is (more or less distinctly) polystichoid. But as the capsules under the front
portion of the involucre increase in size, the front (larger) portion of the involucre is
raised, and it appears nephrodioid; quite as distinctly so in Polystichum Thomsoni,
Bedd., as in Lastrea gracilis, Bedd. In no form of the present species does the invo- i
lucre appear distinetly attached lineally along the vein; on the other hand, Feet laps, no

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. 509

species with terminal or subterminal sori is truly polystichoid.—Mr. Bentham has
united Aspidium and Nephrodiwn of Baker; but when this is done the large series
has to be divided into sections somehow. I feel no doubt that Polystichum Thomsoni,
Bedd., and Lastrea gracilis, Bedd., are one species, though it may be an open question
in what genus it is to be placed.

7. A. ACULEATUM, Swartz in Schrad. Journ. ii. 37. Frond large, lanceolate, bipinnate,
coriaceous, not attenuated at the base ; stipe paleaceous or fibrillose, firm; segments
oblong, unequal at the base, lower margin excised, upper often auriculate; margin
bristly or spinulose, not serrated into small lanceolate teeth.—Schk. Krypt. Gew.
t. 39; Engl. Bot. t. 1662 ; Hook. Sp. Fil. iv. 18, Brit. Ferns, tt. 10, 11, 12; Milde,
Fil. Europ. 104; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 252; Benth. Fl. Austral. vii. 757. Poly-
stichum aculeatum, Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. tt. 121, 122. Polypodium aculeatum,

Linn. Sp. Pl. 1552.

Himalaya and Khasia; alt. 2000—13,000 feet; very common. Chota Nagpore; Paras-
nath, alt. 8000-4000 feet, C. B. Clarke.—Distrib. Mts. of South India and Ceylon, of
Burma and Malaya, and throughout the globe nearly.

A great quantity of the North-Indian examples do not differ materially from the
European type (Hook. Brit. Ferns, t. 12); the following list of varieties comprises the
North-Indian material that differs more or less from 4. aculeatum type.

Var. 1. lobata, (sp.) Engl. Bot. t. 1563. Fronds narrowly lanceolate; pinnæ hardly

pinnate, the lower secondary pinnee sessile or decurrent.
_ Throughout the Himalaya, but much more rare than A. aculeatum type.

Var. 2. rufo-barbata, (sp.) Wall. Cat. 369. Frond 2-pinnate, coriaceous, usually
reddish ; stipe often densely clothed with red scales or fibrillee ; frond naked on both
surfaces; ultimate segments rhomboidal, resembling closely the cutting of A. ilici-
folium.—A. affine, Wall. Cat. 370; Mett, Farngatt. Pheg. & Asp. 46. A. squarrosum,
Don, Prodr. Fl. Nep. 4; Mett. l. c.

From Kashmir to Bhotan, common (and in the Nilgherries) ; but the type form of this
var. isnot sent from Khasia. This var., however, graduates completely into 4. aculeatum
type on the one side, and very nearly (P) into A. ilicifolium on the other.—d. affine,

Wall. Cat. 370, is identical with A. rufo-barbatum, Wall. Cat. 369; Mettenius makes

them two species; possibly he had different forms under those Wallichian numbers

of which the duplicates are mixed.

Var. 8. semifertilis. Base of the frond fertile, upper 3 barren.
Sikkim.—Not very common; examples of all varieties barren at the base are frequent.

Var. 4. mucronifolia, (sp.) Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 164. Fronds 3-pinnate or sub-

9-pinnate.
Khasia and Assam.—The secondary pinnz have the lowest segment on the upper limb

free or nearly so. The Khasia and Javan examples are just alike, both varying from
narrow-lanceolate to ovate-acute.

510 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.

Var. 5. biaristata, (sp.) Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil 164. Secondary pinnæ large,
oblong, falcate, sparingly serrate or spinulose; sori often ina line round the margin;
texture greenish or blackish green, never red.—Hook. Sp. Fil. iv. 29.

Khasia, common.—The Khasi examples closely agree with those from Burma and

Malaya. The large forms of this I cannot distinguish from 4. vestitum, Presl; Schk.

Krypt. Gew. t. 43, cf. Benth. l. c.

Var. 6. setosa, Wall. Cat. 371. Lower surface of the frond with long fibrillee. — 4. dis-
cretum, Don, Prodr. Fl. Nep. 4. A. polyblepharon, Kunze, in Bot. Zeit. vi. 572.

Kumaon to Sikkim, alt. 5000-8000 feet, frequent.—This seems to me more worthy
specific rank than many other species of Polystichum retained by Mr. Baker. "The series
is not merely defined by being fibrillose on the surface of the frond beneath; the whole
set is remarkably uniform in cutting; the frond is large, long-lanceolate; the primary
pinnz numerous, close together, nearly parallel to each other; the secondary pinnæ
numerous, close, very distinct, all remarkably like each other. Nor are there any
connecting forms between the var. and any other form of A. aculeatum.

8. A. PnEscoTTIANUM, Wall. Cat. 363. Stipe soft, thick, flaccid, with many pale-straw-
coloured scales and fibrille ; frond narrow-lanceolate, tapering at base, sometimes
nearly to the foot of the stipe; pinne oblong-lanceolate, not very unequal at the
base, deeply pinnatifid, sometimes pinnate, more or less fibrillose on the surface
beneath ; margin hair-pointed, sometimes serrate, sometimes little-toothed beyond
the hairs.—Mett. Farngatt. Pheg. & Asp. 48; Hook. Sp. Fil. iv. 22, t. 223; Hk. &
Baker, Syn. Fil. 253. — 4. Thomsoni, Hook. partly, q.v. Polystichum Prescottianum,
Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 34.

Himalaya, alt. 10,000-13,000 feet; from Kashmir to Bhotan, common.

Var. Bakeriana, (sp. W. S. Atkinson, MS. Frond large, broad-lanceolate, truncate at
the base, 9-10 in. wide in the typical example; secondary pinne 1 in., pinnatifid.
(Pl. LXVI.)

Throughout the Himalaya, alt. 10,000-18,000 feet.—The type example of W. S. At-

kinson seems very distinct from 4. Prescottianum, but is connected by intermediates,
and I can find no good break.

Var. castanea. Stipe round, naked ; scales on the rhachis chestnut or blackish chestnut ;
pinnee little pinnatifid.
Sikkim, alt. 15,000 feet; Sir J. D. Hooker, W. S. Atkinson.—!This variety runs near
some ofthe examples of 4. Lachenense, but is very fibrillose on the surface beneath.

9. A. AMABILE, Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 165. Rhizome creeping ` stipe long, naked

or nearly so; frond oblong-lanceolate, truncate at the base, glabrous or nearly so ;

secondary pinn shortly petioled, ovate-oblong, very unequal at the base, serrate,

scarcely pinnatifid ; sori mostly in a row near the margin.—Hook. Sp. Fil. iv. t. 225;
Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 254. A. rhomboideum, Wall. Cat. 364; Mett. Farngatt. Pheg. -

& Asp. 66. Lastrea amabilis, Moore; Bedd. Ferns South. Ends $1000 si

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. 511

Nepaul, Wallich. Jaintea; Jowye, alt. 4000 feet, C. B. Clarke.—Distrib. Ceylon,
Malaya to the Philippines, South China.

This seems a very rare fern in North India; but it scarcely differs, except by its
creeping rhizome, from 4. aculeatum, var. biaristatum forma Khasiana. Indeed some
examples without rhizomes, referred by Mr. Baker to 4. biaristatum, have noted on them,
.. by Moore, amabilis. The early-collected examples of this species were over-ripe ; and Col.
Beddome (in his Suppl.) maintains his view that the genus is Lastrea rather than Poly-
stichwm : but the example cultivated at Kew, as well as my Jaintea specimens, leave no
doubt that the involucre is strictly polystichoid.

10. A. AnisTATUM, Swartz, Syn. Fil. 53. Rhizome shortly creeping or erect ; frond
large, ovate, acute, 3-pinnate, or sub-3-pinnate, or 4-pinnate, sometimes 5-pinnate,
coriaceous, shining, both surfaces naked, margin aristate; sori large or small; in-
voluere aspidioid.—Schk. Krypt. Gew. t. 42; Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 166;
Hook. Sp. Fil. iv. 27; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 255; Benth. Fl. Austral. vii. 757.
A. speciosum, Don, Prodr. Fl. Nep. 5. A. comiifolium, Wall. Cat. 341; Mett.
Farngatt. Pheg. & Asp. 67. A palmipes and caruifoliun, Kunze, in Linnea, xxiv.
287, 292. A. Maximowiczianum, Miq. in Ann. Mus. Lugd. Bat. iii. 178. Polysti-
chum aristatum, Swartz; Carr. in Fl. Viti. 3858.. Polypodium aristatum, Forst. Fl.
Ins. Austr. Prodr. 82. Lastrea aristata and coniifolia, Moore; Bedd. Ferns South.

Ind. tt. 101, 261.
Himalaya, from Kumaon to Bhotan, alt. 4000-10,000 feet; abundant in Sikkim.
Khasia; alt. 3000-6000 feet, very common.—Distrib. South India and Ceylon, Malay

Peninsula and Islands, China, Japan, Australia, and Polynesia.
The caudex is decumbent, curved, with several stipes near the summit in the Hima-

layan plants: I have seen a more decidedly creeping caudex in the Nilgherries. I have
never been able (in the Himalayan plants) to see that the more or less creeping caudex
is accompanied by a more or less divided frond, by larger or smaller sori, or by any other
of the characters proposed for the subdivision of this species. It seems to me a
emarkably uniform plant, the difference between the 3-pinnate and 4-pinnate forms
altogether trifling. 4. Cornu-cervi, Don, Prodr. Fl. Nep. 5, is founded on an unhealthy
example collected by Wallich. The two following varieties are better marked :—

Var. 1. affinis, Wall. Cat. 370. Frond 2-pinnate; secondary pinne 1-1} in. oblong,
serrate or pinnatifid scarcely halfway down; sori large, not near the margin.—
Lastrea aristata, B. Hamiltonii, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 369.

Nepaul, Wallich. Sikkim, W. S. Atkinson.

Var. 2. assamica, (sp. Kuhn, in Linnea, xxxvi. 108. "iced 2-pinnate; secondary

pinne 1-2 in., lanceolate, acuminate, serrate or pinnatifid hardly halfway down ;

sori large —Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. (2nd ed.) 493.
Assam, Falconer. Sikkim, Dodgson, Jaintea, alt. 4000 feet, C. B. Clarke.—This is
near the last variety, and runs very close indeed to 4. aculeatum var. 5. biaristatum. I

SECOND SERIES.—BOTANY, VOL. I. 4A

512 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.

cannot satisfactorily separate the two: in A. assamicum the secondary pinna is divided
less unequally by its midrib than in 4. biaristatum.

Subgenus II. Cyrtomium. Veins uniting (sometimes only a few unite close to
the margin).

11. A. cApucuM, Wall. Cat. 381. Primary veins from the midrib of the pinnæ repeatedly
dichotomous at an acute angle into subequally strong veins, not anastomosing usually
till near the margin of the frond, many of them free to the margin.—Hk. & Grev.
Ic. Fil. t. 171; Mett. Farngatt. Pheg. & Asp. 35; Hook. Sp. Fil. iv. 39; Hk. &
Baker, Syn. Fil. 257. Cyrtomium caducum, Presl; Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 45.
Polypodium polyodon, Wall. Cat. 7079.

Himalaya, alt. 4000-7000 feet; from Nepaul to Bhotan, common. Khasia, alt. 3000-
5000 feet; common.

Main rhachis sometimes with a subterminal rooting bud. Pinnz sometimes subentire,
sometimes pinnatifid deeply. Sori (in the type) large, in two rows halfway between the
rhachis of the pinna and margin ; in other cases there is a row (or two rows) of sori close
round the margin of the pinna following the sinuosities of the outline; in other cases
there are 2-5 rows of sori (rather small) scattered throughout the pinna. The pinnee are
usually narrow-lanceolate, but sometimes broader; not seldom are they broader than in
some forms of 4. falcatum.

12. A. FALCATUM, Swartz, Syn. Fil. 43. Primary veins from the midrib of the ginn
carried nearly straight parallel to each other nearly to the margin, throwing off
pinnately 1, 2, or 3 times inarching veins.—Langsd. & Fisch. Voy. Russ. t. 15;
Mett. Fil. Hort. Lips. 87; Hook. Fil. Exot. t. 92, Sp. Fil. iv. 40; Hk. & Baker, Syn.
Fil 257. .4. caryotideum, Wall. Cat. 376; Hk. & Grey. Ic. Fil t. 69; Mett.
Farngatt. Pheg. & Asp. 35; Hook. Garden Ferns, t. 13, Sp. Fil. iv. 40. 4. anomo-
phyllum, Zenk. Pl. Ind. t. 1; Mett. Farngatt. Pheg. & Asp. 34. Polypodium
falcatum, Thunb. Fl. Jap. 336, t 96. Cyrtomium falcatum and del duode e Presl ;
Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 119.

Himalaya, alt. 3000-8000 feet; from Gurwhal to Bhotan, extending further west than
A. caducum, but much less common than 4. caducum eastwards. Khasia, alt. 3000—4000

feet, not common.—Distrib. South India and Ceylon, China, J apan, Polynesia, South
Africa.

Usually can be distinguished from 4. caducum by the broader pinnæ with more nume-
rous rows of sori; the margin also is generally more finely and sharply serrated.

29. NEPHRODIUM, Richd.

Subgenus I. Lastrea. Veins free.

* Frond 1-pinnate ; pinne lobed less than halfway to the midrib, or subentire serrate. SC
i. Ei s cow Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 260. Main rhachis and rhachis cot iai c

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. 513

beneath glabrous or nearly so.—Aspidium cuspidatum, Mett. Farngatt. Pheg. & Asp.
92. Polypodium elongatum, Wall. Cat. 309; Hook. Sp. Fil. iv. 234. Lastrea
elongata, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 118.

Khasia, alt. 3000—4000 feet; not rare near Shillong, as at the Bishop's Falls, the Bor
Pani,Pomrang. Nepaul, Wallich.—Distrib. Ceylon ?

Very red-legged. Rhizome (I believe) wide-creeping ; but I omitted either to make a
note or to collect an example showing it.—As to the distribution, there is no doubt that
the Kew sheet inscribed * Ceylon, Gardner, No. 1256 dis” is N. cuspidatum true; but
nobody else can find the plant in Ceylon, and the Ceylon collectors doubt whether
Gardner got it there: see G. W. Cat. Ferns Ceylon, p. 9, sub Polyp. acrostichoides. The
same doubt exists as to Wallich's locality; nobody else can find the fern in the Himalaya,
and, in several instances, it is certain that Wallich mixed his Khasi and Himalayan
specimens (sometimes his Tenasserim and Kumaon specimens) before distributing.—As to
the name; the oldest specific name is elongatum ; but there is a very different fern well
known as N. elongatum, Swartz or Hk. & Grev., and though this is hardly now admitted
as a distinct species, it would be inconvenient to alter back A. cuspidatum.

2. N. niRTIPES, Hook. Sp. Fil. iv. 115, t. 249. Main rhachis with long narrow scales,
often black; rhachis of the pinne beneath squamose ; sori not carried into the lobes
when the primary pinne are pinnatifid; involucre fugacious.—Hk. & Baker, Syn.
Fil 261. <Aspidium hirtipes, Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 148. — 4. atratum, Wall.
Cat. 380; Kunze in Linnea, xxiv. 279; Mett. Farngatt. Pheg. & Asp. 53. Lastrea
hirtipes, Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 96.

Himalaya, alt. 5000-9000 feet; from Nepaul to Bhotan, common. Khasia, alt. 4000-

6000 feet ; common.—Distrib. Burma, Malaya, Polynesia, South India, and Ceylon.

** Frond 1-pinnate; pinne lobed more than halfway to the midrib (but some Jorms here
2 included, especially N. Filix-Mas, var. odontoloma and cochleatum, are 2-3-pinnate).

+ Veins in the lobes of the pinne mostly simple (but forked veins occur in N. gracilescens,
sericeum, and occasionally elsewhere).

3. N. GRACILESCENS, Hook. Sp. Fil. iv. 93. Rhizome shortly creeping or tufted; stipe
long, slender, without auricles; frond narrowly oblong-lanceolate, lowest pinne
little shorter, often deflexed ; main rhachis and rhachis of the pinne above pilose;
pinne cut down nearly to the midrib; lobes narrow-oblong, obtuse, little falcate,
not very oblique to the midrib, nor much narrower upwards; veins distant, the two
lowest terminating above the sinus; sori small, usually near the margin, often
plainly visible from above owing to the very thin texture of the frond; involucres
small, fugacious, minutely pilose or nearly glabrous —Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 262.
N. puberulum, Baker in Trimen, Journ. Bot. 1875, 201. N. flaccidum, Hook. Sp.
Fil. iv. 133, t. 203; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 274. Aspidiwm gracilescens and flaccidum,

Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 155,161. 4. glanduligerum, Kunze; Mett. Farngatt.
Aa 2

514 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.

Pheg. & Asp. 86. A. Thelypteris, Benth. Fl. Hongk. 445, not of Desv. A. angus-
tifrons, Miq. in Ann. Mus. Lugd. Bat. iii. 178. Lastrea gracilescens, Hook. Kew
Journ. Bot. ix. 338; Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 253. . L. Jlaccida, Bedd. Ferns South.
Ind. t. 250. ZL. immersa, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 252 (only very partially NepAro-
dium immersum, Hook.).

Nepaul and Sikkim, alt. 6000-8000 feet; not common, C. B. Clarke. Assam; Griffith.
Khasia; alt. 4000 feet, plentiful.—Distrib. South India and Ceylon, Java, China, Japan.

The above description applies to all the Kew N. gracilescens; Griffith's Assam speci-
mens, referred to Nephrodium immersum in Hook. Sp. Fil. iv. 112, are identically the
same.. Beddome’s figure (Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 252) represents Griffith's specimens very
well; the Malay true N. àmmersum has very long and narrow segments; the involucres
and the texture of the frond differ materially from N. gracilescens.—N. Thelypteris has
a more creeping rhizome, a more glabrous main rhachis, the veins in the segments
generally forked. W. flaccidum, Hook., has the sinus between the segments of the pinnze
obtuse. W. puberulum, Baker, would come between N. gracilescens and .N. flaccidum
if there was any space between the two; Col. Beddome has in litt. expressed his opinion
that there is none—The Kew bundle of N. gracilescensis very homogeneous ; the follow-
ing varieties of my own collection are very difficult :—

Var. 1. decipiens (Pl. LXV. fig. 2). Frond shorter, deltoid-lanceolate; veins in the seg-
ments frequently branched, the sori subterminal on the upper branch. (
Darjeeling, alt. 7500 feet, C. B. Clarke, No. 12,421. Dingling in Khasia, alt. 5000
feet, C. B. Clarke, No. 18,460 n.—This seems to me hardly a variety of N. gracilescens,
while Mr. Baker objects to its being any way connected with it. In the extreme form
the segments of the pinne are serrated, the veins becoming subpinnate in each
serration.

Var. 2. hirsutipes (Pl. LXVII. fig. 1). Stipe hirsute at its foot; frond elongate, stouter
in texture than N. gracilescens type; sori large, in two rows close to the midrib of
the segments; involucres large, pubescent, very persistent.

Khasia and Jaintea, alt. 4000-5000 feet, frequent.—Very constant in all its characters,
as in the coarse hair at the foot of the stipe. |

Var. 3. didymochlenoides (Pl. LX VII. fig. 2). Stipe subglabrous, shining chestnut ;
sori large, covering the segments entirely ; involucres large, persistent, elliptic.
Khasia; Sohra Coalhill, alt. 4300. feet, C. B. Clarke.—The extreme form is more
didymochlznoid in the involucre than is much of Didymochlena itself; but this variety
is connected by various intermediate forms with the typical N. gracilescens.

4. N. our, C. B. Clarke. Tufted; stipe long, pubescent, without- auricles; frond
narrowly oblong-lanceolate ; lowest pinne little shorter, often deflexed ; main
rhachis and rhachis of the pinne above pilose; pinnæ cut halfway down or nearly
the whole way down to the midrib ; lobes oblong, obtuse, sometimes narrowest s

_ upwards, often oblique to the midrib, two lowest veins often terminating close p.

. MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. 515

ihe sinus; sori small or medium-sized; inyolucres pilose, with white hairs.—N.

sericeum, J. Scott; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. (2nd ed.) 494. <Aspidium ciliatum,
Wall. Cat. 851. A. canum, Wall. Cat. 387. Lastrea sericea, Bedd. Ferns Brit.
Ind. t. 308. L. nigrescens, Hook. in Herb., at least in part.

Nepaul, Wallich. East Bengal, from Sikkim and Assam to Chittagong; alt. 0-5000
feet, very common.—Distrib. Burma, Malaya, South Deccan, Ceylon.

Scott's original type had very obtuse pinne, cut hardly halfway to the midrib, and is
figured by Bedd. /. c. ; this form is only known from Chittagong, alt. 0-200 feet: in my
examples the pinnze are still blunter and less pinnatifid than in Beddome’s figure. But
the form abundant in Khasia at 4000 feet alt. (and also obtained from Sikkim to Bhotan)
has the pinnze caudate and cut down nearly to the midrib : is Lastrea Bergiana, Schlect. ;
Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. Suppl. 16, t. 370; and was Wallich’s type. This plant runs very
near N. gracilescens, var. 2. hirsutipes. It is strange that JN. sericeum has come to be

confounded with N. falcilobum.

5. N. FALOILOBUM, Hook. Sp. Fil. iv. 108. . Caudex erect, stout; stipes tufted, nearly
invariably auricled; frond lanceolate, narrowed rather suddenly at base into the
auricles; main rhachis and rhachis of the pinnz above pubescent; pinne closely
pinnatifid nearly to the midrib; segments very oblique, oblong, narrowed upwards,
the two lowest veins approaching the margin above the sinus ; sori halfway between
the midrib and margin ; involucre glabrous, subpersistent.—Lastrea falciloba, Hook.
in Kew Journ. Bot. ix. 338; Benth. Fl. Hongk. 455; Bedd. Ferns South. Ind.
t. 105. Aspidium hirsutulum, Wall. Cat. 7083, type-sheet example A

By rivers in and near the hills, alt. 0-3000 feet, from North Oude to Mishmee and
Chittagong; very common.—Distrib. Burma, China.

I have never seen this fern except by the banks of rivers between their low and high
water mark, where it is almost universal, extending from Mymensingh in the plains deep
into the Khasi and Sikkim mountains. The caudex is firmly rooted into the sand between
the rocks, and usually stands a foot out of the ground.—This fern differs from N. (Lastrea)
calearata, Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 246, and from Blume’s Javan .N. calcaratum, in
the auricled stipe, the cutting, the venation, the sori, and the involucres.

Var. pubera, Wall. Cat. 838. Pinnæ pinnatifid less than halfway to the midrib, more
or less auriculate at the base.

Nepaul, Wallich—tThis name is older than falcilobum, but there is another fern N.

puberulum; and Aspidium puberum, Wallich, is a very unusual form of the species, if not

distinct from our type, which Wallich placed under A. hirsutulum.

6. N. canum, Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 207. Tufted; stipe auricled; main rhachis hairy
beneath; frond elongate, lanceolate, narrowed rather suddenly into auricles at the
base; pinnæ pinnatifid deeply; segments oblong, hardly narrowed upwards, not
very oblique to the midrib, lowest pair of veins running out at the sinus ; sori small,

halfway between the midrib and margin; involucre glabrous or pilose, somewhat

516 3 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.

fugacious.— Lastrea cana, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 307. Aspidiwm appendiculatum,
Wall. Cat. 349, type sheet. A. eburneum, Wall. Cat. 389, type sheet printed
ticket.

Near Simla; Dr. T. Thomson, Edgeworth. Sikkim; Yakla, alt. 8000 feet, C. B.
Clarke.

I fear this is only a var. of N. prolixum. The pinne are without glands at the base,
the frond delicate hairy, but I can find no good distinction, and my soft, hairy, larger
Khasi A. prolizum may be named N. canum.—Of A. appendiculatum, Wallich collected
a large series; the type sheet in his Herbarium is XN. canum, Baker type; the second
sheet in his Herbarium is large N. canum verging towards N. prolixum, but unusually
hairy : the third sheet in his Herbarium has looped veins but no trace of an involucre;
it may be N. extensum, Hook.: a fourth sheet in Wallich’s Herbarium is Polypodium
erubescens, Hook. Of Wallich's Aspidiwm appendiculatum communicated to Kew, some
is Nephrodium prolixum, Baker type ; some is N. parasiticum,

7. N. ErwEsu, Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 497. Stipe not seen; main rhachis minutely
obscurely pubescent ; frond 16 by 43 in., lanceolate, tapering at both ends, glabrous;
pinne patent, subobtuse, pinnatifid halfway to the midrib; lobes broad, short,
obtuse; sori close to the margin; involucre small, fugacious—Lastrea Hlwesii,
Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. Suppl. 18, t. 376.

Sikkim; H. J. Elwes, once collected.
Less cut down than any other species of the section. The whole material is one frond,
without base or stipe, but it seems a new species.

_ 8. N. porte, Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 268. Tufted; stipes long, almost invariably
auricled ; frond lanceolate, somewhat suddenly narrowed at the base into the auricles ;
main rhachis hairy at least on the upper surface of the frond, often with glands at the
base of the pinnze ; pinnze eut down nearly to the midrib; segments oblong, often
faleate, but not very oblique to the midrib; sori small or medium-sized, involucres
glabrous.—W. octhodes and appendiculatum, Hook. Sp. Fil. iv. 109. Aspidium pro-
licum, Willd. Sp. Pl. v. 251. A. glanduliferum, Wall. Cat. 347. A. appendiculatum,
Wall. Cat. 347, partly; Mett. Farngatt. Pheg. & Asp. 81, not of Blume. A. octhodes,
Kunze in Linnea, xxiv. 282; Mett. Farngatt. Pheg. & Asp. 82. A. xylodes, Kunze
in Linnea, xxiv. 281. Lastrea octhodes and tylodes, Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. tt. 106,
107.

Himalaya, from Kashmir to Bhotan; alt. 2000-8000 feet, very common. Khasia;
alt. 2000-5000 feet, very common.—Distrib. South India, Ceylon, Mauritius and caes.
Burma.

The large Sikkim AN. prolizum has fronds 4-6 feet long; the sori are either near the.
midrib or the margin of the segments; the frond is usually nearly glabrous beneath,
sometimes hairy. There are smaller, more hairy forms, in Khasia, sometimes but 1 foot =
long, and running (I fear) into N. canum. The most marked form is a small rigid plant ` `

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. 517

very glabrous beneath, sori larger and involucres firmer. This is considered by Beddome
a var. of N. canum, has been marked by Sir W. J. Hooker nov. sp. near N. falcilobum,
but is referred to N. prolixum by Mr. Baker, as it usually shows glands at the foot of the
pinne. It is exceedingly like N. falcilobum in habit, but has the main rhachis glabrous
on the underside of the frond, also the two lowest veins approach the margin o£ the
sinus, not above it. It differs from AN. canum in its rigid texture and larger sori, but in
size and outline approaches it. I have collected this plant in Chumba, in Sikkim, and
in Khasia.—Some of the large Khasi varieties have the lowest segment of each pinna
more developed, subpinnatifid, and consequently the veins in it forked.

tt Veins in the lobes of the pinne (or many of them) forked.

9. N. THELYPTERIS, Desv. in Mém. Soc. Linn. vi. 257. Rhizome slender, creeping ;
frond long, lanceolate, truncate at the base, texture thin herbaceous; sori near the
margin of the segments which are (when dry) recurved; involucre small, incon-
spicuous.—Hook. Brit. Ferns, t. 13, Sp. Fil. iv. 88; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 271.
Acrostichum Thelypteris, Linn. Sp. Pl. 1528. Aspidium Thelypteris, Swartz ;
Schk. Krypt. Gew. t. 52; Milde, Fil. Europ. 116. Lastrea Thelypteris, Bedd. Ferns
Brit. Ind. t. 44. e

Kashmir; Bandipoor, Jacquemont, T. Thomson; City Lake, alt. 5600 feet, H. C.
Levinge. Kunawur; alt. 6000 feet, T. Thomson.—Distrib. South Deccan Mts., Europe,
North Asia, North America; Cape Colony, New Zealand.

The Kashmir examples agree exactly with the European type. Khasia is given as a
locality by Sir W. J. Hooker on the authority of No. 246 of Hook. f. & Thoms. collection,
which is AN. gracilescens. I altogether doubt the plant growing in Khasia, though
Beddome states his t. 44 (which is true JN. Thelypteris) to be taken from a Khasi ex- `
ample.—As to Lastrea Fairbankii, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 254, reduced by himself, in
Ferns Brit. Ind. Suppl. p. 16, to N. Thelypteris, I find no authentic example at Kew;
but the figure of N. Fairbankii shows no forked veins, is said to be taken from a Pulney
specimen, where it is very improbable the plant grows, and does not suit N. Thelypteris
either as to the cutting or reduced approximate lower pinne. From the figure, I should
judge N. Fairbankii to be either the reduced small form of N. prolizum considered “ nov.
sp. near falcilobum” by Sir W. J. Hooker, or N. Beddomei, Baker, if these two really
differ.—Nearly all authors quote (for N. Thelypteris) Engl. Bot. t. 1018; Sir W. J.
Hooker has written in pencil over that plate in the Kew Library “is P. Phegopteris |”
and Newman (Brit. Ferns, 194) is of the same opinion. The plate (t. 1018) is a very
poor one, and does not show the characteristic outline of Thelypteris; the sori appear
naked, the veins are all simple. I yet suspect that it is really an imperfect repre-
sentation of Thelypteris, for in the magnified pinnule there are shown two aspidioid

indusia.

10. N. apicrrtorum, Hook. Sp. Fil iv. 122, t. 248. Stipe manifest; main rhachis
beneath with many lanceolate and ovate scales often lacerate, but without fibrillze or

518 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.

long hairs; frond lanceolate, not decurrent on the stipe; secondary pinne oblong
very obtuse, entire, with the texture and veins of N. Filiz-Mas, destitute of fibrillæ
and hairs; sori often collected towards their extremities ; involucres firm, many
strictly aspidioid.—Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 271. Aspidium apiciflorum, Wall. Cat.
945; Mett. Farngatt. Pheg. & Asp. 54. Lastrea apiciflora, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind.
t. 40. |

. From Nepaul to Bhotan, alt. 7500—11,000 feet; abundant.

The sori are sometimes restricted to the apex of the segments, but are more often
scattered, and in many specimens the sori are near the base of the lobes, none at the
apex. ‘The species nevertheless appears a good one, being remarkably free from fibrillze
and hairs, though with many scales; and the involucres far less nephrodioid than in any
varieties of N. Filix-Mas.- The fronds vary in size from 4 feet at 7500 feet alt. to 5 in. at
11,000 feet.

Var. Nidus. Tufts very circular ; sori usually scattered, but sometimes showing a ten-
dency to be apicifloral, segments somewhat undulate erenate.—Hk. & Baker, Syn.
Fil. (2nd ed.) 498 ; Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. Suppl. 17, t. 372. Aspidiwm adnatum,
Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 162.

Sikkim, alt. 9000—12,000 feet, abundant. Java.—W. S. Atkinson and Thwaites main-
tained from the first collection of this fern that it was a var. of ! N. apiciflorum. Thwaites
wrote to me “scarcely a var.;" Beddome, however, makes it a var. of N. Filiz-Mas,
Baker of N. odontoloma. Ihave not a shadow of a doubt that Thwaites and W. S..
Atkinson are right. My material is very large, and I have walked through the fern
for many years.

11. N. Cant, Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. (2nd ed.) 497. Fronds forming a circular tuft,
narrow-lanceolate, tapering much at the base so that there is hardly any stipe;
main rhachis beneath with many linear scales, but scarcely fibrillose or hairy ; secon-
dary pinn oblong, entire, with the texture and veins of N. Piliz-Mas, destitute of
fibrillze and hairs, the obtuse apex with a distinct hyaline margin.—Lastrea Filis-
Mas, var. Clarkei, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. Suppl. 17, t. 371. L. fusiformis, W. S.
Atkinson, MS.

Sikkim, alt. 9000—11,000 feet; east, west, and north.

Varies from 5 in. to 3 feet. Tolerably distinct from N. F'iliz-Mas by the very tapering
base of the frond and the hyaline entire margin to the apex of the segments. It runs
near N. patentissimum, Wall., var. Jibrillosa, which differs by having the surface of the
segments beneath fibrillose, their apex serrate not T

12. N.svgMATICUM, Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 272. Frond large, lanceolate, glabrous or
nearly so, l-pinnate; pinnæ cut down 4 to # the way to the midrib; segments

. elongate, crenate or subentire, a small ENN tooth in the sinus between each two

. segments; sori small or medium-sized.— N. spectabile, Hook. Sp. Fil. iv. 115. N.
Ec cutem. Griff. in Herb. GEN syrmaticum, Willd. "mes Bn We 237. 4. geo EF

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN, INDIA. 519

tabile, Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 158; Mett. Farngatt. Pheg. & Asp. 112. Lastrea
spectabilis, J. Smith ; Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 108.

Sikkim, Assam, Khasia, at the foot of the hills; not common, and rarely met with
above 2000 feet alt.—Distrib. South India, Ceylon, Burma, Malaya, China to the
Philippines. | |

13. N. Frrx-Mas, Richd. ; Hook. Sp. Fil. iv. 116 syn. incl. except ò. cochleatum. Stipes
tufted, manifest ; main rhachis with linear-lanceolate scales ; frond oblong-lanceolate,
usually narrower towards the base, but not attenuate into the stipe, firm in texture,
1-pinnate, almost 2-pinnate ; secondary pinnse oblong, obtuse, serrate or subentire,
without fibrillee or hairs beneath (except in var. fibrillosa) ; involucres prominent,
reniform, glabrous.—Hook. Brit. Ferns, t. 15, Fil. Exot. t. 98; Hk. & Baker, Syn.
Fil. 272. Polypodium Filiz-Mas, Linn. Sp. Pl. 1551. Aspidiwm F'iliz-Mas, Swartz,
Schk. Krypt. Gew. t. 44; Engl. Bot. t. 1458; Mett. Farngatt. Pheg. & Asp. 55;
Milde, Fil. Europ. 118. .4. cristatum, Engl. Bot. t: 1949.

: Himalaya and Khasia, alt. 3000—12,000 feet ; abundant, including the numerous Indian

forms.—Distrib. South India and Ceylon. Malaya. Nearly throughout the world in cool

and temperate places: not in Australia nor in America south from Peru.
The above diagnosis is designed to include various North-India forms difficult to
separate from the ordinary European N. Filia-Has, i. e. the first 4 varieties following :—

Var. 1. panda (Pl. LXVIII. fig. 1). Stipe round, firm ; frond nearly glabrous beneath,
- the main rhachis with a few ovate scales; frond narrowly oblong, the lowest pair of
pinnz but one often as long as any above, the lowest pinne usually but little shorter;
pinnæ pinnatifid 3-$ the way to the midrib ; segments subspinulose, serrulate.
- Dhurmsala, alt. 10,000-11,000 feet, C. B. Clarke; North-west India, Edgeworth.—
Some of the European var. cristata approach this, but have a wide sinus between the
segments: in var. panda it is narrow. Sir J. D. Hooker collected at Lachen in Sikkim,
alt. 9000—10,000 feet, a fern which seems a luxuriant form of panda. ,
Var.2. normalis (Pl. LXVIII. fig. 21. Stipe and main rhachis very sparsely scaly, without
hairs or fibrillee ; frond oblong-lanceolate or ovate-lanceolate, the lowest pinnze often
nearly or quite the largest, nearly or quite glabrous beneath; pinnz falcate, cut
down nearly or quite to the midrib, lowest pinnze unequal-sided, having the pinnules
of the lower limb more developed ; segments usually sharply serrulate ; sori small for
N. Filiz-Mas.

Sikkim, alt. 4000-7000 feet; Khasia, alt. 4000-5500 feet; not very common. This
approaches some forms of var. elongata and also some forms of .N. sparsum, Don, which
has not so serrate a margin. :

Var. 3. khasiana (Pl. LXIX. fig. 1). Stipe and main rhachis with many linear blackish
scales; frond oblong-lanceolate, very little narrowed at base; pinnæ approximate,
. patent, the lowest equal-sided, cut down to the midrib; secondary pinnz narrowly
oblong, very close and regular, glabrous beneath, rounded, finely serrulate at the
apex; sori not large.
SECOND SERIES.—BOTANY, VOL. I. AB

520 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.

Khasia, alt. 4000-6000 feet, common.—This is the fern described by Milde, Fil. Europ.
122, lines 3-6 from bottom of page. It is, as Milde states, allied to var. patentissima :
but, on the other hand, very near N. elongatum, Hk. & Grev. Ic. Fil. t. 234 ; Aaspidium
elongatum, Milde, Fil. Europ. 124.

Var. 4. patentissima. Stipe shaggy, with linear yellowish pales often }-?in. long; frond
4-6 feet, narrowly oblong-lanceolate, widest near the middle, suddenly narrowed
near the base ; pinnee patent, very coriaceous, cut down nearly or quite to the
midrib ; segments oblong, obtuse, subentire or minutely serrulate, glabrous beneath,
the margin much incurved when dry.— 4. patentissimum, Wall. Cat. 340. Aspidium

paleaceum, Don, Prodr. Fl. Nep. 4. 4. Wallichianum and Donianum, Spreng. Syst.
iv. 104 and Suppl. 320.

. Bhotan to Simla, alt. 6000-9000 feet, common. Khasia, alt. 5000 feet.—This is an
exceedingly fine fern, distinguished among other things by its excessively coriaceous
texture. There is a North-west, much smaller form of var. patentissima with darker
scales.—The South-Indian plant Lastrea patentissima, Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 111,
agrees with the Javan plant communicated as Aspidium uliginosum, Blume; it has the
texture and venation of N. Filiz-Mas and seems to me nearer N. Filiz- Mas type than to
Wallich’s N. patentissimum. There are also in the Central Himalaya a number of large

forms between fine N. Filiz-Mas and N. elongatum, several of which are usually marked
N. patentissimum.

Var. 5. fibrillosa (Pl. LX X.). Stipe 1-3 in.; frond 8-30 in., very narrow, tapering at
both ends, but not attenuated with auricles into the stipe; stipe and main rhachis
densely clothed with lanceolate-linear, chestnut-coloured scales; pinnz patent, cut

down to the midrib; segments oblong, obtuse, serrulate at the apex, fibrillose on the
surface beneath,

. North-west Himalaya, alt. 9000-12000 fect, from Kumaon to West Kashmir; very
common.—One of the most uniform varieties of N. Filiz-Mas, and the most worthy con-
sideration for specific rank. It resembles N. affine, Lowe, in outline, but differs in
indumentum. It has always been known as “ the small North-west patentissima ;” but
it seems to me, at least, as near N. Clarkei.

Var. 6. Schimperiana (Pl. LXIX. fig. 2), (sp.) Hochst. ; Mett. Farngatt. Pheg. & Asp. 63.
Stipe and main rhachis with lanceolate, straw-coloured yellow or reddish-brown scales;
frond (when well developed) fully 2-pinnate ; sori very large.—Lastrea intermedia,
Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 118 (small 1-pinnate form). HB qucd e
Himalaya, alt. 7000-11,000 feet, very common. Khasia, alt. 5000-6500 feet, very
common.—Distrib. South India, Abyssinia.—This is the high-level, large-fruited species
well known to Indian botanists, and very often (and very erroneously) marked by them
N. cochleatum, which see. Its true affinity, as Col. Beddome has written to me, is with
the Indian var. marginata ; but I find little difficulty in sorting the two. The common
form in the East Himalaya is 1-pinnate, as figured by Bedd., and not much like marginata:
the West-Himalayan form (which is identical with Hochstetter’s Abyssinian authe

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. 521

plant) is indeed compound, but the sori are large, the rhachis scaly. This plant has also

been called in India N. maderense, Lowe; but it does not resemble that plant except in

being a large-fruited var. of N. Pilir-Mas. The less compound forms of var. Schimperiana

run near var. 1. panda.

Var. 7. marginata (Pl. LXXI.), Wall. Cat. 891, mainly, but not type sheet. Frond large,
oblong- or ovate-lanceolate, not narrowed at the base, 2-3-pinnate ; lowest pinne often
12 in., faleate ; main and partial rhachises nearly free from scales; tertiary pinnæ
oblong, obtuse, serrate or pinnatifid sometimes nearly to the midrib; texture,
venation, and sori nearly as in N. Filix-Mas.

Himalaya, alt. 6000-9000 feet, from Bhotan to Kumaon, common in Sikkim. Khasia,
alt. 5000 feet.—This fern is called var. elongatum in the Kew bundles and also by Indian
collectors; but I do not see that it is much like N. elongatum, Hk. & Grev. Ic. Fil.
t. 234 (Aspidium, Milde, Fil. Europ. 124), which is founded on a Macaronesian fern
that seems to me much more like var. khasiana. The so-called Indian elongata is
also attributed to the North-west Himalaya; but the specimens so marked by Mr. Baker
are marked Aspidium rigidum, Swartz, B. australe by Mettenius: they appear to me
absolutely identical with common English forms of JN. remotum, Hook.; but I do not `
say Mr. Baker is wrong in thinking this undistinguishable from 4. marginatwm,
Wall. Another plant frequently collected in Khasia has the ultimate segments wide
apart with more serrate margin; this runs very near the South-Indian plant Lastrea
elongata, Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 112, which, again, Mettenius has marked Aspidiwm

canariense, A. Braun. .

l4. N. ovowroroma, Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. (2nd ed.) 498, excl. the fig. of Bedd. cited
S and the var. nidus. Stipe 6 in., soft, thick, chestnut-coloured, with scattered,
deciduous, lax, lanceolate, black pales; frond 10 by 6-8 in., oblong-lanceolate,
truncate at the base; pinnæ often widened at the base, 2-pinnate ; secondary pinnæ
elliptic-oblong, obtuse, pinnatifid (sometimes deeply); segments rounded, sharply
serrate; texture thin, becoming hyaline towards the margin, venation subflabellate ;
involucre fimbriate.— Lasirea Filix-Mas, var. odontoloma, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind.
Suppl. 17, t. 373.
Himalaya, from Chumba to Bhotan, alt. 11,000-16,000 feet ; common. :
“A most lovely fern. I have some difficulty in naming it: Beddome’s original L. odon-
toloma, Ferns South. Ind. t. 114, is not very near the Himalayan plant, and Beddome
has withdrawn that plate (in his Suppl. p. 17). The plate in Suppl. t. 373 is the true
plant, but drawn from a high-level scrap: my description above represents the fairly
developed average frond; I have examples much larger still. Ido not think it runs
into any form of N. Filix-Mas ; the venation is very unlike the forked venation of N.
Filiv-Mas. Though this fern is so common and I have collected 40 sheets of specimens
from Chumba to Bhotan, I find only scattered scraps in the Kew Herbarium.

15. N. COCHLEATUM, Don, Prodr. Fl. Nep. 6. Fertile and barren fronds distinctly

dissimilar, though barren fronds partially fruit-bearing are not rare; main rhachis
: KE

522 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.

firm, without scales; secondary pinne in the fertile frond oblong, obtuse, their
surface almost completely covered by the large sori with persistent involucres.—
Lastrea cochleata, Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 115. ege E Wall.
Cat. 395. 4. Avana, Wall. Cat. 1034.

Dry forests at the foot of the hills, alt. 0—4000 feet, very common ` from Oudh to Assam,
Khasia and Chittagong. Chota Nagpore; Parasnath, alt. 3000 feet, C. B. Clarke.—
Distrib. Ava, Malay Peninsula. Mts. of South India.

This fern has been confused with N. Filix- Mas, var. intermedia, Bedd., and var. Schim-
periana, Hochst. It resembles that fern in having large involucres. Its especial
character is its strong dimorphism ; it is worthy, perhaps, generic rank. . N. lacerum, Hk.
& Baker, Syn. Fil. 273, may be the immediate ancestor of N. cochleatum. Fragments of
the fertile frond are easily separated from N. Filix-Mas, var. Schimperiana, by the very
firm, glabrous, round rhachis, a character noticed by Don. Beddome (in Ferns Brit. Ind.
Suppl. p. 17) speaks of having found forms intermediate between N. cochleatum and N.
Filiz-Mas, var. elongatum; there are none such at Kew, nor have I ever met such in
India.—There are examples of W. cochleatum marked as collected at 7000 feet alt. even
in Kumaon; but the fern is confused with N. Filiz- Mas, var. Schimperiana, and I very
strongly suspect that collectors have mixed the two often before distribution: I altogether
doubt high-level localities assigned N. cocheatum.

*** Frond nearly or quite 2-pinnate, ultimate segments rounded.— High-level ferns
with abundant reddish or blackish scales.

16. N. Brunonianum, Hook. Sp. Fil. iv. 113, t. 251. Main rhachis beneath blackish
chestnut, with many lanceolate-linear black-chestnut scales, otherwise glabrous;
pinnz pinnatifid or scarcely pinnate, often subobtuse; sori marginal or near the
sinus, not along the midrib of the secondary pinns;.—Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 274.

Aspidium Brunonianum, Wall. Cat. 344; Mett. Farngatt. Pheg. & Asp. 54. Lastrea
Brunoniana, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 37.

Himalaya, alt. 11,000-16,000 feet; from Kashmir to Bhotan, plentiful.

l7. N. pARBIGERUM, Hook. Sp. Fil. iv. 113. Main rhachis beneath yellowish, with many
lanceolate-linear, yellowish-red scales, and also muricate, scabrous, or hairy; secon-
dary pinne usually distinct, sometimes subpinnatifid; sori approximate to their
midrib.— N. Falconeri, Hook. Sp. Fil. iv. 123, t. 254. N. barbigerum and Falconeri,

Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 274, 277. Lastrea barbigera and Falconeri, Bedd. Ferns
Brit. Ind. tt. 227, 241.

. Himalaya, alt. 11,000-15,000 feet ; from Kashmir to Sikkim, plentiful.
_ IJ. Scott, at Calcutta, strongly suspected that N. barbigerum and Falconeri were the same
fern; Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. Suppl. p. 17 arrives at the same conclusion, after seeing

the solitary frond on which Sir W. J. Hooker founded his d, Falconeri ; the two are to me
identical. |

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. 528

**** Frond 2-3-pinnate, 3-A-pinnatifid, small or medium-sized ; involucre persistent
(N. sparsum and others sometimes large).

18. N. prom, Desv.; Hook. Brit. Ferns, t. 16, Sp. Fil. m 120; Hk. & Baker, Syn.
Fil 275. N. pallidum, Bory, Fl. Peloponn. 67, t. 38. Aspidium rigidum, Swartz ;
Schk. Krypt. Gew. t. 38; Engl. Bot. Suppl. t. 2724; Milde, Fil. Europ. 126.

North-west Himalaya, alt. 6000-8000 feet; from Kashmir to Kumaon, frequent.—
Distrib. Cabul, Caucasus, Europe. California ?
. lattempt no diagnosis in words to separate this fern from N. spinulosum and N.
Filiz- Mas, nor do i express any opinion whether it is a good species. I merely say that
numerous Indian specimens coincide so closely with English and South-European
authentic examples (and with the pictures cited), that I cannot detect the slightest
difference. Some of the Indian examples exhibit the whitened appearance of N. palli-
dum, Bory; and Sir W. J. Hooker has written that name on one Indian example. Some
forms included by me under N. Piliz-Mas var. 2. normalis above become 2-pinnate, and
I can draw no line between them (Khasi examples) and N. rigidum.

19. N. nEMoTUM, Hook. Brit. Ferns, t. 22. W. spinulosum, Desv. var. y, Hk. & Baker,
Syn. Fil. 275. A. remotum, A. Braun; Mett Fil Hort. Lips. 93; Milde, Fil.
Europ. 125. A. eburneum, Wall. Cat. 389. Lastrea spinulosa, Bedd. Ferns Brit.
Ind. t. 336.

Kashmir to Nepaul, alt. 6000-9000 feet; frequent.—Distrib. Northern and Alpine

Europe, Asia and America.

- The typical plant figured by Sir W. J. Hooker is frequent in the West Himalaya ;

and there are others, slightly different in the cutting, marked by Mettenius Aspidiwm

rigidum, Swartz, var. australis. - These plants are usually named in Indian collections

** Lastrea elongata”; I do not see that they are at all like the true L. elongata of Hk.

& Grev., and they are easily separable from N. Filiz-Mas var. marginata, Wall.

Var. Chanterie, Moore, MS. Ultimate pinnz short-oblong, standing apart a distance
equalling 3 their own breadth.

Sikkim, Lachen, alt. 11,000 feet; Sir J. D. Hooker.—Moore's specimen from the
Chelsea Garden might, so far as I can see, have been cut from the same rootstock as
He Sikkim frond: there is no other in the Kew bundles like it.

20. N. SPARSUM, Don, Prodr. Fl. Nep. 6. Rhizome short, densely covered with lanceolate-
linear reddish or yellow pales; stipe with scattered ovate yellowish caducous pales ;
main rhachis glabrous or nearly so; frond ovate, 2- or 3-pinnate, lowest pinnæ un-
equal, the secondary pinnz on the lower side larger, often falcate; ultimate seg-
ments oblong or somewhat trapezoidal, crenulate coarsely, hardly serrate, texture
coriaceous ; sori large.—H.k. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 276. N. purpurascens, Hook. Sp.

-Fil iv. 132, t. 262. Aspidium purpurascens, Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 169. A.

< densum, Wall. Cat. 390; Mett. Farngatt. Pheg. & Asp. 65. 4. Weigleanum,

524 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA,

Kunze in Linnea, xxiv. 284. A. catophoron, Kunze in Bot. Zeit. vi. 262. Lastrea
sparsa, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. Suppl. t. 375 (var. obtusissima). Polypodium oppo-
situm, Wall. Cat. 7080.

Himalaya, alt. 3000-9000 feet, from Gurwhal to Bhotan, very common eastward.
Khasia, alt. 2000-6000 feet; very common.—Distrib. South India, Ceylon, Burma,
Malaya, China, Mauritius.

A large series of ferns is collected under this name: the above description includes
the commonest Sikkim and Khasia plant, which I have taken as type; the frond is com-
monly 1-2 feet long. Besides the difficult varieties of North India described below,
Ceylon supplies a different set of forms: according to G. W. (Cat. Ferns Ceylon, p. 6)
N. undulatum, Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 276 (Lastrea, Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 271), should
be reduced hither. As to Beddome's figure of N. sparsum type (Ferns South. Ind. t. 103)
it is correct in outline, but the artist has shown the margin sharply serrate, almost
spinulose; it is an especial character of all the North-Indian NW. sparsum that the
margin is not acutely serrated.

Var. 1. nitidula, Wall. Cat. 392. An alpine small red-legged form, often only 2-4 in.
long ; involucre deciduous.—Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 374. `

Nepaul to Bhotan, alt. 9000-12,000 feet, frequent.—Beddome has figured rather a
large specimen resembling Wallich’s type plant, which has more persistent involucres
and is nearer N. sparsum type; but there is no line between this and N. sparsum type.

Var. 2. latisquama. Rhizome somewhat elongate, clothed with ovate adpressed scales,
without any red lanceolate-linear densely tufted hairs at the base of the stipe.

Khasia.—Very similar plants are communicated from Ceylon and Java, and Col.
Beddome has marked this for me as the type of Blume’s A. purpurascens, which it very
likely may be; but it is not exactly Don’s Nepaul type.

Var. 3. squamulosa. Stipe with linear (or lanceolate-linear) permanent ee main
and partial rhachises of the frond with black pubescence and very short linear
scales ; frond often very compound.

Khasia, alt. 3000-5000 feet, common.—In Sikkim there is a large plant, the rom’
often 3-4 by 2-3 feet, which I consider to be merely a fully developed form of this; it
is very common and marked so many diverse names in the Herbarium, that I consider
no one worth quoting.—Major Henderson thinks this var. should have specific rank.
Var. 4. minor, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. Suppl. p. 17. Fruiting-fronds 3-6 by 13-2 in.;

pinnze simple or subpinnate at the base por —Hk. ke Baker, Syn. Fil. (2nd ed.),
498.

Simla, Edgeworth. North Cachar, Col. Godwin-Austen. Ceylon, Thwaites.—Edge-

worth’s example agrees exactly with Thwaites’.

21. N. cRENATUM, C. B. Clarke. Rhizome with a tuft of golden or bright estan
lanceolate-linear scales; stipe and main rhachis glabrous or nearly sp: frond 3-4-
pinnate, ct beneath; involucres villous.—JN. hirsutum, Don, Prodr Fl N ep. 6

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. 525

not of J.Smith. N. odoratum, Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 280. N. eriocarpum, Decne;
Hook. Sp. Fil. iv. ldl. Aspidiwm odoratum, Bory ; Willd. Sp. Pl. v. 286. A. erio-
carpum, Wall. Cat. 342; Mett. Farngatt. Pheg. & Asp. 60; Milde, Fil. Europ. 113.
A. pilosulum, Wall. Cat. 337, not of Kunze. A. swbdiaphanum, Wall. Cat. 343.
Lastrea eriocarpa, Presl; Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 103. ZL. crenata, Bedd. Ferns
Brit. Ind. Suppl. p. 18. . Hypedomatium .onustum, Kunze in Flora, 1833, 690. H.
Ruppellianum, Kunze, Farnkr. Schk. Suppl. t. 21. Polypodium crenatum, Forsk.
Fl. Ægypt-Arab. 185. f

Himalaya, alt. 2000-7000 feet, from Gurwhal to Bhotan, common. Khasia, alt. 2000-
4500 feet, frequent. Chota Nagpore, alt. 2000-3000 feet.—Distrib. Malay Peninsula,
South China, South India, Ceylon, Mauritius, Tropical Africa.
Verr partial to limestone: as also Parish notes of the allied NW. Parishii. A. pilosulum,
Wall., is much dissected, the segments more remote than usual. A. subdiaphanum,
Wall, is very thin in texture, less pilose than common; some of the involucres when
young are attached laterally on the vein. On the whole N. crenatum varies little, and
there are no disputed examples.

REESE Frond 2—93—4-pinnate, large ; involucres often caducous.

22. N. PULVINULIFERUM, Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. (2nd ed.) 500. Stipe and main rhachis
with many chestnut or black subulate persistent scales, often 1 in. long; surface of
frond glabrous; secondary pinnz usually soriferous in their upper portion only.

—N. Buchanani, Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. (2nd ed.) 498. Aspidiwm spectabile, Wall.
Cat, 372, partly. Lastrea pulvinulifera, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 333, exclud. var.
p, Bedd. Suppl. p. 17.

Sikkim, alt. 5000-8000 feet ; P j Nepaul ; ; Wallich—Distrib. Bourbon,
Natal.

Usually a fine compound fern as described by Bakers, 7. e. but not rarely the fronds in
fruit are under a foot long, i. e.—.N. Buchanani.

23. N. SIKKIMENSE, C. B. Clarke. Stipe and rhachises with ovate acute chestnut or
blackish seales; frond 1-3 feet, oblong-lanceolate, glabrous, sub-3-pinnate, texture
herbaceous, thin ; tertiary pinn: cuneate-oblong, serrate ; involucre thin, persistent,

_ strictly nephrodioid.— Polystichwm sikkimense, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 197. As-
pidium sikkimense, Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 256.
Sikkim, Mon Lepcha, alt. 10,000—12,000 feet; T. Thomson, Sir J. D. Hooker, C. B.

Clarke.

One of the most beautiful of ferns. Mr. Baker préferred Beddome's picture of the

.involueres to the specimens when he referred the species to Aspidiwm. I collected large

quantities of this fern (all at the well-known locality); but, never imagining that it could

have been supposed a Polystichum, have distributed it under the name Lastrea bella,

- nov. Sp.

526 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.

24. N. SPECTABILE, C. B. Clarke, not of Hook. Stipe long, with many lanceolate patent
persistent scales ; main and partial rhachises with scattered narrow lanceolate-linear
patent brown-red scales ; frond 2-4 feet, ovate, glabrous, sub-4-pinnate; quaternary
pinnze oblong, entire, crenate or scarcely serrate; sori small, near the midrib of the
tertiary and quaternary pinnze; involucres fugacious.—Aspidium spectabile, Wall.
Cat. 372. Lastrea Hendersoni, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. Suppl. 17, t. 377. D. Atkin-
sont, Henderson in Kew Herb. formerly.

Nepaul, Wallich. Khasia, alt. 5000-6500 feet, Shillong Hill, Mairung; Griffith, &c.

This is 4. spectabile, Wall. type sheet; among Wallich’s plants issued under this
name are Nephrodium pulvinuliferum and Spheropteris barbata. N. spectabile is closely
allied to A. pulvinuliferum; the scales in N. spectabile are shorter, broader at the base,
and much softer, the rhachis not rough from their harsh bases; the sori are smaller and
more generally scattered.

25. N. mHoporzrIS, C. B. Clarke. Stipe long, stout; frond large, ovate, 3-pinnate, 4-
pinnatifid; primary, secondary, and tertiary rhachises with ovate, acute, subadpressed
hyaline, rose-mauve scales ; primary pinne often 15 in.; tertiary pinnæ deeply
pinnatifid into oblong entire lobes, glabrous beneath ; sori small, near the midrib of
the lobes; involucre fugacious.—Lastrea Blumei, Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 249,
not Aspidium intermedium; Blume. (Pl. LXXII.)

Sikkim, Assam, Khasia, alt. 5000—7000 feet. Chittagong, alt. 150 feet, C. B. Clarke
(very small form).—Distrib. Ceylon, Japan, Malaya, Polynesia.

Aspidium intermedium, Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 161, is Nephrodium Blumei, Hook.
Sp. Fil. iv. 135. Blume describes the pinne as deeply pinnatifid. The specimen of
Blume closely fits his own (and Hooker’s) description: the scales on the main rhachis
are linear; the frond is 1-pinnate, nearly 2-pinnate; the secondary pinne are large,
fibrillose beneath and on the margin. The plant is totally unlike the Indian plant called
Blumei v. intermedium by Thwaites and Maximowiez; and which Sir W. J. Hooker
marked “near L. recedens." In so great confusion I have proposed a new name. The
beautifully hyaline, rose-mauve, ovate, acute, hexagonal-celled scales are abundant and
prominent in the North-India and J apan plants; and some are present in the Ceylon
examples, though they hardly appear in Beddome's otherwise correct figure. —

26. N. INGENS, W. S. Atkinson, MS. Stipe and main rhachis pubescent, and with lax
narrow-lanceolate sparse brown deciduous scales; frond 6-9 feet, 3-4-pinnate; ter-
tiary rhachises beneath with lax glistening multicellular patent hairs; fertile por-
tions of the frond much contracted; sori large; involucres sometimes aspidioid
or nearly so. (Pl. LXXIII.)

Sikkim and Bhotan, alt. 4000-7000 feet, frequent. Khasia; alt. 3000-5000 feet,

frequent. i OP Sa ad cas,”
Put in the same bundle at Kew with JV. dissectum and N. fuscipes, but no one has -

ventured to write either of those names on it. It is the largest Indian Lastrea of

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. 527

soft membranous texture; even in the barren fronds the veins never anastomose. The
secondary pinne are often more than a foot long. The fern fruits but rarely, and then
usually one lower pinna, or several secondary pinnz thereof, alone fruits. The involucres
are, I believe, always truly nephrodioid, if examined before they commence to curl up
their margins.

N. fuscipes, Wall., differs by being much smaller and less divided, by nearly always
exhibiting some anastomosing veins on the lower pinne of the barren fronds (therefore
here referred to Pleocnemia), by the black permanent scales of the stipe.

N. dissectum, Forst., is much smaller and more glabrous; never shows the multi-
cellular hairs of JN. ingens; and has the fertile fronds very little contracted: it is a fern
of South India, Malaya, and Polynesia, not found in the Temperate Himalaya.

97. N. sPLENDENS, Hook. Sp. Fil. iv. 126, excl. 8. Stipe and main rhachis bright chest-
nut, more or less scaly; frond large, long lanceolate ; primary pinne long, narrow,
nearly the same breadth throughout their length, with often 20-30 pairs of short
secondary pinnee.—Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 282. Lastrea splendens, Bedd. Ferns
Brit. Ind. t. 42.

Sikkim and Bhotan, alt. 6000-7000 feet, frequent.—Distrib. Malay Peninsula.
N. Filiz-Mas, var. marginata, Wall., has the frond and the primary pinne distinctly

ovate.

[There is in Wallich's herbarium, among the duplicate sheets of Polypodium mar-
ginale, Wall. Cat. 318, an example of Nephrodium scabrosum, Baker, marked as collected
in Nepaul; but in these mixtures of Wallich I doubt the locality as much as the
species; I do not think JY. scabrosum should be marked a Himalayan plant till some
other person finds it in the Himalaya. Wallich mixed the plants he got from Wight
into his own herbarium by ** hand-and-eye”’ sorting. |

98. N. ANGUSTIFRONS, Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil, 283. Rhizome far-creeping, covered with
ovate yellowish scales; stipes distant, with deciduous ovate scales ; frond glabrous,
elongate, strict, 9-pinnate; tertiary pinne very small, oblong or subquadrate,
toothed.—Lastrea angustifrons, Moore, MS.; Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 226.

Nepaul, Wallich. Sikkim, Dr. Treutler.
Not in Wallich’s own herbarium, but two sheets of Wallich’s collecting detected by

Moore in the Kew Herbarium. A very marked species, with the texture, venation, and

involucres of JY. Filia-Mas.

99, N. Boryanum, Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 284 (not of Hook. Sp. Fil. iv. 126). Nearly
naked, except a few linear lacerate pales near the base of the stipe; secondary
pinn:z cut down to a winged midrib into widely separated pinnatifid segments
1-5 in. long; involucres very fugacious.—JV. divisum, Hook. Sp. Fil. iv. 133.
Aspidium divisum, Wall. Cat. 393. Lastrea Boryana, Bedd. Ferns South. Ind.

sues RS, 7

SECOND SERIES.—BOTANY, VOL. I. Ac

528 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.

^ Himalaya, from Gurwhal to Bhotan, alt. 4000-8000 feet, common. Khasia, alt.
4000-5000 feet, frequent.—Distrib. South India, Ceylon, Malay Peninsula, Bourbon,
Java, China.

Very variable in size; usually large, the pinnee 2 feet long, thin in texture, weak
from the remoteness of the secondary pinns. Small fronds (in full fruit) are only 8 in.
long, and resemble N. flaccidum (i.e. the large variety of N. gracilescens) so exactly
that I ean only distinguish them by the absence of the wer needle-like hairs from
the rhachises of the secondary pinne.

Var. microstegioides. Segments of the secondary pinne oblong, subentire or crenate,

standing close together, the sinus between each two very acute. !

Over the same Himalayan and Khasi area as N. Boryanum type. The extreme form
differs a good deal from N. Boryanum type; but there are many intermediates.

30. N. TENERICAULE, Hook. Sp. Fil. iv. 142, quoad sp. Wallich. Rootstock short;
stipe glabrous, smooth, except a few soft linear-subulate pales near the base; main
rhachis beneath round, firm, glabrous, smooth, shining, straw-coloured or almost
chestnut; primary rhachises beneath glabrous, smooth, or upwards with patent
needle-like white hairs, never paleaceous nor scabrid; involucre always present,
but early deciduous.—Polypodium tenericaule, Wall. Cat. 335. Lastrea flaccida,
Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 99. L. setigera, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. Suppl. p. 18,
not Cheilanthes setigera, Blume. Polypodium Russelianum, Wall. Cat. 7077.

Base of the Himalaya, alt. 0-4000 feet, from Nepaul to Assam and East Bengal,
very common, extending some way into the plains as to Sylhet station. Distrib. South `
India, Ceylon, Burma, Malaya, China, Australia, Polynesia.

A fern exceedingly constant to the above character. The Kew bundle of N. seti-
gerum, Baker, includes Wallich's Polypodium tenericaule, Wallich’s P. ornatum, Rox-
burgh’s P. punctatum, Thunb., and A. uliginosum, Kunze (probably = Cheilanthes setigera,
Blume). Of these, P. ornatum and P. punctatum belong to the genus Polypodium, and
are, moreover, distinguishable at a glance by their hispid or glandulose main rhachis. The
descriptions of Sir W. J. Hooker, Mr. Baker, and Mr. Bentham (in Fl. Austral. vii. 759)
are drawn to include these widely-separated plants; and the synonymy of ss.
Luerssen, and others is not worth disentangling.

The plant figured by Sir W. J. Hooker (Sp. Fil. iv. t. 269) is "s -siüginiosum, Mett.,
which is Polypodium ornatum, Wall.; whether it is the true A. uliginosum, Kunze, may
be still open to question. Mr. Baker remarks (in Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 285) that
Capt. Beddome considers Polypodium ornatum, Wall., distinct from Nephr. setigerum.
I may add that W. S. Atkinson, J. Scott, and Major Henderson agree with Capt. Bed-
dome. One is a Polypodium, very large, the fronds attaining even 20 feet in- length,
the main rhachis muricate-hispid; the other is a Nephrodium, moderate-sized or pon
5 EN main rhachis glabrous.

— [Nephrodium platypus, Hook. Sp. Pil, iy. 149, is stats by Beer in Hk. & Baker,
Syn. Fil 286, to grow in Khasia; but there is no example thence now in the Kew
bundle. ` As to Lobb's Moulmein p TE. ue Bedd. as .Lasírea Platypus,

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. 529

Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 228, it has the involueres of A. aristatum, and is A. aristatum, as
Beddome has discovered, Ferns Brit. Ind. Suppl. p. 16. ]

Subgenus IL. Hunephrodium. Lower pair of veinlets (and often some others) uniting
into a veinlet carried to the sinus, not otherwise branching. Veinlets all carried to
the margin. Sori all across the veinlets, none terminal. Fronds large, pinnate (in
the Indian species).

* Rhizome wide-creeping.
t Lower pinne not tapering to the stipe, nor reduced to auricles,

31. N. unrrum, R. Br. Prodr. Fl. Nov. Holl. 148. Base of the stipe black, glabrous;
pinns cut down 3-3 the way to the midrib ; lobes ovate, acute, subentire; lowest
pair of veinlets uniting often some distance below the sinus, next pair of veinlets
much curving upwards, rarely distinctly uniting with the compound vein.—Hk.
& Baker, Syn. Fil. 289. N. propinquum, R. Br. l. c.; Hook. Sp. Fil. iv. 79; Bedd.
Ferns South. Ind. t. 89. Aspidiwm unitum, Swartz; Wall. Cat. 358 partly ; Benth.
Fl. Austral. vii. 755. Polypodium secundum, Wall. Cat. 301. P. wnitum, Linn.
Sp. Pl. 1548, at least in part.—Burm. Thes. Zeyl. 98, t. 44. fig. 1

Bengal Plain, abundant in tanks; found in the hills in places' permanently wet.—
Distrib. South India, Malaya, Tropical Asia, Africa, Australia, America.

I have never seen this fern except floating in a tank or in a permanently wet
ditch: the American examples appear also to grow in water. The involucres are
nephrodioid, as also in the Australian specimens.—As to the name, Baker concludes
by stating that the P. unitum of the Linnean Herbarium is JY. cucullatum, Baker,
which might be inferred to necessitate changing all the names again; but Linnæus
quotes Burmann's picture, which represents our JV. unitum ; and R. Brown meant that.
As to Schk. Krypt. Gew. tt. 33, b, c, some or all of which are quoted as JV. unitum,
R. Br. they may be so, but no one of those pictures represents the venation typical
of the plant in India. .

LAN pteroides, J. Sm.; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 289, is said to grow in the Himalaya.
The only authority for this at Kew is a single sheet, on which there is a mixture of
specimens from Blume and Wallich; with a note that the Wallachian examples were

. portions of Wall. Cat. 386, from Kumaon. But Wallich states that his JV. terminans,
Wall. Cat. 386, came from the Mts. of Ava. Nobody else finds W. terminans in the
Himalaya. Mettenius considers it a mere apicifloral variety of W. extensum.]

32. N. zxrENsuM, Hook. Sp. Fil. iv. 72, t. 240 A. Stipe and main rhachis beneath nearly
glabrous; pinnze cut down $-3 the way to the midrib ; lowest pair of veinlets alone
uniting ; lobes subacute, glabrous beneath, except minute glistening hairs on the
veinlets; sori medium-sized, mostly in the lobes.—Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 85;
Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 289. Aspidiwn extensum, Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 156.
A. conioneuron, Mett. Farngatt. Pheg. & Asp. 102. A. prionophyllum, Wall. Cat.

pe 355, not A. multijugum, Wall. Cat. 348.

| Khasia, Griffith, 2 sheets, ee. Burma, Malaya, South India, ee ,
C

530 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.

"Var. microsora. Stipe with linear-subulate, long, soft, brown, permanent pales to-
wards the base; stipe upwards and main rhacis softly patently pilose; pinnæ cut
down nearly to the midrib, with scattered white needle-like hairs beneath; sori
minute, near the midrib of the pinne, scarcely extending to the lobes; involucre
distinct, glabrous, caducous.

Sikkim, alt. 500-4000 feet, common, C. B. Clarke. __This fern is what has been known
as the Sikkim form of JV. didymosorum, Parish. It resembles, indeed, Parish’s plant in
the cutting and disposition of the sori, but differs in the extensively creeping rhizome
and lesser points. Mr. Baker says he does not see where it is to be put except next
N. extensum, which it resembles in outline, but has the pinne still more deeply
pinnatifid.

Var. late-repens. Creeping 100 yards, throwing up distant fronds; frond sometimes
somewhat reduced at base, or the stipe with auricles; sori medium-sized, scattered
generally, in hairiness and cutting as the preceding var.

Terai, universal.—This fern creeps in the sand near streams where they debouch from
the hills, covering acres, I might say square miles, of country, as round Siligori:

33. N. PRocURRENs, Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 290. Rhizome creeping 1-2 feet ; stipe with
linear subulate, brown, lax, persistent scales at the base; stipe upwards and main
rhachis beneath minutely sparsely hairy; lower pinne slightly reduced, or some-
times the frond tapers considerably at the base ; pinnz cut down 3-3 the way to the
midrib into subobtuse lobes, shortly pubescent on the veins Ead. l or 2 pairs of
veinlets uniting; sori medium-sized, scattered generally; involucre persistent,
minutely hairy.— 4spidiwm procurrens, Mett, in Ann. Mus. Lugd. Bat. i. 231.
A. nymphale, Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 157, not of Schkuhr.

East Bengal Plain, C. B. Clarke.—Distrib. Ceylon, Java.

Mr. Baker remarks, this fern is uno verbo N. parasiticum, with a creeping rhizome.
In no fern is the rhizome really erect; it is decumbent, often very short; but in many
ferns, under favourable circumstances, it may be lengthened to 6-12in. I doubt very
much species that stand on this single character; of course there are ferns, like N. ex-
tensum, var. late-repens, where a single rhizome will cover a quarter of an acre; and `
_ this is a good character; but I share Mr. Baker’s doubts whether JV. procurrens is other
than N. parasiticum inclined to creep a little. Whatever it is, we have it in Bengal.

tt Stipes frequently auricled, or the frond tapering much at the base.

34. N. cUcULLATUM, Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil 290. Stipe and main rhachis beneath.
hairy; pinnz cut scarcely 3 the way down to the midrib; texture coriaceous,
veinlets in the lobes beneath raised when dry, very hairy, several pairs uniting ;
involucres prominent, persistent, glabrous.—JV. unitum, Sieber, Wall. Cat. 358,

. mainly; Hook. Sp. Fil. iv. 81, partly; Mett. Farngatt. Pheg. & Asp. 107; Bedd.

. . Ferns South. Ind. t. 88. — Aspidium cucullatum, you», dass PL: gu Fil. 151.

| . Polypodium caudigerum, Wall. Cat. 298, type sheet. ` veria ecrit

Assam, SEH —Distrib. KEN Siren Mauritius, à

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. 531

^ I much doubt this being a North-Indian fern. The authority is the mixed sheet of
specimens at Kew, under one of which is noted “ Assam, Griffith," not in Griffith’s
writing. Griffith collected good series of this fern at Malacca. In several instances
at Kew plants which Griffith collected at Malacca have been pasted down and marked
Assam, or Mishmee, or Khasia. I strongly suspect this to be the case here.

. [Beddome attributes JV. elatum, Bojer, a Mauritius fern, to the Himalaya, on the faith
of an example of Dr. Jerdon's (see Ferns Brit. Ind. Suppl. p. 18). There is in the Kew
bundle of N. elatum, var. procerum, placed one Himalayan specimen of Jerdon's, which
is believed to be that which Colonel Beddome depends upon; but it is (now at least)
wholly exinvolucrate, and is (for me) one of Mig commonest Himalayan Polypodiums,

sect. Goniopteris. ]

35. N. ARIDUM, Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 291. Stipe and main rhachis beneath slightly
` pubescent; pinnæ cut 4 the way down to the midrib, texture coriaceous; veinlets
in the lobes beneath raised when dry, hairy, several pairs uniting; involucres
fugacious.—Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 207. Aspidium aridum, Don, Prodr. Fl. Nep. 4.
A. venulosum, Wall. Cat. 352, type sheet. Polypodium scabridum, Wall. Cat. 302.

Throughout Bengal Plain, abundant; from the Soonderbun to Assam and the Dehra
Doon, ascending the hills to 3000 feet alt.—Distrib. Throughout India, Ceylon, Malaya,
North Australia.

One of the commonest of Indian ferns: the veinlets in the lobes are sometimes
forked. The texture and raised veins beneath distinguish this easily from all the
Nephrodiums except JY. cucullatum, which is more hairy, has prominent involucres, and
(usually) narrower pinnz. It is requisite with more care to distinguish this fern from
Polypodium, sect. Goniopteris. Colonel Beddome appears now to hold that the species
of Goniopteris are merely exinvolucrate forms of the corresponding species of Zune-
phrodium ; as above, Athyrium oxyphyllum has been supposed to include (as a variety)
the completely exinvoluerate Polypodium Kulhaitense.

ap Caudex erect, or the rhizome decumbent, hardly creeping, stipes approximate.

36. N. eLANDULOsUM, Hook. Sp. Fil. iv. 76, partly. Main rhachis closely villous ; frond
1 foot, adpressedly strigose on. the upper surface; pinne truncate at the base,
subentire serrate or pinnatifid scarcely 4 the way to the midrib; veinlets beneath
minutely hirsute, several pairs uniting ; involucres nephrodioid, elongate, promi-
nent, firm ; sori ultimately often confluent, so that the fern resembles at first sight
Meniscium.—Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 132? (Pl. LX XIV. fig. 1.)

Assam, Griffith.—Distrib. Java.

- The plant figured by Beddome has different sori, and is not strigose above; it is

that taken as the type of JV. glandulosum, Blume, by Hooker and Mettenius; it is

common in Malaya, does not occur in North India. The above diagnosis is from

Blume's authentic specimen. Griffith’s example is identical with Blume's; but there

may be a doubt whether he did not collect it at Malacca, not in Assam. Griffith’s

532 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. `

example is pasted down on the same sheet as Blume’s, without any original ticket.
This marked fern may have been accidentally issued by Blume as his JY. glandulosum ;
if so, it might be renamed JV. meniscioides.

Var. lete-strigosa (Pl. LXXIV. fig. 2). Fronds 2-4 feet; pinne pinnatifid 3 the way
to the midrib ; involucres firm, nephrodioid, glabrous, sori not confluent. `

Sylhet, Griffith. Chittagong Hills, alt. 0-500 feet, abundant, C. B. Clarke.—This
differs from JV. pennigerum, Hk., by the frond being strigose above, abrupt at the base.

37. N. PENNIGERUM, Hook. Sp. Fil. iv. 72. Stipe villous; frond large; lowest pinnæ
reduced distant sometimes to auricles; pinnæ cut 1—3 the way down to the midrib;
lobes ovate, subacute, hardly toothed, 2-8 pairs of veinlets uniting; rhachis and
under surface villous; involucres subpersistent.—Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 292.
N. abruptum, Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 86. Aspidium pennigerum, Blume, Enum.
Pl. Jav. Fil. 153, not of Swartz. .4. megaphyllum, Mett. in Ann. Mus. Lugd.
Bat. i. 233.

Ceylon, Malay Peninsula and Islands, Tropical Africa.

. Var. multilineata, Wall. Cat. 353. Main rhachis and veinlets beneath puberulous,
minutely pubescent or glabrous; frond otherwise glabrous.

East Bengal from Mishmee (Griffith) to Chittagong, where it is plentiful, alt. 200-
1000 feet.—Distrib. Malay Peninsula.

98. N. AMBOINENSE, Presl; Hook. Sp. Fil. iv. 75. Stipe and main rhachis beneath
nearly naked; frond somewhat reduced at the base, but scarcely tapering; pinnse
subentire or cut 3 the way down to the midrib into close oblong subfaleate lobes,
several pair of veinlets uniting, minutely hairy beneath or glabrous; involucre
glabrous, deciduous.—Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 292. VN. extensum, var. B. minor,
Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 201. W. latipinna, Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 202. Aspidium
amboinense, Willd.; Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 148; Mett. Farngatt. Pheg. &
Asp. 105.

Bengal and Assam, near the foot of the hills, common.—Distrib. South India, Ceylon,
Burma, Malaya, Tropical Asia, Africa, and America.

This fern is that portion of JV. parasiticum that has the pinnz cut down less than 4 the
way to the midrib. The separation of the two species is artificial. I altogether doubt
their distinctness. It is impossible to state the area of JV. amboinense with any accuracy, —

as a considerable number of the specimens are quite uncertainly referred to it, and may [e

be N. parasiticum.—As to N. latipinna, if separable as the most trifling var. of W. am-

boinense, it grows in Chittagong. My examples and the Hongkong typical are. identical.
X Arbuscula, Desv., is said by Col. Beddome to be ** general ” in India. | There are no
exa mples of typical N. Arbuscula from North India; there are placed i in the Kew N. Ar-

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. 533

39. N.PAnAsITICUM, C. B. Clarke. Rhizome tufted or very shortly creeping; stipe and
main rhachis beneath pubescent, shortly hairy or glabrous, not with long hairs,
with few or no pale ; frond oblong-lanceolate, lowest pinnse usually narrower and
remote, often more or less pilose on both surfaces, or glabrous beneath, except on
the nerves; pinnz cut down j-$ the way to the midrib into oblong subobtuse
nearly entire lobes, lowest pair of veins (rarely 1 superior pair) uniting ; involucres
hairy or glabrous, deciduous.—J. molle, Desv.; Hook. Sp. Fil. iv. 67; Bedd.
Ferns South. Ind. t. 84; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 293. VN. nymphale, Carr. in Fl.
Viti. 363. Aspidiwm parasiticum, Swartz; Wall. Cat. 7082; Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav.
Fil 158. .4. molle, Swartz ; Milde, Fil. Europ. 111; Benth. Fl. Austral. vii. 756.
A. canescens, Wall. Cat. 864. A. tectum, Wall. Cat. 394. 4. canum, Wall. Cat.
387, partly. A. solutum, Wall. Cat. 350. Polypodium parasiticum, Linn. Sp. Pl.
1551. P. molle, Jacq. Ic. Pl. Rar. t. 640. P. molliusculum, Wall. Cat. 332.
P. nemorale, Wall. Cat. 317.

Throughout India, abundant; ascending the mountains to 5000 feet alt.—Distrib.
In tropical and warm temperate regions, almost throughout the globe: one of the most
universal and plentiful of ferns.

Very little variable considering the extensive range. "The var. didyomsorum, Parish ;
Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 200; has the rhachis long, patently hairy, and the sori nearly
confined to the centre of the pinnæ. The authentic example I have of this does not
show the rhizome; but our didymosorous Sikkim Nephrodiwm is a var. of N. extensum
above, which see.

OBS multijuga. Pinnæ very close together, the lowest deflexed, not remote, nor much
shorter than those above.—Aspidium multijugum, Wall. Cat. 348, not Nephrodium
multijugum, Baker.

Penang, Wallich. Sikkim, in a subtropical valley, W. S. Atkinson.—Fronds large
and broad. :

Var. aurea. Stipes closely tufted, grey-pubescent, fertile much longer than the barren ;
frond truncate at the base, lowest pair of pinnæ nearly as long as any above them;
pinne often contracted near the base, cut down $ of the way to the midrib;
under surface and involueres with minute bright aureous hairs.

g . Sikkim and Bhotan; alt. 1000-4000 feet, frequent, C. B. Clarke, Assam, Griffith.
—J have always regarded this fern as specifically separable from N. parasiticum, which
does not show the bright aureous hairs glistening on the under surface. But Major
Henderson thinks it undesirable to increase the number of species of Nephrodium very
close to N. parasiticum.

40. N. CRINIPES, Hook. Sp. Fil. iv. 71. Large; stipe and main rhachis with many
lanceolate-linear thin brown scales; pinnæ cut down ł-2 the way to the midrib
into broad-oblong hardly acute lobes; veinlets and rhachises beneath minutely

~ puberulo-pubescent, otherwise glabrous.—Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 263; Hk. &

Baker, Syn. Fil. 294.

534 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA,

North and East Bengal, near the foot of the hills, alt. 0—1500 feet, from Nepaul to
Assam and Chittagong, frequent.—Distrib. Malacca.

Col. Beddome sends to Kew a piece from the middle of a Nilgherry frond which seems
N. crinipes. Beddome’s figure, t. 263, shows the main rhachis hairy : the distinguishing
mark of the species is that the scales are from a lanceolate base.

[.N. feroz, Moore, Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 294, is said to have been found in Kumaon.
It has the stem with harsh scales, the sori in two rows next the midrib of the pinnz,
and coriaceous texture. There is at Kew one mixed sheet of specimens, one piece of
which is N. feroz. The sheet is marked ** Kumaon, Wallich v. Wight." I should
require very much additional evidence before believing that a low-level Malay fern,
N. ferox, is to be found in Kumaon. It is not a plant to be easily overlooked; but no
one now can find it in Kumaon. |

AL N. TRuNCATUM, Presl, Tent. Pterid. 81. Tufted; stipe and main rhachis pube-
rulous or slightly nehrecetes lowest pinne smaller, remote, often reduced to
auricles; pinnæ cut 4-4 down into oblong truncate lobes, glabrous or nearly so,
1-2 pairs of veins antag ; involucres small, fugacious.—Carr. in Fl. Viti. 363;
Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 204. AN abruptum, Presl; Hook. Sp. Fil. iv. 77, t. 241 B.
N. Hudsonianum, Brack. U.S. Explor. Ferns, t. 25. AN. eusorum, Bedd. Ferns South.
Ind. t. 130. Aspidium truncatum, Gaud.; Luerssen, Fil. Graeff. 192; Benth. Fl.
Austral. vii. 756. A. abruptum, Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 154. A. multilineatum,
Wall. Cat. 353. A. prionophyllum, Wall. Cat. 355, chiefly and as to type sheet.
A. eusorum, Thwaites, Enum. Pl. Ceyl. 391. Polystichum truncatum, Gaud. in
Freycinet, Voy. Bot. 333, t. 10.

Cachar, R. L. Keenan. Chittagong Hills, alt. 250 feet ; C. B. Clarke.—Distrib. South
India, Ceylon, Malay Peninsula and Islands, North Australia, Polynesia.

Very near the large glabrescent form of N. parasiticum. It can generally be
recognized by the truncate toothed apex of the lobes and its thin texture, but is very
doubtfully separable (see Benth. Z. c.). A. venulosum, Wall. Cat. 352, placed in the
N. truncatum Kew bundle, is (for me) N. parasiticum.

Subgenus III. Pleocnemia. Frond 1-2-8-pinnate. Lowest pair of veinlets in the
ultimate pinna, at least in the lower part of the barren frond, uniting; veinlets in
the ultimate lobes often forked or pinnate; no free veinlets included within the
looped veins. | :

42, N. wEMBRANIFOLIUM, Presl, Rel. Hænck. 36, t. 5. fig. 3. Stipes tufted, with black
linear-subulate scales near the base; free pinnæ 1-8 pairs, the lower sometimes
completely pinnate; main rhachis and both surfaces of the fronds more or less
softly hairy with multicellular hairs; veins in the barren portions of the frond .
looped (at least a few of them); fronds uniform, subdimorphie or strongly di-
morphic.—Hook. Sp. Fil. iv. 181, t. 261; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 282, partly, not
N. dissectum, Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. (2nd ed.), 282. Zeien fuscipes, Wall. Cat.

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. 535

361, partly, not as to type sheet; Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. Suppl. 15, t. 366. 4. mem-
branifolium, Mett. Farngatt. Pheg. & Asp. 113.

Plain of Eastern Bengal, extending into Assam, Cachar, Chittagong ; ascending the
hills in Khasia and Sikkim to 3000 feet alt., abundant.——Distrib. Burma, Malay
Peninsula.

A very common fern, with the habit of Sagenia cicutaria ; easily recognized by the
persistent black scales on the lower half of the stipe. The sori are aspidioid rather than
nephrodioid, as Col. Beddome shows. But in rearranging the species of Aspidium with
Nephrodium (as those genera are understood by Mr. Baker), I should rely rather on the
venation than on the involucre. The type sheet of Aspidium fuscipes, Wall. Cat. 361,
is Nephrodiwm sagenioides, Baker. Our species has been supposed to be a great
stumbling-block to those systematists who depend on venation as the character for a
primary division of the genus; but when separated (as it certainly should be) from
N. ingens, dissectum, and sagenioides, I do not see that it should be. In its non-
dimorphic form (figured by Hooker and Beddome) the fronds have some inarching
veins: in its dimorphic forms the barren frond always shows some inarching veins.
This fern varies greatly in cutting. The following are two among many striking
forms of it :—

Var. typica. Fertile and barren fronds similar, lanceolate, 3-6 in. long, scarcely 1-pin-
nate, or with 1 pair of free pinne; texture (when alive) white, glistening, mem-
branous, often very hairy. (Pl. LXXV. fig. A.)

Tipperah and Chittagong, in densely jungled valleys, common.

Var. dimorpha. Fertile and barren fronds very unlike, 18 by 12 in. or often more, 2-pin-
nate, 3-pinnatifid ; barren frond full green, with many inarching veins; fertile frond
more membranous, veins all free. (Pl. LXXV. figs. B, C.)

Throughout East Bengal.—Varieties between this and Col. Beddome's type are
common. My very dimorphic examples have been more than once marked by Col.
Beddome as “ Sagenia, nov. sp.;" but I believe he now regards them as only a form
of N. fuscipes.—Throughout Sagenia and Pleocnemia the fertile portions of the frond are
often more or less contracted, and when much contracted show few (or no) inarching

veins.

43. N. LEUZEANUM, Hook. Sp. Fil. iv. 61. Stipe rusty pubescent or shortly hirsute,

_ without scales; frond 1—4 feet, 2-pinnate, 3-pinnatifid; ultimate segments ovate,
rounded, entire or denticulate, usually with a tooth in the sinus at their base; sori
mixed with yellow glandular hairs; involucre fugacious.—Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil.
295. Aspidium Luzeanum, Kunze; Mett. Farngatt. Pheg. & Asp. 116, Fil. Hort.
Lips. t. 22. figs. 8, 9. 4. conjugatum, Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 169. Pleoenemia
Leuzeana, Presl; Hk. & Bauer, Gen. Fil. t. 97; Carr. in Fl. Viti. 361; Bedd.
Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 184. P. javanica, Presl, Epimel. Bot. 50. Polypodium Leuzeanum,
Gaud. in Freycinet, Voy. Bot. t. 6. P. pubigerum, Wall. Cat. 7078.

| Base of the hills in North and East Bengal, alt. 0-2000 feet ; Sikkim, Assam, Cachar,
SECOND SERIES.—BOTANY, VOL. I. 4D

536 MR. €. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.

Khasia, Chittagong; nowhere very common.—Distrib. Burma, Malaya, China, Poly-
nesia, North Australia.

Veinlets beneath (and sometimes the surface) with minute golden hairs; but these
seem often wanting in the Polynesian and Malay examples. Polypodium (Dictyopteris)
macrodon, Reinw.; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 318, closely resembles N. Leuzeanwm ; the.
sori are smaller, more scattered, without golden hairs.

44. N. ARTINEXUM, C. B. Clarke. Frond 28 by 12in., narrowed at the base to distant
auricles, softly shortly villous, 1-pinnate; pinnz cut down to a narrow wing into
narrow segments 1-1} in. long, often pinnatifid upwards; involucres villous; sori
near the midrib of the pinne or the margin of the segments. —Pleocnemia Clarkei,
Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. Suppl. p. 15, t. 368, not Nephrodium Clarkei, Baker.

Sikkim, alt. 4500 feet, once collected; on the path descending south from Dikeeling,
C. B. Clarke.

Subgenus IV. Sagenic. Frond 1-2-pinnate. Veinlets inarching freely, at least in the
= barren parts of the frond, with free veinlets often included within the arches;
veinlets in the ultimate lobes often forked or pinnate.

* Sori in more than two rows between the principal nerves, often irregularly scattered.

45. N. vastum, Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 296. Stipes scattered, with numerous. linear-
subulate brown persistent scales, winged at least upwards; frond 2—4 feet, sub-
l-pinnate; pinns.6-8 by 2 in., subentire, caudate, lowest pair often furcate ;
anastomosing veins very numerous, with many included terminating veinlets.
—Aspidium vastum, Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 142; Mett Fil. Hort. Lips. t. 22.
fig. 7. A. alatum, Wall. Cat. 378; Hk. & Grev. Ic. Fil. t. 184; Mett Farngatt.
Pheg. & Asp. 123, t. 18. fig. 1; Hook. Sp. Fil iv. 47. Sagenia alata, Bedd. Ferns
Brit. Ind. t. 169.

d Bengal, alt. 0-1000 feet; Mishmee, Khasia, Chittagong.—Distrib. Burma,

Malaya. ee

Involueres mostly nephrodioid. Polypodium. dilatatum, Wall., much confounded with
this, has (inter alia) the stipe without scales.

46. N. SUBCONFLUENS, C. B. Clarke. Stipes tufted, 1-2 feet long, with linear-subulate
dark brown persistent scales; frond 6-12 in., triangular in outline, tripartite,
terminal pinna deeply pinnatifid; lobes 3-6 in., pinnatifid 1 the way down to the
midrib; lateral pinne ovate, auriculate, sub-2-pinnatifid, more developed on the
lower side; surface glabrous above, rusty puberulo-pubescent on the veins beneath.
—Aspidium subconfluens, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. Suppl. p. 14, t. 364.

Khasia, alt. 3000—3500 feet; below Umwai, C. B. Clarke.

Said by Col. Beddome ( c.) to have been obtained by Major Heudeman- i in the
Himalaya; but.Major Henderson tells me that he never colleeted the plant, and I
doubt its being Himalayan. The sori are very variable in position : : sometimes they are
nearly inggo regular rows on either side the main nerves; e m eti ne: Ze, are in a

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. 537

row very close round the margin of the frond; sometimes they are terminal on included
veinlets.

A7. N. neverosorum, Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 2nd ed. 504. Rhizome creeping exten-
sively ; stipes solitary, erect, with lanceolate-linear brown persistent scales near their
base; frond erect, lanceolate, hardly narrowed at the base, 1-pinnate; pinnz 4-8 in.,
narrow-oblong, acuminate-caudate, subsessile, very entire, the lowest never furcate,
often with auricles at their base.—Aspidium rostratum, Wall. Cat. 383 partly.
A. grandifolium, Mett. Farngatt. Pheg..&.Asp.124, exemp. authent. Sagenia
heterocarpa, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 47. :

In wet flats near rivers in Assam and Chittagong.—Distrib. Burma.

A very distinct fern, forming large groves about 6 feet high, the separate fronds so
erect that till I had the plant in my hand I never suspected it to be a fern. Herbarium
scraps of it are much jumbled with N. polymorphum, which, however, has the lower
pinne more stalked, often furcate, the pinnz less entire, less rostrate, and is without
the club-shaped auricles at the base of the pinns so very frequently seen in Æ. hete-
rosorum. The sori are sometimes confluent both in JY. heterosorum and in N. poly-
morphum.—Mettenius’s description (J. c.) copied by Hook. Sp. Fil. iv. 58, is referred to
N. polymorphum by Baker in Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 298; and probably correctly, 2. e. it
seems that Mettenius described from an example of JV. polymorphum, but the example he
named for Kew with his own hand JY. grandifolium is N. heterosorum.

48. N. PoLYwonPHUM, Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 297. Stipes tufted, paleaceous towards
the base; main rhachis yellow or brown; frond 1-3 feet, lanceolate, broadest at
the base, 1-pinnate; pinnæ oblong or elliptic, acuminate, crenate lobed or toothed ;
lowest pair distinctly stalked, often furcate, sometimes again pinnate.—Aspidium
polymorphum, Wall. Cat. 382; Hook. Sp. Fil. iv. 54, excl. syn. ; Bedd. Ferns South.
Ind. tt. 116, 117. A. rostratum, Wall. Cat. 383 chiefly and as to type sheet.

In and near the hills, alt. 0—5000 feet, from Gurwhal to Mishmee and Chittagong,
abundant.—Distrib. Burma, South India, Ceylon.

In some of my specimens in young fruit the involucres are exactly aspidioid. Bed-
dome doubts, Ferns Brit. Ind. Suppl. 14, whether 4. repandum, Willd.; Hk. & Baker,
Syn. Fil. 258, be even a good var. of N. polymorphum: the two are doubtless congeneric
and closely allied. Willdenow probably really meant our common JV. polymorphum by
his term A. repandum, which is the older name ; but the fern preserved at Kew as £. re-
pandum is one collected by Cuming in the Philippines, and differs somewhat from our
N. polymorphum ; in short, greatly resembles Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 117.

Var. Simonsii, (sp. Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 504. Main rhachis shining black or mainly

‘so, otherwise exactly as W. polymorphum.— Aspidium Simonsii, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind.
Suppl. p. 15, t. 367.

Sikkim and Bhotan.—I cannot see that this is separable from many forms of X. poly-

. morphum, as from var. macrocarpum, Bedd.

538 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.

** Sori in two rows between the principal nerves.

49. N. vanroLosuM, Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 298. Stipes tufted, pubescent, only near the
base paleaceous; fronds more or less dimorphous; the fertile frond on a longer
stipe, more divided, with narrower segments, somewhat more membranous, less
hairy; lowest pair of pinne furcate, sometimes pinnate; sori medium-sized or
rather large, usually terminal on veinlets included within looped veins; involucres
aspidioid.— 4spidium variolosum, Wall. Cat. 379 ; Hook. Sp. Fil.iv. 51; Bedd. Ferns
Brit. Ind. t. 365, not t. 170. A. Zollingerianum, Herb. Kew.; Bedd. Ferns Brit.
Ind. t. 251, ?of Kunze.

East Bengal Plain, abundant; extending from Assam to Chittagong.—Distrib. Burma,
Malay Peninsula.

Helfer's Tenasserim example, No. 362, has been marked for Kew by Mettenius's hand
Aspidium Zollingerianum, Kunze: it is identical with Wallich's type 4. variolosum,
No. 379, which represents the distinctly dimorphic state of the plant. It is possible that
the Java A. Zollingerianum, Kunze, is something different, and that Mettenius has
made a mistake. However that may be, I am strongly of opinion that all the East
Bengal and Pegu specimens are but one species, varying a good deal (as does N. fuscipes)
in the degree of difference between the fertile and barren fronds.—Baker describes the
rhizome as creeping ; so it is, and so is the rhizomein all ferns. In X. varioloswm there
are usually 4-6 stipes within an inch of length of the rhizome: the rhizome may
creep 3-6 in., but in the same year only throws up stipes at one point just behind the
growing end. The real distinction between creeping and tufted ferns is between this
state and that in N. rostratum (No. 45), where the fronds over many square yards all
spring from one rhizome, the stipes are distant; the rhizome creeps deeply, the growing
point not being above the surface of the ground.

50. N. Wien, C. B. Clarke. Stipe and main rhachis glabrous or nearly so; fronds
l-pinnate, large, distinctly dimorphous ; fertile pinnz rarely half as wide as the
barren ; lowest pinnæ lanceolate, entire, narrowed at the base N. siifolium, Hk. &
Baker, Syn. Fil. 299 partly. (Pl LXXVI.)

Bhotan, Griffith.—Distrib. Mts. of South India.

Considered as a var. of 4. polymorphum by Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. Beat p.14. The
sori are strictly and invariably biserial between the main nerves, as insisted on by
Mr. Baker, and this involves a complex but radical difference in the venation. N. poly-
morphwum is never distinctly dimorphic as N. Wightit alwaysis; also N. polymorphum has
the lowest pinne usually forked, or at least rounded subauriculate at the base, often <
crenate or lobed; in short, I think with Mr. Baker that V.Wightit and N. polymorphum
differ as much as any two of the section Sagenia.— Aspidium siifolium, Mett. inAnn. Mus.
Lugd. Bat. i. 237,is A. Teijsmannianum, Hook. Sp. Fil. iv. 41, t. 236, andis no doubt the
original Polypodium siifolium, Willd. Sp. Pl. v. 196. Mettenius has marked - very poor
— from the upper porn) of N. "m (collected. A EE near Courtallum)

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. 539

as A. siifoliwm, Mett.; and Mr. Baker has accepted this authority for reducing the
Peninsula plaut N. Wightii to the Javan A. Teijsmannianum; but the two essentially
differ: A. Teijsmannianum has the fronds little dimorphic, the fertile pinnze shorter, but
twice as broad as those of AN Wightii, the lower pinnz with a rounded base, often
furcate, the margin of the pinne crenate, often sublobed, the sori large, confluent,
ultimately resembling Meniscium. In short, I regard V. Wightii as abundantly sepa-
rable (for a Sagenia) from A. siifolium, Mett.—But I am very doubtful about the only
North-Indian locality, Bhotan. There are several specimens of N. Wightit from Wight’s
Herbarium ; and it is one of these which is marked as having been got by him from
Griffith, Bhotan. There is no original ticket of Griffith ; and though Wight got large
duplicate bundles of Griffith’s Malay collections, I do not know that he got sets of any
other of Griffith’s plants.

51. N. pecurrens, Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 299. Rhizome creeping; stipe with many
linear-subulate brown persistent scales below; frond 1-pinnate; main rhachis
winged, the wing often decurrent down the stipe; fertile frond often 3 feet; lowest
pinne 8 in., furcate; barren frond smaller, sometimes undivided palmately 3-lobed.
—Aspidium decurrens, Presl, Rel. Haenck. 28. A. pteropus, Kunze; Hook. Sp.
Fil. iv. 47; Mett. Farngatt. Pheg. & Asp. 120. 4. macrophyllum, Blume, Enum.
Pl. Jav. Fil. 144, not of Swartz. Cardiochlena alata, Fée, Gen. Fil. 315. Sagenia
pteropus, Kunze; Carr. in Fl. Viti. 863; Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 82.

Eastern Bengal, at the foot of the hills; Assam, Cachar, Chittagong, frequent.—
Distrib. Ceylon, Malay Peninsula and Islands, South China, Polynesia.

Mettenius says that his 4. pteropus is not decurrens, Presl; but as he quotes Cuming, `
no. 148, it is certain that it is, as Mr. Baker states. The margin of the barren fronds is
usually quite entire, of the fertile undulate-crenate, which may have puzzled Mettenius,
who had very scant material. There are placed in the Kew N. decurrens bundle now
some specimens from Brazil, which are very near, but do not, I think, belong, as the
sori are not at all regularly biserial.

52. N. CICUTARIUM, Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 209. Stipes tufted, with many scales close
tothe bases; main rhachis and primary partial rhachises beneath glabrous or nearly
s0; frond very thin in texture, nearly glabrous on the surface beneath, 1-2-pinnate,
sometimes 3-pinnate, deltoid in outline; sori both terminal on a vein terminating
within looped veins and across the veins; involucres obscurely nephrodioid, some-
times altogether aspidioid.—. WV. giganteum, Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 299, largely.
Aspidium cicutarium, Swartz; Mett. Farngatt. Pheg. & Asp. 117; Hook. Sp. Fil.
iv. 48. R. apiifolium, Schk. Krypt. Gew. t. 56 B. Polypodium cicutarium, Linn.
Sp. Pl. 1549. P. Hippocrepis, Jacq. Ic. Pl. Rar. t. 641. Sagenia Hippocrepis,
Hk. & Bauer, Gen. Fil. t. 53 A. S. macrodonta, Fée, Gen. Fil. t. 24 A. fig. 1.
S. gigantea, Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 80.

` Te the hills alt. 0-5000 feet, from Gurwhal to Bhotan and Chittagong, common.

540 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.

Chota Nagpore, alt. 1000-4000 feet, :common.—Distrib.. South: India, ‚Ceylon, Burma,
Malaya. Inthe tropics of nearly the whole globe.

Var. coadunata, Wall. Cat. 877, partly. Frond thick, hairy on the DEEN and often
on the frond beneath ; involucres nephrodioid.—Hk. & Grev. Ic. Fil. t. 202. Sagenia
coadunata, Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 81. S. variolosa, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind.
1170.

As widely spread in North India as the typical NW. cicutarium, and still more plen-
tiful. So far as the North-Indian examples are concerned, N. coadunatum may be held a
distinct species; but in the large collections from all parts of the globe I cannot sort as
between N. cicutarium and N. coadunatum. In North India N. cicutarium is, when
fairly developed, 2-3 feet across, very thin, light green and glabrous, 2-pinnate, often
3-pinnate, the pinne often remote; while N. coadunatum is a stout firm thick hairy
frond on a short stipe, often 1-pinnate, or if 2-pinnate with approximate pinne.
Wallieh's type sheet of Aspidiwm coadunatum is very glabrous, and is unfortunately
exactly that variety which has been known in India as not var. coadunata.

53. N. MULTICAUDATUM, C. B. Clarke. Stipe 1-3 feet, densely clothed nearly its whole
length with linear-subulate brown persistent scales; frond very large, 2-pinnate,
3-pinnatifid ; primary lower pinnæ usually 1 foot long; rhachises beneath rusty-
puberulous, slightly paleaceous.— Aspidium multicaudatum, Wall. in Herb. Sagenia
silhetensis, C. B. Clarke in Herb. (Pl. LX XVII.)

Southern base of the Khasi Hills, alt. 0-1000 feet, from Shooshung to Cachar,
C. B. Clarke.—Distrib. Chappedong. _

Much the finest of Indian Sagenias, and easily known by the long densely paleaceous
stipe: I can see little difference in the venation and sori between this and X. cicutarium,
var. coadunata.

30. NEPHROLEPIS, Schott.

1. N. CORDIFOLIA, Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 300. Rhizome abbreviated, roots often
bearing tubers ; pinnze numerous, crowded, obtuse or not very acute; ‘sori midway
between the midriband margin, or sometimes nearer the margin ; involucres horse-
shoe-shaped.— Luerssen, Fil. Graeff. 198. JV. tuberosa, Presl; Hook. Sp. Fil. iv.
151; Carr. in Fl. Viti. 361; Milde, Fil. Europ. 170; Bedd. Ferns South. Ind.
t. 92. Aspidiwm Tavoyanum, Wall. Cat. 1082. A. auriculatum, Wall. Cat. 2233,
chiefly. A. imbricatum, Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 146, ?of Kaulf. 4. obtusi-
folium, Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil 145, ?of Willd. A. cordifolium, Benth. Fl.
Austral. vii. 754. Vephrodium delicatulum, Dene, in Jacquem. Voy. Bot. 178, t. 179.
Polypodium cordifolium, Linn. Sp. Pl. 1549.

North India, general; alt. 0-5000 feet, from Chumba to Bhotan and SE as
well as on the hills bordering Hindosthan on the south.—Distrib. South India, Ceylon,
Burma, Malaya ; the tropics of the whole world, extending to New Zealand, Japan.

_ The e: are 4st shorter than i in the next species ; but N. cordifolia is soi

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS. OF NORTHERN. INDIA. 54L

to N. exaltata. I. can find no tangible difference in the base of the: pinnæ which
Mr. Bentham gives as the leading distinction. The favourite locality for A. cordifolia
is a wet rock, when it usually produces tubers, and is easily recognized.

2. N. EXALTATA, Schott; Hook. Sp. Fil. iv. 152. Rhizome abbreviated; pinnæ nar-
rowly-oblong acuminate, truncate and auricled at the base, often acutely serrate
towards the apex ; sori marginal.—Bedd. Ferns. South. Ind. t. 93; Hk. & Baker,
Syn. Fil. 801. Aspidiwn exaltatum, Wall. Cat. 1031, partly; Schk. Krypt. Gew.
t. 32 B ; Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 146; Benth. Fl. Austral. vii. 754. 4. hirsutulum,
Schk. Krypt. Gew: t. 33; Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 146. .4. Schkuhrii, Blume,
Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 147. A. sublanoswm, Wall. Cat. 365. A. pilosum, Langsd. &
Fisch. Voy. Russ. 14, t. 16. Polypodium exaltatum, Linn. Sp. Pl. 1548.

East Bengal, from Assam to Chittagong ; alt. 0-1000 feet, frequent.—Distrib. South
India, Ceylon, Burma, Malaya ; and the tropics nearly of the whole world. e

Usually larger than A. cordifolia, the pinne commonly 2-4 in. long. Main rhachis,
and sometimes the frond beneath, hairy ; texture usually firm; venation not prominent.
Involueres less hippocrepiform than in N. cordifolia.

3. N. voLUBILIS, J. Smith, in Herb. Hook. f. & Thoms. Rhizome climbing 25-50 feet
high over trees, with adpressed chestnut scales on the short lateral distant spurs,
whence spring clusters of stipes; pinnze obtuse or not very acute; venation and
sori much as in N. exaltata—Aspidium exaltatum, Wall. Cat. 1031 partly, marked
vic exaltatum by Wallich. Lindsaya lanuginosa, Wall. Cat. 154. (Pl. LXXVIII.)

` Sylhet Station and Chittagong ; Hook. ^ e T. Thoms. ; - B. — —Distrib. pt

Borneo.
Considered a variety of N. exaltata in Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 301; but with the

arrival of more material Mr. Baker inclines to admit it as a good species. The two
grow together plentifully in Sylhet Station, but are there easily distinguished.

4. N. ACUTA, Presl; Hook..Sp. Fil. iv. 153. Rhizome abbreviated; frond large, often
8 feet long, thin, green, the venation prominent; pinnz often 4-6 by 3 in.; sori
i in. from the margin.—Carr. in Fl. Viti. 361; Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 94;
Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 301. - Aspidium acutum, Swartz; Schk. Krypt. Gew. t. 31.

A. splendens, Willd. ; Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 147.
Chittagong Hills ; alt. 0-1000 feet, C. B. Clarke.—Distrib. Ceylon ?, Malaya, ?olypesin,

Tropical Africa.
` Hardly distinguishable from N. exaltata but by its larger size and thin texture; the
área is eonsequently very doubtful.

91. OLEANDRA, Cay.

1. O. NERIIFORMIS, Cav.; Hook. Fil. Exot. t. 58. Scales adpressed towards the ex-
tremities of the rhizome ; u—- whorled, 0-1 in.; frond glabrous or nearly so; sori

542 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.

in a single row on each side and close to the midrib.—Hook. Sp. Fil. iv. 156;
Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 91, Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 264; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil.
302; Luerssen, Fil. Graeff. 196. O. mus@folia, Kunze ; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 302.
Aspidium neriiforme, Swartz; Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 140; Kunze, Farnkr.
Suppl. to Schk. t. 18. A. Wallichianum, Wall. Cat. 373, partly; Bélanger & Bory,
Fl. Ind. Or. Krypt.t. 5. .A4.muscfolium, Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 141, with many
others; see Mett. in Ann. Mus. Lugd. Bat. i. 240, 241.

Himalaya, from Nepaul eastwards ; and Khasia ; alt. 2000-5000 feet, common.—Distrib.
South India, Ceylon, Malaya, Polynesia, Central America.

A scandent fern; when well developed with pendent main stem, the lateral stipe-
bearing spurs grow upwards. The type of O. neriiformis and O. mus@folia may be
found growing on one stem: the upcurved spurs often carry large fronds.

2. O. WALLICHII, Presl, Tent. Pterid. 78. Scales of the rhizome linear, spreading, except
very near the extremities; stipes scattered, 0-3 in., sometimes with ovate deciduous
scales; frond soft, more or less hairy, the rhachis beneath hairy or scaly, rarely
glabrous, base rounded or tapering; sori in a single row on each side and near the
midrib.— Hook. Sp. Fil. iv. 158; Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 265; Hk. & Baker, Syn.
Fil. 8083. Aspidium Wallichii, Hook. Exot. Fl. t. 5. A. Wallichianum, Wall. Cat.
373, partly. Newronia asplenioides, Don, Prodr. Fl. Nep. 6.

From Gurwhal to Bhotan and Khasia; alt. 2000—7000 feet, common.

3. O. Cuminet, J. Smith; Hook. Sp. Fil iv. 158. Scales of the rhizome lanceolate
subulate, closely adpressed; stipes scattered, 2-6 in.—Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 195;
Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 303.

Assam, Griffith.—Distrib. South India, Ceylon, Malaya, Hongkong, Philippines.
Griffith’s specimen is without an original ticket, and may be (I think probably is) from

Malacca or thereabout. The species is very near O. Wallichii; there is no distinction

in the hairiness or position of the sori: O. Wallichii is more often hairy than glabrous;

O. Cumingii sometimes has the sori quite close to the midrib. -

32. Potypopium, Linn.

Desmobryoid series. Stipes continuous with the rhizome. Sori across the veins.
Subgenus I. Phegopteris. Veins all free.
— * Frond 1-pinnate or sub-2-pinnate.

1. P. Scorrir, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 345. Stipes tufted, with many ineat eau
brown-black scales; frond 1-pinnate, main rhachis with hair-like scales; pinnz
alternate, 6-7 approximated pairs, ovate-oblong, obtuse, falcate, serrate, glabrous
except a few weak setze or scales on the veins beneath.

Sikkim; Government Cinchona Plantation, alt. 2000 feet, J. Scott.
Unknown at Kew: the above abstracted from Beddome, who observes neos Brit.

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. 543.

Ind. Suppl. p. 19) that the fern is perhaps an abnormal (exinvolucrate ?) form of Lastrea
hirtipes, which it resembles in the venation and in the size and situation of the sori.

2. P. ERUBESCENS, Wall. Cat. 330. Stipes tufted; frond large, not attenuated into the
stipe; main rhachis with patent soft white hairs or glabrous; pinne cut down
nearly to the midrib, glabrous on the surface beneath, lobes narrowly oblong, sub-
acute; sori very close to the midrib of the lobes.-—Hook. Sp. Fil. iv. 236; Bedd.
Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 213; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 306.

From Kashmir to Bhotan and Khasia; alt. 3000—7000 feet ; common in the Western
Himalaya, somewhat rare in Sikkim and Khasia.—Distrib. Malay Peninsula and
Islands.

3. P. APPENDICULATUM, Bedd., not of Wall. & Baker. Frond 1-2 feet, lanceolate, not
attenuate at the base ; main and partial rhachises with spreading needle-like hairs ;
pinnæ cut down nearly to the midrib, more or less hairy on both surfaces, not dis-
tinetly gland-bearing at the base; lobes oblong, rounded or scarcely acute; sori
nearer the midrib of the lobes than the margin.—Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 256.

Nepaul; near Sanko, Winterbottom. Bhotan and Khasia, Griffith.

A rare fern. It differs from P. auriculatum by being smaller and more slender, by
the absence of the auricles, and by being truncate at the base. I here describe as
P. appendiculatum the fern collected by Winterbottom, figured by Beddome. Aspidiwm
appendiculatum, Wall. Cat. 349, is as to the type sheet JVephrodium canum, Baker :
among the duplicates of Wall. Cat. 349, are four or five different species, but nothing
polypodioid except a type specimen of Polypodium erubescens. Baker’s Polypodium
appendiculatum (Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 306) does not suit any one fern. It might be
better to drop the name appendiculatum altogether.

Var. squamestipes. Stipe clothed its whole length with large ovate obtuse brown
scales, some extending to the main rhachis. (Pl. LX XIX. fig. 2.)

Sikkim, alt. 6000 feet, Simonbong, C. B. Clarke.—This may be a new species. , The
stipe is clothed with minute pendent short pubescence, not much resembling the
needle-like hairs of P. appendiculatum.

4. P. AURICULATUM, Wall. Cat. 314. Frond large, lanceolate, attenuate at the base;
stipe and main rhachis coarsely villous; pinnæ cut down nearly to the midrib, -
often bearing a prominent gland at their base; lobes broadly oblong obtuse; sori
nearer the midrib than the margin.—Hook. Sp. Fil. iv. 237, excl. var.; Bedd.
Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 203; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 306.

From Gurwhal to Bhotan, alt. 5000-8000 feet; plentiful about Darjeeling. Khasia,
Myrung Wood, alt. 5000 feet; Hook. f. & T. Thoms.—Distrib. Java.

Stipe often with many ovate persistent succulent scales. Glands at the base of the
pinnze sometimes produced into linear hooks 3-1 in. long.

SECOND SERIES.—BOTANY, VOL. I. AE

544. MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.

5. P. PHEGOPTERIS, Linn. Sp. Pl 1550. Rhizome slender, creeping; stipe with large
lanceolate yellow-brown scales, near its base; lowest pinne as long, or nearly as
long, as any above them ; main rhachis beneath with small ovate scales; pinne cut
down nearly to the main rhachis, more or less pilose on both surfaces; lobes
oblong, scarcely acute, entire or crenate; sori near their margins.—Schk. Krypt.
Gew. t. 20; Engl. Bot. t. 2224; Hook. Brit. Ferns, t. 3, Sp. Fil. iv. 245; Hk. &
Baker, Syn. Fil. 308. Phegopteris vulgaris, Mett. Fil. Hort. Lips. 83. P. polypo-
dioides, Fée; Milde, Fil. Europ. 100.

Kashmir; above Sonamurg, alt. 11,000 feet, H C. Levinge.—Distrib. North Europe,
Asia, and America; Caucasus, J. apan.

As to Polypodium Thelypteris, Engl. Bot. t. 1018, Sir W. J. Hooker and Newman
hold it to be P. Phegopteris; Milde quotes it (Fil. Europ. 100) as Phegopteris polypo-
dioides, and again (Fil. Europ. 117) as Aspidiwm Thelypteris. Y have above (under
Nephrodium Thelypteris) given my grounds for believing Engl. Bot. t. 1018 to be what
Sir J. E. Smith intended it.

6. P. pisrans, Don, Prodr. Fl. Nep. 2. Stipes tufted, squamose near the base; frond
elongate, the lower pinnæ reduced distant ; primary rhachises villous or puberulous
beneath; pinns cut down nearly to the midrib; lobes oblong, entire or crenate.
—Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 308. D paludoswum, Blume, Fl. Jav. Fil. 192, t. 90;
Hook. Sp. Fil. iv. 244; Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 168. P. longipes, Wall. Cat.
316. P. Griffithii, Hook. Sp. Fil. iv. 236. Aspidium paludosum, Blume, Enum.
Pl. Jav. 168.

From Kashmir to Bhotan, alt. 3000-8000 feet ; very common. Khasia; alt. 3000-5000
feet, very common.—Distrib. South India, Ceylon, Malaya.

Very difficult to distinguish from Gymnogramme aurita, which has ovate rather than
oblong lobes, and oblong rather than orbicular sori; the rhizome is rarely present in
herbaria. The following varieties, though differing considerably in cutting, are united
with the type by intermediates.

Var. 1. adnata, (sp.) Wall. Cat. 328. Frond broadly lanceolate, bipinnate; secondary
pinnz crenate or subpinnatifid.— P. brunneum, Wall. Cat. 383. Nephrodium micro-
stegium, Hook. Sp. Fil. iv. 119, t. 250. Lastrea microstegia, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind.
t. 39.

Extends nearly over the whole area of P. distans type.—Sir W. J. Hooker’s speci-
men, from which his figure t. 250 was drawn, is a very common form of P. distans ;

but I cannot help suspecting that Sir W. J. H. must have mixed with it the fern above

described as JVephrodium Boryanum, var. microstegioides, which is the plant that NN
Bengal was always supposed to be the true Nephrodiwm microstegium.

Var. 2. glabrata. Frond large, long lanceolate; main rhachis mue black ; partial
rhachises glabrous beneath.

a) alt. 10 000-12,000, m. S. Atkinson and C. B. Ohare

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. 545

Var. 3. minor. Frond small; pinnz 1-2 in. lonis cut scarcely halfway down to the
midrib (Pl. LXXIX. fig. 1.)

Sikkim, alt. 500-2000 feet, C. B. Clarke.—In the first stage of fruiting Reg is an
excessively thin scale over the sorus mp this form.

** Frond 2- (or 3-) pinnate.

7. P. SUBTRIPINNATUM, C. B. Clarke. Frond 5 feet by 4, slightly pubescent on the
rhachises beneath, otherwise glabrous; tertiary pinnee (not quite free) 2 by 4 in.,
broadly oblong obtuse, crenate or obtusely subpinnatifid; sori very large, hemi-
spherical. (Pl LXXX. fig. 1.) S

Sikkim, alt. 6500 feet; Neebay on the Upper Ratong, C. B. Clarke. Once collected’

Thin, green in texture; the sori, not far advanced, show no traces of involucre. Most
resembling Nephrodium Boryanum, var. microstegioides in cutting; but the large hemi-
spherical sori visible from the upperside of the frond indicate Polypodium rather than
Lastrea.

8. P. DRYOPTERIS, Linn. Sp.. Pl. 1555. Rhizome creeping; stipe with lanceolate-
subulate scales near the base; frond 3-8 in., deltoid, 3-pinnate, thin, green, nearly
glabrous, often glandulose.—Engl. Bot. t. 616; Schk. Krypt. Gew. t. 25; Hook.
Brit. Ferns, t. 4, Sp. Fil. iv. 250; Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 74; Hk. & Baker,
Syn. Fil. 309. P. Robertianum, Hoffm. ; Hook. Brit. Ferns, t. 5, Sp. Fil. iv. 250.
P. caleareum, Engl. Bot. t. 1525. Phegopteris Dryopteris and Robertiana, Milde,
Fil. Europ. 98, 99.

Kashmir, alt. 7000-11,000 feet, frequent, extending thence eastwards to Kumaon.—
Distrib. Arctic and Alpine Europe, Asia, and America.

Some of the Indian examples are very large and very glandulose. Milde still main-
tains P. Dryopteris and P. Robertianum to be distinct species; but I cannot make his
diagnosis divide the Kew bundles. If P. Robertianum be distinct, it grows in the West

Himalaya.

9. P. ogxATUM, Wall. Cat. 327. Stipe and lower part of main rhachis with lanceolate-
linear persistent scales, often muricate or scabrous from their persistent bases, but
not pilose nor viscous; frond 3-pinnate, sub-4-pinnate; ultimate pinnæ pilose, with
needle-like patent hairs.—Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 171. P. pallidum, Brack .;
Hook. Sp. Fil. iv. 266. Nephrodiwm tenericaule, Hook. Sp. Fil. iv. t. 269, not the

description.

From Kumaon to Bhotan, in tropical valleys, alt. 0-2000 feet, common. Chittagong
Hills, alt. 500 feet, C. B. Clarke.—Distrib. South India, Ceylon, Malaya, North Aus-
tralia, Polynesia.
` This common Indian fern is at once recognized by the very firm scales on the stipe
and main rhachis, the persistent bases of which often make the stipe very rough;
AE2

546 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.

otherwise, as to cutting and the needle-like hairs, it resembles Nephrodium setigerum,
Baker. It varies greatly in size; fronds of 15-20 feet occur, while I have fronds 10 in.
long in full fruit.—As to the synonymy of this fine species, Beddome’s figure quoted is
the true plant, as is plain from his description; but it does not show the rhachises of `
the primary and secondary pinne paleaceous, which is the best character of the species.
For the synonym, P. pallidum, Brack., Kew possesses authentic examples from Bracken-
ridge. Several examples communicated from Malaya named Aspidiwm uliginosum, Kunze,
are P. ornatum, Wall.; but the original description of Kunze (in Linnza, xx. 6) does not suit
well. Cheilanthes pallida of Blume is cited as a synonym by Mettenius; but the example
from Blume is Hypolepis, as Mr. Baker states. Polypodium trichodes, Reinw., Lowe,
Ferns, ii. t. 2, means, I believe, Nephrodiwm setigerum, Baker ; but there is some P. or-
natum about marked P. trichodes. For the Queensland locality there is an example

communicated by Baron F. Mueller marked by him “ Polypodium rugulosum, var. hirsu-
tum, reminds of P. tenericaule.”

10. P. RvcosuLUM, Labill. Fl. Nov. Holl. ii. 92, t. 241. Rhizome creeping; stipe and
lower part of main rhachis viscous-puberulous or viscous-pubescent, without pales or
long hairs ; frond 3-pinnate.— P. punctatum, Thunb. Fl. Jap. 337; Hk. & Baker,
Syn. Fil. 312; Benth. Fl Austral vii. 764. P. marginale, Wall. Cat. 322, only
part of type sheet. P. rugulosum, Hook. Sp. Fil. iv. 272; Bedd. Ferns South. Ind.
t. 170. Phegopteris rugulosa, Fée; Mett. Farngatt. Pheg. & Asp. 12. Hypolepis

hostilis, Presl (at least as to Hohenacker's Nilgherry plants). Aspidium divisum,
Wall. Cat. 393, partly.

Very common in the hills from Chumba to Bhotan and Chittagong; alt. 1000-5000
feet.—Distrib. South India, Ceylon, Malaya. Nearly throughout the tropics and south
temperate zone, especially near the sea, extending to Japan, New Zealand, St. Helena,
and Chili; not from continental Africa.

This fern is also marked Polypodium viscosum, Roxb., and (in Herb. Kurz) P. viscosum,
Zipp. ; but I do not know where those names are published. This fern has been con-
fused with Hypolepis tenuifolia, which much resembles it in outline; but, besides the
non-marginal sori, P. rugosulum may be distinguished by the very viscous rhachis.

ll. P. suppiciratum, Blume, Fl. Jav. Fil 196, t. 93. Stipes tufted; frond 3—4-
pinnate; ultimate segments small; texture thin, green, glabrous.—Bedd. Ferns
Brit. Ind. t. 229; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil 340. P. conüfolium, Wall. Cat. 326.
P. davallioides, Mett. Farngatt. Polypod. 32; Hook. Sp. Fil. iv. 250. Aspidium

subdigitatun, Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 171. JMonachosorum davallioides, Kunze,
Farnkr. Schk. Suppl. IT. i. t. 101.

From Nepaul to Bhotan ; alt. 6000—9000 feet, common. aue sect: Malay Peninsula and
Islands. !
Placed in Phegopteris by Sir W. J. Hooker; I have no doubt correctly. "Tho stipes `
are continuous with the rhizome; the sori are not terminal on the veins; authors |
haved ren on this Son — void s E instead i NON & — ic Mer -—

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. 547

the microscope. The veinlets are not divided where the sorus is placed, but are carried
beyond its centre of attachment, sometimes a very little way, sometimes distinctly
beyond the circle of the sorus (see Pl. LX XX. fig. 2). Involuere none that I can find
in the youngest stage. Beddome’s suggestion (Ferns Brit. Ind. Suppl. p. 21) that the
genus is Leucostegia will not do at all.

Subgenus II. Goniopteris. Lowest pair of veinlets (and often some others) uniting
into a veinlet carried to the sinus, not otherwise branching. Veinlets all carried to
the margin. Sori all across the veinlets, none terminal. Fronds large, pinnate (in
the Indian species).

Nearly all the species of this section are referred by Col. Beddome to Hunephrodium,
as he finds a very thin involucre present in the earliest stage of fruiting. It is doubtful
whether some of the species are not mere duplicates of those referred to Hunephrodium.

12. P. uRopHYLLUM, Wall. Cat. 299. Rhizome shortly creeping; stipes approximate,
with lanceolate-linear brown scales on their lower half; pinnz narrow-oblong,
caudate-acuminate, margin crenate or slightly serrate, surface glabrous above, often
glandulose-punctate beneath, veins and margin nearly always with some minute
pubescence; young sori orbicular, but distant from the main veinlets, and often
confluent in age.—Hook. Sp. Fil. v. 9 (excl. syn.); Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 314;
Benth. Fil. Austr. vii. 765. Goniopteris lineata, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t.3. Phe-
gopteris urophylla, Mett. Farngatt. Pheg. & Asp. 26.

From Gurwhal to Bhotan and Chittagong, alt. 1000-5000 feet; common.—Distrib.
South India, Ceylon, Malaya, North Australia, Polynesia.

This fern is said to be difficult to distinguish from N. glandulosum and from Meniscium
cuspidatum ; but, so far as the North-India material is concerned, there is not much
difficulty. in Nephrodium glandulosum the involucre is distinct, not at all difficult to find,
and the upper surface of the frond is strigose. In JMeniscium cuspidatum the young
sori are linear, and often extend nearly to the midribs (as well as to the junction-
veinlet); the frond is without pubescence.—The real difficulty is to distinguish
P. urophyllum from P.multilineatum. Col. Beddome says (Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. Suppl.
p. 18) that his own picture of Nephrodium lineatum is our P. urophyllum ; and I can find
no difference in the Herbarium bundles, except that P. RER WE is the name given to
the less deeply serrated specimens: I see no line at all.

Var. khasiana. Margin of the pinne entire; veins very red ; sori exactly round.

Khasia and Sikkim.—Marked by Col. Beddome Nephrodium lineatum, Presl; referred
by Mr. Baker to P. rubrinerve ; but the fact is that this var. khasiana has a more entire
margin than P. rubrinerve or P. meniscioides, and is perhaps better entitled to be marked
a species than many species of Goniopteris admitted by Baker. ‘The sori are particularly
exinvolucrate, though I do not say that there may not be a thin covering in the first
stage, as Beddome calls it Nephrodium.

18. P. MULTILINEATUM, Wall; Hook. Sp. Fil. v. 11. Pinne narrow-oblong, caudate-

548 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.

acuminate, margin sharply serrate, pubescent beneath, or at least. puberulo-glan-
dular; sori often near the main veinlets, never confluent.—Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil.
316. Goniopteris multilineata and Penangiana, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. tt. 231, 232.

Throughout North India, alt. 0-5000 feet, very common, extending over the plain of
Bengal.—Distrib. As of P. urophyllum ?

This differs from P. wrophyllum by having the margin of the pinnæ more deeply
serrate, the sori not confluent. One of my examples has very large glands at the base
of the pinne.

14. P. LINEATUM, Colebr. in Wall. Cat. 300. Pinnz linear, acutely denticulate, glabrous
beneath; sori generally nearthe main veinlets, never confluent.—Hk. & Baker, Syn.
Fil. 316. Goniopteris lineata, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 220.

From Nepaul to Kumaon ; apparently a high-level fern.—Distrib. Ceylon. _

Tolerably distinct from P. multilineatum by its narrower very glabrous pinnz; they
are generally glabrous or nearly so even on their rhachises above. Young sori with
many hairs among them ; involucrate fide Beddome.

Var. Penangiana, (sp.) Hook. Sp. Fil. v.13. Pinnæ much broader, doubly-serrate.

Penang, Ceylon.—The Khasi specimen of Griffith placed here is without fruit and
doubtful. ! Les

15. P. PRoLrFERUM, Roxb., Wall. Cat. 312, in Cale. Journ. Nat. Hist. iv. 489, t. 32,
not of Kaulf. Rhizome creeping; frond often flagelliferous, rooting at the top,
also branched by new complete pinnate fronds springing from the axils of the pinne.
—Hook. Sp. Fil. v. 13; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 315; Benth. Fl. Austral. vii. 765.
P. luxurians, Kunze in Linnza, xxiii. 980. Meniscium proliferum, Swartz; Hook.
2nd Cent. Ferns, t.15. Goniopteris prolifera, Presl; Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 172.
Phegopteris luxurians, Mett. Farngatt. Pheg. & Asp. 25; not Ph. prolifera, Mett, ` `
Fil. Hort. Lips. 84. Ampelopteris elegans, Kunze in Bot. Zeit. vi. 114, A. firma,
Kunze in Linnæa, xxiv. 251.

Throughout the plain of North India, alt. 0-1000 feet, abundant.—Distrib. South

India, Ceylon, Burma, Malaya, North Australia, Tropical and South Africa.

Very abundant in ditches and among damp old brickwork; ascends the hills but a
very little way. The young soriare round or oblong, usually becoming confluent in
age, and often covering ultimately the whole surface of the frond beneath. In some

examples the sori seem almost linear in an early stage of ripening ; and the fern might be
supposed a Meniscium.

Subgenus III. Dictyopteris. Frond 1-2-pinnate, lowest pinne the. largest (in the
North-Indian species). Lowest pair of veinlets in the ultimate pinna, at least in —
the lower part of the barren frond, uniting; veinlets in the ultimate lobes often

ramifying.— This only differs from Pleocnemia by the absence of an involucre:

16. P. CHATTAGRAMICUM, C. B. Clarke. Rhizome short, stout ; stipes tufted, long, black,

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.. 549°

» with small scales near the base; fronds distinctly dimorphic, 1-pinnate; lower
pinne subpinnate, minutely pubescent, the margin with minute golden multicellular
hairs; sori naked, many across the veins, many terminal on them. (Pl. LX XXI.)

Chittagong ; very general, alt. 250 feet, C. B. Clarke.

This species comes next P. tenerifrons, Hook., from Moulmein, which differs, having a
creeping rhizome, very slender weak green (not black) stipes; fronds not dimorphic, very
tender, sori all across the veins.— There is placed in P. tenerifrons a sketch made by
Sir J. D. Hooker in Chittagong: I have little doubt it relates to P. chattagramicum.——’
N.B. Chattagram is the word better known in its Portuguese corruption, Chittagong.

Eremobryoid series. Stipes articulated on the rhizome. Sori often terminal on
the veins.

Subgenus IV. Hupolypodium. Veins all free. (Frond linear, pinnatifid or
sub-1-pinnate.)

17. P. KHASYANUM, Hook. Sp. Fil. iv. 191, 2nd Cent. Ferns, t. 49. Stipes tufted,
short; frond simple, 4-14 by 4-1 in., pinnatifid nearly to the main rhachis, sparingly
hairy.—Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 173; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 325.

Khasia, alt. 3000-4000 feet; near Cherra, Hook. f. £ T. Thoms. Assam, Jenkins.

From Cherra to Jowye and Jarain in Jaintea, alt. 3000-4000 feet, C. B. Clarke ; not

plentiful anywhere.

18. P. TRICHOMANOIDES, Swartz, Syn. Fil. 33. Stipes tufted, short; frond simple, deeply
pinnatifid or l-pinnate, 2-6 by 1-3 in., sprinkled with long black-red persistent
hairs ; lobes monosorous.—Schk. Krypt. Gew. t. 10; Mett. Farngatt. Polypod. 40 ;
Hook. Sp. Fil. iv. 178; Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 2; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 326.
P. truncicola, Klotzch ; Mett. Farngatt. Polypod. 40; Hook. Sp. Fil. iv. 178.
P. gibbosum, Fée, 6" Mém. Foug. Nouv. 8, t. 2. fig. 2. P. serricula, Fée, l. c. 9,
ee E

Sikkim, alt. 9000-12,000 feet, Sir J. D. Hooker, C. B. Clarke; not rare.—Distrib.
Andes.

An Alpine fern. The solitary DON specimen placed in the Kew bundle i is totally
different ; inter alia is glabrous.

[P. parvulum, Bory, is stated in Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 326, to be found in North
India; but all the North-Indian examples have the rhizome tufted, and have since been
referred to P. subfalcatum, Blume. |

[P. obliquatum, Blume, is stated (in Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. Suppl. p. 2) to be “ gene-
ral" in India; but I can find no example from North India. |

19. P. suBFALCATUM, Blume, Fl. Jav. Fil. 186, t.87 A,B. Rhizome tufted; fronds 2-10
by 3-1 in., 1-pinnate, sparingly hairy ; pinne crenulate, polysorous.— Mett, Farngatt.
Polypod. 52; Hook. Sp. Fil. iv. 193; Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t.1894; Hk. & Baker,

| Syn. Fil. 898. P. parvulum, Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 166, not of Bory.

550 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.

Himalaya, alt. 5000-9000 feet; from Gurwhal to Bhotan; common. Khasia, alt.
4000-5000 feet ; C. B. Clarke, frequent.

Some of the Khasi specimens are not larger than P. trichomanoides, and ciliate nearly
as P. trichomanoides ; but the sori are more than one to each lobe.

Subgenus V. Goniophlebium. Fronds 1-pinnate or sub-l-pinnate. Sori terminal on a
free veinlet, one included in each costal arch of the pinne.

20. P. amanum, Wall. Cat. 290. Rhizome stout, as thick as a small quill, densely
elothed with grey-brown lanceolate-subulate scales, which are subadpressed, never
hair-pointed ; near the base of the main rhachis are sometimes ovate or lanceolate
scales; lower pinnz not quite free; costal arches of the main rhachis continued
nearly or quite to the base of the frond; main rhachis above pubescent.—Mett.
Farngatt. Polypod. 80; Hook. Sp. Fil. v. 24; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 341. Gonio-
phlebium amenum, J. Smith; Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 5.

Himalaya, alt. 4000-11,000 feet; from Gurwhal to Bhotan, very common. Khasia;
alt. 3000-6000 feet, very common. (I doubt whether the Formosa examples belong.)

I can only distinguish this from some of the large specimens of P. lachnopus by the
scales not being hair-pointed. There is no difference in the cuttin g between the two,
and I have P. /achnopus exceedingly large.

Var. ?fonglensis. Frond 2-5 in.; veins wider apart than in the typical amenum.

Tonglo, Sikkim, alt. 1000 feet, C. B. Clarke.—I can make nothing ofthis: the rhizome
and scales are exactly as in P. «manum ; pinnæ subobtuse, glaucous beneath, none free.

21. P. susAMGNUM, C. B. Clarke. Rhizome slender, densely clothed with grey-brown
lanceolate-subulate scales, which are subadpressed never hair-pointed; near the
base of the main rhachis are sometimes ovate or lanceolate scales; lower pinnee not
quite free; costal arches of the main rhachis continued nearly or quite to the base
of the frond ; main rhachis above glabrous or puberulous. (Pl. LXXXII. fig. 2.)

Dividing ridge between Sikkim and Nepaul, alt. 11,000-12,000 feet; in great
quantity.

Very close to P. amenum, from which it is separable by its slender rhizome and small
size. Ifound it arranged at Kew under P. Hendersoni, which is not very near it. The
frond of P. amænum is broader, less fully pinnate, the pinne less markedly serrate
(besides the characters in the above diagnosis).

22. P. HENDERSONI, W. S. Atkinson; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 2nd ed. 511. Rhizome
somewhat slender, glaucous, densely clothed with hair-pointed brown-black scales,
spreading from small ciliate bases ; stipe and base of the main rhachis often with
similar scales ; lower pinnze usually quite free; costal arches of the main rhachis

.. broken towards the base of the frond ; main rhachis above glabrous.— Goniophlebium
-Hendersomi, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. Suppl. p. 21,1.883. = |

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. 551

Dividing ridge between Sikkim and Nepaul, and north to Jongri, alt. 11,000-13,000
feet ; in great quantity.

23. P. nACcHNOPUS, Wall. Cat. 310, chiefly. Rhizome (slenderer than in P. amenum)
densely clothed with hair-pointed brown-black scales, spreading from small bases ;
base of the rhachis often with a few similar scales ; lowest pinne usually (not
always) quite free; costal arches of the main rhachis usually broken, at least in the
lower half of the frond; main rhachis above pubescent.—Hook. Sp. Fil. v. 25,
2nd Cent. Ferns, t. 52; Mett. Farngatt. Polypod. 75; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 342.
G'oniophlebiwm lachnopus, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 163.

Himalaya, from Kashmir to Bhotan ; alt. 2000-6000 feet ` very common. Khasia, alt.
3000-5000 feet, very common.

Baker and Beddome carry this fern up to 11,000 feet alt., but my highest level for it is
5600. It has been, in fact, in Herbaria hopelessly intermixed with other species; and
Wallich's original P. lachnopus has P. microrrhizoma mixed on the same sheets. It is
hopeless, therefore, to disentangle the synonymy completely. P. Fieldingianum, Kunze,
is described by Mettenius (Farngatt. Polypod. 75) as very glabrous, and may be
P. microrrhizoma; but Mettenius worked with scraps and no rhizomes, and the specimen
he has marked with his own hand P. lachnopus is P. microrrhizoma.

24. P. MICRORRHIZOMA, C. B. Clarke; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 2nd ed. 511. Rhizome
slender, clothed with grey-brown ovate or lanceolate scales, not hair-pointed; base
of the rhachis often with a few similar scales; lowest pinnæ mostly quite free;
costal arches of the main rhachis usually broken, at least in the lower half of
the frond; main rhachis above glabrous.— P. lachnopus, Wall. Cat. 310 as to d type
sheet. Goniophlebium microrhizoma, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. p. 21, t. 384.

Kashmir to Bhotan ; alt. 5000-9000 feet, very common.

25. P. Apero, Wall. Cat. 308. Scales of the rhizome ovate-acute, short, much
spreading ; lower pinnz distant, narrowed at the base or subsessile, rarely much
narrower than the pinne above them.—Hook. Sp. Fil. v. 32; Hk. & Baker, Syn.
Fil. 2nd ed. 511. Goniophlebiwm argutum, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 6.

Himalaya, from Kashmir to Bhotan, alt. 4000-9000 feet, very common.

Hardly separable from P. subauriculatum ; Major Henderson would prefer to unite the
two. The lower pinne are sometimes much the narrower. "The: best distinction I make
to be the spreading (but not caudate-acuminate) scales on the rhizome; but Mr. Baker
says the scales are *'linear-subulate." The pinns are sometimes sessile, subdecurrent,
sometimes subpetiolate. One of my examples has the venation unusually lax, the sori
oblong.

26. P. SUBAURICULATUM, Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 133, Fl. Jav. Fil. 177, t. 88. Scales
of the rhizome linear-subulate, often hair-pointed ; lower pinnæ distant, widened,
subaurieulate at the very base, rarely much narrower than the pinnz above them.—

SECOND SERIES.—BOTANY, VOL. I. AF

552 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.

Mett. Fil. Hort. Lips. 33, t. 23. fig. 10; Carr. in Fl. Viti. 367; Hook. Sp. Fil. v.32;
Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 344; Benth. Fl. Austral vii. 771. Goniophlebium sub-
auriculatum, De Vriese; Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 78.

Khasia, alt. 3000—5000 feet, very common.—Distrib. Malaya, Queensland.

The Khasi examples have the pinnz wider, more auriculate at the base, less serrate
than the Malay. Theform Goniophlebium serratifolium, Brack., in Malaya, Queensland,
and Polynesia, differs more than does P. argutum. Col. Beddome (Ferns Brit. Ind. Suppl.
p. 21) attributes P. verrucosum, Wall, to North India. In the Kew bundle there are
no examples north of Malacca and Penang; but except as to the sori forming papille on
the upper surface of the frond, I see little difference between the two; and possibly
Col. Beddome sorts the material differently.

Subgenus VI. Niphobolus. Fronds simple, linear, entire (or partially irregularly lobed),
the under surface (at least about the young sori) with stellate scales or hairs. Veins
obscure, looping; areola containing 2 or more sori.

27. P. ADNASCENS, Swartz, Syn. Fil. 25, 222, t. 2. fig. 2. Rhizome slender, tough, wide-
creeping on trees; scales at the base of the scattered stipes lanceolate-linear, often
hairy; fronds similar, or the barren smaller than the fertile, 2-10in.; sori in the
upper part of the frond, when young bursting through the dense stellate tomentum,
when ripe elevated; barren part of the frond with thin stellate tomentum or nearly
glabrous.—Wall Cat. 268; Hook. Sp. Fil v. 47; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 349.
P. pertusum, Roxb. in Calc. Journ. Nat. Hist. iv. 483; Wall. Cat. 267; Hook. Exot.
Fil. t. 162; Mett. Farngatt. Polypod. 125. P. vittarioides, Wall. Cat 270; Mett.
Farngatt. Polypod. 126. P. caudatum and varium, Mett Lc. Niphobolus ad-
nascens, Kaulf.; Carr. in Fl. Viti. 367; Hook. Garden Ferns, t.19; Bedd. Ferns
South. Ind. t. 184. N. levis, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 161. AN varius, Kaulf.;
Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 106, Fl. Jav. Fil t. 21. AN elongatus, Blume, Fl.
Jav. Fil. t. 20. N: caudatus, Kaulf.; Blume, Fl. Jav. Fil. t. 22.

. Throughout North Tndia in moist climates ; alt. 0-3000 feet, abundant ; extending over
the plains to Caleutta and the sea-face of the Soonderbun. —Distrib. South India, Ceylon,
Malaya, China.

Very common throughout the plain of Bengal. The fronds are usually E E but
sometimes the barren fronds are shorter and blunter than the fertile. The immersion of
the soriis by no means a constant character. The large examples from Sikkim and
Cachar have been placed by Mr. Baker with P. acrostichoides ; but P. acrostichoides has
the scales at the base of the stipe obtuse. I observe that Mr. Thwaites discriminates
the two species my way. The scales on the long creeping rhizome sometimes are much
the same in the two species; but in these (and allied Polypodiums) there is a tuft of
scales encircling the stipe at its point of dehiscence from the rhizome; these are
strikingly different in P. adnascens and P. acrostichoides.

28. P. JAINTENSE, C. B. Clarke. Rhizome very slender, tough, — on trees ;
"scales = the base of the scattered stipes lanceolate-linear, often hairy ; stipes Jui» 9

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. : 553

with red hairs ; fronds uniform, caudate, thinly grey tomentose beneath; sori in the
upper part of the frond often somewhat scattered. (Pl. LXXXII. fig. 4.) `

Jaintea ; Jarain, alt. 3500 feet, C. B. Clarke; once collected.
Next P. adnascens, but slenderer; at once recognizable by the short hairy stipes.

29. P. HETERACTIS, Mett.; Kuhn, in Linnea, xxxvi. 140. Rhizome somewhat stout,
wide-creeping, with lanceolate-linear yellow-red scales; stipes distant, 1-5 in., more
or less scaly or tomentose; fronds narrow-oblong acuminate, the fertile similar
to the barren or somewhat narrower, covered beneath uniformly with stellate
scales, the rays of which are lanceolate with filamentous hairs admixed.— P. Lingua,
var.; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 2nd ed. 512; Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. Suppl. t. 385,
not the scale ? |

Sikkim and Bhotan, alt. 4000-6000 feet, frequent. Khasia; alt. 3000-5000 feet,
frequent.

All my North-Indian examples show the stellate scales with additional filamentous
hairs, as insisted on by Kuhn; and the fronds are also more acuminate than in N. Lingua,
Swartz. The other differences (regarding the breadth and dimorphism of the frond) do
not hold, and the Indian should probably be regarded as a var. of the old Chinese and
Japanese plant.

30. P. stremosum, Swartz, Syn. Fil. 29, 226. Rhizome short; stipes approximate, with
lanceolate-linear scales at their base; frond usually 8-20 in., attenuate, decurrent
atthe base, uniformly clothed with short reddish-brown tomentum beneath; sori
very small, continuous in 8-12 rows between the main veins.—Hk. & Baker, Syn.

Fil. 850. P. costatum, Wall. Cat. 265, type sheet; Mett. Farngatt. Polypod. 131,
t: 8. fig. 14; Hook. Sp. Fil. v. 50. Miphobolus venosus, Blume, Fl. Jav. Fil. 63,
t. 28. N. costatus, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 120. ;

Himalaya, alt. 2000-6000 feet ; from Gurwhal to Bhotan, very common. Khasia ;
alt. 2000-8000 feet, very common. Chota Nagpore; Parasnath, alt. 2500 feet, C. B.
Clarke.—Distrib. South India, Malay Peninsula and Islands. j

31. P.sUBFURFURACEUM, Hook. Sp. Fil. v. 52. Differs from P. stigmoswm in having the
tomentum beneath white, the sori much larger, distinct, in 4-6 rows between the
main veins.—Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 351. Niphobolus vii tee hia Bedd. Ferns
Brit. Ind. t. 259.

Bhotan and Mishmee, Griffith ; 5 sheets of examples.

The largest example is 4} in. wide, but the smaller are narrower than much of
P. stigmosum. The fronds are attenuate at the base, but less decurrent on the stipe (so
as to make it winged) than in P. stigmosum. The stipe of P. subfurfuraceum is glabrous
or nearly so.—The species is, I believe, good, founding it on the sori, but critical. The
5 sheets which I refer here are all Griffith’s, but I have collected them out of various
bundles of the Herbarium. |

|. Hd P. NUMMULARLEFOLIUM, Mett. Farngatt. Polypod. 122, t.3. figs. 9, 10, Rhizome

AF2

554 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.

slender, tough, far-creeping, with lanceolate-linear scales; fronds tomentose; and
with spreading stellate rufous hairs beneath; barren fronds suborbicular, 3-1 in.,
subsessile, fertile narrow-oblong, 1-3 in.—Hook. Sp. Fil. v. 44; Hk. & Baker, Syn.
Fil. 851. Niphobolus nummulariefolius, J. Smith; Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 320.
Acrostichum nummulariefolium, Swartz, Syn. Fil. 191, 419, t. 2. fig. 1; Blume,
Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 102, Fl. Jav. Fil. 33, t. 11. fig. 1.

East Bengal, alt. 0-2500 feet; Bhotan, Assam, Khasia, Cachar, generally scattered,
nowhere common.—Distrib. Burma, Malaya.

"Var. obovatum, (sp.) Mett. Farngatt. Polypod. 124. Barren fronds obovate, the stipes
attaining sometimes 1-2 in.—Hook. Sp. Fil. v. 54. Acrostichum obovatum, Blume,
Fl. Jav. 35, t. 11. fig. 3

Khasia.—There is no authentic example at Kew of Blume's Acrostichum obovatum ;
but some Khasi examples agree perfectly with Blume's picture ; and other Khasi examples
show in the lower creeping part of the rhizome the barren pinn:e sessile round, while in
the pendent parts of the same rhizome there are barren and fertile fronds mixed, the
barren long obovate on stipes 4—$ in.

83. P. FissuM, Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 351. Rhizome short; frond attenuated at the
base, so that the stipe is short or almost none; frond beneath tomentose, and with
much loose ferruginous stellate woolly hair, venation obscure; sori somewhat large,
scattered.—.P. porosum, Wall. Cat. 266; Mett Farngatt. Polypod. 128; Hook.
Sp. Fil. v. 48. P. imysurense, Heyne, in Wall. Cat. 209. P. sticticum, Mett. Farn-
gatt. Polypod. 128. Niphobolus fissus, Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 106; Blume, FI.
Jav. Fil. 58,t. 24. N. porosus, Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 183. N. sticticus, Kunze,
in Herb. Hohenack. no. 907, in Linnea, xxiv. 257. N. Schmidianus, Kunze, in Bot.
Zeit. vi. 121.

Himalaya, alt. 2000—7000 feet; from Kashmir to Bhotan, very common. Khasia,

alt. 1000-5000 feet ; very common.—Distrib. South India, Ceylon, Malay Peninsula and
Islands.

Scales at the base of the stipe lanceolate-linear. Stipe stellately rufous-hairy. Margin
of the frond often with irregular lobes, 1-5 in. long. Fronds 1-1 in. broad.

Var. floccigerum, (sp.) Mett. Farngatt. Polypod. 129. Fronds elongate, sometimes 16 by
3 in.—Niphobolus floccigerus, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. Suppl. t. 386. _
Khasia.—This is certainly the only Khasi floccigerum, and Mettenius has marked the
example: it is identical with P. fisswm. Whether the figure of Blume (Fl. Jav. Fil.
t. 26) was this I have doubts.— There is, however, but one North-Indian species here.

34, P. rLoccuLosuM, Don, Prodr. Fl Nep. 1. Rhizome short; stipes 2-6 in., white-
woolly ; frond suddenly or gradually narrowed at the base, with white or brown
stellate hair beneath, much less loose than that of P. fissum, less close than that of
P Heteractis; sori in rows of 4-6 den the main veins, —Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil.

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. 555

351. P.tomentosum, Roxb. in Cale. Journ. Nat. Hist. iv. 483. P. detergibile, Hook.
Sp. Fil. v. 49. P.’costatum, Wall. Cat. 265, partly. JViphobolus detergibilis, Bedd.
Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 162.

Himalaya, alt. 0-5000 feet; from Gurwhal to Bhotan, common. Khasia, alt. 0-4000
feet, common; extending into Sylhet plain. ` `
Often resembles P. Lingua (i. e. Heteractis), but has a much shorter rhizome.

35. P. Booruir Hook. Sp. Fil. v. 58. Rhizome short, with lanceolate-linear bright
chestnut-coloured scales; stipes long, often 8-12 in.; frond large, often 12-16 in.,
narrowed hardly attenuate at base, with much tomentum and lax red-brown stellate
hair on the under surface extending over the broad prominent main rhachis; sori
more irregularly scattered than in P. flocculoswm, about 6-8 in each row between
the main veins.—Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 352. Niphobolus Boothii, Bedd. Ferns
Brit. Ind. t. 258.

Bhotan, Griffith, Nuttall; 5 sheets in all.
P. subfurfuraceum has the frond much more attenuated at the base, the tomentum
beneath whitened: the two are near.

Subgenus VII. Dipteris. Stipe forked close to its apex, bearing the frond in two
similar halves. Frond deeply flabellate. Veins looped, forming innumerable
areole. Sori numerous, scattered, small.

36. P. WarnLnicur, R. Br. in Hk. & Grev. Ic. Fil. tt. 168, 169. Lower surface whitish
or subferruginous, margin not toothed.—Wall. Cat. 287 ; Mett. Farngatt. Polypod.
119; Hook. Sp. Fil. v.99; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 362. Dipteris Wallichii, Moore;
Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 80.

Khasia ; alt. 0—4000 feet, in several places. Nearly all the material has come from
the Iron Bridge at the Bor-pani, alt. 2000 feet. Hook. f. & T. Thoms. obtained it at
Luckipoor, in Cachar, alt. 0-250 feet. I have also met with it in Jaintea at several
places to the borders of the Naga country, alt. 4000 feet; and in quantity in Sylhet
station, alt. 0—50 feet.

Rhizome stout, extensively creeping, hypogeous ; scales black, very stiff, bristly. Stipes
distant, erect, standing in groves, like those of Nephrodium heterosorum, in wet flats.

Subgenus VIII. Drynaria. Fronds dimorphic, the barren one like an oak-leaf, the
fertile much larger, pinnatifid (or in P. conjugatum, Lamk., these two kinds of
fronds appear as though fused into one). Veins copiously inarching.

37. P. QUERCIFOLIUM, Linn. Sp. Fil. 1547. Rhizome stout, abbreviated; scales at the
foot of the stipe linear, hair-pointed, pubescent, from a small ovate, fimbriate
base; frond glabrous; lobes of the barren frond obtuse, main veins of the fertile

. distinct, carried in parallel lines to the margin.—Schk. Krypt. Gew. t. 13 ; Roxb. in
.. Cale. Journ. Nat. Hist. iv. 484, t. 30; Wall. Cat. 291, chiefly; Hook. Sp. Fil. v. 96,

556 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.

syn. excl.; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 367; Benth. Fl. Austral. vii. 772, excl. syn.
Drynaria quercifolia, J. Smith; Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. 187.

A very common plains fern on trees and walls, extending from the sea-face of the
Soonderbun to the base of the hills, but ascending them a very little way; it is as it
were immediately replaced by P. propinquum there.—Distrib. Throughout India, Ma-
laya, South China, to North Australia and Polynesia (but the material from the latter
localities seems nearly all P. Linnei).

Young plants of this are very polymorphic, and sometimes have the barren fronds
lanceolate, sessile, entire, the fertile linear entire, on a long stipe; the same plants, as
they get strong with age, throw normal fronds.—Linnzeus included probably (under the
name P. quercifolium) P. Linnei also, which has the scales at the base of the stipe
obtuse ; the segments of the frond shorter, broader, thicker; for Linnzeus quotes Rheede,
Hort. Mal. xii. t. 11, which looks like P. Linnei. Mr. Baker has separated specifically
P. Tinnei, while Mr. Bentham, l. c., ignoring the scales, unites it again. At all events
the form P. Linnei is not known from North India.

38. P. PROPINQUUM, Wall. Cat. 293, chiefly. Rhizome stout, shortly creeping; scales
lanceolate-linear, pubescent; fronds glabrous; barren frond pinnatifid nearly to the
main rhachis; lobes narrowed upwards or subacute; main veins of the fertile rami-
fying, not carried in distinct parallel lines to the margin.—Mett. Farngatt. Polypod.
120; Hook. Sp. Fil. v.97; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 367. P. JVilldenovii, Blume,
Fl. Jav. Fil. t. 66; Hook. Garden Ferns, t. 35, not of Bory. Drynaria propinqua,
J. Smith; Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 160.

Himalaya, alt. 2000—7000 feet ; from Gurwhal to Bhotan, very common. Khasia, alt.
2000-5000 feet, very common.—Distrib. Burma, Java.

The North-Indian material is very uniform and easily recognizable; the margin of the
frond is entire or most minutely erenate, not in any example before me so much toothed
as Beddome depicts. Blume's picture quoted is exactly the same plant; the details of
the venation very correct. The Java example sent unfortunately is made up of a barren
frond of P. propinquum, a fertile frond (tip only) of P. longissimum, and seems to have
deceived many. The true African P. Wilidenovii has a less cut barren frond, with
obtuse lobes, and the main veins of the fertile frond distinct nearly to the margin; it
seems to me nearer P.quercifoliwn. Mr. Baker has sorted many sheets of African into
P. propinquum, Wall. ; but it all seems to me P. Willdenovii. | |

39. P. uivAuE, Mett.; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 367. Fertile frond pinnatifid, sub-
pinnate; lower lobes decreasing, decurrent, pubescent subciliate on the margin.—
Drynaria mollis, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 216. | Re.

Gurwhal and Kumaon, alt. 6000-9000 feet, frequent.
. The venation is that of other Drynarias, not of Goniophlebiun.

40. P. cononans, Wall. Cat. 288. Frond (not | dimorphic) ‘apple as ‘though in

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. 557

P. quercifolium the stipe of the fertile frond had been increased by having the
barren frond fused into it; hence all fronds cordate, sessile; main veins carried
parallel to each other to the margin; sori large, confluent in a single row between
the main veins.—Mett. Farngatt. Polypod. 121, tt. 40, 41; Hook. Exot. EL 4... 01,
Sp. Fil. v. 95. P. contiguum, Wall. Cat. 285, only by admixture. P. conjugatum,
Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 306, not of Lamk. Drynaria coronans, Bedd. Ferns Brit.
Ind. t. 13.
Himalaya, alt. 1000-4000 feet ; from Nepaul to Bhotan, rare. Khasia, alt. 1000-3000
feet, frequent. Chittagong Hills, alt. 500 feet, C. B. Clarke.—Distrib. South China.
. P. conjugatum, Lamk. Encycl. v. 516, is an African fern, founded on the figure in
Plukenet's Phytogr. t. 179. fig. 1, which is perhaps P. phymatodes, Linn., but cannot
possibly be P. coronans, as the figure shows the rhizome and the foot of the stipe.

Subgenus IX. Phymatodes. Fronds undivided, simple lobed or pinnatifid, glabrous or
nearly so. Veins copiously anastomosing, the free included veinlets spreading in
all directions.

* Fronds simple, or sparingly or irregularly lobed, not regularly pinnatifid.
| T Main veins not distinct to the edge.

41. P. nosrratuM, Hook. Sp. Fil. v. 66, 2nd Cent. Ferns, t. 53. Rhizome very slender,
wide-creeping, with spreading lanceolate-linear scales; stipes distant, 3-2 in.;
fronds lanceolate acuminate, somewhat dimorphic, the barren being broader;
texture coriaceous, veins obscure; sori large, in two rows often the whole length of
the frond.— Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 353. Pleopeltis rostrata, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind.
t. 159.

. Sikkim and Bhotan, alt. 6000 feet, in many places and in large quantity. Khasia, alt.
4000-5000 feet, frequent.

49. P. SUPERFICIALE, Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 123, Fl. Jav. Fil. t. 56. fig. 1. Rhi-
- zome scandent, not very thick; scales ovate and lanceolate, some acute, none hair-
pointed; stipes long, 1-4 in., sometimes with ovate scales; frond lanceolate-linear,
coriaceous (but in some examples the veins are distinct); sori in many rows, scat-
tered, large or small.—Hook. Sp. Fil. v. 71; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 355. Pleopeltis
superficialis, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 75.

Khasia, alt. 4000-6000 feet, plentiful, extending to the Naga country east, and to
Bhotan and Mishmee.—Distrib. South China, Malaya.

The Khasi fern figured by Beddome very accurately, starting from the ground, ascends
the trunks of small trees and shrubs for several feet; the scales are adpressed to the
rhizome, and the examples are all very constant to the type. In all this group of ferns,
though the young fresh frond is coriaceous opaque, the frond in age (and sometimes
through deficiency of nutriment in unhealthy growth) shows the venation with great
distinctness.—P. hymenodes, Wall. Cat. 283, is reduced here by Sir W. J. Hooker, Z. c. ;
but the identical sheet thereof on which he relied is P. normale type (mihi).

558 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.

Var. semilinearis. Scales of the rhizome patent, more acute ; fronds subsessile.

Bhotan, Griffith. Nepaul, Wallich—A solitary but fine specimen ; the scales and
the subsessile fronds are more like those of P. lineare ; but the sori are scattered in
many rows. Wallich’s example is mixed under his P. longifrons, Wall. Cat. 274.

43. P. NORMALE, Don, Prodr. Fl. Nep.1. Rhizome scandent, not very thick, with ovate or
lanceolate, sometimes almost hair-pointed adpressed scales, some of which carry erect
from their backs tufts of linear stiff black-red bristles; frond narrowed much at the
base, sometimes to the very foot of the stipe, usually broadest near the middle; a
few scattered ovate close-adpressed scales often present on the stipe or near the
base of the main rhachis beneath; sori often in several rows, or irregularly in one
row or (rarely) regular in one row.—Mett. Farngatt. Polypod. 86, t. 1. figs. 41-48 ;
Hook. Sp. Fil. v. 69; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 358. P. longifrons, Wall. Cat. 274,

as to type sheet; Hk. & Grev. Ic. Fil. t. 65. Pleopeltis normalis, Bedd. Ferns Brit.
Ind. t. 10?

Himalaya, alt. 4000-8000 feet ; from Nepaul to Bhotan, frequent. Khasia, alt. 3000-
5000 feet, frequent.— Distrib. ?

I understand this species exactly as Mettenius did, and define it by the very peculiar
bristles on the backs of the scales of the rhizome. Beddome’s figure may be the true
plant, but shows no scales at all. As in other species, the scales along the rhizome are
usually subobtuse, while those near the extremities and the base of the stipes are acute.
—The Kew Malaya material formerly placed here is named by Mettenius P. chinense.

44. P. LINEARE, Thunb. Fl. Jap. 335, Ic. Pl. Jap. t. 19. Rhizome creeping not very
extensively, clothed with lax ovate or lanceolate, often nearly hair-pointed grey
scales without bristles on their backs; fronds much longer than their stipes, lanceo-
late-linear, narrowed at the base, sometimes nearly to the foot of the stipe; sori
large, in a single row midway between the main rhachis and margin.—Hk. & Baker,
Syn. Fil. 354. P. loriforme, Wall. Cat. 271; Mett, Farngatt. Polypod. 92, t. 1.
figs. 49, 50; Hook. Garden Ferns, t. 14, Sp. Fil. v. 57. P leiopteris, Kunze; Mett,
Fil. Hort. Lips. t. 25. figs. 37-39. D sesquipedale, Wall. Cat. 275; Mett, Farngatt.
Polypod. 91. P. excavatum, Willd. Sp. Pl. v. 158. P. contiguum, Wall. Cat. 285.
P. Wightianum, Wall. Cat. 2222. P. acutissimwm, Wall. Cat. 4727. P. Greville-
anum, Wall. Cat. 5169. P. gladiatwm, Wall. Cat. 279. P. phlebodes, Kunze ; Mett.
Farngatt. Polypod. 92. P. atro-punctatum, Gaud.; Hk. & Arn. Bot. Beech. Voy.

108. Pleopeltis nuda, Hook. Exot. Fl. t. 63; Hk. & Bauer, Gen. Fil t. 18. P.
Wightiana, Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 180.

Himalaya, alt. 1000—10,000 feet; from Kashmir to Bhotan, very common. hasia;
alt. 500-6000 feet; very common.—Distrib. South India, Ceylon, Malay Peninsula and
Islands, China, Japan, Southern and Central Africa, with the islands. R

One of the most abundant of ferns in the Indian hills: The sori are, when young,

mixed with scales shaped like tin-tacks, whence J: Smith makes it to be a gen. nov:

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. KEE

Lepisorus. The sori in age are often very large, deep sunk, finally splitting out of the
frond altogether, whence the name P. excavatum. The fronds are usually very narrow,
and the sori then get nearer the margin than the main rhachis; this is P. loriforme, Wall.
When the fronds are picked in late autumn or winter, the venation is conspicuous ; this
is P. phlebodes, Kunze. None of these are more than trifling varieties; the following
are more curious.

Var. 1. steniste. Fronds 11 by + in.; sori large, appearing as projections on the
margin. |
Sikkim, alt. 10,000 feet.—The dimensions, 11 by $ in. are those of the narrowest
example I have collected; it looks very distinct from P. lineare, but is connected by
intermediates with P. loriforme, Wall. The species P. stenophyllum, Blume (Pleopeltis,
Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 234), must come in between my var. steniste and P. lineare
type. '
Var. 2. polymorpha. Barren fronds copiously pinnatifid ; lobes ovate and linear, 4-2 in.
deep, 10-15 on each margin of the frond. '

Khasia, Nunklow, C. .B. Clarke.

45. P. czATHRATUM, C. B. Clarke. Rhizome short-creeping, with ovate acute, often
hair-pointed scales; fronds small, stipe often as long as the frond; sori mixed with
sessile irregularly peltate and lacerate clathrate scales.

Kashmir; Pir Pinjul, alt. 11,000-12,000 feet, C. B. Clarke. Khurum Valley, alt.
11,000 feet, Dr. Aitchison.

- This may be an alpine var. of P. lineare; but the scales are peculiar, closely resembling
4liose from the rhizome in uaspleniwm, the veins being a rich black-chestnut colour.
'The texture is thin, the venation in the young healthy fronds much more conspicuous
than in P. lineare, the stipes unusually long. (Pl. LXXXII. fig. 1.)

46. P. ANGUsTATUM, Swartz; Hook. Sp. Fil. 43. Fronds large, lanceolate-linear, cori-
áceous, densely stellate-tomentose beneath; sori ultimately oblong, mixed with
stalked peltate fimbriate scales —Schk. Krypt. Gew. t. 8, c; Hk. & Baker, Syn.
Fil 356. P. spherocephalum, Wall. Cat. 272; Mett Farngatt. Polypod. 122.
P. coriaceum, Roxb. in Cale. Journ. Nat. Hist. iv. 481. Niphobolus angustatus,

. Hook. Garden Ferns, t. 20;. Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 185. N. spherocephalus,
- Hk. & Grev. Ic. Fil. it. 94. N. macrocarpus, Hk. & Am. Bot. Beech. Voy. 74,
uU ID à;

South India, Malacca, Malaya, North Australia, Polynesia, South Chia
Var. depauperata. Fronds 5 in., with scattered, sessile, peltate, fimbriate scales beneath,
but no hairs; sori large, oblong, without stalked scales.

Assam, Jenkins.—The scrap on the faith of which P. angustatum is. said to grow in
North India was determined by Sir W. J. Hooker. The rhizome is wiry, far thinner
than in P. angustatum ; nor does it carry the characteristic scales of P. angustatum. There
are on it two fronds, each 5 in. long, the fertile one + in. broad, the barren one 4 in.

SECOND SERIES.— BOTANY, VOL. I. 4G

560 .MR.C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.

The sori in size and position resemble those of P, angustatum. It is vain to found a
new species on such material, and it is not improbable that it really is P. angustatum
depauperated.

LP. lanceolatum, Linn., is said by Beddome (Ferns Brit. Ind. Suppl. p. 22) to be
* general" in India; but I have no example from North India. |

tt Main veins distinct to the edge. or nearly to the edge.

47. P. RHYNCOPHYLLUM, Hook. Sp. Fil. v. 65, 2nd Cent. Ferns, t. 54. Rhizome wiry,
far-creeping, with lanceolate-subulate spreading yellow-brown scales; stipes long ;
fronds somewhat dimorphic, firm in texture; sori principally confined to the cau-
date prolongation of the fertile frond.—Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil 359. Pleopeltis
rhyncophylla, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 9.

Khasia, alt. 4000-5500 feet, common.—Distrib. Burma.

48. P. GRIFFITHIANUM, Hook. Sp. Fil. v. 62, 2nd Cent. Ferns, t. 51. Rhizome not very
thick, far-creeping, with lanceolate-subulate brown spreading scales; stipes long;
fronds subuniform, firm in texture; sori large, in a single row close to the main
rhachis, often extending more than halfway to the base of the frond.—Hk. & Baker,
Ben. Fil. 359. Pleopeltis Griffithiana, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 158.

Sikkim and Bhotan;. alt. 6000-9000 feet; common. Khasia, alt. 4000-5000 feet;
frequent. ` i

49. P. ovatuM, Wall. Cat. 276. Rhizome not very thick, far-creeping, with lanceolate-

linear brown spreading scales; stipes long; fronds subuniform, herbaceous, broadly

lanceolate ; sori large, in single irregular rows between the main veins, usually few.

| —Hk. & Grev. Ic. Fil. t. 41; Hook. Sp. Fil. v. 64; Hk. & Baker, -— Fil. 359.
Pleopeltis ovata, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind, t. 157.

Sikkim, Sir J. D. Hooker; Chundaghiri, Wail. Bhotan, Griffith. Khasia, alt, 4000
feet; in several places, but must be called rare, (Moosmai Cave; Bishop’s Falls,
Shillong. )—Distrib. China. |

P. ensatum, Thunb., seems very near.

50. P. MEMBRANACEUM, Don, Prodr. Fl. Nep. 2. Rhizome stout, didi creeping, with
ovate-lanceolate scales ; fronds large, lanceolate, thin, membranous, green, gradually
narrowed at the base to a short stipe; primary parallel veins connected by secondary
veins in several series parallel to the main rhachis ; sori very many, rarely coalescent,
on the anastomosing veinlets included in the areola between the secondary veins.—
Mett. Farngatt. Polypod.118; Hook. Sp. Fil. v. 70 (excl. syn. P. heterocarpum); Hk. &
Baker, Syn. Fil. 360, partly. P. grandifolium, Wall. Cat. 282. (P1. LXXXII. fig. 3.)

Himalaya, alt. 3000-8000 feet; from Gurwhal to Bhotan, very common. Khasia,

alt. 2000-5000 feet, very common. Chota ame Poeni sit. Men "e C. a.
o —Distrib. South India, Ove: |

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. 561

The whole North-Indian material is very constant to Mettenius’s type, the venation
. of which is carefully described by Sir W.J. Hooker: the sori tend to be 6 in each areola
between the secondary veins. The Peninsula plant, well figured by Bedd. (Ferns South.
Ind. t. 177), is much smaller and narrower than the North-Indian plant, and has the
secondary veins much less distinct; but it may not be specifically separable.

51. P. Stream, Blume, Fl. Jav. Fil. 172, t. 80. Rhizome slender, creeping shortly,
with lanceolate acute scales; fronds lincar-lanceolate, narrowed gradually at the

. base into a short stipe, coriaceous; lanceolate subobtuse scales often continued up

the rhachis, and on the lower part of the rhachis beneath ; secondary veins (be-
tween the primary parallel veins) obscure, but, so far as they can be distinguished,
the sori are on them in two rows between the primary yeins.—Mett. Farngait.
Polypod. 115; Hook. Sp. Fil v. 72. P. oxyphyllum, Kunze, in Bot. Zeit. vi. 116.
P. heterocarpum, Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 360, not of Blume nor of Mett, Pleopeltis
heterocarpa, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 319.

Sikkim and Bhotan, alt. 2000-6000 feet, common. Khasia, alt. 2000-4000 feet, fre-
quent.—Distrib. Java, Philippines, Ceylon.

P. heterocarpum, Blume, Fl. Jav. Fil. t. 75, is P. hemionitideum, Wall., as is apparent
at a glance from the sudden contraction of the frond at the base into a narrowly winged
stipe: besides this, the more open venation, the confluent sori, the thick rhizome, all
prove it to be P. hemionitideum. Blume’s figure of P. Zippellii shows very accurately
the venation of the Himalayan plant. As regards the Chinese examples, with the sori
in many rows between the primary veins, referred to P. Zippellii at Kew, I do not think
they belong. :

59. P. puxcratum, Swartz, in Schrad. Journ: 1800, ii. 21, not of Syn. Fil. 41, nor of
Thunb. Rhizome stout, short-creeping, with lanceolate scales; fronds linear,
narrowed at the base gradually; stipe short or none; texture coriaceous, veins
obscure ; sori very many, scattered closely over nearly the whole lower surface.—
P. irioides, Lamk. Encycl. v. 513; Blume, Fl. Jav. Fil. 169, t. 77; Hk. & Grev. Ic.
Fil t. 125; Mett. Fil. Hort. Lips. 38, t. 20. fig. 10; Hook. Sp. Fil. v. 67, Fil. Exot.
t.4; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 360; Benth. Fl. Austral. vii. 771. P. glabrum, Roxb. ;
Wall. Cat. 281; in Cale. Journ. Nat. Hist. iv. 482, t. 28. P. polycephalum,
Wall. Cat. 273. Aspidium microcarpon, Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 142. Micro-

" sorium irregulare, Link ; Fée, Gen. Fil. t. 208. fig. 3. Phymatodes polycarpa, Presl,
Tent. Pterid. 198, t. 8. fig. 19. Pleopeltis irioides, Carr. in Fl. Viti. 367; Bedd.
Ferns South. Ind. t. 178. P. punctata, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. Suppl. p. 22. Acro-
stichum punctatum, Linn. Sp. Pl. 1524.

Bengal Plain, abundant; from the sea-face of the Soonderbun; extending but little
way up the mountains, rarely at 2000-3000 feet alt.—Distrib. South India, Ceylon,
Burma, Malaya, China, North Australia, Polynesia, Southern and Central Africa with
the islands to the Guinea coast.

53. P. HEMIONITIDEUM, Wall. Cat. 284. Rhizome creeping shortly, with lanceolate

a | Ae? |

562 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.

spreading scales; frond linear-lanceolate, decurrent at base on the winged stipe;
texture membranous, veins prominent, areolation much less close than in P. Zippellii ;
sori (nearly always some of them) confluent into oblong large patches in ripe fruit.
—Mett. Farngatt. Polypod. 112; Hook. Sp. Fil. v. 73; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil.
360. P. heterocarpum, Blume, Fl. Jav. Fil. 167, t. 75, not of Baker. P. Zollin-
gerianum, Kunze; Mett, Farngatt. Polypod. 118, t. 3. fig. 51. Selliguiea hemio-
nitidea, Pres], Tent. Pterid. t. 9. fig. 17. Pleopeltis hemionitidea, Bedd. Ferns South.
Ind. t. 182.

Himalaya, alt. 2000-7000 feet; from Nepaul to Bhotan, very common. Khasia,
alt. 2000-5000 feet, common. Chittagong Hills, alt. 1000 feet, C. B. Clarke.—Distrib.
South India, Malaya, China.

This fern is often (but by no means always) spathulate, being suddenly uiu into
a long winged stipe. It is easily known from P. Zippellii (with which the synonymy
has been mixed) by the prominent secondary venation and the confluent sori. The
rhizome is usually (but not always) stouter.

54. P. PTEROPUS, Blume, FL. Jav. Fil. 168, t. 76. Rhizome slender, creeping; stipe and
main rhachis beneath pubescent-squamose ; frond often deeply divided into 8 narrow
lanceolate lobes; simple and forked fronds are also frequent, 4—5-lobed fronds rare ;
texture herbaceous; sori small, scattered irregularly.—Mett. Farngatt. Polypod.
104, t. 1. figs. 36, 37; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 362.. P. tridactylon, Wall. Cat. 315 ;
Hk. & Grev. Ic. Fil. t. 209; Mett. Farngatt. Polypod. 104, t. 1. figs. 39, 40; Hook.

Sp. Fil. v. 75. Pleopeltis tridactyla, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 11, Ferns South.
Ind. t. 179.

Sikkim and Bhotan, alt. 1000—4000 feet; common. Khasia; alt. 0—4000 feet, common ;
extending into the plains in Mymensingh. Chittagong, alt. 0-1000 feet, common.—
Distrib. South India, Ceylon, Burma, Malaya, South China. |

In wet sand by running streams. In the upper levels it is often small, with fronds
mostly simple as figured by Beddome (Ferns South. Ind.t.179). Inthe plains itis much
larger, my Chittagong plants being larger even than Blume's picture. The Java speci-
mens are more glabrous and firmer in texture than the Indian examples, which are very
green, and often minutely pubescent. |

** Fronds deeply pinnatifid ; but those from weak rhizomes are in several species occa-
sionally trifid, in P. hastatum and ebenipes sometimes simple. (Sori large, in a

single row on each side the rhachis of the lobes in all the Indian species PME
P. dilatatum.)

55. P. HASTATUM, Thunb. Fl. Jap. 335, Ic. Fl. Jap. iii. t. 10. Rhizome stout, covered
with spreading lanceolate-linear yellow or reddish scales, creeping not widely ; stipes
long, glabrous, as is the base of the main rhachis beneath; frond narrowed to the.

Ze glabrous, firm in texture, margin entire.—Kunze, Farnkr. Schk. Suppl. t. 83;

Mett. Farngatt. Polypod. 106, t. 1. fig. 18; Hook. Sp. Fil. v. oe Hk & ge eet
Fil. 301. : cx odes | i |

ve "eg

.MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. 563

Var. 1. Thunbergii. Fronds small, trilobate and simple.

Sikkim and Bhotan, alt. 7000—10,000 feet, frequent. Khasia, alt. 5000-6000 feet,
frequent.—Distrib. China, Japan. pe
Some of my Darjeeling fronds, including the stipes, are 12 in. long, entire, in full
fruit; others are exactly P.’trifidum, Don, Prodr. Fl. Nep.3: they are fronds from young
rhizomes of the next variety. E

Var. 2. oxyloba, (sp.) Wall. Cat. 294. Fronds pinnatifid, often attaining 15 in.—Mett.
Farngatt. Polypod. 106; Hook. Sp. Fil. TT. P. trifidum, Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil.

. 363. P. propinquum, Wall. Cat. 298, partly. Pleopeltis oxyloba and malacodon,

= Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. tt. 175, 387. |

Himalaya; from Gurwhal to Bhotan, alt. 3000-8000 feet, common. Khasia, alt.
2000—6000 feet ; common.—Distrib. South India, Ceylon.

This fern is known easily from the succeeding allied species by its entire edge, which
is not even minutely serrulate. The rhizome also is shorter and thicker than that of
P. ebenipes. The secondary venation is generally obscure, but in autumn- and winter-
gathered examples often conspicuous: such have been marked P. Dodgsoni, ? nov. sp.,
in Kew Herb.

56. P. CYRTOLOBUM, J. Smith. Rhizome rather slender, creeping somewhat exten-
sively, often glaucous; scales peltately adfixed, with a scarious brown margin and
prolonged lanceolate spreading black point ; stipe long, glabrous, base of the main
rhachis beneath often with a few soft scales; frond 6-15 in., lanceolate, narrowed
into the stipe, the pinne all much drawn upwards, so that the frond is narrow, the
last lobe exceedingly long; margin minutely serrate, the teeth not mucronate.—
Pleopeltis Stewartii, Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 2nd ed. 513, not of Bedd. (Pl. LXXXIII.)

Nepaul to Bhotan, alt. 9000-12,000 feet, very common.
A very uniform species, pendent from trees, whence the fronds have a peculiarly
tapering appearance. Wallich collected it, and marked it “ an P. propinqui, var. ?”

57. P. SrEwAnTIL,, C. B. Clarke. Rhizome rather slender, creeping somewhat exten-
sively; scales lax, soft, lanceolate-linear, almost hair-pointed, yellow-brown; stipe
and main rhachis beneath glabrous; lowest pinnze deflexed, somewhat broad at the
base; margin minutely serrulate, teeth not mucronate.—Pleopeltis Stewartii, Bedd.
Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 204, not of Baker.

Gurwhal, Stewart (fide Bedd.) ; Pathankori, alt. 10,500 feet, Strachey & Winterbottom.
Sikkim, alt. 12,000-13,000 feet; Lachen, Sir J. D. Hooker. |

In venation, sori, texture, margin, and outline this fern closely resembles P. ebenipes,
and I had always supposed it a var. of P. ebenipes, and that P. cyrtolobum (which I have
collected so largely) was P. Stewartii. Apart from the scales of the rhizome and its
glabrousness, the present fern (Szewartii, Bedd.) differs considerably from P. cyrtolobum
in its very divaricate lobes spreading straight stellately in every direction; whereas in
P. cyrtolobum the lobes are curved, all much bending upwards. Strachey and Winter-

564 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.

bottom, however, marked their specimens Phymatodes cyrtolobum, J. Smith, and Baker
accepted this reduction. Nor do I feel sure P. Stewartii may be not the erect form of
P. cyrtolobwm. But contra, my very large collection of P. cyrtolobum has not an example
that tends towards P. Stewartii in any point; and, secondly, if P. Stewartti is to be
reduced to a var., it seems to me nearer P. ebenipes, or even nearer P. hastatum, than to
P. cyrtolobum. l

58. P. manacopoy, Hook. Sp. Fil v. 87, excl. B. Rhizome rather slender, somewhat
extensively creeping; scales lax, lanceolate-linear, brown-black; frond often sub-
cordate at base; margin acutely. serrulate; teeth mucronate, often spinescent.—
Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 363 (excl. syn. P..erytolobwn). Not Pleopeltis malacodon,
Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 387.

Nepaul to Bhotan, alt. 10,000—13,000 feet ; very common, €. B. Clarke.

A very common fern, known at once by its strongly serrate margin. It is remarkable
that I find no example in the Kew Herbarium (other than my own), except some pieces
mixed on a sheet of T. Thomson’s, said to have been collected “ Top of Hattu, alt.
10,500 feet, in the North-west Himalaya."

59. P. EBENIPES, Hook. Sp. Fil. v. 88. Rhizome somewhat widely creeping, stout, with
adpressed lanceolate black scales, similar scales often present on the main rhachis
beneath ; margin minutely serrulate, teeth not mucronate.—Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil.
965. P. melanopus, R. Br. in Wall. Cat. 293, partly. Pleopeltis ebenipes, Bedd.
Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 138.

From Gurwhal to Bhotan, alt. 6000-11,000 feet; very common.

The scales on the rhizome often have rusty almost yellowish tips ; the fern is, however,
then (as are. scraps without rhizome) easily sorted from P. hastatum (oxylobum), by the
serrulate margin. The real difficulty is to separate it from P. Stewartii, Bedd., which
I think can hardly be done in the absence of the rhizome.—1 have collected plants of Rois
from young rhizomes with simple entire fronds.

Var. B. Oakesü. Large; pinne 5 by j in., caudate; rhachises above hairy.

Darjeeling, alt. 7000 feet ; Dr. Jerdon, C. B. Clarke —As this fern grows in Darjeeling
station I have often observed it, and doubted whether it was worthy specific rank. The
pinns are cut down very nearly indeed to the main rhachis, as many as 15 on each

side, and very unlike the common outline of P. ste ap but the rapa — seales are
typical ebenipes.

Var. y. Parishii. "Texture thin, margin mett Parishii, Bedd. Ferns Brit.
Ind. t. 125, ;

Khasia, Dr. Jerdon.—Distrib, Moulmein (fide Beddome).—I identify Dr. Jerdon’s
plant as = Beddome’s sp. P. Parishii from Beddome’s picture only. Dr. J erdon’ s plant

has some ovate black-chestnut deciduous scales about the base of ihe main rhachis a

beneath ; and though the rhizome is wanting in my example : I have no doubt that it
is P, fo ang Dër whatever Col. Beddome' s may res been.

MR: C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN. INDIA. 565

60. P. pRYTHROCARPUM, Mett.; Kunze, in Linnea, xxxvi. 135. Rhizome slender, wide-
. creeping, clothed with liasdéclatecdimoni not hair-pointed scales; main rhachis and
frond beneath more or less pubescent; pinnæ oblong, obtuse, the lowest generally
(not always) free; costal arches of the pinnæ obscure.—Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil.
2nd ed. 511. P. Atkinsoni, C. B. Clarke, MS, Goniophlebium erythrocarpum,
Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. p. 21, t. 382.

Sikkim ; Lachen, alt. 9000—11,000 feet, Sir J. D. Hooker ; Yakla Valley, alt. 8000
feet, C. m Clarke. |

61. P. tonerssruvm, Blume, Enum. Pl, Jav. Fil. 127. Frond elongate, with 8-20

~ marrow pinne on each side ; margin entire; sori impressed, projecting through the
upper surface. —Blume, Fl. Jav. Fil. 159, t. 68; Mett. Fil. Hort. Lips. t. 25.
fig. 18, Farngatt, Polypod. 102, partly; Hook. Sp. Fil. v. 80, Fil. Exot. t. 22.
P. excavatum, Roxb. in Cale. Journ. Nat. Hist. iv. 485. P. alternifolium, Wall.
Cat. 289, var. polyphylla, Wall. Pleopeltis longissima, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind.
t. 388.

Assam, Gowhatty; Simons. Sylhet, Wallich. Furidpore, C. B. Clarke.—Distrib.
Malaya, Formosa, Admiralty Islands. | |

My examples were floating in jheels, and the other Bengal examples that have
rhizomes were aquatic. Rhizome long, covered with lax ovate-lanceolate grey-slaty
scarious scales. Pinne $-i in. broad.

62. P. NIGRESCENS, Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 126. Pinnæ 4-8 on each side the main
rhachis, broader than in P. longissimum, otherwise resembling it.—Blume, Fl. Jav.
Fil. 161, t. 70; Hook. Sp. Fil. v. 81; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 364; Benth. Fl.
Austral. vii. 769. P. longissimum, Mett. Farngatt. Polypod. 102, partly. P. alterni-
folium, Wall. Cat. 289, type. Pleopeltis longissima, Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 176.
P. nigrescens, Carr. in Fl. Viti. 368; Bedd. Ferns Brit, Ind. Suppl. p. 23.

- Sylhet, Wallich.—Distrib. Ceylon, Malay Peninsula and Islands, Polynesia.

Cultivators find this fern easily distinguishable from the preceding, but Mettenius
thought it not distinct. Beddome remarks that there is no difference, except that the
pinne of P. nigrescens are fewer and broader. The rhizome and sori are closely alike
and peculiar; the venation is the same, except that in.the broader pinne there is room
for more rows of looped veins outside the sori.—Lastly, whether it be held a form or a
species, I greatly doubt its being native in North India. The only example is one sheet
of Wallich’s Cat. No. 289. It is clear that before issuing his No. 289, Wallich mixed
his P.. longissimum from Sylhet with his P. nigrescens from Malacca, and issued all as
P. alternifolium, Wall, . No one else can find P. nigrescens in Bengal.—In Wallich's own
set, I find that the P. longissimum is marked from gd the P. nigrescens from Singa-
pore: I have little doubt that this is correct,

Ge. P. DILATATUM, Wall. Cat. 295. Rhizome stout, somewhat widely creeping, clothed
with ovate-lanceolate lax scarious grey-slaty scales; frond large, with many close

566 MR. C: B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN. INDIA.

pinnæ decurrent on the stipe, sometimes nearly to its foot; sori many, small,
scattered in several rows between the main veins of the lebes.—Hook. Sp. Fil. v. 85;
Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 365. Pleopeltis dilatata, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 122.

. From Nepaul to Bhotan, alt. 3000-8000 feet ; common. Khasia; alt. 2000-6000 feet,
ecommon.—Distrib. Malacca, Samoa. RED

Subgenus X. Pleopeltis. Fronds completely KZ the lowest pinnze standing apart.
Veins copiously anastomosing, the free included veinlets spreading in all directions.

64. P. JUGLANDIFOLIUM, Don, Prodr. Fl. Nep. 3. Rhizome stout, creeping, with many
. spreading lanceolate-subulate yellow-brown scales ` main veins of the pinnz parallel,
prominent, with one sorus between each pair.—Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 368. P. capi-
tellatum, Wall. Cat. 306; Mett. Farngatt. Polypod. 109; Hook. Sp. Fil. v. 90.
P. leiorhizon, Wall. Cat. 303, partly. P. tenuicauda, Hook. Sp. Fil. v. 90: Pleopeltis
capitellata, Bedd; Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 12. P. Moulmeinsis, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind.
t. 205. ; !
Himalaya, alt. 2000—9000 feet; from Gurwhal to Bhotan, very common. Khasia,
alt. 2000-5000 feet, very common.—Distrib. Moulmein.
Pinnse sometimes irregularly pinnatifid into round lobes.

Var biserialis. One sorus or frequently two sori between each pair of ere main
veins of the pinne. |

Khasia, Simons; alt. 4000 feet near Nunklow, several times collected ; C. B. Clarke.
—This has been referred to P. himalayense, Hook., but has a very stout rhizome.

65. P. Lenmannt, Mett. Farngatt. Polypod. 117.. Rhizome not very stout, wide-creep-
ing, with lanceolate, hair-pointed, spreading scales, yellow or whitish; pinne
linear-oblong, not much narrowed at the base, glabrous beneath, the margin ob-
securely (or not at all) hyaline; sori between the main veins of the pinne in 2-3-4
rows.—Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 369. Pleopeltis Lehmanni, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind.
t. 260.

Sikkim, alt. 4000-8000 feet ; common.—Distrib. Burma.

66. P. venustuM, Wall. Cat. 305. Rhizome glaucous, not very stout, wide-creeping,
_ with lanceolate hair-pointed spreading rufous scales; pinne lanceolate-caudate,
usually much broader in the middle than at the very base, minutely rufous, pu-
bescent beneath, margin conspicuously hyaline ; sori between the main veins of the
pinnz in 1-2-3 rows.—P. himalayense, Hook. Sp. Fil. v. 91; Hk. & Baker, pen
Fil. 369.. Pleopeltis himalayensis; Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 318.
Himalaya, alt. 6000—10,000 feet; from Nepaul to Bhotan, common.
Considered not distinct from P. Lehmanni by Mettenius, and it can hardly be distin-

guished but by the Seuminently busting ed: ae surface omm Mae qe —
——

7 =<

> Xx a
ES

Sc? AN Sg
ZEE eR

Trans. Linn. Soc. Gen? Bor. Vor.I.Pr.62.

Hoot. Var FOLIOLOSA, (Sp) Wade.

»

BRIATUM, Zook Var SPHEROPTEROIDES.

l.ASPLENIUM FIM

e

PUTAS wë
y 3 ge, EN
SEN y PA DA

SS ` Ce
ea

pec
anil
Sh SSS

MÀ à CUTER DONT Pare" Cet pu

Fe)
AMCockerill del et Hth.

E
D
d

Lem)

e

el

c

bn Ern So Me
kon PILLS ay We
SS, wl SAS 117 2t
L^ br WIZE
2 al Wes e UP UM am.
EN PE 17an m
4 LL PERSE

BS ON Vë

aoe ANS “ZS Ke
[^v AUS Aes CAS Urs VANS Gë
V E PN Ng AM (UNS Wes N
$ fA GS AD (m Uh
ZA A (| R N ANS. MAN
JAD IN S & Š
A Be TAN ü ES S
IRS DS He y
ls (R AS

RS oy ONSEN ee e,

AM Cockerill del.et hth.

lASPLENIUM PROCERUM, Wed.

vy

N i
| € S Ww)
LIN MA A ER a kA:
ST sg - AT (f ri AN,
EE RTE, SAN
ot Gen M, 4, y Se Le Lé (| (4
EFL EE j^ ee) 273 A Zëss
E ST Ee |
(7 d dee A AAN Sl)
Si A rdi AN CAN
GV £y) Zee CUN
su 7 AY AN Ww

^ ` wéi ™ ` - ap,
A $ X ën n d

DË E EE, ie e 2
Eeer

2. A BELLUM, ZZ Clarke. Fitch imp.

Trans. Linn. Soc. SerZ Bor. Vor I. Pr..64.

; l.ASPLENIUM JAPONICUM, ZZzz:J. "an CHATTAGRAMICA.
(0 AMCockerill delet lith. 23ATORRENTIUM CZZ/arze. +A. SUCCULENTUM, CZ Clarke,

Fitch imp.

Trans. LINN. Soc. SER. Bar VoL 5

COORD Cees
a WK FN
ER

Eh? | | AR S
2253 W t S
AAAS

(Zs
^ JD
{ibe
£ -

SS Wee

du

SS
Zo.
wi
Aad i

HA
ats

7 Mrz TC VR
£ Lay} Zi 7

Ds

DBOD E AP e

Ze

"re E

AMCockerill delet lith, MISPLENIUM SIKKIMENSE, GR@¥ente 2 NEPHRODIUM GRACILESCENS, Zoa. Var DECIPIENS.

Fitch imp.

saga

ABPIDIUM PRESCOTTIANUM, Wad. Var BAKERIANA, (sp) WS Adkinson.

= Ta i
e e wie Vi
X i d f 2
E | MN i
z ra P A.
[7 i S LL
a A 1.
an A d if p -
e" x
P 3 i e i
À -
V : £
K f / TY 1 ARE
aig x d SS fel ae SSW ^
J P . x ;
e = on rs - GC i Z * ~ - s
———— +, > s T E = " ies á ^
, A ~ el
H Së b E.
d f S è . S
* " ~ | IN
à - d

Dës d e Ki on atur
y Lech à à K ge

} Trans. Liny. Soc. Szr2. Bor. Vol Pu 66.

<
=<

~ Se

.. Trans. Linn. Soc. Zen 2 Bag Von] Pie?

I ator £s hh AW
Bed OE

lNEPHRODIUM GRACILESCENS, Hoos. Yer. HIRSUTIPES. |
2 is : Var DIDYMOCHL(ENOIDES.

CBClarke. : Trans.Linn.Soc. Ser 2.Bor VoL I Pri 868.

l.NEPHRODIUM FILIX-MAS, Zicha. Var. PANDA.
Bec : » Var NORMALIS.

AM Cockerill delet bth

Trans. Linn. Soc. Sen? Boe Vo Prb) ge

dd
Deen NV

v
7

2^ Zee

MS

AM.Cockerill del.et lith.
us SE Fitch imp.

E
|

CBClarke. pes TBAus.Liww.Soc. Sek 2.Bo T. VoL I.Pr.70.

CBClarke. Trans. Linn. Soc. SER.2 BoT. VoLIPL 71.

go
P

(0 AM Coekerill Ai lith NEPHRODIUM FILIX-MAS, ichd. Var MARGINATA, [Sp] WaZ

: Inaxs.Limm.Soc.S8mn2Bor VoL IP. 72.

M RHODOLEPIS, CBClarke.

=
8
A
S

Y ;

CBClarke.

Trans. Linn.Soc. SER2 Bot. Vou I Pu.73.

, WSAtkinson.

Ka

(i
z
SI
z
Z
=
2
A
Q
O
o
DC
A,
D
a, ;

ST E WH Lat
ech VA ee

ON TST Rs

dy NNUS (SND

ma
Ss

C.B.Clarke.

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. 567

Var. niphoboloides. Surface beneath densely brown tomentose, the sori buried in the
tomentum.

Bhotan, Griffith.— But there is a series of examples connecting this var. with the type.
—As to the name of this species, I cannot find where P. venustum, Desv., was described ;
it has, at all events, so completely slipped out of sight that it no way interferes with
P. venustum, Wall.

67. P. LEIoRHIzON, Wall. Cat. 308, chiefly. Rhizome creeping shortly, with lax slaty-
brown, ovate, not acute scales; pinnze narrow, lanceolate-linear, coriaceous ; primary
parallel veins hardly more prominent than the secondary venation, with one sorus
between each pair of such parallel obscure veins.—Mett. Fil. Hort. Lips. 37, t. 25.
fig. 17; Farngatt. Polypod. 103; Hook. Fil. Exot. t. 25, Sp. Fil. v. 92; Hk. & Baker,
Syn. Fil. 369. P. lucidum, Roxb. in Cale. Journ. Nat. Hist. iv. 486. Pleopeltis
leiorhizon, Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 174.

North India, alt. 04000 feet, very common in the lower hills, extending west to
Nepaul.—Distrib. South India.

33. NOTHOLENA, R. Br.

1. N. Maranra, R. Br. Prodr. Fl. Nov. Holl. 145. Nothochlena Marante, Hook. Sp.
Fil. v. 120; Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 1; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. v. 120. 4crosti-
chum Marante, Linn. Sp. Pl. 1527; Schk. Krypt. Gew. t. 4; Sibth. Fl. Gree.

.. 1.964. Gymnogramme Morante, Mett: ; Milde, Fil. Europ. 21.

Alpine Himalaya, from Kashmir to Kumaon; rare. Sikkim, alt. 9000-15,000 feet,
Lachen Valley, Sir J. D. Hooker.—Distrib. South Europe and the Mediterranean Region
from Maearonesia to the Caucasus and Abyssinia.

The scales on -the back of the fronds may be called “ pseudo-wool"' (Añvoc); I do not
see how the fern can be said to have a **pseudo-indumentum ;" it has a real indu-
mentum. Rob. Brown called it Notholena ; and I am convinced that he meant Notholena,
and that Desveaux blundered.

34. GYMNOGRAMME, Desy.
Series I. Veins free. |
Subgenus I. Leptogramme. Sori oblong, not forked.

1. G. Torra, Schlecht. Adumbr. 15, t. 6. ` Rhizome shortly creeping ; stipe and frond on
both surfaces pilose; frond l-pinnate; pinnz pinnatifid about halfway to the
midrib ; veins in the lobes simple.—Blume, Fl. Jav. Fil. 90, t. 388; Hook. Sp. Fil.
v. 138; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 376. G. aspidioides, Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 112.
G. Loveii, Mk. & Grev. Ie. Fil. t. 89. Polypodium Tottum, Willd. Sp. Pl. v. 201.
Grammitis Totta, Presl; Hk. & Bauer, Gen. Fil. t. 728; Bedd. Ferns South. Ind,
t. 49. Phegopteris Totta, Mett. Farngatt. Pheg. & Asp. 19; Milde, Fil. Europ. 101.

North-west Himalaya, Kashmir to Kumaon, alt. 6000 feet, rare. Khasia; alt. 3000-

SECOND SERIES.—BOTANY, VOL. I. _ | 4H

568 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.

5000 feet, common.—Distrib. South India, Ceylon, Java, China, Japan; Africa (almost
the whole) with its islands.

. G. AvRITA, Hook. Sp. Fil. v. 141, 2nd Cent. Ferns, tt. 74, 89. Rhizome extensively
creeping; base of the stipe curved, with deflexed ovate-acute scales; frond 1-pin-
nate; pinnæ pinnatifid nearly to the midrib; veins in the lobes many of them `

forked.—Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 377. Grammitis aurita, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind.
51. .152.

Sikkim and Bhotan, alt. 3000-6000 feet; common. Assam and Khasia, alt. 2000-
5000 feet, very common.

Beddome (Ferns Brit. Ind. Suppl. p. 24) doubts if this is more than a Ss of Poly-
podium distans: the rhizome is very different, and is constantly accompanied by a differ-

ence in the sori. The fern is glabrous beneath, or the rhachises glandular-puberulous or
subpubescent.

Var. Levingii. Frond weak; pinnz not auriculate; lobes broadly oblong (not ge
pilose on both surfaces; sori marginal.

Kashmir, Jhelum, and Chittapani Valleys, alt. 4000-7000 feet; .H. C. Levinge.
—This has the texture and hairiness of G. Totta, but the rhizome and venation of

G. aurita ; while the cutting is deeper than that of C. Totta, less auriculate than that of
G. aurita.

3. G. OPACA, Spreng. Syst. Veg. iv. 89. Stipes tufted, with ovate-acute scales near the
foot; frond 2-pinnate, texture thin, succulent, drying very black, margin crenate,
scarcely serrate; lowest pinnz little shorter than those above.—Bedd. Ferns Brit. -
Ind. t. 238; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 378. G. obtusata, Blume, Enum, Pl. Jav. Fil.
119, Fl. Jav. Fil 97, t. 43; Hook. Sp. Fil. v. 143. Phegopteris opaca, Mett.
Farngatt, Pheg. & Asp. 15. Hemionitis opaca, Don, Prodr. Fl. Nep. 13.

From Nepaulto Bhotan, alt. 4000-7000 feet; frequent. Khasia, alt. 3000-5000 feet ; :
common.—Distrib. Java. wi

G. arborescens, De Vriese, reduced here by Sir W. J. Hooker, does not perhaps belong: `
the examples are firm stout green, with an acutely toothed margin.

Subgenus II. Syngramme. Sori elongate, often forked or confluent. |
AG vestra, Hook. Sp. Fil. v. 143, Ic. Pl. t. 115. Frond linear, l-pinnate; pinn®

ovate, stalked, entire, densely rufous-villous beneath.—Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 379. :
Grammitis ? vestita, Wall. Cat. 19. Syngramma vestita, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. :
t. 154.

From Chumba to Nepaul ; alt. 6000-9000 feet, common. Sipe Griffith. sch ;
South and North China, E

5. G. ANDERSONL, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 190. Frond l-pinnate ; pinnæ . " : We

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. 569

‘lobed, densely clothed beneath with soft golden hair—Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil.
380.

. Kumaon, 7. Anderson.
Nothing is known about this at Kew but the "MR and description of Beddome.

6. G. FRAXINEA, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. Suppl. p. 24. Frond large, glabrous, or very

.. nearly so, 1-2-pinnate ; ultimate pinne large, stalked, linear-lanceolate-acuminate,

. entire or minutely serrulate.— G. javanica, Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 112, Fl. Jav.

Fil. 95, t. 41; Hook. Sp. Fil.v. 145 ; Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 57, Ferns South. Ind.

t. 232; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 382. ` OG. serrulata, Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 113,

Fl. Jav, Fil. 96, t. 42. — Diplasium fraxineum and falcatum, Don, Prodr. Fl. Nep.

12, 18. Grammitis procera, Wall. Cat. 3. G.caudata, Wall. Cat. A OG. affinis,
Wall. Cat. 11.

p Himalaya, from Chumba to Bhotan ; alt. 1000-8000. feet, very common. Khasia, alt:

` 1000-5000 feet; common.—Distrib. Ceylon, Malaya, Japan, Polynesia, Tropical Africa.

Var. pilosa, (sp.) Brack. U. S. Explor. Ferns, 22, t. 4. Pubescent beneath.
. Sikkim, alt. 6000 feet, C. B. Clarke.—Distrib. Sandwich Isles.

7. G. MICROPHYLLA, Hook. Sp. Fil v. 129, 2nd Cent. Ferns, t. 16. Fronds tufted,
2—4 in. high, delicately green, 3-4-pinnatifid ; ultimate segments 3—$ in., obovate-
oblong.—Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 383. Grammitis microphylla, Bedd. Ferns Brit.
Ind. t. 148.

. Khasia; Surareen, alt. 5000 feet, Griffith. Sikkim; Tonglo, alt. 7000—10,000 feet,

Si; J. D. Hooker, H. C. Levinge, Col. Oakes ; Sinchul, alt. 8000 feet, Gamble; Dikeeling,

alt. 7500 feet, C. B. Clarke.

Series II. Veins inarching. |

Subgenus III. Steguogramme. Stipes continuous with the rhizome. Frond 1-pinnate.
8. G. AsPIDIOIDES, Hk. & Bauer, Gen. Fil. t. 120 B. Rhachises beneath pilose; pinne
pinnatifid 3-1 the way to the midrib, 2 pairs of veinlets uniting; sori curved.—
Hook. Sp. Fil. v. 150, 2nd Cent. Ferns, t. 50; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 378. G. steg-
nogramme, Blume, Fl. Jav. Fil. 98, t. 44. Stegnogramme aspidioides, Blume, Enum.
Pl. Jav, Fil 173; Presl, Tent. Pter. t. 9. fig. 5; Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 149.

Ca hegopteris stegnogramme, Mett. Farngatt. Pheg. & Asp. 26.

Khaia; alt. 4000-6000 feet, Griffith, Hook. f. $ T. Thoms. — Distrib. Ceylon, Java.

The Jus examples have the hairs denser, needle-like, the pinne less lobed, with 3-6
pairs of veinlets uniting, the sori straight, hence much shorter than in the Khasi plant,
Wherein the veinlets curve much upwards to the sinus. It is this last character that
_ Makes the Khasi possibly a distinct species from the Javan; but much more material
> required from both localities to found a species on such a character.—De Vriese and
P. No. 612, referred here by Sir W. J. Hooker, has the frond EE below
into auricles, and is T auriculatum, Wall. (vel prox.).

402

570 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.

Subgenus IV. Selliguiea. Stipes articulated on the rhizome. Fronds undivided
or scarcely 1-pinnate.

9. G. LANCEOLATA, Hook. Sp. Fil. v. 156. Rhizome creeping, not very stout; frond
1-$ in. wide, simple, linear, entire, coriaceous, all the veins obscure; sori often
nearly parallel with the main rhachis.—Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 387. Grammitis
lanceolata, Swartz, Syn. Fil. 22, 212, t. 1. fig. 4; Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 117;
Hk. & Grev. Ic. Fil. t. 48. Antrophyum lanceolatum, Blume, Fl. Jav. Fil. 84,
i. 36. Loxogramme lanceolata, Presl; Hk. & Bauer, Gen. Fil. t. 73 B; Bead.
Ferns South. Ind. t. 51. Polypodium Loxogramme, Mett, Farngatt. Polypod. 112,
t. 3. fig. 25. Selliguiea lanceolata, Carr. in Fl. Viti. 371.

Khasia, alt. 4000-5000 feet, frequent. —Distrib. South India, Ceylon, Malaya, China,
Japan, Africa with its eastern islands.

10. G. rNvonvTA, Hook. Sp. Fil. v. 155. Rhizome stout, shortly creeping; frond 3-23
in. wide, simple, linear, entire, coriaceous, all the veins obscure; sori usually
oblique to the main rhachis.—Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 387. Grammitis involuta,
Don, Prodr. Fl. Nep. 14; Hk. & Grev. Ic. Fil. t. 53; Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil.
87. G. cuspidata, Zenk. Pl. Ind. i. £. 2. OG scolopendrina, Bory in Voy. Coq. t. 30.
fig. 1. OG flavescens, Wall. Cat. 6. G. acuminata, Wall. Cat. Y. G. macrophylla,
Wall. Cat. 10. Antrophyum involutum, Blume, Fl. Jav. Fil. 87. A. coriaceum,
Blume, Fl. Jav. Fil. t. 37. fig. 1. Loxogramme involuta, Presl; Bedd. Ferns South.
Ind. t. 50. Polypodium involutum, Mett. Fil. Hort. Lips. 97, t. 25. figs. 26, 27.
P. Blumei, Mett. Farngatt. Polypod. 118, t. 3. fig. 27. Selliguiea Wallichana,
Hook. Ic. Pl. t. 204.

Himalaya, alt. 2000-7000 feet; from Gurwhal to Bhotan, very common. Khasia,
alt. 1000-5000 feet, very common.—Distrib. South India, Ceylon, Malaya, Polynesia.

I do not know how this fern differs from G. lanceolata, except by its larger size; the `

scales on the rhizome, the venation, and the texture are (so far as I can make out)
exactly the same.

11. G. Haminronrana, Hook. Sp. Fil. v. 160. Rhizome creeping; fronds linear, simple, |

with conspicuous venation, the fertile smaller on much longer stipes.—Hk. & Baker, E
Syn. Fil. 389. Grammitis Hamiltoniana, Wall. Cat. 9. Ceterach pedunculata, `

Hk. & Grev. Ic. Fil t. 5. Selliguiea Hamiltoni, Presl, Tent. Pterid. 216, t. WC
fig. 16; Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 239. Polypodium pedunculatum, Mett. in Herb.

North and East Bengal, alt. 0-4000 feet ; from Nepaul to Mishmee and Chittagong,

common; extending also some way into the plain, as at Chattuck, C. B. Olarke—
Distrib. Yunan. :

12. G. znurPriCA, Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 389. Rhizome creeping; fronds deeply pin:
. natifid (sometimes 1-pinnate) or deeply 3-5-lobed ; main veins of the lobes distinct-
— 4G. decurrens, Hook. Sp. Fil. v. 161; Benth. Fl. Hongk. 457. Poigpodiem 6 eli s

r6

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. 571

cum, Thunb. Fl. Jap. 335; Mig. in Ann. Mus. Lugd. Bat. ii. 225. P. pothifolium,
Mett. Farngatt. Polypod. 108, t. 3. figs. 22-24. , Hemionitis pothifolia, Don, Prodr.
Fl. Nep. 18. Grammitis decurrens, Wall. Cat. 5. G. Finlaysoniana, Wall. Cat.
776. Selliguiea decurrens, Presl; Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 150.

From Nepaul to Bhotan and Khasia, alt. 2000-5000 feet, very common.-—Distrib.
Burma, China, Philippines, Japan.

. Very variable in development ; large specimens are 1-pinnate, with the pinne distant,
113 by ŝ in.; other specimens are subpalmately divided into 3-5 short lobes ; and I have
an example (in full fruit) quite simple. I believe it is all one.—The Hongkong example
is dimorphie; the fertile frond reduced, with narrow pinne.

35. BRAINEA, Hook.

I. B. insignis, Hook. Kew Gard. Misc. ix. 354, Sp. Fil. v. 162; Benth. Fl. Hongk. 460;
Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 189; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 390; Kurz, For. Fl. Brit.
Burma, ii. 574. Bowringia insignis, Hook. Kew Gard. Misc. v. 287, t. 2, Fil.
Exot. t. 38.

- Khasia, alt. 3000-4000 feet ; Pomrang, Hook. f. $ T. Thoms; Jainka, Col. Godwin-

Austen.—Distrib. Hongkong.

36. Meniscium, Schreb.

l. M. TRIPAYLLUM, Swartz, Syn. Fil. 19, 206. Rhizome creeping, with chestnut lanceo-
late-linear scales at the extremities; frond with 1-9 pinne; pinne narrowed at
the base, villose beneath; secondary venation not prominent.— Wall. Cat. 61; Hk.
& Grev. Ic. Fil. t. 120; Kunze, Farnkr. Schk. Suppl. t. 52 ; Bedd. Ferns South. Ind.
t. 56; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 391. M. erosum, Wall. Cat. 62. M. Cumingii, Fée,

. Gen. Fil. 222. JM. Parishii, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 184. a
- Eastern Bengal, alt. 0-500 feet, from Mishmee and Cachar to Chittagong, where it is
plentiful. Sikkim Terai; Dulkajhar, Gamble.—Distrib. Ceylon, Burma, China, Philip-
pines, Malacca.

. M. simplex, Hook., has the fronds less divided, more cordate at the base, the secondary

venation raised beneath, prominent, but seems very near.—Jf. Parishit, Bedd., is referred

in Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 392, to M. cuspidatum, Blume; but it is exactly our common
form of M. triphyllum in the Chittagong Hills. An example collected in Mishmee by

Griffith has 13 pinne in all, and is marked M. villosum, J. Smith in Herb.

2. M. CUSPIDATUM, Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 114, Fl Jay. Fil. 102, t. 45. Frond
l-pinnate ; pinns 3-6 in., pubescent or nearly glabrous except the mg e
narrowly oblong, acuminate caudate, drying blackish, margin often crenulate.—
Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 309; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 392.

Jaintea; Jowye, alt. 4000 feet, C. B. Clarke. Sylhet, alt. 250 feet, C. B. Clarke—

Distrib. Java, Philippines. tae
- l ipe no difficulty in distinguishing this from P. urophyllum, Wall. (as seen under

*

572 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA..

that species above); but it is very difficult to separate from M. triphyllum; indeed Mr.
Baker has sorted our M. triphyllum, var. Parishii, under M. cuspidatum, Blume.

Var. longifrons, (sp. JWall. Cat.60. Pinnæ 12-15 in., glabrous, entire, with 15-20 pairs
of uniting veinlets, suddenly narrowed into a subulate apex 1-2 in. long.

Himalaya and Khasia, alt. 500-4000 feet, very common.—This is probably a good
species, but I can fix on no good diagnostic character; none of the Javan material
approaches it, nor does it run into P. wrophyllum, with which it is often confounded.
It is marked M. reticulatum in the Kew bundles.

3. M. DELTIGERUM, Wall. Cat. 59. Fronds 1-pinnate, glabrous; fertile frond longer
than the barren, the pinnse little narrower than those of the barren, crenated;
sori ultimately confluent, forming deltoid masses between the very distinct main
veins beneath.—Acrostichum virens, var., Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 420. A. costatum,
var., Hook. Sp. Fil. v. 262; Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 114.

Himalaya, alt. 500-2000 feet, from Nepaul to Bhotan, common. Chardooar and
Roopraee Chang Hills, in Assam, Simons. Chittagong Hills, C. B. Clarke.

If the position of the sori and the nature of the venation be adjudged matters of
no weight in ferns, this species may be got into the same genus with Aerostichum
virens; it will then be very difficult to unite it specifically, as there are no intermediate
forms, and the fertile pinnz are only slightly dimorphous. Col. Beddome's figure
unfortunately does not show the main veins beneath the fertile pinna, which are very
strong and a diagnostic mark.

37. ANTROPHYUM, Kaulf.

1. A.comrAcEUM, Wall. Cat. 43. Stipe 0 or short; frond linear lanceolate acuminate,
3-12 by 4-1 in., plicate, owing to the sori being much sunk in the frond, their
lines distinctly raised on the upper surface.—Hook. Sp. Fil. v. 169; Hk. & Baker,
Syn. Fil. 398. A. plicatum, Fée, Ze Mém. Foug. 44, t. 5. fig. 1. Hemionitis
coriacea, Don, Prodr. Fl. Nep. 18. :

Nepaul, Wallich. Sikkim; alt. 2000-5000 feet, C. B. Clarke. Mishmee, Griffith.
Khasia, Griffith, Simons, alt. 250 feet at Shaila, C. B. Clarke.—Distrib. Mergui.
There are both trigonous and ovoid spore-cases in this species; perhaps in all.

Beddome doubts (with reason), Ferns Brit. Ind. Suppl. p . 25, whether the species is mg
tinet from A. reticulatum.

2. A. PLANTAGINEUM, Kaulf.; Bory in Voy. de la Coq. Bot. Crypt. t. 28. fig. 1. Stipes —
many of them long ; frond oblong, acute, not plicate ; sori immersed.—Fée, 3" Mém. —
Foug. 45; Carr. in Fl. Viti. 371. 4. reticulatum, Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 52. :

Sikkim; Tehonpong, alt. 4000 feet, Dikeeling, alt. 5000 feet, C. B. Geng? Assam, 7

Simons. Khasia, Griffith.—Distrib. Ceylon, Malaya, Polynesia. | Tr Tem

This differs from A. reticulatum by the long stipes, from A. dalifolium by eng deeg

.MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. 573

not obovate nor lobed at the summit, and by the sori more sunk in the substance of the
frond. |

3, A. RETICULATUM, Kaulf.; Fée, 9" Mém, Foug. 44. Stipe short or 0; frond linear or
linear-lanceolate, 38-10 by i-1i in., not plicate; sori immersed.— Wall. Cat. 40;
Hook. Sp. Fil. v. 169; Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 231; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 393;
Benth. Fl, Austral. vii. 777, in part. .4. falcatum, Blume, Fl. Jav. Fil. 76, t. 32.
Hemionitis reticulata, Forst. Prodr. 79.

= Sikkim, Dr. Jerdon.—Distrib. Ceylon, Malacca, Polynesia, Queensland.

There is only one North-Indian specimen now left in the Kew bundle, and that I
suspect is our common A. coriaceum, dried under much pressure by Dr, Jerdon, so as
to show the plication less than usual. Wallich’s A. reticulatum is very large, 3-4 in.
broad.— Fée says his 4. reticulatum has a long stipe, and quotes as a picture Blume's
Fl. Jav, Fil. t. 32, which shows the fronds attenuate to the rhizome.

Var. parvula, Fronds 1-4 by 4-4 in., sides very parallel; sori appearing as though
forming parallel lines the whole length of the frond, but really reticulating.

~ Sikkim, W. S. Atkinson; Yoksun, alt. 4500 feet, C. B. Clarke.—l know no reason

why this should not really be the same as 4. parvulum, Blume, Fl. Jav. Fil. 78, t. 34.

fig. 3. That figure represents the fronds as being rather larger, with less parallel sides,

the sori in less continuous lines.

4. A. LATIFOLIUM, Blume, Fl. Jav. Fil. 75. Stipe long; frond large, broadly obovate,
often acuminate or acutely lobed at the apex ; sori superficial, ultimately elevated
beneath.—Fée, 3™ Mém. Foug. 48; Hook. Sp. Fil. v. 172; Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind.
t. 176; Hk. & Baker, Syn, Fil 394. A. Boryanum, Blume, Fl. Jav. Fil. 75,
t. 31, not of Hk. & Grey. Hemionitis Boryana, Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 111,
syn, excl.

Sikkim and Bhotan, alt. 2000-6000 feet, frequent. Assam and Khasia, alt. 1000-
4000 feet, frequent.—Distrib. Java.

My large Sikkim examples are 15 by A8 in., the anterior margin acutely lobed, and
are easily called A. Jatifolivm. But my smallest Sikkim examples are 32 by 4 in.; and,
except that they are obovate, often lobed or notched at the vertex, I do not rom how
they are to be separated from .4. plantagineum: I see no tangible difference in the
elevation of the sori beneath.

38. VITTARIA, Smith.

LV. ELONGATA, Swartz, Syn. Fil. 109, 302. Rhizome somewhat long; scales many,
with long, very black hair-like points; fronds 4-26 by i-i = midrib cma
beneath, even in the upper half of the frond; outer lip of the involucre not tin-

. guishable from the margin of the frond; sori ultimately elevated.— Wall. Cat, 144;

— Fée, 3™ Mém. Foug. 22, t. 3. fig. 5; Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 21; Hk. & Baker,

‘Syn. Fil. 395; Luerssen, Fil. Graeff. 90, cum syn. V. rigida, Kaulf.; Wall. Cat.

574 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.

143 ; Hook. Sp. Fil. v. 184; Carr. in Fl. Viti. 372. V. plantaginea, Hk. & Grev. Ic.
Fil. t. 187. V. zosterefolia, Bory ; Fée, 3"* Mém. Foug. t. 2. fig. 2; Hook, Sp. Fil.
v. 183. Pteris angustifolia and graminifolia, Roxb. in Cale. Journ. Nat. Hist. iv.
502, 508, t. 33.

. Plain of North India, abundant; from the sea-face of the Soonderbun to the
inner Himalayan valleys, but not often found above 4000 feet alt.—Distrib. South India,
Ceylon, Burma, Malaya, Queensland, Polynesia, Mauritius, Tropical Africa.

A very uniform fern; the large examples reach 24 in. often, and are V. elongata of
Wallich, Pteris graminifolia, Roxb. ; the shorter fronds of 6-10 in. are V. rigida, Wall,
Pteris angustifolia, Roxb.—Without examination of the involucre this species (as to the
Indian material) is easily sorted from the next by the rhizome and scales.

2, V. FLEXUOSA, Fée, 3" Mém. Foug. 16. Rhizome very shortly creeping; stipes
tufted; scales acuminate, with slaty-brown or fuscous caudate points; fronds 4-18
by 4-4 in., midrib distinct beneath even in the upper half of the frond; outer lip
of the involucre easily distinguishable from the margin of the frond ; sori sunk in a
groove, ultimately more or less exsert.—Hook. Sp. Fil. v. 178; Luerssen, Fil. Graeff.
84, 92. H lineata, Roxb. in Cale. Journ. Nat. Hist. 509, t. 33; Hook. Sp. Fil. v.
180, as to the Indian material; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 396, as to the Indian mate-
rial Teniopsis lineata, Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 54.

Himalaya, alt. 2000-12,000 feet; from Gurwhal to Bhotan, very common. Khasia,
alt. 1000-6000 feet ; very common.—Distrib. South India, Ceylon ?.

V. lineata, Swartz, with which this is united by Mr. Baker, has the stipes less tufted,
the soral groove more marginal (as in the next species). V. fleruosa is very doubtfully
distinct ; but I have retained the name because all our North-Indian V. lineata belongs
to this one form. The geographical distribution is of course as doubtful as the synonymy.
Miquel's V. japoniea seems the Himalayan plant.

3, V. SIKKIMENSIS, Kuhn in Linnea, xxxvi. 66, as to the Sikkim plant only. Rhizome
very shortly sai cain with slaty-rufous hair-pointed scales; stipes densely tufted ;
frond 3-4 by 4; in., subobtuse, midrib beneath obscure or slightly depressed; soral
lines large, marginal, the outer lip undistinguishable from the edge of the frond;
sori, when young, deeply sunk in a groove; sporangiasters few, intestiniform, clavate;
sporothecze ovoid.— V. minor, Fée, var. minima; Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. r
(Pl. LXXXIV. fig. 3.)

Sikkim, alt. 2000-6000 feet ; common. Khasia, alt. 2500 feet, Mowlong, C. B. Clarke. —
Kuhn put together this Sikkim tender grass-green species and the Moulmein and `

Malay plant Vittaria minor, Fée (Tenitis pusilla, Mett. in Ann. Mus. Lugd. Bat. w ^

172), which has a coriaceous broader frond, the midrib distinctly elevated beneath, | E
stout wiry roots, the lines of sori four times as large, &c. This V. minor may be, aS —
Mr. Baker notes, V. falcata, var.—Kuhn and Beddome had, however, only some 4
scraps of the Sikkim plant to work with. This Sikkim species seems to me closely e
allied to the American V. lineata; except that it is small, I see no parnou E resem-

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. 575

blance between it and V. minor, Fée. Fully developed Sikkim plants are much longer,
but narrower than the form figured by Beddome.

39. Tanitis, Swartz.

1, T. BLECHNOIDES, Swartz, Syn. Fil. 24, 220. Fertile frond 1-pinnate; pinns linear-
lanceolate or linear entire; sori in a continuous line about midway between the
midrib and the margin.—Wall. Cat. 141; Blume, Fl. Jav. Fil. t. 28. fig. 2 &
t. 29; Fée, 3"° Mém. Foug. 26; Hook. Sp. Fil. v. 187 ; Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 54;
Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 397. T. pteroides, Schk. Krypt. Gew. t. 6b. T. interrupta,
Wall. Cat. 142; Hk. & Grev. Ic. Fil. t. 63.

Sylhet; Wallich.—Distrib. Malay Peninsula and Islands, Ceylon.

The form T. interrupta, Wall, is hardly worthy the rank of a variety ; it only differs
from the type in having the lines of fruit more or less broken irregularly.—I do not
doubt the locality of this plant, as Wallich has noted that his single specimen was for-
warded him from Sylhet by his collector Da Silva, who collected there.

40. DRYMOGLOSSUM, Presl.

l. D. carnosum, Hook. Sp. Fil. v. 189. Rhizome wide-creeping, bearing scattered
lanceolate-linear spreading blackish scales; soral lines when young not marginal,
but in age often covering nearly the whole frond.—Hk. & Bauer, Gen. Fil. t. 784 ;
Fée, 3™ Mém. Foug. 29; Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind, t. 55; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 397.
Notholena carnosa, Wall. Cat. 138.

Nepaul, Sikkim, Bhotan, Khasia, alt. 2000-5000 feet, frequent. em

Fertile fronds sometimes linear, sometimeselliptic. The species is easily distinguished
from the next by the scales of the rhizome: Hooker both figured and described the scales
of D. carnosum from a rhizome of D. piloselloides, and Beddome's figure of the scales is
rather suggestive of a compromise than characteristic. D. subcordatum, Fée (not an

Indian form), has the rhizome densely clothed with spreading linear scales, and may be

à variety of D. carnosum.

2. D. PILOSELLOIDES, Pres], Tent. Pterid. 227, t. 10. figs. 5, 6. Rhizome e
. €elothed completely with adpressed, peltate, diamond-shaped, fulvous-red <i E
soral lines when young marginal.—Fée, 3 Mém. Foug. 28; Hook. Garden Ferns,
t. 46, Sp. Fil. v. 190; Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 55; Hk. Re Pyn Ti 995.
Pteris piloselloides, Linn. Sp. Pl. 1530; Swartz, Syn. Fil. t. 2. fig. 3; Schk. Kom,
Gew. t. 87; Roxb. in Calc. Journ. Nat. Hist. 503. Notholena piloselloides, Kaulf. ;
Wall. Cat. 139; Blume, Fl. Jav. Fil. 67. Tenitis piloselloides, R. Br.; Mett. Fil.
. Hort. Lips. 28, t. 10. figs. 6-8. Acrostichum heterophyllum, Linn. P dixe
Bengal Plain, common ; to the base of the hills in Assam, Cachar, Chittagong ; and
. along the base of the Himalaya west to Kumaon.—Distrib. Burma, Malaya. cR
~ eannot find the Ceylon example. Beddome's Nilgherry example, bebe eet
. SECOND SERIES.—BOTANY, VOL. I. `

576 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.

bolus nummulariefolius, Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 186, has the surface of the fronds
with stellate hairs, and the scales of the rhizome quite unlike the Bengal plant, and is

Drymoglossum Beddomei, nov. sp.

4l. Hever, Linn.

1. H. Apmota, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. Suppl. p. 25. Rhizome very short ; fertile stipes
much longer than the cordate entire fronds.— H. cordifolia, Roxb., Wall. Cat.
44, in Calc. Journ. Nat. Hist. iv. 500. .H.cordaía, Hk. & Grev. Ic. Fil. t. 64; Hook.
Sp. Fil. v. 192; Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 53; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 398. H.
sagittata, Fée, Gen. Fil. 172, t. 14D. H hastata, R. Br. in Wall. Cat. 2170.
Asplenium arifolium, Burm. Fl. Ind. 231; Rheede, Hort. Mal. xii. t. 10.

East Bengal Plain ; abundant on red laterite. Also on the southern margin of Behar.
—Distrib. South India, Ceylon, Philippines.

2. H. Grirriran, H. f. & T.; Hook. Sp. Fil. 192. Rhizome shortly creeping ; stipes
paleaceous and coarsely hirsute ; fronds hairy, pinnate or pinnatifid —Hk. & Baker,
Syn. Fil. 399. H. Wilfordii, Hook. Fil. Exot. t. 93., Dictyocline Griffithii, Moore;

. Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 155.

Khasia; alt. 4000-5000 feet, local but in large quantity, as in the woods about the
Poonjee at Cherra.—Distrib. Formosa.

The fronds from young rhizomes are pinnatifid, usually barren; those from strong
rhizomes pinnate, both barren and fertile. |

Pinnz with parallel main lateral veins which are ege, without sori, but sometimes
soriferous in the upper part of the same frond: veins completely inarching into many
rows of subhexagonal areole.

42. ACROSTICHUM, Linn.

Subgenus I. Elaphoglossum. Veins free. Fronds simple, coriaceous.

1, A. CONFORME, Swartz, Syn. Fil. 10, 192, t. 1. fig. 1. Scales of the rhizome ovate- ` `
lanceolate, not hair-pointed; stipes often squamose, not hairy.—Blume, Fl. Jav :
Fil. 23, 1.5; Fée, 2™ Mém. Foug. 80; Hook. Sp. Fil. v. 198; Hk. & Baker, Sy: —
Fil. 401 ; Benth. FL Austral vii. 778. A. laurifolium, Thouars; Fée, 2™° Mém. `
Foug. 37, t. 7. fig. 1. 4. Gayanum, Fée, Ze: Mém. Foug. 37, t. 19: fig. 2. 4. glan- `
dulosum, Hk. & Grev. Ic. Fil. t. 3. 4. marginatum, Wall. Cat. 17; Fée, 2" Mém. `
Foug. 31. 4. angulatum, Blume, Fl. Jav. Fil. 25, t. 6; Fée, 2^ Mém. Foug. 52-
A. gorgoneum, Blume, Fl. Jav. Fil. 28, t. 8; Fée, 2™ Mém. Foug. 38. Elapho- `
glossum conforme and laurifoliwn, Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. tt. 198, 200. !

Sikkim and Nepaul; alt. 6000-9000 feet, frequent. Khasia, alt. 4500-6000 feet,

rather common.—Distrib. South India, Ceylon, Malaya, EE pug Ke
and Rrenihern Africa and America. ues

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. E.

Nearly every separate specimen that I have collected in India will make a. species at
Fée's standard of species-making; and yet the fern is not a variable one.

2..À. viscosuM, Swartz, Syn. Fil 10, 193. Rhizome very short, with lanceolate hair-
pointed scales; stipes and frond more or less pubescent, often stellate-hairy or
squamose.—Hk. & Grev. Ic. Fil. t. 61; Wall. Cat. 15; Blume, Fl. Jav. Fil. 27;
Fée, 2" Mém. Foug. 45; Hook. Sp. Fil. v. 220; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 406. A.
nerüfoliwn, Wall. Cat. 16. A. stelligerum, Wall. Cat. 2167; Hk. & Baker, Syn.
Fil. 2nd ed. 521. Elaphoglossum viscosum, Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 196.

Sikkim and Nepaul, alt. 6000-8000 feet, frequent. Khasia, alt. 4000-6000 feet, rather `
common.—Distrib. South India, Ceylon, Malaya, Southern and Tropical Africa,
Tropical America. |

The North-Indian material is very uniform. The Kew bundle of 4. stelligerum (all
from the South Indian Mts.) contains plants which I cannot distinguish from the
Khasia A. viscosum, nor can Col. Beddome (see Ferns Brit. Ind. Suppl. p. 26). 4. stigma-
tolepis (from the Nilgherries), Fée, 2" Mém. Foug. t. 25. fig. 2, seems to me nearer
A. conforme than A. viscosum. |

Subgenus II. Stenochlena (cum Polybotrya and Egenolfia). ‘Veins free.
Fronds pinnate or deeply pinnatifid.

3. A. PALUSTRE, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. Suppl. p. 26. Climbing often 30-40 feet high
on trees; barren pinne of shining hard texture, margin serrate or entire; veins
close, parallel, furcate near the base or simple.—A. scandens, Hook. Sp. Fil. v. 412;
Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 412; Benth. PL Austral vii. 778. Lomaria scandens,
Willd. Sp. Pl. v. 293. ZL. limonifolia, Wall. Cat. 36. Pteris scandens, Roxb. in
Cale. Journ. Nat. Hist. iv. 505. Stenochlena scandens, J. Smith; Hk. & Bauer,
Gen. Fil. t. 105 8; Carr. in Fl. Viti. 373; Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 201. Poly-
podium palustre, Burm. Fl. Zeyl. 234.

Throughout the plain of Bengal, abundant; and in the tropical valleys within the
neighbouring mountains, rarely ascending so much as 2000 feet.—Distrib. South India, `
Ceylon, Malay Peninsula and Islands, South China, Queensland, Polynesia. —

This fern though plentiful at Caleutta rarely fruits there; while 50 miles eastwards
it fruits abundantly. |
4. A. APPENDICULATUM, Willd. Sp. Pl. v. 114. Rhizome very short; barren pinnæ a

heavy green; veins branching pinnately.—Hook. Exot. Fl. ii. t. 108, Sp. Fil. v. 251;
Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 415. 4. viviparum, Wall. Cat. 28; Hook. Exot. FI. ii.
t. 107. A. Hamiltonianum, Wall. Cat. 29. A. Wightianum, Wall. Cat. 2163. A.
ludens, Wall. Cat. 2685, A. asplenifolium, Bory in Bélanger, Voy. Bot. 23, t. 3

A. setosum, Wall. Cat. 30. Polybotrya appendiculata, Bedd. Ferns South. Ind

tt. 194, 195, Ferns Brit. Ind. tt. 110, 111. P. marginata, Blume, Fl. Jav. Fil. 18,

HM A D. intermedia, J. Smith ; Fée, 2™ Mém. Foug. 76, t. 40. fig. 1. de P

578 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA,

Bory; Fée, Ze: Mém. Foug. 77, t. 38. fig. 2. P. neglecta, Fée, 2^ Mém. Foug. 76,
t. 39. fig. 2. Lacaussadea montana, appendiculata, and rhizophylla, Gaud. Voy. Bonite,
tt. 118, 119, 120.

Round Bengal from Nepaul to Bhotan and Chittagong, near the base of the hills, very
common, and ascending to 5000 feet alt.; most plentiful at alt. 1000—3000 feet.—
Distrib. South India, Ceylon, Malay Peninsula and Islands to the Philippines and
Hongkong.

My smallest specimens have the fronds (fertile and barren) 3-4 in. long, including the
stipes, and in full fruit; my largest barren frond collected is 44 in. long without the
stipe, and has the stipe and main rhachis clothed most densely with ovate dull-brown
scales. The barren pinne in the commonest form are crenate subpinnatifid, sometimes
they are entire, sometimes deeply pinnatifid ; also pinnatifid and 2-pinnate barren fronds
occur. The frond often is produced into a caudate extremity and roots near the extre-
mity; this is the A. viviparum, Wall. Wallich's 4. ludens, Wall. Cat. 2685, is not the
Ceylon A. ludens of Beddome and Thwaites, but the commonest typical form of 4. appen-
diculatum from Sylhet Mts. The most striking variety is

Var. Hamiltoniana, Wall. Barren pinne large, broad, subentire; fertile linear, sub-
pinnate, so as to appear beaded.
Chiefly in Chittagong and Malaya.—Forms in which the fertile pinnz are oblong sub-
entire, linear, linear-pinnatifid, and bet are found on rhizomes producing barren
fronds with pinnatifid pinne.

Subgenus ITI. Aconiopteris. Veins uniting only to form a vein running close
` round the margin of the frond.

5. A. corconrum, Kaulf. Enum. Fil. 63, not of Blume. Barren fronds simple, entire,
narrowly elliptic, tapering at both ends; veins parallel, close, simple or furcate.—

Hook. Sp. Fil. v. 264; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 416. _Aconiopteris obtusa, Fée, 2”
Mém. Foug. 80, t. 40. fig. 2.

. Khasia, alt. 2500 feet ; above Shaila, C. B. Clarke.—Distrib. Sandwich and Society
Islands. 2
I collected once a considerable quantity of this fern, but none in fruit: it must, how- ——
over. be either 4. gorgoneum, Kaulf., or some very closely allied species. — Rhizomes very a
short, with ovate-lanceolate obtuse brown-red scales; stipes tufted, scarcely an inch long, —
being usually winged nearly to the base by the decurrent frond : fronds 3-5 by 3-1} ino — —
glabrous, with peltate flat scales sparingly scattered on the surface beneath; midrib ` `
strong : texture firm but diaphanous, the marginal vein more distinct and further from -
the margin than in any example of A. gorgoneum from Polynesia. -

Subgenus IV. Gymnopteris. Veins anastomosing bans. Barren and i d.
fronds distinct.

6. A. VARIABILE, Hook. Sp. Fil. iv. 277. Rhizome hori creeping, ;squamose, e; with

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. 579

ovate or lanceolate scales; fronds simple; barren frond not diaphanous, but the
venation distinct, main veins more or less traceable in zigzag course to the edge;
areolee with many free included veins.—Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 417. A. rivulare,
Wall. Cat. 2165. Gymnopteris variabilis, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 272. G. de-
currens, Hook. Garden Ferns, t. 6. Leptochilus decurrens, Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav.
Fil. 206 ; Fée, 2" Mém. Foug. 88, t. 48. fig. 2. Osmunda lanceolata, Roxb. in Cale.
Journ, Nat. Hist. iv. 479, t. 27.

Sikkim, Bhotan, Assam, Khasia, Cachar; alt. 250-4000 feet, common.—Distrib.

South India, Ceylon, Burma, Java. | i

The distribution is doubtful, this fern being difficult to distinguish, not merely from

the var. lanceolata, but from A. azillare.

Var. lanceolata, (sp.) Hook. Sp. Fil. v. 276. Zigzag main veins less distinctly traceable,
sometimes the venation such that it cannot be made out which veins are the main
veins.—Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 420. Gymnopteris Féei, Bedd. Ferns South. Ind.
t. 48. Leptochilus lanceolatus, Fée, 2° Mém. Foug. 87, t. 47. fig. 1.

Chota Nagpore, alt. 3500 feet, Parasnath; C. B. Clarke.—Distrib. South India,

Ceylon, Burma.

7. A. AXILLARE, Cav.; Hook. Sp. Fil v. 276. Rhizome slender, tortuous, elongate,
ascending trees, naked or nearly so; fronds simple; barren frond diaphanous ; main
. veins more or less distinct ; areola with many free included veinlets.—Hk. & Baker
Syn. Fil 420. Gymnopteris axillaris, Presl, Tent. Pterid. 244, t. 11. figs. 4, 5;
Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 271. Leptochilus axillaris, Kaulf. Enum. Fil. 147, t. 1.
fim. 10. Lomaria? serpens, Wall. Cat. 32. Polypodium hymenodes, Wall. Cat.
283. | |
Plain of Bengal and Assam to the base of the hills, frequent.—Distrib. Pegu.
Barren fronds usually stipitate; but there is a form collected by Wallich and Griffith
With small sessile barren fronds reduced in this place.

8. A. Minus, Mett. Fil. Hort. Lips. 20. Rhizome very slender, shortly creeping in river
sands, scales many, lanceolate; fronds simple; barren frond thin, opaque; main
veins not distinctly traceable to the edge—Hook. Sp. Fil. v. 277; Hk. & Baker,
Syn. Fil. 420. Leptochilus minor, Fée, 2° Mém. Foug. 87, t. 25. fig. 3 (excl. syn.
G. normalis, J. Smith). Gymnopteris minor, Hook. 2nd Cent. Ferns, t. 78; Bedd.
Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 116. 5

Khasia, alt. 2000-4500 feet; Hook. f. & T. Thoms.; C. B. Clarke, frequent.

Beddome observes (Ferns Brit. Ind. Suppl. p. 26) that this fern is probably a small
form of Gymnopteris lanceolata (i. e. Acrostichum variabile above); and I can state no
difference, except that the fronds are much smaller, with a much slenderer rhizome, and

I find no examples of intermediate size.

: : 9. A. FLAGELLIFERUM, Wall. Cat. 25. Barren pinnæ 7-11 (or when the terminal pinna
is proliferous 5-3-1 only), 5 by 2 in., entire or nearly so, à series of costal arches

580 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.

without included veins along their midribs ; primary lateral veins distinct, parallel ;
intermediate secondary venation irregular, with few free veinlets; fertile pinn: 3
by 2 in.—Hk. & Grev. Ic. Fil. t. 22; Blume, Fl. Jav. Fil. 37, t. 13; Hook. Sp. Fil.
v. 259; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil 418. A. diversifoliwm, Blume, Fl. Jav. Fil. 36,
t. 12. Pecilopteris flagellifera, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 112. .Heteroneuron hete-
roclitum and diversifolium, Fée, 2" Mém. Foug..91, 92.

Round Bengal at the base of the hills, alt. 0-3000 feet; from Sikkim to Assam, Cachar,
and Chittagong: common (at least the sterile fronds).—Distrib. Burma, Malaya,
Philippines.

This fern appears in two states, viz.:—(1) The Indian walking-leaf: the rhizome is
here short terrestrial, the fronds commonly with 3 (sometimes with D or 1) pinnz; the
terminal pinna prolonged often a foot or more, rooting near the vertex. I have never
seen it fruiting in this state, nor have any of the flagelliferous fronds in the Herbarium
any fruiting fronds attached, though there are fruiting fronds mounted with them.
(2) Scandent several feet up trees; rhizome strong, densely scaly, with brown lanceolate
scales at its extremities; the rhizome throws out radicles completely encircling boughs
like tendrils; the fronds here have usually 7-9 pinne. Fruiting fronds are in this state
rare; there are no fronds in young fruit in the herbarium; it would seem that the fruit
arises in patches between the parallel main veins, and that the plant is allied to Menis-
cium deltigerum, Wall.—This plant is separable by the fertile fronds with the venation
from every form of A. virens and A. costatum, but not by the number of its pinne. I
cannot see how A. repandum, Blume (Hk. & Baker, = Fil. 419), differs; it- does not
differ in number of pinne.

10. A. cRISPATULUM, Wall. Cat. 24. Barren pinne numerous, often 20 or more, 4 by A
in., slightly serrate, the midrib often reddish when dry, a series of costal arches
without included veins along their midribs, no free veins in any of the areolw; fertile
pinne 4 by 1-1 in.— A. virens, var., Hook. Sp. Fil. v. 261; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. `
420. (Pl. LXXXIV. fig. 2, b, d.)

Round Bengal from Kumaon to Bhotan and Chittagong in the lower hills, alt. 0-3000 —
feet, common.

The only very common Bengal species of the group called 4. virens by Mr. Baker.
Very constant in character, and easily recognized by the absence of free veins.

Var. contaminans, Wall. Cat. 22. ies pinne often 3-1 in. broad, more Sa T
green or yellowish ; fertile pinnee 3-4 in. broad. (Pl. LXXXIV. in 2, a, ai S
Grows with the preceding ; a trifling variety.

Var. Blumeana. Areolæ less elongate, irregularly hexagonal. E
~ Cachar, R. L. Keenan.—"This is A. Blumeanum, Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 423, as to the Kä
North-Indian material placed in the bundle by Mr. Baker: I say nothing as to some of `
the Rope examples. i

MR: C. B. CLARKE. ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. 581

| Var. pseud-undulata.. Midrib of the fertile pinnæ without sori in the fully ripe fruit.

Khasia, Griffith; a solitary example, having exactly the venation of the North-Indian
A. erispatulum type, and not that of the Tenasserim true A. undulatum, Wall. Cat. 140;
see Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 115.

ll. A. virens, Wall. Cat. 1033. Barren pinn:e usually 9-15, 6 by 14 in., slightly serrate,
green, a series of costal arches without included veins along their midribs; primary
lateral veins distinct, parallel, intermediate secondary veins anastomosing freely,
with included: free veinlets ; fertile pinnæ 2-3 by 4—+ in—Hk. & Grev. Ic. Fil.
1.221. A. terminans, Wall. Cat. 2168 (all the Wallichian type-sheets). |

Chittagong Hills, alt. 0-1000 feet, C. B. Clarke. |

I have twice collected this, the barren fronds only: there is none from North India
in the Kew Herbarium, and Wallich's Herbarium No. 1033 is a blank sheet of paper. I
quote no synonyms, for Baker (Syn. Fil. 420) takes as the type of his 4. virens, Hk. A
Grey. Ic. 221, and then says “ free veinlets none;" whereas Hk. & Grev. Ic. abounds in
free veins. The fact is that the fronds of this species without free included veinlets are

A. flagelliferwm. This fern is hardly separable as a var. from

A. subcrenatum, Hk. & Grev. Ic. Fil. t. 110. Often proliferous, the free included vein-
lets having a tendency to regular series between the main veins.—4. proliferum,
Hook. Ic. Pl. t. 681-2. Pweilopteris terminans, Bedd. Ferns South. India, t. 203.

.-Polybotrya virens, Bory; Hook. 2nd Cent. Ferns, t. 88. Heteronewron proliferum,
Fée, Ze: Mém. Foug. t. 55.

Appears plentiful in Southern India; no example from North India.

12. A. cosratum, Wall. Cat. 26. Barren pinne about 11, 8-14 by 2-27 in., caudate,
~ Stout in texture, drying red, costal arches none or obscure from the presence within
them of other veins; secondary areolation copious, with included free veins ; fertile
pinnz 6 by 1—1 in—Hook. Sp. Fil. v. 262 as to var. a only. Pæcilopteris costata,
Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 113.
Round Bengal in the lower hills, alt. 0-3000 feet; from Nepaul to Chittagong, common.
One of the best marked among the Indian Acrostichums : its large size, its drying red,
its want of costal arches to the midribs of the barren pinne, easily distinguish kee
all others. Tt has been joined with Meniscium deltigerum, Wall., and with xa pner |
virens, Wall., and the descriptions founded on material thus jumbled are not EENS
but the fern itself is.

13. A. rricuspr, Hook. Sp. Fil. v. 272, t. 304; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 422. Gymno-
Pteris tricuspis, Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 53. `
Sikkim; Goke, below Darjeeling, alt. 1500 feet. eee
Scales of the rhizome lanceolate, hair-jointed, chestnut-coloured. Barren frond with
the upper part of one or more of its lobes frequently fertile; but similar varieties occur
—— n many Acrostichums, as in A. viscosum, flagelliferum, &c.—This fern was first brought
.. to Mrs. Atkinson by her Bhotea collector, who got it on trees on the Goke spur: many

582 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA,

persons have got it from that locality since, and it has been much thinned there. I am
not aware that it has ever been obtained from any other place.

Subgenus V. CArysodiwm. Veins anastomosing copiously, without free veinlets,
Fronds simple or pinnate, imperfectly dimorphous,

14. A. AUREUM, Linn. Sp. Pl. 1525. Fronds l-pinnate; uppermost pinnse soriferous,
scarcely smaller than the lower barren pinnee.—Schk. Krypt. Gew. t. 1 & 145;
Hook. Sp. Fil. v. 266; Wall. Cat. 31; Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 204; Hk. & Baker,
Syn. Fil. 423; Benth. Fl. Austral. vii. 779. A. emarginatum, Roxb..in Cale. Journ,
Nat. Hist. iv. 480, t. 27. A. speciosum and inequale, Willd. ; Blume, Fl. Jav. Fil,
40, 42, tt. 16, 17. A4. daneefolium, Langsd. & Fisch. Pl. Voy. Russ. 5, t.1. Chryso-
dium fraxinifolium, D Urvillei, sculpturatum, and Cayennense, Fée, Ze: Mém. Foug.
tt. 62, 60, 61, and 59. CO aureum, Carr. in Fl. Viti. 375.

Lower Bengal, common. Abundant in the Soonderbun; and I have collected it in
the streets of Caleutta.—Distrib. Tropical shores, nearly throughout the world; a fern
that likes sea-air.

Subgenus VI. Hymenolepis. Veins anastomosing copiously, with many free veinlets.
Fronds linear, simple, soriferous on the contracted apex.

15. A. sPICATUM, Linn. f. Suppl. 444. Soriferous part of the frond less than } in. broad.
—Smith, Ic. Ined. t. 49; Hook. Sp. Fil. v. 280; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 424; Benth.
Fl. Austral. vii. 780. Hymenolepis spicata, Presl; Hook. Fil. Exot. t. 78; Bedd. .
Ferns South. Ind. t. 46. H. ophioglossoides, Kaulf. Enum. Fil. 146, t. 1. fig. 9;
Kunze, Farnkr. Schk. Suppl. t. 47. fig. 1. H, revoluta, Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil.
201; Kunze, Farnkr. Schk, Suppl. t. 47. fig. 2. Gymnopteris spicata, Presl; Tent.
Pterid. 244, t. 11. fig. 7.

Sikkim and Bhotan, alt. 4000-7000 feet, common. Khasia, alt. 3000-5000 feet,
common.—-Distrib. Ceylon, Queensland, South China, Polynesia, Madagascar.

The sori are mixed with linear clavate sporangiasters, some of which are flat-headed.
This differs no more from Drymoglossum than does Drynaria coronans from D. querci-
folia, and less than does L. Filiz-Mas from L. cochleata.

43. OsMUNDA, Linn. *
1, O. CLAYTONIANA, Linn. Sp. Pl. 1521. Fronds 1-pinnate; pinnæ deeply pinnatifil ` `

the uppermost and lowest barren, some of the intermediate fertile—Schk. Kryp^ —

Gew. t. 144; Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 187; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil 126; Milde, ——
Monog. Gen. Osmund. 101-109, tt. 3, 4. figs. 77-100, Fil. Europ. 183. O. monti-
cola, Wall. Cat. 52, . O. interrupta, Michx. Fl. Am.-Bor. ii. 278. me
Himalaya, alt, 6000-10,000 feet; from Kashmir to Bhotan, frequent. Khasia; alte
4500-6000 feet, frequent.—Distrib. North America, Arctic and Temperate. p

... SECOND SERIES.—BOTANY, VOL. I.

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. 583

The Indian form is (so far as I know) always O. interrupta, Michx., i. e. the fertile
fronds have only a few pinne in the middle fertile.

2. O. REGALIS, Linn. Sp. Pl. 1521. Frond 2-pinnate; barren and fertile fronds separate,
or the frond barren below, fertile above.—Schk. Krypt. Gew. t. 145; Engl. Bot.
t. 209; Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 76; Hook. Brit. Ferns, t. 45; Milde, Monogr.
Gen. Osmund. 58-88, tt. 1-3. figs. 1-65, Fil. Europ. 175; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 127.
O. japonica, Thunb. Fl. Japon. 330. O. speciosa, Wall. Cat. 50. O. Leschenaultii,
Wall. Cat. 51.

Kumaon, T. Thomson; Strachey & Winterbottom. Khasia and Bhotan, alt. 4000-
6000 feet, common, or at least frequent.—Distrib. Mts. of Malabaria, South China,
Japan. Arctic and North Temperate regions of the world; South Africa, Brazil.

The common Khasi form is very small, 12-18 in. high only; the fertile and barren
fronds separate: this is O. japonica, Thunb.,— O. speciosa, Wall. But I have collected
fronds of this barren below, fertile above. The Malabar plant, O. Leschenaultii, Wall.,
seems altogether identical with the European.

44. SCHIZÆA, Smith.

l. S. pierrata, Swartz, Syn. Fil. 150, 380, t. 4. fig. 1; Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 255;
Mett. Fil. Hort. Lips. 114; Hook. Garden Ferns, t. 49; Carr. in Fl. Viti. 376 ;
Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 268; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 430. Actinostachys digitata,
Wall. Cat. 1. Aerostichum digitatum, Linn. Sp. Pl. 1524.

Khasia, Griffith. Chittagong; tropical region, Hook. f. $ T. Thoms.—Distrib. Ceylon,

Malay Peninsula and Isles to the Philippines and Feejees.

45. LycopruM, Swartz.

l. L. crgcrxATUM, Swartz, Syn. Fil. 153. Fully developed barren frond bipartite into

two palmate lobes or simply palmate; segments long-lanceolate.— Blume, Enum. Pl.
Jay. Fil. 253; Benth. Fl. Hongk. 441. L. pedatum, Swartz, Syn. Fil. 154. L. dicho-
tomum, Swartz, Syn. Fil. 154; Wall. Cat. 176; Hk. & Grev. Ic. Fil. t. 55; Bedd.
Ferns South. Ind. t. 62; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 437. L. longifolium, Swartz, Syn.
Fil. 154. Ophioglossum circinatum and pedatum, Burm. Fl. Ind. 221, 228, t. 66.
fig.1.. O. flexuosum, Linn. f. Suppl. 443; Roxb. in Calc. Journ. Nat. Hist. iv. 477;

not of Linn. Sp. Pl. 1519. Hydroglossum circinatum, pedatum, dichotomum, longi-
folium, Willd. Sp. Pl. v. 83, 84, 82.
Chittagong Hills; C. B. Clarke.—Distrib. Ceylon, Malay Peninsula and Islands to
the Philippines and Hongkong.

2. L. MICROPHYLLUM, R. Br. Prodr. 162. Fronds all simply pinnate ; barren pinnze ovate-
oblong, not acute, margin undulate subentire, or but minutely crenulate ; fertile

deltoid-ovate, petioled, never pinnated, rarely much lobate.—W all. ro Wm except
K

584 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.

the first specimen on the type sheet. L. scandens, Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 61;

Ettingh. Farn. Jetzw. t. 167. figs. 2, 4, 10, t. 169. fig. 3; Benth. Fl. Austral. vii,

961; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 437, partly; not of Swartz, Syn. Fil. 152. Ugena
microphylla, Cav. Le. t. 595. fig. 2. Ophioglossum filiforme, Roxb. in Cale. Journ.
Nat. Hist. iv. 476, t. 26, upper figure.—Rheede, Hort. Mal. xii. t. 34.

Bhotan ; Nuttall. Bengal Plain, rare ; Cooch Behar, Sylhet, Chittagong, C. B. Clarke.
—Distrib. South India, Ceylon, Malay Peninsula and Islands.

This fern is rare in Bengal, the only scrap in the Kew Herbarium being Nuttall's.—
Ophioglossum scandens, Linn. Sp. Pl. 15, is founded, so far as the Indian material is con-
cerned, on Rheede, Hort. Mal. xii. t. 33, which is exactly L. fleruosum, Bedd. Ferns
South. Ind. t. 63. Swartz carefully distinguished his Z. scandens as having serrated
leaflets; and notes Ugena microphylla as differing. Roxburgh, R. Brown, and Wallich
all discovered that the present plant was not that of Linnzus and Swartz. L. micro-
phyllum is, I think, the best marked and least variable species in the genus.

3. L. FLEXUOSUM, Swartz, Syn. Fil. 153. Fertile frond 1-pinnate; pinne often 3-lobed
or 3-partite, the terminal lobe or leaflet elongate, often 2—4 in. ; barren fronds (from
the upper part of a well-developed stem) similar, margin of the pinne usually
serrate, scarcely crenate or lobed except as to the two smaller basal lobes.—Bedd.
Ferns South. Ind. t. 63. L. pinnatifidum, Swartz, Syn. Fil. 153 ; Etting. Farn. Jetzw.
t. 170. fig. 10; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 438. Lygodium semihastatum, Desv.; Hk.

& Baker, Syn. Fil. 437 (at least as to Cav. Ic.). .L. serrulatum, Blume, Enum.

Pl. Jav. 254. Z. longifolium, Wall. Cat. 175. L. pubescens, Wall. Cat. 2200.

DOT
use oi oS
Nr ee

L. polystachyum, Wall. Cat. 177 partly, not type sheet. Ophioglossum fleauosum, ——

Linn. Sp. Pl. 1519; Roxb. in Cale. Journ. Nat. Hist. iv. 477. O. scandens, Linn, `

Sp. Pl. 1518 (as to the Indian material); Roxb. in Cale. Journ. Nat. Hist. iv. 477,

t. 26, lower figure. Ugena polymorpha, Cav. Yc.t. 595.fig. 1. U. semihastata, Cav. 2

Ic. t. 594. fig. 1. Hydroglossum flezuosum, pinnatifidum, auriculatum, Willd. Sp.
Pl. v. 83, 80, 84.—Rheede, Hort. Mal. tt. 32, 33.

. Throughout Bengal Plain, abundant; extending into the hills up to 5000 feet alt., and : S
west as far as Kumaon.—Distrib. South India, Ceylon, Malay Peninsula and Islands, ——

Tropical Africa.

. The barren fronds from near the base of a young stem are often undivided, 2-8-lobed ! E
or palmate; the next upwards are pinnate, with 2 or 3 or 4 pinnze, or sometimes twice —

dichotomous. Linneus founded his A. scandens on Rheede, Hort. Mal. xii. t. 92, and

remarked of his O. flexuosum, founded on Rheede, Hort. Mal. t. 33, that it was “ nimis p

affinis." The two are only states of one plant. The same explanation applies bs

L. semihastatum, Desv. ; but the solitary specimen in the Kew bundle so named exhibits | E

a fruiting frond only, with very large pinnæ, and may be something distinct.

A. L. JAPONICUM, Swartz, Syn. Fil.154. Barren pinnze 2-pinnate, secondary pinnz often
lobed, fertile pinnz less compound, terminal pinna long, narrow, serrate or cren:

. MR. C..B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. 585

—Wall. Cat. 2201; Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 64; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 439 ;
Benth. Fl. Austral. vii. 962. L. semi-bipinnatum, R. Br. Prodr. 162. ZL. tenue,
Blume, Enum. Fl. Jav. Fil. 254. ZL. Finlaysonianum, Wall. Cat. 2202. Ophio-
glossum japonicum, Thunb. Fl. Jav. 328. Hydroglosswm japonicum, Willd. Sp. Pl.
vy. 81.
. Throughout North India abundant; extending west to Kashmir, and ascending the
Mts. to 5000 feet alt.—Distrib. South India, Ceylon, Malay Peninsula and Islands, to
China, Japan, and Australia.

This plant differs very little, in my eyes, from Z. flexuosum; it has generally smaller
fronds and pinnz ; but the greater part of the Kew bundle of ZL. microphyllum was filled
with the present plant, which seems to me abundantly distinct (see diagnosis of Z. micro-
phyllum above).

46. ANGIOPTERIS, Hoffm.

1. A. EvECTA, Hoffm. ; Schk. Krypt. Gew. t. 151; Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 78 ; Blume,
Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 257; Hk. & Grev. Ic. Fil. t.36; Hk. & Bauer, Gen. Fil. t. 10;
Hook. Fil. Exot. t. 75; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 440; Benth. Fl. Austral. vii. 694.—
A. crassipes, Wall. Cat. 187.

Round Bengal, alt. 0—7000 feet, from Nepaul to Bhotan and Chittagong ; very common.
—Distrib. South India, Ceylon, Malaya to Queensland and Polynesia, Madagascar.

This fern is common from 2500 feet down to the plain in Bengal, and extends out to
Sylhet station. At these low levels it is usually small, 2-4 feet high. It is rare in the
Himalaya in the region of cultivation, alt. 3000-5500 feet, but appears again in the wet
forest at 6000-7000 feet alt., and is there very large, often 10-18 feet long.—De Vriese,
in his Monogr. Marattiacee, divides Angiopteris into two sections and 60 species. All
the Indian material belongs to the second section, which have no adventitious veinlets
between the regular veins that start from the midribs of the pinnz. All the Indian
material is very homogeneous, except as to trifling variation in size. The most marked
var. is one of Griffith’s, which has the barren pinnze strongly serrate sublaciniate; but
it looks of the nature of a sport.

47. KAULFUSSIA, Blume.

l. K. xscuLiFOLIA, Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 260; Hk. & Grev. Ic. Fil. t. 229;
Hk. & Bauer, Gen. Fil. t. 59 a; Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 185; Hk. & Baker, Syn.
Fil. 444. E. assamica, Griff. Notul. 1., ii. 628. E esculifolia, assamica, Korthalsii,
and Lobbiana, De Vriese, Monog. Maratt. 13, 14, t. 5. Macrostoma, Griff. Ic. PI.
As. Rar. t. 137. |

Assam, Griffith. Cachar, R. L. Keenan. Chittagong Hills; alt. 250 feet, C. B. Clarke.

—Distrib. Malaya, Philippines. | :

Frond digitately 3-5-lobed, or ovate-oblong, simple, and then often auricled or sub.

lobate at the base. - ai

586 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.

48. OPHIOGLOSSUM, Linn.

1. O. VULGATUM, Linn. Sp. Pl. 1518. Rhizome short, producing annually 1-2 fronds;
fertile segment springing from the base of the barren segment; barren segment
ovate or oblong, acute or obtuse, narrowed regularly at the base, so that it is not
spathulate nor spathulate cordate.—Schk. Krypt. Gew. t. 153; Engl. Bot. 108;
Hk. & Bauer, Gen. Fil. t. 59B; Hook. Brit. Ferns, tt. 46, 47; Milde, Fil. Europ.
188; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil 445; Luerssen, in Journ. Mus. Godeffroy, viii. 114,
tt. 12, 13; Benth. Fl. Austral. vii. 688.

‘Sikkim; Goke, alt. 4000 feet, 7. Anderson; Rungait Camp below Darjeeling, alt.
2000 feet, C. B. Clarke.—Distrib. Scattered from England to New Zealand and Cape
Colony. Also in North America.

Col. Beddome doubts (Ferns Brit. Ind. Suppl. p. 21) whether any of the Himalayan
Ophioglossum should be called O. vulgatum, Linn. Dr.T. Anderson's excellent example
seems to me as near the common English type as may be. My own specimens (from
virtually the same locality) are smaller; but I should not call them a variety even:
they would be excellently represented by Luerssen's plates quoted, figs. 68, 69, 73, Se,

Var. Aitchisoni. Rhizome elongate, bearing annually 4-10 fronds in succession, 2-2}
by $-$ in., oblong, texture stout.

Punjab, alt. 2400 feet; Rawul Pindee and Hurroo, J. E. T. Aitchison—There
is no other Ophioglossum in the Herbarium, nor any picture much like this: the
rhizome appears to bear a succession of fronds in one season; there are 1-2 fully
developed, 1-2 young ones emergent, and several withered laminze on the rhizome.
A. Braun (in Seuber, Fl. Azorica, 17) describes an O. polyphyllum; but this has venose

fronds, the whole plant only 1-2 in. high, and comes from Terceira, and is probably not
near O. Aitchisoni.

2. O. RETICULATUM, Linn. Sp. Pl.1518. Rhizome short, producing annually 1-2 fronds ;
fertile segment springing from the base of the barren segment; barren segment
ovate, spathulate-cordate or spathulate.—Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 259; Wall.
Cat. 2171; Hk. & Grey. Ic. Fil. t. 20; Milde, Fil. Europ. 190; Bedd. Ferns South.
Ind. t. 70; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 446; Luerssen, in Journ. Mus. Godeffroy, vii
110. O. cordifolium, Roxb. in Cale. Journ. Nat. Hist. iv. 475; Wall. Cat. 47.

Nepaul, Wallich. Darjeeling; Griffith. North-west India, Dr. Jameson.—Distrib-
South India, Malaya, Polynesia, Tropical America and Africa.

Icannot make much of the more distinct venation, given as the specific character of this.
plant. Some of Griffith's examples with very cordate barren fronds are particularly
opaque, more fleshy than most of O. vulgatum. When examples are picked very old, oF `
killed by immersion in boiling water before drying, I believe their venation (whether |
O. vulgatum or O. reticulatum) will SÉ very distinct in the Horace. |

s. o PENDULUM, Linn. Sp. Pl. 1518. Fronds often many in one season from del |

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. 587

rhizome, often 12 in. long; barren segment linear, the fertile segment rising from
its centre.—Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 260; Hk. & Grev. Ic. Fil. t. 19; Carr. in
Fl. Viti. 378; Bedd. Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 269; Hook. Garden Ferns, t. 33; Hk. &
Baker, Syn. Fil. 446 ; Luerssen, in Journ. Mus. Godeffroy, 116; Benth. Fl. Austral:
vii. 689.

Upper Assam; .Bruce.—Distrib. Ceylon, Malacca to Polynesia and Australia,
Mauritius. `

The single North-Indian example is marked * Sent to me from Upper Assam by
Mr. D. Bruce, 1839," in handwriting supposed to be Helfer's. It will therefore be very
desirable to strengthen the evidence for O. pendulum as à North-Indian species.

49. HELMINTHOSTACHYS, Kaulf.

1. H. ZEYLANICA, Hk. & Bauer, Gen. Fil. t. 48 B; Hook. 2nd Cent. Ferns, t. 94, Garden
Ferns, t. 98; Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 69; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 447; Benth.
Fl. Austral. 690. H. dulcis, Kaulf. Enum. Fil. 28; Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil.
258; Wall. Cat.54. Osmunda zeylanica, Linn. Sp. Pl. 1519; Roxb. in Cale. Journ.
Nat. Hist. iv. 478. Ophioglossum laciniatum, Rumph. Herb. Amb. vi. t. 68. fig. 3.
Botrychium zeylanicum, Swartz, Syn. Fil. 172. Botryopteris mexicana, Presl, Rel.
Haenck. 76, t. 12. fig. 1.

Bengal Plain, from the Soonderbun to Assam and Cachar ; common.—Distrib. Ceylon,
Malacca, Malaya, Philippines, Queensland.
_ All the North-Indian examples at Kew are from the plain at (or hardly above) sea-
level; andI have never met the plant in the hills even 250 feet above thesea. I believe
the locality Himalayas, given in Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil., is erroneous.

50. Botrycuium, Swartz.

l. B. Lunarta, Swartz, Syn. Fil. 171. Barren segment sessile or nearly so, 1-pinnate ;
pinne obovate, coriaceous.—Schk. Krypt. Gew. t. 154; Hook. Brit. Ferns, t. 48 ; Bedd.
Ferns Brit. Ind. t. 208; Milde, Monog. Botrych. 47-62, t. 9. fig. 1, Fil. Europ. 192;
Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 447; Benth. Fl. Austral. vii. 690. Osmunda Zamaria, Linn.
Sp. Pl. 1519; Engl. Bot. t. 318.

_ Sikkim; Lachen, alt. 11,000-13,000 feet, Sir J. D. Hooker. Kumaon; Tolu, alt.

12,000 feet, Strachey & Winterbottom. North-west India; Jameson. West Tibet ;

Falconer. Karakorum - alt. 12,500 feet, C. B. Clarke.—Distrib. Arctic and Cold Tem-

perate zone, extending to South Europe. Patagonia; Australia.

2. B. navorronrvw, Wall.; Hk. & Grev. Ic. Fil t. 161. Barren segment petioled,
8-pinnatifid, margin finely toothed.—Hook. in Bot. Mag. t. 5340; Milde, Monog.
Botrych. 117-122, Fil. Europ. 206; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 448. P. subcarnosum,
Wall. Cat. 49 ; Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 69. B. sub-bifoliatum, Brack. U. S. Explor.
Ferns, t. 44. |

588 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.

From Nepaul to Bhotan, ait. 5000-8000 feet ; frequent.— Distrib. South India, Ceylon,
Java, Polynesia.

After all the explanations of Sir W. J. Hooker in Bot. Mag. t. 5340, the fact remains
that this plant is named B. subcarnosmm in Wallich's own type set, and that it was
distributed by him under the same name.

3. B. VIRGINIANUM, Swartz, Syn. Fil. 171. Barren segment sessile, 3—4-pinnatifid,
margin serrate or coarsely dentate.—Schk. Krypt. Gew. t. 156; Hook. Garden
Ferns, t. 29; Bedd. Ferns South. Ind. t. 67; Hk. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 448. ` D Jong,
ginosum, Wall. Cat. 48; Hk. & Grev. Ic. Fil. t. 79; Milde, Monog. Botrych. 113-
117, Fil Europ. 205. Osmunda virginiana, Linn. Sp. Pl. 1519.

Himalaya, alt. 5000-8000 feet; from Kumaon to Bhotan, common. Khasia, alt.
4000-6000 feet, very common.—Distrib. South India, Ceylon, Europe to Japan; America, -
very widespread.

Milde (Monogr. Botrych. & Fil. Europ. 191-209) divides Botrychium into two main
sections, viz.:—

(1) Cells of the — gesit,
(2) Cells of the epidermis flexuose, secondary pinnz of the lowest pair of n

pinne anadromous.

The second section contains B. virginianum (the American type plant) only ; the first
section comprises, among other species, B. lanuginosum, Wall., which Milde holds to be
a good species, and which, besides the difference in the epidermis-cells, is said to have `
catadromous secondary pinnz on the lowest pair of pinnze.

All the Indian material that I have seems one species, and has the epidermis-cells
straight, differing thus from the typical American 4. virginianum, which has a different
texture (perhaps consequently).—I can make very little of the subsidiary distinction. It
may be useful to explain that the lowest primary pinnz are often twisted in drying, but
that the secondary pinn:e on their lower margin are usually more developed than on ther —
upper.—These secondary pinnz are said to be catadromous when the secondary pinna `
nearest the main rhachis is on the lower margin of the primary pinnz, anadromous when `
the secondary pinna nearest the main rhachis is on the upper margin of the primary —
pinne. In the Indian B. lanuginosum the secondary pinnz have a strong tendency to `

be catadromous, in the American 4. virginianum to be anadromous: but in the Indian

plant the lowest secondary pinne are often nearly opposite ; sometimes they are slightly : E
anadromous; and in one of my specimens the lowest pinna on one side has the secondary ` `
pinnz anadromous; the lowest pinna on the other side has them catadromous. Milde ` E
finds in the Himalaya both B. virginianum and B. lanuginosum, which he reckons very- A
distinet species. I certainly think that the Himalayan material is all one species
whether it can be separated from A, virginianum specifically is a much more difficult

question. H: :

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. 589

51. PsrrorUM, Swartz.

Stems much branched dichotomously; leaves reduced to distant minute oblong-linear
scales. Sporangia solitary in the axils of the leaves, sessile, triquetrous oboyoid, 3-celled,
loeulicidally dehiscent into 3 valves from the vertex. Spores oblong-ellipsoid, curved,
with a short groove on the concave side.—Distrib. Species 2-3, in the tropical and sub-
tropical regions of both hemispheres.

L Ps. NUDUM, Griseb. Veg. Karaiben, 180. Fertile branches triquetrous ; sterile leaves
... mostly solitary; sporangia with two leaves beneath.—Ps. triquetrum, Swartz, Syn.
Fil. 187; Schk. Krypt. Gew. t. 165 5; Hk. & Bauer, Gen. Fil. t. 88; Hook. Fil.
Exot. t. 63; Wall. Cat. 46; Griff. Ic. Pl. As. Rar. t. 118 A; Spring, Monogr. Lyco-
pod. 269; Seem. Fl. Viti. 331; Benth. Fl. Austral. vii. 681. .Lycopodium nudum,
Linn, Sp. Pl. 1564. .— !

Bengal plain from the Soonderbun to the base of the Himalaya, common; and in the
valleys of Nepaul, ex Wailich—Distrib. South India, Malay Peninsula; and in the
tropies of nearly the whole world. 4.4

Plentiful among the aerial roots near the base of the stems of coco-nut-trees at Cal-

cutta, and on many other trees. I have never seen it except as an epiphyte.

52. Lycopopium, Linn.

. Stems branched dichotomously; leaves many, usually in some portion of the stem
imbricated, quaquaversal or bifarious. Sporangia solitary in the axils of the leaves, or
collected closely into quasi-catkins, the floral leaves reduced more or less bractiform ;
sporangia sessile, broadly lunate, 1-celled, dehiscent into 2 valves from the vertex.
Spores, when young, collected in spheres of 3, each spore, when separated, being one
third of a sphere cut out by two planes passing through a diameter.—Distrib. A cos-
mopolitan genus. Species 70 (as arranged by Baker).

* Sporangia solitary in the axils of leaves that are not reduced, scattered often through a
considerable length of the stems, but in L. squarrosum collected towards the ends of

the stems more or less catkin-like. Leaves quaquaversal.

l. L. ema, Michx. Fl. Bor.-Am. ii. 284. Stems erect, short, rigid; leaves 2 in.,
linear-oblong, scarcely acute, subentire, sessile, hardly narrowed at all at the base,
reflexed just above the base, shining, coriaceous.—Spring, Monogr. Lycopod. 37.
L. reflecum, Schk. Krypt. Grev. t. 159. |

Sikkim, alt. 8000-12,000 feet; Sinchul, Lachen, Yeumtong, Sir J. D. Hooker ; Is-
lumbo, Laghep; C. B. Clarke. : | :

Stems 2-6 in., stout, the lower leaves much reflexed; sporanges not continued to the
summits of the branches, where the barren leaves are strictly ascending. Midrib of the
. leaves obscure. Sporangia large. The high-level Sikkim plants are only 1} in., much
.. Slenderer, with smaller leaves.—I had erroneously identified the North-Indian plant with

590 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA,

L. vernicosum, Hk. & Grev., founded on South-Indian examples, which has more obtuse,
more dense, and more coriaceous leaves.—Spring also says that Griffith found in
Gorval and Boutan (see Monogr. Lycopod. 2nd pt. 16, 17) L. ceylanicum, Spring, which
differs by having the leaves not reflexed.—Mr. Baker has lately revised Lycopodium, and
finds that this Sikkim plant is identical with the American species, and differs from the
South Indian; and I owe this correction to him.—Pl. LXXXIV. fig. 1.

2. L. HAMILTONII, Spreng. ; Hk. & Grev. in Hook. Bot. Misc. ii. 366. Stems erect, short,
rigid; leaves 4—4 in., oblong, obtuse, entire, sessile, narrowed much at the base,
subpatent, often tortuous when dry, entire, thick, coriaceous, margin manifest
reflexed.—Spring, Monogr. Lycopod. 2nd pt. 16, not of Ist pt. 35. Z. obtusifolium,
Ham. in Don, Prodr. Fl. Nep. 18; Wall. Cat. 134, not of Swartz.

Kumaon, alt. 4000 feet; Strachey & Winterbottom. Nepaul and Sikkim alt. 5000-
7500 feet; Wallich, C. B. Clarke. Khasia; alt. 4000-5000 feet, frequent.—Distrib.
Burma, Bombay. |

Mr. Baker unites with this Z. aloifolium, Wall. Cat. 129; Hk. & Grev. in Hook. Bot.
Misc. ii. 367, Ic. Fil. t. 233; Spring, Monogr. Lycopod. 2nd pt. 15 ; Zenk. Pl. Ind. t. 12.
L. empetrifolium, Dalz. in Hook. Journ. Bot. 1852, 113. This only differs by having
the leaves sessile, hardly narrowed at the base. There is no difference in the nervation

of the leaves. I do not know why Spring excludes Zenker's plate, which appears very
good. :

Var. petiolata. Leaves thinner in texture, narrower, longer petioled or subpetioled,
less closely imbricate, margin less prominent, hardly recurved. |
Khasia, alt. 4000 feet; frequent.— The extreme form of this, with its narrow, lax,
loosely scattered leaves, appears distinct; but there are numerous intermediate states.

9. L. seracEuM, Ham. in Don, Prodr. Fl. Nep. 18. Stems lax, often pendent or elongate; `

leaves 4-3 in., linear, acute, adpressed or patent, entire.—Spring, Monogr. Lycopod..

42. L. pulcherrimum, Wall. Cat. 115; Hk. & Grev. in Hook. Bot. Misc. ii. 367,

Ic. Fil. t. 38... L. subulifolium, Wall. Cat. 114; Hk. & Grev. in Hook. Bot. Misc.

ii. 367, Ic. Fil. t. 49. L. gramineum, Spring, Monogr. Lycopod. 2nd pt. 19. S

From Kumaon to Bhotan, alt. 4000-8000 feet, common. Khasia, alt. 4000-6000 feet, i.

common.—Distrib. South India, Columbia. |
^ This species has two forms, viz. :—

Var. subulifolia, Wall. Leaves narrowly linear, green, lax, with no distinct midrib, in d
spreading plants patent, in pendent plants laxly adpressed. p.

Var. pulcherrima, Wall. Branches rather stiffer, leaves rather broader, with midrib =

distinct beneath, ascending, crispedly incurved when dry. a
— LL. subulifolium, Spring, Monogr. Lycopod. pt. ii. 19, should be done away di E
: altogether Wall. Cat. 114 is not Zenker's plant, nor has Zenker's plant been gathered —

in Nepaul Probably Spring has been misled by the mixture in the duit of
Wallich's plants.] Cte

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. 591

4. L. SERRATUM, Thunb. Fl. Japon. 341, t. 38. Stems rigid, 3-10 in.; leaves 1-1 in.,
spathulate, oblong, subpetiolate, serrate.— Don, Prodr. Fl. Nep. 19; Wall. Cat. 118;
Hk. & Grev. Ic. Fil. t. 37; Spring, Monogr. Lycopod. 39. L. javanicum, Swartz; `
Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 272; Swartz, Monogr. Lycopod. 40. L. sulcinervium,
Spring, Monogr. Lycopod. 39.

Nepaul to Bhotan; alt. 5000—10,000 feet, frequent. Khasia, alt. 4000-6000 feet,
common.—Distrib. Malaya, Ceylon, Polynesia, Japan.

5. L. sqUARROsUM, Forst. Prodr. Fl. Austral. 86. Stems usually 1-2 feet long, bearing
sporanges only towards their extremities ; leaves 3-2 in., narrowly lanceolate-linear,
acute, entire, rigid; upper leaves supporting the sporanges suddenly narrowed
above the short ovate base into a linear subulate point, thus always more or less
bracteiform.—Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 265; Hk. & Grev. in Hook. Bot. Misc.
ii. 969; Spring, Monogr. Lycopod. 52; Seem. Fl. Viti. 328; Baker, Fl. Mauritius,
519. L. wlicifolium, Ventenat ; Spring, Monogr. Lycopod. 50. ZL. Hookeri, Wall.
Cat. 116; Hk. & Grev. Ic. Fil t. 185. L. epiceefolium, Desv.; Spring, Monogr.
Lycopod. 51. ZL. protensum, Hk. & Grev.in Hook. Bot. Misc. iii. 106. L. verticil-
latum, Willd.; Wall. Cat. 119; not of Linn. f. nor of Swartz. |

. Sikkim and Bhotan, alt. 1000-5000 feet, frequent. Khasia, alt. 500-4000 feet, frequent.
Chittagong Hills, Hook. f. & T. Thoms.—Distrib. South India, Ceylon, Malay Peninsula
and Islands, Polynesia, Mauritius, Madagascar.
.. The North-Indian plant is the typical L. ulicifolium, which has the leaves ascending,
scarcely patent. L.squarrosum type has the leaves patent, squarrose. Large examples of
L. setaceum and small examples of L. squarrosum are mounted together in the Kew Her-
barium, and I can only separate them by the floral leaves of L. ulicifolium being more
or less distinctly bracteiform. This distinction seems to fail us in L. proliferum, Blume,
which is united by Baker with L. squarrosum. It seems midway between L. squarrosum
and L. setaceum. On the other hand, my large L. squarrosum from Sikkim has the
sporanges collected in dense short catkins, and might be equally well placed in the next
series.

** Sporangia collected in quasi-catkins, i.e. the sporange-supporting leaves are seoed
packed in terminal oblong cones, and are dissimilar in Jorm to the sterile stem-leaves.

See also L. squarrosum above.

+ Sterile leaves of the stem quaquaversal, arranged spirally, — —

6. L. cerxuum, Linn. Sp. Pl. 1566. Stem rigid, dendroid, 6-24 in., with the primary
branches divaricate; leaves subulate, acute, not long hair-pointed ; catkins sessile,
1-4 by Ae in. diam., ultimately pendent.—Roxb. in Cale. Journ. Nat. Hist. iv. 472;
Wall. Cat. 130; Hk. & Grev. in Hook. Bot. Misc. ii. 369 ; Spring, Monogr.
Lycopod. 79; K. Muell. in Bot. Zeit. 1861, 163; Seem. Fl. Viti. 328; Milde, Fil.

. Europ. 255; Benth. PL Austral. vii. 676. Z. curvatum, Swartz; Spring, Monogr.

. SECOND SERIES.—BOTANY, VOL. I. : 4L

592 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.

Lycopod. 81. L. vulcanicum, Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 266; Rumph. Herb. Amb.
vi. t. 40. fig. 1; Rheede, Hort. Mal. xii. t. 39.
East Bengal, common; from the sea to the mountains, ascending to 5000 feet alt.—
Distrib. Throughout the tropics of the globe.
Var. sikkimensis, (sp.) K. Muell. in Bot. Zeit. 1861, 164. Stem hairy; leaves hair-
pointed.
Sikkim, Khasia, Chittagong.—Main stem with approximate imbricate leaves, mostly
deflexed in the lówer part of the stem.

7. L. ANNOTINUM, Linn. Sp. Pl. 1566. Stem elongate, procumbent ; leaves linear, rigid,
scarcely acute, midrib obscure, margin entire; catkins solitary, sessile or short-
peduneled ; bracts ovate-lanceolate, acute, scarcely hair-pointed, little serrate on the
margin.—Sehk. Krypt. Gew. t. 162; Engl. Bot. t. 1727; Hook. Brit. Ferns, t. 50;
Spring, Monogr. Lycopod. 77 ; Milde, Fil. Europ. 252.

Sikkim ; Lachen, alt. 11,000-14,000 feet, J. D. Hooker; Laghep, alt. 12,000 feet,
C. .B. Clarke.—Distrib. North Europe, Asia, and America.

The Sikkim plant differs from the Linnean type, in that the catkins are generally
peduncled, the peduncles attaining ll in.; the leaves are very entire. But as the
peduncles never carry more than one Gik it seems nearer Z. annotinum than any form
of L. clavatum, and has been placed with L. annotinum. Here also is arranged Z. Hey-
neanum, Wall. Cat. 132, from Malabar, which seems very like the Sikkim Z. annotinum.

8. L. cuavatum, Linn. Sp. Pl. 1564. Stem elongate procumbent; leaves rigid, linear,
acute, often hair-pointed, midrib obscure, margin subentire; peduncles long, often .
carrying 2 (sometimes 2-8) catkins.—Schk. Krypt. Gew. t. 162; Engl. Bot. t. 224;
Hook. Brit. Ferns, t. 49; Spring, Monogr. Lycopod. 77; Milde, Fil. Europ. 255;
Benth, Fl. Austral. vii. 675. ZL. divaricatum, Wall. Cat. 131; Hk. & Grev. in Hook.
Bot. Mise. ii. 377. L. trichiatum, Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 263.

From Gurwhal to Bhotan, alt. 5000—10,000 feet, very common. Khasia, alt. 4000- —
6000 feet, very common.—Distrib. South India, Ceylon, Malaya, Australia, Nos |
Asia, Europe and America, South Africa, Andes. |

The leaves on the main stems are scattered, but usually imbricate, i.e. the ak of
one reaches as far as the base of the next. The Indian plant grows larger than the `
English ; the peduncles sometimes are 12 in. long, with several catkins, each 23-3 in.

long.—The common Himalayan form has rigid incurved leaves, as on the Scotch moun- E

tains. In Khasia the leaves are often thin, spreading, the whole plant more slender: - 3

this is Z. divaricatum, Wall. In this Khasia plant also the leaves have sometimes - E

extremely long hair-points, and the examples then coincide with the Javan specimens of
L. trichiatum, Blume. |

9. L. Pureomanta, Linn. Sp. Pl. 1564, Stems Jong, pendent from trees; leaves broad-
lanceolate, often i in. broad, entire; catkins long, slender, moniliform, epeatedly

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. 593

dichotomous ; bracts very small.—Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 261; Wall. Cat. 133;
Roxb. in Cale. Journ. Nat. Hist. iv. 471; Spring, Monogr. Lycopod. 63; Seem. Fl.
Viti. 328; Benth. Fl. Austral. vii. 674. L. myrtifolia, Forst. Prodr. Fl. Austral. 87.
L. mirabile and australe, Willd. Sp. Pl. v. 11.—Rumph. Herb. Amb. vi. t. AL fig. 1;
Rheede, Hort. Mal. xii. 14.
Soonderbun. Nepaul, Sikkim, Assam, Khasia, in hot valleys, alt. 500-3500 feet ; not
common.—Distrib. South India, Ceylon, Malaya, Australia, Polynesia, Africa and its
eastern islands.

Var. numularifolia, (sp.) Blume, Enum. Pi. Jay. Fil. 263. Leaves elliptic obtuse.—
L. rotundifolium, Wall. Cat. 2183 ; Roxb. in Cale. Journ. Nat. Hist. iv. 473; Hk. &
Grey. Ic. Fil. 212.

Malay Islands.—This is not, I believe, a North-Indian form; but Mr. Baker regards
the whole of Spring’s 9th section (containing L. Phlegmaria and allies) as but one

species,

tt Leaves of the stem and fertile branches quaquaversal, of the ultimate sterile branches
decussate, so that these branches appear flattened.

10. L. compLanatum, Linn. Sp. Pl. 1567. Stems elongate; leaves of the ultimate
barren branches 4-ranked, the two marginal ranks faleate oblong-linear, the dorsal
and ventral ranks much smaller, straight, linear; peduncles long, with several
straight catkins.—Schk. Krypt. Gew. t. 163; Hk. & Bauer, Gen. Fil. 117 4 ; Spring,
Monogr. Lycopod. 101; Milde, Fil. Europ. 257. Z. thyoides, Humb. & Bonpl. ;
Blume, Enum. Pl. Jay. Fil. 263. ZL. sabinefolium, Willd.; Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav.
Fil. 263; Spring, Monogr. Lycopod. 84.

Assam, Griffith. Khasia; Moflong, Griffith, J. D. Hooker, C. B. Clarke; Syung and
Mumbree, J. D. Hooker.—Distrib: Java, Northern Europe, Asia and America.

Milde (Fil. Europ. 257) doubts whether the Deccan L. Wightianwm (Wall. Cat. 2184,
Spring, Monogr. Lycopod. 103) differs from Z. complanatum. There is now good
material of L. Wightianum collected; the leaves on the ultimate sterile branches are
not of two forms, and they are only very obscurely 4-ranked: the plant seems nearer
the Malabar Z. annotinum above referred to.

11. L. CASUARINOIDES, Spring, Monogr. Lycopod. 94 and 2nd pt. 45. Stems elongate;
leaves of the ultimate barren branches 2-ranked, narrow-oblong, closely adpressed,
often with a hyaline or spreading hair-point ; peduncles very short, bearing several
curved catkins.—Hook. Ic. Pl t. 968. D. rubellum, Presl, Bot. Bemerk. 153.
L. comans and filicaule, Hook. f. Fl. Antarct. i. 112, in note. |

Bhotan; Griffith. Khasia, alt. 4000-5000 feet; Mairung and Moflong, Griffith,

Hook. f. § T. Thoms., C. B. Clarke.—Distrib. Malacca, Philippines.

Leaves on the main stem scattered, not imbricated, often hyaline. Plant rambling
many feet; very red in Khasia. When not in fruit there is often no — foliage,

594 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.

the leaves on the ultimate branchlets being irregularly spirally 3-5-stichous, falcate
patent. The barren branches, above or near the peduncles, usually show adpressed
2-ranked leaves.

[The Indian plants placed in Lycopodium, sect. Stipulate, by Hk. & Grev. in Hook. :
Bot. Misc. ii. 378, as well as L. divaricatum, Hk. & Grev. Le 377, are Selaginellas, as
are Lycopodium miniatosporum, cespitosum, and curvatum of Dalzell in Hook. Kew
Journ. 1862, 114.] |

53. EquisETUM, Linn.

Stems erect, striated, articulated and sheathed at the nodes; branches verticillate,
leafless. Spores under the heads of peltate stalked scales closely aggregated in terminal
cones; spores spherical, functionally equivalent to those of ferns, but enveloped spirally
by two linear spathulate hygrometric elaters.

1. E. ARVENSE, Linn. Sp: Pl. 1516. Fertile stems appearing before the barren, usually
quite simple; cone peduncled, teeth of the sheath below the cone lanceolate-linear ;
barren stems with whorled branches usually narrowed upwards.—Schk. Krypt. Gew.
t. 167; Engl. Bot. t. 2020; Hook. Brit. Ferns, t. 60; Duval-Jouve, Hist. Nat,
Equiset. 242-244; Milde, Fil. Europ. 217, Monogr. Equiset. 218-239, tt. 1-3.

Kumaon ; Pindari, alt. 12,000 feet, and Runkim, alt. 13,500 feet, Strachey 5 Winter-
bottom. Kashmir and Dras, Dr. Henderson.—Distrib. Europe, North and Central Asia,
North America.

There are only 2 Himalayan examples of this at Kew; and Milde quotes one
other.

2. E. pirrusuM, Don, Prodr. Fl. Nep. 19. Fertile and barren stems similar, branched;
branches from the main stem at their base ascending; cones mostly peduncled, sub-
solitary (i.e. there is very rarely another cone adjacent on the same branch) ; teeth
of the sheath below the cone lanceolate-linear caudate, grooved on their keel.—Milde;
Fil. Europ. 226, Monogr. Equiset. 302-310, t. 11. E scoparium, Wall. Cat. 398.

Himalaya, alt. 1000-7000 feet; from Gurwhal to Mishmee, very common. Khasia, —

ait. 1000—4000 feet; common.—Distrib. Moulmein. $e

This has much the general habit of E. palustre, Linn.; and Mettenius has named one . e
of Griffith’s Khasi plants E palustre, which differs (inter alia) by the much less caudate ` `
teeth of the upper sheaths. i |

3. E. DEBILE, Wall. Cat. 397. Stem thick, hollow, weak, fertile and barren similar,
branched; branches from the main stem at their base patent at right angles to it;

cones short-peduncled and sessile, often several approximated, owing to fertile g :

branches springing close below a cóne; teeth of the sheath below the cone lan-
. ceolate-linear caudate, grooved on their keel, brittle deciduous, so that the older
sheaths appear mostly truncate.—Roxb. in Cale. Journ. Nat. Hist. iv. 468, t. 265

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. 595

Milde, Fil. Europ. 239, Monogr. Equiset. 476-491, t. 26. E. virgatum and laxum,
Blume, Enum. Pl. Jav. Fil. 274. E pallens, Wall. Cat. 1037. Hippochete debilis,
Seem. Fl. Viti. 424.

Throughout North India, from the plain at Calcutta to the mountains, ascending to
6000 feet alt. ; common.—Distrib. South India, Ceylon, Malaya, Polynesia.

4. E. ELoNGATUM, Willd. Sp. Pl. v. 8. Fertile and barren stems similar, branched :
branches from the main stem at their base ascending; cones sessile, usually soli-
tary; teeth of the sheath below the cone triangular acute, hardly elongate or
caudate, not grooved on their keel—— E. ramosum, Schk. Krypt. Gew. t. 172 ù.
E. ramosissimum, Desf.; Duval-Jouve, Hist. Nat. Equiset. 248-250; Milde, Fil.
Europ. 284-238; Monogr. Equiset. 428—408, t. 24.

North-west Himalaya, alt. 3000-8000 feet, frequent ; Kashmir, Baltistan; extending
also to the plains of the North-west at Moradabad, 7. Thomson.—Distrib. Malabar Mts.,
North and West Asia. Nearly the whole of Europe, Africa, and America.

[ Milde, Monogr. Equiset. 543, says that he has E. robustum, A. Braun, from Lahore
and from Pondicherry; but there are no Indian specimens in the Kew bundle of
E. robustum.]

REDUCTION OF WALLICH'S HERBARIUM
as to the North-Indian Ferns.
1. Actinostachys digitata = Schizea digitata, Swartz.

2. Schizea dichotoma (not from North India).
3. Grammitis procera = Gymnogramme fraxinea, Bedd.

4. » caudata — Gymnogramme fraxinea, Bedd.

5. » decurrens — Gymnogramme elliptica, Baker. ;

6. » flavescens — Gymnogramme involuta, Hook. (?nd sheet, with Asplenium
ensiforme mixed.)

7. » acuminata — Gymnogramme involuta, Hook.

8. » diversifolia (not from North India). e
9. » Hamiltoniana = Gymnogramme Hamiltoniana, Hook.
10. » macrophylla = Gymnogramme involuta, Hook.

ll. » affinis = Gymnogramme fraxinea, Bedd.

12. vestita = Gymnogramme vestita, Hook.

13. Anrop hybridum (not from North India).

l4. » coriaceum (not from North India).

15. » viscosum, Swartz. Good.

16. » neriifolium = A. viscosum, Swartz.

17. » marginatum = A. conforme, Swartz. — — >
18. » decurrens (not from North India). `

19. » alcicorne (not from North India).
20. ae . fuciforme (not from North India).

596

Ec

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.

21. Aerostichum punctulatum (not from North India).

. 22. ag contaminans = A. crispatulum, Wall., var.
23. E: triquetrum = Lomaria euphlebia, Kunze.
24. de crispatulum, Wall. Good. '

25. m flagelliferum, Wall. Good.

26. va costatum, Wall. Good.

27. is rigidum (not from North India).

28. » viviparum = A. appendiculatum, Willd.

29. ps Hamiltonianum = A. appendiculatum, Willd.
30. » setosum = A. appendiculatum, Willd.

3l. y aureum, Linn. Good.

32. Lomaria serpens = Acrostichum axillare, Cav.

. CS attenuata (not from North India).

ER. y secunda (not from North India).

98. y limonifolia (not from North India).

a. . re scandens = Acrostichum scandens.

Mir er spondizfolia (not from North India).

38 5 aurea = Onychium auratum, Kaulf.

39 caruifolia = Onychium auratum, Kaulf.

40. "ST og reticulatum, Kaulf. Good?

4l. » Boryanum (not from North India).

42. $ pumilum (not from North India).

43 5 coriaceum, Wall. Good.

44. Hemionitis cordifolia = H. arifolia, Bedd.

45. Psilotum flaccidum (not from North India).

46. » triquetrum = Ps, nudum, Griseb.

47. Ophioglossum cordifolium — O. reticulatum, Linn.

48. Botrychium lanuginosum, Wall., = B. virginianum, Swartz, var.
49. » subcarnosum, Wall., = B. daucifolium, Hook.
50. Osmunda speciosa = O. regalis, Linn.

» Leschenaultii = O. regalis, Linn.

52. » monticola = O. Claytoniana, Linn.

53. Anemia flexuosa (not from North India).

54. Helminthostachys dulcis = H. zeylanica, Hk. & Bauer. - s
55. Pleopeltis incana (not from North India).

96. Blechnum glandulosum (not from North India).

57. y orientale, Linn. Good.

58. Woodwardia radicans, Swartz. Good.

. Meniscium deltigerum, Wall. Good.

$5 longifrons — M. cuspidatum, Blume, var.

5 triphyllum, Swartz. Good.

» erosum — M. triphyllum, gegen

5 salicifolium (not from North India).

- Dicksonia arborescens (not from North India).

» appendiculata, Wall. Good.

- Cheilanthes mysurensis, Wall. (not from North India). Good.
j rupestris, Wall., = Ch. tenuifolia, Swartz.

is micrantha, Tall, = Ch. tenuifolia, Swartz. _
» lucida, Wall., = Onychium j tages Kunze.
» pallens (not from North India). die
. dealbata — Ek mes Rm.

x

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. 597

Cheilanthes tomentosa — Ch. rufa, Don. (This sheet is without number, but named by

25

Wallich's hand.)
contigua — Onychium multisectum, F. Henderson.

73. Adiantum capillus-veneris, Linn. Good.

3)
25
25
33
25
25
33
3)

A3

soboliferum (not from North India). Good?
vestitum = A. caudatum, Linn.
flagelliferum = A. caudatum, Linn.
lunulatum, Burm. Good.

amcenum = A. flabellulatum, Linn.

scabrum (not from North India).

reniforme (not from North India),
venustum, Don. Good.

rhizophorum = A. caudatum, Linn. var.

83. Ceratopteris thalictroides, Brongn. Good.
84. Pteris sinuata = Pt. incisa, Thunb.

33

22

22

25

22

25

23

22

33

2

23

3)

EE)

25

25

22

3)

2

2

2

25

A3

23

2

2

25

»

23

hastata (not from North India).

varians = Cheilanthes varians, Hook.
mysurensis (not from North India). Pellæa geranisfolia.
ludens, Wall. Good.

nitidula = Pellea nitidula, Hk. & Baker.
cæspitosa = Cheilanthes varians, Hook.
digitata = P. pellucida, Presl, var.

polita (not from North India). Lindsaya.
angustata = Lindsaya ensifolia, Swartz,
scabripes = Pt. pellucida, Presl, var.

læta = Pt. cretica, Linn.

nervosa = Pt. pellucida, Presi, var.
semipinnata, Linn. Good.

lanuginosa = Pt. aquilina, Linn.

densa = Pt. aquilina, Linn.

firma = Pt. aquilina, Linn.

terminalis = Pt. excelsa, Gaud.
semihastata = Pt. aquilina, Linn.

lorigera = Pt. aquilina, Linn.

subquinata = Pt. quadriaurita, Retz. var.
linearis (not from North India).
nemoralis = Pt. biaurita, Linn. (as to the type sheet).
aspericaulis = Pt. quadriaurita, Retz.
longipinnula, Wall. Good.

umbrosa = Pt. Wallichiana, Ag.
subpedata (not from North India).
longifolia, Linn. Good.

amplectens = Pt. longifolia, Linn.
recurvata = Pt. aquilina, Linn.

114. Lycopodium subulifolium = L. setaceum, Ham.

pulcherrimum = L. setaceum, Ham. var,
Hookeri = L. squarrosum, Forst.
urostachyum (not from North India).
serratum, Thunb. Good. |

25

A3

2:

2

Se"? verticillatum = D. squarrosum, Forst,

dis concinnum = Selaginella, sp.

998

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.

122. Lycopodium Willdenovii — Selaginella, sp.

133.
134.
125.
126.
127.
128.
129.
130.
131.
132.
133.
134.
135.
136.
137.
138.
139.

140.
141.
142.
143.
144.
145.
146.
147.
148.
149.
150.
151.
152.

153.

154.
155.

156.
157.
158.
159.

160.
161.
162.
163.
164.
165.
166.
167.

168.
169.
170.

- 171.

2

25

22

25

25

25

33

A3

25

25

2

35

3?

25

35

pubescens — Selaginella, sp.
tetragonostachyum = Selaginella, sp.
fulcratum = Selaginella, sp.
semicordatum = Selaginella, sp.
argenteum = Selaginella, sp.

elegans = Selaginella.

aloifolium = L. Hamiltonii, Spreng. (N.B. Blank sheet in type set.) -
cernuum, Linn. . Good.

divaricatum = L. clavatum, Linn.
Heyneanum. Blank sheet.
Phlegmaria, Linn. Good.
obtusifolium = L. Hamiltonii, Spreng.
gnidioides. Blank sheet.
subdiaphanum = Selaginella, sp.
caulescens = Selaginella, sp.

Notholzna carnosa = Drymoglossum carnosum, Hook.

A3

A3

piloselloides = Drymoglossum piloselloides, Pres/. (In the additional sheets
there is also mixed Niphobolus adnascens and Drymoglossum Beddomei.)
undulata = Acrostichum virens, Wall. var.

Tænitis blechnoides, Swartz. . Good.
interrupta = T. blechnoides, Swartz.
Vittaria rigida, Wall., = V. elongata, Swartz.
elongata, Swartz. Good.

Lindsaya lucida — L. cultrata, Swartz.

33

22

A3

»

25

25

25

25

3)

2

dentata (not from North India).

polymorpha — L. flabellulata, Dryand.
pallens = L. cultrata, Swartz. .

recurvata (not from North India).

serpens (not from North India).

attenuata — L. cultrata, Swartz.

lobata (not from North India).

decomposita (not from North India).
lanuginosa = Nephrolepis volubilis, J. Smith.

Gléüchéhis Hermanni = G. linearis, C. B. Clarke.

A3

A8

attenuata (not from North India).
gigantea = G. glauca, Hook. (The 2nd sheet is Polypodium erubescens.)

Trichomanes setigerum = T. javanicum, Blume.

A3

LÉI

22

3

3

A3

A3

alchemillezefolium (not from North India).

undulatum (not from North India).

rigidum = T. javanicum, Blume.

pyramidalis (not from North India).

villosula (not found among Wallich’s ferns: noted to be Salvinia natans).
longisetum (not from North India).

umbrosum = T. radicans, Swartz.

anceps — T. radicans, Swartz, var.'

EN iban Boryanum (not from North India).

A3
22
A8

E

Telfairianum (not from North India).

crispatum — H. javanicum, Spreng.

exsertum, Wall. Good.

densum (as to half type sheet) = H. exsertum, Wall; ` |
as to the other half = Trichomanes tipmotatun, Poir- ;

203.

204.
205.
206.

207.
208.
209.
210.

211.

212.
213.
214.
215.
216.
217.
218.
219.
220.

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.

2
35

3)

33
35
A3
»
3)
3)
A3
3)
22
32
32
33
»

A3

35

. Hymenophyllum badium — H. polyanthos, Swartz.
E serpens = H. javanicum, Spreng.
. Lygodium microphyllum, R. Br. Good, except the first specimen of the type sheet, which

is L. flexuosum, Swartz.
longifolium = L. flexuosum, Swartz.
dichotomum = L. circinatum, Swartz,
polystachyum (not from North India),

. Cyathea spinulosa, Wall. Good.

Brunonis (not from North India).
venulosa (not from North India),
excelsa (not from North India).
robusta (not from North India).

. Spheropteris barbata = Peranema cyatheoides, Don.
. Matonia pectinata (not from North India).

. Lomaria Boryana (not from North India).

. Marattia fraxinea (not from North India).

. Angiopteris crassipes = A. evecta, Hoffm.

. Asplenium reticulatum = Allantodia javanica, Bedd.

planicaule = A. laciniatum, Don, var.
decurrens = A. unilaterale, Lamk.

Finlaysonianum = A. faleatum, Lamk. var.

urophyllum (not from North India).
Trichomanes, Linn. Good.

fraxinifolium = A. bantamense, Baker.
ovatum (not from North India).
Penangianum (not from North India).
radiatum = Actinopteris dichotoma, Bedd.
Nidus, Linn. Good.

subsinuatum = A. lanceum, Thunb.
ensiforme, Wall. Good.

soboliferum = A. tomentosum, Hook.

proliferum = A. esculentum, Pres/ (in the 2nd sheet A. latifolium, Don,

is mixed).
diversifolium = A. latifolium, Don.
porrectum (not from North India).
acuminatum = A. sylvaticum, Presl.

tenuifrons = A. Clarkei, Bedd. (but A. nigripes, Mett., is mixed on the

type sheet).
multijugum = À. normale, Don.
multicaule = A. normale, Don.
letum = A. unilaterale, Lamk.
lobulosum = A. longifolium, Don.
cristatum = A. unilaterale, Lamk.
hirsutum (not from North India). .
mysurense (not from North India).
pulchellum = A. nitidum, Swartz.
bullatum = A. bulbiferum, Forst.
concinnum = A, tenuifolium, Don.
cespitosum = A laciniatum, Don.
heterocarpum, Wall. Good. ` .
flagelliferum = A. longissimum, Blume, i
brevisorum, Wall. Good. .:

S.—BOTANY, VOL. I.

(All the sheets.)

AM

599

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.

221. Asplenium alternans, Wall. Good.

222. » auritum (not from North India).

323. " oxyphyllum, Wail. (not from North India).

224, 5 porrectum (lege polyodon) (not from North India).

225. o falcatum, Lamk. . Good.

226. $ pellucidum (not from North India).

227. » nitens (not from. North India).

228. » parallelum = A. sorzogonense, Presi.

229. p caudatum, Wall. Good. . ;

230. j polymorphum = A. latifolium, Don (in the additional sheets Gymnogramme
opaca is mixed).

331. a pectinatum = A. Filix-feemina, Bernh. (in the additional sheets A. nigripes
is mixed).

382. a nitidum (not from North India).

233. si Ruta? — A. varians, Hk. & Grev.

334. » depauperatum = A. laciniatum, Don.

235. » Prescottianum (not from North India).

236. 5 proliferum (not from North India).

337. » spectabile = A.multicaudatum, Wall. (Second sheet is Nephrodium Boryanum,
Baker, var.) ij

238. Cænopteris furcata (not from North India).

239. 5 vivipara (not from North India).

240. Davallia lonchitidea — D. platyphylla, Don.

241. o lobulosa (not from North India).

242. » angustata (not from North India).

243. — ,, flagellifera (not from North India).

244. » villosa = D. marginalis, Hk. & Baker.

245. » tenuifolia = D. chinensis, Swartz.

246. ,, ornata (not from North India).

247. » parvula (not from North India).

248. » achillezfolia (not from North India). : $

249, » Serreformis (not from North India).

250. .,, pedata, Smith. Good.

251. » parallela (not from North India).

252. ` ,, coniifolia (not from North India).

253. — ,, elegans (not from North India).

954. Equisetum scirpioides, Herb. Ham., = E. elongatum, Willd.

255. ap membranulosa, Wall. Good. :

256. p immersa, Wail. Good.

257. js rhomboidea — D. polypodioides, Don, var.

258. » bullata, Wall. Good.

259. » cherophylla = D. pulchra, Don. `

260. a stipellata = D. nodosa, Hook.

261. » pyramidata = D. flaecida, R. Br. var. T.

262. ^ ,, puberula = D. flaccida, R. Br. E:

263. » pilosula = D. flaccida, R. Br. var. SSC

264. E virens (not from North India). E

265. Polypodium costatum — P. stigmosum, Swartz. (Second sheet is mainly P. flocculosum, Don.) —

266. » porosum — P. fissum, Baker.

267. » ` pertusum = P. adnascens, Swartz.

c dm. is adnascens, Swartz. Good.

969. =, mysurense = P. fissum, Baker,

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.

270, Polypodium vittarioides — P. adnascens, Swartz.

971. j loriforme = P. lineare, Thunb.

272. » spherocephalum = P. angustatum, Swartz,
278. - polycephalum — P. punctatum, Swartz.
274. - longifrons — P. normale, Don.

275. » sesquipedale = P. lineare, Thunb.

276. » ovatum, Wall. Good.

277. » Mauritianum (not from North India).
278. d» furfuraceum (not from North India).
279. 5 gladiatum (not from North India).

280. ï zosteræforme (not from North India),
281. » glabrum — P. punctatum, Swartz.

282. » grandifolium = P. membranaceum, Don.
283, D hymenodes = Acrostichum axillare, Cav.
284. » hemionitideum, Wall. Good.

285. an eontiguum = P. lineare, Thunb.

286. » Horsfieldii (not from North India). Good.

287. ls Wallichii, R. Br. Good,
288. 5 coronans, Wall. Good.

601

289. » alternifolium = P, nigrescens, Blume. Var. polyphylla = ep, nae,

Blume.
290. Se amoenum, Wall. Good.
291, ep quercifolium, Linn. Good, (Third sheet has P. Linnzi mixed.

292. » curvinervium (not from North India).

293. » propinquum, Wall. Good, (Third sheet is P. ebenipes, Hook. ; fourth sheet

is P. hastatum, Thunb.)
294. » oxylobum = P. hastatum, Thunb, var.
295. » dilatatum, Wall. Good.
296. » verrucosum (not from North India),
297. $ glaucistipes (not from North India).

298. » caudigerum = Nephrodium cucullatum, Baker (at least as to type sheet).

299. » urophyllum, Wall. Good.

300. ^» lineatum, Colebr. Good.

301. » secundum — Nephrodium unitum, R. Br.
302. » scabridum — Nephrodium aridum, Baker.

303. » : leiorrhizon, Wall. Good. (Third sheet = P. juglandifolium, Don.)

304, 5 Lindleyanum (not from North India).

305. 5 venustum, Wail. Good.

9E S i capitellatum — P. juglandifolium, Don.

307. » meriifolium (not from North India).

308. J argutum, Wall. Good.

309. $ elongatum = Nephrodium cuspidatum, Baker.

310. » lachnopus, Wall. Good, i. e. as to the main part of the type sheet : the other

sheets are largely P. microrrhizoma, C. B. Clarke.
311. » subpectinatum, Wall. (not from North India).
312. » proliferum, Rozb. Good.
313. e serra (not from North India).
314. » auriculatum, Wall. Good. `
815. » tridactylon, Wall., = B Seen, Blume.
lon Wall., = P. distans,

e MR Wall., = Nephrodium parasiticum, C. B. Clarke.

318, » — Wall, (not from. North India). Alsophila, sp.

4x2

602

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.

319. Polypodium comosum (not from North India). Alsophila, sp.

320.
321.
322.

323.
324.
325.
326.
327.

A8

3

23

25

35

35

35

33

3

35

35

35

3»

A3

35

3

3

33

LÉI

33

33

33

25

23

35

23

35

25

-marginatum = A, auriculatum, Swartz, var. .

contaminans = Alsophila glauca, J. Smith.

giganteum = Alsophila glabra, Hook.

marginale. Type sheet contains Nephrodium pulvinuliferum, Baker, with a
small piece of P. punctatum, Swartz: 2nd sheet is Nephrodium scabrosum,
Baker, but is ticketed as from Nepaul.

Leschenaultianum (not from North India), Alsophila.

oxyphyllum = Asplenium oxyphyllum, Hook.

confluens (not from North India).

coniifolium = P. subdigitatum, Blume.

ornatum, Wall. Good.

adnatum = P. distans, Don.

alternans (not from North India). Alsophila.

erubescens, Wall. Good.

phymatodes, Linn. (not from North India). Good.

molliusculum = Nephrodium parasiticum, C. B. Clarke.

brunneum = P. distans, Don, var.

dentigerum = Asplenium Filix-feemina, Bernh. var.

tenericaule = Nephrodium tenericaule, Hook.

umbrosum (not from North India). Alsophila.

‘ Audios pilosulum — Nephrodium crenatum, C. B. Clarke.

puberum = Nephrodium falcilobum, Hook. var.
fimbriatum = Asplenium fimbriatum, Hook. var.
patentissimum = Nephrodium Filix-Mas, Richd. var.
coniifolium = A. aristatum, Swartz.

eriocarpum = Nephrodium crenatum, C. B. Clarke.

subdiaphanum = Nephrodium crenatum, C. B. Clarke.

Brunonianum = Nephrodium Brunonianum, Hook.
apiciflorum = Nephrodium apiciflorum, Hook.
multidentatum = Davallia multidentata, Baker.
glanduliferum = Nephrodium prolixum, Baker.

~ multijagum = Nephrodium multijugum, C. B. Clarke, not of Baker.

appendiculatum = Nephrodium canum, Baker. (The other sheets have some
Polypodium erubescens, Wall., intermixed.) i

solutum = Nephrodium parasiticum, C. B. Clarke.

ciliatum = Nephrodium ciliatum, C. B. Clarke.

venulosum = Nephrodium aridum, Baker.

multilineatum = Nephrodium truncatum, Presl.

canescens = Nephrodium parasiticum, C. B. Clarke.

prionophyllum = Nephrodium truncatum, Presi.

squarrosum = Asplenium macrocarpum, Blume.

crinitum (not from North India). ,

unitum = Nephrodium cucullatum, Baker.

foliolosum = Davallia nodosa, Hook.

ocellatum = A. auriculatum, Swartz, var.

fuscipes, Wall., = Nephrodium sagenioides, Baker (type sheet), but nearly all
the rest is Nephioainit membranifolium, Presi.

riparium (not from North India). . |

Prescottianum, Wall. Good.

rhomboideum = A. amabile, Blume. `

sublanosum = Nephrolepis exaltata, Schott.

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. 603

367. Aspidium cespitosum = A. auriculatum, Swartz, var.

368. » pungens — A. ilicifolium, Don.

369. á rufo-barbatum = A. aculeatum, Swartz, var.

370. » affine = A. aculeatum, Swartz, var. (In the 3rd sheet Nephrodium Filix-Mas,
var., is mixed.)

371. » setosum = A. aculeatum, Swariz.

372. » spectabile — Nephrodium spectabile, C. B. Clarke.

373. » Wallichianum = Oleandra Wallichii, Hook.

374. js Singaporianum (not from North India).
975. y articulatum (not from North India).
376. » caryotideum = A. falcatum, Swartz.

377. » coadunatum — Nephrodium cicutarium, Baker. (In the later sheets Nephrodium
membranifolium, Presl, is mixed.)

[377. » multicaudatum = Nephrodium multicaudatum, C. B. Clarke. |
378. » alatum = Nephrodium vastum, Baker.

379. 5 variolosum — Nephrodium variolosum, Baker.

380. » atratum — Nephrodium hirtipes, Hook. var.

381. » caducum, Hall, Good.

382. e polymorphum = Nephrodium polymorphum, Baker.

383. js rostratum = Nephrodium polymorphum, Baker.

384. 5 aduncum. Blank sheet.

385. J Telfairianum (not from North India).

386. » terminans. Blank sheet.
387. » canum — Nephrodium ciliatum, C. B. Clarke.
388. » semi-bipinnatum. Blank sheet.

389. i eburneum = Nephrodium canum, Baker (as to type specimen ; the other spe-
cimen on the first sheet is Asplenium oxyphyllum, Hook. ; the second sheet
is Asplenium macrocarpum, Blume).

390. T densum = Nephrodium sparsum, Don, var. -

391. » marginatum, Wall., = Asplenium bellum, C. B. Clarke (as to type sheet).

392. j nitidulum = Nephrodium sparsum, Don, var.

393. ;, ^ divisum = Nephrodium Boryanum, Baker.

394. 55 tectum (not: from North India).

395. Arthrobotrys macrocarpa — Nephrodium cochleatum, Don.

396. Cryptogramme Brunoniana = C. crispa, R. Br.

397. Equisetum debile, Roxb. Good.

398. 5 scoparium — E. diffusum, Don.

775. Spheropteris Hookeriana = Diacalpe aspidioides, Blume.

776. Grammitis Finlaysoniana =Gymnogramme elliptica, Baker.

1031. Aspidium exaltatum = Nephrolepis exaltata, Schott.

e Var. = Nephrolepis volubilis, J. Smith.

1032. i Tavoyanum — Nephrolepis cordifolia, Hk. & Baker. *

1033. Acrostichum virens, Wall., replaced by Equisetum panonieum = E. diffusum, Don.

1034. Arthrobotrysavana = Nephrodium cochleatum, Don.

1035. Asplenium Tavoyanum = A. falcatum, Lamk.

1036. is Grevilleanum (not from North India). .

1037. Equisetum pallens — Equisetum debile, Rozb.

2162. Acrostichum Finlaysonianum, Wall. Blank sheet.

2163. e Wightianum = A. appendiculatum, Willd.

2164. ý vestitum (not from North India).

2165. » fivulare. Blank sheet.

2166. H contractum. Blank sheet.

604

2167,
2168.
2169.

2170,
2171.
2172.
2173.
2174.
2175.
2176.
2177.
2178.
2179.
2180.
2181.
2182.
2183.
2184.
2185.
2186.
2187.
2188.
2189.

2190.

2191.

2192.

2193.
2194.
2195.
2196.
2197.

2198.

2199.
2200.
2201.
2202.
2203.
2204.

2205.
2206.
2207.
2208.

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. `

Acrostichum stelligerum. Blank sheet.

S terminans = A. virens, Wail,
Lomaria Wightiana, Wall. Blank sheet.
Hemionitis hastata = H. arifolia, Bedd.
Ophioglossum reticulatum, Herb. Ham. Not found.
Blechnum Finlaysonianum, Wall, Blank sheet.
Dicksonia scabra, Wall, Good.

j moluecana,.Rozb. Blank sheet.
Cheilanthes rigidula, Wall., = Ch. farinosa, Kaulf.
Adiantum hirsutum, Willd. Blank sheet.

» flabellulatum — A. hispidulum, Swartz.
Pteris Wightiana — Pt. aquilina, Linn.

» arguta, Ham. Blank sheet.

» geminata = Pt. biaurita, Linn. var.

» ensiformis, Ham. Blank sheet.

» alternifolia (not from North India).
Lycopodium rotundifolium. Blank sheet.

» Wightianum (not from North India).

P. levigatum. Blank sheet.

» complanatum, Selaginella, sp.

5 ornithopodioides. Selaginella, sp.

J bryopteris. Selaginella, sp.

circinale. Selaginella, sp.
Lonchitia hirsuta (not from N orth India).
Vittaria divergens, Roxb. Blank sheet.
Lindsaya attenuata, Wall., in Herb. Finlayson, therefore not from North India. (N.B. Not
the same as L. attenuata, Wall. Cat. 151).
» pteroides, Wall., = L. ensifolia, Swartz,
» longipinna, Wall., = L. ensifolia, Swartz.
» interrupta, Roxb., sub Vittaria. Blank sheet.
» parasitica, Roch, sub Vittaria. Blank sheet.
» Finlaysoniana, Wall. No locality (not from North India).
Hymenophyllum leve, Ham. (not from North India).
Trichomanes campanulatum, Rozó. No locality,
Lygodium pubescens, Wall., = L, ae, Ze,
3 japonicum, Swartz. Good.
» Finlaysonianum = L. japonicum, Swartz.
Asplenium procerum, Wall. Good.

» divaricatum, Wall. Blank sheet.

3 foliolosum, Wi all. Blank sheet,

» furcatum (not from North India).

» parvulum, Wail. Blank sheet.

2 decussatum, Wall., ses A. 3 japonicum, Thunb. e a

» marginatum = A, Stoliezke, C. B. Clarke, the other part of the type sheet `

being A. porrectum, Wail,

» contaminans, Wail. Blank sheet.

» pulchrum (not from North India).

ge puberulum = A. esculentum, Presl.

» trapeziforme, Rozó, Blank sheet.

5 cultratum, Roxb, Blank sheet.

5 Wigktandm (not from North India).

» rie en (not from North India).

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. 605

2217. Asplenium obliquum, Swartz, Blank sheet.

2218. Davallia Roxburghii, Wall., = D. polypodioides, Don, var.
2219. 2 moluccana, Roxb. Blank sheet.

ZA 5 caudata (not from North India).

2221. Polypodium Finlaysonianum, Wall. Blank sheet.

2222. 5 Wightianum, Wall., = P. lineare, Thunb.
2223. 5 adherens, Wall. Blank sheet.

2224. » inoides, Ham. Blank sheet.

2225. j scabrum, Roxb. Blank sheet.

2226. - arboreum, Roxb. Blank sheet.

2297. 5 subarboreum, Ham. Blank sheet.

3228. js venosum, Ham. Blank sheet.

2229. » semi-bipinnatum, Wall. (not from North India).
2230. "7 aycefolium (?), Wall. (not from North India).
3231. sinuosum, Wall. (not from North India).

9232. ptor Hamiltonianum, Wall. Blank sheet.

232988. 5» auriculatum = Nephrolepis cordifolia, Hk. & Baker (chiefly).

2234, » flagelliferum, Roxb. Blank sheet.

2235. e Finlaysonianum (not from North India).

2236. e trifoliatum (not from North India).

2297. » coriaceum (not from North India).

2238. » sophoroides (Roxé.). Blank sheet.

2239. » parasiticum, Herb. Madr. Blank sheet.

2240. 5 hirsutulum, Ham. Blank sheet.

3241. splendens, Ham. (not from North India).

2680. Pieris Grevilleana, Wall. Good.

2681. ,, multidentata = Pt. ensiformis, Burm.

2682. Asplenium Hookerianum = A. Finlaysonianum, Hook. (not of Wall. Cat. 191).

2683. Davallia urophylla = D. marginalis, Baker, var.

2684. » Hookeriana, Wall. Good.

2685. Acrostichum ludens = A. appendiculatum, Wi Ud.

4727. Polypodium acutissimum = P. lineare, Thunb.

5169. » Grevilleanum = P. lineare, Thunb.

7073. Alsophila Brunoniana, Wall. The blank sheet has been filled up by pieces of fronds
“taken from the specimen on the staircase,” supposed (as I think erro-
neously) to have been Wallich’s plant.

7074. b glaucescens — A. glauca, J. Smith.

7075. » Grevilleana = Davallia flaccida, R. Br. var.

7076. Cyathea bipinnata, Roxb. No locality (not from North India).

7077. Polypodium Russelianum = Nephrodium tenericaule, Hook.

7078. » pubigerum = Nephrodium Leuzeanum, Hook.
7079. ge polyodon = Aspidium caducum, Wail.

7080. A oppositum = Nephrodium sparsum, Don.
7081. » -sophoroides (not from North India).

7082. Aspidium iticum = Nephrodium parasiticum, C. B. Clarke.

7083. r amgang = Nephrodium falcilobum, Hook, (Another Mauritius fern is,
however, mixed on the type sheet.)

7084. Hymenophyllum tenue, Ham. (not from North India).

7085. Pteris ensiformis, Ham., = Pt. ensiformis, Burm.

7086. ,, scabra (not from North India).

606 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA,

7087. Lycopodium pulvinatum. Selaginella, sp.

7088. p verticillatum = L. squarrosum, Forst.

7089. » pallidum. Selaginella, sp.

7090. Asplenium Hookerianum, Wall., = A. bantamense, Blume.
7091. m pellucidum (not from North India).

DISTRIBUTION OF THE GENERA OF THE FERNS OF NORTH INDIA.

dl 3 j : | s 4| dT 41" i
ail A Fagl | 3 : E Hee] [d
GESEIS SIESPIEFIBEPT
LS D Ze SE, b sg Lä. al Sa o 3 modu
32/28/8388] = | ee EREECHEN:
eGkEISEIpéëIé als és SEIREIES|Ssl a MA
Gleichnis r.cs.. 2} l| 2| 2; 0| O0 |Nephrodium
Orsi i oi ead i 0 0 1 Ord Pleocnemia ...... 91 01.8] 2T11 3
Homes 12.5.2. 9} 0} 21 21.0 1-1 Bagenis i29 Guni WA SI TUM] i
Ap Tee 6| 0| 6| 5| 0| 3] Nephrolepis ........ 4| 1] 1] 440] U
Deane ous 3i 0: 3i 1i OI EI Obis ..——— 3] 1| 9| 815919
DEN eee AS: 1| 0| 1| 1| 0| O | Polypodium
WEE essel S] 3] 2| 01 OT*8 Phegopteris ...... 1$] 7]1.9| 061091 2
Peranema ...... subtle] 1i- 1| 01l.04-Goniopris ^ al 8| 2] Sidi t
eweg VM 41.24 41.21.-01.2 Dictyopteris ...... 1| 01 0l E St
Hymenophyllum `... 1 6} 3| 6| 5| 0| 2 Eupolypodium ....| 3|] 1| 2| 2] 01 2
Trichomanes ........ 7} Tt. 410] 0|-9 Goniophlebium ....| 7| 4| 6| 3] 0| 6
Diva ooa 18| 7|15|15| 2| 3]| Niphobolus........ ict | 7| T1!
Cystopteris ........ $i d] Shat Or 01. DS I eui 11.01.04 t40] 9
AT ui ion 41 01 9| ft Ul Oy Dye Ee dE 9] 91921 aa
ARR o xou ore! 6}. 5| 2] 9 Phymatodes ...... 23 | 6|17]|16]| 2| 8
Cheilanthes ........ 9. 0i 3] 5| 3: 2 Pleopeltis ........ £t 11.4] 81501. 1
éi ka 21 1} 2| 2| 1 jb: Od Notholens EE Li Eied4 01:501 9
Cryptogramme ...... 1| 1| 1| 0| 0|. 0] Gymnogramme ......|12| 6| 8|10| 0| 3
PME, Qus al e] I| 0 0] 21 Bamna x I Ur) | II 13
bas DU pe ue ue 17| 7|12|15| 6| 4| Meniscium .......... 1] 14 3| 9T 01 3
Ceratopteris ........ bI Ebgil| |. 0| Antfophyuh. utes 4|.0[-4] SHOV
Lone. 2.5 ey n *1,90121 41 01 0] Vitteria om... ees Si 1| 9| 9| 312
Bléchtum Ee SI Ur at 21.0. +) ee |... pete 01 0| 91 11 9 7
Woodwardia ...... e| 1| 1| 1| 1| 0| Off Drymoglosum ...... $1 ol 11 3} 113
Asplenium Hemionitis.......... S| 04 0| Pa 9
TE 1| 0| 1| 1| 0| pl Acrostichum , ei 15} 1]-91184159]| *
Euasplenium .. .... 24|14| 12 |31 | 2] 2 | Osmmda .........- 21.91.14 $4.90] 9
DE cr ll OL 1| f| 061] Gy PM, S ES ti Orel 11917
Athyrium ........ 12|] elit FS Poo P9 P Euedus (NOR 4| 2|. 3|:4|3| 0
Pseud-Allantodia ..| 2| 1| 2| 2| 0| 2| Angiopteris ........ 1| 0j 1|.23170| 91.
Diplazium ........ 131.8] ak 8 01. 41 been e. 1l] 0] 0| elen oe
Anisogonium ...... 2| 0| 1| 0| 1] O | Ophioglossum........ s|sgt 9| 112 e
Demidieteum 2| 1| 1| 1| 0} 0} Helminthostachys....| 1| 0| 0| 1| 1 ol.
Allantodia .......... 1| 0| 1| 1| o oy Botrychtam £s $i 9] 3|. en ý
Actiniopteris ........ PPLE Ol 040 dt Od Pilotin scx os ovitele ds 1:01.09] es ol
Aspuliüm oi ceci os 12| 9|11| 6| 1| 6| Lycopodium ........| 11| 3110] 9|-2 H
Nephrodium Equisetum .......... ET 4-9] 317
Totas... 30 | 13/2% | 16| 2111 as LT
Eunephrodium ISL St bad (84 4 Totál | send. ue 379 |149 |269 |258 | 52

KS. MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. 607

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

PLATE X LIX.

Fig. 1. Cyathea spinulosa, Wall., drawn from Wallich’s own example n. 178 of his Catalogue.—4A. Barren
secondary pinna, nat. size. B. Fertile secondary pinna, nat. size. i

Fig. 2. Hymenophyllum denticulatum, Swartz, drawn from a Khasi example.—B. Two entire fronds on
one rhizome, nat. size, seen from above. A. One pinna, magn. 5 diam., seen from beneath.

Fig. 3. Hymenophyllum Levingii, C. B. Clarke, drawn from a Yoksun example.—A. One frond, nat.
size. B. Barren lobe of pinna, magn. 20 diam., seen from beneath. C. Fertile lobe of pinna,
magn. 20 diam., seen from beneath.

Fig. 4. Davallia pulchra, Don, var. pseudocystopteris, (sp. Kunze, from a North-west Himalayan
example; extremity of an ultimate pinna, magn. 8 diam., showing the very thin indusia of
large oblong cells.

PLATE L.

Davallia urophylla, Hook. (not Wall.), from Griffith’s Bhotan example; one lower pinna, nat. size.

PLATE LI.

Cheilanthes farinosa, Kaulf., var. Dalhousie, (sp.) Hook., from North-west Himalayan examples.
A. an entire frond from a small specimen, and B, the lowest pinna of a frond from a larger
` specimen, both nat. size. C. Scale from the stipe, magn. 8 diam.

Prate LII.

Cheilanthes albo-marginata, C. B. Clarke, from a Kashmir example.—A. A whole plant, nat. size.
B. Scale from the stipe, magn. 8 diam.

Prare LIII.

Pteris quadriaurita, Retz., var. Khasiana, from a Walong example.—A. The lowest pinna of a frond,
nat. size. (The entire lanceolate-linear irregular reduced secondary pinna at the base of the
pinna in this example has been faithfully added by the artist; it was accidentally present.
here, but in none of the other examples.) B. A basal secondary pinna, nat. size.

Prare LIV.

Pteris Grevilleana, Wall., from Keenan's Cachar example; one barren and one fertile frond on the same-
rhizome, nat. size.
Prats LV.
Pteris quadriaurita, Retz., var. Blumeana, (sp.) Agardh, from a Chittagong example ; one basal (bipartite),
pinna, nat. size.
| Puate LVI. :
Fig. 1. Pteris subindivisa, C. B. Clarke, from a Teesta (Sikkim) example; a rhizome with one frond and

part of another, nat size. (The basal pinnz are sometimes much shorter than in this fully-

developed specimen, or obsolete.) : : :
Fig. 2. Asplenium pekinense, Hance, from Levinge's Kashmir example; rhizome with one frond, nat.

_ SECOND SERIES.— BOTANY, VOL. I. AN

-

608 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.

Prats LVII.

Asplenium Atkinsoni, C. B. Clarke, var. Andersoni, from a Tonglo (Sikkim) example; one basal pinna
of a frond, nat. size.

Prag LVIII.

Asplenium Filiz-femina, Bernh., var. pectinata, (sp. Wall.), from a Sikkim example; the middle of a frond
(5 pairs of pinnz), nat. size. On the side is sketched (on a reduced scale), in outline, the
frond from which the larger figure of the Plate was drawn. ;

t

Prag LIX.

Fig. 1. Asplenium Filiz-femina, Bernh., var. attenuata, C. B. Clarke, from a Kashmir example; one
frond, nat. size.

Fig. 2. Asplenium Filiz-femina, Bernh., var. refusa, (sp.) Decne., subvar. rubricaulis, Edgw., from a
North-west Himalayan example; the greater part of one frond, nat. size.

Prats LX.

Asplenium Filiz-femina, Bernh., var. flabellulata, C. B. Clarke, from a Sikkim example; the lower half
of a frond (5 pairs of pinnze), nat. size.

Puate LXI.

Fig. 1. Asplenium Filiz-femina, Bernh., var. polyspora, C. B. Clarke, from a Chumba example; the
greater part of a frond, nat. size.
Fig. 2. Asplenium Filia-feemina, Bernh., var. Parasnathensis, C. B. Clarke, from a Parasnath example;
a frond, nat. size.

Prag LXII. (
Fig. 1. Asplenium fimbriatum, Hook., var. spheropteroides, C. B. Chas from a Sikkim example; the
greater part of a frond, nat size.

Fig. 2. Asplenium fimbriatum, Hook., var. foliolosa, (sp. Wall.), from a Sikkim example; nearly half a
frond, nat. size.

Prate LXIII.

Fig. 1. Asplenium procerum, Wall., from a Sikkim example; basal part of one pinna, nat. size.
Fig. 2. Asplenium bellum, C. B. Clarke, from a Sikkim example ; basal part of one pinna, nat. size.

PraATE LXIV. ME te

Fig. 1. Asplenium Japonicum, Thunb., var. chattagramica, C. B. Clarke, from a Chittagong example; `

basal pinna of the frond, nat. size. oe

Fig. 2. Asplenium torrentium, C. B. Clarke, from a Sikkim large example; basal pinna of the frond, e

nat. size. a

Fig. 3. Asplenium torrentium, C. B. Clarke, from a Sikkim small example; basal pinna « the frond,
nat. size.

Fig. 4. Asplenium succulentum, C. B. Clarke, from e chung, basal portion of $

| Hager the whole of the lower pence seer nat. size. :

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. 609

Prate LXV.

Fig. 1. Asplenium sikkimense, C. B. Clarke, from Hooker’s Sikkim example; basal portion of the
lowest pinna of the frond, nat. size.

Fig. 2. Nephrodium gracilescens, Hook., var. decipiens, C. B. Clarke, from a Sikkim example; a frond,
nat. size—A. One segment of a pinna, magn. 3 diam., showing the divided venules.

Prate LXVI.

Aspidium Prescottianum, Wall, var. Bakeriana, (sp. W. S. Atkinson), from a Sikkim example.—
b. A portion of the centre of a frond, nat. size. a. The whole of the same frond, } nat. size,
in outline, to show the proportion between length and breadth of the frond, and the non-
attenuation of the base; the cutting of the pinn: not shown.

Prate LXVII.

Fig. 1. Nephrodium gracilescens, Hook., var. hirsutipes, from a Khasi example.—a. Base of a frond,
nat. size. ò. Two segments of a pinna, magn. 4 diam., showing the hairy involucres.

Fig. 2. Nephrodium gracilescens, Hook., var. didymochlænoides.—c. Base of a frond, nat, size. d. Two
segments of a pinna, magn. 3 diam., showing the elliptic involucres.

Dag LXVIII.
Fig. 1. Nephrodium Filix-mas, Richd., var. panda, C. B. Clarke, from a Chumba example; basal por-

tion of a frond, nat. size.
Fig. 2. Nephrođium Filix-mas, Richd., var. normalis, C. B. Clarke, — a Khasi example ; a frond,

nat. size.
Dag LXIX.
Fig. 1. Nephrodium Filix-mas, Richd., var. Khasiana, C. B. Clarke, from a Khasi example ; lower

portion of a frond, nat. size.
Fig. 2. Nephrodium Filix-mas, Richd., var. Schimperiana, C. B. Clarke, from a Sikkim example ;

lower portion of a frond, nat. size.

Nephrodium Filiz-mas, Richd., var. fibrillosa, C. B. Clarke, from the North-west Himalaya; a frond,
nat. size.
Prare LXXI.

Nephrodium Filiz-mas, Richd., var. marginata, sp. Wall, from a Sikkim example; basal portion of
the lowest pinna of a frond, nat. size.

Nephrodium rhodolepis, C. B. Clarke, from a Sikkim example ; basal portion of the lowest pinna of a
frond, nat. size.
Prate LXXIII.

Nephrodium i ingens, W. S. Atkinson, from a Sikkim example; fragment from the base of a frond,
nat. size. The lowest pinna (A) is fertile; the next (B), and all the superior pinne,

barren.
4N2

610 MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA.

PrATE LXXIV.

Fig. 1. Nephrodium glandulosum, Hook., from Blume’s Java example of Aspidium glandulosum, Blume;
basal portion of a frond, nat. size.

Fig. 2. Nephrodium glandulosum, Hook., var. lete-strigosa, C. B. Clarke, from a Chittagong example;
basal portion of a frond, nat. size.

Prate LXXV.

Nephrodium membranifolium, Presl.—A. Var. typica, from Chittagong; a fruiting (small) frond, nat.
size. B,C. Var. dimorpha, from Sylhet; b, basal pinna of a barren frond, nat. size;
c, basal portion of a fertile frond, nat. size.

Dapp LX XVI.

Nephrodium Wightii, C. B. Clarke, from Wight’s Deccan examples. The barren and fertile fronds
depicted (nat. size) have been pasted down on one sheet, and I do not doubt were collected
by Wight as of one fern.

PuatTe LX XVII.

Nephrodium mullicaudatum, C. B. Clarke, from a Jaintea Terai example; stipe together with the
lowest secondary pinna of the lowest primary pinna of the frond, nat. size.

Prag LXXVIII.

Nephrolepis volubilis, J. Smith, from Hooker’s Sylhet example.—4A. Portion from the upper part of
the scandent rhizome with barren fronds, nat. size. B. Fragment of a barren frond, from a
lower part of the scandent rhizome, nat. size.

Pratt LX XIX.

Fig. 1. Polypodium distans, Don, var. minor, from a Sikkim example; a frond in fruit, nat. size.
Fig. 2. Polypodium appendiculatum, Bedd., var. squamestipes, from a Sikkim example ; lower half of a
frond, nat. size.

Puate LXXX.

Fig. 1. Polypodium subtripinnatum, C. B. Clarke, from a Neebay (Sikkim) example; basal portion e.
one of the lower pinnz of the frond, nat. size.
Fig. 2. Polypodium subdigitatum, Blume, from a Sikkim example ; ultimate pinna, magn. 5 diam.

PrATE LXX XI.

Polypodium chattagramicum, C. B. Clarke, from a Chittagong example; rhizome with one barren and `
one fertile frond, nat. size. |

Prate LX XXII.

Fig. 1. Polypodium clathratum, C. B. Clarke, from a Kashmir example.—A. Rhizome with three fronds, -

nat. size. B. Clathrate scale from the sorus, magn. 8 diam. |

Fig. 2. Polypodium subamenum, C. B. Clarke, from a Sikkim example.—A. Rhizome with one frond, 7

nat. size. B. Scale from the rhizome, magn. 8 diam. D

Fig. 3. Polypodium membranaceum, Don, from a Sikkim example; fragment of a frond, nat. size (showing `

| the venation and arrangement of the sori). | SS
Fig. 4. Polypodium Jaintense, C. B. Clarke, from a Jaintea example; rhizome with one fertile and one

MR. C. B. CLARKE ON THE FERNS OF NORTHERN INDIA. 611

Prate LXXXIII.

Polypodium cyrtolobum, J. Smith, from a Sikkim example ; rhizome with one frond, nat. size.

Prare LXXXIV.

Fig. 1. Lycopodium lucidulum, Michx., from a Sikkim example ; fruiting branch, nat. size.

Fig. 2. Acrostichum crispatulum, Wall., from Sikkim examples.—B. Fragment from the middle of a
barren frond of Wallich’s type, 6 pinnæ shown, nat. size. D. A part of one of the pinnæ of
B, magn. 14 diam. A. Fragment from the middle of a barren frond of var. contaminans
(sp. Wall.), 7 pinnæ shown, nat. size. C. A part of one of the pinnæ of A, magn. 1} diam.

Fig. 3. Vittaria Sikkimensis, Kuhn, from a Sikkim example; transverse section of a fruiting frond,
magn. 10 diam.

ERRORS.

On page 444, line 18 from top, dele “ Cystopteris dimidiata, Dene.” ; which is correctly referred to D. BULLATA on
p. 445.

On page 512, bottom line, for * F. cusrIpatUm " read N. cusprpatum.

AM Cockerill dal. et Ré

CBClarke
SSC aN ae UE UM
B 227,7) SSN

y suey z pan S
j J ge SE

k

1

\
Pi d K
wie ` : y À
Mauer DEER, A x — Une
` eee a N e ea y cd - à
C 7 ZU. s Beie: gees e me
) Ka ` pi rem
e / / F ; j f

A

Z

Gë
ESA SS

LA

LA

1. NEPHRODIUM GLANDULOSUM, Ame. 2

Ui P MIA

A
Ve

Var LÉTE STRIGOSA.

TN :
M

Spe
3

2

aiana ania, EH,
Paii aaar ananas a aaa aca D
/ j í € i

i | '

Fitch imp.

CBClarke. Trans. Linn. Soc. SeR.2.Bor. Vou J. Pap

i -— j
i ( Ai p Ze: K F
(A / ere ^ j zs
iN 4 d xe \ i E
/ jl = , oer

Ls. J ie

AM Cockerill dl ot keh NEPHRODIUM FUSCIPES , Wedd. 3

Fitch imp.

d Y
H
Än V
7 N /
P A e R
` Y X N
4 \
> ic A
d G "
KH N

à Tana Liu Soc. Sax? "Bow Nout Pz.76.

SBClarke.

TRANS.LINN. Soc. SER.2.BorT.VoL.I. bm

^

TrRaws. Linn. Soc. SERZ Bor. Vou 1. Pr 78.

2 SA Smith.

NEPHROLEPIS VOLUBILIS

wf

HV 2
dd N.

ade A.

T

B
33. x >~
ALIE

| AS
o bk v, "e
EI d | Z4"
E v Gë
E eh, CX
m 27M heh
DÉI pe A y

Clarke.
CBC = TRANS. Linn. Soc.SER2.BorT. Vor. IPr.78.

|
NI
"y

9

LATVIA

AQAA
277777771)

22272

Gë

22.
` YY, 7

N
77 Y Y

P ^
Af

"M

POLYPODIUM DISTANS, on.

-
~

| l.
AM Cockerill del.et lith. g

Y [UA p

Wu

APPENDICULATUM, Beda. Var SQUAMJEST IPES.

E. E os
"Se

P ` CBClarke. | Trans.Linn. Soc. SERZ.Bor. Vor.LPr.80.

D YT *

NY
^ Nites, Ra
D SU
N Nal |e Sur AS \
SA SUED d ) Je AN H z5 4
ENS Ne MOS SR d SS NA Ga wie
re ` Ge e E V À
MN SNR qr NUN Salt f Ns € P R^

Sos. Gu, Spo M Ge |
a SGN NU ho bo E E i UA.
Reeg = er Cafe he e, ai a j oí
p. 3 Fa es a t. P d 7*4 Le
"TS" TINE Y 25 E ale, ME AA G A
y. , r gi
v D,

qu Z4 g^
d "Lg
x i Ul
Zu. 2. |

| LPOLYPODIUM SUPTRIPINNATUM, ZZZare
AMCockerildelethth. ` ` 4i " SUBDIGITATUM, Zune.

Trans. Linn. Soc. Sen? Bor Vo! PB

CBClarke.

POLYPODIUM CHATTAGRAMICUM, Zane.

`~

C.B.Clarke.

TRANS. LINN. Soc. SER2.Bor. Vou! Pu.83.

^ AM Cockerill del.et kth. -— : POLYPODIUM CYRTOLOBUM, Smith.

Trans. Linn. Soc. SER.Z.Bor.Vor. I PL 84.

LLYQOPODIUM LUCIDULUM, Miche. |
ISPATULUM, Wadd. — 3. VITTARIA SIKKIMENSIS, Sein,

This page number was omitted in
the original pagination.

No page or information was
missed during scanning.

[ 613 ]

XXVI. On the Origin Ge so-called Scorpioid Cyme.
By the Rev. GzoncE Hunsiew, M.A., F.L.S., F. G.8., F.O.P.S.

(Plate LXXXV.)

Read November 6th, 1879.

Part I. (Descriptive).

Ina paper in the Transactions of the Linnean Society (sec. ser. Botany, vol, i. p. 37) I
have shown that when a stem or branch with opposite and decussate leaves below, bears
alternate leaves above, the arrangement of the latter is very generally represented by the
fraction 2, inasmuch as the order of the leaves at once assumes a spiral direction, indi-
cated by drawing a line from leaf to leaf the nearest way round to each successively, and
that three pairs of opposite and decussate leaves will thus form one cycle, the sixth
leaf being (both originally and finally) over the first, in this alternate arrangement.

There is, however, another method of arrangement, in which, instead of forming a
continuous spiral line round and round the axis, a line drawn to each successive leaf
returns after reaching every two successive leaves, so that it forms a curved zigzag line,
the curvatures oscillating through three quarters of a circle (Pl. LX XXV. fig. 1).

I first observed this method of change from opposite and decussate leaves to alternate
in the foliage of a Lagerstremia in the Palm-stove at Kew, and recorded the observation
in a note at the end of my paper referred to above.

I have now found that a similar “ oscillating ” arrangement occurs sd the flowers
and bracts of what are usually called scorpioid cymes, and which, as the sequel will show,
are not definite in character, but may be more correctly termed scorpioid racemes.

Fig. 1 represents a projected arrangement of the foliage of Lagerstremia, in which it
will be seen that the first two pairs of opposite leaves that ** broke up " follow the usual
spiral order; but from leaf number 4 the spiral returns and henceforth follows the
* oscillating " method, as I propose to call it.

Lathrea squamaria is another very illustrative plant. On the lower part of the stem
the leaf-scales are opposite and decussate, while the bracts (though retaining the same
relative positions as the scales, and therefore arranged in four vertical rows at angular
distances of 90° apart) have become alternate by slight developments of the internodes.
Every bract bears a flower in its axil; so that the inflorescence consists of a dense spike
of four vertical rows of flowers, all, however, being twisted to one and the same side. |

In this species I found several combinations of the above two methods of resolving
opposite into alternate arrangements. The bracts usually commence on a spiral line for
two or three coils, as in Lagerstremia, but then follow the oscillating method.

In one case (fig. 2), commencing on a spiral line to the right as far as the 4th bract,
the line then reversed the spiral direction to the 8th bract; the oscillating method was

C14 REV. GEORGE HENSLOW ON THE ORIGIN OF

then pursued to the 12th. The spiral method is once more resumed as far as the 16th
braet, when it again changed and finally proceeded on the oscillating system to the apex-

Such changes as described in the last example seem to be due to the fact that the
flowers are so crowded that it would appear to be a mere accident, so to say, as to which
of two opposite bracts became slightly elevated above its companion. The arrangement,
however, is immediately affected by it. Whenever the internodes between the bracts are
well pronounced in Lathrea, then the oscillating plan is for the most part adhered to
with precision.

Fig. 3 represents another example of Lathrea in which frequent changes were exhibited.
It will be easily understood from what has been explained with reference to fig. 2.

The next plant to be referred to is Silene pendula.

De Candolle *, in describing the scorpioid cyme, refers the reader to species of Silene
with *'spicate" or, rather, “racemose” inflorescences, as being reduced forms of the
* dichotomous eyme " so common in other species of Silene as well as of the Caryophyllee
generally. “In this case," he says, ** the flowers are generally arranged on one side "—
i. e. more or less inclined to be secund—“ either by a tendency of the branches to abort
on the same side, or by a torsion of the axis. The branches or stems in which this dis-
position takes place are in general before their development rolled into a volute on the
exterior side;" and he mentions Drosera, *spicate" species of Silene, Echium, and
other Boraginaceous plants. De Candolle designates such unilateral inflorescences by
the name cimes scorpioides T.

Before I was aware that De Candolle had referred to Silene at all, my attention
happened to be drawn to the subsecund arrangement of the flowers of Silene pendula;
and it occurred to me that it might throw light on the origin of the scorpioid cyme,
which I had always thought to be erroneously explained in text-books.

The inflorescence of Silene pendula (fig. 9) consists apparently of opposite and decussate
bracts; and if it be held before the observer so that one flower faces him, the next flower
is in the axil of the bract (say, to the right hand); the next is over the first and also faces
him, the fourth being over the second (again on the right hand), and so on. Hence the
flowers are in two vertical rows at an angular distance of 90° apart. On the other hand
there are two rows of bracts, also 90° apart, which have no flowers in their axils.

Moreover, the bracts beneath the flowers are all much more reduced in size than those
opposite to them, showing a strong tendency to be arrested. Lastly, there is a great
propensity for all the flowers to turn to one side.

It may be added that in Silene there is no tendency to produce any disarrangement in
the opposite and decussate bracts +.

* Organographie végétale, i. p. 413 seg.

+ He here uses the word “ volute;" but it does not appear to have been intentional to express the conical form
of spiral indicated by the term, but rather the flat; “ helix.”

+ Silene pendula has all the appearance of being a monopodial raceme; and had we not other members of the o
genus (or of the family Caryophylleæ), such as S. calabrica, which produce true dichotomous cymes below and `

similar “ racemose " branches above, it would be impossible to interpret the inflorescence of the species aright. - As 2 »
it is, ho ue, I think we miser tae each flower as a terminal blossom, one ee ee ae veloped,

THE SO-CALLED SCORPIOID CYME. 615

If we now pass to genera of the Boraginec, we find they furnish us with inflorescences
both bracteate (as Borago) and ebracteate (as Myosotis). Ifin the former a line be drawn
the shortest way from, say, right bract to flower, left bract to flower, and so on continu-
ously, it will be found that, commencing with No. 4, fig. 1 will exactly represent the
positions of the bracts and flowers.

Hence, as far as the order in the arrangement of the bracts and flowers are concerned,
it is completely interpreted by the oscillating method.

The reader will now perceive the significance of the examples I have taken; for,
regarding the scorpioid cyme as monopodial and not sympodial, as it is usually considered,
I derive it from opposite and decussate bracts, which have passed into alternate by the
oscillating method (the foliage of the stem having adopted the spiral method). The
preliminary stage of this is represented by Lathrea, though it is often uncertain in its
method of alternation, and, moreover, retains a flower in the axil of every bract. Silene
pendula only aids us in showing how one of two opposite bracts may have a strong
tendency to be reduced in size when a flower-bud is produced above it. Indeed, as
observed in the note above, not only is the bract reduced, but the bud in its axis is
suppressed altogether. Combining these effects in Borago, we find the floral bracts
completely gone, while the alternation by oscillation is thoroughly established.

Other facts remain which demand interpretation. From the preceding explanation of
Lathrea it would be inferred that the bracts should be in two vertical rows at first
exactly opposite to the two rows of flowers, respectively ; and assuming, on the separation
of opposite bracts, that the new internodes would grow to about the same length, then
one of the bracts should be on a level, about halfway between any two flowers, and on
the opposite side of the stem. Such is not quite the case. The bracts have undergone
a further change in position; they have been “spirally uplifted,” so that instead of
being lower down on the opposite side of the axis, each is uplifted to a position a little
lower than that of the flower, but very near to it, as shown by the dotted lines in the
figure of the floral axis of Hyoscyamus (fig. 4, bb).

In using the expression “ spirally uplifted,” I only mean that the bract is, on the one
hand, raised vertically a little above its theoretical position (or exactly halfway between
the heights of any two flowers), and, on the other hand, shifted horizontally towards the
nearest flower, these two motions, so to say, making together a slight spiral turn.

This will account for their otherwise anomalous position close beside the flowers.
Indeed, so close are they in some cases, that the latter might even. be supposed to spring
from their axils. This is especially deceptive when the bracts are inserted by broad
bases ; but the flowers are never immediately over the midribs of the bracts.

That bracts can be uplifted, either by an elongation of the axis or by adhesion to it, is

the other, namely that between the floral pedicel and its adjacent bract, being arrested; so that the whole forms a
definite, sympodial, and racemose inflorescence with opposite and decussate bracts. De Candolle refers to this as
explaining thescorpioid eyme ; but it will be seen hereafter that he, Payer, and other writers have confounded such
sympo nodial “ racemes " and “spikes” (adopting such terms for what are really definite inflorescences) with what I
now propose to call the (truly indefinite) scorpioid raceme.

| SECOND SERIES.—BOTANY, VOL. I. 40

616 REV. GEORGE HENSLOW ON THE ORIGIN OF

a fact well known and often commented upon. Thus Guillard observes :—** La Feuille
aisselióre est surhaussée par adhérence à son axillaire’’*. Bravais also alludes to les
soudures des feuilles as of common occurrence f.

The elevation of the bracts in the bracteate scorpioid inflorescences is very slight;
while the shifting of their positions is quite in accordance with the normal change
from the 2 spiral to the distichous arrangement in the Cherry-Laurel, Ze In that
plant, whenever a shoot grows vertically the leaves are mostly to be represented by Z or $ ;
but when (as is their usual habit) the branches grow horizontally, then the leaves are
distichous. Similarly other changes are not at all unfrequent. Leaves may be 5 at the
base, $ higher up, and 35; above, as Payer describes them in Echinocactus ; not to add the
fact, on which the thesis of this paper is based, that the alternate arrangements have
arisen out of opposite and decussate. !

This common fact, of a change of position of a leaf, proves that the point of emergence
of a leaf-papilla can easily be shifted according to circumstances of growth; thus gravity
is possibly an active eause in producing the distichous arrangement in dieotyledons with
horizontal branches. In the case of the scorpioidal inflorescence, perhaps some other
influence may determine the emergence of the bracts and flowers being all on one side
of a diameter drawn across the flower-stalk; for it will be observed that the two rows
of bracts, instead of being 90° apart, are now diametrically opposite to each other, 4. e.
each bract has passed through an angle of 45° towards the side which bears the flowers.
Similarly with regard to the flowers, instead of being in two vertical rows 90° apart, as
in Lathrea, the rows have become drawn nearer to each other, having passed through
an angular distance together of about 30°. This approximation is apparently fore-
shadowed in the strong inclination to a secund arrangement in Lathrea.

Thus, I believe, do we obtain the characteristic inflorescence of those genera Ss
Boraginee and Solanee of which the scorpioidal inflorescence consists of two rows of
flowers together with two rows of bracts—such, for example, as of Symphytum, Borago,
Iycopsis, and Hyoscyamus.

In Myosotis the bracts have all become completely arrested, so that there is eet |
left but the two parallel rows of flowers; and as the pedunele or morphological axis
elongates, the flowers become separated.

There yet remains a further observation to be made. The pair of scorpioid racemes
which terminate the axis of Myosotis and other species of the Boraginee often have the
appearance of dichotomy; sometimes, indeed, again and again repeated, as in Heliotropium,
and not infrequently with a flower situated in the fork, so that the two branches curl in
opposite directions. This appearance has, I believe, been the source of an error in the
usual interpretation. Ifa large number of specimens be examined, the above description
will be accurately true for some of them; but more frequently the lowermost flower

* Bull. Soc. Bot. de Fr. iv. p. 933. ie

+ Ann. des Sc. Nat. 2° sér. vii. p. 298. As further references to the uplifting of bracts the reader is — to: e um
Paver, ‘Éléments de Botanique, p. 116. Wanwze, Botanisk Tidskrift, 1869, Bind 3, Tab.1; also, Viđensk.
Belsk. Skr. 5 Række, Naturvidenskabelig., Afd. Bd. 10; French résumé, ‘Recherches sur la ramification

Hes or p. xxii, Barrow, “ Sur les lois de l'entrainement dans les — eegener ` P

THE SO-CALLED SCORPIOID CYME. 617

is on one or other of the branches; and not exactly between them. Secondly, two flowers
may sometimes, but rarely, be found in the fork instead of one. Thirdly, two opposite
leaves may sometimes be seen, one below each branch. Fourthly, axillary scorpioid
racemes spring from the axils of several of the upper leaves of the stem. -

. The interpretation I would offer is the following :—The inflorescence is really indefinite :
of the two branches, one is terminal, the other is strictly axillary; but an adhesion, with
occasional uplifting of the bracts as well, usually takes place between the terminal and
last. axillary branch. Whenever this adhesion ceases exactly at the lowest flower of
either branch, it gives rise to the appearance of dichotomy with a terminal flower in the
fork*. Whenever the two uppermost leaves, which should be separated by an inter-
node, are occasionally brought together, then they are only abnormally opposite.

The inflorescence of Myosotis will illustrate this interpretation. A selection has been
made and represented in the following figures out of some hundreds examined of several
species of this genus :—

Fig. 10 represents, diagrammatically, an unequal development between the terminal

and the last axillary branch; both carry bracts.
Fig. 11. The axillary branch is here nearly equal in strength to the terminal; the

bracts are arrested. |

Fig. 12. The bracts are likewise arrested on both the terminal and the axillary
branches, which are still more nearly equal.

Fig. 13. The terminal and axillary branches are of equal growth, and an adhesion has
now taken place between them from a to b.

Fig. 14 shows a greater degree of adhesion, in that it has extended to the lowest
flower, which consequently appears to issue from the fork, giving the appearance of
dichotomy. | E
- Fig. 15 shows excessive adhesion beyond the lowest flower, so that four flowers rise

from below the fork. :
Fig. 16 illustrates a case where the leaf out of the axil of which the branch has sprung

is “uplifted”? beyond the lowest flower on the axillary branch. ; |
Fig. 17 exhibits excessive adhesion as in fig. 15, with the uplifting of the bract as well.
. This condition of a leaf or bract being uplifted is not without frequent parallel else-
where. In the Crassulacee, where modified cymes often occur, such uplifting as well as
elevation by adhesion is far from being uncommon (see fig. 5). |
It will not be unadvisable here to summarize the successive steps or processes through
which, as I suppose, the inflorescence has passed im order to arrive at the condition
presented in the so-called scorpioid cyme of Myosotis.

-* Bravars, I find; had long ago anticipated this observation, for he observes:—“ dans la plupart des Borragindes
qui offrent des cimes scorpioides axillaires, le premier pédoncule de chaque cisco emm Ss au moins PE: la tige
centrale " (Ann. des Sc. Nat. 2° sér. vii. p. 298, 1837). He also notices how this union gives rise to * double" scorpioid

. . eymes (7. c. p. 300). poe ps de qu : Lo SÉ

618 REV. GEORGE HENSLOW ON THE ORIGIN OF

1. Opposite and decussate bracts with axillary flowers have given rise to alternate by
the oscillating system. This stage is seen in Lathrea.

2. The suppression of the flowers in the axils of two of the vertical rows of bracts
with a diminution of the size of the floral bracts, as exemplified by Silene pendula.

3. In both Lathrea and Silene pendula the tendency of the flowers to be secund
foreshadows the actual approximation of the bracts and flowers in Borago.

4. The four vertical rows have shifted their positions, passing to one side of the axis,
all being situated within a semicircle (if projected). Two rows have lost their bracts,
the flowers remaining; the other two rows have lost their flowers, the bracts remaining
(as seen in Borago, &c.).

5. The bracts have become “ spirally uplifted ” and so take up a position close to, but
at a slightly lower level than, that of the flowers (seen in fig. 4, Nadine 7a

_ 6. The bracts may be all suppressed, as in Myosotis.

7. Adhesions of various degrees may take place between the terminal and axillary
racemes, giving rise to the apparently more or less dichotomous character of the in-
florescence of the Boraginee, and which often contains a seemingly terminal flower at
the fork. `

8. The unequal power of growth between the upper and underside of the peduncle,
induced by the flower-buds being all on one side, has caused the characteristic scorpioid
form of the undeveloped apex.

Part II. (Critical).

I have remarked that the interpretation of the so-called scorpioid cyme as given in
botanical text-books appears to me to be erroneous; it will be desirable to point out `
what I believe to be the errors involved in the usual explanations. As Payer ‘ Eléments
de Botanique' gives a rather fuller account than is to be found in many other text-
books, I will direct my remarks especially to his views. This author evidently confounds
two totally different kinds of inflorescence under the common terms cyme wnipare
scorpioide. Thus the inflorescence represented by Pl. LXXXV. fig. 5 t of Sedum
album is of quite different origin to that of Hyoscyamus (fig. 4) 1, the former being a true
sympode; the latter, as I have shown, is of a monopodial origin.

If we compare fig. 5 with fig. 6 §, the origin of the former is obvious ; but, then, it is
not a scorpioid eme but a degraded form of dichasium or “ dichotomous eme" and is,
in fact, a *spicate" cyme. The dotted lines will indicate the branches which are sup-
pressed alternately right and left at each dichotomy. Had they been uniformly and
always suppressed in one and the same direction, the result would have been such another
spicate cyme as is indicated by the right-hand portion of fig. 6, as shown by the letters

a,b,c. This would be the correct result of the process usually but MOES M "s

giving rise to the Boragineous scorpioid cyme.

* Uplifting and adhesion of leaves may be often seen in many genera of the — E
+ Reproduced from Payre, J. c. fig. 191, p. 121.
t See Payer, J. c. fig. 155, p. 98.

o$ This fig. represents a portion of Paxxz's fig. 188, l. c. p. 118.

THE SO-CALLED SCORPIOID CYME. 619

‘The following is Payer’s definition of the scorpioid cyme (J. c. p. 100) :—* La cime
unipare scorpioide peut donc être définie: Une inflorescence dont toutes les fleurs sont
de génération différente, oppositifoliées et rangées sur deux séries seulement.”

Payer regards this cyme as being due to an alternate and quincuncial arrangement of
the bracts of successive sympodial axes, they being also heterodromous successively, so
that any bract is either to the right or left of the preceding and at an angular distance
of two fifths of the circumference, or 144^. Duchartre gives a similar description in his
* Éléments de Botanique 2nd ed. p. 588, and is apparently followed by Sachs *, at least
so I interpret the paragraph on p. 160 of the English edition of his Text-book.

This description of Payer's is far from being in accordance with facts, as seen in the
so-called scorpioid cyme of the Boraginee, &c. The plants selected by Payer for illus-
tration are Hyoscyamus and Sedum album.

In the first place, in the scorpioid cyme, as of Hyoscyamus and Borago, no bract is
ever exactly opposite to any flower, though it is so in Sedwm. The bracts, as I have de-
scribed them above, are situated alternately to the right and to the left of each flower
successively, very near to them, but a little below the level of their insertions +.
Secondly, they are not placed at an angular distance of 144°, or two fifths of the circum-
ference, but form two rows diametrically opposite to each other, while the flowers form
two rows also, but in vertical planes at an angular distance of about 60° apart.

In Sachs's Text-book (p. 159) the cyme is treated somewhat abstractedly, and that
author makes no reference to bracts, which are of very great importance in any explana-
tion of the inflorescence. ,

The editor of the English edition has pointed out that fig. D on p. 159, which I have
reproduced for convenience (Pl. LXXXV. fig. 7), though described by Sachs as helicoid
or bostrychoid, corresponds with what is usually called scorpioid in several of our text-
books. Sachs, however, is more nearly correct, while the latter term is decidedly wrong.
Figs. A and B of Sachs correspond to Payers cyme unipare, as of Sedum album (P1.
LXXXV. fig. 5), both being sympodes and presumably having the suecessive branches
oppositifoliar, though Sachs makes no allusion to bracts. Sachs’s description, therefore,
applies to the “spicate” cyme, though designated scorpioid eme both by him and
Payer, and not to the true scorpioid cyme, or rather, as I would now propose to call it,
“ scorpioid raceme.”

With regard to fig. C (Sachs, p. 159), which represents the usual form of the so-called
dichasiwm of Schimper, or dichotomous cyme of the text-books, it is not clear whether
this figure is supposed by the author to represent accurately a natural state of things
(which it does not, as all the branches are in one plane), or whether it is only a
projection of the inflorescence on to the plane of the paper, as, indeed, I take Sachs to
assume the reader to perceive. The inflorescence itself in nature is more or less
corymbose, as may be seen in many of the Caryophyllee, Radiola, &c.; and it must be
- * Sacus, while calling this degradation of a dichasium a scorpioid eyme, recognizes the inflorescence of the

oragineæ as of a different character (* Text-book,’ p. 522, Engl. ed.). | d o dun.
= + geo PL LXXXV. fig. 4, in which b indicates the position of the insertion of the bracts; Jf represents the
he. . pedicels which bore the capsules now removed. | |

620 REV. GEORGE HENSLOW ON THE ORIGIN OF

carefully remembered—for the neglect of this fact lies at the bottom of the common
misinterpretation—that in reality the direction of each successive pair of bracts. (or a
common line drawn along their midribs) is in a plane at right angles to that of the pre-
ceding pair; so that by suppressing all the branches to the right or to the left succes-
sively, we should not get a flat helix, but an open angular spiral, as shown in the
projeetion, Pl. LXXXV. fig. 8.

Fig. 7 (fig. Din Sachs's Text-book, p. 159) would seem to be intended by that author
to illustrate this, if we suppose the members 2-3, 3—4, 4-5, 5-6, Ee to be in planes at
right angles to each other successively, and only the members 1-2, 2-8 to bein the plane
- ofthe paper.

There is nothing to show that the author did not mean this to be the case. I am, in
fact, inclined to infer that he did; but even then it will not correspond with the helicoid
cyme or bostryx of Schimper, which is derived from a system of axes arising from
alternate and not opposite bracts, as in the inflorescence of Alstreemeria—a true helieoid
cyme being a sympode with an homodromous development of bracts and floral axes, each
successive bract being supposed to be at an angular distance of two-fifths of the circum-
ference from. the preceding ` whereas in Sachs’s description the supposition is that the
successive axes are in planes at right angles to one another, since he bases the whole on
the false dichotomous cyme.

We might, however, include fig. as another and new form of bostrychoid, presumably
derived from opposite bracts, while the usually described bostrychoid or helicoid is only `
obtained from alternate bracts. |

If, however, we adopt the supposition that fig. D is derived from fig. C, and is identical
with the scorpioid cyme of descriptive botany, we at once fall into the same error which
all our text-books have perpetuated. It is true that fig. D can be derived from fig. €;
but then, as stated above, it does not give rise to the true scorpioid cyme, but to one
form of spicate cyme, such as of fig. 6, a, 5, c, this being characterized by having a single
row of flowers only, while the seorpioid eme has a double row. If we regard Silene
pendula as a sympode, then it would fall under the same kind of inflorescence, or
* racemose " eme,

Another theory has been offered by Kaufmann *, and supported by Warming 1, that the
scorpioid inflorescence of the Boraginee and Solanee is due to a repeated dichotomy
of the vegetative apex, one of the papille thus produced developing into a flower, the
other continues the apical growth. As, however, both papille are at first exactly alike,
the term dichotomy would seem only to introduce a misleading idea, for it is identical in
every respect with budding. The description of the process given by Kaufmann *, as
well as his figures for Asperugo, which is a bracteate form, correspond in the order of —
development exactly with the interpretation given in this paper, as follows:—Left bract— _
flower to the right of it; right bract—flower to the left of it; left bract &c. as before `
(that is, when the convex side of the scorpioid inflorescence is held before the observer). ` `
CH Zem Zeit. 1869, p. 886; also Nouv. Mém: de la Soc. Imp. des Nat. de Moscou, xiii. p. 248, plate xxi

t “ Recherches sur la ramification des Phan¢rogames,” Vid, Selsk. Skr; 5 R; Afd. Bd, 10, 1 (with French abstract

THE SO-CALLED SCORPIOID CYME. 621

He correctly observes that the flowers are not in the axils of the bracts; for had they
been, they would not be situate so close together; and he notices that if they had been
axillary, the plane which divides them would then have been parallel to the bracts,
whereas it lies obliquely and alternately to the right and to the left of the observer as
above placed. |

This last observation has probably suggested to his mind the theory of dichotomy, for
it certainly would have been difficult to account for the two rows of flowers by any other
method known.

I trust the reader will now perceive that the development of the bracts and flowers
by simply budding out in the usual way from the axis, in accordance with the
oscillating method described in this paper, fully accounts for their relative positions, and
does not in the least depart from Nature's normal method of procedure.

Lastly, the circinate apex of the scorpioid inflorescences is probably due simply to
the greater development of the upperside of the axis, in consequence of the buds and
braets, when present, being all within the upper and longitudinal half of the stem *.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE LXXXV.

Fig. 1. Projection of the alternate leaf-arrangement of Lagerstremia according to the “ oscillating ”
method. ‘The first four leaves are spirally arranged, which follow opposite and decussate pairs ;
but subsequently the line passing through the leaves successively up the stem oscillates through
270°, or three quarters of a circle. ;

Figs. 2 and 3. Two projections of the line connecting successive bracts of inflorescence of Lathrea
squamaria. Both systems of resolution, from opposite and decussate to alternate arrangements,
are followed. When the internodes are well pronounced, then the oscillating system is followed

continuously, as from numbers 16 to 26 in fig. 2.

Fig. 4. The peduncles (A and B) of Hyoscyamus niger, the bracts (b) and flowers (fl) removed, the letters
indicating their positions. The dotted spiral lines show how the bract has been “ uplifted”
from its (theoretically) normal position, on a level halfway between the flowers.

Fig. 5. A portion of the inflorescence of Sedum album (after Payer), showing, by dotted lines, (1) the
suppression of alternate lateral axes, and (2) the uplifting of bracts above their, theoretically,
normal positions opposite to the flowers.

Fig. 6. A portion ofthe dichasium, or false dichotomous cyme, of Sedum oppositifolium (after Payer), to
indicate the origin of spicate forms of sympodial cymes (e. g. a, 5, c).

. Fig. 7. Projection of a “ racemose cyme " (after Sachs), called “ bostrychoid " by that author. Nos. 1,

: 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, as referred to in text.

Fig. 8. True projection of a racemose or spicate cyme, falsely called “ scorpioid cyme ” by Payer, &c.,

. helicoid by Sachs, as deduced from a dichasium or “ dichotomous cyme.”

Fig. 9. Inflorescence or “racemose sympode ” of Silene pendula.

Figs. 10 to 17. Diagrammatic illustrations of the inflorescence of Myosotis, to indicate the origin of the

falsely dichotomous appearance sometimes seen. It consists of a terminal and axillary raceme,

with their basal portions more or less adherent. See p. 617 for descriptions.

* With regard to the descriptions of the scorpioid cymes by other writers, I need do no more than allude to the

latest works on the subject, such as Eichler's * Bliithendiagramme,’ and to Prof. A. Gray’s ‘ Text-book,’ part i. p. 156
(1879), who reproduces the classification of cymal inflorescences by that author, such being regarded by them as

This page number was omitted in
the original pagination.

No page or information was
missed during scanning.

GHenslow del.

App ith.

15

79

2j

17

Trans.Linn. 50c. SER. 2. Bor. VoL ln. 85.

25

79\\23\ 27 29

Fig.12.

Fig 16. | Fig IT. Pe

DIAGRAMS ILLUSTRATING THE SCORPIOID RACEME.

Aconiopteris obtusa, 578.

Acrophorus assamicus, 443 ; Hookeri,
443; immersus, 443; nodosus,
444; pseudo-cystopteris, 444;
pulcher, 444 ; Thomsoni, 443.

Acropteris australis, 505; radiata,
505.

Acrospira (char. gen.), 255; aspho-
deloides, 255,

Acrostichum aleieorne, 595; angu-
latum, 576 ; appendiculatum, 577,

578, 596, 603, 604, var. Hamil- |

toniana, 578 ; asplenifolium, 577 ;
aureum, 582, 596; australe, 505;
axillare, 579, 596, 601; Blume-
anum, 580; conforme, 576, 577,
595; eontaminans, 596; con-
tractum, 603; coriaceum, 595;
costatum, 580, 581, (Wall.) 596,

var. (Hk.) 572; crispatulum, 580, -

581, 596, var. Blumeana, 580,
var. contaminans, 580, 596, var.
pseud-undulata, 581; danesfo-

INDEAS

mulariefolium, 554; obovatum,
554; palustre, 577; proliferum,
581; punctatum, 561; punctula-
tum, 596 ; radiatum, 505 ; repan-
dum, 580; rigidum, 596; rivu-
lare, 579, 603; scandens, 577,
596; septentrionale, 478; setosum,
577, 596; speciosum, 582; spi-
catum, 582; stelligerum, 577, 604 >
stigmatolepis, 577; subcrenatum,
581; terminans, 581, 604; tha-

lictroides, 471; Thelypteris, 517; |
trieuspe, 581; triquetrum, 473,

596; variabile, 578, 579, var.
lanceolata, 579; vestitum, 603;

. virens, ( Wall.) 581, 598, 603, 604,

(Bk.) 580, (Hk. & Grev.) 581, var.
(Hk.) 580, var. (Hk. & Bk.) 572,

viscosum, 577, 581, 595; vivipa- |
rum, 577, 578, 596 ; Wightianum,

577, 603.

Actiniopteris dichotoma, 505; radi-

ata, 505.

lium, 582 ; decurrens, 595 ; dicho-
tomum, 505; diversifolium, 580 ;
emarginatum, 582; Finlaysonia-
num, 603 ; flagelliferum, 579, 581,
596; fuciforme, 595; Gayanum,
576; glandulosum, 576 ; gorgo-
neum, ( Kaulf.) 578, (Bl.), 576; Ha-
miltonianum, 577,596; heterophyl-

lum, 575; hybridum, 595; in- |
æquale, 582; laurifolium, 576; |
ludens, 577, 578, 605; Marante, |
- 567; marginatum, 576,595 ; minus, |
579; neriifolium, 577, 595 ; num- |

Actinostachys digitata, 583, 595.

Adenotheca aphylla (Welw.), 255.
Adiantum amenum, 454, 597; ca-
pillus, 453 ; Capillus-Veneris, 453,
597; caudatum, 453, 597, var.
rhizophorum, 453 ; ciliatum, 453 ;
dolabriforme, 452; Edgworthii,
453; filiforme, 452; flabellatum,
454, 597, 604 ; flagelliferum, 453,
597; hirsutum, 453, 604; hispi-
dulum, 454, 604; lunulatum, 452,
597; mierophyllum, 453; peda-
tum, 453; proliferum, 453; reni-

* The names of species adopted by the author precede synon
SECOND SERIES.—BOTANY, VOL. I.

yms; the latter are in alphabetical order.

forme, 597; repens, 442; rhizo-
phorum, 597; scabrum, 597; sobo-
liferum, 453, 597; tenerum, 453;
venustum, 453, 597 ; vestitum, 453.

Adoxa, structure of, Rev. G. Hens-
low on, 177.

Æstivations, origin of floral, 177.

Agaricini, 119 ; of Brisbane, 399.

Agaricus fimicola, 119; Gardneri,
399; junceus, 119; semiorbicu-
laris, 119; spadiceus, 119; syl-
vaticus, 119.

Agasta, 59; asiatica, 61 ; indica, 63;
splendida, 60.

Aglaia odorata, distrib. of, 233.

Ahuta = Agasta splendida, 60.

| Aira, awn of, 164.
| Albinism in Balsams, Dr. Lowne's .

exper. on, 328.

Albuca angolensis, 251; chlorantha,

.251; galeata, 251; monophylla,
251; myogaloides, 250; subspi-
cata, 251. ;

Alismaceæ, self-fertilization of, 378,
393.

Allantodia denticulata, 490 ; incisa,
490; javanica, 505, 599; sylva-
tica, 501; tenella, 491.

Allium angolense, 262.

Allosorus calomelanos, 461 ; crispus,
459, 460; gracilis, 460 ; Stelleri,
460.

Aloe andongensis 263; angolensis,
263 ; littoralis, 263; palmiformis,

963; platyphylla, 264; zebrina,

264.

H

ÅP

624

Alsophila Andersoni, 433; Bruno-
niana, 427, 430, 431, 605, ( Bedd.)
432; comosa, 433; contaminans,
432; decipiens, 430; gigantea,
433; glabra, 433, 496; glauca,
431, 433, 605; glaucescens, 432,
605 ; Grevilleana, 449, 605; Hel-
feriana, 433; khasiana, 432;
latebrosa, 429, ( Bedd.) 432, (Hk.)
431, var. hemitelioides (J. Scott)
430, var. Schmidiana (Kze.) 432;
Metteniana, 433; Oldhami, 432,
433; ornata, 432; Scottiana,
433 ; Sollyana, 432 ; Wallichiana,
432.

Ampelopteris elegans, 548; firma,
548.

Amphicosmia decipiens, 430.

Androscepia arundinacea, awn of,
164.

Anemia flexuosa, 596.

Anemone montana, burying mecha-
nism of achene of, 164; torsion of
awn of, 158.

Angiopteris crassipes, 585, 599;
evecta, 585, 599.

Angolan Herbarium of Welwitsch,
J. G. Baker on the Liliaceæ, Iri-
dacee, Hypoxidaces, and Hæmo-
doraces of, 245.

Anisogonium (subgen.), 503; esculen-
tum, 503; heterophlebium, 503; se-
rampurense, 503; sylvaticum, 498,

Anisostemon (sect. DI), 113.

Anthericum andongense, 257; arena-
rium, 259; benguellense, 257 ;
calyptrocarpum, 258; colubrinum,

(Welw.) 256; dissitilorum, 957; |

drimiopsis, 259 ; faleatum, ( Welw.)
256; Jacquinianum, 259, var.
affinis, 259; limosum, 257; molle,
259; orchideum, 258; pleiosta-
chyum, ( Welw.) 255 ; pterocaulon,
258; pyreniearpum, 259; tenel-
lum, 256 ; ustulatum, 258.
Anthesteria ciliata, awn of, 164.
Antholyza huillensis, 270.
Antrophyum Boryanum, 573, 596;
coriaceum, ( Wall.) 572, 596, (BL)
570; faleatum, 573; involutum,
570 ; lanceolatum, 570 ; latifolium,
572, 573; parvulum, 573; plan-
tagineum, 572, 573; plicatum,
572; pumilum, 596; reticulatum,

INDEX.

(Kaulf.) 573, 596, (Bedd.) 572,
(Fée) 572, (Wall.) 572, var. par-
vula, 573.

Apocynaces, plumes of seed of, 165.

Appunia (Hook. f.), 169.

Arcyria umbrina, 128.

Aristea angolensis, 270.

Arrhenatherum, awn of, 164.

Arthobotrys Avana, 522, 603; macro-

carpa, 522, 603.
Arthronia punctilliformis, 146.
Asparagus africanus, 254; angolen-
sis, 254; benguellensis, 253; de-
flexus, 254; drepanophyllus, 254 ;
equisetoides, 253; psilurus, 253 ;
pubescens, 254 ; racemosus, 254.

Aspergillus glaucus, 406.

Aspidium abruptum, 534; aculeatum,
508, 509, (Swiz.) var. 603, var.
biaristata, 510, var. biaristatum f.
Khasiana, 511, var. lobata, 509,var.
mucronifolia, 509, var. rufo-barbata,
509, var. semifertilis, 509, var. se-
tosa, 510 ; acutum, 541 ; adnatum,
518; aduncum, 603; affine, 509,
603; alatum, 536, 603; amabile,
510, 602; amboinense, 532; an-
gustifrons, 514; anomophyllum,
512; apiciflorum, 518, 602; ap-
pendiculatum, 516, 543, 602; ari-
dum, 531; aristatum, 511, 529,
602, var. affinis, 511, var. assamica,
511; articulatum, 603; Athyrium,
491; Atkinsoni, 506; atratum, 513,
603; auriculatum, (Swtz.) 506, 602,
603, 605, (Don) 507, ( Wall.) 540,
var. ceespitosa, 507, var. lenta, 507,
var. marginata, 507, var. normalis,
507; biaristatum, 511; Brunonia-
num, 522, 602; caducum, 512, 603,
605 ; catophoron, 524; cxspitosum,
603; canariense, 521; canescens,
533, 602; canum, 515, 533, 603 ;
caruifolium, 511; caryotideum,
512, 603; cicutarium, 539; cilia-
tum, 515, 602; coadunatum, 540,
603; coniifolium, 511, 602; co-
nioneuron, 529 ; conjugatum, 535;
cordifolium, 540; coriaceum, 605;
cornu-cervi, 511; crinitum, 602;
cristatum, 519; cucullatum, 530;
cuspidatum, 513; decurrens, 539;
densum, 523, 603 ; discretum, 510;
divisum, 527, 546, 603 ; Donianum,

593, var. australe (Mett.) 52

520; drepanopterum, 493; ebur-
neum, 486, 493, 523, 603; elon-
gatum, 520; eriocarpum, 525, 602;
eusorum, 534; exaltatum, 541,
603; extensum, 529; falcatum,
512, 603; Filix-femina, 491;
Filix-mas, 519; fimbriatum, 494,
602; Finlaysonianum, 605; flac-
cidum, 513; flagelliferum, 605;
feeniculaceum, 427, 434; folio-
losum, 434, 444, 602; fontanum,
484; fuscipes, 534, 602; glandu-
liferum, 516, 602; glanduligerum,
513; gracilescens, 513; grandi-
folium, 537; Hamiltonianum,
605; hirsutulum, (Wall. 515,
605, (Ham.) 605, (Schk.) 541;
hirtipes, 513; ilicifolium, 508,
608; imbricatum, 540; inter-
medium, 526; Lachenense, 506,
510; Leuzeanum, 535; Lonchitis,
505 ; macrocarpum, 489; macro-
phyllum, 539; marginatum, 496,
521, 602, 603; Maximowiczianum,
511; megaphyllum, 532; membra-
nifolium, 535; microcarpon, 561;
molle, 533; multicaudatum, 540 ;
multidentatum, 443, 602; multi-
jugum, 529, 533, 602; multili-
neatum, 534, 602; musefolium,
542; neriiforme, 542; nitidulum,
603; nodosum, 444; nymphale,
530 ; obliquum, 507; obtusifolium,
540 ; ocellatum, 507, 602; octhodes,
516; odoratum, 525; paleaceum,
520; palmipes, 511; paludosum,
544; parasiticum, (Herb. Madr.)
605, (Swtz.) 533, 605; patentis-
simum, 520, 602; pennigerum,
532; pilosulum, 448, 525, 602;
pilosum, 541; polyblepharon, 510;
polymorphum, (Bedd.) 538, 603,
( Wall.) 537, Prescottianum, 508,
510, 602, var. Bakeriana, 510,
var. castanea, 510 ; prionophyllum, |
529, 534, 602; procurrens, 530 ; !
prolixum, 516; pteropus, (Kze.)
539, ( Mett.) 539; puberum, 448,
515, 602; pungens, 508, 603; `
purpurascens, 523, 524; remotum,

| 523; repandum, 537; rhom-

boideum, 602; rigidum, (Swtz.) ` :

riparium, 602; rostratum, 537, 603

rufo-barbatum, 603 ; Schkuhrii, 541;
semibipinnatum, 603 ; setosum,603 ;
siifolium, 538, 539; sikkimense,
(Bk.) 427, (Hk. & Bk.) 525;
Simonsii,537; singaporianum, 603;
solutum, 533, 602; sophoroides,
605; speciosum, 511; spectabile,
(BL) 518, (Wall.) 435, 526, 603,
splendens, (Ham.) 605, (Willd.)
541; squarrosum, (Don) 509,
( Wall.) 489, 602 ; stimulans, 508;
subconfluens, 536 ; subdiaphanum,
525,602; subdigitatum, 546 ; sub-
lanosum, 541, 602; syrmaticum,
518; Tavoyanum, 540, 603; tec-
tum, 533, 603; Teijsmannianum,
538, 539; Telfairianum, 603;
tenella, 491; terminans, 603;
Thelypteris, 514, 517; Thomsoni,
508, 510, var. gracilis, 508 ; trifo-
liatum, 605; truncatum, 534;
uliginosum, 520, 528; unitum,
529, 602; variolosum, 538, 603 ;
vastum, 536 ; venulosum, 531, 602;
vestitum, 510; Wallichianum,
(Spreng.) 520, (Wall.) 542 ; Wal-
lichii, 542; Weigleanum, 523;
xylodes, 516; Zollingerianum,
538.

Asplenium abscissum, 481; acrosti-
choides, 488; acuminatum, 498,
500, 599; Adiantum-nigrum, 483,
485; alternans, 476, 600; alter-
nifolium, 497; ambiguum, 498;
amcenum, 481; anceps, 477; an-
thriscifolium, 482; arborescens,
503; argutans, 498; arifolium,
576; asperum, 502; aspidioides,
494; Atkinson), 487, var. An-
dersoni, 487; auritum, 600; aus-
tralasicum, 475;
bantamense, 497, 504, 599, 606;

|. Beddomei, 479 ; bellum, 496, 502,

603 ; bipinnatum, 503; brevisorum,
494, 599; Brunoniana, 505; Bru-
mnonianum, 505; bulbiferum, 485,
599; bullatum, 485, 599; cespi-
tosum, 482, 599; castaneum, 477;
. caudatum, 600; Ceterach, 504;
cheilosorum, 481; Clarkei, 489,
599; concinnum, 485, 599; con-
taminans, 604; contiguum, 479 ;

| eoriacoum, (Fio) 470, (Roxb) 480;
Gg 4905 nicl, 479, 90; |

australe, 505;

; INDEX.

cristatum, 481, 599 ; cultratum, 604;
cuneatum, var. splendens, 484 ; Dal-
housiæ, 476 ; decipiens, 489, 495 ;
decurrens, (Bedd.)503,( Wall.) 481,
599; decussatum, 499, 604; den-
sum, 477; dentigerum, 492; depau-
peratum, 482, 600; dilatatum,
502; divaricatum, 604; diversi-
folium, 502, 599; Donianum, 497 ;
drepanophyllum, 487; eburneum,
493; elatum, 498; elegans, 497;
emarginato-dentatum, 481; ensi-
forme, 476, 595, 599, var, aus-
tralis, 476; erectum, 478, var.
trapeziforme, 479 ; eroso-dentatum,
481; erythrocaulon, 481; escu-
lentum, 503, 599, 604; exiguum,
484; falcatum, 479, 480, (Zamk.)
yar. 599, 600, 603, var. caudatum,
480, var. macrophyllum, 480;
fallax, 489; Filix-femina, 489,
491, 600, 602, var. attenuata, 492,
var. dentigera, 491, var. flabellu-
lata, 493, var. Parasnathensis, 493,
var, pectinata, 492, 495, var. poly-
spora, 493, var. retusa, 491, 492,
var. tenella, 492; fimbriatum, ( Hk.)
494, (Kze.) 485, 489, 491, (Hk.)
var. 602, var. foliosa, 495, var.
leptophyllum, 485, var. sphæro-
pteroides, 495; Finlaysonianum,
(Hk.), 504, 605, ( Wall.) 480, 599;
flagelliferum, 478, 599; foliolosum,

. 492, 604; fontanum, 484 ; fraxi-

nifolium, 497, 599; frondosum,
503; furcatum, 484, 604; Gard-
neri, 480; Goringianum, 489 ;
grammitoides, 499; Grevilleanum,
603; Grevillei, 476; Griffithianum,
476, var. australis, 476; Grif-
fithii, 502; gymnogrammoides,
(Bedd.) 490, (Klotzsch) 490 ; Hal-
leri, 484; Hancei, 479; heterocar-
pum, 480, 481, 599; heterophle-
bium, 503; hirsutum, 484, 599;
Hookerianum, 497, 504, 605, 606 ;
humile, 483; insigne, 483; in-

tegerrimum, 504; japonicum, 498,

502, 604, var. chattagramica, 499,
var.? Schkuhrii, 499; javanicum,
505; Jerdoni, 502; laciniatum, 481,
482, 599, 610, var. depauperata,

482, var. planicaule, 482; letum,
. 481, 599; lanceolatum, 485; lan- :

625

ceum, 496, 599; laserpitiifolium,
484; lasiopteris, 499; latifolium,
498, 500, 502, 599, 600, var.
decurrens, 503, var. dilatatum, 503,
var. frondosum,503, var. japonicum,
503 ; Lobbianum, 497; lobulosum,
478, 599; longifolium, 427, 478,
479, 599; longissimum, 478, 599;
macrocarpum, 486, 488, 602, 603,
var. Atkinsoni, 489, var. pinnata,
489, var. squarrosum, 493; macro-
phyllum, 480, 504; marginatum,
500, 604; maximum, (Don) 503,
(Hk. & Bk.) 502; minus, 477;
monanthemum, 477; Moritzii, 503;
multicaudatum, 496, 502, 600, var.
tristis, 502; multicaule, 477, 599 ;
multijugum, 477, 599; multisec-
tum, 480 ; musefolium, 475; my-
surense, (Roth.) 483, ( Wall.) 484,
599 ; Nidus, 475, 599, var. Simonsi-
ana, 475 ; nigripes, 490, 491, 494,
599, var. dissecta, 491, var. sele-
nopteris, 491; niponicum, 493;
nitens, 600 ; nitidum, 483, 599,
600; normale, 477, 599, var.
minor, 477, var. opacum, 478 ; ob-
liquum, 605 ; odontophyllum, 604 ;
opacum, 477; ovatum, 599; oxy-
phyllum, 489, 491, 493, 600, 602,
603, var. kulhaitense, 494, var.
oxyphyllum, 494; pachyphyllum,
476; parallelum, 500, 600; par-
vulum, 485, 604; pavoninum, 478;
pectinatum, 491, 600; pekinense,
483; pellucidum, 600, 606 ; penan-
gium, 599 ; phyllitidis, 475 ; pinna-
tifido-pinnatum, 497; planicaule,

479, 482, 599 ; polymorphum, 500,

501, 502, 503, 600; polyodon,
479; polypodioides, 501, 503, var.
effusior, 501, var. sublatifolia, 501,

ar. typica, 501, var. vestita, 501 ;

| polyrrhizon, 499 ; porphyrocaulon,

481; porrectum, 498, 599, 600,
604; Prescottianum, 600; proce-
rum, 427, 495, 501, 604, var.
mishmica, 496; proliferum, 599,
600; prolongatum, 486; pube-
rulum, 604; pubescens, 503; pul-
chellum, 483, 599; pulchrum, 604;
pumilum, 482, var. hymenophyl-
loides, 482; pusillum, 477; radia-
tum, 505, 597; resectum, 481;

626

reticulatum, 505,599; Ruta, 485;
rutefolium, 486; Ruta-muraria,
482; Schkuhrii, (Hk.) 498, 503,
(Mett.) 499, (Thw.) 503; septen-
trionale, 478; sepulehrale, 483; ser-
reforme, 481; sikkimense, 427,
500, 501; simplex, 475; soboli-
ferum, 498, 599; sorzogonense,
(Hk.) 500, (Prest) 500, 600 ; spec-
tabile, 490, 502, 600; spinulosum,
486, var. subtriangularis, 487;
splendens, 483; squarrosum, 489 ;
stans, 486; stenophyllum, 476;
Stoliczke, 500, 604; stramoneum,
494 ; strigillosum, 490, 491; sub-
sinuatum, 496, 599; succulentum,
427, 502; sylvaticum, (Pres?) 497,
999, (Bl) 500, 501; Tavoyanum,
480, 603; tenerrimum, 482; tenui-
folium, 485, 599 ; tenuifrons, 490,
491, 599; thelypteroides, 488;
Thwaitesii, 499 ; tingens, 476; to-
mentosum, ( Hk.) 498, 599, ( Mett.)
499; torrentium, 427, 500; tra-
peziforme, 481, 604 ; Trichomanes,
477, 599, var. anceps, 477; um-
brosum, 496, 501, var. proeerum,
495; unilaterale, 481, 599, var.
udum, 481 ; urophyllum, 480, 599 ;
varians, 483, 485, 486, 600; viride,

. 477; Wichuræ, 479; Wightianum,

604.

Asteranthos, 1, 17 ; analysis of, 21 ;

brasiliensis, 18,

Astrothelium ochrocleistum, 278 ;

prostratum, 278; pyrenastroides,
278.

Athyrium allantodioides, 488 ; aspi-

dioides, 495 ; Atkinsoni, 487 ; aus-
trale, 496, 502; brevisorum, 494 ;
Clarkei, 490; faleatum, 487 $
fimbriatum, 494 ; Griffithii, 502 ;
gymnogrammoides, 490, var. ery-

. throrachis, 491;. Hookerianum,

486; macrocarpum, (Bedd.) 489,
(Fée) 485; multicaudatum, 502;
nigripes, 490; oxyphyllum, 493,
531 ; rubricaule, 492 ; stramineum,
493; thelypteroides, 488.

Auricularini, 126 ; of Brisbane, 403.
Australian fungi, 399.

Auxemma, gen. char. of, 23; Gard-

neriana, 24,

Auxemme:e, description of, 23. _

INDEX.

Avena elatior, fruit of, 163 ; sterilis,
torsion of awn, 157, 162.

Awn, on the bending of, at the knees,
159; hygroscopie action of, in
Stipa, 150, in Avena, 162.

Azadirachta, 234.

Bactridium flavum, 406.
iettoa ocellata, 279.

Baker, J. G., Report on the Liliacex,
Iridacee, Hypoxidacee, and Hæ-
modoracez of Welwitsch’s Angolan
Herbarium, 245.

Ballia Brunonia, struct. of, 216 ; ealli-
tricha, struct. and mode of growth,
211, cells of stems of, 215, 222,
joints with stoppers, 212 ; Hombro-
niana, 226; Mariana, 227; Rober-
tiana, 227 ; scoparia, struet.of, 228.

Barringtonia, 55; acuminata, 102;
acutangula, 79, (Benth.) 86, (BL)
75, (Gaert.) 80,( Korth.) 87, (Roab.)
82, (Span.) 93, (Thw.) 81, (W. &.
A.) 83 ; alata, 70, 72, 93:; alba, 65 ;
caffra, 78; ceylanica, 77; conoi-
dea, 65, 71, 72; costata, 88; cy-
lindrostachys, 72 ; cylindrostachya
(Griffith), 100; edulis, 76; elon-
gata, 69; excelsa, (Benth.) 74,
(BLY 74, 112, (Gray) 75; Hors-
fieldia, 85; insignis, 75; inter-
media, 73 ; macrocarpa, 109 ; ma-
crophylla, 61; Montrouzieri, 89;
neocaledoniea, 103; nitida, 88;
obtusangula, 81; racemosa, (Bi.)
67, 69, (Gaud.), 75, (Griffith) 71,
(Oliv.) 78, (Seem.) 73, (Thw.) 77,
var. elongata ( Bl.) 109 ; Reinward-
tii, 88 ; reticulata, 87; rosea, 102;
rubra, 69; samoénsis, 74, 75;
sarcostachys, 102; serrata, 87;
speciosa, (Forst.) 56, ( Bl.) 55, 58,
(Gaert.) 68, (Linn. fil.) 61, (W. &
A.) 63; spicata, 85; sumatrana,
103; timoriensis, (BL) 109, var.
alata (Miq.) 93; Vriesii, 106.

Barringtoniaees, ealyx of, 47; fruit
of, 48; embryo of, 48; geograph.
distrib. of, 54 ; inflorescence of, 47 ;
ovary of, 48; petals of, 47 ; posi-

Belvisia (and position of), 1, 17.

. Bennett, A. W., Prelim. Note no |

tion of, 53; stamens of, 48 ; style |
of, 48; synop. char. genera of, 54, |

Growth of Female Flower.stalk of
Vallisneria spiralis, 133.

Berkeley, Rev. M. J., and C. E.

Broome, on Fungi of Brisbane,
Queensland, 399.

Blechnidium melanopus, 475..
Blechnopsis Cumingiana, 474; elon-

gata, 474; latifolia, 474 ; nitida,
474; pyrophila, 474; salicifolia,
474 ; stenophylla, 474.

Blechnum brasiliense, 474 ; cartila-

gineum, 473; elongatum, 474;
Finlaysonianum, 474, 604; fla-
bellatum, 505 ; glandulosum, 596 ;
imbricatum, 474; melanopus, 474;
moluceanum, 474; nitidum (Presl),
474, var. contractum ( Hook.) 474;
orientale, 474, 596; pteridioides,
474 ; pyrophyllum, 474 ; radiatum,
505; serrulatum, 474; striatum,
474,

Boraginex, peculiarities. inflorese. of,

615 ; self-fertilization sp. of, 375.

Botrychium daucifolium,( Wall.) 587,

(Hook.) 596; lanuginosum, 588,
596; Lunaria, 587; subbifolia-
tum, 587 ; subcarnosum, 587, 588,
596 ; virginianum, 588, 596 ; zey-
lanicum, 587.

Botryopteris mexicana, 587.
Botryoropsis luzonensis, 84.
Bourreria clariuscula, 26 ; succulenta,

26.

Bovisca lilacina, 406.
| Bowringia insignis, 571.
Bracts as adapted to self-fertilization,

380; uplifting of, 616.

Brainea insignis, 571.

Brisbane, Queensland, fungi of, 399.
British Lichens, new, 237.

Broome, C. E., and Rev. M. J. Berke-

ley, on Fungi of Brisbane, Queens-
land, 399.

Bulbine asphodeloides, 261, _
Burdock, bur of, 165. |
Butonica alata, 70; alba, 65; apicu-

lata, 78; caffra, 78; calyptrata, 76 ;
ceylanica, 77 ; edulis, 76; inelyta,
71; intermedia, 73; procera, 74;
racemosa, (Juss.) 66, (BL) 67;

rosata, 72; rubra, 70; Rumphiana, © L.
67, 68; samoénsis, 75; splendida, - Pe

60 ; terrestris, 69 ; terrestris rubra,

Butonica, embryo of, 50, 52, 53 ; hist.
and charac. of, 65.

Butonicoides crenata, 90, 91.

Byblis gigantea, striated cells of,
166.

Cabralea, 236.

Ceeomacei (of Brisbane), 407.

Calicium kylemoriense, 242.

Callipteris esculenta, 503.

Calocera viscosa, 127.

Calycanthemy of Primulaceæ, 286.

Calyx as adapted to self: fertilization,
380.

Camellia japonica, blight on leaves of,
301; minute structure of, 303.
Campanulaces,' self-fertilization sp.

of, 368.

Campteria anamallayensis, 469 ; bi-
aurita, 469; Rottleriana, 469;
Wallichiana, 470.

Campylandra dachystachys ( Welw.),
256.

Carapa procera, 235.

Cardiochlena alata, 539.

Careya arborea, 97, var. australis, 91 ;
crenata, 90, 91; herbacea, 96, 97;
macrostachya, 85, 104; orbiculata,
98; pendula, 96, 995 spherica,
66, 97.

Careya, charac. of, 96 ; history of, 95 ;
seed of, 48.

Caryocar, embryo of, 51.

Caryophyllaceæ, self-fertilization sp.
of, 353, 392.

Cedrela Glaziovi, 236;
tribution of, 233.

Cenangium lichenoideum, 404.

Cephalomanes aurieulatum, 441; ja-
vanicum, 442 ; rhomboideum, 442;
Zollingeri, 442.

Ceratophyllez, self-fertilization sp.
of, 393.

Ceratopteris thalictroides, 471, 597.

Ceterach aureum, 504; officinarum,
504; pedunculata, 570.

` Cheetocladium, fructification of, 420.

Chasalia coffeoides, 176 ; divaricata,
176; Fontanesi, 175. —

Cheilanthes albomarginata, 427, 456,
457 ; argentea, 458, var. sulphurea,

. 458 ; bullosa, 457; chrysophylla,
458 : contigua, 459, 597 ; Dal-
housiæ, 457; dealbata, 457, 596;

sinensis, dis-

INDEX.
farinosa, 456, 457, 604, var.
chrysophylla, 458, var.. con-

color, 457, var. Dalhousie, 456,
457, var. vestita, 457; fimbriata,
455; fragrans, 454; lucida,
459, 596; micrantha, 455, 596;
mysurensis, 596; nitidula, 460;
odora, 454 ; pallens, 596 ; pallida,
546; rigidula, 457, 604; rufa,
456, 457; rupestris, 455, 596;
setigera, 528; Sieberi, 455; sua-
veolens (Swtz.), 454; subvillosa,
456; Szovitzii, 454, 455; tenui-
folia, 455, 596; tomentosa, 457,
597 ; varians, 455, 597.

Cheiranthus Cheiri, sstivation of,
190.

Chenopodiacez, self-fertilization sp.
of, 377, 393.

Chetobromus Dregeanus, awn of, 164.

Chiodecton inconspicuum, 280 ; con-
chyliatum, 280; moniliatum, 280 ;
sinuosum, 280.

Chisocheton paucijugum, 236.

Chlorophytum andongense, 260 ;
bracteosum, 260; debile, 260;
filipendulum, 260; lancifolium,

260 ; leucolepis (Welw.), 259 ; ma-
crophyllum, 259; - stenopetalum,
260. :

Chnoophora glauca, 432.

Choanephora, as illustrating conidial
fructification in the
by Dr. Cunningham, 409; Bre-
feld's researches, 419 ;
spores of, 428; conclusions from
phenomena of develop., 419 ; coni-
dia, devel. of, 414; exper. artificial
cultivation of, 413; formation of
zygospore of, 412; germinal tubes
of, 414; history of, 409; minute
structure of, 410; reproductive
bodies differ, 418; Van Tieghem
and Le Monnier's researches, 420 ;
variations from nourishment of,416.

Chrysodium aureum, 582; cayen-
nense, 582 ; D’Urvillei, 582 ; fraxi-
nifolium, 582; sculpturatum, 582.

Chydenanthus, charac. of, 111; ex-
celsus, 112, hist. of, 112.

Cibotium assamicum, 435 ; Barometz,
435 ; glaucescens, 435.

Circæa, 178.

Circinella umbellata, 406.

|. SECOND SERIES.— BOTANY, VOL. I.

Mucorini, `

chlamydo- .

627

Cladosporium herbarum, 407.

Clarke, C. B., Review of the Ferns of
Northern India, 425.

Clavaria argillacea, 403 ;
403 ; stricta, 403.

Clavariei, 127 ; of Brisbane, 403.

Clusiace:, embryo in, 50.

Coenopteris appendiculata, 485 ; fur-
cata, 600 ; vivipara, 600.

Coffea, African species of, by W. P.
Hiern, 169.

Coffea Afzeli, 169, 174; arabica,
(L. 169, 170, (Benth. 171,
172, (6, Willd.) 173, var. leuco-
carpa, 171; bengalensis, 169 ; bre-
vipes, 169 ; capitata, 176; cymosa,
175; divaricata, 176; hirsutus,
176; hypoglauca, 169, 173; jas-
minoides, 169, 175 ; key to classi-
fication, 170; Kraussiana, 176;
laurifolia, 170; laurina, 175; li-
berica, 169, 171; macrocarpa, 169,
173; mauritiana, 169, 173; me-
lanocarpa, 169, 173; microcarpa,
164,174 ; mozambicana,175 ; Per-
rotettii? (Steud.), 174; racemosa, `
169, (Lour.) 175 ; ramosa (Roem. et
Schult.), 175 ; rupestris, 169, 174 ;
stenophylla, 169, 172 ; subcordata,
169, 174; sylvestris, 173; tenui-
flora, 169 ; tetrandra, 169; zan-
guebarica, 169, 172.

Coleochete scutata, 311.

Commersona, 68.

Composite, plumes on seed of, 165;
self-fertilization sp. of, 367, 392.
Conidial fructification in the Muco-
rini, by Dr. Cunningham, 409.

Contabescence, 381.

Contribution to the Lichenographia
of New Zealand, by Charles
Knight, 275.

Convolvulaces, self-fertilization sp.
of, 368, 392.

Corallina monile, 204; officinalis,
203, histology, frond of, 204;
opuntia, 202, Decaisne's obs. on,
198; tridens, 200, 202; tuna,
200, 202; vermicula, 200.

Corallinacew, brilliant colours of, 200;
colouring-matter of, 200; Duncan
and Nelson on, 197, 200; of Ber-
muda, struct. of, 200.

Corolla as adapted to self-fertiliza-

4 Q

rugosa,

628

tion, 380; irregular plants show-
ing, 184; regular plants showing,
184.

Corolla-lobes, develop. after stamens
in Arenaria trinervis, 196; in Ceras-
tium glomeratum, 196; in Lychnis
dioica, 196; in Ranunculus acris,
196 ; in Stellaria Holostea, 196; in
Veronica Chamedrys, 196.

Cortieium leve, 403; levigatum,
127; Mougeotii, 127; violaceo-
lividum, 127.

Coussarea (Audl.), 169.

Crassulacew, modification cymes of,
617.

Craterispermum laurinum, 175.

Cremaspora africana, 176.

Cruciferæ, binary symmetry of, 193;
marginal placentas of, 192; self.
fertilization sp. of, 350, 391.

Cruciferous flower, structure of, Rev.
G. Henslow on, 177. ES

Cryptogramme acrostichoides, 459;
Brunoniana, 459, 603; crispa,
459, 460, 603, var. acrostichoides,
460.

Cunningham, Dr. D. Douglas, on the
occurrence of Conidial fructification
in the Mucorini, illus. by Choane-
phora, 409; on Mycoidea parasi-
tica, and the part it plays in for-
mation of certain Lichens, 301.

Curculigo gallabatensis, 266.

Currey, Fred., on a collection of
Fungi made by Mr. Sulpiz Kurz,
119.

Cyathea barbata, 435; bipinnata,
605 ; Brunonis, 599 ; excelsa,
599 ; robusta, 599; spinulosa,
( Wall.) 429, 430, 431, 599. ( Bedd.)
429, (J. Scott) 430; venulosa, 433,
599.

Cyathus campanulatus, 405 ; fime-
tarius, 405 ; intermedius, 128.

Cyclamen, double petals, 287.

Cyme, dichotomous, 618 ; scorpioid,
origin of, by Rev. G. Henslow,
613, 618 ; spicate, 618.

Cympolia barbata, 198.

Cyrtomium (subgen.), 512 ; caducum,
512; caryotideum, 512 ; falcatum,
512.

Cystopteris dimidiata, 444 ; fragilis

(Bernh.) 450, f. Huteri (Milde),

INDEX.

450; nodosa, 444; retusa, 450,
492; setosa, 450; spinulosa, 486 ;
squamata, 444.

Deedalea discolor, 125 ; Sprucei, 402 ;
tenuis, 125 ; unicolor, 403 ; zonata,
125.

Danthonia, awn of, 164.

Darwin, Francis, on the Hygroscopic
Mechanism by which certain Seeds
are enabled to bury themselves in
the ground, 149.

Dasystachys, 255 ; campanulata, 256 ;
colubrina, 256; falcata, 256 ; pleio-
stachya, 255.

Davallia achilleifolia, 600 ; affinis,
444 ; alpina, 442 ; angustata, 600 ;
assamica, 443 ; Boryana, 451 ; bul-
lata, 445; caudata, 605; chero-
phylla, 444; chinensis, 449, 600;
Clarkei (Hk. 4 Bk.), 443; conii-
folia, 600 ; dareseformis, 427, 443 ;
dimidiata, 445; divaricata, 445;
elegans, 600; flaccida, 447, 448,
605, var. pilosula, 449, var.
pubera, 449, var. pyramidata,
449; flagellifera, 600; Griffith-
iana, 445; hemiptera, 451;
hirta, 447 ; Hookeriana, 446,
447, 605; immersa, 443; jamai-
censis, 448 ; khasiyana, 447;
Kurzii, 446; ligulata, 444; lobu-
losa, 600; lonchitidea, 446, 600;
marginalis, 446, 600, 605, var. cal-
vescens, 447 ; membranulosa, 442,
449; micans, 443; moluccana,
605 ; multidentata, 442, 443, 602;
nodosa, 434, 443, 444, 602; ornata,
600 ; parallela, 600 ; parvula, 600 ;
pedata, 442, 600 ; pilosa, 448 ; pi-
losula, 447 ; platyphylla, 446, 600 ;
polyantha, 445; polypodioides, 447,
(Don) var., 605, var. hirta, 448, var.
pilosula, 448, var. rhomboidea, 448,
var. strigosa, 448; proxima, 447 ;
puberula, 448 ; pulchra, 444, 445,
var. pseudo-cystopteris, 444, 450;
pyramidata, 448, 449; repens,
427, 451; rhomboidea, 447;
Roxburghii, 447, 605; serrzfor-
mis, 600; setosa, 450; scabra,
446, 447; schizophylla, 451;
Spelunce, 448 ; sphseropteroides,
445 ; stipellata, 444 ; strigosa,

(Swartz) 436, 447, (Hk. & Bk.)
447; subimbricata, 442; tenui-
folia, 449, 600; trichomanoides,
451; trichosticha, 448 ; urophylla,
446, 447, 605; villosa, 446,
600.

DeCandolle, Casimir, on the geogra-
phical distribution of the Meliaces,
233.

Dematiei (of Brisbane), 407.

Dennstzedtia deltoidea, 436.

Diacalpa aspidioides, 434, 445, 603 ;
foeniculacea, 427, 434 ; Hookeriana,
494 ; sphzropteroides, 455.

Dialysis, rare cases of, 193.

Diatrype rugosa, 130.
Dichasium of Schimper, 618,
619.

Dicksonia appendiculata, 436, 596; —
arborescens, 596; assamica, 435;
Barometz, 435; deltoidea, 436;
Elwesii, 496 ; Griffithiana, 435 ;
moluccana, 604; polypodioides,
447; scabra, 436, 604.

Dictyocline Griffithii, 576.

Dictyopteris (subgen.), 548.

Didymium farinaceum, 406.

Didymoglossum euphlebium, 440;
Filicula, 440; ]late-alatum, 440;

. plieatum, 440, racemulosum, 440.

Digrammaria ambigua, 503.

Dipeadi comosum, 247; lateritium,
247 ; oxylobum, 246; Welwitschii,
246. ;

Diplazium (subgen.), 496 ; alternifo-
lium, 497 ; bantamense, 497 ; bul-
biferum, 498, 499 ; dilatatum, 502 ;
esculentum, 503; faleatum, 497,
569 ; fraxineum, 569; fraxinifo-
lium, 497; Griffithii, 502; Jer-
doni, 502; lanceum, 496; lasio-
pteris, 499; lobulosum, 478 ; lon-
gifolium, 478 ; malabarieum, 503;
malaccense, 499 ; pinnatifido-pin-
natum, 497; polypodioides, 501;
Schkuhrii, 499, 503 ; sorzogonense,
500; speciosum, 499; Stoliczkee,
500; sylvaticum, 498; thelypte- —
roides, 488 ; Thwaitesii, 499 ; to-
mentosum, 498. ;

Dipteris (subgen.), 555; Wallichii,
555.

Doryopteris sagittifolia, 471.

Double primroses, 287, 293. z

Doxomma (n. gen. Miers), 98, 99;
acuminatum, 102; angustatum,
105; cochinchinense, 101; cylin-
drostachya, 100; macrostachyum,
104; magnificum, 105; neo-
caledonica, 103; pendulum, 99;
rigidum, 104; sarcostachys, 102,
103; sumatrana, 103; Vriesii,
106.

Dracena acaulis, 252 ; fragrans, 252 ;
interrupta, 252 ; ^ monostachya,
252 ; nitens, 252; parviflora, 252.

Drymoglossum Beddomei, 576, 598 ;
carnosum, 575, 598 ; piloselloides,
575, 598; subcordatum, 575.

Drynaria (subgen.), 555; coronans,
557, 582; mollis, 556; propin-
qua, 556; quercifolia, 556, 582.

Dysoxylum spectabile, distrib. of, 233.

Elaphoglossum conforme, 576 ; lauri-
folium, 576; viscosum, 577.

Ella-medella-gass—Stravadium acu-
tangulum, 80.

Embryo in Clusiaceæ, 50.

Equisetum arvense, 594; bullata,
600; chærophylla, 600; debile,
594, 603; diffusum, 594, 600;
elongatum, 595, 600; flaccida,
600, and var., 600; immersa,
600 ; laxum, 595 ; membranulosa,
600; nodosa, 600; pallens,
595, 603; palustre, 594; pilosa,
600; polypodioides (Don), var.,
600; puberula, 600; pulchra,
600; pyramidata, 600; ramosis-
simum, 595, ramosum, 595 ; rhom-
boidea,600 ; robustum, 595; scir-
pioides, 600 ; scoparium, 594, 603 ;
stipellata, 600; virens, 600 ; vir-
gatum ( BI.), 595.

Eremobryoid series of Polypodium,
549.

Erineum, tubes of, 166. à

Eriospermum andongense, 261; flex-
uosum, 261 ; ophioglossoides, 262 ;
paludosum, 261; stenophyllum,
261.

Erodium, manner in which seed of,
is buried, 155.

Eugenia acutangula, ( Linn.)70,79,80,
(Lour.)101 ; erenata (Soland.), 91;
racemosa, (Linn.) 66, (Seem.) 73,

— "(Forst.) 73, (Roxb.), 82.

INDEX.

Eunephrodium (subgen.), 529, 547.

Eupapaverz, 180.

Euphorbiacese, self-fertilization sp. of,
978, 393.

Eupolypodium (subgen.), 549.

Feretia apodanthera, 169.

Ferns, difficulties with regard to no-
menclature, 426.

Ferns of N. India, review of, 425.

, change of names, 427; Col.
Beddome’s tab. of distrib. of species,
426; new species, 427; Wallich’s
collection, how to be quoted, 427,
tabular reduction of, 595.

Fissurina nove-Zelandie, 281.

Flindersia, 235 ; Fournieri, 236.

Floral estivations, diagrams of, 177 ;
introductory remarks on, 177;
origin of, Rev. G. Henslow on,
HU

Forms of sstivation, 178; causes
which determine, 187, in irregular
flowers, 188, in regular flowers,
187 ; cochlear, cochleate (footnote),
182; convolute and contorted, 179,
185; degrees of frequency, 179;
distichous equitant, 178, 180;
equitant, 180 ; half-equitant, 178,
180 ; half-imbricate, 178, 182; im-
bricate proper, 178, 184 ; imbrica-
tive,179; induplicative,179 ; nume-
rical order of parts of whorls, 186 ;
pentastichous, 178, 182 ; quincun-
cial, 178, 182; reduplicative, 179 ;
reversal of the spiral, 186; straight
or open, 179; tristichous, 178,
181; valvate, 179, 185 ; valvative,
180; varieties in same species of
diff. genera, 189.

Fuchsia coccinea, sestivation of, 190.

Fumago salicina, 130.

Fungi, on a collection of, made by
Mr. Sulpiz Kurz, 119.

Galanthus nivalis, sstivation of, 190.

Galium Aparine, bur of, 165.

Geaster saccatus, 406; striatus, 406.

Gentianaces, self-fertilization sp. of,
368.

Geographical distribution of the Me-
liacez, 233 ; map of (Pl. 31), 236 ;
summary of, 236 ; tabular arrang. of
(Pl. 30), 236.

629

Geraniaceæ, burying powers of, 165 ;
self-fertilization sp. of, 357, 392.

Gethyllis pilosa, 267.

Geum, bur of, 165.

Gladiolus andongensis, 269; ango-
lensis, 269; benguellensis, 268;
brevicaulis, 267 ; cærulescens, 267;
gregarius, 268; laxiflorus, 268;
luridus, 267; multiflorus, 269;
quartinianus, 269; splendens
( Welw.), 268 ; Welwitschii, 268.

Glaux, corolla wanting of, 287.

Gleichenia arachnoides, 428; at-
tenuata, 598; Bancroftii, 428;
crassifolia, 428 ; dichotoma, 428 ;
excelsa, 428; ferruginea, 428;
gigantea, 428, 598; glauca, 428,
598; Hermanni, 428, 598; ja-
ponica, 428; Klotzschii, 428; la-
nigera, 428; linearis, 428, 598;
longissima, 428 ; pteridifolia, 428.

Gloriosa superba, 262 ; virescens,262.

Goniophlebium (subgen.), 550 ; amce-
num, 550; argutum, 551; ery-
throcarpum, 565; Hendersoni,
550; lachnopus, 551; mierorhi-
zoma, 551; serratifolium, 552;
subaurieulatum, 552.

Goniopteris (subgen.), 547; lineata,
547; multilineata, 548; penan-
giana, 548 ; prolifera, 548.

Gramineæ, self-fertilization sp. of,
979, 393.

Grammitis acuminata, 570, 595;
affinis, 569, 595; arborescens,
568 ; aurita, 568; caudata, 569,
595; Ceterach, 504; decurrens,
571, 595; diversifolia, 595; sco-
lopendrina, 570; cuspidata, 570 ;
Finlaysonia, 571, 603 ; flavescens,
570, 595; Hamiltoniana, 570,
595; involuta, 570; lanceolata,
570; macrophylla, 570, 595; mi-
crophylla, 569 ; procera, 569, 595 ;
Totta, 567, 568 ; vestita, 568, 595.

Grandinia granulata, 126.

Graphiola pheenicis, 130.

Growth, curves of, A. W. Bennett on,
136; diagrams of, 137, 141; in
Ballia callitricha, 211; in flower-
stalk of Hyacinth, 139 ; in fl.-stalk

of Vallisneria, 133.

Guarea filiformis, 236 ; trichilioides,
236.

630

Guepinia ramosa, 127; spathularia,
403.

Gustavia alata, 93;
valida, 93, 94.

Gymnogramme Andersoni, 568; as-
pidioides, 567, 569; aurita, 544,
568, var. Levingii, 568; decur-
rens, 570; elliptiea, 570, 595,
603; fraxinea, 569, 595, var.
pilosa, 569; Hamiltoniana, 570,
595 ; involuta, 570, 595 ; javanica,
569; lanceolata, 570; Lovei,
567; Marante, 567; microphylla,
569; obtusata, 568; opaca, 568,
600; serrulata, 569; stegnogram-
me, 569 ; Totta, 567 ; vestita, 568,
595.

Gymnopteris axillaris, 579; decur-
rens, 579; Féei, 579; lanceolata,
579; minor, 579; normalis, 579 ;
spicata, 582; tricuspis, 581; va-
riabilis, 579.

Gymnosphiera gigantea, 496 ; glabra,

433.

globosa, 86;

Hæmodoraceæ, Angolan, 245.

Haloragiacese, self-fertilization sp. of,
392.

Harmena, 53.

Haworthia angolensis, 263.

Heliotrope, scorpioid racemes of,
616.

Helminthosporium Ravellinii, 407.

Helminthostachys dulcis, 595; zey-

lanica, 587, 595.
Helotium citrinum, 128.
Helvella californica, 423.
Helvellacei, 128; of Brisbane, 404.
Hemidictyon Finlaysonianum, 504.
Hemidictyum (subgen.), 504; Bru-
nonis, 505 ; Ceterach, 504.
Hemionitis arifolia, 576, 595, 604 ;
Boryana, 573; cordata, 576; cor-
difolia, 576, 595; coriacea, 572;
esculenta, 503; Griffithii, 576 ;
hastata, 575, 604 ; opaca, 568; po-
thifolia, 571; reticulata, 573; sa-
gittata, 575 ; Wilfordii, 575.
Hemitelia Beddomei, 429; Bruno-
niana, 427, 430, 431, var. ? Scottii,
431; decipiens, 430; latebrosa,
432,
: Taer Rev. George, on Origin of

systems of dee onem r

INDEX.

37; on Origin of so-called Scor-
pioid Cyme, 613; on the Origin of
Floral Æstivations, 177; on the
Self-fertilization of Plants, 317.

Hermannia, whorls of, 177.

Heteroneuron diversifolium, 580;
heteroclitum, 580; proliferum,
581.

Heteropogon contortus, awn of, 164 ;
melanocarpus, awn of, 164.

Hexagonia Kurzi, 126 ; polygramma,
125, 403; tenuis, 125.

Heynea, 264.

Hiern, W. P., on the African species
of the genus Coffea, Linn., 169.
Hinneola auricula Canis, 128; au-
ricula Jude, 128, 404; polytricha,

404,

Histology of Corallinee, 197; De-
caisne on, 197 ; Quekett on, 197 ;
Rosanoff on, 199.

Holeus, awn of, 164.

Humata pedata, 442.

Hyacinth, on growth of flower-stalk
of, 139, 143.

Hydnei, 126; of Brisbane, 403.

Hydnum auriculatum, 126; gelati-
nosum, 126; udum, 126.

Hydrocharis, whorl flower of, 15

Hydroglossum auriculatum, 584 ; cir-
cinatum, 583; dichotomum, 583 ;
flexuosum, 584; japonicum, 585;
longifolium, 583; pedatum, 588;
pinnatifidum, 584.

Hygrophorus miniatus, 399.

Hygroscope, how made, 155.

Hygroseopie mechanism by which
certain seeds are enabled to bury
themselves in the ground, 149;
hygroscopie torsion, 166.

Hymenesthes, hist. and charac. of,
26; nitida, 26.

Hymenochsete Cacao, 403; tenuissima,
403.

Hymenolepis ophioglossoides, 582;
revoluta, 582; spicata, 582.

Hymenophyllum abietinum, 437 ;
alatum, 440; badium, 437, 439,
599; Blumeanum, 437; Borya-
num, 598; ciliatum, 437, 439;
crispatum, 437, 598; dædaleum,
437; densum, 436, 440, 598;

denticulatum, 438, 439, var. flac- -

cidum, 438, 439; erosum, 437;

hj

exsertum, 436, 437, 598 ; Filicula,
440 ; fimbriatum, 437; flaccidum,
439; flexuosum, 437; himalai-
num, 437; integrum, 437; java-
nicum, 437, 439, 598, 599, var.
badium, 438; khasianum, 438;
leve, 604; Levingii, 427, 439;
macroglossum, 436; micranthum,
437; microsorum, 437; osmun-
dioides, 437; polyanthos, 437, 598,
599, var. fj. minor, 437 ; protru-
sum, 437; pycnocarpum, 437;
Reinwardti, 437; serpens, 437,
599; Simonsianum, 438 ; Smithii,
439; sphsrocarpum, 437; Tel-
fairianum, 598 ; tenue, 605,

Hyoscyamus, floral axis of, 615.

Hypedomatium onustum, 525; Rup-
pellianum, 525.

Hypochsete debilis, 595.

Hypoerea variabilis, 130.

Hypolepis hostilis, 546; pteridioides,
468 ; tenuifolia, 546.

Hypoxidacee, Report on, of Wel-
witsch's Angolan herbarium, 245,
265.

Hypoxis angolensis, 266; angusti-
folia, 265; canaliculata, 265;
cuanzensis, 265 ; monanthos, 266 ;
polystachya, 266, var. andongensis,
266.

Hypoxylon angolense, 405; cetra-
rioides, 405; concentricum, 130,
405; cretaceum, 405; margina-
tum, 130; suborbiculare, 130.

Tleodictyon gracile, 405.

Incomplete, self-fertilization sp. of,
377.

India proper, Kurz’s divisions of,
425.

India, Review of the Ferns of North-

ern, 425.
Inflorescenee, steps towards scorpioid
cyme, 617.
Tridacese (Angolan), 267; Report on,
of Welwitsch's herbarium, 245.
Iridopsis textilis, 270.
Irish lichens, new, 241.

Irpex flavus, 126, 403; palleseens, —

126;
403.

sinuosus, 126; zonatus,

Jambos sylvestris Saamstravadi, 66.

Juncacee,
379, 393.

self-fertilization sp. of,

_ Kaulfussia æsculifolia, 585; assamica,
585; Korthalsii, 585; Lobbiana,
585.

Knight, Chas., Contribution to the

: Lichenographia of New Zealand,
275.

Kniphofia andogensis, 246; benguel-
lensis, 246.

Kraussia floribunda, 176.

Kurz, Mr. Sulpiz, on a collection of
Fungi made by, 119.

Labiatze, self-fertilization sp. of, 374,
909. ^. ; ;

Lacaussadea appendiculata, 578 ;
montana, 578; rhizophylla, 578.

Lachnocladium furcellatum, 403.

Lagerströmia, oscillating arrang.
leaves of, (ftnote) 45, 613.

Lagurus ovatus, awn of, 164.

Lansium, 235.

Lapeyrousia abyssinica, 272; cyanes-
cens, 272; fragrans, 272; littoralis,
272 ; odoratissima, 273.

Laschia Thwaitesii, 403.

Lastrea (subgen.), 512; angustifrons,
527; apiciflora, 518; aristata,
511; Atkinsoni, 526; barbigera,
592; bella, 525; Bergiana, 515;
Blumei, 526 ; Boryana, 527 ; Bru-
noniana, 522; cana, 516; coch-
leata, 522, 582; coniifolia, 511;
crenata, 525; eburnea, 493; elon-
gata, 513, 521, 523; Elwesii,
516; eriocarpa, 525; Fairbanki,

. 517; falciloba, 515; Falconeri,
522; Filix-Mas, 582, var. Clarkei,
518, var. odontoloma, 521; flac-
cida, 514, 528 ; foeniculacea, 434 ;
gracilescens, 514 ; gracilis, 508 ;
Hendersoni, 526; hirtipes, 513;
immersa, 514; intermedia, 520;
macrocarpa, 489; nigrescens, 515;
octhodes, 516 ; patentissima, 520 ;
platypus, 528 ; pulvinulifera, 435,
525 ; recedens, 526; sericea, 515;
setigera, 528; setosa, 450; sparsa,
494, 524, var. obtusissima, 524;
spectabilis, 519; spinulosa, 523;
splendens, 527; Thelypteris, 517;
tylodes, 516.

INDEX.

Lathreea Squamaria, arrang. inflores.

of, 613.

Leaf, peculiar change of position of,
616.

Lecanora jejuna, Nyl., =L. subdiluta,
Leight., 146.

Lecidea abietina, 278 ; advenula, 146 ;
antrophila, 242 ; atro-morio, 276 ;
Dilleniana, 278 ; endomelæna, 239 ;
formosa, 278; glaucomaria, 238 ;
grumosa, 242; imponens, 238;
impressula, 237; littoralis, 275;
meiospora, 275; nigrescens, 276;
parellaria, 238 ; petræa (F'lot.), var.
neo-zelandica, 277, var. violacea,
277; polospora, 241; premnea,
278; prosechoides, 146; ryssolea,
237; schistacea, 276; stellulata,
277 ; subargillacea, 275; subbadio-
atra, 276 ; subcoarctata, 276 ; sub-
diluta, 145; subfarinosa, 277;
subglobulata, 275; sublapicida,
276 ; subtubulata, 277 ; tephrizans,
237; iubulata, 277; Whakatipe,
277.

Leguminose, self-fertilization sp. of,
360, 392.

Leighton, Rev. W. A., new British
Lichens, 145, 237; new Irish
Lichens, 241.

Lentinus esspitosus, 120; caprona-
tus, 119; cyathus, 399; descen-
dens, 119, 400; Dunalii, 400;
exilis, 120, 400; fasciatus, 399 ;
furfurosus, 120; glabratus, 120;
inquinans, 120; irregularis, 121 ;
Kurzianus, 120; Lecomtei, 400 ;
Sajor Caju, 120; subdulcis, 400 ;
velutinus, 120.

Lenzites albida, 121 ; betulina, 400 ;
deplanata, 400; Palisoti, 121.

Lepiota, 119.

Leptochilus axillaris, 579 ; decurrens,
579 ; lanceolatus, 579 ; minor, 579.

Leptostegia lucida, 459.

Leucostegia immersa, 443.

Lichenographia of New Zealand, con- |

tributions to the, 275.

Lichens, new British, 145, 237; new

Irish, 241.
Liliacee, Report on, of Welwitsch’s
Angolan herbarium, 245.

self-fertilization sp. of,

——,

,

357.

631

Lindsaya attenuata, 450, 451, 598,
604; chinensis, 449; cultrata,
450, 451, 452, 598; decomposita,
593; dentata, 598; ensifolia, 452,
604; Finlaysonia, 452, 604; fla-
bellulata, 451, 598 ; gracilis, 450 ;
Griffithiana, 452; heterophylla,
452; interrupta, 451, 604; lan-
eeolata, 452; lanuginosa, 541,
598 ; lobata, 598 ; Lobbiana, 450;
longipinna, 452, 634; lucida,
450, 598; neriiforme, 542; ob-
longifolia, 451; odorata, 450;
pallens, 450, 598 ; parasitica, 604 ;
pectinata, 451; pentaphylla, 452;
polymorpha, 451, 598; pteroides,
452, 604 ; recurvata, 598; repens,
427, 451; scandens, 451; serpens,
598; striata, 451; tenera, 451;
tenuifolia, 449.

List of Fungi from Brisbane, Queens-
land, with descrip. of new Species,
by the Rev. M. J. Berkeley and C.
E. Broome, 399.

Litobrochia aurita, 471 ; ludens, 470 ;
pedata, 470.

Lomaria adnata, 472; articulata,
473; attenuata, 596; aurea, 458 ,
596 ; Boryana, 599 ; callosa, 472;
caruifolia, 458,596 ; euphlebia,472,
473, 596; glauca, 472; limoni-
folia, 577, 596; Patersoni, 472;
pyenophylla, 472, var. 472, 474;
scandens, 577, 596 ; secunda, 596;
semicordata, 472, 473; serpens,
579, 596; spondisefolia, 596;
Wightiana, 604.

Lonchitis hirsuta, 604.

Loxogramme involuta, 570; lanceo-
lata, 570.

Lycoperdacei, 128.

Lyeoperdon brasiliense, 128; gem-
matum, 128; pusillum, 128,
406.

Lyeopodium aloifolium, 590, 598;
annotinum, 592, 593; argenteum,
598; atroviride, 597; bryopteris,
604; esmspitosum, 594; casuari-
noides, 593 ; caulescens, 598 ; cer-
nuum, 591, 598, var. sikkimensis,
592; ceylanicum, 590; circinale,
604 ; clavatum, 592, 598; comans,
593; complanatum, 593, 604;
concinnum, 597 ; curvatum, ( Dalz.)

ÅR

632
594, (Swiz.) 591;

598 ; elegans, 598; empetrifolium,
590; epicesfolium, 591; filicaule,
593 ; flexuosum, 604; fulcratum,
598 ; gnidioides, 598; gramineum,
590; Hamiltonii, 590, 598, var.
petiolata, 590; Heyneanum, 592,
598; Hookeri, 591, 597; java-
nicum, 591; levigatum, 604;
lucidulum, 590; miniatosporum,
594; mirabile, 593; myrtifolia,
593; obtusifolium, 590, 598; or-
nithopodioides, 604; pallidum,
606; Phlegmaria, 592, 598, var.
nummularifolia, 593; proliferum,
591; protensum, 591; pubescens,
598; pulcherrimum, 590, 597;
pulvinatum, 606 ; rotundifolium,
593, 604 ; rubellum, 593 ; sabinæ-
folium, 593; semicordatum, 598;
serratum, 591, 597; setaceum,
590, 591, 597, var. pulcherrima,
590, var. subulifolia, 590; Squar-
- rosum, 591, 597, 606; subdiapha-
num, 598 ; subulifolium, 590, 597 ;
suleinervium, 591; tetragonosta-
chyum, 598; thyoides, 593 ; in-
chiatum, 592; ulcifolium, 591;
urostachyum,597 ; vernicosum,589,
590; verticillatum, 591, 597, 606 ;
vulcanicum, 592 ; Wightianum,
593, 604; Willdenovii, 598.
Lygodium circinatum, 583, 599 ; di-
, chotomum, 583, 599; Finlaysoni-
anum, 585, 604; flexuosum, 584,
585, 599; japonicum, 584, 604;
longifolium, 583, 584, 599 ; micro-
phyllum, 583, 584, 599; pedatum,
583; pinnatifidum, 584; polysta-
chyum, 584, 599 ; pubescens, 584,
604 ; scandens, 584; semibipinna-
SS 585 ; semihastatum, 584 ; ser-
rulatum, 584; tenue, 585.
Lysimachia nummularia, 287.
Lythraces, self-fertilization sp. of,
363, 392.

Macrochloa arenaria, awn of, 164.
Malvaces, self-fertilization sp. of,
... 956, 392.

Mammea asiatica, 58, 61.
in 119; ramealis, 119.

divaricatum,
(Hk. & Grev.) 594, (Wall.) 592,

INDEX.

Masters, M. T., on some points in
the Morphology of the Primulacesz,
285.

Matonia pectinata, 599.

Mechanism of torsion, 157.

Medella = Stravadium acutangulum,
80.

Megadendron, 109 ; ambiguum, 110 ;
macrocarpum, 109 ; pallidum, 110.

Melaspilea amphorodes, 281; meta-
bola, 281; vermifera, 146.

Melia Azedarach, distrib. of, 233,
235.

Meliacez, on the geographical distri-
bution of, 233.

Melobesiz, filamentous processes of,
207; Rosanoff on histology of,
199, 207.

Menichea rosata, 72.

Meniscium Cumingii, 571; cuspida-
tum, 547, 571, 572, 596, var. lon-
gifrons, 572, 596; deltigerum,572,
580, 596 ; erosum, 571, 596; lon-
gifrons, 596 ; Parishii, 571; proli-
ferum, 548; reticulatum, 572;
salicifolium, 596; simplex, 571;
triphyllum, 571, 596; villosum,
571.

Mertensia dichotoma, 428; emargi-
nata,428 ; glabra, 428 ; glauca, 428.

Mesocarpus nummuloides, (ftnote)
structure of, 212.

Meteorus coccineus, 83.

Mierogonium bimarginatum, 440 ;
sublimbatum, 439.

Microlepia caudigera, 446; hirta,
447; platyphylla, 446; pteropus,
443; scabra, 447; spelunce,

448 ; strigosa, 436, 447 ; urophylla, `

446.

Mieropeltis applanata, 130.

Mierosorium irregulare, 561.

Miers; J., on Napoleona, Omphalocar-
pum, and Asteranthos, 1; on the
Auxemmes, a new Tribe of the
Cordiacese, 23; on the Barringto-
niaces, 47.

Mitraria Commersoni, 68.

Mode of growth, of Ballia callitricha,
211; of Corallinaces, 203.

Monachosorum davallioides, 546.

Monocotyledons, self-fertilization m.
of, 378.

D Montbretia abyssinica, 272,

| Morsa andongensis, 271; candela-

brum, 271; glutinosa, 271; gra-

cilis, 272 ; Eege 271; textilis,
270; Welwitschii, 270.

Morphology of Primulacez, Dr. M. T.
Masters on, 285.

Mortierella, fructification of, 421.

Mucedines (of Brisbane), 406.

Mycelia (of Brisbane), 407.

Mycenastrum corium, 406.

Mycoidea parasitica, Dr. D. Douglas
Cunningham on, 301 ; alliances of,
311; descrip. of, 301; disk and
filaments, 304, 305, 310; gen.
charac., 312 ; life-history of, 301 ;
oogonium and zoospores of, 308;
relations when attacked by lichens
and fungi, 312; sexual fructifica-

tion of, 307 ; spores of, 306 ; zoo-
spores of, 309.

Myosotis, convolute corolla of, 177 ;
scorpioid racemes of, 616.

Myrtus alata, 93.

Myxogastres, 128; of Brisbane, 406.

Napoleona, analysis of, 2; calyx of,
9; corona of, 2, 5; fruit of, 6;
ovary of, 4; seeds of, 4.

angolensis, 6, 12; cuspidata,
10 ; Heudelotii, 4, 8, 21; imperia-
lis, 6, 7, var. purpurea, 8; Mann,
11; Vogelii, 6, 9 ; Whitfieldii, 6, 9.

Napoleonex, position and history
of, 1.

Nectria Eugenie, 130.

Nephrodium abruptum, 532, 534;
affine, 520 ; amboinense, 532 ; an-
gustifrons, 527; apiciflorum, 517,
602, var. nidus, 518; appendicu-
latum, 516; arbuscula, 532; ari-
dum, 531, 601, 602; artinexum,
536; barbigerum, 522 ; Beddomei,
517; Boryanum, 527, 528, 600,
603, var. microstegioides, 528, 544 ;
Brunonianum, 522, 602; Bucha-
nani, 525; calcarata, 515 ; canum,
515, 543, 602, 603; cicutarium,
539, 540, 603, var. coadunata, 540 ;
ciliatum, 514, 602, 603; Clarkei, `

.. 518,520, 536 ; coadunatum, 540 ;
cochleatum, 520, 521, 603; cre- `
natum, 524, 602 ; — 533,

currens, 539 ; delicatulum, 540 ;
didymosorum, 530; dissectum,
526, 527, 534, 535; divisum, 527 ;
elatum, 531, var. procerum, 531;
elongatum, (Swiz.) 519, (Hk. A
Grev.) 520; Elwesii, 516; erio-
carpum, 525; eusorum, 534; ex-
altatum, 541; extensum, 516, 529,
530, 533, var. lete-repens, 530,
var. microsora, 530, var. 9. minor,
(Bedd.) 532; Fairbankii, 517;
falcilobium, 515, 517, 602, 605,
var. pubera, 515; Falconeri, 522;
ferox, 534; fibrillosa, 518 ; Filix-
Mas, 519, 527, var. (Bedd.), 518,
var. cristata, 519, ( Rich.) var. 602,
var. fibrillosa, 520, var. interme-
dia (Bedd.), 522, var. khasiana,
519, var. marginata, 520, 521,
var. normalis, 519, var. panda, 519,
var. patentissima, 520, var. Schim-
periana, 520, ( Hochst.) 522 ; flac-
cidum, 513, 514, 528; fuscipes,
526, 527, 535, 538; giganteum,
539 ; glandulosum, 531, 547, var.
lete-strigosa, 532; gracilescens,
513, 517, 528, var. decipiens, 514,
var. hirsutipes, 514, var. didymo-
chlenoides, 514;
537; heterosorum, 537, 555 ; hir-
sutum, 524; hirtipes, 513, ( HF.)
var. 603; Hudsonianum, 534;
immersum, 514 ; ingens, 526, 527,
585; lacerum, 522; latipinna,
532; Leuzeanum, 535, 536, 605;
lineatum, 547; lingua, 553; ma-
derense, 521; membranifolium,
534, 602, 603, var. typica, 535,
: var. dimorphum, 535 ; meniscioides,
. 532; microphyllum, 584 ; micro-
stegium, 544; multicaudatum, 427,
540, 603; multijugum, 533, 602;
nymphale, 533; octhodes (Hk.),
516; odontoloma, 521, var. (Baker),
518; odoratum, 525; pallidum,
593; parasiticum, 516, 532, 533,
534, 601, 602, 605, var. aurea,
533, var. multijuga, 533 ; Parishii,
525; patentissimum, 520; penni-
gerum, 532, var. multilineata, 532 ;
platypus, 528 ; polymorphum, 537,
603, var. Simonsii, 537 ; procur-
— gens, 530; prolixum, 516, 517,
602; propinquum, 529; pteroides

grandifolium,

INDEX.

(J. Sm.), 529 ; pteridioides (Griff.),
518 ; puberulum, 513, 514; pul-
vinuliferum, 525, 526, 602; pur-
puraseens, 523; remotum (Hk.),
521, 523, var. Chanterim, 523;
repandum, 537; rhodolepis, 427,
526; rigidum, 523; rostratum,
538; sagenioides, 535, 602; sca-
brosum, 527, 602 ; setigerum, 528,
546 ; siifolium, 538; sikkimense,
525 ; sparsum, 489, 519, 523, 605,
(Don) var., 603, var. gracilis, 508,
var. latisquama, 524, var. membra-
naceum, 489, var. minor, 524, var.
nitidula, 524, var. squamulosa, 524 ;
spectabile, (C. B. C.) 526, (Hk.)
518, 608 ; spinulosum, 523 ; splen-
dens, 527; subconfluens, 536;
syrmaticum, 518; tenericaule,
598, 545, 602, 605; terminans,
529 ; Thelypteris, 514, 517, 544;
truncatum, 534, 602; tuberosa,
540; undulatum, 524; unitum,
529, (R. Br.) 601, (Sieber) 530;
variolosum, 538, 603; vastum,
536,603; venulosum, 534; Wightii,
427, 538.

Nephrolepis acuta, 541 ; cordifolia,
540, 603, 605; exaltata, 541, 602,
603 ; volubilis, 541, 603.

Neuronia asplenioides, 542.

New British Lichens, by Rev. W.
A. Leighton, 145, 237.

New Zealand, contribution to the
Lichenographia of, 275.

Nidulariacei, 128 ; of Brisbane, 405.

Niphobolus (subgen.), 552; adnascens,
552, 598; angustatus, 559; cau-
datus, 552; costatus, 553; deter-
gibilis, 555 ; elongatus, 552 ; fissus
(B1.), 554 ; floccigerus, 554 ; levis,

552; macrocarpus, 559; nummu-—

larisfolius, (Bedd.) 576, (J. Sm.)
554; porosus, 554, Schmidianus,
554; spherocephalus, 559; stic-
ticus, 554; subfurfuraceus, 553;
varius, 552; venosus, 553.

Notholena carnosa, 575, 598; Ma-
rante, 567; persica, 455; pilosel-
loides, 575, 598; undulata, 598.

Nullipores closely allied to Corallines,
(footnote) 207.

Nymphseacese, self-fertilization sp. of,
349. :

633

Odontoloma Boryanum, 451; repens,
451.

Odontotrema longius, 239; majus,
239 ; minus, 239.

(Ecidiacei, of Brisbane, 407.

(Ecidium apocynatum, 407.

Oidium lactis, filaments of, 421.

Oleandra Cumingii, 542; mussfolia,
542; neriiformis, 541; Wallichii,
542, 603.

Olfersia triquetra, 473.

Omphalocarpum, 1; description and
position of, 13; elatum, 16; pro-
cerum, 15.

Onagraceæ, plumes on seed of, 165;
self-fertilization sp. of, 363, 392.
On Adoxa Moschatellina, by Rev. G.

Henslow, 194.

On a Collection of Fungi made by Mr.
Sulpiz Kurz, by F. Currey, 119.
On a new Species of Helvella, by

W. Phillips, 423.

On Mycoidea parasitica, a new genus
of parasitic Alge, and the part
which it plays in the formation of
certain Lichens, by Dr. D. D. Cun-
ningham, 301.

On Napoleona, Omphalocarpum, and
Asteranthos, by J. Miers, 1.

On origin of tertiary and quinary
symmetry of Flowers with in-
definite and spirally arranged mem-
bers, by Rev. G. Henslow, 194.

On some points in the Histology of
certain species of Corallinacew, by
Major-Gen. R. J. Nelson and Prof.
Duncan, 197.

On some points in the Morphology
of the Primulaces, by Dr. Maxwell
T. Masters, 285.

On the African species of the genus
Coffea, Linn., by W. P. Hiern,
169.

On the Geographical Distribution of
the Meliacee, by M. Casimir de
Candolle, 233.

On the Growth of the Flower-stalk of |
the Hyacinth, by A. W. Bennett,
139.

On the Hygroscopie Mechanism by
which certain Seeds are enabled to
bury themselves in the ground, by
F. Darwin, 149.

On the minute Structure and mode

634

of Growth of Ballia callitricha, by
W. Archer, 211.

On the Nature of the Corolla of Pri-
mula, by Rev. G. Henslow, 195.
On the occurrence of Conidial Fruc-
tification in the Mucorini, illus-
trated by Choanephora, by Dr. D.

D. Cunningham, 409.

On the origin of Floral ZEstivations,
with Notes on the Structure of the
Cruciferousflower, on that of Adoxa,
and on the Corolla of Primula, by
the Rev. G. Henslow, 177.

On the Origin of the prevailing sys-
tems of Phyllotaxis, by the Rev.
G. Henslow, 37.

On the Origin of the so-called Scor-
pioid Cyme, by the Rev. G. Hens-
low, 613.

On the Self-fertilization of Plants,
by the Rev. G. Henslow, 317.

On the Symmetry of a Cruciferous
flower, by Rev. G. Henslow, 191.

Onoelea orientalis, 434.

Onyehium auratum, 458, 596; ca-
pense, 459; japonicum, 459, 596,
var. intermedia, 459, var. (Kurz)
458, 459, var. multisecta, 459 ; lu-
cidum, 459; multisectum, 459,597.

Opegraphia saxicola, 280.

Ophioglossum Aitchisoni, 586; cir-
cinatum, 583; cordifolium, 586,
596; filiforme, 584; flexuosum,
583, 584; japonicum, 585; laci-
niatum, 587; pedatum, 583; pen-
dulum, 586, 587; polyphyllum,
586 ; reticulatum, 586, 596; scan-
dens, 584; vulgatum, 586, var.

. Aitehisoni, 586.

Orchidaces, self-fertilization sp. of,
378.

Ornithogalum benguellense, 248 ; ce-
pefolium, 248.

Nonne. self-fertilization sp. of,

Loge Claytoniana, 582, 596;

crispa, 459 ; interrupta, 582, 583;

japonica, 583; lanceolata, 579;

Leschenaultiana, 583, 596; Lu-

naria, 587; monticola, 582, 596;

regalis, 583, 596; speciosa, 583,
996; virginiana, 582; bebe

Si DN. e

INDEX.

Palicourea (Aubl.), 169.

Papaver, 178, 180 ; orientale, 180.

Papaveraceæ, self-fertilization sp. of,
349.

Paradigma, history and generic cha-
racter of, 30, 31; Galeottiana,
31.

Parasitic alga (Mycoidea parasitica),
Dr. Cunningham on, 301.

Parkeria pteridioides, 471.

Passifloraces, self-fertilization sp. of,
366.

Patagonula, 28; history of, 27.

americana, 28; bahiensis, 30 ;
glabra, 29; Tweediana, 29.

Patania Elwesii, 436.

Pavetta (Linn.), 169.

Pelargonium, growth of flower-stalk
of, 143.

Pellæa calomelanos, 461; geraniæ-
folia, 597 ; gracilis, 460 ; nitidula,
455, 460 ; nudiuscula, 455; Tam-
burii, 460.

Peranema aspidioides, 434 ;
oides, 435, 599.

Perigara globosa, 86 ; valida, 94.

Pertusaria graphica, 275 ; incarnata,
241.

Petersia, 107; africana, 108; ipit
of, 48.

Peziza aurantia, 128; cinereonigra,
404 ; rutilans, 128 ; scutellata, 404;
vinoso-brunnea, 404.

Phalloidei, of Brisbane, 405.

Phegopteris (subgen.) 542; Dryo-
pteris, 545 ; luxurians, 548 ; opaca,
568; polypodioides, 544; Rober-
tiana, 545; rugulosa, 546; stegno-
gramme, 569; Totta, 567; uro-
phylla, 547 ; vulgaris, 544.

cyathe-

Phillips, W., new species of Helvella, |

423.

Phlyctis, neo-zelandie, 281; ocel-
lata, 281; sordida, 281.

Phorolobus crispus, 459.

Phycopeltis, 315.

Phyllody of Primulaces, 286.

Phyllotaxis, Airy’s condensation-
theory of leaf-arrangement criti-
cized, (footnote) 38; correlation
between internodes and angular
divergences, 40 ; di- and tristichous
and pseudo-distichous arrangement, |

43; miss cg zr Dee pri- |

mary series, 41; law of angular
distance, 38; of Lepidodendron
(fossil), 40 ; opposite leaves fail to
produce 4 and 4 arrangement, 42;
origin of cycles, 39; origin of pre-
vailing system of, Rev. G. Henslow
on, 37; reduction from whorled
leaves, (footnote) 44 ; relative ages,
di- and monocotyledons, 44; re-
sults of arrest of development, 44 ;
scheme of ordinary phyllotaxis, 44 ;
spiral arrangement deduced from
opposite and decussate leaves, 37 ;
theoretical conditions, 41.

Phymatodes (subgen.), 557 ;
bum, 564; polycarpa, 561.

Pinguiculacee self-fertilization sp.
of, 377.

Piptocephalis, fructification of, 420.

Pistil, as adapted to self-fertilization,
380.

Placodium argillaceum, 282; illitum,
282; lecanorinum, 282; Rhuderi,
282.

Plagiogyria adnata, 472; glauca, 472 ;
pycnophylla, 473 ; scandens, 472;
triquetra, 473.

Planchonia, charac. and history of, 90.

crenata, 91; elliptica, 93; lit-
toralis, 94 ; nitida, ( Bl.) 93, (Miq.)
88; sundiaca, 81, 92; tetra-
ptera, 93; undulata, 92; valida,
81, 94.

Plants, self-fertilization of, by the
Rev. G. Henslow, 317.

cyrtolo-

Pleoenemis (subgen.), 534; Clarkei,

536 ; javanica, 535 ; Luzeana, 535.
Pleopeltis (subgen.), 566 ; capitellata,
566; dilatata, 566 ; ebenipes, 564 ;
Griffithiana, 560 ; hemionitidea,
562; heterocarpa, 561; himalay- -
ensis, 566 ; incana, 596; irioides,
561; Lehmanni, 566; leiorhizon,
567; longissima, 565; malacodon,
563, 564; normalis, 558; nuda,
558 ; ovata, 560; oxyloba, 563;
Parishii, 564 ; punctata, 561 ; rhyn-
cophylla, 560; Stewartii, 563; `
superficialis, 557 ; tridactyla, 562.
Plethostephia, 32; angiocarpa, 32.
Peecilopteris costata, 580; flagel-
lifera, 580; terminans, 581.
. Polybotrya appendiculata, 571; i
termedia, "on mal

neglecta, 578;
virens, 581.
Polygales, self-fertilization sp. of,
352.

Polygonacee, self-fertilization sp. of,
378, 393.

Polypodium acrostichoides, 513, 552;
aculeatum, 509 ; acutissimum, 558,
605; adherens, 605; adnascens,
552, 600, 601; adnatum, 602;
alternans, 602; alternifolium, 565,
601; altissimum, 433; amoenum,
550, 601, var.? tonglensis, 550;
angustatum, 559, 661, var. de-
pauperata, 559; appendiculatum,
(Bedd.) 543, (Bk.) 516, var. squa-
mestipes, 543; arboreum, 605;
argutum, 551, 552, 601; arista-
tum, 511; atropunctatum, 558;
auriculatum, 433, 543, (L.) 507,
( Wall.) 569, 601; Barometz, 435 ;
Blumei, 570 ; Boothii, 555 ; brun-
neum, 544, 602; caleareum, 545;
capitellatum, 566, 601; eaudatum,
552; caudigerum, 530, 601; chat-
tagrammicum, 427, 548, 549 ; chi-
nense, 558; cicutarium, 539; cla-
thratum, 427, 559; comosum,
602; confluens, 602; coniifolium,
546, 601 ; conjugatum, (Hk. & Bk.)
557, (Lamk.) 557; contaminans,
432, 602; contiguum, 557, 558,
601 ; cordifolium, 540; coriaceum,
559; coronans, 556, 557, 601;
costatum, 553, 555, 600; cre-
natum, 525; curvinervium, 601;
eyrtolobum, 563, 564 ; dareseforme,
497, 443 ; davallioides, 546 ; den-
tigerum, 491, 602; detergibile,
555; dichotomum, 428 ; dilatatum,
536, 565, 601; distans, 544, 568,
601, var. adnata, 544, var. glabrata,
544, var. minor, 545; Dodgsoni,

563; drepanopterum, 493, 494; |

Dryopteris, 545; ebenipes, 563,
564, 601, var. Oakesii, 564, var.
Parishii, 564; ellipticum, 570;
elongatum, 513, 601; erubescens,
516, 543, 598, 602; erythrocar-
pum, 427, 565; exaltatum, 541;
` excavatum, 558, 559, 565; falca-
tum, 512; Fieldingianum, 551;
Filix-Mas, 519; Finlaysonianum,
605 ; fissum, 554, 600, var. flocci-

nodiflora, 577 ; |

INDEX.

gerum, 554; floeculosum, 554,
555, 600 ; furfuraceum, 601; fra-
grans, 454 ; giganteum, 433, 601 ;
glabrum, 561, 601; gladiatum,
558, 601 ; glaucistipes, 601 ; glau-
eum, 428 ; grandifolium, 560, 601;
Grevilleanum, 558, 605 ; Griffithi-
anum, 560 ; Griffithii, 544 ; gibbo-
sum, 549 ; hastatum, 562, 564, 601,
var. oxyloba, 563, var. Thunbergii,
563; hemionitideum, 561, 601;
Hendersoni, 550; heteractis, 553,
554; heterocarpum, 560, (BL)
561, 562, (Hk. & Bk.) 561; hi-
malayense, 566 ; Hippocrepis, 539 ;
Horsfieldii, 601; hymenodes, 557,
579, 601; hyperboreum, 434 ; in-
volutum, 570 ; irioides, 603; jain-
tense, 427, 552; javanica, 535;
juglandifolium, 566, 601, var. bi-
serialis, 566; khasyanum, 549;
Kulhaitense, 493, 531; lachnopus,
550, 551, 601; lanceolatum, 560 ;
latebrosum, 432 ; Lehmanni, 566 ;
leiopteris, 558; leiorhizon, 566,
567, 601; Leschenaultianum, 602 ;
Leuzeanum, 535; Linnei, 556,
601; Lindleyanum, 601; lineare,
(Burm.) 428, 558, 559, (Thunb.)
601, 605, var. polymorpha, 559,
var. steniste, 559 ; lineatum, 548,

-` 601, var. penangiana, 548 ; lingua,

555, var. (Hk. & Bk.), 553; longi-
folium, (.BI.) 601 ; longifrons, 558,
601 ; longipes, 544, 601; longissi-
mum, 556, ( Mett.) 565 ; lonchites,
506; loriforme, 558, 559, 601;
loxogramme, 570; lucidum, 567;
luxurians, 548; macrodon, 536;
malacodon, 564; marginale, 447,
602, ( Wall.) 546, 527, 601 ; mau-
ritianum, 601; melanopus, 564;
membranaceum, 560, 601; me-
niscioides, 547; microrrhizoma,
551, 601; molle, 533; mollius-
eulum, 533, 602; moulmeinsis,
566; multilineatum, 494, 547,
548 ; mysurense, 554, 600 ; nemo-
rale, 533, 601; neriifolium, 601;
nigrescens, 565, 601, var. poly-
phylla, 601; normale, 557, 558,

601; nummulariefolium, 553,
var. obovatum, 554; obliqua- |

tum, 549; oppositum, 524, 605;

SECOND SERIES.— BOTANY, VOL. I.

|

635

ornatum, 528, 545, 546, 601 ; ova-
tum, 560, 601; oxylobum, 601;
oxyphyllum, ( Wall.) 486, 493, 602,
(Kze.) 561; pallidum, 545, 546;
paludosum, 544; palustre, 577;
parasiticum, 533; Parishii, 564;
parvulum, (Bedd.) 549, (Bory)
549; pedunculatum, 570; pertu-
sum, 552, 600; phegopteris, 544 ;
phlebodes, 558, 559 ; phymatodes,
557, 602; polycephalum, 561, 601;
polyodon, 512, 605; polyphylla,
565 ; polypodioides, 544 ; porosum,
554, 600; pothifolium, 571; pro-
liferum, 548, 601; propinquum,
556, 563, 600, var.? (Wall.),
563; pteropus, 562, 601;
pubigerum, 535, 605 ; punctatum,
(Swtz.) 601, (Thunb.) 528, 546,
561; quercifolium, 555, 556, 557,
601; rhyncophyllum, 560 ; rivale,

556 ; Robertianum,545 ; rostratum,
557 ; rubrinerve, 547 ; rugulosum,
545, var. hirsutum, 546; Russelli-
anum, 528, 605; scabridum, 531 ;

scabrum, 605 ; Scottii, 542 ; secun-
dum, 529, 601; semibipinnatum,

605; serra, 601; serricula, 549 ;

sesquipedale, 558, 601; siifolium,
538 ; sinuosum, 605 ; sophoroides,
605 ; Speluncee, 448 ; spheerocepha-
lum, 559, 601 ; stenophyllum, 559 ;
Stewartii, (C. B. C.) 563, (Bedd.)
563; stipitum, 544; stigmosum,
553, 600 ; subamenum, 427, 550;
subarboreum, 605 ; subauriculatum,
551; subdigitatum, 546 ; subfalca-

tum, 549; subfurfuraceum, 553,

555; subpectinatum, 601; subtri-

pinnatum, 427, 545; superficiale,

557, var. semilinearis, 558 ; teneri-

caule, 546, 602, (Hk.) 566, ( Wall.)
528; tenerifrons, 549 ; Thelypte-
ris, 544; tomentosum, 555; Tot-
tum, 567 ; trichodes, 546; tricho-
manoides, 549, 550; tridactylon,
562, 601; trifidum, 563; triplum,
563; truncicola, 549; umbro-
sum, 433, 632; unitum, 529;
urophyllum, 547, 571, 601, var.
khasiana, 547; varium, 552; ve-
nosum, 605; venustum, ( Wall.)
566, (Desv.) 567, 601, var. nipho-
boloides, 567; verrucosum, 552,

4g

636

601 ; viscosum, (Roxb.) 546, (Zipp.)
546; vittarioides, 552, 601 ; Wal-
lichii, 555, 601 ; Wightianum, 558,
605; Willdenovii, 556 ; Zippellii,
561, (BL) 562, (Mett.) 562; zos-
tereforme, 601; Zollingerianum,
562.

Polyporei, 121; of Brisbane, 400.

Polyporus affinis, 122, 401; amboi-
nensis, 122; anebus, 124; appla-
natus, 123; Broomei, 402; bru-
malis, 400 ; brunneo-pictus, 122 ;
ealeeus, 402; cichoraceus, 402;
cinerascens, 124; cinereo-fuscus,
124, 402; cinnabarinus, 124;
crassipes, 122; Feei, 124;
ferreus, 124; flabelliformis, 122,
401; florideus, 121; fruticum,
401; funalis, 123, 402; fusco-
lineatus, 401; hirsutus, 403 ;
holosclerus, 123; hypoplastus, 121 ;
ignarius, 401; incertus, 123 ; luci-
dus, 122, 401 ; luteo-nitidus, 400 ;
luteo-olivaceus, 402; marginatus,
123 ; modestus, 122 ; nilgheriensis,
122; perennis, 121; Persoonii,
123; picipes, 122, 401; pinsitus,
124; platotis, 401; quadrans,
400; rhipidium, 401; rubidus,
123, 402; sanguineus, 122, 401;
scruposus, 124 ; senex, 401 ; Split-
gerberi, 122 ; versicolor, 124 ; xan-
thopus, 121, 400; xerophyllaceus,
124,

Polysaecum olivaceum, 406 ; pisocar-
pium, 406,

Polystichum (subgen.), 585 ; aculea-
tum, 509 ; aristatum, 511 ; Atkin-

soni, 506; auriculatum, 489;
ilicifolium, 506, var. minimum,
506, var. minus, 506 ; Lachenense,
506; Lonchitis, 506 ; Prescottia-
num, 510; radicans, 507; sikki-
mense, 525; stimulans, 508;

. Thomsoni, 508, 509; truncatum,

2 UM

Porina endochrysa, 280.

Portulaces, self-fertilization sp. of,

. 992.

Preliminary Note on Growth of
Female flower-stalk of Valisne-
ria spiralis, by A. W. Bennett,

ET T

; Primroses, double, 287, 293,

INDEX.

Primula, corolla of, Rev. G. Henslow
on, 177.

, wstivation and diagrams of,
177, 189 ; nature of the corolla of,
195; eupped petals of, 289.

Primula cortusoides, 286 ; japonica,
286 ; preenitens, 286, sinensis, 286 ;
vulgaris, 189.

Primulaces, androscium of, 289 ; bib-
liography of, 297; calyx of, 285 ;
chorisis of, 288; corolla of, 286;
develop. - parts of flower, 287;
enation of, 288, 289; gynecium
of, 292 ; morphology of, Dr. Masters
on, 285 ; ovules of, 295 ; pistillody,
stamens of, 290 ; placentation of,
292, Trécul’s view of, (ftnote) 293 ;
self-fertilization sp. of, 376, 393 ;
some gen. and sp. subject to
changes, 727; summary of mor-
phology, 296 ; tubular petals in,
289; variations in calyx of, 286.

Prismatomeris (Thw.), 169.

Prunus, calycine lobes of, 196.

Psathyra, 119.

Psathyrella, 119.

Pseud-Allantodia (subgen.), 495.
Psilosiphon cyanescens, 272; fra-
grans, 272; odoratissimus, 273.
Psilotum flaccidum, 596; nudum,
589, 596 ; triquetrum, 589,596.

Psychotria ( Linn.), 169.

Ptéris acuminatissima, 461; alterni-
folia, 604 ; amplectens, 461, 597 ;
amplexicaulis, 461; anamallayen-
sis, 469 ; angustata, 597 ; angus-
tifolia, 574; aquilina, 468, 597,
604, var. esculenta, 468, var. lanu-
ginosa, 468; argentea, 458; ar-
guta, 604; aspericaulis, 465,
467, 470, 597; aurita, 471; aus-
tralis, 505; brevisora, 468; biau-
rita, 469, 470, 597, var., 604, var.
geminata, 469; bicolor, 457;
Blumeana, 466; brevisora, 467,
468 ; cxespitosa, 455, 597 ; calome-
lanos, 461; caudata, 468; ehry-
socarpa, 458; costata, 461; cre-
nata, 462, 463, 467 ; cretica, 452,
462, 463, 464, 597; crispa, 459;
dactylina, 463 ; Dalhousie, 465;
densa, 468, 597 ; digitata, 463, 597;
dimidiata, 464; diversifolia, 461;

ensiformis, (Burm.) 463, 464, 604,

605, (Ham.) 605, var. Grevilleana,
464; esculenta, 468; excelsa,
467, 597; farinosa, 457; firma,
468, 597; flabellata, 464 ; gemi-
nata, 604; gracilis, 455, 460;
graminifolia, 574; ^ Grevilleana,
464, 466, 605; Griffithii, 464;
hastata, 461, 597; heterodactyla,
464; incisa, 471, 597 ; læta, 462,
597; lanigera, 468; lanuginosa,
468, 597 ; linearis, 597 ; longifolia,
461, 597; longipes, 465, 468;
longipinnula, 466, 467, 469, 597 ;
lorigera, 467, 468, 597; ludens,
470, 597; lunulata, 452; mar-
ginata, 471; multidentata, 463,
605; multifida, 470; mysurensis,
470, 597; nemoralis, (Hk. 4
Bauer) 465, (Willd.) 469, 597;
nervosa, 462, 597; nitidula, 460,
597 ; palmata, 470 ; pectinata, 465,
470; pedata, 470 ; pellucens, 468,
470; pellucida, 462, var. steno-
_ phyla, 463, var., 597; piloselloides,
579 ; polita, 597 ; pyrophylla, 465 ;
quadriaurita, 465, 466, 467, ( Hk.)
467, (Jietz.) 467, 469, 470, 597,
var. Blumeana, 466, var. khasiana,
466, var. major, 466 ; radiata, 505 ;
recurvata, 468, 597; repandula,
466; revoluta, 468; revolvens,
471; sagittifolia, 471; scabra,
605 ; scabripes, 463, 597; scandens,
577; semihastata, 467, 468, 597;
semipinnata, 464, 597; setigera
(or var.), 465 ; sinuata, 471, 597 ;
spinescens, 465; Stelleri, 460;
subquinata, 465, 467; succulenta,
471; subindivisa, 427, 467 ; sub-
pedata, 597 ; terminalis, 467, 597 ;
tripartita, 470; umbrosa, 470,
597 ; varians, 455, 597 ; venulosa,
462; vespertilionis, 471; vittata,
(Z.) 461, (Roxb.) 461; Wallichiana, —
468, 469, 470, 597, var. quadri- -

pinnata, 470; Wightiana, 468, `

604 ; Zollingeri, 468.
Queensland, fungi of, 399.

Randia genipeflora (DC.), 169. `

Ranuneulaces, self-fertilization sp.

awn of, 164. E Se SE

Ranunculus bulbosus, sestivation of,
189.

Report on the Liliacew, lridaces,
Hypoxidaces, and Hæmodoraceæ
of Welwitsch's Angolan Herbarium,
by J. G. Baker, 245.

Review of the Ferns of Northern
India, by C. B. Clarke, 425,

Rhizophora, embryo of, 52.

Rhizormorpha Harrimanni, 407.

Rhizophoraces, remarks on, 54.

Rhododendron Griffithianum,
maximum, 19.

Ribes coccineum, sstivation of, 190.

Romneyee, 180.

Rosaceze, self-fertilization sp. of, 362,
392.

Rubiacese, self-fertilization sp. of, 366,
392.

Rudgea (Salisb.), 169.

19;

Sacellium, gen. charac. of, 25 ; lanceo-
latum, 25.

Sagenia alata, 536; cicutaria, 535 ;
coadunata, 540; gigantea, 539 ;
heterocarpa, 537; hippocrepis, 539 ;
macrodonta, 539 ; pteropus, 539;
silhetensis, 540 ; variolosa, 540.

Salvinia natans, 598.

Samolus Valerandi, 286; variation
corolla of, 287.

Sandersonia littonioides, 262.

Sandorieum indieum, 236; (Main-
gayia) marginatum, 236.

Sanseviera bracteata, 253.

Saxifragaces, self-fertilization sp. of,
365.

Schizwa dichotoma, 595; digitata,
583, 595.

Schizobasis angolensis, 255.

.— Schizoloma ensifolium, 452 ; Griffithi-
anum, 452. .

Schizophyllum commune, 121, 400.

Scilla arenaria, 249; benguellensis,
249; congesta, 250; flaccidula,
249 ; hispidula, 248 ; lancesfolia,
250; laxiflora, 250; platyphylla,
250; polyphylla, 249 ; simiarum,
249.

Sclerodesma Bovista, 406.

Scolopendrium Ceterach,504 ; dubium,
496.

Scorpioid cyme, Rev. G. Henslow on,
613.

INDEX.

Scorpioid cyme as exemplified in La-
gerstroemia, 613 ; critical remarks
on, 617; description of, 613 ; Hens-
low's views, 613; in Silene pen-
dula, 613; in Lathrea Squama-
ria, 613; Kaufmann and War-
ming’s views, 620; oscillating ar-
rangement, 613; Payer’s defini-
tion, 619 ; Sachs’s view, 619 ; sum-
mary of successive steps to, 618.

Serophulariacesm, self-fertilization sp.
of, 370, 393.

Seeds burying themselves, hypothesis
on, 166; hygroscopic mechanism
of, 149.

Self-fertilization of Plants, Rev. G.
Henslow on, 317,

, advantages derived from, 319 ;

are fittest to survive struggle for

life, 396 ; are perfectly healthy,

388; chief facts tabulated, 322;

cleistogamous flowers self-fert.,

347; conservation of energy in

reduct. stamens and pollen, 380;

Darwin’s views on, 320; fertility

and health does not decrease, 382 ;

fertility may increase, 383; few
flowers (physiolog.) self-sterile,

323; flowers may become self-

fertilizing in absence of insects for

intercrossing, 331 ; free from com-
petition self-fertiliz. may equal
intercrossed, 383; grafting effects
of, 333 ; highly self-fert. var. arise
under cultivation, 339; inconspi-
cuous flowers self-fert. or else ane-
mophilous, 342; introductory re-
marks on, 317 ; loss of colour cor-

related with self-fertilization, 327;

origin of conspieuous flowers and
causes inducing reversion to selí-
fertilization, 333; majority of
flowers self-fertile, 323; many
plants morphol. self-sterile, 324 ;
Meehan’s views on, 320; more
productive than flowers depen-
dent on insects, 390; naturalized
abroad, replace native vegeta-
tion, 395; partial and total arrest
devel. of corolla, 327; partial ex-
cision of corolla and stamens, 326 ;
physiol. and morphol. self-sterile
plants may become self-fertile,
325; plants may become self-

637

fertilizing on reduction of tempe-
rature, 332; relative fertility may
surpass crossed plants, 382; secured
by flowers closing after expansion,
329; some derive no benefit from
crossing with same on distinct
stock, 385 ; some flower-buds never
open, 330; special adap. for self-
fertil. of Brit. plants, 347; sum-
mary of adaptations to secure self-
fertil., 380; value of intercrossing,
318; withering of corolla, 325;
world-wide distrib. of self-fert.
Brit. plants, 391. -

Selliguiea decurrens, 571 ; Hamiltoni,
570; lanceolata, 570; hemioni-
tidea, 562; Wallichiana, 570.

Shuta, native name of Agasta splen-
dens, 60.

Silene pendula, scorpioid cyme of,
614.

Sitolobium strigosum, 436.

Smilaceze (Angolan), 264.

Smilax Kraussiana, 264.

Solanaces, self-fertilization sp. of,
370, 392.
Solanew, scorpioidal infloresc. of, 616.
Sphacelaria callitricha, struct. of,

220.

Sphzria phaselina, 130 ; sublimbata,
130.

Sphzriacei, 129; of Brisbane, 405.

Spheropteris barbata, 435, 526, 599 ;
Hookeriana, 434, 603.

Sporocybacei, 129.

Stamens as adapted to self-fertiliza-
tion, 380.

Stegnogramme aspidioides, 569.

Stemonitis fusca, 406.

Stenochlena pycnophylla, 473 ; scan-
dens, 577 ; triquetra, 473.

Stereum adustum, 127; cyathiforme,
127; elegans, 126; lobatum, 126,
403 ; medicum, 127 ; Ostrea, 126 ;
papyrinum, 127; scytale, 127.

Sticta canaliculata, 282.

Stilbacei, of Brisbane, 406.

Stilbum erythrocephalum, 129; in-
conspicuum, 129.

Stipa-awn, 155, hygroscope, 156.

Stipa pennata, descrip. of seed, 149;
hygroscopic action of awn of, 150 ;
mechanism of torsion in awn of,
157.

638

Stravadium, 79, 80; acuminatum,
102; acutangulum, 80; album,
65; angustatum, 105; excelsum,
112; coccineum, 83; cochinchi-
nense, 101 ; costatum, 88; demis-

sum, 81, 83; denticulatum, 88;

globosum, $86; gracile, 86;
Horsfieldii, 85; insigne, 75; in-
tegrifolium, 89 ; lucidum, 88; lu-
zonense, 84; macrophyllum, 61 ;
obtusangulum, 77, 81; pubescens,
83 ; Reinwardtii, 188 ; reticulatum,
87; Rheedii, 82; rubrum, 68, 69 ;
Sarcostachys, 102; semisutum, 89 ;
serratum, 87; spicatum, 85.

Structure of Ballia callitricha, 211.

Struthiopteris orientalis, 434.

Suppression of 5th part cycle of
flowers, 192.

Swietenia Mahagoni, 236.

Symplocines, 1.

Syngramma vestita, 568.

Teeniopsis lineata, 574.

Tænitis blechnoides, 575; interrup-
tus, 575; piloselloides, 575; pte-
roides, 575; pusilla, 574.

Thamnopteris Grevillei, 476; nidus,
475; phyllitidis, 475; Simonsiana,
476.

Thecacophora globuligera, 407.

Thelenella Wellingtonii, 280.

Thelephora palmata, 126 ; pusilla,126.

Thelotrema monosporum, var. pa-
tulum, 278 ; saxatile, 278.

Tigellum, term defined, 53.

Torsion in Avena, 163 ; of cells, 161;
of seeds, 164; on mechanism in
Stipa-awn, 157 ; power of, 161.

Torulacei, of Brisbane, 406.

Trametes cingulatus, 195; lobatus,
124; occidentalis, 125; perennis,
402; rigida, 402; umbrinus, 124,

Tremella foliacea, 127.

Tremellini, 127, of Brisbane, 404. _

Tremellodon gelatinosum, 126.

Trichia pyriformis, 128.

Trichilia, 235; havanensis, 236 ; pe-
ruviana, distrib. of, 233.

INDEX.

Trichobasis rubigo-vera, 407.
- Trichócoma paradoxum, 128.

Trichodermacei, 126, 128.

.Trichogastres, of Brisbane, 406.

Tricholoma, 119. $

Trichomanes alchemillefolium, 598 ;
anceps, 598; auriculatum, 441 ;
Belangeri, 441; bipunctatum, 440 ;
598; campanulatum, 604; chi-
nense, 449 ; corticola, 440 ; den-
ticulatum, 438 ; digitatum, 440 ;
dissectum, 441; Filicula, 440;
gracile, 440; insigne, 440; java-
nicum, 442, 598; Kunzeanum,
441 ; Kurzii, 440 ; limbatum, 441;
longisetum, 598; muscoides, 439,
var. sublimbatum, 439; nanum,
440; parvulum, 440; plicatum,
440; proliferum, 441; pyrami-
dalis, 598; pyxidiferum, 440, var.
limbatum, 441; radicans, 441,
442, 598, var. anceps, 441 ; rigi-
dum, 442, 598; Schmidianum,
440 ; setigerum, 442, 598 ; strigo-
sum, 447 ; sublimbatum, 439, 440 ;
umbrosum, 441, 598; undulatum,
598 ; villosa, 598.

Trypethelium astroidea, 278; Cu-
mingii, 278 ; pyrenuloides, 278.

Tsjeria Saamstravadi, 82.

Tulbaghia sequinoctialis, 246.

Typhula fuscipes, 127.

Ugena microphylla, 584; polymor-
pha, 584; semihastata, 584.

Umbelliferee, self-fertilization sp. of,
365, 392.

Urceolaria novæ-zelandiæ, 275.

Urginea psilostachya, 247; ehloran-
tha, 248 ; comosa, 247.

Ustilago axicola, 407 ; carbo, 407.

Valerianaces, self-fertilization sp.
of, 367.

| Vallisneria spiralis, sd of female

. flower-stalk of, 133.
Vavea Amicorum, 235.
Vellosia eapillaris( Welw.),264 ; squar-

rosa (Welw.) 264; stenophylla `

(Welw.), 265; velutina: (Welw.),
265.

Verbenaces, self-fertilization sp. of,
393.

Verrucaria aspistea, 280 ; astata, 280;
circumpressa, 278; dealbata, 280 ;
epidermidis, var. gemellipara, 279 ;
Eschweileri, 280 ; fumosaria, 239 ;
gemellipara, 278; Larbalestierii,
242; micromma, 279; minutis-
sima, 270; myriospora, 145; ne-
ottizans, 239; nitida, 280; oc-
culta, 279; pertenuis, 239; pru-
ino-grisea, 279; pyrenastroides,
278; saxicola, 280; subbiformis,
279; succina, 145 ; Thwaitesii, 278.

Viburnum Tinus, sestivation of, 189.

Violacem, self-fertilization sp. of,
351.

Vittaria divergens, 604; elongata,
573, (Swtz.) 598, (Wall.) 574;
falcata, var., 574; flexuosa, 574;
interrupta, 451; japonica, 574;
lineata, 574; minor, 574, var.
minima, 574; plantaginea, 574;
rigida, (Kaulf.) 573, ( Wall.) 574,
578 ; sikkimensis, 574; zostere-
folia, 574.

Volvaria, 119.

Vutu-dina (a Barringtonia ?), 57.

Walleria angolensis, 262.

Welwitsch’s Angolan Herbarium, re-
port on Liliaceæ &c. of, 215.

Woodsia elongata, 435; hyperborea,
434, 435; lanosa, 435; mollis-
sima, 435, f. subcordata (Milde),
434,

Woodwardia radicans, 475, 595.

Xerophyta capillaris, 264; squarrosa,
264; stenophylla, 265; velutina,

- ow

Xylaria digitata, 129 ; flagelliformis,
. 129 ; guyanensis, 129 ; hypoxylon,
129; Kurziana, 129; mutabilis,
129; pileiformis, 405 ; polymorpha,
129, 405; rhytidophlea, 405;
tabacina, 129.

PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS,

LION COURT, FLEET STREET. _